9vVC94,400 194, v
ti AURA
JO ALISHSAIN
TS
Jokes jy ERcitai) . LN
"ἂν
Ls
3
—3 p
ζω
ἌΡΝΘΡΗΟΝ,.
* solea. ΠΤ τὶ ΤῊ
THE LOEB CLASSICAL LIBRARY
FOUNDED BY JAMES LOEB, LL.D.
EDITED BY
1 T. E. PAGE, c.H., LITT.D.
E. CAPPS, ru.» LL... W. H. D. ROUSE, rrrT.D.
L. A. POST, μ.«. E. H. WARMINGTON, μα.
XENOPHON
SCRIPTA MINORA
E "Ee 223 E 5
| mil indc dl
ANE CR. ἦν Juecgp Ν
i pe Ὁ,
XENOPHON
SCRIPTA MINORA
WITH AN ENGLISH TRANSLATION BY
E. C MARCHANT
SUB-RECTOR OF LINCOLN COLLEGE, OXFORD
--
LONDON
WILLIAM HEINEMANN LTD
CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETTS
HARVARD UNIVERSITY PRESS
MCMXLVI
GT WWAWMHIH MALIIPR 2
FPPSEJQHOASRRM IFGOHNHÉNN AD sw]
ΕΗ YTIEXXVIWJ GHAVHAH
D i —
CONTENTS
PAGE
BEEN 9, nh — 1-293 - 232925 x δ᾽ V5
ΝΟ ΕΣ ΣΕ REIR ας τ IAS NOS 1
νον, ial Pa ga RO
AGENEAURB duo), vo RACERIR S. S. DO
CONSBITUTION OF THE LACEDAEMONIANS , . . . . 135
F".
Η
NIS EGEDOENEZAWA. LA ψ τὺ, Ν wj. . 191
ON THE CAVALRY COMMANDER . . «. «. ». « « «. . 288
ON THE ART OF HORSEMANBHIP . . . . . «τ. 295
ΠΥ τ . 0. τ M sumo eoo. 0D
——-.7—À
INTRODUCTION
* WzrL, Xenophon, I had been told that you are
an Athenian; and that was all I knew about you :
but now l praise you for your words and deeds, and
1 should wish as many as possible to be like you.
That would be good for everybody."— Cheirisophus
the: Lacedaemonian, in 4zabasis, i. i. 45.
Various modern writers have challenged the
ascription to Xenophon of every one of the works
included in this volume, The ZA4gesiaus and. the
Ways and Means have suffered much. from. the on-
slaughts of the critics, the Agesilaus. on account of
its style, the Jays and Means for its subject matter
It must suffice here to say that no case has been
made out against any one of them, with the excep-
tion of the Hunting; and, even in that case, it is
impossible to state with confidence that the main
portion of the treatise was not written by Xenophon.!
The rest may be accepted with confidence as the
work of the man whose name they bear.
Undoubtedly there is something unusual. about
the miscellany, when regarded as the product of
one. author. Most authors write only in one
manner; and when we have read some of their
works, we easily recognise their hand in the rest.
With Xenophon it is not so; for there is an obvious
difference of manner in different parts of the
* Bee below, vr (p. xxxvi).
vii
INTRODUCTION
Hellenica. Xenophon tried his hand at several
kinds of prose literature—history, dialogue, the
encomium, the technical treatise, the essay-—and
he had his ideas, gleaned from his reading, of the .
style appropriate to each kind. In the early part
of the Hellenica we find him trying to write in the
manner of Thucydides; in the rhetorical parts of
the Agesilaus he clearly has the model of Gorgias
before him. But of course for us it is not always
possible to understand just why he regarded this or
that manner as appropriate. "Thus in the historical
portion of the Agesilaus, he repeats passages of
the Hellenica almost but not quite exactly; here
he changes, there adds a word or two; but no
modern reader can appreciate his reason for these
minute alterations. But even in a translation, how-
ever inadequate, a reader must detect a difference
in style between his rhetoric and his history.
More interesting for us is the variety of subjects
that Xenophon knows and can expound. Of course
he is better at some things than at others; but
even about matters of which he is not a master he
can tell us a good deal that is worth knowing. He
flounders in the high finance; but even at that
he is far from being such a duffer as some moderns
have declared him to be. His speculations on forms
of government and the secrets of national greatness
are not profound, but they come from a singularly
lucid, well-ordered mind. Of the theory of war he
is a master. About horses, riding, the organisation
and command of cavalry. he knew everything that
could be known in his day. His treatise on
Horsemanship, especially, is in its way a masterpiece.
Like Socrates himself, he is continually trying to
viii
INTRODUCTION
make himself useful. Perhaps for us there is rather
too much of the don about him: his books are too
full of instruction, admonition and reproof; nor is
it surprising that some think that he intended them
to form a series of educational, manuals for the use
of his sons. What is abundantly clear to anyone
who reads all his works is that his real purpose
was to do good to everybody; and, generous man
that.he was, everybody meant to him the people
of Athens—those by whom he had been driven
into banishment. Exiles do not, as a rule, spend
their time in heaping coals of fire on their
fellow-countrymen. Happily his fellow-countrymen
showed themselves not ungrateful; they annulled
the decree of banishment, though too late to entice
him back to Athens. He died at Corinth. In
these lesser productions of a virtuous and versatile
Athenian gentleman there is, even in our age, not
a little that is worth reading, apart from the infor-
mation about ancient Greek life and manners that
we owe to them. Their brevity too is a merit; for
owing to his pedantry, Xenophon in his longer
works is apt to be tedious.
In style Xenophon is simple and natural; he
avails himself, indeed, of the resources of rhetoric,
but he uses them moderately, and, except occasion-
ally in the Agesilaus, he uses them soberly and
sensibly. By the Atticists and the later Sophists he
was taken as a model of simplicity.
Few traces of these opuscula, with the exception
of the Constitution of' the Lacedaemonians, occur in
literature anterior to the Christian era; but the
Atticist Demetrius of Magnesia, friend of Cicero's
friend Atticus, included all of them in his list of
INTRODUCTION
Xenophon's works.! They are not cited by name by
any extant Greek or Latin author earlier than Cicero,
who refers in laudatory terms to the Agesilaus, and
has made use of its design in his Pro Lege Mamilia.
But echoes may be heard here and there by an
attentive listener. "The Consütution quickly attained
an importance disproportionate to its merit, Isocrates
in his Panathenaicus makes some combative remarks
that certainly apply, though not perhaps exclusively,
to Xenophon's Constitution, ΑἸ] those who wrote on
the Spartan institutions, including Aristotle, and
especially the early Stoies, Zeno and his followers,
used it as an authority. Nor was its influence
exerted solely on the compilers of such works.
Thinkers who speculated on the balanced or mixed
form of Constitution also found it serviceable. . Plato,
indeed, as we should expect, ignores it in his Laws ;
but Aristotle in his Politics does not ; and Polybius,
in his sixth book, is clearly indebted to it, From the
Hiero lsocrates has borrowed the matter and even
some of the language in his address O» the Peace
(δ r1 f.), and this is interesting, because Xenophon in
the same year returned the compliment by borrowing
from this address of Isocrates in his J/ays and Means.
We may safely hazard a guess that the Hiero was a
favourite work with the Cynies, amongst whom the
unhappiness of the despot was a common theme.?
In the age of Polybius, the traveller Polemon of
Ilium wrote a book with the curious title, Abou! the
1 Tt is inconeeivable that Demetrius, as the text of Diogenes
Laertius says, challenged. the Constitution of the Lacedae-
monians. Most of what follows, and. much more, may be
found in R. Münscher's Xenophon in der griechisch-rómischen
Literatur (Philologus, Sup. xiii. 1920).
? "The writer of [Diogenes] ep. 29, which is an onslaught on
Dionysius I1., drew from a Cynic source. s.
X
NC Mer D-—Brm vt 0r dien
itas om
FELT
INTRODUCTION
Car in Xenophon (Agesilaus, c. viii. 7), in which he
gave an account of Spartan customs that is not to be
found in Xenophon's Constitution. Nepos used the
Agesilaus in his life of the king. The αν» aud
Means does not turn up once; but this is not
surprising, since the brochure was written for a
special occasion, and contains very little of general
application. We may anticipate here by mentioning
the adaptation of the passage (c. i. 2-8) on the nature
of Attica by Aristides, the Sophist of the second cen-
tury A.D., in his Panathenaicus? | About the earlier his-
tory of the Cavalry Commander and the Horsemanship
there is a strange cireumstance worthy of mention.
Cato the Censor, as we know from Cicero, read, and
highly esteemed Xenophon. The method of the
opening of Cato's de Re Rustica has given rise to a
suspicion that he had included these two treatises
in his studies. Considering the age at which Cato
began Greek, he must have found the Horsemanship
* a tough proposition," if he really tackled it. The
Horsemanship did not oust Simon's work on the same
subject from its position as an authority ; but it is often
impossible to be sure on which of the two treatises
later writers draw.* Pollux came across a commen-
tary on the Horsemanship ; we cannot tell whether it
was written before the Christian era. Probably
Theophrastus already culled something from the
! Athenaeus iv. p. 138 E.
* [t is now said that he did not use it directly ; but I
cannot believe this.
3 A. Brinkmann, AZhenisches Museum, lxvii, 1912, p. 135.
Among the Xenophontine works cited by Aristides are the
Agesilaus and the Hunting (Persson, p. 74).
4 Leo started this.
5 Oder in his 4aeedota Canfabrimiensia, credits to Simon
all the repetitions of matter that is common to Simon and
Xenophon.
xi
INTRODUCTION
Hunting. t is not clear that Grattius, who wrote
his poem between 30 n.c. and 8 4.p., owes anything
tothe Hunting ; nor is it likely,since he did not goto
Simon or to Xenophon for his treatment of the horse.
Into the complicated history of Xenophon's shorter
works in the Christian era we cannot enter.
To speak generally, the Hiero and Agesilaus seem
to have been most read by the Atticists and Sophists ;
while the Romans, for the most part, neglected all of
them.? But mention of one Greek author cannot be
omitted, owing to the unique position that he occupies
in the history of Xenophontine literature. Dio of
Prusa (fl. 90 4.n.) not only, like Arrian, took
Xenophon as his model of style, but his mind is
saturated with Xenophon's thoughts and. words.
There is much of the Hiero and Agesilaus in. Dio's
discourses on kingship and despotism (I, II, ΠῚ, VI,
LXII) There is also, I think, a clear echo of the
Hunting in Dio III. 135-6. The Agesilaus is cited
by Dionysius of Halicarnassus as the type of the
encomium, ΤῸ Roman encomiasts it furnished a
model, Its influence is felt in the design of Nepos
Atticus, in the Agricola of Tacitus, in the Panegyric
of the younger Pliny, and, according to Leo, in the
balanced estimate of the Emperor Valentinian in
Ammianus Marcellinus (fl. 370 4.p.), book xxx.?
1 περὶ φυτῶν αἰτιῶν vi. 19-20 compared with Zunting v. and
viii.
? Only the Cyropaedia and Memorabilia of Xenophon's works
gained a strong footing among the Romans.
8 1 am not myself conscious of this. Resemblanees are
rather readily detected by keen investigators. Thus
Rademacher says that Oppian used the Z/wn^ng in his
Cynegetica, but I have waded through Oppian without
detecting any reminiscence of it. ἡ
xii -
-
INTRODUCTION
Finally, we may refer to an amusing passage in the
Apollonius of the Athemian Philostratus (age of
Caracalla), which appears to be a *dig" at the
Hunting, as the scholiast says it is. * They (Apol-
lonius and his companion in India) came in," writes
Philostratus, for a dragon hunt which I must tell
about, for it is highly absurd that the devotees of
hunting should have found so much to say about the
hare, and how she is, or shall be, caught, and we
should pass over the record of this noble and
marvellous sport." !
I. Hiero
* Government of unwilling subjects and not con-
trolled by laws, but imposed by the will of the ruler,
is despotism." — Memorabilia, 1v. vi. 12.
* Despotic rule over unwilling subjects the gods
give, I fancy, to those whom they judge worthy to
live the life of Tantalus, of whom it is said that in
hell he spends eternity, dreading a second death."—
Oeconomacus, the end.
The Hiero is an imaginary conversation between
King Hiero, who ruled Syracuse from 478 to 467 s.c.,
and the poet Simonides of Ceos, one of the many
famous strangers whom the hospitable despot enter-
tained at his court. [Its purpose is twofold— first to
show that a despot, ruling without regard to the
interests of his subjects, is less happy than the
private citizen ; and secondly, to show by what
means a despot may succeed in winning the affection
of his subjects, and, by so doing, may gain happiness
for himself. This subject was a common topic of
Apollonius III. 6, Phillimore's translation.
xiii
INTRODUCTION
speculation among the Socratics!: it had been
discussed by Socrates himself; and we are told that
Plato during his first visit to the court of Syracuse
had spoken his mind upon it to Dionysius the Elder.
Had it been possible for Xenophon to bring Socrates
and a great despot together, we might have found just
such a conversation in the Memorabilia? Isocrates,
in his oration addressed to Nicocles (374 n.c.), says
that many doubt whether the life of men who live
virtuously or the life of a despot is preferable, and
in the letter which he wrote to the children of Jason,
the *tagus " of Thessaly (359 or 358 z.c.), he declares
that the private citizen is the happier.?
Modern writers, anxious to discover the date at
which the Hiero was written, have ransacked the
records of the despots contemporary with Xenophon
to find some special event or events that may have
prompted him to compose it. Grote, for example,
refers to an incident that occured at the Olympic
Festival of 388 or 384 &.c. In one of those years
the orator Lysias delivered his Olympic oration, in
which he stirred up hatred of despots,* and incited
the Greeks to unite in ridding Syracuse of Dionysius.
The despot on that occasion was represented at the
festival by a magnificent mission. The date of
composition has therefore been placed at about 383
B.c. Another view is that Xenophon wrote his
! Dio of Prusa, in his third discourse, puts into the mouth
of Socrates a discussion on the question of the happiness of
the despot.
3 Just as Dio (VI) brings Diogenes and the Persian king
together.
3 Cf. Aristotle, Polities, p. 1395 ^, and Stobaeus XLIX.
4 The tone of Antisthenes' Archelaus was similar (Dümmler,
Akademika, p. 13).
Χιν
EDCURET
πο δ νι
TT YSEUMM
INTRODUCTION
dialogue as a warning to Dionysiusthe Younger soon
after his accession to the throne of Syracuse in 367
B.c. A third opinion is that the career of Jason
of Pherae, who was assassinated in 370 s.c., was
specially in Xenophon's mind ; and a modification of
this view is that our author had lately réad the
letter of Isocrates already referred to, and that his
dialogue, like Isocrates' epistle, is a warning to
Jason's ehildren who now shared the power in
Thessaly. This last opinion is supported by reference
to the passage in which Hiero remarks that many
despots have been destroyed by their own wives
(iii. 8); for Jason's nephew, Alexander, joint
* tagus '" of Thessaly, was murdered by his brothers-
in-law at the instigation of his wife Thebé in 359
B.C.
But it is surely unnecessary to suppose that
Xenophon had any special purpose or event in mind
when he wrote the Hiero. The thing is merely a
*Socratic" dialogue on a theme that interested
him. He thought of despots in general, as the
Socratics supposed them to be; and-of course, like
Plato in the ninth book of his Republic, when he
writes of despotism he has an eye on the career of
Dionysius L! ΑἹ} that can be said about the date of
composition is that, to judge from the language and
the rhetoric of the Hiero, it appears to have been
written in the author's later years.
There is no attempt at characterisation in the
1 There is à close resemblance between Aepublie, ix. p.
579 » and Hiero, c.i.1ll. Were the Hiro the later work it
would be impossible to resist the impression that Xenophon
had lately read the Republic. This may be so, since the
Republic was written between 380 and 370 8.6.
xv
INTRODUCTION
persons of the dialogue. ^ Hiero is not in the least
the historical Hiero whom we know from the Odes
of Pindar and Bacchylides. He is not the great
warrior nor the enlightened ruler; and of course
there is no indication of the true basis of his power
and of his constitutional position. He is just a
despot of the better type. As for Simonides,
Xenophon, in drawing his favourite analogy from
the Choruses, once faintly alludes to his craft (c. ix.
4) ; but he makes no attempt anywhere to represent
the courtier poet; had he done so he must have
made Simonides bring in the subject of verse pane-
gyrics on princes at c. i. 14. "The remark of the
poet at c. i. 22 is singularly inappropriate to a man
who had a liking for good living. At c. viii.
Xenophon discards the thin disguise, and Simonides
stands clearly revealed as Xenophon himself. To
some of the recommendations offered to rulers that
he makes in these concluding chapters we have
parallels in. the Cavalry Commander and the Ways
and Means.
The Hiero is a naive little work, not unattractive : in
this case, as in that of the Banquet, it is unfortunate
for our amiable author that Plato has written on the
same subject with incomparably greater brilliancy.
The gist of Xenophon's counsel to despots is that
a despot should endeavour to rule like a good king.
The same counsel is given by Isocrates in his Helen,
which was written about 370 m.c. | No man, in
Xenophon's opinion, is fit to rule who is not better
than his subjects.?
1 Aristotle in the Po/itics (p. 1313 A) agrees.
? Cyropaedia, VII. i. 37.
xvi
INTRODUCTION
II. Agesilaus
* What is government, and what is a governor? "—
Memorabilia, 1. i. 16.
* Government of men with their consent and in
accordance with the laws of the State is kingship."—
Memorabilia, 1v. vi. 12.
Agesilaus became one of the two joint kings of
Sparta in 398 &.c. Though over forty at the time
of his accession, he reigned for nearly forty years,
and died on active service, probably in the winter
of 861-60 s.c. His long career as a commander in
the field began with his expedition to Asia Minor
in 396 &.c. We do not know for certain when
Xenophon joined Agesilaus in Asia, and it is im-
possible to say with confidence whether or not he
was an eye-witness of the campaign of Agesilaus
against Tissaphernes, the satrap of Lydia, tn 395 s.c.?
But he was certainly with Agesilaus in the following
year, and returned with him from Asia to Greece.
He fought under the king at the battle of Coronea
in the summer of 394 s.c. against his fellow-citizens,
and was banished in consequence. He spent some
! Xenophon calls him *''still young" at the time of his
accession, no doubt having in mind the great age to which
he lived in full activity, and using the pardonable exaggera-
tion of an ''encomiast." Similarly Isocrates implies that
Evagoras (who was really assassinated) died a happy death.
? Xenophon's account of the campaign is bore. different
from that which may now be read in a fragment of another
history. But even if Xenophon was in Greece in 395 5.c.,
he of course heard the faets from Agesilaus himself. Busolt
has successfully defended the accuracy of his aecount. In one
instance (c. i 33) X. tacitly corrects the account he had
iven in the Hellenica (111. iv. 24). Atc. ii. 7 hedefends what
8 had said in HI. 1v. iii. 15.
xvii
INTRODUCTION
time at Sparta, and thence removed to Scillus, near
Olympia, to an estate that had been presented
to him by the Lacedaemonians, doubtless at the
suggestion of Agesilaus.
Xenophon, always a hero-worshipper, and an
admirer of the ideal Spartan character and the
institutions of Lycurgus, saw in Agesilaus the
embodiment of his conception of a good king.
Doubtless, he, like Isocrates,! regarded the Spartan
kingship as the best form of monarchy. Shortly
after the death of his hero he produced this tribute
to his memory. In spite of its rhetorical embellish-
ments, there are signs of hasty composition in the
Agesilaus. Haste probably accounts for the extensive
borrowing from the Hellenica. Now why should
Xenophon be in a hurry? From some pretty strong
hints that all did not consider the king to be above
adverse criticism, we may conclude that theye was
adverse criticism ?; quite possibly something had
been writen about Agesilaus that was not entirely
complimentary. The Agesilaus in the main an
encomium, is incidentally a defence.
A few years before, Isocrates had produced his
encomium on Evagoras, king of Salamis in Cyprus,
who was assassinated in 374 s.c. Isocrates says that
he is the first to * praise a man's virtues in prose."
If he means to say that nobody had written a prose
encomium of an historical personage before him, it
is very doubtful whether his claim can be sustained.?
But perhaps he means only that he was the first
to combine an account of a man's actions with praise
of his character, pointing out the significance of
! Isocrates, de Pace, $8 149-143.
3 6. i1. 215; iv. 85; ν. δ; vill. ἡ.
3 Wilamowitz in Zermes, xxxv. p. 533.
Xv
à Tam me^ n mme ng my Ryo τρῷς ERE π᾿ rn :
.
INTRODUCTION
the actions as indicating the virtues of his hero.!
That is just what he does in the. Evagoras. Now
in the first portion of the 4gesilaus (c. i.-ii.),
Xenophon has clearly taken the Evagoras for his
model. The king's exploits, judiciously selected,
are narrated in chronological order, passages from
certain portions of the &Hellenica being repeated
with trifling alterations of the language; and into
the narrative are woven comments on the king's
character, as it is illustrated by his deeds.
Having finished with the king's actions, Xenophon
gives an account of his virtues (c. iii—ix.). — This
portion: of his work has no counterpart in. the
Evagoras. But even here Xenophon's idea is not
original. ^ The great virtues—piety, justice, self-
control, courage, wisdom—-are treated elsewhere in
the same order. In Plato's Banquet the poet Agathon
praises the justice, self-control, courage and wisdom
of Love, and Socrates remarks that the encomium
reminds him of Gorgias. . Xenophon himself at the
end of the Memorabilia writes of the piety, justice,
self-control and wisdom of Socrates. The order of
the categories no doubt goes back to Gorgias. To
these great virtues Xenophon adds patriotism, and
several minor excellences. He rounds off his en-
comium with a formal epilogue (c. x.).
To the epilogue is appended a summary (c. xi.)
of the king's virtues, and here again the categories
are arranged in the same order? The summary
1 So Usener.
? In Cyropaedia, viui. i. 293-33, Xenophon enumerates the
ἀν justice and self-control of Cyrus.
3 "The indications of the order are fainter, but they can be
discerned. But the disposition does not agree closely with
that of the second part of the work.
xix
INTRODUCTION
was a device introduced by the sophist Corax, and
the use of it is alluded to as an established practice
at the end of the Palamedes, an oration ascribed to
Gorgias. The extant fragment of Gorgias! Funeral
Oration appears to belong to a summary. There
are examples of the summary also in Isocrates.!
To the material of the eleventh chapter a passage
of the Évagoras has contributed something.?
What is peculiar in the structure of the Agesilaus
is the separate treatment of the actions and the
virtues of the hero. Xenophon has followed Isocrates
in one section of his encomium and Gorgias in the
other? The result is, of course, a want of unity
in the design. The work, however, was much
admired by Cicero and by Nepos ;* and the latter's
sketch of Cicero's friend Atticus is evidently modelled
on it. 5n
III. Constitution of the Lacedaemonians.
*Lycurgus the Lacedaemonian now—have you
realised that he would not have made Sparta to
differ from other cities in any respect, had he not
established obedience to the laws most securely in
her ? " — Memorabilia, 1v. iv. 15.
* When will. Athenians show the Lacedaemonian
reverence for age . . . when will they adopt the
Lacedaemonian system of training . . . when will
they reach that standard of obedience to their rulers
1 e.g. Antidosis, 88 197, 128, the character of Timotheus.
* Evagoras, 88 43-46. The notion that the eleventh chapter
of the Agesilaus is spurious is wrong. Compare the character
sketches of Proxenus and Menon in Znabasis ΤΙ.
3 ΑἹ] the little tricks of rhetoric that have been adversely
criticised by modern writers come in this second part.
* Nepos, Agesilaus, c. i,
XX
^ stam Cpu nie oon cmn rm
Tc. παν
INTRODUCTION
... or when will they attain that harmony? "—
Memorabilia, m. v. 16.
Xenophon's purpose in this work was to show
that the. greatness and fame of the Lacedaemonians
were due to *the laws of Lycurgus" | He had no
intention of writing a treatise on the Lacedaemonian
constitution; and though here and there he refers
to details of that constitution as things familiar to
his readers, it is only in the last chapter, about the
position and privileges of the kings, that he even
mentions the word * constitution." Eventhe remarks
on the constitutional powers of the Ephors in c. viii.
are merely illustrative. After the tenth chapter he
gradually loses sight of his subject. For if the
eleventh and the twelfth, on the excellence of the
Spartan army, have a loose connexion with it, the
thirteenth, on the powers of the kings, has none.
The fourteenth is clearly an afterthought, an
appendix; and the same is true of the fifteenth.
The title,then, is inaccurate; nevertheless there can
be no doubt that it was chosen by the author himself.
The first ten chapters are homogeneous, and they
have the appearance of a complete essay. For
evidently when he started Xenophon did not intend
to trace the ** power" of Sparta to the organisation
of its army: he says clearly at the beginning that
he attributes her power to her institutions or
* principles" ; and one of these principles turns out
to be (c. ix.) that a glorious death is preferable to
a base life—which is a good enough reason, in an
essay, to account for the power of the state on the
military side. Possibly, after writing the first ten
- chapters, Xenophon kept them by him, and added
later on the appendices on the army and the functions
xxi
INTRODUCTION
of the kings in war, on the violation of the *laws of
Lycurgus," ! and on the constitutional position of the
kings. The thesis of the: appendix on the army is
not the thesis of the essay proper; for the thesis
of this appendix is not that the Lacedaemonians owe
their power and fame to their army, but that the
Lacedaemonians are artists in warfare, and the rest
of the Greeks, in comparison with them, are mere
amateurs (c. xiii. 6). In the last chapter he sup-
ports no thesis; he is merely stating certain facts
about the kings, is, indeed, writing a fragment of a
* Constitution."
The fourteenth chapter is strange and bewildering,
and many have maintained that it is spurious. [Ὁ is
written in a spirit of disillusion, and it contradicts
some of the statements made in earlier chapters.
Internal evidence shows that it was written certainly
before the battle of Leuctra (371 s.c.), and probably
after 378 p.c. Observe, however, that Xenophon is
not indicting the people: his wrath falls only on a
small section of powerful Spartans, on the governors,
* harmosts," whose conduct was a violation of the
* ]aws of Lycurgus " and of the principles so strictly
adhered to by his hero Agesilaus.
But the change of tone is manifest. [Ὁ is tempt-
ing to seek the cause of the change in the impression
made on Xenophon's mind by.the scandalous seizure
of the Theban citadel by the Spartan Phoebidas in
381 &c. Inthe Hellenica Xenophon denounces that
! Some hold that the first thirteen chapters describe what
had been the state of affairs at Sparta in better times.
Though such great authorities as E. Meyer and Kohler
agree that all the fifteen chapters were written at the same
time, T cannot believe that they are right.
xxii
merde m mmo MP STD RI
INTRODUCTION
crime as an outrage against heaven. Again, in
318 s.c., Sphodrias, a Spartan governor, was persuaded
or bribed by the Thebans to make an attempt on
the Peiraeus. The plan miscarried and Sphodrias
was put on his: trialfor his gross act of treaohery ;
but he was acquitted. There is probably a covert
reference to Sphodrias in the second section of this
fourteenth -chapter. | The part taken by King
Agesilaus in the inquiries that followed both these
trimes was highly discreditable, and . naturally
Xenophon makes no allusion to it in his Agesilaus.
As for the essay (c. i—-x.), one reads it with a
feeling. of regret that the author, who during his
sojourn at Sparta had such excellent opportunities
for observation, did not undertake the task of writing
an account of the Lacedaemonian constitution, Even
what he tells us of the primitive institutions of the
Spartans in support of his thesis comes to very little ;
but the facts that he selects are sufficient for his
purpose. He touches on the surprising marriage
customs of the Lacedaemonians, but not with entire
accuracy; and of course he disguises the extraordinary
laxity of the relations between the sexes at Sparta.
He gives no connected or detailed account of the
class organisation of boys and youths. Thus in
c. ix. 5 he refers incidentally to the «sides in a
game of ball"; but does not trouble to explain that
the term **ball-players" had a special meaning
among the Spartans ;! the proper place for mention-
ing them, if he had been writing a treatise, would
have been at c. iv. 6. In speaking of the common
meals he uses, almost consistently, the Spartan
1 Those who were no longer Ephebi and were not quite
men (Pausanias ΠΠ. xiv. 6).
xxiii
INTRODUCTION
technical term Syskania and its cognate words,
without giving their explanation. The reference in
c. ii. 9 to the ceremonial rite of flagellation at the
altar of Artemis Orthia? is so confused that it is
quite- impossible that Xenophon, who must have
witnessed it, can have written what stands in the text.
Whatever we may think of the method of the
essay it is characteristic of Xenophon that he
borrowed it from a predecessor in the same field.?
Critias the politician, once a disciple of Socrates, had
already produced a prose and a verse Constitution 9f
the Lacedaemonians. In the prose work he compared
the usages of different states with those of Sparta ;
and though, like Hellanieus and Thucydides, he
ignored Lycurgus, the existing fragments of his work
show that Xenophon is indebted to Critias, certainly
for the method, and perhaps for some of the details
of his essay. No doubt it is the Constitution of
Critias that is used by Plato, to the exclusion of
Xenophon's, in the Laws.
The excellence of the Spartan institutions was of
course a stock theme among the Socratics. Over-
emphasis led to the inevitable protest. Isocrates in
his Panathenaicus makes some caustic remarks about
those who are for ever harping on the subject.
1 Also in c. xv.
? The rite is a substitute for human sacrifice. ᾿
3 Kóhler in SZzungsberichte der Berliner — Akademie
1896, p. 361.
* The quotation from the verse Constitution in Athenaeus
x. 432p, about drinking, corresponds closely with what
Xenophon says on the same subject (c. v. 6).
5 e.g. for the view he takes of the **Syssitia," or common
meals, as neither a military nor 8 political institution. At
c. ii. 1 Xenophon echoes Plato, Proíag. p. 325 D.
xxiv
INTRODUCTION
Amongst other things he says that some talk of
the Spartans as if the demi-gods had been. Spartan
. :statesmen, and that Lycurgus borrowed his best
ideas from Athens! The date of the Panathenaicus
is 342 B.C. Or thereabouts.
IV. Ways and Means
* Now tell me, from what sources are the city's
revenues at present derived and what is their total?
No doubt you have gone into this matter, in order
to raise the amount of any that are deficient and
supply any that are lacking." —Memorabilia, un. vi. 5.
The. Jays. and. Means appears from . internal
evidence to have been written in 355 s.c. There
are no convincing reasons for refusing to believe -
that Xenophon is the author. The diction and
style are his, and there is nothing in the opinions
expressed that renders his authorship impossible,
or even unlikely. In the opening sentence he
repeats a remark that he has made at the end of
the Cyropaedia (vui. vii. 4);! there are passages
that have a parallel in the Hiero and the Cavairy
Commander ; and the epilogue both in language and
sentiment is thoroughly Xenophontine. "We might,
no doubt, have expected more moralising than we
find, and we miss evidence of his interest in agri-
culture. But if the brochure^was intended to sup-
port the financial policy of the statesman Eubulus,
the reason why these features are lacking becomes
apparent. This, then, is Xenophon's last work.
He probably died a few months after writing it.
Since 370 s.c. or thereabouts, Xenophon had
1 A similar remark occurs in Isocrates On the Peace.
XXV
INTRODUCTION
lived at Corinth. Some years later his banishment
from Athens was annulled on the proposal of
Eubulus. He did not, however, return to his
native city ; but he sent his two sons home to serve
in the Athenian cavalry. : ἃ
In 355 s.c. Athens emerged in a state of serious
financial exhaustion from a disastrous war with her
most powerful allies. 1t was through Eubulus that
the peace was concluded. In the following year
Eubulus practically assumed control of the state
finances, and he at once set to work to increase
the revenue and to relieve the poverty of the
citizens. The citizen body at this time, as we can
see from the Ways and Means, was in a deplorable
condition. Lazy and poverty-stricken, the people
' looked to the state for maintenance. Trade was
in the hands of the resident aliens, among whom
were many Asiaties(c.ii. 3) How precisely Eubulus
dealt with the problems that faced him we do not
know. But as Controller of the *theoric" fund
he raised enough money from this tax upon the
well-to-do to enable him to make distributions to
the people on an unprecedented scale. From a
passage in the orator Deinarchus we infer that
Eubulus also introduced measures for the improve-
ment of the cavalry. And when his administration
came to an end, probably in 339 s.c.; the mines at
Laurium, which had been neglected, were once
again being vigorously worked by men in partnership
and by private companies.
The resemblance between these operations of
Eubulus and some of the proposals contained in
1 See especially Beloch, 4(tische Politik seit Perikles,
p 4
xxvi
INTRODUCTION
Xenophon's brochure is obvious. The brochure is
addressed, apparently, to the Council of Five
Hundred. The author confines himself rigidly to
proposals of a practical nature. [t is not his busi-
ness here to probe the causes of the prevalent
distress. The author of the Memorabilia knew
well enough what was wrong with the Athenians;
but when the problem of the moment is how to
raise cash, it is useless to demand a change of
national habits: you must take the conditions as
they are, and make the best of them. The recogni-
tion of the demoralising dole system was, of course,
unavoidable. Then, according to Xenophon's plan,
capital is to be raised by the imposition of an
income tax—whether for one year or more is not
stated —and expended on the erection of hotels,
the provision of accommodation for merchants and
visitors both in the Peiraeus and in the city, and on
a fleet of state-owned merchant vessels. Much
space is given to measures to be adopted for the
improved working of the mines: amongst them are
a measure of state socialism (c. iv. 30) and a pro-
posal for the formation of a great Joint-Stock
Company (c. iv. 32). To encourage internal trade,
it is essential to encourage the resident aliens ; their
status must be improved. It is a shock to find
Xenophon proposing to make these aliens—including
Lydians, Phrygians and Syrians—eligible for the
aristocratic cavalry.
The insistence on the necessity of maintaining
peace as an essential condition of financial recovery
is in accordance with the policy of Eubulus.
Earlier in this same year, 355 B.c., Isocrates, now
an octogenarian, issued his pamphlet Os ihe Peace,
xxvii
is ctn FEN IARPUTIIT RO MA i ceo peti Ea RP. C p URN NDA RR c em ERNIACTPR
INTRODUCTION
in which he exhorted the Athenians to endeavour
to conciliate the Greek world. His pamphlet is
ostensibly a harangue addressed to the Assembly,
and its subject is political morality. "There are clear
indications that Xenophon had read it before writing
the Jays and Means.!
V. The Cavalry Commander ?
* Perhaps you think you can do something for
the good of the State.as a cavalry leader, in case
there is any occasion to employ that arm."—
Memorabilia, un. iii. 2. 1
The discourse on the duties of the cavalry com-
mander was written at a time when there was some
reason to anticipate the outbreak of war between
Athens and Thebes (c. vii. 3), probably in 365 s.c.
It is ostensibly addressed to an individual about to
enter on that exalted office; but the convention is
not consistently maintained, especially towards the
end of the treatise. It is almost certain that
Xenophon in his younger days had himself been
a member of the Athenian cavalry corps, in 409 s.c.
and the years following ; and he had lately sent his
two sons home to Athens to serve in the force.
His profound interest in cavalry and his knowledge
of its use are, of course, apparent in the Cyropaedia,
the A4nabasis and the Memorabilia. Our treatise may,
indeed, be viewed as a commentary on the statement
of a cavalry commander's duties that is put into the
mouth of Socrates in the last mentioned work
(un. iii. 1).
! He has levied toll on $8 21, 30, 42, 53 and 138.
3 Literally the Greek title means **A discourse on the
command of cavalry.?
xxviii
VE Vua
aASÜe s m
ey ie
INTRODUCTION
When Xenophon wrote the discourse Athens was
at peace. But even in peace time the duties of the
-avalry, though ornamental, were important, since
the cavalry procession was a prominent feature of
all the great state festivals. And of course training
for war was always being carried on with more or
less vigour. Things were at the moment in a pretty
bad way with the corps. Owing to the prevailing
poverty, and the slackness of the Council and their
immediate agents, the two arnually elected. com-
manders of cavalry (*hipparchs"), the number of
troopers had apparently fallen from the thousand
required by law to about six hundred and fifty ; and
the quality of the horses and the efficiency of the
riders left much to be desired. It is probable that
in this case, as in others, Xenophon's exhortations
were not without practical result, for at the time
of the battle of Mantinea (361 s.c.) the Athenian
cavalry was able to play a creditable part in the field.
Xenophon recommends the use of infantry among
the cavalry (c. v. 13) ; and his words imply that at
the time infantry were not regularly provided for
this service, In the Constitution of. Athens, written
some forty years later, Aristotle mentions such a
body of infantry as a normal appendage to the
eavalry. In the Memorabilia, as in our treatise, the
cavalry commander is urged to require that the horses
incapable of going the pace should be rejected.
᾿ Aristotle, repeating the very expression used by
Xenophon, says that the Council marked and rejected
such horses. Both reforms may be due to Xenophon,
at least in part. For it is hardly likely that the
advice of such an authority can have gone entirely
unheeded.
xxix
INTRODUCTION
Each of the ten tribes was supposed to furnish a
hundred cavalrymen. The roll was drawn up
annually by ten officials elected for the purpose;!-
who. acted apparently under the direction of the
two commanders. At the head of each of these ten
regiments was a colonel (* phylarch ), who was
responsible for the details of control, for the in-
struction, condition and equipment of his regiment.
Each of the two commanders had five of these
regiments under him, because in the field the chief
duty of the cavalry was to protect the flanks of the
infantry. On ceremonial occasions each colonel rode
at the head of his regiment in the procession, and
each commander at the head of his five regiments.
Preparation for service in the cavalry began while
a youth was still under the control of his guardian
(c. i. 11), that is to say, before the age of eighteen.
The service, at any rate at this time, was continuous.
The object of the annual enrolment, therefore,
was to fil the places of those who retired
through old age or other causes. It also appears
that not all the recruits were young men : no doubt
the difficulty of obtaining a sufficient number of
young men of means led to the inclusion of persons
of maturer years, men who could not be trained to
vault on to a horse, but had to be assisted to mount
by means of a leg up, ** in the Persian fashion."
Every recruit had to appear with his horse before
a committee of the Council and to pass a test. On
being approved the recruit had a legal right to
receive a sum of money to defray the cost of his
horse and equipment; but the colonels had some-
times to intervene to get the monéy paid over to
! At any rate this was so when Aristotle wrote.
XXX
nemo gem NAE CS IR PAPA
INTRODUCTION
the men. The cavalryman received, in addition, a
daily allowance of a drachma for the keep of his
horse in peace as well as in war; and the annual
eost to the state of this wage amounted, says
Xenophon, to nearly forty talents. — The cost of the
initial sum paid to the recruits did not fall on the
state, as each man who left the service had to pay
the amount over to his successor.
Each man was attended by a mounted groom
(e. v. 6), but the grooms did not ride in the ranks,
and were not armed. There were also, mounted
aides-de-camp (c. iv. 4)! "The commanders had
about them a corps of couriers (c. i. 25), of whom we
know only that they had to pass a test before the
Council ( Aristotle, 4th. Pol. c. 49).
The author's purpose is, of course, to make recom-
mendations for the improvement of the cavalry. Inci-
dentally the Cavalry Commander is our chief authority
on the organisation and employment of the Athenian
cavalry, and it contains many details about the
ceremonial processions.
None of Xenophon's shorter writings is mQre
entirely characteristic of the writer. Note especially
the frequent exhortation to **work with God";
it is the first and the last duty that he insists on.
** |f," he says, * you are surprised that I say this so
often, [ assure you that you will cease to wonder if
you find yourself often in danger." He speaks from
experience.
! Xenophon in the Cyropaedia assigns many functions to
the aides in the army of Cyrus, including attention to the
wounded,
xxxi
*A
INTRODUCTION
VI. On the Art of. Horsemanship
* Seeing you are forced to meddle with horses,
don't you think that common sense requires you to
see that you are not ignorant of the business? "—
Oeconomicus, iii. 9.
The treatise on Horsemanship, the oldest complete
treatise on. the subject in existence, was written
soon after the Cavalry Commander (c. xii. 14). It isa
masterly production. The text has suffered con-
. siderably from corruption, and even with the aid of
restoration it is not easy reading; nevertheless, it
presents no serious problems that still await solution.
Bearing in mind the cardinal differences between the
Greek cavalry horse of which Xenophon writes, and
the modern riding horse, we shall have no serious
difficulty in following the author. . The Greek
cavalry horse, familiar to everybody from the
Parthenon sculptures, was small and cob-like. He
was a troublesome creature to ride, and given
the conditions, although the cavalry was not always
an; efficient arm in the field, it is a mistake to
suppose that the individual .Greek rider was a poor
horseman ; noris the supposition borne out by the
Parthenon figures. The horses were ungelded and
unshod; they were given to biting, and the rider
had neither stirrups, nor saddle, nor curb to assist him.
The well-to-do young Athenian rode, but did not
often ride merely for pleasure: he rode commonly
as a member or a prospective member of the cavalry
—it is significant that the same word is used for a
* horseman " and a * cavalryman " ; occasionally he
rode in order to compete in the horse-races at the
Games; or if he were rich he hunted on horse-
xxxii
Uo m ys 4} ἢ» eom Sn P i RU UR ORCI CN" B p Vp n
INTRODUCTION
back. Naturally, therefore, the only gaits in use
were the walk, the trot and the gallop.
The practical horseman will no doubt notice
certain details in which modern practice differs
from the Greek usage. But he will assuredly be
surprised to find that so much of Xenophon's
doctrine survives unchanged in the modern lore of
the horse and his rider; and he will acknowledge
that Xenophon was both an excellent judge of a
horse and a highly accomplished horseman.
Xenophon recommends a * flexible" in preference
to a stiff" bit (c. x). Two **flexible" bits now in
the Berlin Museum are figured and described by
E. Pernice in his monograph entitled Griechisches
Pferdegeschirr (Berlin, 1896). The bits, which are
of bronze, and belong to the fourth century, s.c.,
were found along with a beautiful bronze muzzle
and bronze ornaments of the headstall in a grave
in Boeotia. They are complete in every detail,
including the curved branches at the ends to which
the straps of the headstall were fastened and the
branches to which the reins wereattached. Xenophon
is concerned only with the bit itself. This, in the
two examples referred to, consists of two axles
joined in the middle by two links, one link within
the other. Next to the links are discs; then on
either side a cylinder covered with four rows of
sharp teeth. Next to the cylinders come the
.branches to be attached to the headstall, and
outside these the branches for the reins. Discs,
1 Thus Ischomachus (Oeconomicus, xi. 17 f.), an excellent
horseman (20), says that he has his horse led to and from his.
farm: he mounts at the farm, and goes through military
exercises. ^ Xenophon is, of course, describing his own
practice,
xxxiii
INTRODUCTION
cylinders and branches move on the axles. From
each of the central links hangs a little — of
three or four rings (see c. x. 9).
When the horse was led out to be en or
to give him a roll, a muzzle was used. "The muzzle
is depicted on several vases. For example, a black-
figured amphora in the Ashmolean Museum (No.
212) shows a led horse wearing the muzzle, and,
in this case, bridled as well. The muzzles for
ordinary use were made either of straps or of
wicker. The Ashmolean horse's muzzle is attached
by a strap passing under the ears. In another
example figured in E. Walpole's Memoirs of E
and Asiatic Turkey, we have two horses muzzled
and tied together by the leading reins that hang
from the muzzle. AÀ groom is cleaning the back
of the horse on the right with a strigil (cf. c. v. 5).
Another,groom is examining the uplifted forefoot
of the horse on the left, crouching beneath the
horse in a manner not approved by Xenophon. A
halter was also attached to the bridle and used in
mounting or in leading the horse when not muzzled
(c. vii. 1). The halter is clearly seen on one of the
horses depicted on an Attic cyliv in the Berlin
Museum, of which the subject is the examination
of the cavalry recruits; and there are other extant
examples.
In the twelfth chapter Xenophon recommends
that the horse should be protected in war with a,
frontlet, breastplate and thigh-pieces.! It is not
unlikely that these came into use in Greece as
the result of his recommendation. Their origin is
1 From this chapter it is clear that the rider's thighs were
not protected by thigh-pieces.
xxxiv
INTRODUCTION
Asiatic, and of course Xenophon had seen them
used during the expedition of the Ten Thousand.
The methodical construction of this treatise con-
trasts strongly with the want of arrangement that
we find in the Discourse on Hunting. The author
starts with a modest reference to his skill in horse-
manship; and here let the translator, whose own
acquaintance with horses has been brief and dis-
astrous, offer an apology to any practical horseman
into whose hands this version, or perversion, may
. fall, for any absurdities that he may——it is but too
likely—detect in the English equivalents used in
- the translation to represent the technical terms of
- the original ^ After this brief and characteristic
pe omnt
exordium the author falls at once to business. Here
is a list of the contents: (1) Buying a colt— points
and size of the young horse (c. i). (2) Breaking
a young horse (c. ii). (3) Buying a horse already
ridden (c. iii) (4) Stable and yard (c. iv). (5)
The groom's duties (c. v.-vi). (6) Instructions to
the rider—mounting, starting, exercises (c. vii.—viii.).
(1) Management of a fiery horse (c. ix. (8) How
- to make the best of a war-horse (c. x. 1-5). (9)
- Bits, their form and use (c. x. 6). (10) The horse
- for ceremonial occasions (c. xi). (11) Armour of
rider and horse (c. xii 1-10). (12) Offensive
weapons and their use (c. xii. 11). (13) Brief refer-
ence to the Cavalry Commander for further information.
The exposition is as clear as the arrangement.
In his opening words, and elsewhere, Xenophon
refers to the treatise of Simon, of which an important
fragment survives in the library of Emmanuel College,
Cambridge.! "There is much matter common to both
1 There are several modern editions.
XXXV
INTRODUCTION
treatises, but it is unfair to represent Xenophon as
merely repeating Simon,! Both authors begin their
description of the parts of the horse at the hoofs
and work upwards to the head. ΑἹ] later writers
on the horse, Greek and Roman, start at the head.
Very likely Xenophon consciously followed Simon's
method: it would be like him to do that.
VII. Hunting
When an Englishman tells you that he is * going
to hunt," you understand him to mean that he in-
tends to hunt the fox on horseback. Had you heard
a young Greek of the fourth century s.c. make the
same remark, the odds would have been that he
was going to hunt the hare on foot. Two other
branches of the sport in which the average young
Greek then indulged were the hunting of the red
deer and the boar. But if either of these creatures
was to be the object of his pursuit, he would have
said so; and in either case he would have been
intending to go unmounted,? unless he had said
definitely that he was going on horseback. "These
simple facts explain the absence of a statement
early in this treatise (c. ii.) that its author in-
tends to deal first with hare hunting, and also
explain why there is nothing in the treatise about
hunting on horseback, apart from an incidental re-
ference in the appendix on hunting abroad (c. xi. 3).
Sons of aristocratic houses often rode to hounds;
1 Oder in his Anecdota Cantabrigiensia, a mine of information
on the ancient horse-literature, is hardly just to Xenophon.
3 The term κυνηγετεῖν, consistently used for hunting in
the treatise, is normally confined in classical authors to
hunting om foot.
xxxvi
——ÀÀ -
INTRODUCTION
and no doubt Xenophon's boys were mounted when
they hunted boars, gazelles and red deer at Scillus.!
But this treatise is addressed to the average young
hunter, and is confined to those forms of the sport
that were open to him.
The art of hunting, like other arts and crafts,
was a gift of the gods to the centaur Chiron, who
imparted it to many heroes, all of whom enjoyed
the special favour of the gods. To this topic is
devoted a lengthy rhetorical exordium, which differs
entirely by its elaborate style from the rest of the
treatise, in which the rules of formal composition
are almost entirely disregarded. There is no parallel
to this exordium in Greek literature anterior to
the Christian era? To Xenophon, indeed, a long
exordium of any kind is alien.
The writer's object is instruction of the' novice.
He undertakes to enumerate and to explain all the
paraphernalia required in hunting (c. ii. 2). But his
promise is but indifferently fulfilled in the sequel.
He is excellent in description; but, like so many
modern teachers, he unconsciously reckons on too
much knowledge in his pupils. Especially confusing
is his use of the same term for the track and the
scent of the hare; aud the directions for unravelling
the tracks and for setting up the nets, the parts of
which he does not explain, are anything but clear.
1 Amabasis, V. iii. 10. We see that this treatise was not
written, as is sometimes supposed, for the use of Xenophon's
sons,
3 As for the date of the exordium see below. .J. Mewaldt
(Hermes, xlvi. p. 76), has pointed out a remarkable parallel
in the exordium to the PAysécian falsely attributed to Galen,
but contemporary with him.
xxxvii
INTRODUCTION
Nor is his arrangement of his matter in the section
on the hare wholly satisfactory, For most of the
seventh chapter and the whole of the eighth consist
of remarks, in the nature of an appendix, on the
subject of the third chapter.
It is surprising to find that nets were not used in
Greece for hunting the red deer on foot, though
the * net-keeper" accompanied the hunt (c. ix. 6).
Their place was taken by the abominable traps or
caltrops, which are carefully and clearly described.
We wonder how an unmounted hunter was to get
among the deer and to isolate a member of the herd
(c. ix. 10).
To the survey of the three branches of hunting
the author appends a few irrelevant remarks on the
hunting of big game abroad, apparently just because
the subject interested him and might be expected
to interest his young readers. These remarks, it
may be observed, do not include varieties of hunting
that Xenophon had witnessed in Asia, and would be
expected to describe if he had written the Hunting
at Scillus.
Having finished with the technical side of the
subject, our author launches out into an enumeration
of the benefits to be derived from hunting on foot
(c. xii. 1-9). It is good for the health, fits men for
their military duties, and affords a fine moral train-
ing. Some, he says, meaning, probably, Aristippus
and his followers, object to hunting on the ground
that it leads men to waste the time that ought to
be given to their business and to the service of the
state. These objectors are utterly wrong, and many
of them are even vicious. But hunters are a virtuous
folk, because they love toil (c. xii. 10, end). The
xxxviii
INTRODUCTION
argument here, and in the last chapter, is sloppy,
but the writer disarms criticism by his zeal.
The task that the writer set himself at the begin-
ning is now completed, and we should have expected
him to end here. Bat he is in a fighting mood, and
is determined to warn his young readers against all
the enemies of his theories. Chief among these
are the *sophists," that is, the professors of other
systems of education than that in which he believes.
They have never made a man virtuous, and their
writings, for all the care lavished on their style, do
nobody any good. Very likely one of them will
attack this treatise for its slipshod style and want
of *beauty." What does the author care? He
seeks to do good, not to train the young in sophistry.
Beware of the professors and cleave to the lovers
of wisdom! Then there are the unscrupulous self-
seekers and reckless politicians. ^ Don't emulate
them! The best of them incur envy,! and the bad
ones are rogues. But hunters are genial and kindly,
and they seek only to do good.
The technical portion of this treatise (c. ii.-xi.)
and the curious epilogue (c. xii.-xiii. are certainly
contemporary with Xenophon; and—as all com-
petent critics now agree— both were written by one
man. "The attack on the **sophists" in the last
chapter must have been written in the fourth century
B.c., when * philosophers " and * sophists" wrangled
over the theory and practice of education, and
flooded the world with books on the subject. The
descriptive portions of the technical part are worthy
of Xenophon; and the sentiments expressed in the
1 This, I think, must have been tbe meaning of c. xiii. 10
before the text was corrupted.
t XXXix
INTRODUCTION
epilogue strongly remind us of his sentiments. The
difficulty in accepting the treatise as his lies mainly
in the jerkiness of the style and the looseness of the
grammar. We miss the combination of short simple
sentences with long periods that is characteristic
of his manner; and the constant indulgence in
* ellipse," *asyndeton," *chiasmus," *infinitive of
command," and so on, is not at all like what we find
in his acknowledged works. On the whole, when
the pros and cons are weighed and re-weighed, it
does not appear utterly impossible that he wrote it
as a first experiment in authorship before leaving
Athens for Asia. The work is full of his zest for
hunting, his pietism, his insistence that before you
try to do a thing, you must understand how to do
it, and, above all, his belief in the efficacy of diligence
and toil. The author of the treatise is clearly an
Athenian; and though his opinions bear a strong
resemblance to those of the older Cynics, and especi-
ally of Antisthenes, the founder of the Cynic school,
I see no decisive reason for thinking it impossible—
though it is certainly difficult to believe—that
Xenophon wrote it in the last years of Socrates' life.
He was then aged thirty,! and might employ a didactic
tone towards the youth of eighteen. [ he did, he
must have adopted a manner of writing that he
judged appropriate to a didactic treatise addressed
to the young.? We must suppose that he deliberately
! Xenophon was born 430 8.6. ; Apollodorus (fl. 150 8.0.)
in his Chronica wrongly suggested 440 ΒΟ. From Apollo-
dorus the error passed into Diogenes Laertius and Suidas.
3 There is a similar manner in one or two didactic sentences
quoted from Antisthenes by Diogenes Laertius (vi. 12)
Mewaldt detects à similarity in the style of Simon's treatise
on Horsemanship. "The manner is common enough in technical
xl
INTRODUCTION
avoided formal rhetoric, of which there are only
very few examples in the treatise. Xenophon in
the Hellenica and the Agesilaus does experiment in
different styles of writing, though within limits that
he passes far beyond in the Hunting, if this work
be really his. But a great difficulty confronts us.
In the thirteenth chapter (3-7) the writer, in his
most rhetorical passage, says in effect that he despises
rhetoric as practised in his day, and has no belief
in its value. Now the rhetoric of the fourth-century
sophists is based on the teaching of Gorgias and
Prodicus. Xenophon elsewhere always writes respect-
fully of these two great stylists, and he shows both
by his statements and by his practice that he has a
keen appreciation of rhetoric as an aid to persuasion.!
Already at the beginning of the Hellenica (1. i. 30—31)
he attributes the reputation of Hermocrates the
Syracusan * as speaker and adviser " to the attention
that he paid to oratory ; and Sicilian oratory without
rhetoric is unthinkable. Can it be that between,
say, 401 s.c. and 393 s.c. he so entirely changed his
opinion? Itis possible that he did so, in consequence
of his experience in Asia, where the influence of
oratory on the soldiers was continually made manifest.?
In at least two parts of the epilogue it is highly
probable that Aristippus is attacked, first as object-
1 The results of his study of Gorgias can be traced in the
Constitution of the Lacedaemonians and the JWays and Means
as well as in the Agesilaus.
* Note ially what he says about Proxenus (Anabasis,
II. vi. 16), that in his youth he had an ambition to become
a man of affairs, and therefore put himself under Gorgias.
writings. A pretty specimen of it is to be found in Plato's
description of the two horses (Phaedrus, p. 253 p).
xli
INTRODUCTION
ing to toil, and further on as a self-seeker (xii. 10 ;
xiii. 10); Aristippus was, in fact, the first of the
Socratics to take fees from his pupils! Now we
know that Xenophon had an aversion to Aristippus,
whose opinions and conduct naturally jarred on him.
What is more likely than that Xenophon should
warn his young readers against such an alluring but
dangerous teacher ἢ
Here we may leave the problem. The style does
not in the least suggest Xenophon: much of the
matter, both in the technical part and in the epilogue,
does suggest him. Absurdities have been pointed
out? in the reasoning of the epilogue ; but some of
these absurdities are probably due to the corrupt
state in which the text of it has come down to us.
For whereas in the technical part we have the
powerful aid of Pollux in correcting the text, he
cites nothing from the epilogue.
The laborious exordium is not contemporary with
the rest of the work. Certain rhythms are persistently
used in it that were not in vogue earlier than the
first half of the third century 8.0.3 But the
* sophistic" list of Chiron's pupils and, still more,
the highly artificial order of the words show that
the date is much later than the third century.
Norden, the highest authority in these matters,
states confidently that the exordium belongs to the
period of the * second sophistic." * We may con-
! Diogenes Laertius, ii. 65. '
? Especially by Hartman in his 4nalecta Xenophontea.
3 Especially the déchoreus (——.) at the end of the sentence,
which is characteristic of the 4sianicstyle. (Radermacher in
Rheinisches Musewn, lii.).
* In Die Antike Prosakunst (p. 433) he cites some striking
parallels from the Lemnian Philostratus' /magines and from
Aelian.
xlii
INTRODUCTION
clude without hesitation that it was composed in the
reign of Hadrian (αν. 117-138), when also the
reference to it in c. xiii 18 was added.! Some-
where about a.p. 150 Arrian must have come across
a copy of the Hunting in Athens, with the exordium
already prefixed. — He took the exordium at its face
value, and assumed that it too was written by
Xenophon? n the Heroicus (p. 308), written be-
tween a.p. 213 and 219, the Lemnian Philostratus
includes Telamon, Theseus and Palamedes among the
disciples of Chiron. These heroes are mentioned
nowhere else as pupils of the Centaur except in our
epilogue.?
The earliest author who alludes to the Hunting
as Xenophon's work is Plutarch; but Demetrius of
Magnesia, a contemporary of Cicero, already recog-
nised it as his.*
' The principal manuscripts are the following :—
1. For the Hiero, Agesilaus, Constitutüon of the
Lacedaemonians and Ways and Means :
A. (Vaticanus, 1335), tenth or eleventh century. Of
the Jays and Means only a part (c. i. 5 to
c. iii. 5) has survived.
1 This furnished, as it were, a text to the writer of
the (2.4 wu)
? Arrian, Cynegeticus i. It is odd that Arrian, no mean
judge of style, accepted the whole work, including the
exordium, as certainly genuine.
3 The coincidence at least shows that these names were
introduced into the list by the late sophists ἘΚ. Münscher
(P^ilologus, Supplementband, x., p. 503) doubts whether
Philostratus consciously re the author of the exordium ;
nor do I think it certain that he does so.
* Diogenes Laertius, ii. 57.
xliii
INTRODUCTION
B. (Vaticanus, 1950), fifteenth century. Probably
copied from A.
C. (Mutinensis, 145), fifteenth century. This MS.
does not include the Agesilaus. lt contains
many peculiar readings, of which many are
conjectures.
M. (Marcianus, 511), probably thirteenth century.
Α papyrus fragment of the Jays and. Means, c. i.
5-6, belonging to the second century Α.}.,) is edited
br. Wilcken in the A4rchw für Papyrusforschung,
vol. i.
The copious extracts contained in the Florilegium
of Stobaeus are specially important for checking the
text of the Constitution of. the Lacedaemonians.
2. For the Cavalry Commander, Horsemanship and
Hunting.
A. e indobonensis, IV. 31), sixteenth century.
This MS. does not include the Cavairy
Commander. Τὸ is derived from an arche-
type of the twelfth century, and is the best
MS. of the Horsemanship and Hunting. | Its
version of c. i. of Hunting is peculiar,
evidently because the MS. from which it
was copied was blurred and partly illegible.
B. (Faticanus, 989), thirteenth century. The best
MS. of the Hipparchicus, and the next best
to A. of the other two. The first chapter
of Hunting, and the opium words of the
second are missing.
M. (Marcianus, 511).
The lexicon of Pollux is of the utmost value in
checking and restoring the corrupted text of the
xliv
a
Ue cffe Sa RDUM Ft RET CX NÉ S os
INTRODUCTION
treatise on. Horsemanship and the technical parts of
that on Hunting.
Àn excellent critical edition of the text of the
first four treatises by A. Thalheim and of the last
three by E. Ruehl ps included in the Teubner
Series.
There is also a recent text of the whole in Vol. V.
of Xenophontis Opera Omnia (Scriptorum Classicorum
Bibliotheca Oxoniensis).
A translation of the Horsemanship with notes by
R. Berenger is included in his History of the Art of
Horsemanship (1671). | Paul Louis Courier's transla-
tion of the Cavairy Commander and Horsemanship
(1st ed. 1807) contains many valuable notes, and his
contribution to the purification and elucidation of
the text is of the first importance. The MS. that
he followed was 'aticanus 989.
The Art of. Horsemanship translated, with chapters
on the Greek Riding-Horse, and with notes, by
Morris H. Morgan (1894) is excellent.
The German translation of the last-mentioned
work by E. Pollack (1912) includes a commentary
and a full bibliography and is indispensable to
students.
O. Manns, Über die Jagd bei den Griechen (1888.--
1890) has given a complete exposition of the
technical portions of the treatise on Hunting.
R. M. Radermacher's articles in the Zheinisches
Museum, li,lii, mark an epoch in the criticism of
the Hunting.
All recent textual criticism of the Constitution of
the Lacedaemonians and of the last three treatises
included in this volume is based on the exhaustive
work of three Italian scholars. — The results arrived
xlv
INTRODUCTION
at by them are contained in the following Berlin
editions :—
G. Pierleoni: Xenophontis Respublica Lacedae-
moniorum, 1905.
» » » Cynegeticus, 1902.
P. Cerocchi : ΑΝ Hipparchicus, 1901.
V. Tommasini : s de He Equestri, 1902.
The Greek text of this volume follows that of
Sauppe (— S. in the footnotes) except where stated.
The earliest printed edition of the collected works
is that of Filippo Giunta (Florence, 1516); but it
does not include the Agesilaus and Ways and Means.
The Agesilaus was first printed by J. Reuchlin in
1520 (with the A4pology and Hiero), and the Jays
and Means in the Aldine ed. (1525).
xlvi
£ P
nr
t 20.2 "d LA
mu 3X. (Ope Wu
Iw : jw T σὉ Ὁ 50
Eo OHIERQ'
ut d ET
ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ IEPON
l. Σιμωνίδης ὁ ποιητὴς ἀφίκετό ποτε πρὸς
Ἱέρωνα “τὸν “τύραννον. σχολῆς δὲ γενομένης
ἀμφοῖν εἶπεν ὁ Σιμωνίδης" ᾿Αρ᾽ ἄν μοι ἐθελήσαις,
ὦ lépov, διηγήσασθαι à εἰκὸς εἰδέναι σε βέλτιον
ἐμοῦ ;
Καὶ ποῖα ταῦτ᾽ ἐστίν, ἔφη ὁ Ἱέρων, ὁ ὁποῖα δὴ
ἐγὼ βέλτιον ἂν εἰδείην σοῦ οὕτως ὄντος P aepo
ἀνδρός ;
Oibá ce, ἔφη, ἐγὼ καὶ ἰδιώτην γεγενημένον καὶ
νῦν τύραννον ὄντα: εἰκὸς οὖν ἀμφοτέρων πε-
πειραμένον καὶ εἰδέναι σε μᾶλλον ἐμοῦ, πῆ
διαφέρει ὁ τυραννικός τε kal ὁϊ ἰδιωτικὸς βίος εἰς
εὐφροσύνας τε καὶ λύπας ἀνθρώποις.
Τί οὖν, ἔφη ὁ ἹἹέρων, οὐχὶ καὶ σύ, ἐπεὶ νῦν γε
ἔτι ἰδιώτης εἶ, ὑπέμνησάς με τὰ ἐν τῷ ἰδιωτικῷ
βίῳ; οὕτως γὰρ ἄν σοι οἶμαι μάλιστα ἐγὼ
δύνασθαι δηλοῦν τὰ διαφέροντα ἐν ἑκατέρῳ.
Οὕτω δὴ ὁ Σιμωνίδης εἶπε: Τοὺς μὲν δὴ ἰδιώτας
ἔγωγε, ὦ ἹἹέρων, δοκῶ μοι καταμεμαθηκέναι διὰ
μὲν τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν ὁράμασιν ἡδομένους τε καὶ
ἀχθομένους, διὰ δὲ τῶν ὦτων ἀκούσμασι, διὰ
δὲ τῶν ῥινῶν ὀσμαῖς, διὰ δὲ τοῦ στόματος σίτοις
τε kai ποτοῖς, τὰ δ᾽ ἀφροδίσια δι’ ὧν δὴ πάντες
ἐπιστάμεθα. τὰ δὲ ψύχη καὶ θάλπη καὶ “σκληρὰ
καὶ μαλακὰ καὶ κοῦφα καὶ βαρέα ὅχῳ τῷ
σώματί μοι δοκοῦμεν, ἔφη, κρίνοντες ἥδεσθαί τε
XENOPHON'S HIERO
I. Siwoxipzs, the poet, once paid a visit to Hiero,
the despot. When both found time to spare,
Simonides said: * Hiero, will you please explain
something to me that you probably know better
than I?"
two."
* Well said Simonides, taking the suggestion, 4
*] think I have ebserved that sights affect private
citizens with pleasure and pain through the eyes,
sounds through the ears, smells through the nostrils,
meat and drink through the mouth, carnal appetites
—of course we all know how. In the case of cold 5
and heat, things hard and soft, light and heavy,
our sensations of pleasure and pain depend on the
154. Sauppe omits with the other MSS.
XENOPHON
καὶ λυπεῖσθαι ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῖς: ἀγαθοῖς δὲ καὶ κακοῖς
ἔστι μὲν ὅτε δι᾽ αὐτῆς τῆς “ψυχῆς μοι δοκοῦμεν
ἥδεσθαί τε καὶ λυπεῖσθαι, ἔ ἔστι δ᾽ ὅτε κοινῇ διά
6 τε τῆς ψυχῆς καὶ διὰ τοῦ σώματος. τῷ δ᾽
7
8
9
10
ὕπνῳ ὅτι μὲν ἡδόμεθα, δοκῶ μοι αἰσθάνεσθαι,
ὅπως δὲ καὶ ᾧτινι καὶ ὁπότε, ταῦτα μᾶλλόν πως,
ἔφη, δοκῶ μοι ἀγνοεῖν. καὶ οὐδὲν ἴσως τοῦτο
θαυμαστόν, εἰ τὰ ἐν τῷ ἐγρηγορέναι σαφεστέρας΄
ἡμῖν τὰς αἰσθήσεις παρέχεται ἢ 7 τὰ ἐν τῷ ὕπνῳ...
Πρὸς ταῦτα δὴ ὁ Ἱέρων ἀπεκρίνατο, ᾿Εγὼ μὲν
τοίνυν, ἔφη, ὧ Σιμωνίδη, ἔξω τούτων ὧν εἴρηκας
σύγε οὐδ᾽ ὅπως ἂν αἴσθοιτό τινος ἄχλου ὁ
τύραννος ἔχοιμ᾽ ἂν εἰπεῖν, ὥστε μέχρι γε τούτου
οὐκ οἶδ᾽ εἴ τινι διαφέρει ὁ τυραννικὸς βίος τοῦ
ἰδιωτικοῦ βίου.
Καὶ ὁ Σιμωνίδης εἶπεν, "ANN ἐν τοῖσδε, ἔφη,
διαφέρει: πολλαπλάσια “μὲν δι ἑκάστου τούτων
εὐφραίνεται, vr πολὺ δὲ μείω τὰ λυπηρὰ ἔχει.
Καὶ ὁ Ἱέρων εἶπεν" “Οὐχ οὕτως ἔχει, ὦ Σι-
μωνίδη, ταῦτα, ἀλλ᾽ εὖ ἴσθ᾽, ὅτι μείω πολὺ
εὐφραίνονται οἷ’ τύραννοι τῶν μετρίως διαγόντων
ἰδιωτῶν, πολὺ δὲ πλείω καὶ μείζω λυποῦνται.
"Amica λέγεις, ἔφη ὁ Σιμωνίδης. εἰ γὰρ
οὕτω ταῦτ᾽ εἶχε, πῶς ἂν πολλοὶ μὲν ἐπεθύμουν
τυραννεῖν, καὶ ταῦτα τῶν δοκούντων ἱ ἱκανωτάτων
ἀνδρῶν εἶναι ; πῶς δὲ πάντες ἐζήλουν ἂν τοὺς
τυράννους ; j
“Ὅτι vai μὰ τὸν AC, ἔφη 0 Té έρων, ἄπειροι ὄντες
ἀμφοτέρων τῶν ἔργων σκοποῦνται περὶ αὐτοῦ.
ἐγὼ δὲ πειράσομαί σε διδάσκειν, ὅτι ἀληθῆ λέγω,
ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τῆς ὄψεως: ἐντεῦθεν γὰρ καὶ σὲ
δοκῶ μεμνῆσθαι ἀρξάμενον λέγειν.
4
HIERO, τ 5-16
whole body, 1 think. In good and evil we seem
to feel pleasure or pain, as the case may be—some-
times through the instrumentality of the moral being
only, at other times through that of the moral and
the physical being together. Sleep, it seems clear 6.
to me, affects us with pleasure; but how and by
what fneans and when are puzzles that I feel less
able to solve. And perhaps it is no matter for
surprise if our sensations are clearer when we are
awake than when we are asleep."
** For my part, Simonides," said Hiero in answer 7
to this, * I cannot say how a despot could have any
sensations apart from tbose you have mentioned.
So far, therefore, I fail to see that the despot's life
differs in any respect from the citizen's."
* [n this respect it does differ,"
*the pleasures it experiences by means of these
various organs are infinitely greater in number, and
the pains it undergoes are far fewer."
*[t is not so, Simonides," retorted Hiero; “1
assure you far fewer pleasures fall to despots than
to citizens of modest means, and many more and
much greater pains. "
* Incredible!" exclaimed Simonides. * ^ Were it 9
so, how should a despot's throne be an object of
desire to many, even of those who are reputed to
be men of ample means? And how should all the
world envy despots ? "
* For this reason of course," said Hiero, **that 10
they speculate- on the subject without experience of
both estates. But I will try to show you that I am
speaking the truth, beginning with the sense of
sight. That was your first point, if I am not
mistaken.
5
said Simonides : 8
]
/
-
XENOPHON
1| Πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ ἐν τοῖς διὰ τῆς ὄψεως eidgian
λογιζόμενος εὑρίσκω μειονεκτοῦντας τοὺς τυ-
ράννους. ἄλλα μέν γε ἐν ἄλλῃ “χώρᾳ ἐστὶν
ἀξιοθέατα' ἐπὶ δὲ τούτων ἕκαστα οἱ μὲν ᾿ἰδιῶται
ἔρχονται καὶ εἰς πόλεις ἃς ἂν βούλωνται καὶ εἰς
τὰς κοινὰς πανηγύρεις, ἔνθα ἃ ἀξιοθεατότατα
12 δοκεῖ ἀνθρώποις συναγεέρεται.5 οἱ δὲ τύραννοι
οὐ μάλα ἀμφὶ θεωρίας ἔχουσιν. οὔτε γὰρ
ἰέναι αὐτοῖς ἀσφαλὲς ὅπου μὴ κρείττονες τῶν
παρόντων “μέλλουσιν ἔσεσθαι, οὔτε τὰ οἴκοι
κέκτηνται ἐχυρά, ὥστε ἄλλοις παρακαταθεμένους
ἀποδημεῖν. φοβερὸν γάρ, μὴ ἅμα στερηθῶσι τῆς
ἀρχῆς καὶ ἀδύνατοι γένωνται τιμωρήσασθαι τοὺς
13 ἀδικήσαντας. εἴποις οὖν ἂν ἴσως σύ, ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἄρα
ἔρχεται αὐτοῖς τὰ τοιαῦτα καὶ οἴκοι μένουσι.
ναὶ μὰ “Δία, à Σιμωνίδη, ὀλίγα γε τῶν πολλῶν
καὶ ταῦτα τοιαῦτα ὄντα οὕτω τίμια πωλεῖται
τοῖς τυράννοις, ὥστε οἱ ἐπιδεικνύμενοι καὶ ὁτιοῦν
ἀξιοῦσι πολλαπλάσια λαβόντες ἐν ὀλίγῳ χρόνῳ
ἀπιέναι παρὰ τοῦ τυράννου ἢ ὅσα ἐν παντὶ τῷ
βίῳ παρὰ πάντων τῶν ἄλλων ἀνθρώπων κτῶνται.
Ι4 Kai ὁ Σιμωνίδης εἶπεν: ᾿Αλλ᾽ εἰ τοῖς θεάμασι
μειονεκτεῖτε, διά γέ τοι τῆς ἀκοῆς πλεονεκτεῖτε.
ἐπεὶ τοῦ μὲν ἡδίστου ἀκροάματος, ἐπαίνου,
οὔποτε σπανίζετε' πάντες γὰρ οἱ παρόντες ὑμῖν
πάντα καὶ ὅσα ἂν λέγητε καὶ ὅσα ἂν ποιῆτε
ἐπαινοῦσι. τοῦ δ᾽ αὖ χαλεπωτάτου ἀκροάματος,
λοιδορίας, ἀνήκοοί ἐστε: οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἐθέλει τύ-
pavvov κατ᾽ ὀφθαλμοὺς κακηγορεῖν. —
ιό Καὶ ὁ Ἱέρων εἶπε, Καὶ τί οἴει, ἔφη, τοὺς μὴ
1 ἃ Lenklau: rà Sauppe with the MSS. and Stobaeus.
6
Ma CADRES ὦ πα
Ae CH vr y em
το Noo ὄὅ νυ.
Jj -
D
»» Boch dic cu. ,1 ὦ χῳ cT Ke AUCI E
HIERO, τ. 11-15
** [n the first place, then, taking the objects that
we perceive by means of vision, I find by calculation
that in regard to sight-seeing, despots are worse off.
In every land there are things worth seeing : and in
search of these private citizens visit any city they
choose, and attend the national festivals, where all
things reputed to be most worth seeing are assembled.
But despots are not at all concerned with missions
to shows. For it is risky for them to go where they
will be no stronger than the crowd, and their pro-
perty at home is too insecure to be left in charge
of others while they are abroad. For they fear to
lose their throne, and at the same time to be unable
to take vengeance on the authors of the wrong.
Perhaps you may say : * But, after all, such spectacles
come to them even if they stay at home. No, no,
Simonides, only one in a hundred such; and what
there are of them are offered to despots at a price
so exorbitant that showmen who exhibit some trifle
expect to leave the court in an hour with far more
money than they get from all the rest of the world
in a lifetime."
* Ah," said Simonides, * but if you are worse off
in the matter of sight-seeing, the sense of hearing,
you know, gives you the advantage. Praise, the
sweetest of all sounds, is never lacking, for all your
courtiers praise everything you do and every word
youutter. Abuse,on the contrary, that most offensive
of sounds, is never in your ears, for no one likes to
speak evil of a despot in his presence."
* And what pleasure," asked Hiero, * comes, do
3 συναγείρεται Lenklau: συναγείρεσθαι Sauppe with the
MSS. and Stobaeus. i
5. τύραννον. .. κακηγορεῖν Cobet: Sauppe reads τυράννον
. κατηγορεῖν with the MSS. and Stobaeus.
7
11
14
15
XENOPHON -
λέγοντας κακῶς εὐφραίνειν, ὅ ὅταν εἰδῇ τις σαφῶς,
ὅτι οἱ σιωπῶντες οὗτοι πάντα κακὰ νοοῦσι τῷ
τυράννῳ ; : ? TOUS ἐπαινοῦντας τί δοκεῖς εὐφραί-
νειν, ὅταν ὕποπτοι ὦσιν ἕνεκα τοῦ κολακεύειν
τοὺς ἐπαίνους ποιεῖσθαι;
l6 Καὶ ὁ “Σιμωνίδης εἶπε" Τοῦτο μὲν δὴ ναὶ uà.
τὸν Δία ἔγωγέ σοι, Ἱέρων, πάνυ συγχωρῶ, τοὺς
ἐπαίνους παρὰ" τῶν ἐλευθερωτάτων ἡδίστους εἶναι,
ἀλλ᾽, ὁρᾷς, ἐκεῖνό γε οὐκ ἂν ἔτι πείσαις ἀνθρώπων
obiórm, ὡς οὐχὶ δι. ὧν τρεφόμεθα οἱ ἄνθρωποι,
πολὺ πλείω ὑμεῖς ἐν αὐτοῖς εὐφραίνεσθε.
17 Καὶ οἶδά Je ἔφη, ὦ Σιμωνίδη, ὅτι τούτῳ
κρίνουσιν οἱ πλεῖστοι ἥδιον ἡμᾶς καὶ πίνειν
καὶ ἐσθίειν τῶν ἰδιωτῶν, ὅτι δοκοῦσε καὶ αὐτοὶ
ἥδιον ἂν δειπνῆσαι τὸ ἡμῖν παρατιθέμενον
δεῖπνον ἢ τὸ ἑαυτοῖς τὸ γὰρ τὰ εἰωθότα ὑ ὑπερ-
ι8 βάλλον, τοῦτο παρέχει τὰς ἡδονάς. διὸ καὶ
πάντες ἄνθρωποι ἡδέως προσδέχονται τὰς ἑορτὰς
πλὴν οἱ τύραννοι: ἔκπλεῳ yàp. αὐτοῖς ἀεὶ παρε-
σκευασμέναι οὐδεμίαν ἐν ταῖς ἑορταῖς ἔχουσιν αἱ
τράπεξαι αὐτῶν ἐπίδοσιν: ὥστε ταύτῃ πρῶτον
τῇ εὐφροσύνῃ τῆς ἐλπίδος μειονεκτοῦσι τῶν
19 ἰδιωτῶν. ἔπειτα δ᾽, ἔφη, ἐκεῖνο εὖ οἶδ᾽ ὅτι καὶ
σὺ ἔμπειρος εἶ, ὅτι ὅσῳ ἂν πλείω τις παραθῆται
τὰ περιττὰ τῶν ἱκανῶν, τοσούτῳ θᾶττον κόρος
ἐμπίπτει τῆς ἐδωδῆς: ὥστε καὶ τῷ χρόνῳ τῆς
ἡδονῆς μειονεκτεῖ ὁ παρατιθέμενος πολλὰ τῶν
μετρίως διαιτωμένων.
20 ᾿Αλλὰ ναὶ μὰ AC, “ἔφη ὁ Σιμωνίδης, ὅσον ἂν
χρόνον ἡ ψυχὴ προσίηται, τοῦτον πολὺ μᾶλλον
ἥδονται οἱ ταῖς “πολυτελεστέραις παρασκευαῖς
τρεφόμενοι τῶν τὰ εὐτελέστερα παρατιθεμένων.
HIERO, :. 15-20
you suppose, of this shrinking from evil words, when
one knows well that all harbour evil thoughts
against the doas in spite of their silence ? .Or
.* Well yes," S replied eem * in this of course
I agree with you entirely, Hiero, that praise from
the freest is sweetest. But this, now, you will not
persuade anyone to believe, that the "things which
support human life do not yield you a far greater
number of pleasures."
* Yes, Simonides, and 1 know that the reason
why most men judge that we have more enjoyment
in eating and drinking than private citizens is this ;
they think that they themselves would find the
dinner served at our table better eating than what
they get. Anything, in fact, that is better than
what they are accustomed to gives them pleasure.
This is why all men look forward to the festivals,
except the despots. For their table is always laden
with plenty, and admits of no extras on feast days.
Here then is one pleasure in respect of which they.
are worse off than the private citizen, the pleasure of
anticipation. But further, your own experience tells
you, 1 am sure, that the greater the number of
superfluous dishes set before a man, the sooner a
feeling of repletion comes over him; and so, as
regards the duration of his pleasure too, the man
who has many courses put before him is worse off
than the moderate liver." 3
* But surely," said Simonides, *«so long as the
appetite holds out, the man who dines at the costlier
banquet has far more pleasure than he who is
served with the cheaper meal."
9
20
XENOPHON
21 Οὐκοῦν, ἔφη ὁ Ἱέρων, ὧ Σιμωνίδη, τὸν ἑκάστῳ
ἡδόμενον μάλιστα, τοῦτον οἴει καὶ ἐρωτικώτατα
ἔχειν͵ τοῦ ἔργου τούτου ;
Πάνυ , μὲν οὖν, ἔφη.
Ἦ οὖν ὁρᾷς τι τοὺς τυράννους ἥδιον ἐπὶ τὴν
ἑαυτῶν παρασκευὴν ἰόντας ἢ τοὺς ἰδιώτας ἐπὶ
τὴν ἑαυτῶν ;
Οὐ μὰ τὸν ΔΙ, ἔφη, οὐ μὲν οὖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ
ἀγλευκέστερον, «ὡς πολλοῖς ἂν δόξειε.
22 Téí yáp, ἔφη ὁ “Ἱέρων, ^ τὰ πολλὰ ταῦτα μηχα-
νήματα κατανενόηκας, ἃ παρατίθεται τοῖς τυ-
ράννοις, ὀξέα καὶ δριμέα καὶ στρυφνὰ καὶ τὰ
τούτων ἀδελφά ;
Πάνυ μὲν οὖν, ἔφη ὁ Σιμωνίδης, καὶ πάνυ γέ
μοι δοκοῦντα παρὰ φύσιν εἶναι ταῦτα ἀν-
θρώποις.
93 Ἄλλο τι οὖν οἴει, ἔφη ὁ Ἱέρων, ταῦτα τὰ
ἐδέσματα εἶναι ἢ μαλακῆς καὶ ,ἀσθενούσης
τρυφῇ ψυχῆς ἐπιθυμήματα ; : ἐπεὶ εὖ οἶδ᾽ ἔγωγε,
ὅτι οἱ ἡδέως ἐσθίοντες, καὶ σύ που οἶσθα, ὅτι
οὐδὲν προσδέονται τούτων τῶν σοφισμάτων.
984 ᾿Αλλὰ μέντοι, ἔφη ὁ Σιμωνίδης, τῶν γε πο-
λυτελῶν ὀσμῶν τούτων, αἷς χρίεσθε, τοὺς
πλησιάξοντας οἶμαι μᾶλλον ἀπολαύειν ἢ αὖ-
τοὺς ὑμᾶς, ὥσπερ γε καὶ τῶν ἀχαρίτων ὀσμῶν
οὐκ αὐτὸς ὁ βεβρωκὼς αἰσθάνεται, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον
οἱ πλησιάζοντες.
25 Οὕτω μέντοι, ἔφη ὁ Ἱέρων, καὶ τῶν σίτων ὁ
μὲν ἔχων παντοδαπὰ ἀεὶ οὐδὲν μετὰ πόθου αὐτῶν
λαμβάνει: ὁ δὲ σπανίσας τινός οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ
μετὰ χαρᾶς πιμπλάμενος, ὅ ὅταν αὐτῷ προφανῇ τι.
?6 Κινδυνεύουσιν, ἔφη ὁ Σιμωνίδης, αἱ τῶν ἀφρο-
το
.
—O—————— T — — ἤ ὦ
Βα Rc Á c ÉD
Bc d
E
HIERO, 1. 21-26
* Don't you think, Simonides, that the greater a 2!
man's pleasure in any occupation the stronger is his
devotion to it? "
* Certainly."
*'Then do you notice that despots fall to their
meal with any more zest than private persons to
theirs ? "
* No, no, of course not ; I should rather say with
more disgust, according to the common opinion."
* Well now," said Hiero, * have you observed all 22
those pickles and sauces that are put before despots
—Aacid, bitter, astringent and so forth ? "'
— .** Yes, certainly ; and very unnatural cates I think
. them for human beings."
-. - * Don't you look on these condiments, then, as 23
- mere fads of ἃ jaded and pampered appetite? I
- know well enough, and I expect you know too, that
hearty eaters have no need of these concoctions."
** Well, I certainly think that those costly un- 24
guents with which you anoint your bodies afford
| more satisfaction to those who are near you than to
yourselves, . just as the man who has eaten rank food
is less conscious of the disagrosaple smell than those
— who come near him."
* Quite so, and we may add that he who has all 25
sorts of food at all times has no stomach for any
sort. Offer a man a dish that he seldom tastes, and
he eats a bellyful with gusto."
* [t seems, remarked Simonides, *as if the 26
II
27
28
29
31
XENOPHON
δισίων μόνον ὑμῖν ἀπολαύσεις τοῦ τυραννεῖν τὰς
ἐπιθυμίας παρέχειν" ἐν γὰρ τούτῳ ἔξεστιν ὑμῖν
ὅ τι ἂν κάλλιστον ἴδητε τούτῳ συνεῖναι. ᾿
Νῶν δή, ἔφη ὁ Ἱέρων, εἴρηκας ἐν ᾧ γε; σάφ᾽
ἴσθι, μειονεκτοῦμεν τῶν ἰδιωτῶν. πρῶτον μὲν
γὰρ γάμος ὁ μὲν ἐκ μειζόνων δήπου καὶ πλούτῳ
καὶ δυνάμει κάλλιστος δοκεῖ εἶναι καὶ παρέχειν
τινὰ τῷ γήμαντι φιλοτιμίαν μεθ᾽ ἡδονῆς. δεύτερος
ὁ ἐκ τῶν ὁμοίων' ὁ δ᾽ ἐκ τῶν φαυλοτέρων
πάνυ ἄτιμός τε καὶ ἄχρηστος ,Ῥομίξεται. τῷ
τοίνυν τυράννῳ, ἂν μὴ ξένην γήμῃ, ἀνάγκη ἐκ
μειόνων γαμεῖν, ὥστε τὸ ἀγαπητὸν οὐ πάνυ αὐτῷ
παραγίγνεται. πολὺ δὲ καὶ αἱ θεραπεῖαι αἱ ἀπὸ
τῶν μέγιστον φρονουσῶν γυναικῶν εὐφραίνουσι
μάλιστα, αἱ δ᾽ ἀπὸ τῶν δούλων παροῦσαι. “μὲν
οὐδέν τι ἀγαπῶνται, ἐὰν δέ τι ἐλλείπωσι, δεινὰς
ὀργὰς καὶ λύπας ἐμποιοῦσιν.
Ἔν δὲ τοῖς παιδικοῖς ἀφροδισίοις ἔ ἔτι αὖ πολὺ
μᾶλλον ἢ ἐν τοῖς τεκνοποιοῖς μειονεκτεῖ τῶν
εὐφροσυνῶν ὁ τύραννος. ὅτε μὲν γὰρ τὰ μετ᾽
ἔρωτος ἀφροδίσια πολὺ διαφερόντως εὐφραίνει,
πάντες δήπου ἐπιστάμεθα. ὁ δὲ ἔρως πολὺ αὖ
ἐθέλει ἥ ἥκιστα τῷ τυράννῳ ἐγγίγνεσθαι. οὐ γὰρ
τῶν ἑτοίμων ἥδεται ὁ ἔρως ἐφιέμενος, ἀχλὰ τῶν
ἐλπιξομένων. ὥσπερ, οὖν οὐκ dv! τις ἄπειρος
ὧν δίψους τοῦ πιεῖν ἀπολαύοι, οὕτω᾽ καὶ ὁ
ἄπειρος ὧν ἔρωτος ἄπειρός ἐστι τῶν ἡδίστων
ἀφροδισίων.
“Ὁ μὲν οὖν Ἱέρων οὕτως εἶπεν. ὁ δὲ Σιμωνίδης
ἐπιγελάσας, Πῶς λέγεις, ἔφη, ὦ Ἱέρων ; τυράννῳ
οὐ φὴς παιδικῶν ἔρωτας ἐμφύεσθαι; πῶς μὴν
1 οὐκ ἄν Stephanus: ef S. with the MSS. and Stobaeus,
T2
HIERO, τ. 26-31
satisfaction of the carnal appetites were the only
motive that produces in you the craving for
despotism. For in this matter you are free to enjoy
| ΡΣ that meets your eye."
* [ assure you that we are worse off than private
| | citizens in the matter to which you now refer. First
take marriage. [t is commonly held that a marriage
- into a family of greater wealth and influence is most
honourable, and is a source of pride and pleasure to
I the bridegroom. Next to that comes a marriage
- with equals. A marriage with inferiors is considered
. positively degrading and useless. Now unless a
! despot marries a foreign girl, he is bound to marry
- beneath him; and so the thing to be desired does
not come his w: way. And whereas it is exceedingly
pleasant to receive the attentions of the proudest of
ladies, the attentions of slaves are quite unappreci-
ated when shown, and any little shortcomings pro-
duce grievous outbursts of anger and annoyance.
B^ In his relations with favourites, again, even much
E: more than in his relations with women, the despot
is ata disadvantage. We all know, I suppose, that
: passion increases the sweets of love beyond measure.
— Passion, however, is | very shy of entering the heart
? ofa despot, for passion is fain to desire not the easy
- prize, but the hoped-for joy. Therefore, just as a
. man who is a stranger to thirst can get no satisfaction
out of drinking, so he who is a stranger to passion
ἢ is a stranger to love's sweetest pleasures."
- — To this speech of Hiero's Simonides replied,
— laughing:
1 * How say you, Hiero? You deny that passion
" Springs up in a despots heart? Then how about
13
28
29
30
31
32
34
36
37
38
XENOPHON
συ, ἔφη, ἐρᾷς Δαϊλόχου τοῦ καλλίστου ἐπικαλου-
μένου ;
Ὅτι μὰ τὸν Δί᾽, ἔφη, ὦ Σιμωνίδη, οὐ τοῦ
ἑτοίωου παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ δοκοῦντος εἶναι τυχεῖν τούτου
μάλιστα ἐπιθυμῶ, ἀλλὰ τοῦ ἥκιστα τυράνν
προσήκοντος κατεργάσασθαι. ἐγὼ γὰρ δὴ ἐρῶ
μὲν Δαϊλόχου ὧνπερ ἴσως ἀναγκάζει ἡ φύσις
ἀνθρώπου δεῖσθαι παρὰ τῶν καλῶν, τούτων δὲ
ὧν ἐρῶ τυχεῖν, μετὰ μὲν φιλίας καὶ παρὰ
βουλομένου πάνυ ἰσχυρῶς ἐπιθυμῶ τυγχάνειν,
βίᾳ δὲ λαμβάνειν παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἧττον ἄν μοι δοκῶ
ἐπιθυμεῖν ἢ ἐμαυτὸν κακόν τι ποιεῖν. παρὰ μὲν
γὰρ πολεμίων ἀκόντων λαμβάνειν πάντων ἥδιστον
ἔγωγε νομίζω εἶναι, παρὰ δὲ παιδικῶν βουλομένων
ἥδισται οἶμαι αἱ χάριτές εἰσιν. εὐθὺς γὰρ παρὰ
τοῦ ἀντιφιλοῦντος ἡδεῖαι μὲν αἱ ἀντιβλέψεις,
ἡδεῖαι δὲ αἱ ἐρωτήσεις, ἡδεῖαι δὲ αἱ ἀποκρίσεις,
ἥδισται δὲ καὶ ἐπαφροδιτόταται αἱ μάχαι τε
καὶ ἔριδες: τὸ δὲ ἀκόντων παιδικῶν ἀπολαύειν
λεηλασίᾳ, ἔφη, ἔμοιγε δοκεῖ ἐοικέναι μᾶλλον ἢ
ἀφροδισίοις. καίτοι τῷ μὲν λῃστῇ παρέχει τινὰς
ὅμως ἡδονὰς τό τε κέρδος καὶ τὸ ἀνιᾶν τὸν
ἐχθρόν: τὸ δὲ οὗ ἂν ἐρᾷ τις τούτῳ ἥδεσθαι
ἀνιωμένῳ καὶ φιλοῦντα μισεῖσθαι καὶ ἅπτεσθαι
ἀχθομένου πῶς οὐχὶ τοῦτο ἤδη δυσχερὲς τὸ
πάθημα καὶ οἰκτρόν ; καὶ γὰρ δὴ τῷ μὲν ἰδιώτῃ
εὐθὺς τεκμήριόν ἐστιν, ὅταν ὁ ἐρώμενός τι
ὑπουργῇ, ὅτε ὡς φιλῶν χαρίξεται, διὰ τὸ εἰδέναι,
ὅτι οὐδεμιᾶς ἀνάγκης οὔσης ὑπηρετεῖ, τῷ δὲ
τυράννῳ οὔποτ᾽ ἔστι πιστεῦσαι, ὡς φιλεῖται.
ἐπιστάμεθα γὰρ τοὺς διὰ φόβον ὑπηρετοῦντας
ὡς ἣ μάλιστ᾽ ἂν δύνωνται ἐξεικάζουσιν αὑτοὺς
14
go REC Y
LJ
HIERO, τ. 31-38
your passion for Dailochus, whom they call most
fair ? ? LES
- «Why, Simonides, the explanation, of course, is
this : I desire to get from him not what I may have,
apparently, for the asking, but that which a despot
should be the last to take. The fact is, I desire of
Dailochus just that which human nature, maybe,
drives us to ask of the fair. But what I long to get,
I very strongly desire to obtain by his goodwill,
and with his consent; but I think I could sooner
desire to do myself an injury than to take it from
him by force. For to take from an enemy against
his will is, I think, the greatest of all pleasures, but
favours from a loved one are very pleasant, I fancy,
only when he consents. For instance, if he is in
sympathy with you, how pleasant are his looks, how
pleasant his questions and his answers; how very
pleasant and ravishing are the struggles and bicker-
ings, But to take advantage of a favourite against
his will seems to me more like brigandage than
love. Nay, your brigand finds some pleasure in his
gain and in hurting his foe ; but to feel pleasure in
hurting one whom you love, to be hated for your
affection, to disgust him by your touch, surely that
is a mortifying experience and pitiful! The fact is,
a private citizen has instant proof that any act ict of
compliance on the part of his beloved is prompted by
affection, since he knows that tlie service rendered
is due. to no compulsion ; but the despot can never
feel sure that he is loved. For we know that acts
of service prompted by fear copy as closely as
. ! rovs Dindorf: αὐτοὺς rovs S. : αὐτοὺς MSS.
15
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
XENOPHON
ταῖς τῶν φιλούντων ὑπουργίαις. καὶ τοίνυν αἱ
ἐπιβουλαὶ ἐξ οὐδένων πλέονες τοῖς τυράννοις
εἰσὶν ἢ ἀπὸ τῶν μάλιστα φιλεῖν αὐτοὺς προσ
ποιησαμένων. -
II. IIpós ταῦτα δὲ εἶπεν ὁ Σιμωνίδης" ᾿Αλλὰ
ταῦτα μὲν πάνυ ἔμοιγε μικρὰ δοκεῖ εἶναι, ἃ σὺ
λέγεις. πολλοὺς γάρ, ἔφη, ἔγωγε ὁρῶ τῶν
δοκούντων ἀνδρῶν εἶναι ἑκόντας μειονεκτοῦντας
καὶ σίτων καὶ ποτῶν καὶ ὄψων καὶ ἀφροδισίων
γε ἀπεχομένους. ἀλλ᾽ ἐν ἐκείνοις γε πολὺ
διαφέρετε τῶν ἰδιωτῶν, ὅτε μεγάλα μὲν ἐπινοεῖτε,
ταχὺ δὲ κατεργάζεσθε, πλεῖστα δὲ τὰ περιττὰ
ἔχετε, κέκτησθε δὲ διαφέροντας μὲν ἀρετῇ ἵππους,
διαφέροντα δὲ κάλλει ὅπλα, ὑπερέχοντα δὲ
κόσμον γυναιξί, μεγαλοπρεπεστάτας δ᾽ οἰκίας
καὶ ταύτας κατεσκευασμένας τοῖς πλείστου
ἀξίοις, ἔτι δὲ πλήθει καὶ ἐπιστήμαις θερά-
ποντας ἀρίστους κέκτησθε, ἱκανώτατοι δ᾽ é
κακῶσαι μὲν ἐχθρούς, ὀνῆσαι δὲ φίλους.
Πρὸς ταῦτα δὲ ὁ ἱἹέρων εἶπεν" ᾿Αλλὰ τὸ μὲν
πλῆθος τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ὦ Σιμωνίδη, ἐξαπατᾶσθαι
ὑπὸ τῆς τυραννίδος οὐδέν τε θαυμάζω" μάλα γὰρ
ὁ ὄχλος μοι δοκεῖ δοξάζειν ὁρῶν καὶ εὐδαίμονάς
τίνας εἶναι καὶ ἀθλίους: ἡ δὲ τυραννὶς τὰ μὲν
δοκοῦντα πολλοῦ ἄξια κτήματα εἶναι ἀνεπτυγ-
μένα θεᾶσθαι πᾶσι παρέχεται, τὰ δὲ χαλεπὰ ἐν
ταῖς ψυχαῖς τῶν τυράννων κέκτηται ἀποκεκρυμ-
μένα, ἔνθαπερ καὶ τὸ εὐδαιμονεῖν kal, τὸ κακο-
δαιμονεῖν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἀπόκειται. τὸ μὲν οὖν
τὸ πλῆθος περὶ τούτου λεληθέναι, ὥσπερ εἶπον,
οὐ θαυμάζω: τὸ δὲ καὶ ὑμᾶς ταῦτ᾽ ἀγνοεῖν, οἱ διὰ
τῆς γνώμης θεᾶσθαι δοκεῖτε κάλλιον ἢ διὰ τῶν
16
HIERO, τ. 38-1. 5
possible the ministrations of affection. Indeed, even
plots against despots as often as not are the
work of those who profess the deepest affection
for them."
II. To this Simonides replied : * Well, the points
that you raise seem to me mere trifles. For I notice
that many respected men willingly go short in the
matter of meat and drink and delicacies, and deliber-
ately abstain from sexual indulgence. But I will 3
show you where you have a great advantage over
private citizens. Your objects are vast, your attain-
ment swift: you have luxuries in abundance: you
own horses unequalled in excellence, arms unmatched
in beauty, superb jewelry for women, stately houses
full of costly furniture: moreover you have servants
many in number and excellent in accomplishments
and you are rich in power to harm enemies and
reward friends."
To this Hiero answered: * Well, Simonides, 3
that the multitude should be deceived by despotic
power surprises me not^at all, since the mob seems
to guess wholly by appearances that one man is
happy, another miserable. Despotism flaunts its 4
seeming precious Measure outspread mss. Me the
E
p-
—"
gi mper ou SEPIUS SU y INCIPERE:
mE
EM slc
cealed in the heart - the despot, in. the p Slens where
human happiness and unhappiness are stored away.
That this escapes the observation of the multitude I 5
say, I am not surprised. But what does seem sur-
" prising to me is that men like | you, whose intelli-
gence is supposed to give you a clearer view of
17
SS
10
1
XENOPHON
ὀφθαλμῶν Trà πλεῖστα τῶν πραγμάτων, τοῦτό
μοι δοκεῖ θαυμαστὸν εἶναι. ἐγὼ δὲ πεπειραμένος
σαφῶς οἶδα, ὦ Σεμωνίδη, καὶ λέγω σοι, ὅτι οἱ
τύραννοι τῶν μεγίστων ἀγαθῶν ἐλάχιστα μετέ-
χουσι, τῶν δὲ μεγίστων κακῶν πλεῖστα κέκτην-
ται. αὐτίκα γὰρ εἰ μὲν εἰρήνη δοκεῖ μέγα
ἀγαθὸν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις εἶναι, ταύτης ἐλάχιστον
τοῖς τυράννοις μέτεστιν: εἰ δὲ πόλεμος μέγα
κακόν, τούτου πλεῖστον μέρος οἱ τύραννοι μετέ-
χουσιν. εὐθὺς γὰρ τοῖς μὲν ἰδιώταις, ἂν μὴ ἡ
πόλις αὐτῶν κοινὸν πόλεμον πολεμῇ, ἔξεστιν
ὅποι ἂν βούλωνται πορεύεσθαι μηδὲν φοβου-
μένους, μή τις αὐτοὺς ἀποκτείνῃ, οἱ δὲ τύραννοι
πάντες πανταχῆ ὡς διὰ πολεμίας πορεύονται.
αὐτοί τε γοῦν ὡπλισμένοι οἴονται ἀνάγκην εἶναι
διάγειν καὶ ἄλλους ὁπλοφόρους ἀεὶ συμπεριάγε-
σθαι.
Ἔπειτα δὲ οἱ μὲν ἰδιῶται, ἐὰν καὶ στρα-
τεύωνταί ποι εἰς πολεμίαν, ἀλλ᾽ οὖν ἐπειδάν
γε ἔλθωσιν οἴκαδε, ἀσφάλειαν σφίσιν ἡγοῦνται
εἶναι, οἱ δὲ τύραννοι ἐπειδὰν εἰς τὴν ἑαυτῶν
πόλιν ἀφίκωνται, τότε ἐν πλείστοις πολεμίοις
ἴσασιν ὄντες. ἐὰν δὲ δὴ καὶ ἄλλοι στρατεύωσιν
εἰς τὴν πόλιν κρείττονες, ἐὰν ἔξω τοῦ τείχους
ὄντες οἱ ἥττονες ἐν κινδύνῳ δοκῶσιν εἶναι, ἀλλ᾽
ἐπειδάν γε εἴσω τοῦ ἐρύματος ἔλθωσιν, ἐν
ἀσφαλείᾳ πάντες νομίξουσι καθεστάναι, ὁ δὲ
τύραννος οὐδ᾽ ἐπειδὰν εἴσω τῆς οἰκίας παρέλθῃ
ἐν ἀκινδύνῳ ἐστίν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐνταῦθα δὴ καὶ μάλιστα
φυλακτέον οἴεται εἶναι. ἔπειτα τοῖς μὲν ἰδιώταις
καὶ διὰ σπονδῶν καὶ δι᾿ εἰρήνης γίγνεται πολέμου
ἀνάπαυσις, τοῖς δὲ τυράννοις οὔτε εἰρήνη ποτὲ
18
R--———————— VM
4 ammi
—À t
-
gr Y smith
Tue
^ VR Ls SER PRIERARIT ICI ni
"ρα AIe ΟΣ νεναν» T8 me a
shirt σα art
HIERO, ir. 5-11
most things than your eyes, should be equally
blind to it. But 1 know well enough by exper- 6
ience, Simonides, and I tell you that despots get the
smallest share of the greatest blessings, and have
most of the greatest evils.: Thus, for instance, if
peace is held to be a great blessing to mankind,
very little of it falls to the share of despots : if war
is a great evil, of that despots receive the largest
share. To begin with, so long as their state is not
engaged in a war in which all take part, private
citizens are free to go wherever they choose without
fear of being killed. But all despots move every-
where as in an enemy's country ; at any rate they think
. they are bound to wear arms continually themselves,
and to take an armed escort about with them at all
times.
* Secondly, in the event of an expedition against
an enemy's country, private citizens at least think
themselves safe as soon as they have come home.
But when despots reach their own city, they know
that they are now among more enemies than ever.
Again, suppose that strangers invade their city in
superior force; true, the weaker are conscious of
danger while they are outside the walls; yet once
they are inside the fortress, all feel themselves
bestowed in safety. But the despot is not out of
danger even when he passes within the palace
gates; nay, it is just there that he thinks he must
walk most warily. Once again, to private citizens a
truce or peace brings rest from war; but despots
are never at peace with the people subject to their
19
7
8
12
13
14
15
16
XENOPHON
πρὸς τοὺς TVpavvevovpuévovs γίγνεται οὔτε σπον-
δαῖς ἄν ποτε πιστεύσας ὁ τύραννος θαρρήσειε.
Καὶ πόλεμοι μὲν δή εἰσιν οὕς τε αἱ πόλεις
πολεμοῦσι καὶ οὺς οἱ τύραννοι πρὸς τοὺς βεβιασ-
μένους" τούτων δὴ τῶν πολέμων ὅσα μὲν ἔχει
αλεπὰ ὁ ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι, ταῦτα καὶ ὁ τύραννος
ἔχει" καὶ γὰρ ἐν ὅπλοις δεῖ εἶναι ἀμφοτέρους
καὶ φυλάττεσθαι καὶ κινδυνεύειν, καὶ ἄν τι
πάθωσι κακὸν ἡττηθέντες, λυποῦνται ἐπὶ τούτοις
ἑκάτεροι. μέχρι μὲν δὴ τούτου ἴσοι οἱ πόλεμοι:
ἃ δὲ ἔχουσιν ἡδέα οἱ ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι πρὸς τὰς
πόλεις ταῦτα οὐκ ἔτι ἔχουσιν οἱ τύραννοι. αἱ
μὲν γὰρ πόλεις δήπου ὅταν κρατήσωσι μάχῃ τῶν
ἐναντίων, οὐ ῥάδιον εἰπεῖν, ὅσην μὲν ἡδονὴν
ἔχουσιν ἐν τῷ τρέψασθαι τοὺς πολεμίους, ὅσην
δ᾽ ἐν τῷ διώκειν, ὅσην δ᾽ ἐν τῷ ἀποκτείνειν τοὺς
πολεμίους, ὡς δὲ γαυροῦνται ἐπὶ τῷ ἔργῳ, ὡς δὲ
δόξαν λαμπρὰν ἀναλαμβάνουσιν, ὡς δ᾽ εὐφραί-
νονται τὴν πόλιν νομίζοντες ηὐξηκέναι. ἕκαστος
δέ τις προσποιεῖται καὶ τῆς βουλῆς μετεσχηκέναι
καὶ πλείστους ἀπεκτονέναι, χαλεπὸν δὲ εὑρεῖν
ὅπου οὐχὶ καὶ ἐπιψεύδονται, πλέονας φάσκοντες
ἀπεκτονέναι ἢ ὅσοι ἂν τῷ ὄντι ἀποθάνωσιν" οὕτω
καλόν τι αὐτοῖς δοκεῖ εἶναι τὸ πολὺ νικᾶν. ὁ δὲ
τύραννος ὅταν ὑποπτεύσῃ καὶ αἰσθανόμενος τῷ
ὄντι ἀντιπραττομένους τινὰς ἀποκτείνῃ, οἶδεν, ὅτι
οὐκ αὔξει ὅλην τὴν πόλιν, ἐπίσταταί τε, ὅτι
μειόνων ἄρξει, φαιδρός τε οὐ δύναται εἶναι οὐδὲ
μεγαλύνεται ἐπὶ τῷ ἔργῳ, ἀλλὰ καὶ μειοῖ καθ᾽
ὅσον ἂν δύνηται τὸ γεγενημένον καὶ ἀπολογεῖται
1 4e, in the wars that he wages against his subjects. "The
whole of this paragraph is obscurely expressed and highly
20
νυν
HIERO, mn. 11-17
dosiotiem, and no truce can ever make a despot
confident,
*'lThere are, of course, wars that are waged by
. states against one another, and wars waged by the
despot against his oppressed subjects. Now the
hardships incidental to these wars that fall on
the citizen fall also on the despot. For both must
wear arms, be watchful, run risks; and the sting
of a defeat is felt by both alike. So far, then,
both are equally affected by wars. But the joys
that fall to the citizens of states at war are not
experienced by despots.! For, you know, when states
defeat their foes in a battle, words {3} one to
describe the joy they feel in the rout of the enemy,
in the pursuit, in the slaughter of the enemy.
What transports of triumphant pride! What a halo
of glory about them! | What comfort to think that
they have exalted their city! Everyone is crying :
* [ had a share in the plan, I killed most'; and it's
hard to find where they don't revel in falsehood,
claiming to have killed more than all that were really
slain. So glorious it seems to them to have won a
great victory! But when a despot harbours sus-
picion, and, well aware that opposition ^is on
foot, puts the conspirators to death, he knows
that he does not exalt the city as a whole; he
understands that the number of his subjects will be
less; he cannot look cheerful; nor.does he boast
himself of his achievement; nay, he belittles
the occurrence as much as possible, and id explains,
while he is at the work, that there is nothing
artificial ; and it has been variously interpreted. The text
also is uncertain.
21
12
17
XENOPHON
ἅμα πράττων, ὡς οὐκ ἀδικῶν πεποίηκεν. οὕτως
οὐδ᾽ αὐτῷ δοκεῖ καλὰ τὰ ποιούμενα εἶναι. καὶ
ὅταν ἀποθάνωσιν obs ἐφοβήθη, οὐδέν τι μᾶλλον
τούτου θαρρεῖ, ἀλλὰ φυλάττεται ἔ ἔτι μᾶλλον ἢ τὸ
πρόσθεν. καὶ πόλεμον “μὲν δὴ τοιοῦτον ἔχων
διατελεῖ ὁ τύραννος, ὃν ἐγὼ δηλῶ.
ΗΙ. Φιλίας δ᾽ αὖ καταθέασαι ὡς κοινωνοῦσιν
οἱ τύραννοι. πρῶτον μὲν εἰ μέγα ἀγαθὸν ἀνθρώ-
ποις ἡ φιλία, τοῦτο ἐπισκεψώμεθα. ὃς γὰρ ἂν
φιλῆται δήπου ὑπό τινων, ἡδέως μὲν “Τοῦτον οἱ
φιλοῦντες παρόντα ὁρῶσιν, ἡδέως δ᾽ εὖ ποιοῦσι,
ποθοῦσι $é, ἄν που ἀπῇ, ἥδιστα δὲ πάλεν
προσιόντα δέχονται, συνήδονται δ᾽ ἐπὶ τοῖς αὐτοῦ
ἀγαθοῖς, συνεπικουροῦσι δέ, ἐάν τι σφαλλόμενον
ὁρῶσιν. οὐ μὲν δὴ λέληθεν οὐδὲ τὰς πόλεις, ὅτι
ἡ φιλία μέγιστον ἀγαθὸν καὶ ἥδιστον ἀνθρώποις
ἐστί: “μόνους γοῦν τοὺς “μοιχοὺς νομίξουσι πολ-
λαὶ τῶν πόλεων νηποινὶ ἀποκτείνειν, δῆλον ὅτι
διὰ ταῦτα ὅτι λυμαντῆρας αὐτοὺς νομίζουσι τῆς
τῶν γυναικῶν φιλίας πρὸς τοὺς ἄνδρας εἶναι.
ἐπεὶ ὅταν γε ἀφροδισιασθῇ κατὰ συμφοράν τινα
γυνή, οὐδὲν ἧττον τούτου ἕνεκεν τιμῶσιν αὐτὰς οἱ
ἄνδρες, ἐάνπερ ἡ φιλία δοκῇ αὐταῖς ἀκήρατος
διαμένειν. τοσοῦτον δέ τε ἀγαθὸν κρίνω ἔγωγε
τὸ φιλεῖσθαι εἶναι. ὥστε νομίζω τῷ ὄντι αὐτόματα
τἀγαθὰ τῷ φιλουμένῳ γίγνεσθαι καὶ παρὰ θεῶν
καὶ παρὰ ἀνθρώπων.
Καὶ τούτου τοίνυν τοῦ κτήματος τοιούτου ὄντος
μειονεκτοῦσιν οἱ τύραννοι πάντων μάλιστα. εἰ
1 CWwropaed/a, 1. vi. 24.
* ἐπεὶ should be rendered *'though," not *'since" here,
22
ago tme enam om
""ErPaP μων
am CRI Ii, ἣν A UN
HIERO, π΄ 17-u1. 6
wrong in what he has done, so far are his deeds
from seeming honourable even to himself. Even 18
the death of those whom he feared does not restore
him to confidence; he is yet more on his guard
afterwards than before. And now I have shown
you the kind of war that a despot wages continually.
IHI. * Turn next to friendship, and behold how
despots share in it. First let us consider whether
friendship is a great blessing to mankind. When a 2
man is loved by friends, I take it, they rejoice at his
presence, delight to do him good, miss him when he
is absent, greet him most joyfully on his return,
rejoice with him in his good fortune, unite in aiding
him when they see him tripping.! Even states are 3
not blind to the fact that friendship is a very great
blessing, and very delightful to men. At any rate,
many states have a law that adulterers only may
be put to death with impunity, obviously for this
reason, because they believe them to be destroyers
- ofthe wife's friendship with her husband ; although,? 4
when a woman's lapse is the result of some accident,
husbands do not honour their wives any less on that
account, provided that wives seem to reserve their
- affection unblemished. In my judgment, to be 5
loved isa blessing so precious that 1 believe good
things fall literally of themselves on him who is loved
from gods and men alike.
* Such, then, is the nature of this. possession—a 6
possession wherein despots above all other men are
for it introduces a reason why one might suppose that there
would be some restriction on the right to kill an adulterer,
and not the reason why all adulterers may be killed with
impunity. Compare, for instance, Plato, Protagoras, 335 C.
The **accident" is, of course, rape.
23
7
oo
e
XENOPHON
δὲ βούλει, ὦ Σιμωνίδη, εἰδέναι, ὅτε ἀληθῆ λέγω,
ὧδε ἐπίσκεψαι. βεβαιόταται μὲν γὰρ δήπου
δοκοῦσι φιλίαι εἶναι γονεῦσι πρὸς παῖδας καὶ
παισὶ πρὸς γονέας καὶ ἀδελφοῖς πρὸς ἀδελφοὺς
καὶ γυναιξὶ πρὸς ἄνδρας καὶ ἑταίροις πρὸς
ἑταίρους. εἰ τοίνυν ἐθέλεις κατανοεῖν, εὑρήσεις
μὲν τοὺς ἰδιώτας ὑπὸ τούτων μάλιστα φιλου-
μένους, τοὺς δὲ τυράννους πολλοὺς μὲν παῖδας
ἑαυτῶν ἀπεκτονότας, πολλοὺς δ᾽ ὑπὸ παίδων
αὐτοὺς ἀπολωλότας, πολλοὺς δὲ ἀδελφοὺς ἐν
τυραννίσιν ἀλληλοφόνους γεγενημένους, πολλοὺς
δὲ καὶ ὑπὸ γυναικῶν τῶν ἑαυτῶν τυράννους
διεφθαρμένους καὶ ὑπὸ ἑταίρων γε τῶν μάλιστα
δοκούντων φίλων εἶναι. οἵτινες οὖν ὑπὸ τῶν
φύσει πεφυκότων μάλιστα φιλεῖν καὶ νόμῳ
συνηναγκασμένων οὕτω μισοῦνται, πῶς ὑπ᾽ ἄλλου
γέ τινος οἴεσθαι χρὴ αὐτοὺς φιλεῖσθαι ;
IV. ᾿Αλλὰ μὴν καὶ πίστεως ὅστις ἐλάχιστον
μετέχει, πῶς οὐχὶ μεγάλου ἀγαθοῦ μειονεκτεῖ ;
ποία μὲν γὰρ συνουσία ἡδεῖα ἄνευ πίστεως τῆς
πρὸς ἀλλήλους, ποία δ᾽ ἀνδρὶ καὶ γυναικὶ τερπνὴ
ἄνευ πίστεως ὁμιλία, ποῖος δὲ θεράπων ἡδὺς
ἀπιστούμενος ; καὶ τούτου τοίνυν τοῦ πιστῶς
πρός τινας ἔχειν ἐλάχιστον μέτεστι τυράννῳ"
ὁπότε γε οὐδὲ σιτίοις καὶ ποτοῖς πιστεύων διάγει,
ἀλλὰ καὶ τούτων, πρὶν ἀπάρχεσθαι τοῖς θεοῖς,
τοὺς διακόνους πρῶτον κελεύουσιν ἀπογεύσασθαι
διὰ τὸ ἀπιστεῖν, μὴ καὶ ἐν τούτοις κακόν τι
φάγωσιν ἢ πίωσιν. ἀλλὰ μὴν καὶ αἱ πατρίδες
τοῖς μὲν ἄλλοις ἀνθρώποις πλείστου... ἄξιαι.
πολῖται γὰρ δορυφοροῦσι μὲν ἀλλήλους ἄνευ
μισθοῦ ἐπὶ τοὺς δούλους, δορυφοροῦσι δ᾽ ἐπὶ τοὺς
24
— T ————É—
HIERO, mn. 6-iv. 3
the truth, Simonides, consider the question in this
way. The firmest friendships, I take it, are sup- 7
posed to be those that unite parents to children,
children to parents, wives to. husbands, comrades
to comrades. Now you will find, if you will but 8
observe, that private citizens are, in fact, loved most
deeply by these. But what of despots ? Many have
slain their own children; many have themselves
been murdered by their children; many brothers,
ers in despotism, have perished by each other's
hand; many have been destroyed even by their
own wives, aye, and by comrades whom they
accounted their closest friends. Seeing, then, 9
that they are so hated by those who are bound by
natural ties and constrained by custom to love them
most, how are we to suppose that they are loved by
any other being ?
IV. *Next take confidence. Surely he who has
very little of that is stinted in a great blessing?
What companionship is pleasant without mutual
trust? What intercourse between husband and
wife is delightful without confidence? — What squire
is pleasant if he is not trusted? Now of this con- 2
fidence in others despots enjoy the smallest share.
They go in constant suspicion even of their meat and
drink; they bid their servitors taste them first,
before the libation is offered to the gods, because
of their misgiving that they may sup poison in the
dish or the bowl. Again, to all other men their 3
fatherland is very precious. For citizens ward one
another without pay from their slaves and from
| stinted. If you want to know that I am speaking
|
]
j
*
1
Α
|
I
| 1 See Introduction.
25
6
oo
XENOPHON
κακούργους ὑπὲρ τοῦ μηδένα τῶν πολιτῶν Bia
θανάτῳ ἀποθνήσκειν. οὕτω δὲ πόρρω προεληλύ-
θασι φυλακῆς, ὥστε πεποίηνται πολλοὶ νόμον τῷ
μιαιφόνῳ μηδὲ τὸν συνόντα καθαρεύειν: ὥστε διὰ
τὰς πατρίδας ἀσφαλῶς ἕκαστος βιοτεύει τῶν
πολιτῶν. τοῖς δὲ τυράννοις καὶ τοῦτο ἔμπαλιν
ἀνέστραπται. ἀντὶ γὰρ τοῦ τιμωρεῖν αὐτοῖς αἱ
πόλεις μεγάλως τιμῶσι τὸν ἀποκτείναντα τὸν
τύραννον, καὶ ἀντί γε τοῦ εἴργειν ἐκ τῶν ἱερῶν,
ὥσπερ τοὺς τῶν ἰδιωτῶν φονέας, ἀντὶ τούτου καὶ
εἰκόνας ἐν τοῖς ἱεροῖς ἱστᾶσιν αἱ πόλεις τῶν τοῦτο
ποιησάντων.
Εἰ δὲ σὺ οἴει, ὡς πλείω ἔχων τῶν ἰδιωτῶν κτή-
ματα ὁ τύραννος διὰ τοῦτο καὶ πλείω ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν
εὐφραίνεται, οὐδὲ τοῦτο οὕτως ἔχει, ὦ Σιμωνίδη,
ἀλλ᾽ ὥσπερ οἱ ἀθληταὶ αὐχ ὅταν ἰδιωτῶν γένων-
ται κρείττονες, τοῦτ᾽ αὐτοὺς εὐφραίνει, ἀλλ᾽ ὅταν
τῶν ἀνταγωνιστῶν ἥττους, τοῦτ᾽ αὐτοὺς ἀνιᾷ,
οὕτω καὶ ὁ τύραννος οὐχ ὅταν τῶν ἰδιωτῶν πλείω
φαίνηται ἔχων, τότ᾽ εὐφραίνεται, ἀλλ᾽ ὅταν ἑτέ-
pov τυράννων ἐλάττω ἔχῃ, τούτῳ λυπεῖται" τού-
τους γὰρ ἀνταγωνιστὰς ἡγεῖται αὑτῷ τοῦ πλούτου
εἶναι. οὐδέ γε θᾶττόν τι γίγνεται τῷ τυράννῳ ἤ
τῷ ἰδιώτῃ ὧν ἐπιθυμεῖ. ὁ μὲν γὰρ ἰδιώτης οἰκίας ἢ
ἀγροῦ ἢ οἰκέτου ἐπιθυμεῖ, ὁ δὲ τύραννος ἢ πόλεων
ἢ χώρας πολλῆς ἢ λιμένων ἢ ἀκροπόλεων ἰσχυ-
ρῶν, ἅ ἐστι πολὺ χαλεπώτερα καὶ ἐπικινδυνότερα
κατεργάσασθαι τῶν ἰδιωτικῶν ἐπιθυμημάτων.
ἀλλὰ μέντοι καὶ πένητας ὄψει' οὕτως ὀλίγους
τῶν ἰδιωτῶν ὡς πολλοὺς τῶν τυράννων. οὐ γὰρ
^ , ^ » ^ ^ , » ^
TQ ἀριθμῷ οὔτε τὰ πολλὰ κρίνεται οὔτε τὰ
26
" mi
"ote cm
mPrhaK τὴτ."
᾿
το Oo an
HIERO, iv. 3-8
evildoers, to the end that none of the citizens may
perish by a violent death. They have gone so far 4
in measures of precaution that many have made a
law whereby even the companion of the bloodguilty
is deemed impure ; and so—thanks to the fatherland
—every citizen lives in security. But for despots 5
the position is the reverse in this case too. Instead
of avenging them, the cities heap honours on the
slayer of the despot; and, whereas they exclude
- the murderers of private persons from the temples,
Pug m παν Ἄρτον
& qme It C abore at DEF
the cities, so far from treating assassins in the same
manner, actually put up statues of them in the holy
places.
* [f you suppose that just because he has more 6
possessions than the private citizen, the despot gets
more enjoyment out of them, this is not so either,
Simonides. Trained athletes feel no pleasure when
. they prove superior to amateurs, but they are cut to
the quick when they are beaten by a rival athlete; in
like manner the despot feels no pleasure when he is
seen to possess more than private citizens, but is
vexed when he has less than other despots; for
he regards them as his rivals in wealth. Nor even 7
does the despot gain the object of his desire any
quicker than the private citizen. For the private
citizen desires a house or a farm or a servant; but
the despot covets cities or wide territory or harbours
or strong citadels, and these are far more difficult and
perilous to acquire than the objects that attract the
citizen. And, moreover, you wil find that even8 “ -
poverty is rarer among private citizens than among
despots. For much and little are to be measured not
! ὄψει οὐχ S. with the MSS. and Stobaeus: οὔχ was
removed by Bremi.
- 27
ι
ΧΕΝΟΡΗΟΝ
ὀλίγα, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὰς χρήσεις" ὥστε τὰ μὲν
ὑπερβάλλοντα τὰ ἱκανὰ πολλά ἐστι, τὰ δὲ τῶν
ἱκανῶν ἐλλείποντα ὀλίγα. τῷ οὖν τυράννῳ τὰ
πολλαπλάσια ἧττον ἱκανά ἐστιν εἰς τὰ ἀναγκαῖα
δαπανήματα ἢ τῷ ἰδιώτῃ. τοῖς μὲν γὰρ ἰδιώταις
ἔξεστι τὰς δαπάνας συντέμνειν εἰς τὰ καθ᾽ ἡμέ-
ραν, ὅπῃ βούλονται, τοῖς δὲ τυράννοις οὐκ ἐνδέ-
χεται. αἱ yàp. μέγισται αὐτοῖς δαπάναι καὶ
ἀναγκαιόταται εἰς τὰς τῆς ψυχῆς φυλακάς εἰσι"
τὸ δὲ τούτων συντέμνειν ὄλεθρος δοκεῖ εἶναι.
ἔπειτα δὲ ὅσοι μὲν δύνανται ἔχειν ἀπὸ τοῦ δικαίου
ὅσων δέονται, τί ἂν τούτους οἰκτείροι τις ὡς
πένητας ; ὅσοι δ᾽ ἀναγκάζονται δι’ ἔνδειαν κακόν
τι καὶ αἰσχρὸν μηχανώμενοι ζῆν, πῶς οὐ τούτους
ἀθλίους àv τις καὶ πένητας δικαίως καλοίη ; οἱ
τύραννοι τοίνυν ἀναγκάζονται πλεῖστα συλᾶν
ἀδίκως καὶ ἱερὰ καὶ ἀνθρώπους διὰ τὸ εἰς τὰς
ἀναγκαίας δαπάνας ἀεὶ προσδεῖσθαι χρημάτων.
ὥσπερ γὰρ πολέμου ὄντος ἀεὶ ἀναγκάζονται
στράτευμα τρέφειν ἢ ἀπολωλέναι.
Υ. Χαλεπὸν δ᾽ ἐρῶ σοι καὶ ἄλλο πάθημα, ὦ
Σιμωνίδη, τῶν τυράννων. γιγνώσκουσι μὲν γὰρ
οὐδὲν ἧττον τῶν ἰδιωτῶν τοὺς ἀλκίμους 5 τε καὶ
σοφοὺς καὶ δικαίους. τούτους δ᾽ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄγασθαι
φοβοῦνται, τοὺς μὲν ἀνδρείους, μή τε τολμήσωσι
τῆς ἐλευθερίας ἕνεκεν, τοὺς δὲ σοφούς, μή τι
μηχανήσωνται, τοὺς δὲ δικαίους, μὴ ἐπιθυμήσῃ
τὸ πλῆθος ὑπ᾽ αὑτῶν προστατεῖσθαι. ὅταν δὲ
τοὺς τοιούτους διὰ τὸν φόβον ὑπεξαιρῶνται, τίνες
ἄλλοι αὐτοῖς καταλείπονται χρῆσθαι ἀλλ᾽ ἢ οἱ
ἄδικοί τε καὶ ἀκρατεῖς καὶ ἀνδραποδώδεις ; οἱ
μὲν ἄδικοι πιστευόμενοι, διότι φοβοῦνται ὥσπερ
28
—— —
T5155 di t mcd.
HIERO, iv. 8-v. 2
by number, but in relation to the owner's needs;
. so that what is more than enough is much, and
- what is less than enough is little. Therefore, the 9
- despot with his abundance of wealth has less to
. meet his necessary expenses than the private citizen.
- For while private citizens can cut down the daily
expenditure as they please, despots cannot, since the
- largest items in their expenses and the most essential
. are the sums they spend on the life-guards, and to
- eurtail any of these means ruin. Besides, when men
can have all they need by honest means, why pity
- them as though they were poor? May not those
- who through want of money are driven to evil and
. unseemly expedients in order to live, more justly be
. aecounted wretched and poverty-stricken? — Now,
despots are not seldom forced into the crime of robbing
temples and their fellow men through chronic want of
. eash to meet their necessary expenses. Living, as it
were, in a perpetual state of war, they are forced
to maintain an army, or they perish.
V. * Despots are oppressed by yet another trouble,
Simonides, which I will tell you of. They
- recognize a stout-hearted, a wise or an upright
man as easily as private citizens do. But instead of
- admiring such men, they fear them, —the brave lest
they strike a bold stroke for freedom, the wise
lest they hatch a plot, the upright lest the people
- desire them for leaders. When they get rid of such 2
men through fear, who are left for their use, save
only the unrighteous, the vicious and the servile, —
- the unrighteous being trusted because, like the
! ὀλίγα Coppello : ixavá S. with the MSS. and Stobaeus.
* ἀλκίμους Stobaeus : κοσμίους S. with the MSS.
29
XENOPHON
οἱ τύραννοι τὰς πόλεις μήποτε ἐλεύθεραι γενό-
μεναι, ἐγκρατεῖς αὐτῶν γένωνται, οἱ δ᾽ ἀκρατεῖς
τῆς εἰς τὸ παρὸν ἐξουσίας ἕ ἕνεκα, οἱ δ᾽ ἀνδραπδδώ-
ew. διότι οὐδ᾽ αὐτοὶ ἀξιοῦσιν ἐλεύθεροι εἶναι.
αλεπὸν οὖν καὶ τοῦτο τὸ πάθημα ἔμοιγε δοκεῖ
bu. τὸ ἄλλους μὲν ἡγεῖσθαι ἀγαθοὺς ἄνδρας,
ἄλλοις δὲ χρῆσθαι ἀναγκάξεσθαι.
3 - Ἔπι δὲ φιλόπολιν μὲν ἀνάγκη. καὶ τὸν τύραννον
εἶναι" ἄνευ γὰρ τῆς πόλεως οὔτ᾽ ἂν σώξεσθαι
δύναιτο οὔτ᾽ ἂν εὐδαιμονεῖν: ἡ δὲ τυραννὶς ἀναγ-
κάζει καὶ ταῖς ἑαυτῶν πατρίσιν ἐγκαλεῖν. οὔτε
γὰρ ἀλκίμους οὔτ᾽ εὐόπλους χαίρουσι τοὺς πολί-
τας παρασκευάζοντες, ἀλλὰ τοὺς ξένους δεινοτέ-
povs τῶν πολιτῶν ποιοῦντες ἥδονται μᾶλλον καὶ
τούτοις χρῶνται δορυφόροις. ἀλλὰ μὴν οὐδ᾽ ἂν
εὐετηριῶν γενομένων ἀφθονία τῶν ἀγαθῶν γίγνη-
ται, οὐδὲ τότε συγχαίρει ὁ τύραννος. ἐνδεεσ-
τέροις γὰρ οὖσι ταπεινοτέροις αὐτοῖς οἴονται
ῆσθαι.
VI. Βούλομαι δέ σοι, ἔφη, ὦ Σιμωνίδη, κἀ-
κείνας τὰς εὐφροσύνᾶς δηλῶσαι, ὅσαις ἐγὼ
χρώμενος, ὅτ᾽ ἣν ἰδιώτης, νῦν ἐπειδὴ τύραννος
ἐγενόμην, αἰσθάνομαι “στερόμενος αὐτῶν. ἐγὼ
γὰρ συνῆν μὲν ἡλικιώταις ἡδόμενος, ἡδομένοις
ἐμοί, συνῆν δὲ ἐμαυτῷ, ὁπότε ἡσυχίας ἐπιθυ-
μήσαιμι, διῆγον δ᾽ ἐν συμποσίοις πολλάκις μὲν
μέχρι τοῦ ἐπελαθέσθαι πάντων εἴ τι χαλεπὸν ἐν
ἀνθρωπίνῳ βίῳ ἢ ἦν, πολλάκις δὲ μέχρι τοῦ QOaís
τε καὶ θαλίαις καὶ οροῖς τὴν ψυχὴν συγκατα-
μεγνύναι, πολλάκις E μέχρι κοίτης ! ἐπιθυμίας
3 ἐμῆς τε καὶ τῶν παρόντων. νῦν δὲ ἀπεστέρημαι
μὲν τῶν ἡδομένων ἐμοὶ διὰ τὸ δούλους ἀντὶ φίλῶν
30
»
to
—'——.
MO;
HIERO, v. 2-vi. 3
despots, they fear that the cities may some day shake
off the yoke and prove their masters, the vicious on
account of the licence they enjoy as things are, the
servile because even they themselves have no desire
forfreedom? This too, then, is a heavy trouble, in my
opinion, to see the good in some men, and yet
perforce to employ others.
.. * Furthermore, even a despot must needs love his
city,for without the city he can enjoy neither safety
nor happiness. But despotism forces him to find
fault even with his fatherland. For he has no
pleasure in seeing that the citizens are stout-hearted
and well armed; rather he delights to make the
foreigners more formidable than the citizens, and
these he employs as a body-guard. Again, even
- when favourable seasons yield abundance of good
- things, the despot is a stranger to the general joy ;
for the needier the people, the humbler he thinks to
find them.
VI. * But now, Simonides," he continued, * I want
to show you all those delights that were mine when I
was a private citizen, but which I now find are
withheld from me since the day I became a despot.
I communed with my fellows then: they pleased me
— and I pleased them. | communed with myself
| whenever I desired rest. I passed the time in
carousing, often till I forgot all the troubles of
mortal life, often till my soul was absorbed in songs
— and revels and dances, often till the desire of sleep
fell on me and all the company. But now I am cut
off from those who had pleasure in me, since slaves
Σ T ? D RUSTTLCNE iw
l κρίτης Hermann : κοινῇς S. with the MSS,
31
XENOPHON
ὄχειν τοὺς ἑταίρους, ἀπεστέρημαι δ᾽ αὐτὸς τοῦ
ἡδέως ἐκείνοις ὁμιλεῖν διὰ τὸ μηδεμίαν ἐνορᾶν
εὔνοιαν ἐμοὶ παρ᾽ αὐτῶν: μέθην δὲ καὶ ὕπνον
4 ὁμοίως ἐνέδρᾳ φυλάττομαι. τὸ δὲ φοβεῖσθαι μὲν
ὄχλον, φοβεῖσθαι δ᾽ ἐρημίαν, φοβεῖσθαι δὲ ἀφυ-
λαξίαν, φοβεῖσθαι δὲ καὶ αὐτοὺς τοὺς φυλάττον-
Tas καὶ μήτ᾽ ἀόπλους ἔχειν ἐθέλειν περὶ αὑτὸν
μήθ᾽ ὡπλισμένους ἡδέως θεᾶσθαι πῶς οὐκ ἀργα-
5 λέον ἐστὶ πρᾶγμα ; ἔτι δὲ ξένοις μὲν μᾶλλον 1,
πολίταις πιστεύειν, βαρβάροις δὲ μᾶλλον j
Ἕλλησιν, ἐπιθυμεῖν δὲ τοὺς μὲν ἐλευθέρους δού-
λους ἔχειν, τοὺς δὲ δούλους ἀναγκάζεσθαι ποιεῖν
ἐλευθέρους, οὐ πάντα σοι ταῦτα δοκεῖ ψυχῆς ὑπὸ
6 φόβων καταπεπληγμένης τεκμήρια εἶναι ; ὅ γέ
τοι φόβος οὐ μόνον αὐτὸς ἐνὼν ταῖς ψυχαῖς
λυπηρός ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πάντων τῶν ἡδέων
συμπαρακολουθῶν λυμεὼν γίγνεται.
1 Ei δὲ καὶ σὺ πολεμικῶν ἔμπειρος εἶ, ὦ Xipo-
νίδη, καὶ ἤδη ποτὲ πολεμίᾳ φάλαγγι πλησίον
ἀντετάξω, ἀναμνήσθητι, ποῖον μέν τινα σῖτον
ἡροῦ ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ χρόνῳ, ποῖον δέ τινα ὕπνον
8 ἐκοιμῶ. οἷα μέντοι σοὶ τότ᾽ ἣν τὰ λυπηρά, τοι-
a)Tá ἐστι τὰ τῶν τυράννων καὶ ἔτι δεινότερα" οὐ
γὰρ ἐξ ἐναντίας μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ πάντοθεν πολε-
μίους ὁρᾶν νομίζουσιν οἱ τύραννοι.
9 Ταῦτα δ᾽ ἀκούσας ὁ Σιμωνίδης ὑπολαβὼν
εἶπεν: Ὕπέρευ μοι δοκεῖς ἔνια λέγειν. ὁ γὰρ
πόλεμος φοβερὸν μέν, ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως, ὦ ἹἹέρων, ἡμεῖς
γε ὅταν ὧμεν ἐν στρατείᾳ, φύλακας προκαθιστά-
μενοι θαρραλέως δείπνου τε καὶ ὕπνου λαγχά-
νομεν.
10 Καὶ ὁ Ἱέρων ἔφη: Ναὶ μὰ Δία, ὦ Σιεμωνίδη"
3?
2B CM ui hti S M ri
HIERO, vi. 3-10
instead of friends are my comrades ; | am cut off
from my pleasant intercourse with them, since I see
in them no sign of good-will towards me. Drink
and sleep I avoid as a snare. To fear a crowd, and 4
yet fear solitude, to fear to go unguarded, and yet
fear the very men who guard you, to recoil from
attendants unarmed and yet dislike to see them
armed— surely that is a cruel predicament! And 5
then, to trust foreigners more than citizens, strangers
more than Greeks, to long to keep free men slaves,
and yet be forced t to make slaves free—do you not
think that all these are sure tokens of a soul
that is crushed with fear?! Fear, you know, is not 6
only painful in itself by reason of its presence in the
soul, but by haunting us even in our pleasures it
spoils them utterly.
* |f, like me, you are acquainted with war, 7
Simonides, and ever had the enemy's battle-line
close in front of you, call to to mind what sort of f food
are PUR as you suffered then. Nay, they are still
more terrible; for despots believe that they see
enemies not in front alone, but all around them."
To this Simonides made answer: *'Excellent 9
Ewa. in part, I grant! ! War is indeed a fearsome
ces service, is this: we post sentries. to | to guard
us, and sup and sleep with a good courage.
"Then Hiero answered : * No doubt you do, 10
1 Cyropaedia, 111. i. 27;
33
VOL. 1I.
Ω
1
13
14
15
XENOPHON .
αὐτῶν μὲν γὰρ προφυλάττουσιν oi νόμοι, ὥστε
περὶ ἑαυτῶν φοβοῦνται καὶ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν oi δὲ
τύραννοι μισθοῦ φύλακας ἔχουσιν ὥσπερ θερισ-
τάς. καὶ δεῖ μὲν δήπου τοὺς φύλακας μηδὲν
οὕτω ποιεῖν δύνασθαι ὡς πιστοὺς «εἶναι πιστὸν
δὲ ἕνα πολὺ χαλεπώτερον εὑρεῖν ἢ πάνυ πολλοὺς
ἐργάτας ὁποίου βούλει ἔργου, ἄλλως τε καὶ
ὁπόταν χρημάτων μὲν ἕνεκα παρῶσιν οἱ φυλάτ-
τοντες, ἐξῇ δ᾽ αὐτοῖς ἐν ὀλίγῳ χρόνῳ πολὺ
πλείω λαβεῖν ἀποκτείνασι τὸν τύραννον ἢ ὅσα
πολὺν χρόνον φυλάττοντες παρὰ τοῦ τυράννου
λαμβάνουσιν.
^O δ᾽ ébjXecas ἡμᾶς, ὡς τοὺς μὲν φίλους
μάλιστα εὖ ποιεῖν δυνάμεθα, τοὺς δ᾽ ἐχθροὺς
πάντων μάλιστα χειρούμεθα, οὐδὲ ταῦθ᾽ οὕτως
ἔχει. φίλους μὲν γὰρ πῶς ἂν νομίσαις ποτὲ
εὖ ποιεῖν, ὅταν εὖ εἰδῆς, ὅτι ὁ τὰ πλεῖστα λαμβά-
νων παρὰ σοῦ ἥδιστ᾽ ἂν ὡς τάχιστα ἐξ ὀφθαλ-
μῶν σου γένοιτο; ὅ τι γὰρ ἄν τις λάβῃ παρὰ
τυράννου, οὐδεὶς οὐδὲν ἑαυτοῦ νομίζει, πρὶν ἂν
ἔξω τῆς τούτου ἐπικρατείας γένηται. ἐχθροὺς
δ᾽ αὖ πῶς ἂν φαίης μάλιστα τοῖς τυράννοις
ἐξεῖναι χειροῦσθαι, ὅταν εὖ εἰδῶσιν, ὅτι ἐχθροὶ
αὐτῶν εἰσὶ πάντες οἱ τυραννούμενοι, τούτους δὲ
μήτε κατακαίνειν ἅπαντας μήτε δεσμεύειν. οἷόν
Te jJ τίνωνγ àp ἔτι ἄρξει; ἀλλ᾽ εἰδότας," ὅτι
ἐχθροί εἰσι, τούτους ἅμα μὲν φυλάττεσθαι δέῃ
καὶ χρῆσθαι δ᾽ αὐτοῖς ἀναγκάζεσθαι ; εὖ δ᾽ ἴσθι
καὶ τοῦτο, ὦ Σιμωνιδη, ὅτι καὶ οὃς τῶν πολιτῶν
δεδίασι, χαλεπῶς μὲν αὐτοὺς ζῶντας ὁρῶσι,
χαλεπῶς δ᾽ ἀποκτείνουσιν. ὥσπερ γε καὶ ἵππος
εἰ ἀγαθὸς μὲν εἴη, φοβερὸς δὲ μὴ ἀνήκεστόν TL
| εἰδότα S.
34
HIERO, vi. 10-15
Simonides! For your sentries have sentries in front
of them—the laws,—and so they fear for their own
guards like harvesters. Now the chief qualification
required in the guards, I presume, is faithfulness.
But it is far harder to find one faithful guard than
hundreds of workmen for any kind of work, es-
pecially when money supplies the guards, and they
have it in their power to get far more in a moment
by assassinating the despot than they receive from
him for years of service among his guards.
* You said that you envy us our unrivalled power
to confer benefits on our friends, and our unrivalled
success in crushing our enemies. But that is another
delusion. For how can you possibly feel that you
benefit friends when you know well that he who
receives most from you would be delighted to get
out of your sight as quickly as possible? For, no
matter what a man has received from a despot,
nobody regards it as his own, until he is outside
the giver's dominion. Or again, how can you say
that despots more than others are able to crush
enemies, when they know well that all who are
subject to their despotism are their enemies and that
it is impossible to put them all to death or imprison
them—else who will be left for the despot to rule
over ?—and, knowing them to be their enemies, they
must beware of them, and, nevertheless, must needs
make use ef them? And 1 can assure you of this,
reluctant to see him alive, and yet reluctant to put
him to death. To illustrate my point, suppose that
a good horse makes his master afraid that he will
do him some fatal mischief: the man will feel
35
skins and relieve you of fear. But despots hire their .
12
14
15
16
XENOPHON
ποιήσῃ, χαλεπῶς μὲν ἂν τις αὐτὸν ἀποκτείνᾶι
διὰ τὴν ἀρετήν, χαλεπῶς δὲ ζῶντι χρῷτο, εὐλα-
βούμενος, μή τι ἀνήκεστον ἐν τοῖς κινδύνοις
ἐργάσηται. καὶ τἄλλά γε κτήματα, ὅσα χαλεπὰ
μὲν χρήσιμα δ᾽ ἐστίν, ὁμοίως ἅπαντα λυπεῖ μὲν
τοὺς κεκτημένους, λυπεῖ δὲ ἀπαλλαττομένους.
VII. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ ταῦτα αὐτοῦ ἤκουσεν ὁ Σιμων-
ίδης, εἶπεν, "Ἕοικεν, ἔφη, ὦ "lépov, μέγα τι εἶναι
ἡ τιμή, ἧς ὀρεγόμενοι οἱ ἄνθρωποι πάντα μὲν
πόνον ὑποδύονται, πάντα δὲ κίνδυνον ὑπομένουσι.
καὶ ὑμεῖς, ὡς ἔοικε, τοσαῦτα πράγματα ἐχούσης,
ὁπόσα λέγεις, τῆς τυραννίδος, ὅμως προπετῶς
φέρεσθε εἰς αὐτήν, ὅπως τιμᾶσθε καὶ ὑπηρετῶσ
^ e ^ , , N ,
μὲν ὑμῖν πάντες πάντα τὰ προσταττόμενα ἄπρο
NAA περιβλέπωσι δὲ πάντες, ὑπανιστῶνται
' ἀπὸ τῶν θάκων ὁδῶν τε παραχωρῶσι, γεραί-
poc. δὲ καὶ λόγοις καὶ ἔργοις πάντες οἱ παρόντες
ἀεὶ ὑμᾶς: τοιαῦτα γὰρ δὴ ποιοῦσι τοῖς τυράννοις
οἱ ἀρχόμενοι καὶ ἄλλον ὅντιν᾽ ἂν ἀεὶ τιμῶντες
τυγχάνωσι. καὶ γάρ μοι δοκεῖ, ὦ Ἱέρων, τούτ
διαφέρειν ἀνὴρ τῶν ἄλλων ζῴων, τῷ τιμῆς ὀρέ-
γεσθαι. ἐπεὶ σιτίοις γε καὶ ποτοῖς καὶ ὕπνοις
καὶ ἀφροδισίοις πάντα ὁμοίως ἥδεσθαι ἔοικε τὰ
ζῷα: ἡ δὲ φιλοτιμία οὔτ᾽ ἐν τοῖς ἀλόγοις ζῴοις
ἐμφύεται οὔτ᾽ ἐν ἅπασιν ἀνθρώποις: οἷς δ᾽ ἂν
ἐμφύῃ τιμῆς τε καὶ ἐπαίνου ἔρως, οὗτοί εἰσιν
ἤδη οἱ πλεῖστον μὲν τῶν βοσκημάτων διαφέροντες,
ἄνδρες δὲ καὶ οὐκέτι ἄνθρωποι μόνον νομιζόμενοι.
ὥστε ἐμοὶ μὲν εἰκότως δοκεῖτε ταῦτα πάντα ὗὑπο-
μένειν, ἃ φέρετε ἐν τῇ τυραννίδι, ἐπείπερ τιμᾶσθε
διαφερόντως τῶν ἄλλων ἀνθρώπων. καὶ γὰρ
-
26
ilia nib cendiusdilitenime 35 nc | | i o
HIERO, vti. 16-vit. 4
reluctant to slaughter him on account of his good
qualities, and yet his anxiety lest the animalmay work
some fatal mischief in a moment of danger will make
him reluctant to keep him alive and use him. Yes,
and this is equally true of all possessions that are
troublesome as well as useful: it is painful to
them, and painful to get rid of them."
VII. These statements drew from Simonides the
following reply: “Δ great thing, surely, Hiero, is
the honour for which men strive so earnestly that they
undergo any toil and endure any danger to win it!
And what if despotism brings all those troubles that
you tell of, yet such men as you, it seems, rush head-
long into it that you may have honour, that all men
may carry out your behests in all things without
question, that the eyes of all may wait on you, that all
may rise from their seats and make way for you,
that allin your presence may glorify you. by deed
and word alike. (Such, in fact, is the behaviour of
subjects to despots and to anyone else who
16
happens to be their hero at the moment.) For3
indeed it seems to me, Hiero, that in this man differs
from other animals—I mean, in this craving for
- honour. In meat and drink and sleep and love all
creatures alike seem to take pleasure; but love of
honour is rooted neither in the brute beasts nor in
every human being. But they in whom is implanted
a passion for honour and praise, these are they who
differ most from the beasts of the field, these are
accounted men and not mere human beings! And
so, in my opinion, you have good reason for bearing
all those burdens that despotism lays on you, in that
you are honoured above all other men. For no
1 Cyropaedia, 1. vi. 25.
37
XENOPHON
οὐδεμία ἀνθρωπίνη ἡδονὴ τοῦ θείου ἐγγυτέρω
δοκεῖ εἶναι ἢ ἡ περὶ τὰς τιμὰς εὐφροσύνη.
δ Πρὸς ταῦτα δὴ εἶπεν ὁ 'lépov: ᾿Αλλ᾽, ὦ Σι-
μωνίδη, καὶ αἱ τιμαὶ τῶν τυράννων ὅμοιαι ἐμοὶ
δοκοῦσιν εἶναι olámep ἐγώ σοι τὰ ἀφροδίσια ὄντα
6 αὐτῶν ἀπέδειξα. οὔτε γὰρ αἱ μὴ ἐξ ἀντιφιλούν-
rev ὑπουργίαι χάριτες ἡμῖν ἐδόκουν εἶναι οὔτε
τὰ ἀφροδίσια τὰ βίαια ἡδέα ἐφαίνετο. ὡσαύτως
τοίνυν οὐδὲ αἱ ὑπουργίαι αἱ παρὰ τῶν φοβου-
7 μένων τιμαί εἰσι. πῶς γὰρ ἂν φαίημεν ἢ τοὺς
βίᾳ ἐξανισταμένους θάκων διὰ τὸ τιμᾶν TO
ἀδικοῦντας ἐξανίστασθαι ἢ τοὺς ὁδῶν παρα-
χωροῦντας τοῖς κρείττοσι διὰ τὸ τιμᾶν τοὺς ἀδι-
8 κοῦντας παραχωρεῖν ; καὶ δῶρά γε διδόασιν οἱ
πολλοὶ τούτοις, οὺς μισοῦσι, καὶ ταῦτα ὅταν
μάλιστα φοβῶνται, μή τι κακὸν ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν πά-
θωσιν. ἀλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν οἶμαι δουλείας ἔργα
εἰκότως ἂν νομίζοιτο' αἱ δὲ τιμαὶ ἔμοιγε δοκοῦσιν
9 ἐκ τῶν ἐναντίων τούτοις γίγνεσθαι. ὅταν γὰρ ἄν-
θρωποι ἄνδρα ἡγησάμενοι εὐεργετεῖν ἱκανὸν εἶναι
καὶ ἀπολαύειν αὐτοῦ ἀγαθὰ νομίσαντες ἔπειτα
τοῦτον ἀνὰ στόμα τε ἔχωσιν ἐπαινοῦντες θεῶνταί
T αὐτὸν ὡς οἰκεῖον ἕκαστος ἀγαθὸν ἑκόντες τε
παραχωρῶσι τούτῳ ὁδῶν καὶ θάκων ὑπανιστῶν-
ται φιλοῦντές τε καὶ μὴ φοβούμενοι καὶ στεφανῶσι
κοινῆς ἀρετῆς καὶ εὐεργεσίας ἕνεκα καὶ δωρεῖσθαι
ἐθέλωσιν, οἱ αὐτοὶ οὗτοι ἔμοιγε δοκοῦσι τιμᾶν
τε τοῦτον ἀληθῶς, οἱ ἂν τοιαῦτα ὑπουργήσωσε,
10 καὶ ὁ τούτων ἀξιούμενος τιμᾶσθαι τῷ ὄντι. καὶ
ἔγωγε τὸν μὲν οὕτω τιμώμενον μακαρίξω: ai-
σθάνομαι γὰρ αὐτὸν οὐκ ἐπιβουλευόμενον, ἀλλὰ
φροντιζόμενον, μή τι πάθῃ, καὶ ἀφόβως καὶ
38
y emnt eoe yn
(CS A48 DUAE AC tomm unm pun EC mtm tnn
,
HIERO, vir. 4-10
human joy seems to be more nearly akin to that of
heaven than the gladness which attends upon
honours." *
To this Hiero replied: * Ah, Simonides, Hin k 5
even the honours enjoyed by despots bear a close
resemblance to their courtships, as 1 have described
them to vou. πε services of the indifferent 6
seemed to us not acts of grace, and favours extorted
appeared to give no pleasure. And so it is with the
services proffered by men in fear: they are not
honours. For how can we say that men who are 7
forced to rise from their seats rise to honour their
oppressors, or that men who make way for their
superiors desire to honour their oppressors? And as 8
for presents, most men offer them to one whom they
hate,and that too at the moment when they have cause
to fear some evil at his hands. These acts, I suppose,
may not unfairly be taken for acts of servility ; but
honours, I should say, express the very opposite feel-
ings. For whenever men feel that some person is 9
competent to be their benefactor, and come to regard
. himas the fountain of blessings, so that henceforward
his praise is ever on their lips, everyone of them
looks, on him as his peculiar blessing, they make
way for him spontaneously and rise from their seats,
through love and not through fear, crown him for
his generosity and beneficence, and bring him freewill
offerings, these same men in my opinion, honour
that person truly by such services, and he who is
accounted worthy of them is honoured in very deed.
And, for myself, I count him a happy man who is 10
honoured thus; for I perceive that, instead of being
exposed to treason, he is an object of solicitude,
lest harm befall him, and he lives his life unassailed
39
11
12
13
XENOPHON
ἀνεπιφθόνως kal ἀκινδύνως καὶ εὐδαιμόνως τὸν
βίον διάγοντα: ὁ δὲ τύραννος ὡς ὑπὸ πάντων
ἀνθρώπων κατακεκριμένος δι’ ἀδικίαν ἀποθνή-
cketv οὕτως, ὦ Σιμωνίδη, εὖ ἴσθι καὶ νύκτα καὶ
ἡμέραν διάγει.
, M * ^ , , € ,
Ἐπεὶ δὲ ταῦτα πάντα διήκουσεν ὁ Σιμωνίδης,
Καὶ πῶς, ἔφη, ὦ ἹἹέρων, εἰ οὕτως πονηρόν ἐστὶ
τὸ τυραννεῖν καὶ τοῦτο σὺ ἔγνωκας, οὐκ ἀπαλ-
λάττῃ οὕτω μεγάλου κακοῦ οὔτε σὺ οὔτε ἄλλος
μὲν δὴ οὐδεὶς πώποτε ἑκὼν εἶναι τυραννίδος
ἀφεῖτο, ὅσπερ ἅπαξ ἐκτήσατο;
Ὅτε, ἔφη, ὦ Σιμωνίδη, καὶ ταύτῃ ἀθλιώτατόν
ἐστιν ἡ τυραννίς" οὐδὲ γὰρ ἀπαλλαγήναι δυνατὸν
αὐτῆς ἐστι. πῶς γὰρ ἄν τίς ποτε ἐξαρκέσειε
τύραννος ἢ χρήματα ἐκτίνων ὅσους ἀφείλετο
ἢ δεσμοὺς ἀντιπάσχοι ὅσους δὴ ἐδέσμευσεν ἢ
ὅσους κατέκανε πῶς ἂν ἱκανὰς ψυχὰς ἀντιπαρά-
exovro ἀποθανουμένας ; ἀλλ᾽ εἴπερ τῳ ἄλλῳ, ὦ
^ ,
Σιμωνίδη, λυσιτελεῖ ἀπάγξασθαι, ἴσθι, ἔφη,
ὅτε τυράννῳ ἔγωγε εὑρίσκω μάλιστα τοῦτο λυσι-
τελοῦν ποιῆσαι. μόνῳ γὰρ αὐτῷ οὔτε ἔχειν οὔτε
καταθέσθαι τὰ κακὰ λυσιτελεῖ.
VIII. Καὶ ὁ Σιμωνίδης ὑπολαβὼν εἶπεν" ᾿Αλλὰ
τὸ μὲν νῦν, ὦ Ἱέρων, ἀθύμως ἔχειν σε πρὸς
τὴν τυραννίδα οὐ θαυμάζω, ἐπείπερ ἐπιθυμῶν
φιλεῖσθαι ὑπ᾽ ἀνθρώπων ἐμποδών σοι τούτου
νομίζεις αὐτὴν εἶναι. ἐγὼ μέντοι ἔχειν μοι δοκῶ
διδάξαι σε, ὡς τὸ ἄρχειν οὐδὲν ἀποκωλύει τοῦ
φιλεῖσθαι, ἀλλὰ καὶ πλεονεκτεῖ γε τῆς ἰδιωτείας.
ἐπισκοποῦντες δὲ αὐτὸ εἰ οὕτως ἔχει μήπω ἐκεῖνο
σκοπῶμεν, εἰ διὰ τὸ μεῖζον δύνασθαι ὁ ἄρχων
καὶ χαρίζεσθαι πλείω δύναιτ᾽ ἄν, ἀλλ᾽ ἂν τὰ
40
HIERO, vn. ro-vi. 2 -
by fear and malice and danger, and enjoys unbroken
happiness. But what is the despot'ss lot? I tell
you, Simonides, he lives day and night like one
condemned by the judgment of all men to die for his
wickedness."
When Simonides had listened to all this he asked :
* Pray, how comes it, Hiero, if despotism is a thing
so vile, and this is your verdict, that you do not rid
yourself of so great an evil, and that none other,
for that matter, who has once acquired it, ever yet
surrendered despotic power? "'
* Simonides," said he, *this is the crowning
misery of despotic power, that it cannot even be
got rid of. For how could any despot ever find
means to repay in full all whom he has robbed, or
himself serve all the terms of imprisonment that
he has inflicted? Or how could he forfeit a life
for every man whom he has put to death? Ah,
Simonides," he cried, *if it profits any man to
hang himself, know what my finding is: a despot
as most to gain by it, since he alone can neither
keep nor lay down his troubles with profit."
VIII. * Well, Hiero," retorted Simonides, “1
am not surprised that you are out of heart with
despotism for the moment, since you hofd that it
cuts you off from gaining the affection of mankind,
which you covet. Nevertheless, I think I can. show.
you that rule so far from being a bar to popularity,
actually has the advantage of a citizen's life. In 2
trying to discover whether this is so, let us for
the time being pass over the question whether
the ruler, because of his greater power,.is able to
'confer more favours. Assume that the citizen and
41
IN
XENOPHON
ὅμοια ποιῶσιν ὅ τε ἰδιώτης καὶ ὁ τύραννος, ἐννόει,
πότερος μείζω ἀπὸ τῶν ἴσων κτᾶται χάριν. |
Αρξομαι δέ σοι ἀπὸ τῶν μικροτάτων παρα-
δειγμάτων. ἰδὼν γὰρ πρῶτον προσειπάτω τινὰ
φιλικῶς ὅ τε ἄρχων καὶ ὁ ἰδιώτης. ἐν τούτῳ
^ , , ^ , *
τὴν ποτέρου πρόσρησιν μᾶλλον εὐφραίνειν τὸν
ἀκούσαντα νομίζεις ; ἴθε δὴ ἐπαινεσάντων ἀμ-
φοτέρων τὸν αὐτὸν τὸν ποτέρου δοκεῖς ἔπαινον
ἐξικνεῖσθαι μᾶλλον εἰς εὐφροσύνην ; θύσας δὲ
τιμησάτω ἑκάτερος: τὴν παρὰ ποτέρου τιμὴν
μείζονος ἂν χάριτος δοκεῖς τυγχάνειν ; κάμνοντα
θεραπευσάτωσαν ὁμοίως" οὐκοῦν τοῦτο σαφές,
ὅτι αἱ ἀπὸ τῶν δυνατωτάτων θεραπεῖαι καὶ χαρὰν
ἐμποιοῦσι μεγίστην ; δότωσαν δὴ τὰ ἴσα' οὐ
M 3 , , e δὲ ν᾿ A ^ ,
καὶ ἐν τούτῳ σαφές, ὅτι αἱ ἀπὸ τῶν δυνατωτά-
E ᾿ . ΄ / Àow N ^
TOV ἡμίσειαι χάριτες πλέον ἢ ὅλον τὸ παρὰ τοῦ
ἰδιώτου δώρημα δύνανται; ἀλλ᾽ ἔμοιγε δοκεῖ
καὶ ἐκ θεῶν τιμή τις καὶ χάρις συμπαρέπεσθαι
ἀνδρὶ ἄρχοντι. μὴ γὰρ ὅτι καλλίονα ποιεῖ ἄνδρα,
f ^ , ;
ἀλλὰ kai τὸν αὐτὸν τοῦτον ἥδιον θεώμεθά Te
ftrt
ὅταν ἄρχη ἢ ὅταν ἰδιωτεύῃ διαλεγομενοί τε ἀγαλ-
, ^ , ^ ^ ,
λόμεθα τοῖς προτετιμημένοις μᾶλλον ἢ τοῖς ἐκ
τοῦ ἴσου ἡμῖν οὖσι. καὶ μὴν παιδικά γε, ἐν οἷς
^ ;
δὴ καὶ σὺ μάλιστα κατεμέμψω τὴν τυραννίδα,
^ , [4
ἥκιστα μὲν γῆρας ἄρχοντος δυσχεραίνει, ἥκιστα
» 7 ^ ^ ^ , € "n ri .
ὃ αἰσχος, πρὸς ὃν ἂν τυγχάνῃ ομιλῶν, τούτου
ὑπολογίζεται. αὐτὸ γὰρ τὸ τετιμῆσθαι μάλιστα
42
πα ὩΣ ΨΥ ΡΨ Ψ ΨΨΨ ᾽ν «νυ Ψ Ὡ»ϑϑσ»
HIERO, vii. 2-6
the ihe despot act alike, and consider which of the two
— H— M Án
the greater measure of gratitude from the same
. actions.
* You shall have the most trifling examples to
- begin with. First, suppose that two men greet 3
. someone with a friendly remark on seeing him.
. One is a ruler, the other a citizen. ln this
.ease which greeting, do you think, is the more
delightful to the hearer? Or again, both commend
the same man. Which commendation, do you
think, is the more welcome? Suppose that each
does the honours when he offers sacrifice. Which
invitation, think you, wil be accepted with the
"more sincere thanks? Suppose they are equally 4
attentive to a sick man. Is it not obvious that
the attentions of the mightiest bring most comfort
ἕο the patient? Suppose they give presents of
value. Is it not clear in this case too that
- half the number of favours bestowed by the mightiest
- eount for more than the whole of the plain citizen's
gun? Nay, to my way of thinking, even the gods 5
- cause a peculiar honour and favour to dance atten-
Bunce on a great ruler. For not only does rule
add dignity of presence to a man, but we find
more pleasure in the sight of that man when he
ds a ruler than when he is a mere citizen, and we take
more pride in the conversation of those who rank
-above us than in that of our equals. &And6
| favourites, mark you, who were the subject of your
bitterest complaint against despotism, are not
offended by old age in a ruler, and take no account
οὗ ugliness in the patron with whom they happen
to be associated. For high rank in itself is a most
-Striking embellishment to the person: it casts a
43
oo
e
10
XENOPHON
συνεπικοσμεῖ, ὥστε τὰ μὲν δυσχερῆ ἀφανίξειν,
τὰ δὲ καλὰ λαμπρότερα ἀναφαίνειν. οπότε γε
μὴν ἐκ τῶν ἴσων ὑπουργημάτων μειζόνων
δ ἡ
αρίτων ὑμεῖς τυγχάνετε, πῶς οὐκ ἐπειδάν γε,
ὑμεῖς πολλαπλάσια μὲν διαπράττοντες ὠφελεῖν
δύνησθε, πολλαπλάσια δὲ δωρεῖσθαι ἔχητε,
ὑμᾶς καὶ πολὺ μᾶλλον φιλεῖσθαι τῶν ἰδιωτῶν
προσήκει; ͵
Καὶ ὁ Ἱέρων εὐθὺς ὑπολαβών, Ὅτε νὴ AC,
ἔφη, ὦ Σιμωνίδη, καὶ ἐξ ὧν ἀπεχθάνονται ἄν-
θρωποι, ἡμᾶς πολὺ πλείω τῶν ἰδιωτῶν ἀνάγκη͵
ἐστὶ πραγματεύεσθαι. πρακτέον μέν γε χρήματα,
εἰ μέλλομεν ἕξειν δαπανᾶν εἰς τὰ δέοντα, ἀναγ-
καστέον δὲ φυλάττειν ὅσα δεῖται φυλακῆς, o-
λαστέον δὲ τοὺς ἀδίκους, κωλυτέον δὲ τοὺς
ὑβρίζειν βουλομένους, καὶ ὅταν γε τάχους καιρὸς
παραστῇ ἢ πεζῇ ἢ κατὰ θάλατταν ἐξορμᾶσθαι,
οὐκ ἐπιτρεπτέον τοῖς ῥᾳδιουργοῦσιν. ἔτι δὲ
μισθοφόρων μὲν ἀνδρὶ τυράννῳ δεῖ τούτου δὲ
βαρύτερον φόρημα οὐδέν ἐστι τοῖς πολίταις. οὐ
γὰρ τυράννοις ἰσοτιμίας,1 ἀλλὰ πλεονεξίας ἕνεκα
νομίζουσι τούτους τρέφεσθαι.
ΙΧ. Πρὸς ταῦτα δὴ πάλιν εἶπεν ὁ Σιμωνίδης"
᾽᾿Αλλ᾽ ὅπως μὲν οὐ πάντων τούτων ἐπιμελητέον,
ὦ Ἱέρων, οὐ λέγω. ἐπιμέλειαι μέντοι μοι δο-
κοῦσιν αἱ μὲν πάνυ πρὸς ἔχθραν ἄγειν, αἱ δὲ
πάνυ διὰ χαρίτων εἶναι. τὸ μὲν γὰρ διδάσκειν
ἅ ἐστι βέλτιστα καὶ τὸν κάλλιστα ταῦτα
ἐξεργαζόμενον ἐπαινεῖν καὶ τιμᾶν, αὕτη μὲν
1 ἰσοτιμίας of an inferior MS. is doubtless a conjecture.
S. gives ἰσοτίμους with B and a later hand in ἃ, The
44
HIERO, vin. 6-ix. 2
— Shade over anything repulsive in him and shows up
. his best features in a high light. Moreover, inas- 7
much as equal services rendered by you rulers are
rewarded with deeper gratitude, surely, when you
. have the power of doing far more for others by
your activities, and can lavish far more gifts on
- them, it is natural that you should be much more
- deeply loved than private citizens."
. Hiero instantly rejoined: * Indeed it is not so, 8
. Simonides ; for we are forced to engage far oftener *
- than private citizens in transactions that make men
hated. Thus, we must extort money in order to 9
. find the cash to pay for what we want: we must
. eompel men to guard whatever needs protection :
- we must punish wrongdoers; we must check those
- who would fain wax insolent ; and when a crisis arises
. that calls for the immediate despatch of forces by
land and sea, we must see that there is no dilly-dally-
ing. Further, ἃ great despot must needs have mer- 10
cenaries; and no burden presses more heavily on
- the citizens than that, since they believe that these
- Hiero, I do not deny that all these matters must
- receive attention. But I should divide a ruler's
- activities into two classes, those that lead inevitably
- to unpopularity, and those that are greeted with
- thanks. The duty of teaching the people what 2
.things are best, and of dispensing praise and
"honour to those who accomplish the same most
original reading in A was ἰσότιμος. The best conjecture is
Still τιμῆς.
45
—À
e
XENOPHON
ἡ ἐπιμέλεια διὰ χαρίτων γίγνεται, τὸ δὲ τὸν
ἐνδεῶς TL ποιοῦντα λοιδορεῖν τε καὶ. ἀναγκάζειν
καὶ ζημιοῦν καὶ κολάζειν, ταῦτα δὲ ἀνάγκη
δι᾿ ἀπεχθείας μᾶλλον γίγνεσθαι. ἐγὼ οὖν
φημι ἀνδρὶ ἄρχοντι τὸν μὲν ἀνάγκης δεόμενον
ἄλλοις προστακτέον εἶναι κολάξειν, τὸ δὲ τὰ
ἄθλα ἀποδιδόναι 0v αὑτοῦ ποιητέον. ὡς δὲ
ταῦτα καλῶς ἔχει, μαρτυρεῖ τὰ γιγνόμενα. καὶ
- yàp ὅ ὅταν χοροὺς ἡμῖν βουλώμεθα ἀγωνίζεσθαι,
e
-1
ἄθλα μὲν ὁ ἄρχων προτίθησιν, ἀθροίζειν δὲ
αὐτοὺς προστέτακται χορηγοῖς καὶ ἄλλοις δι-
δάσκειν καὶ ἀνάγκην προστιθέναι τοῖς ἐνδεῶς τί
ποιοῦσιν. οὐκοῦν εὐθὺς ἐν τούτοις τὸ μὲν ἐπί-
χαρι διὰ τοῦ “ἄρχοντος ἐγένετο, τὰ δ᾽ ἀντίτυπα
δι᾿ ἄλλων. τί οὖν κωλύει καὶ τἄλλα τὰ πολιτικὰ
οὕτως περαίνεσθαι ; διήρηνται μὲν γὰρ ἅπασαι αἱ
πόλεις αἱ μὲν κατὰ φυλάς, αἱ δὲ κατὰ μόρας, αἱ
δὲ κατὰ λόχους, καὶ ἄρχοντες ἐφ᾽ ἑκάστῳ μέρει
ἐφεστήκασιν. οὐκοῦν εἴ τις καὶ τούτοις ὥσπερ
τοῖς χοροῖς ἄθλα προτιθείη καὶ εὐοπλίας καὶ
εὐταξίας καὶ ἱππικῆς καὶ ἀλκῆς τῆς ἐν πολέμῳ
καὶ δικαιοσύνης τῆς ἐν τοῖς συμβολαίοις, εἰκὸς καὶ
ταῦτα πάντα διὰ φιλονικίαν ἐντόνως ἀσκεῖσθαι.
καὶ ναὶ μὰ Δία ὁρμῷντό γ᾽ ἂν θᾶττον ὅποι δέοι
τιμῆς ὀρεγόμενοι καὶ χρήματα θᾶττον εἰσφέροιεν,
ὁπότε τούτου καιρὸς εἴη, καὶ τὸ πάντων γε χρη-
σιμώτατον, ἥκιστα δὲ εἰθισμένον διὰ φιλονικίας
πράττεσθαι, ἡ γεωργία αὐτὴ ἂν πολὺ ἐπιδοίη,
1 τὸν μὲν Thalheim: τὸ μὲν MSS.: τὸ μὲν τὸν S., after
Stephanus.
46
πὰ μὰ
χω πώλων.
φῦναι". m.
HIERO, IX. 2-7
efficiently, is a form of activity that is greeted with
thanks. The duty of pronouncing censure, using
coercion, inflicting pains &nd penalties on those who
come short in any respect, is one that must of
necessity give rise tó a certain amount of unpopularity.
Therefore my sentence is that a great ruler should 3
delegate to others the task of punishing those who
require to be coerced, and should reserve to himself
the privilege of awarding the prizes. The excel-
lence of this arrangement is established by daily
experience. Thus, when we want to have a choral 4
competition, the ruler offers prizes, but the task of
assembling the choirs is delegated to choir-masters,
and others have the task of training them and
eoercing those who come short in any respect.
Obviously, then, in this case, the pleasant part falls
to the ruler, the disagreeables fall to others. Why, 5
then, should not all other public affairs be managed
on this principle? For all communities are divided
into parts—.tribes, wards, *unions, as the
case may be—and every one of these parts is subject
to its appointed ruler. 1f, then, the analogy of the 6
choruses were followed and prizes were offered to
these parts for excellence of equipment, good
discipline, horsemanship, courage in the field and
fair dealing in business, the natural outcome would
be competition, and consequently an earnest en-
deavour to improve in all these respects too. And 7
asa matter of course, with the prospect of reward
there would be more despatch in starting for the
appointed place, and greater promptitude in the
payment of war taxes, whenever occasion required.
Nay, agriculture itself, most useful of all occupa-
tions, but just the one in which the spirit of
47
XENOPHON
εἴ τις ἄθλα προτιθείη κατ᾽ ἀγροὺς ἢ κατὰ κώμας
τοῖς κάλλιστα τὴν γῆν ἐξεργαζομένοις, καὶ τοῖς
εἰς τοῦτο τῶν πολιτῶν “ἐρρωμένως τρεπομένοις
8 πολλὰ ἂν ἀγαθὰ περαίνοιτο. καὶ γὰρ αἱ πρόσοδοι
αὔξοιντ᾽ ἄν, καὶ ἡ σωφροσύνη πολὺ μᾶλλον τῇ
ἀσχολίᾳ συμπαρομαρτεῖ. καὶ μὴν κακουργίαι γε
9 ἧττον τοῖς ἐνεργοῖς ἐμφύονται. εἰ δὲ καὶ ἐμπορία
10
ll
, ^ , , »* € ^ ^
ὠφελεῖ TL πόλιν, τιμώμενος ἂν ὁ πλεῖστα τοῦτο
^ ^ , , , , , » ^
ποιῶν καὶ ἐμπόρους ἂν πλείους ἀγείροι. εἰ δὲ
φανερὸν γένοιτο, ὅτι καὶ ὁ πρόσοδόν τινα ἄλυπον
ἐξ , ^ )À€ , ὑδ᾽ e à e
ἐξευρίσκων τῇ πόλει τιμήσεται, οὐδ᾽ αὕτη ἂν ἡ
3 ^ e ἈΝ , , ^ ,
σκέψις ἀργοῖτο. ὡς δὲ συνελόντι εἰπεῖν, εἰ kai
κατὰ πάντα ἐμφανὲς εἴη, ὅτι ὁ ἀγαθόν τι εἰση-
γούμενος οὐκ ἀτίμητος ἔσται, πολλοὺς ἂν καὶ
τοῦτο ἐξορμήσειεν ἔργον ποιεῖσθαι τὸ σκοπεῖν
τι ἀγαθόν. καὶ ὅταν γε πολλοῖς περὶ τῶν ὠφε-
XL A, , , Lj , θ , NA. i
(uev μέλῃ, ἀνάγκη εὑρίσκεσθαί τε μᾶλλον κα
ἐπιτελεῖσθαι.
Ei δὲ φοβεῖ, ὦ Ἱέρων, μὴ ἐν πολλοῖς ἄθλων
προτιθεμένων; πολλαὶ δαπάναι γίγνωνται, ἐν-
νόησον, ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμπορεύματα λυσιτελέσ-
τερα ἢ ὅσα ἄνθρωποι ἄθλων ὠνοῦνται. ὁρᾷς ἐν
ἱππικοῖς καὶ γυμνικοῖς καὶ χορηγικοῖς ἀγῶσιν ὡς
μικρὰ ἄθλα μεγάλας δαπάνας καὶ πολλοὺς πόνους
καὶ πολλὰς ἐπιμελείας ἐξάγεται ἀνθρώπων ;
X. Καὶ ὁ Ἱέρων εἶπεν ᾿Αλλὰ ταῦτα μέν, ὦ
, ^ ^ , E b! ^
Σιμωνίδη, καλῶς μοι δοκεῖς Aéyyeu' περὶ δὲ τῶν
^ ^ ,
μισθοφόρων ἔχεις τι εἰπεῖν, ὡς μὴ μισεῖσθαι δι
1 προτιθεμένων Cobit : προτεθειμένων S. with the MSS.
48
Ὄπ στ“ oon MM —————————ÓÁ
HIERO, 1x. 7-x. 1
competition is conspicuous by its absence, would
make great progress if prizes were offered for the
farm or the village that can show the best
cultivation, and many good results would follow
for those citizens who threw themselves vigorously
into this occupation. For apart from the χρῆν ἐγ ΒΗ 8
increase in the revenues, sobriety far more commonly
goes with industry; and remember, vices rarely
flourish among the fully employed. If commerce 9
also brings gain to a city, the award of honours for
diligence in business would attract a larger number
to a commercial career. And were it made clear
that the discovery of some way of raising revenue
without hurting anyone will also be rewarded, this
field of research too would not be unoccupied. In
a word, once it becomes clear in every department
that any good suggestion will not go unrewarded,
many will be encouraged by that knowledge to
apply themselves to some promising form of
investigation. And when there is a wide-spread
interest in useful subjects, an increase of discovery
and achievement is bound to come.
** [n case you fear, Hiero, that the cost of offering
prizes for many subjects may prove heavy, you
should reflect that no commodities are cheaper
than those that are bought for a prize. "Think of
the large sums that men are induced to spend on
horse-races, gymnastic and choral competitions, and
the long course of training and practice they
undergo for the sake of a paltry prize.'
X. * Well, Simonides," said Hiero, “1 think you
are right in saying that. But what about the
mercenaries ἢ Can you tell me how to employ
them without incurring unpopularity? Or do you
49
—
XENOPHON
αὐτούς ; ἢ λέγεις, ὡς φιλίαν κτησάμενος ἄρχων
οὐδὲν ἔτι δεήσεται δορυφόρων ; Kar
2 Nai uà Δία, εἶπεν ὁ Σιμωνίδης, δεήσεται μὲν οὖν.
οἶδα γάρ, ὅτι ὥσπερ ἐν ἵπποις οὕτως καὶ ἐν ἀνθρώ-
ποις τισὶν ἐγγίγνεται, ὅσῳ ἂν ἔκπλεα τὰ δέοντα
8 ἔχωσι, τοσούτῳ ὑβριστοτέροις εἶναι. τοὺς μὲν
οὖν τοιούτους μᾶλλον ἂν σωφρονίζοι ὁ ἀπὸ
τῶν δορυφόρων φόβος. τοῖς δὲ καλοῖς κἀγαθοῖς
ἀπ᾽ οὐδενὸς ἄν μοι δοκεῖς τοσαῦτα ὠφελήματα
4 παρασχεῖν ὅσα ἀπὸ τῶν μισθοφόρων. τρέφεις
μὲν γὰρ δήπου καὶ σὺ αὐτοὺς σαυτῷ φύλακας"
ἤδη δὲ πολλοὶ καὶ δεσπόται βίᾳ ὑπὸ τῶν δούλων
ἀπέθανον. εἰ οὖν ἕν πρῶτον τοῦτ᾽ εἴη τῶν
προστεταγμένων τοῖς μισθοφόροις, ὡς πάντων
ὄντας δορυφόρους τῶν πολιτῶν βοηθεῖν πᾶσιν,
ἄν τι τοιοῦτον αἰσθάνωνται" γίγνονται δέ που,
ὡς πάντες ἐπιστάμεθα, κακοῦργοι ἐν πόλεσιν"
εἰ οὖν καὶ τούτους φυλάττειν εἶεν τεταγμένοι,
καὶ τοῦτ᾽ ἂν εἰδεῖεν ὑπ᾿ αὐτῶν ὠφελούμενοι.
b πρὸς δὲ τούτοις καὶ τοῖς ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ ἐργάταις
καὶ κτήνεσιν οὗτοι ἂν εἰκότως καὶ θάρρος καὶ
ἀσφάλειαν δύναιντο μάλιστα παρέχειν, ὁμοίως
μὲν τοῖς σοῖς ἰδίοις, ὁμοίως δὲ τοῖς ἀνὰ τὴν
χώραν. ἱκανοί γε μήν εἰσι καὶ σχολὴν παρέχειν
τοῖς πολίταις τῶν ἰδίων ἐπιμελεῖσθαι, τὰ ἐπί-
6 καιρα φυλάττοντες. πρὸς δὲ τούτοις καὶ πο-
λεμίων ἐφόδους κρυφαίας καὶ ἐξαπιναίας τίνες
ἑτοιμότεροι ἢ προαισθέσθαι ἢ κωλῦσαι τῶν ἂἄεὶ
ἐν ὅπλοις τε ὄντων καὶ συντεταγμένων ; ἀλλὰ
μὴν καὶ ἐν στρατείᾳ τί ἐστιν ὠφελιμώτερον πολί-
50
m"————————————————— ——
HIERO, x. 1-6
say that a ruler, once he becomes popular, will have
no further need of a bodyguard? "
* No, no, he will need them, of course," said 2
Simonides. **Forl know that some human beings
are like horses—the more they get what they want,
the more unruly they are apt to become. The way 3
to manage men like that is to put the fear of the
bodyguard into them. And as for the gentlemen,
you can probably confer greater benefits on them by
employing mercenaries than by any other means.
For I presume that you maintain the force primarily 4
to protect yourself. But masters have often been
murdered by their slaves. If therefore the first
duty enjoined on the mercenaries were to act as
the bodyguard of the whole community and render
help to all in case they got wind of any such .
intention—there are black sheep in every fold, as
we all know—[I say, if they were under orders to
guard the citizens as well as the depot, the citizens
would know that this is one service rendered to
them by the mercenaries. Nor is this all: for65
naturally the mercenaries would also be able to
give fearlessness and security in the fullest measure
to the labourers and cattle in the country, and the
benefit would not be confined to your own estates,
but would be felt up and down the countryside.
Again, they are competent to afford the citizens
leisure for attending to their private affairs by
guarding the' vital positions. Besides, should an
enemy plan a secret and sudden attack, what
bandier agents can be found for detecting or pre-
venting their design than a standing force, armed
and organized? ΟΥ̓ once more, when the citizens go
campaigning, what is more useful to them than mer-
51
ω
]
XENOPHON
ταις μισθοφόρων ; τούτους γὰρ προπονεῖν καὶ
προκινδυνεύειν καὶ προφυλάττειν εἰκὸς ἑτοιμο-
τάτους εἶναι. τὰς δὲ ἀγχιτέρμονας πόλεις οὐκ
ἀνάγκη διὰ τοὺς ἀεὶ ἐν ὅπλοις ὄντας καὶ εἰρήνης
μάλιστα ἐπιθυμεῖν ; οἱ γὰρ συντεταγμένοι καὶ
σώζειν τὰ τῶν φίλων μάλιστα καὶ σφάλλειν τὰ
τῶν πολεμίων δύναιντ᾽ ἄν. ὅταν γε μὴν γνῶσιν
οἱ πολῖται, ὅτι οὗτοι κακὸν μὲν οὐδὲν ποιοῦσι
τὸν μηδὲν ἀδικοῦντα, τοὺς δὲ κακουργεῖν βουλομέ-
νους κωλύουσι, βοηθοῦσι δὲ τοῖς ἀδικουμένοις,
προνοοῦσι δὲ καὶ προκινδυνεύουσι τῶν πολιτῶν,
πῶς οὐκ ἀνάγκη καὶ δαπανᾶν εἰς τούτους ἥδιστα;
τρέφουσι γοῦν καὶ ἰδίᾳ ἐπὶ μείοσι τούτων φύλακας.
Xl. Χρὴ δέ, ὦ Ἱέρων, οὐδ᾽ ἀπὸ τῶν ἰδίων
κτημάτων ὀκνεῖν δαπανᾶν εἰς τὸ κοινὸν ἀγαθόν.
καὶ γὰρ ἔμοιγε δοκεῖ τὰ εἰς τὴν πόλιν ἀνα-
λούμενα μᾶλλον εἰς τὸ δέον τελεῖσθαι ἢ τὰ
εἰς τὸ ἴδιον ἀνδρὶ τυράννῳ. καθ᾽ ἕν δ᾽ ἕκαστον
σκοπῶμεν. οἰκίαν πρῶτον ὑπερβαλλούσῃ δα-
πάνῃ κεκαλλωπισμένην μᾶλλον ἡγῇ κόσμον ἄν
σοι παρέχειν ἢ πᾶσαν τὴν πόλιν τείχεσί τε καὶ
ναοῖς καὶ vacTáci! καὶ ἀγοραῖς καὶ λιμέσι
κατεσκευασμένην; ὅπλοις δὲ πότερον τοῖς ἐκπα-
γλοτάτοις αὐτὸς κατακεκοσμημένος δεινότερος
ἂν φαίνοιο τοῖς πολεμίοις ἢ τῆς πόλεως ὅλης
εὐόπλου σοι οὔσης ; προσόδους δὲ ποτέρως ἂν
δοκεῖς πλείονας γίγνεσθαι, εἰ τὰ σὰ ἴδια μόνον
ἐνεργὰ ἔχοις ἢ εἰ τὰ πάντων τῶν πολιτῶν
52
HIERO, x. 6-xt. 4
cenaries? For these are, as a matter of course, the
readiest to bear the brunt of toil and danger and
watching. And must not those who possess a 7
standing force impose on border states a strong
desire for peace? — For nothing equals an organized
body of men, whether for protecting the property of
friends or for thwarting the plans of enemies.
Further, when the citizens get it into their heads 8
that these troops do no harm to the innocent and
hold the would-be malefactor in check, come to the
rescue of the wronged, care for the citizens and
shield them from danger, surely they are bound to
pay the cost of them with a right good-will . At
all events they keep guards in their homes for less ᾿,
important objects than these. E
XL * Nor should you hesitate to draw on your
private property, Hiero, for the common good. Forin
my opinion the sums that a great despot spends on
the city are more truly necessary expenses than the
money he spends on himself. But let us go into 2
details. First, which do you suppose is likely to
bring you more credit, to own a palace adorned with
priceless objects of art, or to have the whole city
garnished with walls and temples and verandahs
and market-places and harbours? — Which will make 3
you look more terrible to the enemy, to dazzle all
beholders with your own glittering panoply, or to
present the whole of your people in goodly armour?
Which. plan, think you, will yield revenues more 4
abounding, to keep only your own capital employed,
or to contrive to bring the capital of all the citizens
1 παστάσι rests on the authority of Pollux: παραστάσι
S. with the MSS.
53
b
τι
10
XENOPHON
μεμηχανημένος εἴης ἐνεργὰ εἶναι ; τὸ δὲ πάντων
κάλλιστον καὶ μεγαλοπρεπέστατον νομιζόμενον
.
εἶναι ἐπιτήδευμα ἁρματοτροφίαν ποτέρως ἂν
δοκεῖς μᾶλλον κοσμεῖν, εἰ αὐτὸς πλεῖστα τῶν
€ , [τ , ^ /, *,
Βλλήνων ἅρματα τρέφοις τε καὶ πέμποις εἰς
^ / ^ ^ ;
τὰς πανηγύρεις ἢ εἰ ἐκ τῆς σῆς πόλεως πλεῖστοι
μὲν ἱπποτρόφοι εἶεν, πλεῖστοι δ᾽ ἀγωνίζοιντο ;
νικᾶν δὲ πότερα δοκεῖς κάλλιον εἶναι ἅρματος
ἀρετῇ ἢ πόλεως, ἧς προστατεύεις,. εὐδαιμονίᾳ ;
ἐγὼ μὲν γὰρ οὐδὲ προσήκειν φημὶ ἀνδρὶ τυράννῳ
πρὸς ἰδιώτας ἀγωνίζεσθαι. νικῶν μὲν γὰρ οὐκ
ἂν θαυμάξοιο, ἀλλὰ φθονοῖο, ὡς ἀπὸ πολλῶν
οἴκων τὰς δαπάνας ποιούμενος, νικώμενος δ᾽ ἂν
, , ^ , *, , , ,
πάντων μάλιστα καταγελῷο. ἀλλ, ἐγώ σοί
φημι, ὦ Ἱέρων, πρὸς ἄλλους προστάτας πόλεων
τὸν ἀγῶνα εἶναι, ὧν ἐὰν σὺ εὐδαιμονεστάτην
τὴν πόλιν, ἧς προστατεύεις, παρέχῃς, εὖ ἴσθι
νικῶν τῷ καλλίστῳ καὶ μεγαλοπρεπεστάτῳ ἐν
ἀνθρώποις ἀγωνίσματι. καὶ πρῶτον μὲν εὐθὺς
κατειργασμένος ἂν εἴης τὸ φιλεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν
ἀρχομένων, οὗ δὴ σὺ ἐπιθυμῶν τυγχάνεις" ἔπειτα
δὲ τὴν σὴν νίκην οὐκ ἂν εἷς εἴη ὁ ἀνακηρύττων,
, ^ , » € ^ XN ^ , ,
ἀλλὰ πάντες ἄνθρωποι ὑμνοῖεν ἂν τὴν σὴν ἀρετήν.
, MES! , [3 ^5 “ , H
περίβλεπτος δὲ ὧν οὐχ ὑπὸ ἰδιωτῶν μόνον, ἀλλὰ
καὶ ὑπὸ πολλῶν πόλεων ἀγαπῷο ἂν καὶ θαυμα-
^ , , , , , X M /,
στὸς οὐκ ἰδίᾳ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ δημοσίᾳ παρὰ
πᾶσιν ἂν εἴης, καὶ ἐξείη μὲν ἄν σοι ἕνεκεν
, , » , , ,
ἀσφαλείας, εἴ ποι βούλοιο, θεωρήσοντι πορεύ-
εσθαι, ἐξείη δ᾽ ἂν αὐτοῦ μένοντι τοῦτο πράττειν.
54
HIERO, xti. 4-10
into employment? . And what about the breeding 5
of chariot horses, commonly considered the noblest
and. grandest business in the world? By which
method. do you think you will gain most credit for
that, if you out-do all other Greeks in the number
of teams you breed. and send to the festivals, or if
the greatest number of breeders and the greatest
number of competitors are drawn from your city?
And how is the nobler victory gained, by the excel-
lence of your team, or by the prosperity of the
city of which you are the head? Indeed my own 6
opinion is that it is not even seemly for a great despot
to compete with private citizens. . For your victory
would excite envy rather than admiration, on the
ground that many estates supply the money that
you spend, and no defeat would.be greeted. with
so much ridicule as yours. I tell you, Hiero, 7
you have to compete with other heads of states,
and if you cause your state to surpass theirs in
prosperity, be well assured! that you are the victor
in the noblest and grandest competition in the
world. And in the first place you will forthwith 8
have secured just what you really want, the affection
of your subjects. Secondly, your vietory will not
be proclaimed by one herald's voice, but all the
world will tell of your virtue. The observed of 9
all observers' eyes, you will be a hero, not only to
private citizens, but to many Statés: you will be
admired not only in your home, but in public among
all men. | And you will be free to go wherever you 10
choose, so far as safety is concerned, to see the
sights, and equally free to enjoy them in your
1 But εὖ ἴσθι is not right. All the MSS. have εὖ ἔσει,
which perhaps conceals εὐδαίμων ἔσει, *' you will be happy.
being the victor."
55
11
12
13
14
15
XENOPHON
ἀεὶ γὰρ ἂν παρὰ σοὶ πανήγυρις εἴη τῶν βουλο-
μένων ἐπιδεικνύναι, εἴ τίς τι σοφὸν ἢ καλὸν ἢ
ἀγαθὸν ἔ ἔχοι, τῶν δὲ καὶ ἐπιθυμούντων ὑ ὑπηρετεῖν.
πᾶς δὲ ὁ μὲν παρὼν σύμμαχος ἂν εἴη got, ὁ δὲ
ἀπὼν ἐπιθυμοίη ἃ ἂν ἰδεῖν σε. -
“Ὥστε οὐ μόνον φιλοῖο ἄν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐρῷο ὑπ᾿
ἀνθρώπων, καὶ τοὺς καλοὺς οὐ πειρᾶν, ἀλλὰ
πειρώμενον ὑπ’ αὐτῶν ἀνέχεσθαι ἄν σε δέοι,
φόβον δὲ οὐκ ἂν ἔχοις, ἀλλ᾽ ἄλλοις παρέχοις,
μή τι πάθῃς, ἑ ἑκόντας δὲ τοὺς πειθομένους ἔ ἔχοις
ἂν καὶ ἐθελουσίως σου προνοοῦντας θεῷο à ἄν, εἰ
δέ τις κίνδυνος εἴη, οὐ συμμάχους μόνον,
ἀλλὰ καὶ προμάχους καὶ προθύμους ὁρῴης
ἄν, πολλῶν μὲν δωρεῶν ἀξιούμενος, οὐκ ἀπορῶν
δέ, ὅτῳ τούτων εὐμενεῖ μεταδώσεις, πάντας
μὲν συγ αίροντας ἔχων ἐπὶ τοῖς σοῖς “ἀγαθοῖς,
πάντας Ὦ πρὸ τῶν σῶν ὥσπερ τῶν ἰδίων
μαχομένους. θησαυρούς γε μὴν ἔχοις ἂν πάντας
τοὺς παρὰ τοῖς φίλοις πλούτους.
᾿Αλλὰ θαρρῶν, ὦ Ἱέρων, πλούτιζε μὲν τοὺς
φίλους" σαυτὸν γὰρ πλουτιεῖς" αὖξε au τὴν
πόλιν" σαυτῷ γὰρ δύναμιν περιάψεις" kTÀ δὲ
αὐτῇ συμμάχους" dii νόμιξε δὲ τὴν “μὲν πατρίδα
οἶκον, τοὺς δὲ πολίτας ἑταΐρους, τοὺς δὲ φίλους
τέκνα σεαυτοῦ, τοὺς δὲ παῖδας ὅτιπερ, τὴν
σὴν ψυχήν, καὶ τούτους πάντας πειρῶ νικᾶν εὖ
ποιῶν. ἐὰν γὰρ τοὺς φίλους κρατῇς εὖ ποιῶν
οὐ μή σοι δύνωνται ἀντέχειν οἱ πολέμιοι.
Kàv ταῦτα πάντα ποιῇς, εὖ ἴσθι πάντων τῶν
ἐν ἀνθρώποις κάλλιστον καὶ μακαριώτατον κτῆμα
κεκτήσῃ. εὐδαιμονῶν «yàp οὐ φθονηθήσῃ.
! Weiske indicates ἃ lacuna here : S. does not.
56
you, some eager to display something wise or beautiful
or good, others longing to serve you. Everyone
present will be an ally, everyone absent will long
to see you.
*Thus you will be not only the loved, but the
adored "οὗ mankind. You will need not to court
the fair, but to listen patiently to theirsuit. Anxiety
for your welfare will fall not on yourself, but
11
on others. You will have the willing obedience of 12
your subjects; you will mark their unsolicited care
for you; and should any danger arise, you will find
in them not merely allies, but champions and
zealots.| Accounted worthy of many gifts, and at
no loss for some man of goodwill with whom to
share them, you will find all rejoicing in your good
fortune, all fighting for your interests, as though
they were their own. And all the riches in the
houses of your friends will be yours in fee.
*'Take heart then, Hiero ; enrich your friends, for
so you will enrich yourself. Exalt the state, for so
will deck yourself with power. Get her allies
ἴδε so you will win supporters for yourself. Αο-
count the fatherland your estate, the citizens your
comrades, friends your own children, your sons
possessions dear as life. And try to surpass all these
in deeds of kindness. For if you out-do your friends
in kindness, it is certain that your enemies will not
be able to resist you.
* And if you do all these things, rest assured that
you will be possessed of the fairest and most blessed
possession in the world; for none will be jealous
of your happiness."
Ὁ Or *champions full of zeaL' The xal is not free from
suspicion.
14
51.
ΠῈΣ » 456 "*
af ὙΠΟ r9 xU
BA 4i D xhoF ΠῚ Tnss
(
"ne ἐκ Ἢ με
; dein. 5 alb fau ἦν
xard Aor ἰδ}. aut d 4 φῇ ;
ΠΡ ΑΗ Ato pri: Jit ES.
Xd Jo 25nóibada sw. 4i dta
o o0 utu badilosari aid yug. τ
: ba 4a Aic Up. X» 2s im "fus "bien
δ irs "aapliaado,,. dud eal l9T39* d
Wn bes «atis Yusin 38.3 τόν E IN
ἐφ gui Ww ditw lis boom, AC td
diooy Tuo. 1 tt dnio! ὙΠΟ Tfa, id Th
: "fiududs δι Aor ΠΕΣ Sog" iof 3" ΤῸ
6T ΠῚ ui dodatt Wii Hs DA ΝΟ 9nsds ;
AT S. eat ar eio ΠΤ δ ἯΙ ivi ab git ito -
i EI ibit ἘΝ Ue nor Ps E reris ESTE ut
oz TO gi sn ἨΈ χε ife τε χοῦς
-adcAeiila ἀντι da Ὁ s τὴν Are uale
δ ῃ d Σ peres τοῖς zy hus que. invi VAT. ura
^to etioNiTia 104 de83. (Hex. baa) dd S
RO? 1n ds ποτοῦ Jio. buco: xag a
ὙΦ δ ἈΞ 96} 7105 oli bo4.
ἀπ. ΔΙ way eobduo nay 3i 03
K^ toj ftw: e»iisns 1007 491 m 2.
τι
Ie» , sah Hid Jin. nt
pn P. us 341 to B4
xis qdT i δ SET |
od |
ioqei p
nis yr dons a den SET. ess ἢ. TUR hse δ A
un P
μεῖς. ayer pe bum
add IDA:
ἀν
{ |t K
, μὲ ἐν
Desire
D fadus
JM à "t : x
à σὐκόδ Kim f "25 ' Y dis. κα [ naypes mE.
A xw «(ἢ ^w Mesi pc, bo: EU
A; P? yv sois MEL qiet6n
eorr i^ s WP AJ b omms y [vri :
$m. «4T«D, etai n E gne cR: 4
EI rologuh. ios K ABL
ἔν. sept vast "Ks p aguar e
sie ie ife Ps ὰ "eiit qaes* dax "wan oA
y "Sito Tolg OT 53 c
Ed 0$ 2H DUM
΄
ἘΠῚ T SUR TAY. 2 Syn
t
Atya9 é Li X beso ME
rr oe Mix ,
RS jl mer 2 D dd an SIUS : |
de mreoxen ed 3T» "em oae qe1334 : "
"ros o0
ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ ATHZIAAOX
1. Οἶδα μέν, ὅτι τῆς ᾿Αγησιλάου ἀρετῆς τε καὶ
δόξης οὐ ῥάδιον ἄξιον ἔπαινον γράψαι, ὅμως
, , ^ » ,» w
δ᾽ ἐγχειρητέον' οὐ γὰρ àv καλῶς ἔχοι, εἰ ὅτι
τελέως ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς ἐγένετο, διὰ τοῦτο οὐδὲ
μειόνων τυγχάνοι ἐπαίνων.
Περὶ μὲν οὖν εὐγενείας αὐτοῦ τί ἄν τις μεῖζον
καὶ κάλλιον εἰπεῖν ἔχοι ἢ ὅτι ἔτι καὶ νῦν τοῖς
προγόνοις ὀνομαζομένοις ἀπομνημονεύεται, ὅπόσ-
τος ἀφ᾽ Ἡρακλέους ἐγένετο, καὶ τούτοις οὐκ
ἰδιώταις, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκ βασιλέων βασιλεῦσιν ; ἀλλὰ
^ »0* , ME ΝΜ /
μὴν οὐδὲ ταύτῃ γ᾽ ἄν τις ἔχοι καταμέμψασθαι
, , L4 , , , ^
αὐτούς, ὡς βασιλεύουσι μέν, πόλεως δὲ τῆς
ἐπιτυχούσης: ἀλλ᾽ ὥσπερ τὸ γένος αὐτῶν τῆς
πατρίδος ἐντιμότατον, οὕτω καὶ ἡ πόλις ἐν τῇ
€ , , /, [4 , ,
Ελλάδι ἐνδοξοτάτη: ὥστε οὐ δευτέρων πρω-
τεύουσιν, ἀλλ᾽ ἡγεμόνων ἡγεμονεύουσι. τῇδέ γε
μὴν καὶ κοινῇ ἄξιον ἐπαινέσαι τήν τε πατρίδα
καὶ τὸ γένος αὐτοῦ 7j τε γὰρ πόλις οὐδεπώποτε
φθονήσασα τοῦ προτετιμῆσθαι αὐτοὺς ἐπεχεί-
pnce καταλῦσαι τὴν ἀρχὴν αὐτῶν οἵ τε βασιλεῖς
οὐδεπώποτε μειζόνων ὠρέχθησαν ἢ ἐφ᾽ οἷσπερ
ἐξ ἀρχῆς τὴν βασιλείαν παρέλαβον. τοιγαροῦν
» b , / , ^ /, ,
ἄλλη μὲν οὐδεμία ἀρχὴ φανερά ἐστι διαγεγενη-
μένη ἀδιάσπαστος οὔτε δημοκρατία οὔτε ὀλι-
δο
AGESILAUS
I. I kxow how difficult it is to write an appreciation
of Agesilaus that shall be worthy of his virtue and
glory. Nevertheless the attempt must be made.
For it would not be seemly that so good a man, just
because of his perfection, should receive no tributes
of praise, however inadequate.
Now concerning his high birth what greater and 2
nobler could be said than this, that even to-day the
line of his descent from Heracles! is traced through
the roll of his ancestors, and those no simple citizens,
but kings and sons of kings? ΝΟΥ are they open to 3
the reproach that though they were kings, they ruled
over a petty state. On the contrary, as their family
is honoured above all in their fatherland, so is their
state glorious above all in Greece; thus they are
not first in the second rank, but leaders in a com-
munity of leaders. , On one account his fatherland 4
and his family are worthy to be praised together,
for never at any time has the state been moved by
jealousy of their pre-eminence to attempt the over-
throw of their government, and never at any time
have the kings striven to obtain greater powers than
were conferred on them originally at their succession
tothethrone. Forthisreason, while no other govern-
ment—democracy, oligachy, despotism or kingdom—
! Agesilaus was twenty-fifth in line of descent from
Heracles (Herodotus, vir. 131; Plutarch, Lycurgus, c.i;
Agesilaus, c. i).
61
δ
-I!
XENOPHON
yapxía οὔτε τυραννὶς οὔτε βασιλεία' αὕτη δὲ
μόνη διαμένει συνεχὴς βασιλεία.
Ὥς γε μὴν καὶ πρὶν ἄρξαι ἄξιος τῆς βασιλείας
ἐδόκει εἶναι ᾿Αγησίλαος, τάδε τὰ σημεῖα. ἐπεὶ
γὰρ "Ayis βασιλεὺς àv ἐτελεύτησεν, ἐρισάντων
περὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς Λεωτυχίδα μὲν ὡς ἴΑγιδος ὄντος
υἱοῦ, ᾿Αγησιλάου δὲ ὡς ᾿Αρχιδάμου, κρίνασα ἡ
πόλις ἀνεπικλητότερον εἶναι ᾿Αγησίλαον καὶ τῷ
γένει καὶ τῇ ἀρετῇ τοῦτον ἐστήσατο βασιλέα.
καΐτοι τὸ ἐν τῇ κρατίστῃ πόλει ὑπὸ τῶν ἀρίστων
κριθέντα τοῦ καλλίστου γέρως ἀξιωθῆναι ποίων
ἔτι “τεκμηρίων προσδεῖται τῆς γε πρὶν ἄρξαι
αὐτὸν ἀρετῆς ;
Ὅσα γε μὴν ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ διεπράξατο, νῦν
ἤδη διηγήσομαι" ἀπὸ γὰρ τῶν ἔργων καὶ τοὺς
τρόπους αὐτοῦ κάλλιστα νομίζω καταδήλους
ἔσεσθαι.
᾿Αγησίλαος τοίνυν ἔτι μὲν νέος ὧν ἔτυχε τῆς
βασιλείας: ἄρτι δὲ ὄντος αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ἀρχῇ,
ἐξηγγέλθη βασιλεὺς ὁ Περσῶν ἀθροίζων καὶ
ναυτικὸν καὶ πεζὸν πολὺ στράτευμα ὡς ἐπὶ
"Ἕλληνας" βουλευομένων δὲ περὶ τούτων Λακε-
δαιμονίων καὶ τῶν συμμάχων, ᾿Αγησίλαος
ὑπέστη, ἐὰν δῶσιν αὐτῷ τριάκοντα μὲν Σπαρ-
τιατῶν, δισ "λίους δὲ νεοδαμώδεις, εἰς ἑξακισ-
χιλίους δὲ τὸ σύνταγμα τῶν συμμάχων, διαβή-
σεσθαι εἰς τὴν ᾿Ασίαν καὶ πειράσεσθαι εἰρήνην
ποιῆσαι, ἢ ἂν “πολεμεῖν βούληται, ὁ βάρβαρος,
ἀσχολίαν αὐτῷ παρέξειν στρατεύειν ἐπὶ τοὺς
“Ἕλληνας. εὐθὺς μὲν οὖν πολλοὶ πάνυ ἦἠγά-
σθησαν αὐτὸ τοῦτο τὸ ἐπιθυμῆσαι, ἐπειδὴ ὁ
Πέρσης πρόσθεν ἐπὶ τὴν Ἑλλάδα διέβη, ἀντι-
62
AGESIEAUS, τ. 4-8
ean lay claim to an unbroken existence, this kingdom
alone stands fast continually.
However, there are not wanting signs that even 5
before his reign began Agesilaus was deemed worthy
to be king. For on the death of King Agis there
was a struggle for the throne between Leotychidas,
as e son of Agis, and Agesilaus, as the son of
Archidamus. The state decided in favour of Agesi-
laus, judging him to be the more eligible in point
of birth and character alike. Surely to have
been pronounced worthy of the highest privilege
by the best men in the mightiest state is proof
sufficient of his virtue, at least before he began to
reign.
I will now give an account of the achievements 6
of his reign, for I believe that his deeds will throw
the clearest light on his qualities.
Now Agesilaus was still ἃ young man! when he
gained the throne. He had been but a short time in
power when the news leaked out that the king of the
Persians was assembling a great navy and army for
an attack on the Greeks. While the Lacedae- 7
monians and their allies were considering the
matter, Agesilaus declared, that if they would give
him thirty Spartans, two thousand newly enrolled
citizens, and a contingent of six thousand allies, he
would cross to Asia and try to effect a peace, or, in
case the barbarian wanted to fight, would keep him
so busy that he would have no time for an attack
on the Greeks. His eagerness to pay back the 8
Persian in his own coin for the former invasion of
Greece, his determination to wage an offensive
! He was over forty ; but see the Introduction.
63
12
13
XENOPHON
διαβῆναι ἐπ᾿ αὐτόν, τό τε αἱρεῖσθαι ἐπιόντα
μᾶλλον ἢ ὑπομένοντα μάχεσθαι αὐτῷ, καὶ τὸ
τἀκείνου δαπανῶντα βούλεσθαι μᾶλλον ἢ τὰ
τῶν Ἑλλήνων πολεμεῖν, κάλλιστον δὲ πάντων
ἐκρίνετο τὸ μὴ περὶ τῆς ᾿Ελλάδος, ἀλλὰ περὶ τῆς
᾿Ασίας τὸν ἀγῶνα καθιστάναι.
Ἐπεί γε μὴν λαβὼν τὸ στράτευμα ἐξέπλευσε,
πῶς ἄν τις σαφέστερον ἐπιδείξειεν, ὡς ἐστρατή-
γῆσεν, ἢ εἰ αὐτὰ διηγήσαιτο ἃ ἔ ἔπραξεν ; ἐν
τοίνυν τῇ ᾿Ασίᾳ ἥδε πρώτη πρᾶξις ἐγένετο.
Τισσαφέρνης μὲν ὥὦμοσεν ᾿Αγησιλάῳ, εἰ σπεί-
σαιτο, ἕως ἔλθοιεν obs πέμψειε πρὸς βασιλέα
ἀγγέλους, διαπράξεσθαι αὐτῷ ἀφεθῆναι αὐτονό-
μους τὰς ἐν τῇ ᾿Ασίᾳ πόλεις Ἑλληνίδας, ᾿Αγησί-
λαος δὲ ἀντώμοσε σπονδὰς ἄξειν ἀδόλως, ὁ ὁρισά-
μενος τῆς πράξεως τρεῖς μῆνας. ὁ μὲν δὴ
Τισσαφέρνης ἃ ὥμοσεν εὐθὺς ἐψεύσατο" ἀντὶ
γὰρ τοῦ εἰρήνην πράττειν στράτευμω πολὺ παρὰ
βασιλέως πρὸς ᾧ πρόσθεν εἶχε μετεπέμπετο.
᾿Αγησίλαος δὲ καίπερ αἰσθόμενος ταῦτα ὅμως
ἐνέμεινε ταῖς σπονδαῖς. ἐμοὶ οὖν τοῦτο πρῶτον
καλὸν δοκεῖ “διαπράξασθαι, ὅ ὅτι Τισσαφέρνην μὲν
ἐμφανίσας ἐπίορκον ἄπιστον πᾶσιν ἐποίησεν,
ἑαυτὸν δ᾽ ἀντεπιδείξας πρῶτον μὲν ὅρκους ἐμπε-
δοῦντα, ἔ ἔπειτα συνθήκας μὴ ψευδόμενον, πάντας
ἐποίησε καὶ " EXXqvas καὶ βαρβάρους θαρροῦντας
συντίθεσθαι ἑαυτῷ, εἴ τι βούλοιτο.
᾿Επεὶ δὲ μέγα φρονήσας ὁ Τισσαφέρνης ἐπὶ τῷ
καταβάντι στρατεύματι προεῖπεν ᾿Αγησιλάῳ
πόλεμον, εἰ μὴ ἀπίοι ἐκ τῆς ᾿Ασίας, οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι
σύμμαχοι καὶ Λακεδαιμονίων οἱ παρόντες μάλα
ἀχθεσθέντες φανεροὶ ἐγένοντο, νομίζοντες μείονα
64
AGESILAUS, i. 8-13
rather than a defensive war, and his wish to make
the enemy pay for it rather than the Greeks, were
enough to arouse an immediate and widespread
enthusiasm for his project. But whatappealed most
to the imagination was the idea of entering on a
struggle not to save Greece, but. to subdue Asia.
And what of his strategy after he had received
the army and had sailed out? Α simple narrative of
his actions will assuredly convey the clearest im-
pression of it. This, then, was his first act in Asia.
Tissaphernes had sworn the following oath to
ilaus : ** If you will arrange an armistice to last
until the return of the messengers whom I will send
to the King, I will do my utmost to obtain indepen-
dence for the Greek cities in Asia" ; and Agesilaus
on his part had sworn to observe the armistice
honestly, allowing three months for the transaction.
What followed? — Tissaphernes forthwith broke his
oath, and instead of arranging a peace, applied to the
for a large army in addition to εἰ ἢ which he
had before. As for Agesilaus, though well aware of
this, he none the less continued to keep the armistice.
I think, therefore, that here we have his first noble
achievement. By showing up Tissaphernes as a per-
jurer, he made him distrusted everywhere; and,
contrariwise, by proving himself to be a man of his
word and true to his agreements, he encouraged all,
Greeks and barbarians alike, to enter into an
agreement with him whenever he wished it.
The arrival of the new army emboldened Tissa-
phernes to send an ultimatum to Agesilaus, threaten-
ing war unless he withdrew from Asia; and the
allies and the Lacedaemonians present made no
concealment of their chagrin, believing that the
Ξ Ἢ
VOL. Il. D
9
10
13
14
15
16
XENOPHON
τὴν παροῦσαν δύναμιν ᾿Αγησιλάῳ τῆς βασιλέως
παρασκευῆς εἶναι" ᾿Αγησίλαος δὲ μάλα φαιδρῷ
τῷ προσώπῳ ἀπαγγεῖλαι τῷ Τισσαφέρνει τοὺς
πρέσβεις ἐκέλευσεν, ὦ ὡς πολλὴν χάριν αὐτῷ ἔχοι,
ὅτι ἐπιορκήσας αὐτὸς μὲν πολεμίους τοὺς θεοὺς
ἐκτήσατο, τοῖς D. λλησι συμμάχους ἐποίησεν.
ἐκ δὲ τούτου εὐθὺς τοῖς μὲν στρατιώταις παρ-
ἤγγειλε συσκευάξεσθαι ὡς εἰς στρατείαν" ταῖς
δὲ πόλεσιν, εἰς ἃς ἀνάγκη ἦν ἀφικνεῖσθαι στρα-
τευομένῳ ἐπὶ Καρίαν, προεῖπεν ἀγορὰν παρα-
a evábew. ἐπέστειλε δὲ καὶ Ἴωσι. καὶ Αἰολεῦσι
καὶ ᾿Ελλησποντίοις πέμπειν πρὸς αὑτὸν εἰς
Ἔφεσον τοὺς συστρατευσομένους.
Ὁ μὲν οὖν Τισσαφέρνης, καὶ ὅτε ἱππικὸν οὐκ
εἶχεν ὁ ᾿Αγησίλαος, ἡ δὲ Καρία ἄφιππος ἦν,
καὶ ὅτι ἡγεῖτο αὐτὸν ὀργίξεσθαι αὐτῷ διὰ τὴν
ἀπάτην, τῷ ὄντι νομίσας ἐπὶ τὸν αὐτοῦ οἶκον εἰς
Καρίαν ὁρμήσειν αὐτὸν τὸ μὲν πεζὸν ἅπαν
διεβίβασεν ἐκεῖσε, τὸ δὲ ἱππικὸν εἰς τὸ Μαι-
ἀνδρου πεδίον" περιήγαγε, νομίξων ἱκανὸς εἶναι
καταπατῆσαι τῇ ἵππῳ τοὺς “Ἕλληνας πρὶν εἰς τὰ
δύσιππα ἀφικέσθαι. ὁ δὲ ᾿Αγησίλαος ἀντὶ τοῦ
ἐπὶ Καρίαν i ἰέναι εὐθὺς ἀντιστρέψας ἐπὶ Φρυγίας
ἐπορεύετο" καὶ τάς τε ἐν τῇ πορείᾳ ἀπαντώσας
δυνάμεις ἀναλαμβάνων 1j ἦγε καὶ τὰς πόλεις κατε-
στρέφετο καὶ ἐμβαλὼν ἀπροσδοκήτως παμπληθῆ
χρήματα ἔλαβε.
Στρατηγικὸν οὖν καὶ τοῦτο ἐδόκει διαπρά-
ξασθαι, ὅτι ἐπεὶ πόλεμος προερρήθη καὶ τὸ
ἐξαπατᾶν ὅσιόν τε καὶ δίκαιον ἐξ ἐκείνου ἐγένετο,
παῖδα ἀπέδειξε τὸν Τισσαφέρνην τῇ ἀπάτῃ.
φρονίμως δὲ καὶ τοὺς φίλους ἐνταῦθα ἔδοξε πλου-
66
AGESILAUS, 1. 13-17
strength of Agesilaus was weaker than the Persian
king's armament. But Agesilaus with a beaming
face bade the envoys of Tissaphernes inform their
master that he was profoundly grateful to him for
his perjury, by which he had, gained the hostility
of the gods for himself and had made them allies of
' the Greeks. Without a moment's delay he gave
the word to his troops to pack up in preparation for
a campaign, and warned the cities that lay on the
lines of march to Caria to have their markets ready
stocked. He advised by letter the Greeks of Ionia,
the Aeolid and the Hellespont, to send their
eontingents for the campaign to his headquarters at
Ephesus.
Now Tissaphernes reflected that Agesilaus was
without cavalry, while Caria was a difficult country
for mounted men, and he thought that Agesilaus was
wroth with him on account of his deceit. Concluding,
therefore, that his estate in Caria was the real object
of the coming attack, he sent the whole of his infantry
across to that district and took his cavalry round
into the plain of the Maeander, confident that he
could ride down the Greeks before they reached
the country where cavalry could not operate. But
instead of marching on Caria, Agesilaus forthwith
turned round and made for Phrygia. Picking up the
various forces that met him on the route, he proceeded
to reduce the cities and captured a vast quantity
of booty by sudden attacks.
This achievement also was thought to be a proof
of sound generalship, that when war was declared and
cozening in consequence became righteous and fair
dealing, he showed Tissaphernes to be a child at
deception. 1t was thought, too, that he made shrewd
67
18
19
20
21
22
XENOPHON
τίσαι' ἐπεὶ γὰρ διὰ τὸ πολλὰ χρήματα εἰχῆφθαι
ἀντίπροικα τὰ πάντα ἐπωλεῖτο, τοῖς μὲν φίλοις
προεῖπεν ὠνεῖσθαι, εἰπὼν ὅτι καταβήσοιτο ἐπὶ
θάλατταν ἐν τάχει τὸ στράτευμα κατάγων" τοὺς
δὲ λαφυροπώλας ἐκέλευσε γραφομένους, ὁπόσου
τι πρίαιντο, προΐεσθαι τὰ χρήματα. ὥστε οὐδὲν ᾿
προτελέσαντες οἱ φίλοι αὐτοῦ οὐδὲ τὸ δημόσιον
βλάψαντες πάντες παμπληθῆ χρήματα ἔλαβον.
» MN A , 3 114 e Y ^ | ψὰὼ ᾿
ἔτι δὲ ὁπότε αὐτόμολοι, ὡς εἰκός, πρὸς βασιλέα
ἰόντες χρήματα ἐθέλοιεν ὑφηγεῖσθαι, καὶ ταῦτα
, , H διὰ ^ / £A / robe
ἐπεμέλετο ὡς διὰ τῶν φίλων ἁλίσκοιτο, ὅπως
[:4 ν᾽ , LA δὲ , , |
ἅμα μὲν χρηματίζοιντο, ἅμα δὲ ἐνδοξότεροι γί-
ὃ ^ Ν 87 ^ "80 '
γνοιντο. διὰ μὲν δὴ ταῦτα εὐθὺς πολλοὺς épac-
τὰς τῆς αὑτοῦ φιλίας ἐποιήσατο.
, , wv e ^ ΄ | l
Γιγνώσκων δ᾽ ὅτε ἡ μὲν πορθουμένη καὶ
ἐρημουμένη χώρα οὐκ ἂν δύναιτο πολὺν χρόνον
στράτευμα φέρειν, ἡ δ᾽ οἰκουμένη μὲν σπειρομένη
δὲ ἀέναον ἂν τὴν τροφὴν παρέχοι, ἐπεμέλετο οὐ
μόνον τοῦ βίᾳ χειροῦσθαι τοὺς ἐναντίους, ἀλλὰ
καὶ τοῦ πρᾳότητι προσάγεσθαι. καὶ πολλάκις
μὲν προηγόρευε τοῖς στρατιώταις τοὺς ἁλισκο-
μένους μὴ ὡς ἀδίκους τιμωρεῖσθαι, ἀλλ᾽ ὡς
, , » , , δὲ € ,
ἀνθρώπους ὄντας φυλάττειν, πολλάκις δὲ ὁπότε
μεταστρατοπεδεύοιτο, εἰ αἴσθοιτο καταλελειμ-
/, ὃ /, b 1 , , ἃ $c ὶ H 70
μένα παιδάρια μικρὰ ἐμπόρων, ἃ πολλοὶ ἐπώ
λουν διὰ τὸ νομίζειν μὴ δύνασθαι ἂν φέρειν αὐτὰ
καὶ τρέφειν, ἐπεμέλετο καὶ τούτων ὅπως συγ-
κομίζοιντό ποι. τοῖς Ó αὖ διὰ γῆρας καταλει-
1 μικρὰ MSS. : παρὰ S. with Reuchlin. ΐ
68
^
1; [4
bed m tet X
AGESILAUS, 4. 17-22
use of this occasion to enrich his friends. For the
accumulation of plunder was so great that things were
selling for next to nothing. So he gave his friends
the word to buy, saying that he was shortly going
down to the coast with his army.! The auctioneers
were ordered to have a schedule made of the prices
obtained and to give delivery of the goods. Thus
without capital outlay, and without any loss to the
treasury, all his friends made a prodigious amount
of money. Further, whenever deserters offered to
give information where plunder might be taken,
they naturally went to the king. In such a case
he took eare that the capture should be effected by
his friends, so that they might at one and the same
time make money and add to their laurels. The
iminediate result was that he had many ardent
suitors for his friendship.
Recognizing that a country plundered and de-
populated could not long support an army, whereas
an inhabited and cultivated land would yield inex-
haustible supplies, he took pains not only to crush
his enemies by force, but also to win them over by
gentleness. He would often warn his men not to
punish their prisoners as criminals, but to guard
them as human beings; and often when shifting
camp, if he noticed little children, the property of
merchants, left behind—many merchants offered
children for sale because they thought they would
not be able to carry and feed them?—he looked
after them too, and had them conveyed to some
place of refuge. Again, he arranged that prisoners
! Where the goods would be re-sold at a profits
3 The dealers often failed to find a buyer and consequently
abandoned these captured children,
69
Ὸ €
18
20
21
22
23
24
XENOPHON
πομένοις “αἰχμαλώτοις προσέταττεν ἐπιμελεῖσθαι
αὐτῶν, ὡς μήτε ὑπὸ κυνῶν μήθ᾽ ὑπὸ λύκων
διαφθείροιντο. ὥστε οὐ μόνον οἱ πυνθανόμενοι
ταῦτα, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτοὶ οἱ ἁλισκόμενοι εὐμενεῖς
αὐτῷ ἐγίγνοντο. ὁπόσας δὲ πόλεις προσαγάγοιτο,
ἀφαιρῶν αὐτῶν ὅσα δοῦλοι δεσπόταις ὑ ὑπηρετοῦσι,
προσέταττεν ὅσα ἐλεύθεροι ἄρχουσι πείθονται"
καὶ τῶν κατὰ κράτος ἀναλώτων τειχέων τῇ
φιλανθρωπίᾳ ὑπὸ “χεῖρα ἐποιεῖτο.
᾿Επεὶ μέντοι ἀνὰ e πεδία οὐδὲ ἐ ἐν τῇ Φρυγίᾳ
ἐδύνατο στρατεύεσθαι διὰ τὴν Φαρναβάζου
ἱππείαν, ἔδοξεν αὐτῷ ἱππικὸν κατασκευαστέον
εἶναι, ὡς μὴ δραπετεύοντα πολεμεῖν δέοι αὐτόν.
τοὺς μὲν οὖν πλουσιωτάτους ἐκ πασῶν τῶν ἐκεῖ
πόλεων ἱπποτροφεῖν κατέλεξε. προεῖπε δέ, ὅστις
παρέ OLTO ἵππον καὶ ὅπλα καὶ ἄνδῥα δόκιμον,
ὡς ἐξέσοιτο αὐτῷ μὴ στρατεύεσθαι καὶ ἐποίησεν
οὕτως ἕκαστον προθύμως ταῦτα. πράττειν, ὥσπερ
ἄν τις πὸν ὑπὲρ αὑτοῦ ἀποθανούμενον προθύμως
μαστεύιο. ἔταξε δὲ καὶ πόλεις, ἐξ ὦ ὧν δέοι, τοὺς
ἱππέας παρασκευάξειν, νομίζων ἐκ τῶν ἱππο-
τρόφων πόλεων εὐθὺς καὶ φρονηματίας μάλιστα
ἂν ἐπὶ τῇ ἱππικῇ γενέσθαι. καὶ τοῦτ᾽ οὖν
ἀγαστῶς ἔδοξε πρᾶξαι, ὅτι κατεσκεύαστο τὸ
ἱππικὸν αὐτῷ καὶ εὐθὺς ἐρρωμένον 3v καὶ
ἐνεργόν.
"Eme δὲ “ἔαρ ὑπέφαινε, συνήγαγε πᾶν τὸ
στράτευμα εἰς "Edecov: ἀσκῆσαι δὲ αὐτὸ
βουλόμενος ἄθλα προὔθηκε καὶ ταῖς ἱππικαῖς
τάξεσιν, ἥτις κράτιστα ἱππεύοι, καὶ ταῖς ὁπλιετι-
1 The MSS. of the Hellenica have δ᾽ correctly: the MSS.
have καὶ here: δὲ καὶ S.
7o
“-
' AGESILAUS, 1. 22-25
: of war who were too old to accompany the army
were to be looked after, that they might not fall a
prey to dogs or wolves. It thus came about that he
won the goodwill not only of those who heard of
these- facts, but even of the prisoners themselves.
In his settlement with the cities that he won over,
he invariably excused them from all servile duties
and required only such obedience as freemen owe to
their rulers; and by his clemency he made himself
master of fortresses impregnable to assault.
However, since a campaign in the plains was im-
possible even in Phrygia, owing to Pharnabazus'
cavalry, he decided that he must raise a mounted
force, if he was to avoid continually running away
from the enemy. He therefore enrolled the
wealthiest men in all the cities thereabouts as
breeders of horses, and issued a proclamation that
anyone who supplied a horse and arms and an
efficient man should be exempt from personal service.
In this way he brought it about that every one of
them carried out these requirements with the zeal
of a man in quest of someone to die in his stead.
He also specified cities that were to furnish con-
tingents of cavalry,feeling sure that from the horse-
breeding cities riders proud of their horsemanship
would be forthcoming. This again was considered
an admirable stroke on his part, that no sooner had
he raised his cavalry than it became a powerful
body ready for action.
At the first sign of spring! he collected the whole
of his forces at Ephesus. With a view to their
training he offered prizes for the cavalry squadron
that rode best, and for the company of heavy in-
1 395 B.C,
71
23
24
25
26
277
28
XENOPHON
als, ἥτις ἄριστα σωμάτων ἔχοι: kal πελτασταῖς
δὲ καὶ τοξόταις ἄθλα προὔθηκεν, οἵτινες κράτιστοι
τὰ προσήκοντα ἔργα φαίνοιντο. ἐκ τούτου δὲ
παρῆν ὁρᾶν τὰ μὲν γυμνάσια μεστὰ τῶν ἀνδρῶν
γυμναζομένων, τὸν δὲ ἱππόδρομον ἱππέων ἱππα-
ζομένων, τοὺς δὲ ἀκοντιστὰς καὶ τοὺς τοξότας
ἐπὶ στόχον ἱέντας. ἀξίαν δὲ καὶ ὅλην τὴν πόλιν,
ἐν jj ἦν, θέας ἐποίησεν. ἥ τε γὰρ ἀγορὰ μεστὴ
ἦν παντοδαπῶν. καὶ ὅπλων καὶ ἵππων ὠνίων οἵ
τε χαλκοτύποι καὶ οἱ τέκτονες καὶ οἱ σιδηρεῖς
καὶ οἱ σκυτεῖς καὶ οἱ γραφεῖς πάντες πολεμικὰ
ὅπλα κατεσκεύαζον: ὥστε τὴν πόλιν ὄντως ἂν
ἡγήσω πολέμου ἐργαστήριον εἶναι. ἐπερρώσθη
δ᾽ ἄν τις κἀκεῖνο ἰδών, ᾿Αγησίλαον μὲν πρῶτον,
ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους στρατιώτας ἐστε-
φανωμένους τε, ὅπου ἀπὸ τῶν γυμνασίων ἴοιεν,
καὶ ἀνατιθέντας τοὺς στεφάνους τῇ ᾿Αρτέμιδι.
ὅπου γὰρ ἄνδρες θεοὺς μὲν σέβοιεν, πολεμικὰ
δὲ ἀσκοῖεν, πειθαρχίὰν δὲ μελετῷεν, πῶς οὐκ
εἰκὸς ἐνταῦθα πάντα μεστὰ ἐλπίδων ἀγαθῶν
εἶναι ; ἡγούμενος δὲ καὶ τὸ καταφρονεῖν τῶν
πολεμίων ῥώμην τινὰ ἐμβαλεῖν πρὸς τὸ μάχεσθαι
προεῖπε τοῖς κήρυξι τοὺς ὑπὸ τῶν λῃστῶν ἁλισ-
κομένους βαρβάρους γυμνοὺς πωλεῖν. ὁρῶντες
οὖν οἱ στρατιῶται λευκοὺς μὲν διὰ τὸ μηδέποτε
ἐκδύεσθαι, πίονας δὲ καὶ ἀπόνους διὰ τὸ ἀεὶ ἐπ᾽
ὀχημάτων εἶναι ἐνόμισαν μηδὲν διοίσειν τὸν
πόλεμον ἢ εἰ γυναιξὶ δέοι μάχεσθαι.
Προεῖπε δὲ καὶ τοῦτο τοῖς στρατιώταις, ὡς
εὐθὺς ἡγήσοιτο τὴν συντομωτάτην ἐπὶ τὰ κρά-
τιστα τῆς χώρας, ὅπως αὐτόθεν αὐτῷ τὰ σώματα
καὶ τὴν γνώμην παρασκευάζοιντο ὡς ἀγωνιού-
72
AGESILAUS, τ 25-28
fantry that reached the highest level of physical fit-
ness. He also offered prizes to the targeteers and
the archers who showed the greatest efficiency in their
particular duties, Thereupon one might see every
gymnasium crowded with the men exercising, the
racecourse thronged with cavalrymen riding, and the
javelin-men and archers shooting at the mark.
Indeed he made the whole city in which he was
quartered a sight to see. For the market was full
of arms and horses of all sorts on sale, and the
copperstniths, carpenters, workers in iron, cobblers,
and painters were all busy making weapons of war,
so that you might have thought that the city was
really ἃ war factory. And an inspiring sight it
would have been to watch Agesilaus and all his
soldiers behind him returning garlanded from the
gymnasium and dedicating their garlands to
Artemis, For where men reverence the gods, train
themselves in warfare and practise obedience,
there you surely find high hopes abounding. | More-
over, believing that contempt for the enemy would
kindle the fighting spirit, he gave instructions to
his heralds that the barbarians captured in the raids
should be exposed for sale naked. So when his
soldiers saw them white because they never stripped,
and fat and lazy through constant riding in
carriages, they believed that the war would be
exactly like fighting with women.
He also gave notice to the troops that he would
immediately lead them by the shortest route to the
most fertile parts of the country, so that he might
at once find them preparing themselves in body and
73
26
21.
28
29
3
--
82
ΧΕΝΟΡΗΟΝ
μενοι. ὁ μέντοι Τισσαφέρνης ταῦτα μὲν ἐνόμισε
λέγειν αὐτὸν πάλιν βουλόμενον ἐξαπατῆσαι, εἰς
Καρίαν δὲ νῦν τῷ ὄντε ἐμβαλεῖν. τό τε οὖν
πεζὸν καθάπερ τὸ πρόσθεν εἰς Καρίαν διεβίβασε
καὶ τὸ ἱππικὸν εἰς τὸ Μαιάνδρου πεδίον κατέ-
στησεν. ὁ δὲ ᾿Αγησίλαος οὐκ ἐψεύσατο, ἀλλ᾽
ὥσπερ προεῖπεν, εὐθὺς eig! τὸν Σαρδιανὸν τόπον
ἐχώρησε, καὶ τρεῖς μὲν ἡμέρας δι’ ἐρημίας
πολεμίων πορευόμενος πολλὰ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια τῇ
στρατιᾷ παρεῖχε' τῇ δὲ τετάρτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἧκον οἱ
τῶν πολεμίων ἱππεῖς. καὶ τῷ μὲν ἄρχοντι
τῶν σκευοφόρων εἶπεν ὁ ἡγεμὼν διαβάντι τὸν
Πακτωλὸν ποταμὸν στρατοπεδεύεσθαι: αὐτοὶ
δὲ κατιδόντες τοὺς τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἀκολούθους
ἐσπαρμένους καθ᾽ ἁρπαγὴν πολλοὺς αὐτῶν
ἀπέκτειναν. αἰσθόμενος δὲ ὁ ᾿Αγησίλαος βοηθεῖν
ἐκέλευσε τοὺς ἱππέας. οἱ δ᾽ αὖ Πέρσαι ὡς εἶδον
τὴν βοήθειαν, ἠθροίσθησαν καὶ ἀντιπαρετάξαντο
παμπληθέσι τῶν ἱππέων τάξεσιν. ἔνθα δὴ ὁ
᾿Αγησίλαος γιγνώσκων, ὅτι τοῖς μὲν πολεμίοις
οὔπω παρείη τὸ πεζόν, αὐτῷ δὲ οὐδὲν ἀπείη
τῶν παρεσκευασμένων, καιρὸν ἡγήσατο μάχην
συνάψαι, εἰ δύναιτο. σφαγιασάμενος οὖν τὴν
μὲν φάλαγγα εὐθὺς ἦγεν ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀντιτεταγμένους
ἱππέας, ἐκ δὲ τῶν ὁπλιτῶν ἐκέλευσε τὰ δέκα ἀφ᾽
ἥβης θεῖν ὁμόσε αὐτοῖς, τοῖς δὲ πελτασταῖς
εἶπε δρόμῳ ὑφηγεῖσθαι: παρήγγειλε δὲ καὶ τοῖς
ἱππεῦσιν ἐμβάλλειν, ὡς αὐτοῦ τε καὶ παντὸς
τοῦ στρατεύματος ἑπομένου. τοὺς μὲν δὴ ἱππέας
ἐδέξαντο οἱ ἀγαθοὶ τῶν Περσῶν' ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἅμα
πάντα τὰ δεινὰ παρῆν ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς, ἐνέκλιναν καὶ
! εἰν is added from Zellenica ττι, ἵν." 21 : S. adds ἐπί,
74 —
AGESILAUS, τ 28-32
mind for the coming struggle. Tissaphernes, how-
ever, believed that in saying this he meant to
deceive him again, and that now he would really
invade Caria Accordingly he sent his infantry
across into Caria as before, and stationed his
cavalry in the plain of the Maeander. But
Agesilaus did not play false: in accordance with
his notice he marched straight to the neighbour-
hood of Sardis; and for three days his route lay
through a country bare of enemies, so that he
supplied his army with abundance of provisions.
- On the fourth day the enemy's cavalry came up.
Their leader told the officer in command of the
baggage-train to cross the river Pactolus and encamp.
The cavalry, meantime, catching sight of the Greek
camp-followers plundering in scattered bands, killed
a large number of them. On noticing this, Agesilaus
ordered his cavalry to go to their help. The Persians
in turn, seeing the supports coming, gathered in a
mass and confronted them with the full strength
of their horse. Then Agesilaus, realising that the
enemy's infantry was not yet up, while he had all
his resources on the spot, thought the moment was
come to join battle if he could. Therefore, after
offering sacrifice, he led forward the battle line
immediately against the opposing cavalry, the heavy
infantrymen of ten years service having orders to
run to close quarters with the enemy, wbile the
targeteers were to lead the advance at the double.
He also sent word to the cavalry to attack in the
knowledge that he himself was following with the
whole army. The charge of the cavalry was met by
the flower of the Persians: but as soon as the full
weight of the attack fell on them, they swayed, and
75
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
XENOPHON
οἱ μὲν αὐτῶν εὐθὺς ἐν ,Τῷ ποταμῷ ἔπεσον, οἱ δὲ
ἄλλοι ἔφευγον. οἱ δὲ “Ἕλληνες ἑπόμενοι αἱροῦσι
καὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον αὐτῶν. καὶ οἱ μὲν πελτασταὶ
ὥσπερ εἰκὸς ἐφ᾽ ἁρπαγὴν ἐτρέποντο’ ὁ δὲ
᾿Αγησίλαος ἔχων κύκλῳ πάντα καὶ φίλια, καὶ
πολέμια περιεστρατοπεδεύσατο.
Ὡς δὲ ἤκουσε τοὺς πολεμίους ΠΟΥ
διὰ τὸ αἰτιᾶσθαι ἀχλήλους τοῦ γεγενημένου,
εὐθὺς ἦγεν ἐπὶ “Σάρδεις. κἀκεῖ ἅμα μὲν ἔκαιε
καὶ , ἐπόρθει τὰ περὶ τὸ ἄστυ, ἅμα δὲ καὶ
κηρύγματι. ἐδήλου τοὺς μὲν ἐλευθερίας δεομένους
ὡς πρὸς σύμμαχον αὐτὸν παρεῖναι" εἰ δέ τινες
τὴν ᾿Ασίαν ἑαυτῶν ποιοῦνται, πρὸς τοὺς ἐλευ-
θεροῦντας διακρινουμένους ἐν ὅπλοις παρεῖναι.
ἐπεὶ μέντοι οὐδεὶς ἀντεξήει, ἀδεῶς δὴ τὸ ἀπὸ
τούτου ἐστρατεύετο, τοὺς μὲν πρόσθεν προσκυνεῖν
e ᾿Βλληνας ἀναγκαξομένους ὁρῶν τιμωμένους ὑφ᾽
ὧν ὑβρίξοντο, τοὺς δ᾽ ἀξιοῦντας καὶ τὰς τῶν
θεῶν τιμὰς καρποῦσθαι, τούτους ποιήσας μηδ᾽
ἀντιβλέπειν τοῖς “Ελλησι δύνασθαι καὶ τὴν μὲν
τῶν φίλων χώραν ἀδήωτον παρέχων, τὴν δὲ τῶν
πολεμίων οὕτω καρπούμενος, à ὥστε ἐν δυοῖν ἐ ἐτοῖν
πλέον τῶν ἑκατὸν ταλάντων τῷ θεῷ ἐν Δελφοῖς
δεκάτην. ἀποθῦσαι.
Ὁ μέντοι, Περσῶν βασιλεὺς͵ νομίσας Τισ-
σαφέρνην αἴτιον εἶναι τοῦ κακῶς φέρεσθαι τὰ
ἑαυτοῦ Τιθραύστην καταπέμψας ἀπέτεμεν αὐτοῦ
τὴν κεφαλήν. μετὰ δὲ τοῦτο τὰ μὲν τῶν
βαρβάρων ἔτι ἀθυμότερα ἐγένετο, τὰ δὲ ᾿Αγησι-
! The text as corrected by Reiske and Schneider: τὸ
ἐλευθεροῦν διακρινομένους ὃ. : τῷ ἐλευθεροῦν τοὺς (Or Tovs)
διακρινομένους MSS,
76
AGESILAUS, 1. 32-35
some were cut down immediately in the river, while
the rest fled. The Greeks followed up their success
and captured their camp. . The targeteers naturally
fell to pillaging; but Agesilaus drew the lines of his
camp round so as to enclose the property of all,
friends and foes alike.
On hearing that there was confusion among the
enemy, because everyone put the blame for what had
happened on his neighbour, he advanced forthwith
on Sardis. There he began burning and pillaging
the suburbs, and meantime issued. a proclamation
calling on those who wanted freedom to join his
standard, and challenging any who claimed a right
to Asia to seek a decision between themselves and
the liberators by an appeal to arms. As no one
came out to oppose him, he prosecuted the
campaign henceforward in complete confidence :
he beheld the Greeks, compelled erstwhile to
cringe, now honoured by their oppressors; caused
those who arrogantly claimed for themselves the
honours paid to the gods to shrink even from
looking the Greeks in the face; rendered the
country of his friends inviolate, and stripped the
enemy's country so thoroughly that in two years he
consecrated to the god at Delphi more than two
hundred talents as tithe.
But the Persian king, believing that Tissaphernes
was responsible for the bad turn in his affairs, sent
down Tithraustes and beheaded Tissaphernes. After
this the outlook became still more hopeless for the
barbarians, while Agesilaus received large accessions
1 i.e, he intrenched.
77
33
34
35
36
37
38
XENOPHON
Aáov πολὺ ἐρρωμενέστερα. ἀπὸ πάντων γὰρ
τῶν ἐθνῶν ἐπρεσβεύοντο περὶ φιλίας, πολλοὶ
δὲ καὶ ἀφίσταντο πρὸς αὐτὸν ὀρεγόμενοι τῆς
ἐλευθερίας, ὥστε οὐκέτι Ἑλλήνων μόνον, ἀλλὰ
καὶ βαρβάρων πολλῶν ἡγεμὼν ἣν ὁ ᾿Αγησίλαος.
Αξιόν γε μὴν καὶ ἐντεῦθεν ὑπερβαλλόντως
ἄγασθαι αὐτοῦ, ὅστις ἄρχων μὲν παμπόλλων
ἐν τῇ ἠπείρῳ πόλεων, ἄρχων δὲ καὶ νήσων, ἐπεὶ
καὶ τὸ ναυτικὸν προσῆψεν αὐτῷ ἡ πόλις, αὐξα-
νόμενος δὲ καὶ εὐκλείᾳ καὶ δυνάμει, παρὸν δ᾽
αὐτῷ πολλοῖς καὶ ἀγαθοῖς χρῆσθαι ὅ τι ἐβούλετο,
πρὸς δὲ τούτοις τὸ μέγιστον, ἐπινοῶν καὶ ἐλπίζων
καταλύσειν τὴν ἐπὶ τὴν ᾿Ελλάδα στρατεύσασαν
πρότερον ἀρχὴν ὅμως ὑπ᾽ οὐδενὸς τούτων ἐκρατήθη,
ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ ἦλθεν αὐτῷ ἀπὸ τῶν οἴκοι τελῶν
βοηθεῖν τῇ πατρίδι, ἐπείθετο τῇ πόλει οὐδὲν
διαφερόντως ἢ εἰ ἐν τῷ ἐφορείῳ ἔτυχεν ἑστηκὼς
μόνος παρὰ τοὺς πέντε, μάλα ἔνδηλον ποιῶν,
ὡς οὔτε ἂν πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν δέξαιτο ἀντὶ τῆς
πατρίδος οὔτε τοὺς ἐπικτήτους ἀντὶ τῶν ἀρχαίων
φίλων οὔτε αἰσχρὰ καὶ ἀκίνδυνα κέρδη μᾶλλον ἢ
μετὰ κινδύνων τὰ καλὰ καὶ δίκαια.
Ὅσον γε μὴν χρόνον ἐπὶ τῇ ἀρχῇ ἔμεινε, πῶς
οὐκ ἀξιεπαίνου βασιλέως καὶ τοῦτ᾽ ἔργον ἐπε-
δείξατο, ὅστις παραλαβὼν πάσας πόλεις, ἐφ᾽ às
ἄρξων ἐξέπλευσε, στασιαζούσας διὰ τὸ τὰς
πολιτείας κινηθῆναι, ἐπεὶ ᾿Αθηναῖοι τῆς ἀρχῆς
ἔληξαν, ἐποίησεν ὥστ᾽ ἄνευ φυγῆς καὶ θανάτων,
ἕως αὐτὸς παρῆν, ὁμονόως πολιτευομένας καὶ
εὐδαίμονας τὰς πόλεις διατελέσαι ; τουγαροῦν οἱ
1 In the market at Sparta. The Five EÉphors sat there
daily, and it was in their power to censure the kings.
78
δ
AGESILAUS, 1. 35-38
of strength. For all the nations of the empire sent
embassies seeking his friendship, and the desire for
freedom caused many to revolt to him, so that not
Greeks alone, but many barbarians also now acknow-
ledged the leadership of Agesilaus.
His conduct at this juncture also merits unstinted
admiration. Though ruler of countless cities on the
mainland, and master of islands—for the state had
now added the fleet to his command—becoming
daily more famous and more powerful; placed in a
position to make what use he would of his many
opportunities; and designing and expecting to
erown his achievements by dissolving the empire
that had attacked Greece in the past : he suppressed
all thought of these things, and as soon as he
received a request from the home government to
come to the aid of his fatherland, he obeyed the
call of the state, just as though he were standing
in the Ephors' palace! alone before the Five, thus
showing clearly that he would not take the whole
earth in exchange for his fatherland, nor new-found
friends for old, and that he scorned to choose base
and secure gains rather than that which was right
and honourable, even though it was dangerous.
Throughout the time that he remained in his
command, another achievement of his showed beyond
question how admirable was his skill in kingeraft.
Having found al] the cities that he had gone out
to govern rent by faction in consequence of the
political disturbances that followed on the collapse
of the Athenian empire, he brought it about by the
influence of his presence that the communities lived
in unbroken harmony and prosperity without re-
course to banishment or executions. "Therefore the
19
36
31
38
to
e
XENOPHON
ἐν τῇ 'Acía "EXXqves οὐχ ὡς ἄρχοντος μόνον,
ἀλλὰ καὶ ὡς πατρὸς καὶ ἑταίρου ἀπιόντος αὐτοῦ
ἐλυποῦντο. καὶ τέλος ἐδήλωσαν, ὅτι οὐ πλαστὴν
τὴν φιλίαν παρείχοντο. ἐθελούσιοι γοῦν αὐτῷ
συνεβοήθησαν: τῇ Λακεδαίμονι, καὶ ταῦτα εἰδότες,
ὅτι οὐ χείροσιν ἑαυτῶν δεήσοι μάχεσθαι. τῶν
μὲν δὴ ἐν τῇ ᾿Ασίᾳ πράξεων τοῦτο τέλος
ἐγένετο.
II. Διαβὰς δὲ τὸν Ἑλλήσποντον ἐπορεύετο
διὰ τῶν αὐτῶν ἐθνῶν ὧνπερ ὁ Πέρσης τῷ
παμπληθεῖ στόλῳ: καὶ ἣν ἐνιαυσίαν ὁδὸν ὁ
βάρβαρος ἐποιήσατο, ταύτην μεῖον ἢ ἐν μηνὶ
κατήνυσεν ὁ ᾿Αγησίλαος. οὐ γὰρ ὡς ὑστερήσειε
τῆς πατρίδος προεθυμεῖτο. ἐπεὶ δὲ éfapuel yas
Μακεδονίαν εἰς Θετταλίαν ἀφίκετο, Λαρισαῖοι μὲν
καὶ Κραννώνιοι καὶ Σκοτουσσαῖοι καὶ Φαρσάλιοι
σύμμαχοι ὄντες Βοιωτοῖς καὶ πάντες δὲ Θετταλοὶ
πλὴν ὅσοι αὐτῶν φυγάδες τότε ὄντες ἐτύγχανον,
ἐκακούργουν οὗτοι ἐφεπόμενοι. 0 δὲ τέως μὲν
ἦγεν ἐν πλαισίῳ τὸ στράτευμα, τοὺς ἡμίσεις μὲν
ἔμπροσθεν, τοὺς ἡμίσεις δὲ ἐπ᾽ οὐρὰν ἔχων τῶν
ἱππέων: ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἐκώλυον τῆς πορείας αὐτὸν οἱ
Θετταλοὶ ἐπιτιθέμενοι τοῖς ὄπισθεν, παραπέμπει
ἐπ᾽ οὐρὰν καὶ τὸ ἀπὸ τοῦ προηγουμένου στρα-
τεύματος ἱππικὸν πλὴν τῶν περὶ αὑτόν. ὡς δὲ
/ , / ε ^ , Ἁ
παρετάξαντο ἀλλήλοις, οἱ μὲν Θετταλοί, νομίέ-
σαντες οὐκ ἐν καλῷ εἶναι πρὸς τοὺς ὁπλίτας
ἱππομαχεῖν, στρέψαντες βάδην ἀπεχώρουν" οἱ δὲ
μάλα σωφρόνως ἐφείποντο. γνοὺς δὲ ὁ ᾿Αγησί-
λαος ἃ ἑκάτεροι ἡμάρτανον παραπέμπει τοὺς
ἀμφ᾽ αὑτὸν μάλ᾽ εὐρώστους ἱππέας καὶ κελεύει
τοῖς τε ἄλλοις παραγγέλλειν καὶ αὐτοὺς διώκειν
8ο
* .— AGESILAUS, i. 38-11. 3
Greeks in Asia mourned his departure as though
they were bidding farewell not merely to a ruler,
but to a father or a comrade. And at the end they
showed that their affection was unfeigned. At any
rate they went with him voluntarily to aid Sparta,
knowing as they did that they must meet an enemy
not inferior to themselves. "This then was the end
of his activities in Asia.
II. After crossing the Hellespont, he passed
through the very same tribes as the Persian king
with his mighty host; and the distance that had
been traversed by the barbarian in a year was covered
by Agesilaus in less than a month. For he had no
intention of arriving too late to aid his fatherland.
When he had passed through Macedonia and reached
Thessaly, the people of Larisa, Crannon, Scotussa
and Pharsalus, who were allies of the Boeotians, all
the Thessalians, in fact, except those who happened
to be in exile at the time, followed at his heels and
kept molesting him. For a time he led the army in
a hollow square, with one half of the cavalry in front
and the other half in the rear; but finding his
progress hampered by Thessalian attacks on his
rearguard, he sent round all the cavalry from the
vanguard to the rear, except his own escort. When
the two forces faced one another in line of battle,
the Thessalians, believing it inexpedient to engage
heavy infantry with cavalry, wheeled round and
slowly retired, their enemy following very cautiously.
Agesilaus, noticing the errors into which both sides
were falling, now sent round his own escort of
stalwart horsemen, with orders to bid the others to
charge at full speed, and to do the same themselves,
81
XENOPHON
κατὰ κράτος καὶ μηκέτι δοῦναι αὐτοῖς ἀναστροφήν.
οἱ δὲ Θετταλοὶ ὡς εἶδον παρὰ δόξαν ἐλαύνοντας,
οἱ μὲν αὐτῶν οὐδ᾽ ἀνέστρεψαν, οἱ δὲ καὶ ἀνα-
στρέφειν πειρώμενοι πλαγίους ἔ ἔχοντες τοὺς ἵππους.
4 ἡλίσκοντο. Πολύχαρμος μέντοι ὁ Φαρσάλιος
ἱππαρχῶν ἀνέστρεψέ τε καὶ μαχόμενος σὺν τοῖς
φυγὴ γίγνεται ἐξαισία' ὥσθ᾽ οἱ μὲν ἀπέθνησκον
αὐτῶν, οἱ δὲ καὶ ξῶντες ἡλίσκοντο. ἔστησαν δ᾽
οὖν οὐ πρόσθεν, πρὶν UE ἐπὶ τῷ ὄρει τῷ Ναρθακίῳ
ὅ ἐγένοντο. καὶ τότε μὲν δὴ ὁ ᾿Αγησίλαος τρόπαιόν
τε ἐστήσατο μεταξὺ llpavrós καὶ Ναρθακίου"
καὶ αὐτοῦ κατέμεινε μάλα ἡδόμενος τῷ ἔργῳ, ὅτι
τοὺς μέγιστον φρονοῦντας ἐφ᾽ ἱππικῇ ἐνενικήκει
σὺν ᾧ αὐτὸς ἐμηχανήσατο ἱππικῷ.
Τῇ δ᾽ ὑστεραίᾳ ὑπερβάλλων. τὰ ᾿Αχαϊκὰ τῆς
Φθίας ὄρη τὴν λοιπὴν ἤδη πᾶσαν E. à φιλίας
6 ἐπορεύθη εἰς τὰ Βοιωτῶν ὅρια. ἐνταῦθα δὴ
ἀντιτεταγμένους εὑρὼν Θηβαίους, ᾿Αθηναίους,
᾿Αργείους, Κορινθίους, Αἰνιᾶνας, Εὐβοέας καὶ
Λοκροὺς ἀμφοτέρους οὐδὲν ἐμέλλησεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκ
τοῦ φανεροῦ ἀντιπαρέταττε, Λακεδαιμονίων μὲν
ἔχων μόραν. καὶ ἥμισυ, τῶν δ᾽ αὐτόθεν συμμάχων
Φωκέας καὶ "Opxopevtovs . μόνους τό T ἄλλο
7 στράτευμα, ὅπερ, ἠγάγετο αὐτός. καὶ οὐ τοῦτο
λέξων ἔ ἔρχομαι, ὡς πολὺ μὲν ἐλάττους, πολὺ δὲ
χείρονας ἔχων ὅμως συνέβαλεν' εἰ γὰρ ταῦτα
λέγοιμι, ᾿Αγησίλαόν T dv μοι δοκῶ ἄφρονα
ἀποφαίνειν καὶ ἐμαυτὸν μῶρον, ε εἰ ἐπαινοίην τὸν
περὶ τῶν μεγίστων εἰκῆ κινδυνεύοντα" ἀλλὰ
μᾶλλον τάδ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἄγαμαι, ὅτι πλῆθός τε οὐδὲν
82
ἀμφ᾽ αὑτὸν ἀποθνήσκει. ὡς δὲ τοῦτο ἐγένετο,
c I
ΝΣ
rrt
AGESILAUS, u. 3-7
and not to give the enemy a chance of rallying. As
for the Thessalians, on seeing the unexpected charge
they either did not rally at all, or were captured in
the attempt to do so with their horses broadside to
the enemy. Polycharmus the Pharsalian, commander 4-
of the cavalry, did indeed turn, and fell fighting
along with those about him. Hereupon ensued a .
wild flight, so that some of the enemy were killed
and some were taken prisoners: at any rate they
never halted' until they reached Mt, Narthacium.
On that day Agesilaus set up a trophy between 5
Pras and Narthacium, and here for the moment he
paused, mightily pleased with his exploit, since he
had defeated an enemy inordinately proud of his
horsemanship with the cavalry that he had himself
ereated.
On the morrow he crossed the Achaean mountains
in Phthia, and now his route led him through friendly
country till he reached the borders of Boeotia.
Here he found arrayed against him the Thbebans, 6
Athenians,Argives,Corinthians, Aenianians, Euboeans,
and both the Locrian tribes. "Without a moment's
delay, in full view of the enemy, he drew up his army
for battle. In addition to the army that he had
brought with him he had a regiment and a half
of Lacedaemonians, and of the local allies only the
Phoeians and Orchomenians, Now | am not going 7
to say that his forces were far inferior in numbers
and in quality, and that nevertheless he accepted
battle. That statement, I think, would but show a
want of common sense in Agesilaus and my own
folly in praising a leader who wantonly jeopardised
interests of vital moment. On the contrary —and
this is what I do admire him for—he brought into
83
10
l1
XENOPHON
μεῖον. ἢ τὸ τῶν πολεμίων παρεσκευάσατο ὥπλισέ
τε οὕτως, ὡς ἅπαντα μὲν χαλκόν, ἅπαντα δὲ
φοινικᾶ φαίνεσθαι: ἐπεμελήθη δ᾽, ὅπως οἱ στρα-
τιῶται τοὺς “πόνους δυνήσοιντο ὑποφέρειν: ἐνέ-
πλησε δὲ καὶ φρονήματος τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν, ὡς
ἱκανοὶ εἶεν πρὸς οὕστινας δέοι μάχεσθαι" ἔτι
δὲ φιλονικίαν ἐνέβαλε πρὸς ἀλλήλους τοῖς μετ᾽
αὐτοῦ, ὅπως ἕκαστοι αὐτῶν ἄριστοι φαίνοιντο.
ἐλπίδων γε μὴν πάντας ἐνέπλησεν, ὡς πᾶσι
πολλὰ κἀγαθὰ ἔ ἔσοιτο, εἰ ἄνδρες ἀγαθοὶ γίγνοιντο,
νομίζων ἐκ τῶν τοιούτων ἀνθρώπους προθυμό-
τατα τοῖς πολεμίοις μάχεσθαι. καὶ μέντοι οὐκ
ἐψεύσθη.
, Διηγήσομαι δὲ καὶ τὴν μάχην' καὶ γὰρ ἐ ἐγένετο
οἵαπερ οὐκ ἄλλη τῶν ἐφ᾽ ἡμῶν. συνήεσαν μὲν
γὰρ εἰς τὸ κατὰ Κορώνειαν πεδίον οἱ μὲν σὺν
᾿Αγησιλάῳ ἀπὸ τοῦ Κηφισοῦ, οἱ δὲ σὺν τοῖς
Θηβαίοις ἀπὸ τοῦ ᾿Ελικῶνος. ἑώρων δὲ τάς τε
φάλαγγας ἀλλήλων μάλα ἰσομάχους, σχεδὸν δὲ
καὶ οἱ ἱππεῖς ἦσαν ἑκατέρων ἰσοπληθεῖς. εἶχε
δὲ ὁ ᾿Αγησίλαος μὲν τὸ δεξιὸν τοῦ μεθ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ,
᾿Ορχομένιοι δὲ ἔ ἔσχατοι ἦσαν αὐτῷ τοῦ εὐωνύμου.
οἱ δ᾽ αὖ Θηβαῖοι αὐτοὶ μὲν δεξιοὶ ἢ ἦσαν, ᾿Αργεῖοι
δ᾽ αὐτοῖς τὸ εὐώνυμον εἶχον. συνιόντων δὲ, τέως
μὲν σιγὴ πολλὴ ἣν ἀπ᾽ ἀμφοτέρων: ἡνίκα δὲ
ἀπεῖχον ἀλλήλων͵ ὅσον στάδιον, ἀλαλάξαντες οἱ
Θηβαῖοι δρόμῳ ὁμόσε ἐφέροντο. ὡς δὲ τριῶν
ἔτι πλέθρων ἐν μέσῳ ὄντων. ἀντεξέδραμον ἀπὸ
τῆς ᾿Αγησιλάου φάλαγγος ὧν Ἡριππίδας ἐξε-
νάγει (ἦσαν δ᾽ οὗτοι τῶν τε ἐξ οἴκου αὐτῷ
συστρατευσαμένων καὶ τῶν Κυρείων τινές)! καὶ
Ἴωνες δὲ καὶ Αἰολεῖς καὶ ᾿Ελλησπόντιοι ἐγόμενοι.
7)
84
AGESILAUS, τὸ 7-11
the field an army not a whit inferior to the enemy's ;
he so armed it that it looked one solid mass of
bronze and scarlet; he took care to render his men 8
capable of meeting all calls on their endurance ; he
filled their hearts with confidence that they were
able to withstand any and every enemy ; he inspired
them all with an eager determination to out-do one
another in valour; and lastly he filled all with an-
ticipation that many good things would befall them,
if only they proved good men. For he believed that
men so prepared fight with all their might; nor
in point of fact did he deceive himself.
I will describe the battle, for there has been none 9
like it in our time. The two armies met in the
plain of Coronea, Agesilaus advancing from the
Cephisus, the Thebans and their allies from Helicon.
Their eyes told them that the opposing lines of
battle were exactly matched in strength, and the
number of cavalry on both sides was about the
same. Agesilaus was on the right wing of his army
and had the Orchomenians on his extreme left. On
the other side the Thebans themselves were on the
right wing and the Argives held the left. Asthey
approached both sides for a time maintained com-
plete silence, but when they were about a furlong
apart, the Thebans raised the battle-cry and rushed
forward at the double. "The distance between them
was still about one hundred yards when the mer-
cenary troops under Herippidas, consisting of the
men who had gone with Agesilaus from home and
some of the Cyreians, dashed out in turn from their
main body, closely followed by Ionians, Aeolians and
1 The parenthesis is due to Lippelt: S.; with the MSS.,
has a full stop after ἐξενάγει, and no break after τινές.
85
11
12
13
XENOPHON
καὶ πάντες οὗτοι τῶν συνεκδραμόντων τε ἐγένοντο
καὶ εἰς δόρυ ἀφικόμενοι ἐτρέψαντο τὸ καθ᾽ € ἑαυ-
τούς. ᾿Αργεῖοι μέντοι οὐκ ἐδέξαντο τοὺς ἀμφ᾽
᾿Αγησίλαον, ἀλλ᾽ ἔφυγον ἐπὶ τὸν Ἑλικῶνα:
κἀνταῦθα οἱ μέν τινες τῶν ξένων ἐστεφάνουν
ἤδη τὸν ᾿Αγησίλαον, ἀγγέλλει δέ τις αὐτῷ, ὅτι
Θηβαῖοι τοὺς ᾿Ὀρχομενίους διακόψαντες ἐν τοῖς
σκευοφόροις εἰσί. καὶ ὁ μὲν εὐθὺς ἐξελίξας τὴν
φάλαγγα ἦγεν ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς" οἱ δ᾽ αὖ Θηβαῖοι ὡς
εἶδον τοὺς συμμάχους πρὸς τῷ Ἑλικῶνι πεφευ-
γότας, διαπεσεῖν βουλόμενοι πρὸς τοὺς ἑαυτῶν
ἐχώρουν ἐρρωμένως.
᾿Ενταῦθα δὴ ᾿Αγησίλαον ἀνδρεῖον μὲν ἔξεστιν
εἰπεῖν ἀναμφιλόγως, οὐ μέντοι εἵλετό γε τὰ
ἀσφαλέστατα" ἐξὸν γὰρ αὐτῷ παρέντι τοὺς δια-
πίπτοντας ἑπομένῳ “χειροῦσθαι τοὺς ὄπισθεν οὐκ
ἐποίησε τοῦτο, ἀλλ᾽ ἀντιμέτωπος συνέρραξε τοῖς
Θηβαίοις. καὶ συμβαλόντες τὰς ἀσπίδας ἐω-
θοῦντο, ἐμάχοντο, ἀπέκτεινον, ἀπέθνησκον. καὶ
κραυγὴ μὲν οὐδεμία παρῆν, οὐ μὴν οὐδὲ CEEE
φωνὴ δέ τις ἣν τοιαύτη, οἵαν ὀργή τε καὶ μάχη
παράσχοιτ᾽ ἄν. τέλος δὲ τῶν Θηβαίων οἱ μὲν
διαπίπτουσι πρὸς τὸν ᾿Ελικῶνα, πολλοὶ δ᾽ ἀπο-
χωροῦντες ἀπέθανον.
᾿Επειδὴ δὲ ἡ μὲν νίκη σὺν ᾿Αγησιλάῳ ἐγένετο,
τετρωμένος δ᾽ αὐτὸς προσηνέχθη πρὸς τὴν φά-
λαγγα, προσελάσαντές τινες τῶν ἱππέων λέγου-
σιν αὐτῷ, ὅτι τῶν πολεμίων ὀγδοήκοντα σὺν
τοῖς ὅπλοις ὑπὸ τῷ ναῷ εἰσι, καὶ ἠρώτων, τί χρὴ
ποιεῖν. ὁ δὲ καίπερ πολλὰ τραύματα ἔχων
πάντοσε καὶ. παντοίοις ὅπλοις ὅμως οὐκ ἐπε-
86
AGESILAUS, i. 11-13
Hellespontines. Allthese took part in the dash, and
coming within spear-thrust put to flight the force in
front of them. As for the Argives, they fled towards
Helicon without awaiting the attack of Agesilaus.
And now some of the mercenaries were in the act of
crowning Agesilaus with a wreath, when a man
reported to him that the Thebans had cut their
way through the Orchomenians and were among
the baggage train. So he immediately wheeled his
main body and advanced against them ; and the
Thebans in their turn, seeing that their allies had
sought refuge at the foot of Mt. Helicon, and
wanting to break through and join their friends,
made a strong move forward.
^At this juncture one niay say without fear of
contradiction that Agesilaus showed courage; but
the course that he adopted was not the safest. For
he might have allowed the men who were trying to
break through to pass, and then have followed them
and annihilated those in the rear. Instead of doing
that he made a furious frontal attack on the Thebans.
Thrusting shield against shield, they shoved and
fought and killed and fell. There was no shouting,
nor was there silence, but the strange noise that
wrath and battle together will produce. In the end
some- of the Thebans broke through and reached
Helicon, but many fell during the retreat.
The victory lay with Agesilaus; but he himself
had been carried wounded to his battle-line, when
some Mhorsemen rode up, and told him that
eighty of the enemy retaining their arms had
taken cover in the temple, and they asked what
they should do. — Though wounded in every part of
. his body with every sort of weapon, he did not
87
14
15
16
17
XENOPHON
XáÜero τοῦ θείου, ἀλλ’ ἐᾶν τε ἀπιέναι ὅποι
βούλοιντο ἐκέλευε καὶ ἀδικεῖν οὐκ εἴα καὶ προ-
πέμψαι ἐπέταξε τοὺς ᾿ἀμφ᾽ αὐτὸν ἱππεῖς, ἔστε ἐν
τῷ ἀσφαλεῖ ἐγένοντο.
Ἔπεί γε μὴν ἔληξεν ἡ μάχη, παρῆν δὴ θεά-
σασθαι, ἔνθα συνέπεσον ἀλλήλοις, τὴν μὲν γῆν
αἵματι πεφυρμένην, νεκροὺς δὲ κειμένους φιλίους
καὶ πολεμίους μετ᾽ ἀλλήλων, ἀσπίδας δὲ διατε-
θρυμμένας, δόρατα συντεθραυσμένα, ἐγχειρίδια
γυμνὰ κολεῶν, τὰ μὲν χαμαί, τὰ δ᾽ ἐν σώματι,
τὰ δ᾽ ἔτι μετὰ χεῖρας. τότε μὲν οὖν, καὶ γὰρ ἦν
ἤδη ὀψέ, συνελκύσαντες τοὺς τῶν πολεμίων
νεκροὺς εἴσω φάλαγγος ἐδειπνοποιήσαντο καὶ
ἐκοιμήθησαν: πρωὶ δὲ Γῦλιν τὸν πολέμαρχον
παρατάξαι τε ἐκέλευσε τὸ στράτευμα καὶ τρό-
παιον ἵστασθαι καὶ στεφανοῦσθαι πάντας τῷ
θεῷ καὶ τοὺς αὐλητὰς πάντας αὐλεῖν...
Καὶ οἱ μὲν ταῦτ᾽ ἐποίουν: οἱ δὲ Θηβαῖοι
ἔπεμψαν κήρυκα, ὑποσπόνδους τοὺς νεκροὺς
αἰτοῦντες θάψαι. καὶ οὕτως δὴ αἵ τε σπονδαὶ
γίγνονται καὶ ὁ ᾿Αγησίλαος οἴκαδε ἀπεχώρει,
ἑλόμενος ἀντὶ τοῦ μέγιστος εἶναι ἐν τῇ ᾿Ασίᾳ
οἴκοι τὰ νόμιμα μὲν ἄρχειν, τὰ νόμιμα δὲ
ἄρχεσθαι.
Ἔκ δὲ τούτου κατανοήσας τοὺς ᾿Αργείους τὰ
μὲν οἴκοι καρπουμένους, Κόρινθον δὲ προσειλη-
φότὰς, ἡδομένους δὲ τῷ πολέμῳ στρατεύει ἐπ᾽
αὐτους" καὶ δῃώσας πᾶσαν αὐτῶν τὴν χώραν
1 σώματι MSS. ; σώμασι S.
88
AGESILAUS, 1. 13-17
forget his duty towards the gods, but gave orders
that these men should be suffered to go whithersoever
they wished, and would not suffer them to be
harmed, and charged his escort of cavalry to conduct
them to a place of safety. :
Now that the fighting was at an end, a weird 14
spectacle met the eye, as one surveyed the scene of
the conflict—the earth stained with blood, friend
and foe lying dead side by side, shields smashed
to pieces, spears snapped in two, daggers bared of
their sheaths, some on the ground, some embedded
in the bodies, some yet gripped by the hand. Then,
as the day was far spent, having dragged the enemy's
dead 1 within their battle line, they supped and slept.
Early next morning Agesilaus ordered Gylis, the
polemarch, to draw up the army in battle order and
to set up a trophy, and to command every man to
wear à wreath in honour of the god? and all the
flute-players to play.
Now while they were carrying out these orders the
Thebans sent a herald, asking leave to bury their
dead under protection of a truce. And so a truce
was made, and Agesilaus left for home, choosing,
instead of supreme power in Asia, to rule and to be
ruled at home according to the constitution.
. Some time afterwards, finding that the Argives
were enjoying the fruits of their land, that they
had appropriated Corinth and were finding the war
a pleasant occupation, he made an expedition against
them. He first laid waste all their territory, then
1 In order that the Thebans might not recover them. But
some think τῶν πολεμίων corrupt.
* Apollo,
89
15
16
18
19
20
XENOPHON
εὐθὺς ἐκεῖθεν ὑπερβαλὼν κατὰ τὰ στενὰ eis
Κόρινθον αἱρεῖ τὰ ἐπὶ τὸ Λέχαιον τείνοντα τείχη"
καὶ ἀναπετάσας τῆς Πελοποννήσου τὰς πύλας
οὕτως οἴκαδε ἀπελθὼν εἰς τὰ Ὑακίνθια, ὅπου
ἐτάχθη ὑπὸ τοῦ χοροποιοῦ, τὸν παιᾶνα τῷ θεῷ
συνεπετέλει.
Ἔκ τούτου δὲ αἰσθανόμενος τοὺς Κορινθίους
πάντα μὲν τὰ κτήνη ἐν τῷ Πειραίῳ σωζομένους,
πᾶν δὲ τὸ Πείραιον σπείροντας καὶ καρπουμένους,
μέγιστον δὲ ἡγησάμενος, ὅτι. Βοιωτοὶ ταύτῃ ἐκ
Κρεύσιος ὁρμώμενοι εὐπετῶς τοῖς Κορινθίοις
παρεγίγνοντο, στρατεύει ἐπὶ τὸ Πείραιον. ἰδὼν
δὲ ὑπὸ πολλῶν φυλαττόμενον, ὡς ἐνδιδομένης
τῆς πόλεως, ἐξ ἀρίστου μετεστρατοπεδεύσατο
πρὸς τὸ ἄστυ: αἰσθόμενος δὲ ὑπὸ νύκτα βεβοη-
θηκότας ἐκ τοῦ Πειραίου εἰς τὴν πόλιν πασ-
συδίᾳ, ὑποστρέψας ἅμα τῇ ἡμέμᾳ αἱρεῖ τὸ
Πείραιον ἔρημον εὑρὼν φυλακῆς καὶ τά τε ἄλλα
τὰ ἐνόντα λαμβάνει καὶ τὰ τείχη, ἃ ἐνετετεί-
χίστο. ταῦτα δὲ ποιήσας οἴκαδε ἀπεχώρησε.
Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα προθύμων ὄντων τῶν ᾿Αχαιῶν
εἰς τὴν συμμαχίαν καὶ δεομένων συστρατεύειν
αὐτοῖς εἰς ᾿Ακαρνανίαν . . .} καὶ ἐπιθεμένων ἐν
στενοῖς τῶν ᾿Ακαρνάνων καταλαβὼν τοῖς ψιλοῖς
τὰ ὑπὲρ κεφαλῆς αὐτῶν μάχην συνάπτει καὶ
1 There is no indication of a gap in S.
1 The MSS. of Zellenica, 1v. iv. 19 give κατὰ Τεγέαν in the
corresponding passage; this is corrected to xarà Tevéav '*by
way of Tenea," which is probably the right reading here.
9o
λαμ
(000 5n RU Aic mee
AGESILAUS, 11. 17-20
erossed to Corinth by the pass! and captured the
- walls leading to Lechaeum. Having thus unbarred
. the gates of Peloponnese, he returned home for the
festival of Hyacinthus? and joined. in singing the
paean in honour of the god,? taking the place assigned
to him by the clroirmaster.
After a time, discovering that the Corinthians 18
were keeping all their cattle safe in Peiraeum, and
- sowing and reaping the crops throughout that dis-
trict, and—what he thought most serious—that the
Boeotians were finding this route convenient for
sending support to the Corinthians, with Creusis as
their base, he marched against Peiraeum. Seeing
that it was strongly guarded, he moved his camp
after the morning meal to a position before the
capital, as though the city was about to surrender.
But becoming aware that supports had been hurriedly 19
poured into the city during the night from Peiraeum,
he turned about at daybreak and captured Peiraeum,
finding it undefended, and everything in it, along
with the fortresses that stood there, fell into his
hands. Having done this, he returned home.
— A After these events, the Achaeans, who were zealous 20
advocates of the alliance, begged him to join them
in an expedition against Acarnania. . . .* And when
- the Acarnanians attacked him in a mountain pass he
— seized the heights above their heads with his light
- infantry,5 fought an engagement and, after inflicting
* Celebr«,2d annually at Amyclae, early in the summer.
* Apollo, who had accidentally killed H yacinthus.
* Something seems to be lost here, probably a passage that
ended with the words συστρατεύει αὐτοῖς eis 'Axapvavíay.
— δ The words τοῖς ψιλοῖς are probably a correction by X. ; he
—— says the heights were taken by the heavy infantry in Helleniea,
Bv. vi, 11.
91
21
22
23
XENOPHON
πολλοὺς ἀποκτείνας αὐτῶν τρόπαιον ἐστήσατο
καὶ οὐ πρότερον ἔληξε, πρὶν ᾿Αχαιοῖς μὲν φίλους
ἐποίησεν ᾿Ακαρνᾶνας καὶ Αἰτωλοὺς καὶ 'Ap-
γείους, ἑαυτῷ δὲ καὶ συμμάχους.
“Ἐπειδὴ δὲ εἰρήνης ἐπιθυμήσαντες οἱ πολέμιοι
ἐπρεσβεύοντο, ᾿Αγησίλαος ἀντεῖπε τῇ εἰρήνῃ, ἕως
τοὺς διὰ Λακεδαιμονίους φυγόντας Κορινθίων καὶ
Θηβαίων ἠνάγκασε τὰς πόλεις οἴκαδε καταδέ-
ξασθαι. ὕστερον OÓ αὖ καὶ Φλειασίων τοὺς
διὰ Λακεδαιμονίους φυγόντας κατήγαγεν, αὐτὸς
στρατευσάμενος ἐπὶ Φλειοῦντα. εἰ δέ τις ἄλλῃ
πὴ ταῦτα μέμφεται, ἀλλ᾽ οὖν φιλεταιρίᾳ γε
πραχθέντα φανερά ἐστι. καὶ γὰρ ἐπεὶ τοὺς ἐν
Θήβαις τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων κατέκανον οἱ ἐναντίοι,
βοηθῶν αὖ τούτοις στρατεύει ἐπὶ τὰς Θήβας.
εὑρὼν δὲ ἀποτεταφρευμένα καὶ ἀπεσταυρωμένα
ἅπαντα, ὑπερβὰς τὰς Κυνὸς κεφαλὰς ἐδήου τὴν
χώραν μέχρι τοῦ ἄστεος, παρέχων καὶ ἐν πεδίῳ
καὶ ἀνὰ τὰ ὄρη μάχεσθαι Θηβαίοις, εἰ βούλοιντο.
ἐστράτευσε δὲ καὶ τῷ ἐπιόντι ἔτει πάλιν ἐπὶ
Θήβας- καὶ ὑπερβὰς τὰ κατὰ Σκῶλον σταυ-
ρώματα καὶ τάφρους ἐδῇωσε τὰ λοιπὰ τῆς
Βοιωτίας.
Τὰ μὲν δὴ μέχρι τούτου κοινῇ αὐτός τε καὶ ἡ
πόλις εὐτύχει: ὅσα γε μὴν μετὰ τοῦτο σφάλματα
ἐγένοντο οὐδεὶς ἂν εἴποι ὡς ᾿Αγησιλάου ἡγουμένου
ἐπράχθη. ἐπεὶ δ᾽ αὖ τῆς ἐν Λεύκτροις͵ gx. φορᾶς
γεγενημένης κατακαίνουσι τοὺς ἐν Τεγεᾳ φίλους
καὶ ξένους αὐτοῦ οἱ ἀντίπαλοι σὺν Μαντινεῦσι,
συνεστηκότων ἤδη Βοιωτῶν τε πάντων καὶ ᾿Αρκά-
92
AGESILAUS, τι. 20-23
severe losses on them, set up a trophy; nor did
he cease until he had induced the Acarnanians,
Aetolians and Argives to enter into friendship with
the Achaeans and alliance with himself.
Brace — When the enemy sent embassies desiring peace,
I *! Agesilaus opposed the peace until he forced Corinth
la. and Thebes to restore to their homes the citizens
who had been exiled on account of their sympathy
?, with the Lacedaemonians, And again later, having
led an expedition in person against Phleius, he also
restored the Phleiasian exiles who had suffered in
the same cause. Possibly some may censure these
actions on other grounds, but at least it is obvious
that they were prompted by a spirit of true comrade-
ship. It was in the same spirit that he subsequently
made ar expedition against Thebes, to relieve the
Lacedaemonians in that city when their opponents
had taken to murdering them. Finding the city pro-
tected on all sides by a trench and stockade, he
. erossed the Pass of Cynoscephalae, and laid waste
the country up to the city walls, offering battle to
the Thebans both on the plain and on the hills,
if they chose to fight. In the following year he
made another expedition against Thebes, and, after
crossing the stockade and trenches at Scolus, laid
waste the rest of Boeotia.
p to this time he and his city enjoyed unbroken
success; and though the following years brouglit a
series of troubles, it cannot be said that they were
ineurred under the leadership of Agesilaus. On
the other hand, after the disaster at Leuctra,
when his adversaries in league with the Mantineans
were murdering his friends and acquaintances in
Tegea, and a coalition of all Boeotia, Arcadia and Elis
93
21
24
25
XENOPHON
δων xai ᾿Ηλείων, στρατεύει σὺν μόνῃ τῇ Λακε-
δαιμονίων δυνάμει, πολλῶν νομιζόντων οὐδ᾽ ἂν
ἐξελθεῖν Λακεδαιμονίους πολλοῦ χρόνου ἐκ τῆς
αὑτῶν. δῃώσας δὲ τὴν χώραν τῶν κατακανόντων
τοὺς φίλους οὕτως αὖ οἴκαδε ἀπεχώρησεν.
᾿Από γε μὴν τούτου ἐπὶ τὴν Λακεδαίμονα στρα-
τευσαμένων ᾿Αρκάδων τε πάντων καὶ ᾿Αργείων
καὶ ᾿Ηλείων καὶ Βοιωτῶν καὶ σὺν αὐτοῖς Φωκέων
καὶ Λοκρῶν ἀμφοτέρων καὶ Θετταλῶν καὶ Αἰνειά-
νων καὶ ᾿Ακαρνάνων καὶ Ἐὐβοέων, πρὸς δὲ τούτοις
ἀφεστηκότων μὲν τῶν δούλων, πολλῶν δὲ περι-
οἰκίδων πόλεων, καὶ αὐτῶν Σπαρτιατῶν οὐ μειόνων
ἀπαλωλότων ἐν τῇ ἐν Λεύκτροις μάχῃ ?) λειῖπο-
μένων, ὅμως διεφύλαξε τὴν πόλιν, καὶ ταῦτα
ἀτείχιστον οὖσαν, ὅπου μὲν ἐν παντὶ πλέον ἂν
εἶχον οἱ πολέμιοι, οὐκ ἐξάγων ἐνταῦθα, ὅπου δὲ
οἱ πολῖται πλέον ἕξειν ἔμελλον, εὐρώστως παρα-
τεταγμένος, νομίζων εἰς μὲν τὸ πλατὺ ἐξιὼν πάν-
τοθεν ἂν περιέχεσθαι, ἐν δὲ τοῖς στενοῖς καὶ
ὑπερδεξίοις τόποις ὑπομένων τῷ παντὶ κρατεῖν ἄν.
Ἐπεί γε μὴν ἀπεχώρησε τὸ στράτευμα, πῶς
οὐκ ἂν φαίη τις αὐτὸν εὐγνωμόνως χρῆσθαι
ἑαυτῷ; ὡς γὰρ τοῦ στρατεύεσθαι αὐτὸν καὶ
πεζῇ καὶ ἐφ᾽ ἵππων ἀπεῖργεν ἤδη τὸ γῆρας,
χρημάτων δὲ ἑώρα τὴν πόλιν δεομένην, εἰ μέλλοι
σύμμαχόν τινα ἕξειν, ἐπὶ τὸ πορίζειν ταῦτα
ἑαυτὸν ἔταξε. καὶ ὅσα μὲν ἐδύνατο οἴκοι μένων
ἐμηχανᾶτο, ἃ δὲ καιρὸς ἦν οὐκ ὦκνει μετιέναι
οὐδ᾽ ἠσχύνετο, εἰ μέλλοι τὴν πόλιν ὠφελήσειν,
94
AGESILAUS, τι. 23-25
2.. had been formed, he took the field with the
Lacedaemonian forces only, thus disappointing the
general expectation that the Lacedaemionians would
not even go outside their own borders for a long time
to come. lt was not until he had laid waste the
country of those who had murdered his friends that
he returned home once more.
After this Sparta was attacked by all the Arcadians, 24
Argives, Eleians and Boeotians, who had the support
of the Phocians, both the Locrian peoples, the
Thessalians, Aenianians, Acarnanians and Euboeans.
In addition the slaves and many of the outlander ^
communities were in revolt, and at least as many of
the Spartan nobles had fallen in the battle of Leuctra
assurvived. He kept the city safe notwithstanding,
and that though it was without walls, not going out '
into the open where the advantage would have lain
wholly with the enemy, and keeping his army strongly
posted where the citizens would have the advantage ;
for he believed that he would be surrounded on all
sides if he came out into the plain, but that if he
made a stand in the defiles and the heights, he
would be master of the situation.
After the retirement of the enemy, none will deny 25
that his conduct was marked by good sense. The
marching and riding incidental to active service
were no longer possible to a man of his years, but
he saw that the state must have money if she was
to gain an ally anywhere. So he applied himself
to the business of raising money. | Af home he did
all that ingenuity could suggest; and, if he saw any
prospect of serving the state abroad, shrank from no
measures that circumstances called for, and he was
not ashamed to go out, not as a general, but as an
47}. du 95
26
27
28
29
30
XENOPHON
πρεσβευτὴς ἐκπορευομενος à ἀντὶ στρατηγοῦ. ὅμως
δὲ καὶ ἐν τῇ πρεσβεία μεγάλου στρατηγοῦ ἔργα
διεπράξατο. Αὐτοφραδάτης τε γὰρ πολιορκῶν
ἐν "Acao ᾿Αριοβαρξάνην σύμμαχον ὄντα δείσας
᾿Αγησίλαον. φεύγων ῴχετο" Κότυς δ᾽ αὖ Σηστὸν
πολιορκῶν ᾿Αριοβαρξάνου ἔτι οὖσαν λύσας “καὶ
οὗτος τὴν πολιορκίαν ἀπηλλάγη: ὥστ᾽ οὐκ ἂν
ἀλόγως καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς πρεσβείας πρόπαιον τῶν
πολεμίων ἑστήκει αὐτῷ. Μαύσωλός γε μὴν κατὰ
θάλατταν ἑ ἑκατὸν ναυσὶ πολιορκῶν ἀμφότερα τὰ
χωρία ταῦτα οὐκέτι δείσας, ἀλλὰ πεισθεὶς ἀπέ-
πλευσεν οἴκαδε. κἀνταῦθα οὖν ἄξια θαύματος
διεπράξατο: οἵ τε γὰρ εὖ πεπονθέναι νομίζοντες
ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ καὶ οἱ φεύγοντες αὐτὸν χρήματα
ἀμφότεροι ἔδοσαν. Ταχώς γε μὴν καὶ Μαύσωλος,
διὰ τὴν πρόσθεν ᾿Αγησιλάου ξενίαν συμβαλό-
μενος καὶ οὗτος χρήματα τῇ Λακεδαίμονι,
ἀπέπεμψαν αὐτὸν οἴκαδε προπομπὴν δόντες
μεγαλοπρεπῆ.
Ἔκ δὲ τούτου ἤδη μὲν ἔτη ἐγεγόνει ἀμφὶ τὰ
ὀγδοήκοντα" κατανενοηκὼς δὲ τὸν Αἰγυπτίων
βασιλέα ἐπιθυμοῦντα τῷ Πέρσῃ πολεμεῖν καὶ
πολλοὺς μὲν πεζούς, πολλοὺς δὲ ( ἱππέας, πολλὰ
δὲ χρήματα ἔχοντα ἄσμενος ἤκουσεν, ὅτι μετε-
πέμπετο αὐτόν, καὶ ταῦτα ἡγεμονίαν ὑπισχνού-
μενος. ἐνόμεξε γὰρ τῇ αὐτῇ ὁρμῇ, τῷ μὲν
Αἰγυπτίῳ χάριν ἀποδώσειν ἀνθ᾽ ὧν εὐεργετήκει
τὴν Λακεδαίμονα, τοὺς δ᾽ ἐν τῇ ᾿Ασίᾳ "EXXqvas
πάλιν ἐλευθερώσειν, τῷ δὲ Πέρσῃ δίκην ἐπιθήσειν
καὶ τῶν πρόσθεν καὶ ὅτι νῦν σύμμαχος εἶναι
φάσκων ἐπέταττε Μεσσήνην ἀφιέναι. ἐπεὶ μέντοι
ὁ μεταπεμψάμενος οὐκ ἀπεδίδου τὴν ἡγεμονίαν
96
AGESILAUS, πὸ 25-30
envoy. And even as an envoy he accomplished
work worthy of a great general For instance,
Autophradates laying siege to Ariobarzanes, an ally
of Sparta, at Assos, took to his heels from fear of
Agesilaus, Cotys for his part, besieging Sestos, while
it was still in the hands of Ariobarzanes; broke up the
siege and made off. With good reason, therefore,
might the victorious envoy have set up a tróphy once
again to record these bloodless successes. Again,
Mausolus, laying siege to both these places with a
feet of a hundred vessels, was induced, not indeed
by fear, but by persuasion, to sail for home. In this
affair too his success was admirable; for those who
considered that they were under an obligation to him
and those who fled before him, both paid. | Yet again,
Tachos and Mausolus (another of those who. con-
tributed money to Sparta, owing to his old ties of
hospitality with Agesilaus), sent him home with a
magnificent escort. ἡ !
Subsequently, when he was now about eighty
years of age, he became aware that the king of
t was bent on war with Persia, and was possessed
of large forces of infantry and cavalry and plenty
of money. He was delighted when a summons
for help reached him from the Egyptian king, who
actually promised him the chief command. | For he
believed that at one stroke he would repay the
26
29
tian for his good offices to Sparta, would again ᾿
set free the Greeks in Asia, and would chastise the
Persian for his former hostility, and for demanding
now, when he professed to be an ally of Sparta, that
her claim to Messene should be given up. , However,
when this suitor for his assistance failed to give him
97
VOL. II. E
30
XENOPHON
αὐτῷ, ὁ μὲν ᾿Αγησίλαος ὡς τὸ μέγιστον ἐξηπατη-
μένος ἐφρόντιζε, τί δεῖ ποιεῖν. ἐκ τούτου δὲ
πρῶτον μὲν οἱ δίχα στρατευόμενοι τῶν Αἰγυπτίων
ἀφίστανται τοῦ βασιλέως, ἔ ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι
πάντες ἀπέλιπον αὐτόν. καὶ αὐτὸς μὲν. δείσας
ἀπεχώρησε φυγῇ εἰς Σιδῶνα τῆς Φοινίκης, οἱ δ᾽
Αἰγύπτιοι στασιάζοντες διττοὺς βασιλέας αἱροῦν-
31 ται. ἐνταῦθα δὴ ᾿Αγησίλαος γνούς, ὅτε εἰ μὲν
μηδετέρῳ συλλήψοιτο, μισθὸν οὐδέτερος λύσει
τοῖς “Ἕλλησιν, ἀγορὰν δὲ οὐδέτερος παρέξει,
ὁπότερός T' ἂν κρατήσῃ, οὗτος ἐχθρὸς ἔσται:
εἰ δὲ τῷ ἑτέρῳ συλλήψοιτο, οὗτός γε εὖ παθὼν
ὡς τὸ εἰκὸς φίχος ἔσοιτο, οὕτω δὴ κρίνας, ὁπότερος
φιλέλλην μᾶλλον ἐδόκει εἶναι, στρατευσάμενος
μετὰ τούτου τὸν μὲν μισέλληνα μάχῃ νικήσας
χειροῦται, τὸν δ᾽ ἕτερον συγκαθίστησι' καὶ φίλον
ποιήσας τῇ Λακεδαίμονε καὶ χρήματα πολλὰ
προσλαβὼν οὕτως ἀποπλεῖ οἴκαδε καίπερ μέσου
χειμῶνος ὄντος, σπεύδων, ὡς μὴ ἀργὸς “ἡ πόλις
εἰς τὸ ἐπιὸν θέρος πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους γένοιτο. ^
III. Kai ταῦτα μὲν δὴ εἴρηται ὅσα τῶν ἐκείνου
ἔργων μετὰ, πλείστων μαρτύρων ἐπράχθη. τὰ
γὰρ τοιαῦτα οὐ τεκμηρίων προσδεῖται, ἀλλ᾽
ἀναμνῆσαι μόνον ἀρκεῖ καὶ εὐθὺς πιστεύεται.
νῦν δὲ τὴν ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ αὐτοῦ ἀρετὴν πειράσομαι
δηλοῦν, δι’ ἣν ταῦτα ἔπραττε καὶ πάντων τῶν
καλῶν ἤρα καὶ πάντα τὰ αἰσχρὰ ἐξεδίωκεν.
2. ᾿Αγησίλαος γὰρ τὰ μὲν θεῖα οὕτως ἐσέβετο,
ὡς καὶ οἱ πολέμιοι τοὺς ἐκείνου ὅρκους καὶ τὰς
98
AGESILAUS, ii. 30-1. 2
the command Agesilaus felt that he had been grossly
deceived, and was in doubt what he ought todo. Αἱ
this juneture first a portion of the Egyptian troops,
operating as a separate army, revolted from the king,
and then the rest of his forces deserted him. The
king left Egypt and fledinterror to Sidon in Phoenicia,
while the Egyptians split up into two parties, and each
chose its own king. Agesilaus now realised that if 31
he helped neither king, neither of them would pay
the Greeks their wages, neither would provide a
market, and the conqueror, whichever he proved to
be, would be hostile, but if he co-operated with one
of them, that one, being under an obligation to him,
would in all probability adopt a friendly attitude.
Accordingly,having decided which of themshowed the
stronger signs of being a friend to the Greeks, he
took the field with him. He inflicted a crushing
defeat on the enemy οὗ the Greeks, and helped to
establish his rival; and so having made him
the friend of Sparta, and having received a
2»c. great sum of money in addition, he sailed home,
though it was mid-winter, with all haste, in order
that the state might be in a position to take action
inst her enemies in the coming summer.
III. Such, then, is the record of my hero's deeds,
so far as they were done before a crowd of witnesses.
Actions like these need no proofs; the mere mention
of them is enough and they command belief immedi-
ately. But now I will attempt to show the virtue
that was in his soul, the virtue through which he
wrought those deeds and loved all that is honourable
and put away all that is base. — -
Agesilaus had such reverence for religion, that 2
even his enemies considered his oaths and his
99
e
σι
XENOPHON . .
ἐκείνου σπονδὰς πιστοτέρας ἐνόμιξον ἢ τὴν ἑαυτῶν
φιλίαν" οἱ καὶ πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἔστιν ὅτε μὲν ὥκνουν
εἰς ταὐτὸν ἰέναι, ᾿Αγησιχάῳ͵ δὲ αὑτοὺς ἐγχείριζον.
ὅπως δὲ μή τις ᾿ἀπιστῇ, καὶ ὀνομάσαι βούλομαι
τοὺς ἐπιφανεστάτους αὐτῶν. Σπιθριδάτης μέν
γε ὁ Iépons εἰδώς, ὅτι Φαρνάβαξος γῆμαι “μὲν
τὴν βασιλέως ἔπραττε θυγατέρα, τὴν δ᾽. αὐτοῦ
ἄνευ γάμου λαβεῖν ἐβούλετο, ὕβριν νομίσας
τοῦτο ᾿Αγησιλάῳ ἑαυτὸν καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα καὶ
τὰ τέκνα καὶ τὴν δύναμιν ἐνεχείρισε. Κότυς δὲ
ὁ τῶν Παφλαγόνων ἄρχων βασιλεῖ μὲν οὐ
ὑπήκουσε δεξιὰν πέμποντι, φοβούμενος, μὴ
ληφθεὶς ἢ χρήματα πολλὰ ἀποτίσειεν ἢ «ai
ἀποθάνοι, ᾿Αγησιχάου δὲ καὶ οὗτος ταῖς σπονδαῖς
πιστεύσας εἰς τὸ στρατόπεδόν τε ἦλθε καὶ συμ-
μαχίαν ποιησάμενος εἵλετο σὺν ᾿Αγησιλάφ' στρα-
τεύεσθαι, χιλίους μὲν ἱππέας, δισ (λίους δὲ
πελτοφόρους “ἔχων. ἀφίκετο δὲ καὶ αρνάβαζος
᾿Αγησιλάῳ εἰς λόγους καὶ διωμολόγησεν, εἰ μὴ
αὐτὸς πάσης τῆς στρατιᾶς στρατηγὸς καταστα-
θείη, ἀποστήσεσθαι βασιλέως: ἢν μέντοι ἐγὼ
γένωμαι στρατηγός, ἔφη, πολεμήσω. σοι, ὦ
᾿Αγησίλαε, ὡς ἂν ἐγὼ δύνωμαι, κράτιστα. καὶ
ταῦτα λέγων ἐπίστευε μηδὲν ἂν παράσπονδον
παθεῖν, οὕτω μέγα καὶ καλὸν κτῆμα τοῖς τε
ἄλλοις ἅπασι καὶ ἀνδρὶ δὴ στρατηγῷ τὸ ὅσιόν
τε καὶ πιστὸν εἶναί τε καὶ ὄντα ἐγνῶσθαι. καὶ
περὶ μὲν εὐσεβείας Ταῦτα.
ἃ The text here is quite uncertain: there is a gap in the
manuscripts after φιλίαν.
IOO
AGESILAUS, 1n. 2-5
treaties more to be relied on tban their own friend-
ship with one another: for there were'times when
they shrank from meeting together! and yet
would place themselves in the power of Agesilaus.
And lest anyone should think this statement incred-
ible, I wish to name the most famous among them.
Spithridates the Persian, for example; knew that 3
JPharisdbeius was negotiating for a marriage with
the Great King's daughter, and intended to take his,
Spithridates', daughter as a concubine. garding
this as an outrage, he delivered himself, his wife, his
children and all that he had into Agesilaus' hands.
Cotys, ruler of the Paphlagonians, who had disobeyed 4
the command ofthe Great King, though it was accom-
panied with the symbol of friendship,? feared that
he would be seized and either be fined heavily or
even put to death; but. he too, trusting in the
armistice with Agesilaus, came to his camp and
having entered into alliance elected to take the field
at Agesilaus side with a thousand horse and two
thousand targeteers. And Pharnabazus too came 5
and parleyed with Agesilaus, and made agreement
with him that if he were not himself appointed the
Persian general, he would revolt from the Great
King. * But," he said, * if I become general, I shall
make war on you, Agesilaus, with all my might." . He
used this language in full confidence that nothing
contrary to the terms of the armistice would happen
to him. 80 great and so noble a treasure has every
man, and above all a general, who is upright and
trustworthy and is known to be 50. 80 much, then,
for the virtue of Piety.
* The *'right hand," often mentioned as a pledge of good
faith or friendship.
IOI
XENOPHON
IV. Περί γε μὴν «.τῆς eis χρήματα δικαιοσύνης
ποῖα ἄν τὶς μείζω τεκμήρια ἔχοι τῶνδε; ὑπὸ
γὰρ ᾿Αγησιλάου στέρεσθαι μὲν οὐδεὶς οὐδὲν
πώποτε ἐνεκάλεσεν, εὖ δὲ πεπονθέναι πολλοὶ
πολλὰ ὡμολόγουν. ὅτῳ δὲ ἡδὺ τὰ αὑτοῦ διδόναι
ἐπ᾿ ὠφελείᾳ ἀνθρώπων, πῶς ἂν οὗτος ἐθέλοι τὰ
ἀλλότρια ἀποστερεῖν ἐφ᾽ ᾧ κακόδοξος εἶναι ; εἰ
γὰρ χρημάτων ἐπιθυμοίη, πολὺ ἀπραγμονέστερον
τὰ αὑτοῦ φυλάττειν ἢ τὰ μὴ προσήκοντα λαμβά-
νειν. ὃς δὲ δὴ καὶ χάριτας ἀποστερεῖν μὴ ἐθέλοι,
ὧν οὐκ εἰσὶ δίκαι πρὸς τὸν μὴ ἀποδιδόντα, πῶς
ἅ γε καὶ νόμος κωλύει ἐθέλοι ἂν ἀποστερεῖν ;
᾿Αγησίλαος δὲ οὐ μόνον τὸ μὴ ἀποδιδόναι χάριτας
ἄδικον ἔκρινεν; ἀλχὰ καὶ TO μὴ πολὺ μείζους τὸν
μείζω δυνάμενον. τά γε μὴν τῆς πόλεως κλέπτειν
πῆ ἄν τις αὐτὸν εἰκότως αἰτιάσαιτο, ὃς καὶ τὰς
αὐτῷ χάριτας ὀφειλομένας τῇ πατρίδι καρποῦσθαι
παρεδίδου; τὸ δ᾽ ὁπότε βούλοιτο εὖ ποιεῖν ἢ
πόλιν ἢ φίλους χρήμασι, δύνασθαι παρ᾽ ἑτέρων
λαμβάνοντα ὠφελεῖν, οὐ καὶ τοῦτο μέγα τεκμή-
ριον ἐγκρατείας χρημάτων ; εἰ γὰρ ἐπώλει τὰς
χάριτας ἢ μισθοῦ εὐεργέτει, οὐδεὶς ἂν οὐδὲν
ὀφείλειν αὐτῷ ἐνόμισεν: ἀλλ᾽’ οἱ προῖκα εὖ
πεπονθότες, οὗτοι ἀεὶ ἡδέως ὑπηρετοῦσι τῷ
εὐεργέτῃ καὶ διότι εὖ ἔπαθον καὶ διότι προ-
επιστεύθησαν ἄξιοι εἶναι παρακαταθήκην χάριτος
φυλάττειν.
Ὅστις δ᾽ ἠρεῖτο καὶ σὺν τῷ γενναίῳ μειονεκτεῖν
ἢ σὺν τῷ ἀδίκῳ πλέον ἔχειν, πῶς οὗτος οὐκ ἂν
1 Symposiwin, viii. 36.
102
AGESILAUS, iv. τος
IV. Next comes his Justice in money matters. Of
this what proofs can be more convincing than the
following? No man ever made any complaint that he *
had been defrauded by Agesilaus : but many acknow-
ledged that they had received many benefits from
him. One who delighted to give away his own for
the good of others could not possibly be minded to
defraud others at the price of disgrace. For if he
had coveted money it would have cost him far less
trouble to keep his own than to take what did not
belong to him. Α man who would not leave unpaid 2
debts of gratitude, which are not recoverable in the
courts, cannot have been minded to commit thefts
that are forbidden by law. And Agesilaus held it
wrong not only to repudiate a debt of gratitude, but,
having greater means, not to render in return a
much greater kindness. Again, with what show of 3
reason could embezzlement of public property be
charged against a man who bestowed on his father-
land the rewards due to himself? And is it not a
striking proof of his freedom from avarice that he
was able to get money from others, whenever he
wanted, for the purpose of rendering financial assist-
ance to the state or his friends? For had he been 4
in the habit of selling his favours or taking payment
for his benefactions, no one would have felt that he
owed him anything. lt is the recipient of unbought,
gratuitous benefits who is always glad to oblige his
. benefactor in return for the kindness he has received
and in acknowledgment of the trust reposed in him
as a worthy and faithful guardiari of a favour.!
Further, is it not certain that the man who by a 5
noble instinct refused to take more and preferred to
take less than his just share was far beyond the reach
103
XENOPHON
πολυ τὴν αἰσχροκέρδειαν ἀποφεύγοι ; ἐκεῖνος
τοίνυν κριθεὶς ὑπὸ τῆς πόλεως ἅπαντα ἔχειν τὰ
Ἄγιδος τὰ ἡμίσεα τοῖς ἀπὸ μητρὸς αὐτῷ ὁμογό-
vois μετέδωκεν, ὅτι πενομένους αὐτοὺς ἑώρα. ὡς
δὲ ταῦτα ἀληθῆ, πᾶσα μάρτυς ἡ τῶν Λακεδαι-
6 μονίων πόλις. διδόντος δ᾽ αὐτῷ πάμπολλα δῶρα
Τιθραύστου, εἰ ἀπέλθοι ἐκ τῆς χώρας, ἀπεκρίνατο
ὁ ᾿Αγησίλαος: Ὦ, Τιθραύστα, νομίζεται παρ᾽
ἡμῖν τῷ ἄρχοντι κάλλιον εἶναι τὴν στρατιὰν ἢ
ἑαυτὸν πλουτίζειν καὶ παρὰ τῶν πολεμίων λάφυρα
μᾶλλον πειρᾶσθαι ἢ δῶρα λαμβάνειν.
V. ᾿Αλλὰ μὴν καὶ ὅσαι γε ἡδοναὶ πολλῶν
κρατοῦσιν ἀνθρώπων, ποίας οὖδέ τις ᾿Αγησίλαον
ἡττηθέντα ; ὃς μέθης μὲν ἀποσχέσθαι ὁμοίως
dero χρῆναι καὶ μανίας, σίτων δ᾽ ὑπὲρ καιρὸν
ὁμοίως καὶ ἀργίας. διμοιρίαν γε μὴν λαμβάνων
ἐν ταῖς θοίναις οὐχ ὅπως ἀμφοτέραις ἐχρῆτο,
ἀλλὰ διαπέμπων οὐδετέραν αὑτῷ κατέλειπε,
νομίξων βασιλεῖ τοῦτο διπλασιασθῆναι οὐχὶ
πλησμονῆς ἕνεκα, ἀλλ’ ὅπως ἔχοι καὶ τούτῳ
2 τιμᾶν εἴ τινα βούλοιτο. οὐ μὴν ὕπνῳ γε δεσπότῃ,
ἀλλ᾽ ἀρχομένῳ ὑπὸ τῶν πράξεων ἐχρῆτο καὶ
εὐνήν γε εἰ μὴ τῶν συνόντων φαυλοτάτην ἔχοι,
αἰδούμενος οὐκ ἄδηλος ἦν: ἡγεῖτο γὰρ ἄρχοντι
προσήκειν οὐ μαλακίᾳ, ἀλλὰ καρτερίᾳ τῶν ἰδιώ-
τῶν περιεῖναι.
8 Τάδε μέντοι πλεονεκτῶν οὐκ ἠσχύνετο, ἐν μὲν
τῷ θέρει τοῦ ἡλίου, ἐν δὲ τῷ χειμῶνι τοῦ ψύχους"
καὶ μὴν εἴ ποτε μοχθῆσαι στρατιᾷ συμβαίη,
——32 μανίας and ἀργίας are adopted from the text of Athenaeus,
who refers to this passage (p. 613 c). The MSS. of the
104
AGESILAUS, tv. 5-v. 3
of covetousness? «Now when the state pronounced
him sole heir to the property of Agis, he gave half
of it to his mother's kinsfolk, because he saw that
they were in want; and all Lacedaemon bears wit-
,
ness that my statement is true. On receiving from 6 ^
Tithraustes an offer of gifts unnumbered if only
he would leave his country, Agesilaus answered:
* Among us, Tithraustes, a ruler's honour requires
him to enrich his army rather than himself, and to
take spoils rather than gifts from the enemy."
V. Again, among all the pleasures that prove too
strong for many men, who can mention one to which
Agesilaus yielded? Drunkenness, he thought, should [^
be avoided like madness, overeating like idleness.!
Moreover, he received a double ration at the public
meals, but instead of consuming both portions himself,
he distributed both «nd left neither for himself,
holding that the purpose of this double allowance to
the king was not to provide him with a heavy meal,
but to give him the opportunity of honouring whomso-
ever he would. ./As for sleep,? it was not his master, 2
but the servant of his activities; and unless he
occupied the humblest bed among his comrades, he
could not conceal his shame : for he thought that a
ruler's superiority over ordinary men should be shown
not by weakness but by endurance.
There were things, to be sure, of which he was
nót ashamed to take more than his share—for in-
stance, the summer's heat and the winter's cold :
and whenever his army was faced with a hard task,
Agesilaus have λαιμαργίας, *''gluttony," and ἁμαρτίας,
*' error ἢἢ
* Lac. Pol., xv. 4 ; Cyropaedia, v1. ii. 4.
3 Cyropaedia, 1. iv. 25,
105
XENOPHON -
ἑκὼν ἐπόνει παρὰ τοὺς ἄλλους, νομίζων πάντα
τὰ τοιαῦτα παραμυθίαν εἷναι τοῖς στρατιώταις.
ὡς δὲ συνελόντι εἰπεῖν, ᾿Αγησίλαος πονῶν μὲν
ἠγάλλετο, ῥᾳστώνην δὲ πάμπαν οὐ προσίετο. 303
Περί ye μὴν ἀφροδισίων ἐγκρατείας αὐτοῦ ἄρ᾽
οὐχὶ εἰ μή του ἄχλου ἀλλὰ θαύματος ἕνεκα
ἄξιον μνησθῆναι; τὸ μὲν γὰρ ὧν μὴ ἐπεθύμησεν
ἀπέχεσθαι ἀνθρώπινον ἄν τις φαίη εἶναι" τὸ δὲ
Μεγαβάτου τοῦ Σπιθριδάτου παιδὸς ἐρασθέντα,
ὥσπερ ἂν ποῦ καλλίστου ἡ σφοδροτάτη φύσις
ἐρασθείη, ἔπειτα ἡνίκα, ἐπιχωρίου ὄντος τοῖς
ἸΠέρσαις φιλεῖν οὺς ἂν τιμῶσιν, ἐπεχείρησε καὶ
ὁ Μεγαβάτης φιλῆσαι. τὸν ᾿Αγησίλαον, διαμά-
χεσθαι ἀνὰ κράτος τὸ μὴ ᾿φιληθῆναι, dp "οὐ
τοῦτό γε ἤδη τὸ σωφρόνημα καὶ λίαν γεννικόν ;
ἐπεὶ δὲ ὥσπερ ἀτιμασθῆναι νομίσας ὁ Μεγαβάτης
τοῦ λοιποῦ οὐκέτι φιλεῖν. ἐπειρᾶτο, προσφέρει
τινὶ λόγον τῶν ἑταίρων ὁ ᾿Αγησίλαος πείθειν
τὸν Μεγαβάτην πάλιν τιμᾶν ἑαυτόν. ἐρομένου
δὲ τοῦ éraípov, ἢν πεισθῇ ὁ Μεγαβάτης, εἰ
φιλήσει, ἐνταῦθα διασιωπήσας ὁ ᾿Αγησίλαος
εἶπεν: Οὐ τὼ σιώ, οὐδ᾽ εἰ μέλλοιμί γε αὐτίκα
μάλα κἀλλιστός τε καὶ ἰσχυρότατος καὶ τάχιστος
ἀνθρώπων ἔσεσθαι" μάχεσθαί γε μέντοι πάλιν
τὴν αὐτὴν μάχην ὄμνυμι πάντας θεοὺς 7 μὴν
μᾶλλον βούλεσθαι ἢ πάντα μοι ὅσα ὁρῶ χρυσᾶ
γενέσθαι. καὶ ὅ τι μὲν δὴ ὑπολαμβάνουσί τινες
ταῦτα, οὐκ ἀγνοῶ" ἐγὼ μέντοι δοκῶ εἰδέναι, ὅ ὅτι
πολὺ πλέονες τῶν πολεμίων ἢ τῶν τοιούτων
δύνανται κρατεῖν. ἀλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν ὀλίγων
εἰδότων πολλοῖς ἔξεστιν ἀπιστεῖν' τὰ δὲ πάντες
ἐπιστάμεθα, ὅτι ἥκιστα μὲν οἱ ἐπιφανέστατοι
106
AGESILAUS, s. 3-6
ys toiled willingly beyond all others, believing
that all such actions were an encouragement to the
men. Not to labour the'point, Agesilaus gloried
in hard work, and showed a strong distaste for
indolence.
His habitual control of his affections surely deserves 4
a tribute of admiration, if worthy of mention on no
. other ground. That he should keep at arms' length
those whose intimacy he did not desire may be
thought only human. But he loved Megabates, the
handsome son of Spithridates, with all the intensity
of an ardent nature. Now it is the custom ! among
the Persians to bestow a kiss on those whom they
honour. -Yet when Megabates attempted to kiss
him, Agesilaus resisted his advances with all his
might—an act of punctilious moderation surely!
Megabates, feeling himself slighted, tried no more 5
to kiss him, and Agesilaus approached one of his
companions with a request that he would persuade
Megabates to show him honour once again. ** Will
you kiss him," asked his companion, “1ξ Megabates
yields?" — After a deep silence, Agesilaus gave his
reply : * By the twin gods, no, not if I were straight-
way to be the fairest and strongest and fleetest man
on earth! By all the gods 1 swear that I would
rather fight that same battle over again than that
everything I see should turn into gold." What 6
opinion some hold in regard to these matters 1 know
well enough; but for my part I am persuaded that
many more men can gain the mastery over their
enemies than over impulses such as these.? No doubt
when these things are known to few, many have a
right to be sceptical: but we all know this, that the
2 Cyropaedia, τ, iv. 27. 3. Anabasis, τι. vi. 28.
107
-»
XENOPHON
τῶν ἀνθρώπων λανθάνουσιν ὅ τι ἂν ποιῶσιν"
᾿Αγησίλαον δέ τι πράξαντα μὲν τοιοῦτον οὔτε
ἰδὼν πώποτε οὐδεὶς ἀνήγγειλεν οὔτε εἰκάζων
πιστὰ ἂν ἔδοξε λέγειν. καὶ γὰρ εἰς οἰκίαν μὲν
οὐδεμίαν ἰδίᾳ ἐν ἀποδημίᾳ κατήγετο, ἀεὶ δὲ ἣν
ἢ e ἐν ἱερῷ, ἔνθα δὴ ἀδύνατον τὰ τοιαῦτα πράττειν,
ἢ ἐν φανερῷ, μάρτυρας, τοὺς πάντων ὀφθαλμοὺς
τῆς σωφροσύνης ποιούμενος. εἰ δ᾽ ἐγὼ ταῦτα
ψεύδομαι ἀντία τῆς Ελλάδος ἐπισταμένης, ἐκεῖνον
μὲν οὐδὲν ἐπαινῶ, ἐμαυτὸν. δὲ ψέγω.
VI. ᾿Ανδρείας γε μὴν οὐκ ἀφανῆ τεκμήριά μοι
δοκεῖ παρασχέσθαι ὑφιστάμενος μὲν ἀεὶ πολεμεῖν
πρὸς τοὺς ἐσ υροτάτους τῶν ἐχθρῶν τῇ τε πόλει
καὶ τῇ "EXAÁ L, ἐν δὲ τοῖς πρὸς τούτους ἀγῶσι
πρῶτον ἑαυτὸν τάττων. ἔνθα γε μὴν ἠθέλησαν
αὐτῷ οἱ πολέμιοι. μάχην συνάψαι, οὐ φόβῳ
τρεψάμενος νίκης ἔτυχεν, ἀλλὰ μάχῃ ἀντιτύπῳ
κρατήσας τρόπαιον ἐστήσατο, ἀθάνατα μὲν τῆς
ἑαυτοῦ ἀρετῆς μνημεῖα καταλιπών, σαφῆ δὲ καὶ
αὐτὸς σημεῖα ἀπενεγκάμενος τοῦ θυμῷ μάχεσθαι"
ὥστ᾽ οὐκ ἀκούοντας, ἀλλ᾽ ὁρῶντας ἐξῆν αὐτοῦ
τὴν ψυχὴν δοκιμάξειν. τρόπαια μὴν ᾿Αγησιλάου
οὐχ ὅσα ἐστήσατο, ἀλλ᾽ ὅσα ἐστ ατεύσατο δί-
καιον νομίξειν. μεῖον uev yàp οὐδὲν ἐκράτει, ὅτε
οὐκ ἤθελον αὐτῷ οἱ πολέμιοι μάχεσθαι, ἀκινδυ-
νότερον δὲ καὶ συμφορώτερον τῇ τε πόλει καὶ
τοῖς συμμάχοις" καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἀγῶσι δὲ οὐδὲν
ἧττον τοὺς ἀκονιτὶ ἢ τοὺς διὰ μάχης νικῶντας
στεφανοῦσι.
..* Memorabilia, τ. i. 11.
? "The reference is not general, but definitely to the battle
of Coronea; see c. ii, ὃ 11-13.
108
AGESILAUS, v. 6-vi. 3
greater a man's fame, the fiercer is the light that
beats on all his actions;! we know too that no one
ever reported that he had seen Agesilaus do any ἢ ΟἿΣ
such thing, and that no scandal oed on conjecture mm
would have gained credence; Mor it was not his7
habit, when abroad, to lodge apart in a private
house, but he was always either in a temple, where
conduct of this sort is, of course, impossible, or else
in a public place where all men's eyes became
witnesses of his'rectitude. If I speak this falsely
against the knowledge ofthe Greek world, I am in
no way praising my hero; but | am censuring myself.
-VL As for Courage, he seems to me to have
afforded clear proofs of that by always engaging
himself to fight against the strongest enemies of his
state and of Greece, and by —— himself
in the forefront of the struggle. /When the enemy 2
were willing to join battle with him,? it was not by
their panic flight that he won victory, but it was after
overcoming them in stubborn fighting that he set up
a trophy, leaving behind him imperishable memorials-
of his own valour, and bearing in his own body
visible tokens of the fury of his fighting, so that not
by hearsay but by the evidence οὕ their own eyes
men could judge what manner of man he was. In 3
truth the trophies of Agesilaus are not to be counted
by telling how many he set up; the number of his
campaigns is the number of them. His mastery
was in no way less.complete when the enemy were
unwilling to accept battle, but it was gained at less
risk and with more profit to the state and to the
allies. So in the Great Games the unchallenged
champion is crowned no less than he who has
fought to conquer. |
109
4
σι
“2
XENOPHON
Τήν γε μὴν σοφίαν αὐτοῦ ποῖαι τῶν ἐκείνου
πράξεων οὐκ ἐπιδεικνύουσιν ; ὃς τῇ μὲν πατρίδι
οὕτως ἐχρῆτο, ὥστε μάλιστα πειθόμενος 1 ἑταί-
ροις δὲ πρόθυμος ὧν ἀπροφασίστους τοὺς φίλους
ἐκέκτητο" τοὺς δέ γε στρατιώτας ἅμα πειθο-
μένους καὶ φιλοῦντας αὐτὸν παρεῖχε. καίτοι
πῶς ἂν ἰσχυροτέρα γένοιτο φάλαγξ ἢ διὰ τὸ
μὲν πείθεσθαι εὔτακτος οὖσα, διὰ δὲ τὸ φιλεῖν
τὸν ἄρχοντα πιστῶς παροῦσα; τούς γε μὴν
πολεμίους εἶχε ψέγειν μὲν οὐ δυναμένους, μισεῖν
δὲ ἀναγκαζομένους. τοὺς γὰρ συμμάχους ἀεὶ
πλέον ἔχειν ἀὐτῶν ἐμηχανᾶτο, ἐξαπατῶν μὲν
ὅπου καιρὸς εἴη, φθάνων δὲ ὅπου τάχους δέοι,
λήθων δὲ ὅπου τοῦτο συμφέροι, πάντα δὲ τά-
ναντία πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους ἢ πρὸς τοὺς φίλους
ἐπιτηδεύων. καὶ γὰρ νυκτὶ μὲν ὅσαπερ ἡμέρᾳ
ἐχρῆτο, ἡμέρᾳ δὲ ὅσαπερ νυκτί, πολλάκις ἄδηλος
γυγνόμενος ὅπου Te. εἴη καὶ ὅποι ἴοι καὶ ὅ τι
ποιήσοι. ὥστε καὶ τὰ ἐχυρὰ ἀνώχυρα τοῖς
ἐχθροῖς καθίστη, τὰ μὲν παριών, τὰ δὲ ὑπερ-
βαίνων, τὰ δὲ κλέπτων. ὁπότε γε μὴν πορεύοιτο
εἰδώς, ὅτε ἐξείη τοῖς πολεμίοις μάχεσθαι, εἰ
βούλοιντο, συντεταγμένον μὲν οὕτως ἦγε τὸ
στράτευμα, ὡς ἂν ἐπικουρεῖν. μάλιστα ἑαυτῷ
δύναιτο, ἡσύχως δ᾽, ὥσπερ ἂν παρθένος ἡ σωφρο-
νεστάτη προβαΐίνοι, νομίζων ἐν. τῷ τοιούτῳ τό τε
ἀτρεμὲς καὶ ἀνεκπληκτότατον καὶ ἀθορυβητότατον
καὶ ἀναμαρτητότατον καὶ δυσεπιβουλευτότατον
εἶναι. -
! Something is wanting here: many supply ἴσχυε πλεῖστον
from Plutarch, 44g«s. c. 4— φησὶν ὁ R. ὅτι πάντα τῇ πατρίδι
πειθόμενος ἴσχυε πλεῖστον.
LIO
AGESILAUS, vi. 4-7
.— Of his Wi I find the evidence in every 4
one of his deeds — Towards his fathicrland he
behaved in such a manner that, being entirely
obedient to her, he won the obedience of the
citizens, and by his zeal for his -cormrades he
held the unquestioning evt M his friends: and
as for his troops, he gained at once their obedience
and their affection. Surely nothing is wanting to
the strength of that battle-line in which obedience
results in perfect discipline, and affection for the
general produces faithful promptitude. As for the 5
enemy, though they were forced to hate, he gave
them no chance to disparage him. For he contrived
that his allies always had the better of them, by
the use of deception when occasion offered, by
anticipating their action if speed was necessary,
hiding when it suited his purpose, and by
practising all the opposite methods when dealing with
enemies to those which he applied when dealing with
friends. Night, for example, was to him as day, and 6
day as night,! for he often veiled his movements so
completely that none could guess where he was,
whither he was going, or what he meant to do.
Thus he made even strong positions untenable to the
enemy, turning one, scaling another, snatching a
third by stealth. On the march, whenever he knew 7
thatthe enemy could bring him to an engagement if
they chose, he would lead his army in close order,
alert and ready to-defend himself, moving on as
quietly as a modest maiden, since he held that this
was the best means of maintaining calm, of avoiding
panie, eonfusion, and blundering, and of guarding
against a surprise attack.
* Hellenica, V1. i. 15; Lace. Pol., v. 7 ; Cyropaedia τ. v. 12.
' III
8
XENOPHON
Τοιγαροῦν. τοιαῦτα ποιῶν τοῖς μὲν πολεμίοις
δεινὸς ἦν, τοῖς δὲ φίλοις θάρρος καὶ ῥώμην
ἐνεποίει. ὥστε ἀκαταφρόνητος “μὲν ὑπὸ τῶν
ἐχθρῶν διετέλεσεν, ᾿ἀξήμιος δ᾽ ὑπὸ τῶν πολιτῶν,
ἄμεμπτος δ᾽ ὑπὸ τῶν φίλων, πολυεραστότατος δὲ
καὶ πολυεπαινετώτατος ὑπὸ πάντων ἀνθρώπων.
VII. "Os ye μὴν φιλόπολις ἣν, καθ᾽ ἕν μὲν
ἕκαστον μακρὸν ἂν εἴη γράφειν" οἴομαι. ᾿γὰ
οὐδὲν εἶναι τῶν πεπραγμένων αὐτῷ, ὅ τι οὐκ εἰς
τοῦτο συντείνει. ὡς δ᾽ ἐν βραχεῖ εἰπεῖν, ἅπαντες
ἐπιστάμεθα, ὅ ὅτι ᾿Αγησίλαος ὅπου gero τὴν πα-
τρίδα TL ὠφελήσειν, οὐ πόνων bero, οὐ κινδύνων
ἀφίστατο, οὐ χρημάτων ἐφείδετο, οὐ σῶμα, οὐ
γῆρας προὐφασίζξετο, ἀχλὰ καὶ βασιλέως ἀγαθοῦ
τοῦτο ἔργον ἐνόμιζε, τὸ τοὺς ἀρχομένους ὡς
πλεῖστα ἀγαθὰ ποιεῖν. ἐν τοῖς μεγίστοις
ὠφελήμασι τῆς πατρίδος καὶ τόδε ἐγὼ τίθημι
αὐτοῦ, ὅτι δυνατώτατος ὧν ἐν τῇ πόλει φανερὸς
ἦν μάλιστα τοῖς νόμοις λατρεύων. τίς γὰρ ἂν
ἠθέλησεν ἀπειθεῖν ὁ ὁρῶν τὸν βασιλέα πειθόμενον ; ;
τίς δ᾽ ἂν ἡγούμενος μειονεκτεῖν νεώτερόν. τί
ἐπεχείρησε ποιεῖν εἰδὼς τὸν βασιλέα νομίμως
καὶ τὸ κρατεῖσθαι φέροντα ; ὃς καὶ πρὸς τοὺς
διαφόρους ἐν τῇ πόλει ὥσπερ πατὴρ πρὸς παῖδας
προσεφέρετο. ἐλοιδορεῖτο μὲν γὰρ ἐπὶ τοῖς
ἁμαρτήμασιν, ἐτίμα δ᾽ εἴ τι καλὸν πράττοιεν,
παρίστατο δ᾽ εἴ τις συμφορὰ. συμβαίνοι, ἐχθρὸν
μὲν οὐδένα ἡγούμενος πολίτην, ἐπαινεῖν δὲ πάντας
ἐθέλων, σώξεσθαι δὲ πάντας κέρδος νομίξων,
ζημίαν δὲ τιθείς, εἰ καὶ ὁ μικροῦ ἄξιος ἀπόλοιτο"
εἰ δ᾽ ἐν τοῖς νόμοις ἠρεμοῦντες διαμένοιεν, δῆλος
112 ͵
AGESILAUS, vi. 8-vii. 3
And so, by using such methods, he was formidable 8
to his enemies, and inspired his friends with strength
and confidence. Thus he was never despised by his
foes, never brought to account by the citizens, never
blamed by his friends, but throughout his career he
was praised and idolised by all the world.
VII. Of his Patriotism it would be a long task to
write in complete detail, for there is no single action
of his, I think, that does not illustrate that quality.
To speak briefly, we all know that when Agesilaus
thought he would be serving his fatherland he never
shirked toil, never shrank from danger, never spared
money, never excused himself on the score of bodily
weakness or old age;! but believed that it is the
duty of a good king to do as much good as possible
to his subjects. Among the greatest services he?
rendered to his fatherland I reckon the fact that,
though the most powerful man in the state, he. was
clearly a devoted servant of the laws. For who
would be minded to disobey when he saw the king
obeying? Who would turn revolutionist, thinking
himself defrauded of his due, when he knew that the
king a ready to yield in accordance with the
laws? L/Here was à man whose behaviour to his 3
political opponents was that of a father to his
children: though he would chide them for their
errors he honoured them when they did a good
deed, and stood by them when any disaster befell
them, deeming no citizen an enemy, willing to
praise all, counting the safety of all a gain, and
reckoning the destruction even of a man of little
worth as a loss. He clearly reckoned that if the
citizens should continue to live in peaceful sub-
1 Memorabilia, 111. ii.
113
XENOPHON
jv εὐδαίμονα μὲν ἀεὶ ἔσεσθαι τὴν “πατρίδα
λογιζόμενος, ἰσχυρὰν δὲ τότε, ὅταν οἱ “Ἕλληνες
σωφρονῶσιν.
εἴ γε μὴν αὖ καλὸν “Ελληνα ὄντα. eder
εἶναι, τίνα τις οἶδεν ἄλλον στρατηγὸν ἢ πόλι
οὐκ ἐθέλοντα αἱρεῖν, ὅταν οἴηται πορθήσειν, ἢ
συμφορὰν νομίξοντα τὸ νικᾶν ἐν τῷ προς “Ἑλληνας
πολέμῳ; r ἐκεῖνος τοίνυν, ἀγγελίας μὲν ἐλθούσης
αὐτῷ, ὡς ἐν τῇ. ev Κορίνθῳ μάχῃ ὀκτὼ μὲν
Λακεδαιμονίων, ἐγγὺς δὲ μύριοι τῶν ἀντιπάλων
τεθναῖεν, οὐκ ἐφησθεὶς φανερὸς ἐγένετο, ANN
εἶπεν ἄρα: Φεῦ gov, ὦ Ἑλλάς, ὁπότε οἱ νῦν
τεθνηκότες, ἱκανοὶ ἦσαν ζῶντες νικᾶν μα ύμενοι
πάντας τοὺς βαρβάρους. Κορινθίων γε μὴν τῶν
φευγόντων λεγόντων, ὅ ὅτι ἐνδίδοιτο αὐτοῖς ἡ πόλις,
καὶ μηχανὰς ἐπιδεικνύντων, αἷς πάντως ἤλπιζον
àv? ἑλεῖν τὰ τείχη, οὐκ ἤθελε προσβάλλειν,
λέγων, ὅτι οὐκ ἀν ραποδίξεσθαι δέοι “Ἑλληνίδας
πόλεις, ἀλλὰ σωφρονίζειν. εἰ δὲ τοὺς ἁμαρτά.-
νοντας, ἔφη, ἡ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν ἀφανιοῦμεν, ὁρᾶν χρή, μὴ
οὐδ᾽ ἕξομεν μέθ᾽ ὅτου τῶν βαρβάρων κρατήσομεν.
Εἰ δ᾽ αὖ καλὸν καὶ μισοπέρσην εἶναι, ὅτι κα
ὁ πάλαι ἐξεστράτευσεν ὡς “δουλωσόμενος τὴν
Ἑλλάδα καὶ ὁ. νῦν συμμαχεῖ μὲν τούτοις, μεθ᾽
ὁποτέρων ἂν οἴηται μείζω βχάψειν, δωρεῖται δ᾽
ἐκείνοις, obs ἂν νομίξῃ λαβόντας πλεῖστα κακὰ
τοὺς “Ἑλληνας ποιήσειν, εἰρήνην δὲ συμπράττει,
ἐξ ἧς ἂν ἡγῆται μάλιστα ἡμᾶς ἀλλήλοις πολε-
μήσειν" ὁρῶσι μὲν οὖν ἅπαντες ταῦτα" ἐπεμελήθη
δέ τις ἄλλως πώποτε πλὴν ᾿Αγησίλαος, ἢ ὅπως
! σου is added from Priscian 2 p. 188 : it 15 ποῦ in S 'stext.
II4
AGESILAUS, vir. 3-7
mission to the laws, the fatherland would always
prosper and that she would be strong when the
Greeks were prudent.
vA gain, if it is honeurable in- one who is a Greek 4
to be a friend to the Greeks, what other general
has the world seen unwilling to take a city when he
thought that it would be sacked, or who looked on
victory in a war against Greeks as a disaster? Now 5
when a report reached Agesilaus that eight Lace-
daemonians and near ten thousand of the enemy
had fallen at the battle of Corinth, instead of show-
ing pleasure, he actually exclaimed :. * Alas for thee,
Hellas! those who now lie dead were enough to
defeat all the barbarians in battle had they lived !"
"And when the Corinthian exiles told him that the 6
city was about to be surrendered to them and pointed
to the engines with which they were confident of
taking the walls, he would not make an assault,
declaring that Greek cities ought not to be enslaved,
but chastened. ** And if," he added, * we are going
to annihilate the erring members of our own race,
let us beware lest we lack men to help in the
conquest of the barbarians."'
Or again, if it is honourable to hate the Persian 7
because in old days he set out to enslave Greece,
and now allies himself with that side which offers
him the prospect of working the greater mischief,
makes gifts to those who, as he believes, will injure
the Greeks most in return, negotiates the peace that
he thinks most certain to produce war among us—
well, everyone can see these things, but who except
Agesilaus has ever striven either to bring about
3 ἂν is added by Richards : it is not in S.'s text.
115
e
XENOPHON
^ , , , ^ , [4 P *
φῦλόν τι ἀποστήσεται τοῦ Πέρσου ἢ ὅπως τὸ
, ^ A , r, ^1 ,£ ^T
ἀποστὰν μὴ ἀπόληται ἢ τὸ παράπαν ὡς καὶ
βασιλεὺς κακὰ ἔχων μὴ δυνήσεται τοῖς “Ἑλλησι
πράγματα, παρέχειν ; ; ὃς καὶ πολεμούσης. “τῆς
πατρίδος πρὸς “ἕλληνας ὅμως τοῦ κοινοῦ ἀγαθοῦ
τῇ Ἑλλάδι οὐκ ἠμέλησεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐξέπλευσεν ὅ τι
δύναιτο κακὸν ποιήσων τὸν βάρβαρον.
VIII. ᾿Αλλὰ μὴν ἄξιόν γε αὐτοῦ καὶ τὸ εὔχαρι
μὴ σιωπᾶσθαι' ᾧ γε ὑπαρχούσης μὲν τιμῆς, πα-
᾽ , Ν ΄ j 25d
ρούσης δὲ δυνάμεως, πρὸς δὲ τούτοις βασιλείας,
καὶ ταύτης οὐκ ἐπιβουλευομένης ἀλλ᾽’ ἀγαπω-
μένης, τὸ μὲν μεγάλαυχον οὐκ ἂν εἶδέ.τις, τὸ
δὲ φιλόστοργον καὶ θεραπευτικὸν τῶν φίλων καὶ
μὴ ζητῶν κατενόησεν ἄν. "kal μὴν μετεῖχε μὲν
Ὁ ^ , , ^
ἥδιστα παιδικῶν λόγων, δυνεσπούδαζε δὲ πᾶν
ὅ τι δέοι φίλοις. διὰ δὲ τὸ εὔελπις καὶ εὔθυμος
καὶ ἀεὶ (Mapós εἶναι πολλοὺς ἐποίει μὴ τοῦ
διαπιράξασθαί τι μόνον ἕνεκα. πλησιάζειν, ἀλλὰ
καὶ τοῦ ἥδιον διημερεύειν. ἥκιστα δ᾽ ὧν οἷος
μεγαληγορεῖν ὅμως τῶν ἐπαινούντων αὑτοὺς οὐ
βαρέως ἤκουεν, ἡγούμενος βλάπτειν οὐδὲν αὐτούς,
ὑπισχνεῖσθαι δὲ ἄνδρας ἀγαθοὺς ἔσεσθαι. ἀλλὰ
μὴν καὶ τῇ μεγαλογνωμοσύνῃ γε ὡς εὐκαίρως
ἐχρῆτο, οὐ παραλειπτέον. ἐκεῖνος γάρ, ὅτ᾽ ἦλθεν
αὐτῷ ἐπιστολὴ παρὰ βασιλέως, ἣν ὁ μετὰ Καλλέα
τοῦ Λακεδαιμονίου Πέρσης ἤνεγκε, περὶ ξενίας τε
καὶ φιλίας αὐτοῦ, ταύτην μὲν οὐκ ἐδέξατο, τῷ δὲ
φέροντι εἶπεν ἀπαγγεῖλαι βασιλεῖ, ὡς ἰδίᾳ μὲν
* , * , M , , ^ , * Ἁ
πρὸς αὐτὸν οὐδὲν δέοι ἐπιστολὰς πέμπειν, ἢν δὲ
116
AGESILAUS, vri. 7-vii. 3
the revolt of a tribe from the Persian, or to save
a revolting tribe from destruction, or by some means
or other to involve the Great King in trouble so that
he will be unable to annoy the Greeks? | Nay, when
his fatherland was actually at war with Greeks, he
did not neglect the common good of Greece, but
went out with a fleet to do what harm he could to
the barbarian, ^
VIII. Another quality that should not go un-
recorded is his urbanity. For although he held
honour in fee, and had power at his beck, and to
these added sovereignty— sovereignty not plotted
against but regarded with affection —yet no traces of
arrogance could have been detected in him, whereas
signs of a fatherly affection and readiness to serve
his friends, even if unsought, were evident. He
delighted, moreover, to take his part in light talk,
yet he showed an eager sympathy with friends in all
their serious concerns. Thanks to his optimism,
good humour, and cheerfulness he was a centre of
attraction to many, who came not merely for pur-
poses of business, but to pass the day more pleasantly.
Little inclined to boastfulness himself, he heard
without annoyance the self-praise of others, think-
ing that, by indulging in it, they did no harm and
gave earnest of high endeavour. On the other hand,
one must not omit a reference to the dignity that
he showed on appropriate occasions. Thus, when
the Persian envoy who came with Calleas, the
Lacedaemonian, handed him a letter from the
Great King containing offers of friendship and
hospitality, he declined to accept it. * Tell his
Majesty," he said to the bearer, *that there is no
need for him to send me private letters, but, if he
117
[^]
XENOPHON
φίλος τῇ Λακεδαίμονι καὶ τῇ Ἑλλάδι εὔνους ὧν
φαίνηται, ὅτι καὶ αὐτὸς φίλος ἀνὰ κράτος αὐτῷ
,
ἔσοιτο" ἢν μέντοι, ἔφη, ἐπιβουλεύων ἁλίσκηται,
*
μηδ᾽ ἂν πάνυ πολλὰς ἐπιστολὰς δέχωμαι, φίλον
,
4 ἕξειν με. οἰίσθω. ἐγὼ οὖν καὶ τοῦτο ἐπαινῶ
*, , ^ N M , , ^ Wy
Αγησίλάου, TO πρὸς τὸ ἀρέσκειν τοῖς "EXXqQoiv
ὑπεριδεῖν τὴν βασιλέως ξενίαν. ἄγαμαι δὲ κἀ-
"^ Ld
κεῖνό, ὅτι οὐχ ὁπότερος πλείω τε χρήματα ἔχοι
, » | ^
kal πλειόνων ἄρχοι, τούτῳ ἡγήσατο μεῖζον
* , L4
φρονητέον εἶναι, ἀλλ᾽ ὁπότερος αὐτός τε ἀμείνων
εἴη καὶ ἀμεινόνων ἡγοῖτο.
56 Ἐπαινῶ δὲ κἀκεῖνο τῆς προνοίας αὐτοῦ, ὅτε
νομίζων ἀγαθὸν τῇ Ἑλλάδι ἀφίστασθαι τοῦ
βασιλέως ὡς πλείστους σατράπας οὐκ ἐκρατήθη
» Δ᾽ ΄ M , » pn" e b ^ ͵ὔ € ἅ
οὔθ᾽ ὑπὸ δώρων οὔθ᾽ ὑπὸ τῆς βασιλέως ῥώμης
ἐθεχῆσαι ξενωθῆναι αὐτῷ, ἀλλ’ ἐφυλάξατο μὴ
ἄπιστος γενέσθαι τοῖς ἀφίστασθαι βουλομένοις.
, ^
6 'Exetvó γε μὴν αὐτοῦ τίς οὐκ àv ἀγασθείη ;
ε ^
ὁ μὲν γὰρ ἸΙέρσης νομίζων, ἢν χρήματα πλεῖστα
, ^
ἔχῃ, πάνθ᾽ ὑφ᾽ ἑαυτῷ ποιήσεσθαι, διὰ τοῦτο πᾶν
μὲν τὸ ἐν ἀνθρώποις χρυσίον, πᾶν δὲ τὸ ἀργύριον,
πάντα δὲ τὰ πολυτελέστατα ἐπειρᾶτο πρὸς
t€
ἑαυτὸν ἀθροίζειν. ὁ δὲ οὕτως ἀντεσκευάσατο
, ^
τὸν οἶκον, ὥστε τούτων μηδενὸς προσδεῖσθαι.
1 εἰ δέ τις ταῦτα ἀπιστεῖ, ἰδέτω μέν, οἵα οἰκία
» ^ 7 Ν Ν , , ^
ἤρκει αὐτῷ, θεασάσθω δὲ τὰς θύρας αὐτοῦ:
εἰκάσειε γὰρ ἄν τις ἔτι ταύτας ἐκείνας εἶναι,
Ψ , , e € , vu ^
ἅσπερ ᾿Αριστόδημος ὁ "HpakXéovs, ὅτε κατῆλθε,
! Aristodemus was great-grandson of Hyllus, son of
Heracles. Xenophon follows the Lacedaemonian account,
according to which Aristodemus himself was leader at the
time when the Lacedaemonians obtained Sparta (Herodotus,
118
Ἧ AGESILAUS, vii. 3-7
gives proof of friendship for Lacedaemon, and good-
will towards Greece, | on my part will be his friend
with all my heart. But if he is found plotting
against them, let him not hope to have a friend in
me, however many letters I may receive." In this
contempt for the king's hospitality, as nothing in
comparison with the approval of the Greeks, I find
one more reason for praising Agesilaus, Admirable
too was his opinion that it is not for the ruler with
the deeper coffers and the longer roll of subjects to
set himself above his rival, but for him who is the
better leader of the better people.
Again, an instance of his foresight that I find
worthy of praise is this: believing it to be good for
Greece that as many satraps as possible should
revolt from the king, he was not prevailed on
either by gifts or by the king's power to accept his
hospitality, but was careful not to give cause to
those who wanted to revolt for mistrusting him.
There is yet another side of his character that
everyone must.admire. It was the belief of the
Persian king that by possessing himself of colossal
wealth, he would put all things in subjection to
himself. In this belief he tried to engross all the
gold, all the silver and all the most costly things in
the world. Agesilaus, on the contrary, adopted
such a simple style in his home that he needed none
of these things. If anyone doubts this, let him
mark what sort of a house contented him, and in
particular, let him look at the doors: one might
imagine that they were the very doors that Aristo-
demus, the descendant of Heracles! set up with his
vi, 59) His sons, Eurysthenes and Procles , became the
first joint-kings.
119
οι
7
XENOPHON
λαβὼν ἐπεστήσατο' πειράσθω δὲ θεάσασθαι τὴν
ἔνδον κατασκευήν, ἐννοησάτω δέ, ὡς ἐθοίναζεν
ἐν ταῖς θυσίαις, ἀκουσάτω δέ, ὡς ἐπὶ πολιτικοῦ
, 7 Ψ * , e , 5, ^
καννάθρου κατῇει εἰς ᾿Αμύκλας ἡ θυγάτηρ αὐτοῦ.
8 τουγαροῦν οὕτως ἐφαρμόσας τὰς δαπάνας ταῖς
προσόδοις οὐδὲν ἠναγκάζετο χρημάτων ἕνεκα
ἄδικον πράττειν. καίτοι καλὸν μὲν δοκεῖ εἶναι
/ £t ^ εν , , X
τείχη ἀνάλωτα κτᾶσθαι ὑπὸ πολεμίων: πολὺ
, » , , ἈΝ ^ e ^ ^
μέντοι ἔγωγε κάλλιον κρίνω TO τὴν αὑτοῦ ψυχὴν
ἀνάλωτον κατασκευάσαι καὶ ὑπὸ χρημάτων καὶ
e δ .4 ^ A Je Ν ,
ὑπὸ ἡδονῶν kai ὑπὸ φόβου.
ΙΧ. ᾿Αλλὰ μὴν ἐρῶ γε, ὡς καὶ τὸν τρόπον
ὑπεστήσατο τῇ τοῦ ἸΠέρσου ἀλαζονείᾳ. πρῶτον
μὲν γὰρ ὁ μὲν τῷ σπανίως ὁρᾶσθαι ἐσεμνύνετο,
, 7 bi ^ 9» "v , ^ Ψ , /,
Αγησίλαος δὲ τῷ ἀεὶ ἐμφανὴς εἶναι ἠγάλλετο,
, , /, N ,
νομίζων αἰσχρουργίᾳ μὲν τὸ ἀφανίζεσθαι πρέπειν,
^ Ἀ , , , bi ^ ^ ,
τῷ δὲ εἰς κάλλος βίῳ τὸ φῶς μᾶλλον κόσμον
2 παρέχειν. ἔπειτα δὲ ὁ μὲν τῷ δυσπρόσοδος εἶναι
ἐσεμνύνετο, ὁ δὲ τῷ πᾶσιν εὐπρόσοδος εἶναι
Μ b € A t , ^ /
ἔχαιρε: καὶ ὁ μὲν ἡβρύνετο τῷ βραδέως δια-
πράττειν, ὁ δὲ τότε μάλιστα ἔχαιρεν, ὁπότε
τάχιστα τυχόντας ὧν δέοιντο ἀποπέμποι.
, ^ * x A , , “ ς,;
8 ᾿Αλλὰ μὴν καὶ τὴν εὐπάθειαν ὅσῳ ῥάονα
b] , , , L , 7 »
kai εὐπορωτέραν ᾿Αγησίλαος ἐπετήδευσεν, ἄξιον
κατανοῆσαι. τῷ μὲν γὰρ Πέρσῃ πᾶσαν γῆν
περιέρχονται μαστεύοντες, τί ἂν ἡδέως πίοι;
μυρίοι δὲ τεχνῶνται, τί ἂν ἡδέως φάγοι" ὅπως
γε μὴν καταδάρθοι, οὐδ᾽ ἂν εἴποι τις ὅσα πρα-
γματεύοντάι. ᾿Αγησίλαος δὲ διὰ τὸ φιλόπονος
120
AGESILAUS, vi. 7-ix. 3
own hands in the days of his home-coming. Let him
try to picture the scene within; note how he enter-
tained on days of sacrifice, hear how his daughter
* used to go down to Amyclae! in a public car. And 8
so, thanks to this nice adjustment of his expenditure
Z his income, he was never compelled to commit
an act of injustice for the sake of money. ..Doubtless
it is thought noble to build oneself fortfesses im-
pregnable to an enemy: but in my judgment it is
far nobler to fortify one's own soul against all
the assaults of lucre, of pleasure, and of fear.
IX. I will next point out the contrast between his
behaviour and the imposture of the Persian king.
In the first place the Persian thought his dignity
required that he should be seldom seen: Agesilaus
delighted to be constantly visible, believing that,
whereas secrecy was becoming to an ugly career, the
light shed lustre on a life of noble purpose. In the 2
second place, the one prided himself on being
difficult of approach: the other was glad to make
himself accessible to all. And the one affected
tardiness in negotiation : the other was best pleased
when he could dismiss his suitors quickly with their
requests granted.
In the matter of personal comfort, moreover, it is 3
worth noticing how much simpler and how much
more easily satisfied were the tastes of Agesilaus,
The Persian king has vintners scouring every land
to find some drink that will tickle his palate ; an
army of cooks contrives dishes for his delight ; and
the trouble his lackeys take that he may sleep is
indescribable. But Agesilaus, thanks to his love of
! To the feast of Hyacinthus; see c. ii. 17.
121:
XENOPHON
εἶναι πᾶν μὲν τὸ παρὸν ἡδέως ἔπινε, πᾶν δὲ TO
συντυχὸν ἡδέως ἤσθιεν: εἰς δὲ τὸ ἀσμένως
4 κοιμηθῆναι πᾶς τόπος ἱκανὸς ἦν αὐτῷ. καὶ
ταῦτα οὐ μόνον πράττων ἔχαιρεν, àXXà καὶ
ἐνθυμούμενος ἠγάλλετο, ὅτι αὐτὸς μὲν ἐν μέσαις
ταῖς εὐφροσύναις ἀναστρέφοιτο, τὸν δὲ βάρβαρον
ἑώρα, εἰ μέλλοι ἀλύπως βιώσεσθαι, συνελκυστέον
αὐτῷ ἀπὸ περάτων τῆς γῆς τὰ τέρψοντα.
ὅ εὔφραινε δὲ αὐτὸν καὶ τάδε, ὅτι αὐτὸς μὲν ἤδει
τῇ τῶν θεῶν κατασκευῇ δυνάμενος ἀλύπως
χρῆσθαι, τὸν δὲ ἑώρα φεύγοντα μὲν θάλπη,
φεύγοντα δὲ ψύχη δι ἀσθένειαν ψυχῆς, οὐκ
ἀνδρῶν ἀγαθῶν, ἀλλὰ θηρίων τῶν ἀσθενεστάτων
βίον μιμούμενον.
6. "Exeivó ye μὴν πῶς οὐ καλὸν καὶ μεγαλόγνωμον,
τὸ αὐτὸν μὲν ἀνδρὸς ἔργοις καὶ κτήμασι κοσμεῖν
τὸν ἑαυτοῦ οἶκον, κύνας τε πολλοὺς θηρευτὰς
καὶ ἵππους πολεμιστηρίους τρέφοντα, Κυνίσκαν
δὲ ἀδελφὴν οὖσαν πεῖσαι ἁρματοτροφεῖν καὶ
ἐπιδεῖξαι νικώσης αὐτῆς, ὅτε τὸ θρέμμα τοῦτο
οὐκ ἀνδραγαθίας, ἀλλὰ πλούτου ἐπίδειγμά ἐστι.
7 τόδε γε μὴν πῶς οὐ σαφῶς πρὸς τὸ γενναῖον
ἔγνω, ὅτι ἅρματι pev νικήσας τοὺς ἰδιώτας οὐδὲν
ὀνομαστότερος ἂν γένοιτο, εἰ δὲ φίλην μὲν πάντων
μάλιστα τὴν πόλιν ἔχοι, πλείστους δὲ φίλους
καὶ ἀρίστους ἀνὰ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν κεκτῆτο, νικῴη
δὲ τὴν μὲν πατρίδα καὶ τοὺς ἑταίρους εὐεργετῶν,
τοὺς δὲ ἀντιπάλους τιμωρούμενος, ὅτι ὄντως ἂν
εἴη νικηφόρος τῶν “καλλίστων καὶ μεγαλοπρε-
»
πεστάτων ἀγωνισμάτων καὶ ὀνομαστότατος καὶ
ζῶν καὶ τελευτήσας γένοιτ᾽ ἄν ;
X. ᾿Εγὼ μὲν οὖν τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐπαινῶ ᾿Αγησίλαον.
122
AGESILAUS, tix. 3-x. 1
toil, enjoyed any drink that was at hand and any
food that came his way; and any place was good
enough to give him soft repose. Nor was he happy 4
only in this behaviour: he was also proud to reflect
that, while he was surrounded with good cheer, he
saw the barbarian constrained to draw from the ends
of the world the material for his enjoyment, if he
would live without discomfort. And it cheered 5
his heart to know that he could accommodate
himself to the divine ordering of the world, whereas
he saw his rival shunning heat and shunning
cold through weakness of character, imitating the
life, not of brave men, but of the weakest of the
brutes.
Surely, too, he did what was seemly and dignified 6
when he adorned his own estate with works and
possessions worthy of a man, keeping many hounds
and war horses, but persuaded his sister Cynisca to
breed chariot horses, and showed by her victory that
such a stud marks the owner as a person of wealth,
but not necessarily of merit! How clearly his true 7
nobility comes out in his opinion that a victory in
the chariot race over private citizens would add
nota whit to his renown ; but if he held the first
place in the affection of the people, gained the most
friends and best all over the world, outstripped all
others in serving his fatherland and his comrades
and in punishing his adversaries, then he would be
victor in the noblest and most splendid contests, and
would gain high renown both in life and after
death.
X. Such, then, are the qualities for which I praise
3 Hiero, xi, 5.
123
XENOPHON .-
ταῦτα γὰρ οὐχ ὥσπερ ei θησαυρῷ Tis ἐντύχοι,
πλουσιώτερος μὲν ἂν εἴη, οἰκονομικώτερος δ᾽
οὐδὲν ἄν, καὶ εἰ νόσου δὲ πολεμίοις ἐμπεσούσης
κρατήσειεν, εὐτυχέστερος μὲν ἂν εἴη, στρατηγι:
κώτερος δὲ οὐδὲν ἄν: ὁ δὲ καρτερίᾳ μὲν πρωτεύων,
ἔνθα πονεῖν καιρός, ἀλκῇ δέ, ὅπου ἀνδρείας ἀγών,
γνώμῃ δέ, ὅπου βουλῆς ἔργον, οὗτος ἔμοιγε δοκεῖ
ἑκαίως ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς παντελῶς ἂν νομίζεσθαι.
εἰ δὲ καλὸν εὕρημα ἀνθρώποις στάθμη καὶ κανὼν
πρὸς τὸ ἀγαθὰ ἐργάξεσθαι, καλὸν ἄν μοι δοκεῖ
ἡ ᾿Αγησιλάου ἀρετὴ παράδειγμα γενέσθαι τοῖς
ἀνδραγαθίαν ἀσκεῖν βουλομένοις. τίς γὰρ ἂν
ἢ θεοσεβῆ μιμούμενος ἀνόσιος γένοιτο ἢ δίκαιον
ἄδικος ἢ σώφρονα ὑβριστὴς ἢ ἐγκρατῆ ἀκρατής ;
καὶ γὰρ δὴ οὐχ οὕτως ἐπὶ τῷ ἄλλων βασιλεύειν
ὡς ἐπὶ τῷ ἑαυτοῦ ἄρχειν ἐμεγαλύνετο οὐδ᾽ ἐπὶ
τῷ πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ τῷ πρὸς πᾶσαν
ἀρετὴν ἡγεῖσθαι τοῖς πολίταις. ᾿
8 ᾿Αλλὰ γὰρ μὴ ὅτι τετελευτηκὼς ἐπαινεῖται,
τούτου ἕνεκα θρῆνόν τις τοῦτον τὸν λόγον νομί-
σάτω, ἀλλὰ πολὺ μᾶλλον ἐγκώμιον. πρῶτον
μὲν γὰρ ἅπερ ζῶν ἤκουε, ταῦτα καὶ νῦν λέγεται
περὶ αὐτοῦ. ἔπειτα δὲ τί καὶ πλέον θρήνου
ἄπεστιν ἢ βίος τε εὐκλεὴς καὶ θάνατος ὡραῖος ;
ἐγκωμίων δὲ τί ἀξιώτερον ἢ νϊκαί τε αἱ κάλλισται
4 καὶ ἔργα τὰ πλείστου ἄξια; δικαίως δ᾽ ἂν
ἐκεῖνός γε μακαρίζοιτο, ὃς εὐθὺς μὲν ἐκ παιδὸς
ἐρασθεὶς τοῦ εὐκλεὴς γενέσθαι ἔτυχε τούτου
μάλιστα τῶν καθ᾽ ἑαυτόν: φιλοτιμότατος δὲ
t2
1 The reference is to the ceremonial hymns sung at or
after funerals, which of course contained much that would
not have been said or sung in the hero's life-time.
124
AGESILAUS, x. 1-4
Agesilaus. .FPhese are the marks that distinguish
him, say, from the man who, lighting on a treasure,
becomes wealthier but not wiser in business, or
from the man who wins yictory through an outbreak
of sickness among the enemy, and adds to his success
but not to his knowledge of strategy. The man
who is foremost in endurance when the hour comes
for toil, in valour when the contest calls for courage,
in wisdom when the need is for counsel-—he is the
man, 1 think, who may fairly be regarded as the
perfect embodiment of goodness. f line and rule 2
are a noble discovery of man as aids to the pro-
duction of good work, I think that the virtue of
Agesilaus may well stand as a noble example for
those to follow who wish to make moral goodness a
babit. For who that imitates a pious, a just, a sober,
a.self-controlled man, can come to be unrighteous, .
unjust, violent, wanton ? In point of fact, Agesilaus
prided himself less on reigning over others than on
ruling himself, less on leading the people against
their enemies than ón guiding them to all virtue.
|. However, let it not be thought, because one whose 3
life is ended is the theme of my praise, that these
words are meant for a funeral dirge.! ^ They are far
more truly the language of eulogy. In the first
place the words now applied to him are the very:
same that he heard in his lifetime. And, in the
second place, what theme.is less appropriate to a
dirge than a life of fame and a death well-timed? .
What. more worthy of eulogies than victories most
glorious and deeds of sovereign worth? J ustly may 4
the man be counted blessed who was in love with '
glory from early youth and won more of it than any
man of his age; who, being by nature very covetous
125
XENOPHON
πεφυκὼς ἀήττητος διετέλεσεν, ἐπεὶ βασιλεὺς ἐγέ-
vero: ἀφικόμενος δὲ ἐπὶ τὸ μήκιστον ἀνθρωπίνου
αἰῶνος “ἀναμάρτητος ἐτελεύτησε καὶ περὶ τούτους,
ὧν ἡγεῖτο, καὶ πρὸς ἐκείνους, οἷς ἐπολέμει.
| XI. Βούλομαι δὲ καὶ ἐν κεφαλαίοις ἐπανελθεῖν
τὴν ἀρετὴν αὐτοῦ, ὡς ἂν ὁ ἔπαινος εὐμνημονε-
στέρως ἔχῃ.
᾿Αγησίλαος ἱερὰ μὲν καὶ τὰ ἐ ev τοῖς πολεμίοις
ἐσέβετο, ἡγούμενος τοὺς θεοὺς οὐχ ἧττον ἐν τῇ
πολεμίᾳ χρῆναι. ἢ ἐν τῇ φιλίᾳ συμμάχους
ποιεῖσθαι.
Ἱκέτας δὲ θεῶν οὐδὲ ἐχθροὺς ἐβιάξετο, μὐμέζων
ἄχογον εἶναι τοὺς μὲν ἐξ ἱερῶν κλέπτοντας
ἱεροσύλους καλεῖν, τοὺς δὲ βωμῶν ἱκέτας ἀπο-
σπῶντας εὐσεβεῖς ἡγεῖσθαι.
2 ᾿Εκεῖνός ye μὴν ὑμνῶν οὔποτ᾽ ἔληγεν, ὡς τοὺς
θεοὺς οἴοιτο οὐδὲν ἧττον ὁσίοις ἔργοις ἢ ἁγνοῖς
ἱεροῖς ἥδεσθαι.
᾿Αλλὰ μὴν καὶ ὁπότε εὐτυχοίη, οὐκ ἀνθρώπων
ὑπερεφρόνει, ἀλλὰ θεοῖς χάριν ἤδει. καὶ θαρρῶν
πλείονα ἔθυεν ἢ ὀκνῶν ηὔχετο.
Εἴθιστο δὲ φοβούμενος μὲν ἱλαρὸς φαίνεσθαι,
εὐτυχῶν δὲ πρᾷος εἶναι.
8. Τῶν ye μὴν φίλων οὐ τοὺς unsteimtom,
ἀλλὰ «τοὺς προθυμοτάτους μάλιστα ἠσπάζετο.
᾿Εμέσει δὲ οὐκ εἴ τις κακῶς πάσχων ἠμύνετο,
ἀλλ᾽ εἴ τις εὐεργετούμενος ἀχάριστος φαίνοιτο.
Ἔχαιρε δὲ τοὺς μὲν αἰσχροκερδεῖς πένητας
ὁρῶν, τοὺς δὲ δικαίους πλουσίους ποιῶν, βουλό- ᾿
μενος τὴν δικαιοσύνην τῆς ἀδικίας κερδαχεωτέραν
καθιστάναι.
126
E
AGESILAUS, x. 4-xi. 3
of honour, never once knew defeat from the day
that he became a king; who, after living to the
utmost limit of human life, died without one blunder
to his account, either concerning the men whom he
2: or in dealing with those on whom he made
"AL (Dd opos vo go through the story-of his virtue
again, and to summarize it, in order that the praise
* ofit may be more easily remembered.
Agesilaus reverenced holy places even when they
belonged to an enemy, thinking that he ought to
make allies of the gods no less in hostile than in
friendly countries.
To suppliants of the gods, even if his foes, he did
no violence, believing it unreasonable to call robbers
of temples sacrilegious and yet to consider those who
dragged suppliants from altars pious men.
^—2.My hero never failed to dwell on his opinion 2 .
that the gods have pleasure in righteous deeds no ἡ
less than in holy temples.
. Inthe hour of success he was not puffed up with
pride, but gave tbanks to the gods. Ke offered
more sacrifices when confident than prayers when in
doubt.
He was wont to look cheerful wh*n in fear, and
to be humble when successful.
.. Of his friends he welcomed most heartily not the 3
most powerful, but the most devoted.
He hated not the man who defended himself
when injured, but such as showed no gratitude for
a favour.
..He rejoiced to see the avaricious poor and to
enrich the upright, desiring to render right more
profitable than wrong.
127
XENOPHON
4 "Hoe, δὲ ἐξομιλεῖν μὲν παντοδαποῖς; Ta ati
δὲ τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς. ΐ
Ὁπότε δὲ ψεγόντων ἢ Pabpiri)d MT
ἀκούοι, οὐχ ἧττον ᾧετο “καταμανθάνειν τοὺς τῶν
λεγόντων τρόπους ἢ περὶ ὧν λέγοι. | ^ ὃ
Καὶ τοὺς μὲν ὑπὸ φίλων ἐξαπατωμένους͵ οὐκ
ἔψεγε, τοὺς δὲ ὑπὸ πολεμίων πάμπαν κατε-
μέμφετο! καὶ τὸ μὲν ἀπιστοῦντας ἐξαπατᾶν σοφὸν,
ἔκρινε, τὸ δὲ πιστεύοντας ἀ ἀνόσιον. i556 À
5 ᾿Επαινούμενος δὲ ἔ auper ὑπὸ τῶν kal ψέγειν
ἐθελόντων τὰ μὴ ἀρεστὰ καὶ τῶν παρρησιαξομένων
οὐδένα ἤχθραινε, τοὺς δὲ κρυνμένονς diamho
ἐνέδρας ἐφυλάττετο.
Τούς γε μὴν διαβόλους μᾶλλον ἢ ἢ τοὺς κλέπτας
ἐμίσει, μείζω ξημίαν ἡ ἡγούμενος φίχων ἢ χρημάτων
6 στερίσκεσθαι. καὶ τὰς μὲν τῶν ἰδιωτῶν ἁμαρτίας
πράως ἔφερε, τὰς δὲ τῶν ἀρχόντων μεγάλας ἦγε,
κρίνων τοὺς μὲν ὀλίγα, τοὺς δὲ πολλὰ κακῶς
διατιθέναι. ;
Τῇ δὲ βασιλείᾳ προσήκειν ἐνόμιξεν οὐ ῥᾳδι-
ουργίαν, ἀλλὰ καλοκἀγαθίαν.
7 Kai τοῦ μὲν σώματος. εἰκόνα στήσασθαι ἀπέσ-
Xero, πολλῶν αὐτῷ τοῦτο δωρεῖσθαι, θελόντων,
τῆς δὲ ψυχῆς οὐδέποτε ἐπαύετο μνημεῖα διαπο-
νούμενος, ἡγούμενος τὸ μὲν ἀνδριαντοποιῶν, . τὸ
δὲ αὑτοῦ ἔργον εἶναι καὶ τὸ μὲν πλουσίων, τὸ δὲ.
τῶν ἀγαθῶν.
8 Χρήμασί γε μὴν οὐ μόνον δικαίως, ἀλλὰ καὶ
ἐλευθερίως. ἐχρῆτο, τῷ μὲν δικαίῳ ἀρκεῖν ἡγού-
μενὸς τὸ ἐᾶν τὰ ἀλλότρια, τῷ δὲ ἐλευθερίῳ καὶ
τῶν ἑαυτοῦ προσωφελητέον εἶναι.
128
AGESILAUS, xi. 4-8
It was his habit to associate with all sorts and con- 4
ditions of men, but to be intimate with the good.
Whenever he heard men praise or blame others,
he thought that he gained as much insight into
the character of the critics as of the persons they
criticized.
If friends proved deceivers he forebore to blame
their victims, but he heaped reproaches on those who
let.an enemy deceive them; and he pronounced
deception clever or wicked according as it was
ised on the suspicious or the confiding.
The praise of those who were prepared to censure 5
faults they disapproved was pleasing to him, and he
never resented candour, but avoided dissimulation
like a snare.
Slanderers he hated more than thieves, deeming
loss of friends graver than loss of money. The mis- 6
takes of private persons he judged leniently, because
few interests suffer by their incompetence ; but the
errors of rulers he treated as serious, since they lead
to many troubles.
Kingship, he held, demands not indolence, but
manly virtue.
He would not allow a statue of himself to be set 7
up, though many wanted to give him one, but on
memorials of his mind he laboured unceasingly,
thinking the one to be the sculptors work, the
other his own, the one appropriate to the rich, the
other to the good.
In the use of money he was not only just but 8
generous, thinking that a just man may be content
to leave other men's money alone, but the generous
man is required also to spend his own in the
service of others.
129
VOL. II, F
e
10
11
12
ΧΕΝΟΡΗΟΝ ἢ
' Ael δὲ δεισιδαίμων ἦν, νομίζων τοὺς μὲν καλῶς
ζῶντας οὔπω εὐδαίμονας, τοὺς δὲ εὐκλεῶς τετε-
λευτηκότας ἤδη μακαρίους.
Μείζω δὲ συμφορὰν ἔκρινε τὸ γιγνώσκοντα ἢ
ἀγνοοῦντα ἀμελεῖν τῶν ἀγα àv.
" Δόξης δὲ οὐδεμιᾶς ἤρα, ἧς οὐκ ἐξεπόνει τὰ
ἴδια.
Mer ὀλίγων δέ μοι ἐδόκει ἀνθρώπων οὐ καρ-
τερίαν τὴν ἀρετήν, ἀλλ᾽ εὐπάθειαν νομίξειν'
ἐπαινούμενος γοῦν ἔχαιρε μᾶλλον ἢ χρήματα
κτώμενος.
᾿Αλλὰ μὴν ἀνδρείαν γε τὸ πλέον μετ ᾿εὐβουλίας
ἢ μετὰ κινδύνων. ἐπεδείκνυτο καὶ σοφίαν ἔργῳ
μᾶλλον. ἢ λόγοις ἤσκει.
IIpaórarós. γε μὴν φίλοις ὦ àv ἐχθροῖς φοβερώ-
τάτος Tr καὶ πόνοις μάλιστα ἀντέχων ἑταίροις
ἥδιστα ὑπεῖκε, καλῶν ἔργων μᾶλλον ἢ τῶν καλῶν
σωμάτων ἐπιθυμῶν.
"Ev γε μὴν ταῖς εὐπραξίαις σωφρονεῖν ἐπι-
στάμενος ἐν τοῖς δεινοῖς εὐθαρσὴς ἐδύνατο
εἶναι.
Καὶ τὸ εὔχαρι οὐ σκώμμασιν, ἀλλὰ τρόπῳ
ἐπετήδευε καὶ τῷ μεγαλόφρονι οὐ σὺν ὕβρει,
ἀλλὰ σὺν γνώμῃ ἐχρῆτο" τῶν γοῦν ὑπεραύχων
καταφρονῶν τῶν μετρίων ταπεινότερος. ἦν. καὶ
γὰρ ἐκαλλωπίξετο τῇ μὲν ἀμφὶ τὸ σῶμα φαυ-
λότητι, τῷ δ᾽ ἀμφὶ τὸ στράτευμα κόσμῳ, τῷ δ᾽
αὐτὸς μὲν ὡς ἐλαχίστων δεῖσθαι, τοὺς δὲ φίλους
ὡς πλεῖστα ὠφελεῖν. πρὸς δὲ τούτοις βαρύ-
τατος μὲν ἀνταγωνιστὴς ἦν, κουφότατος δὲ
κρατήσας, ἐχθροῖς μὲν δυσεξαπάτητος, φίλοις δὲ
εὐπαραπειστότατος.
130
AGESILAUS, xi. 8-12
He was ever god-fearing, believing that they who
are living life well are not yet happy, but only they
who have died gloriously are blessed. . .
He held it a greater calamity to neglect that 9
which is good knowingly thàn in ignorance.
No fame attracted him unless he did the right
work to achieve it.
He seemed to me one of the few men who count
virtue not a task to be endured but a comfort to be
enjoyed. At anyrate praise gave him more pleasure
than money.
Courage, as he displayed it, was joined with pru-
dence rather than boldness, and wisdom he cultivated
more by action than in words,
Very gentle with friends, he was very formidable
to enemies; and while he resisted fatigue obstinately,
he yielded most readily to a comrade, though fair
deeds appealed more to his heart than fair faces.
To moderation in times of prosperity he added
confidence in the midst of danger.
His urbanity found its habitual expression not in
jokes but in his manner; and when on his dignity,
he was never arrogant, but always reasonable; at
least, if he showed his contempt for the haughty, he
was humbler than the average man. For he prided
himself on the simplicity of his own dress and the
splendid equipment of his army, on a strict limitation
of his own needs and a boundless generosity to his
10
11
friends. Added to this, he was the bitterest of 12
adversaries, but the mildest of conquerors; wary with
enemies, but very compliant to friends.
131
I3
14
15
16
XENOPHON
'Ael δὲ τιθεὶς τὰ τῶν φίλων ἀσφαλῶς el
ἀμαυροῦν τὰ τῶν πολεμίων ἔ ἔργον εἶχεν.
᾿Εκεῖνον οἱ μὲν “συγγενεῖς φιλοκηδεμόνα ἐκά-
λουν, οἱ δὲ χρώμενοι ἀπροφάσιστον, οἱ δ᾽
ὑπουργήσαντές TL μνήμονα, οἱ δ᾽ ἀδικούμενοι
ἐπίκουρον, οἵ γε μὴν συγκινδυνεύοντες μετὰ
θεοὺς σωτῆρα..
Δοκεῖ δ᾽ ἔμοιγε καὶ τόδε μόνος ἀνθρώπων
ἐπιδεῖξαι, ὅ ὅτι ἡ μὲν τοῦ σώματος ἰσχὺς γηράσκει,
ἡ δὲ τῆς ψυχῆς ῥώμη τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀνδρῶν
ἀγήρατός ἐ ἐστιν. ἐκεῖνος γοῦν οὐκ ἀπεῖπε μεγάλης
καὶ καλῆς ἐφιέμενος δόξης," εἰ καὶ μὴ τὸ “σῶμα
φέρειν ἠδύνατο τὴν τῆς ψυχῆς͵ αὐτοῦ ῥώμην.
τοιγαροῦν ποίας οὐ νεότητος κρεῖττον τὸ ἐκείνου
γῆρας ἐφάνη ; τίς μὲν γὰρ τοῖς ἐχθροῖς ἀκμάξων
οὕτω φοβερὸς ἣν ὡς ᾿Αγησίλαος τὸ μήκιστον
τοῦ αἰῶνος ἔχων ; τίνος δ᾽ ἐκποδὼν γενομένου
μᾶλλον ἥσθησαν οἱ πολέμιοι ἢ ᾿Αγησιλάου
καίπερ γηραιοῦ τελευτήσαντος ; τίς δὲ συμμάχοις
θάρρος “παρέσχεν ὅσον ᾿Αγησίλαος καίπερ ἤδη
πρὸς τῷ στόματι τοῦ βίου ὠν; τίνα δὲ νέον οἱ
φίλοι πλέον ἐπόθησαν ἢ ᾿Αγησίλαον. γηραιὸν
ἀποθανόντα ; ; οὕτω δὲ τελέως ὁ ἀνὴρ τῇ πατρίδι
ὠφέλιμος ὧν διεγένετο, ὡς καὶ τετελευτηκὼς ἤδη
ἔτι μεγαλείως ὠφελῶν τὴν πόλιν εἰς τὴν ἀΐδιον
οἴκησιν “κατηγάγετο, μνημεῖα μὲν τῆς ἑαυτοῦ
ἀρετῆς ἀνὰ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν κτησάμενος, τῆς δὲ
βασιλικῆς ταφῆς ἐν τῇ πατρίδι τυχών.
1 The text is corrupt. δόξης εἰ καὶ μὴ is wanting in A,
which has μεγάλην xal καλὴν.
132
"—————— "T
AGESILAUS, xi. 12-16
While ever ensuring security to his own side, he
ever made it his business to bring to nought the
designs of his enemy.
/ By his relatives he was discdbed as ** devoted to 13
his family," by his intimates as *'an unfailin
friend," ! by those who served him as * unforgetful," ^ ^^
by the oppressed as *a champion," by his comrades.
in danger as “ἃ saviour second to the gods."
In one respect, 1 think, he was unique. JHe 14
proved that, though the bodily strength decays, the
vigour of good men's souls is ageless. | Àt any rate,
he never wearied in the pursuit of great and
noble glory so long as his body could support the
vigour of his soul. What man's youth, then, did not 15
seem weaker than his old age? For who in his prime
was so formidable to his foes as Agesilaus at the
very limit of human life? "Whose removal brought
such welcome relief to the enemy as the death of
Agesilaus, despite his years? Who gave such con-
fidence to allies as Agesilaus, though now on the
threshold of death? What young man was more
regretted by his friends than Agesilaus, though he
--
died full of years? 80 complete was the record of 16
his service to his fatherland that it did not end even
when he died: he was still a bountiful benefactor
of the state when he was brought home to be laid
in his eternal resting-place, and, having raised up
monuments of his virtue throughout the world, was
buried with royal ceremony in his own land.?
1 Hellenica, v. v. 45.
3 The reference is to the money which Agesilaus had
obtained in Egypt, and which was brought to the city with
his body. For the burial see Const. of the Lac., end.
(" £n A f | 4 γε " J Ee 133
᾿
m»
catt
: A loliss Nghi; tl. ban
sehweno, zi 3 xq
Voi ; bna. adi ot brsooss: ἀροῦν
ΓΗ pinu. à (MEN «4. alat "
"»ὄ
τ᾿
.-
n E ^
e simi *étil wt ote 3o P
1o bros ond Ed MEAE D a
PU i,
01. érión τ L
aolet. TOL 2?
AN. nd
my δή b
hàn bib, ΓΟ τὰ ilio;
adidas θα! Haog Ken "ydo
Migioid d^ hivontion eor WX LI
1e. d1aps, adi kem md 6 Taitan:
-poo das. Ὁ "fa ost ΜΠ son Δ 3
13/0. wort - d'suorM onde qe
σαί 2c HL. XE LEE Εν io ve died Ww
ad iaundi , "ule 3g ES alert sir ie
ἴσο αν ἡ bi (δ. fi de Ὴ τὴς
"odontadod {18 "mod a lida &
fis sd og Apoll fáond
qu bts 1 jan Ud Bunk xe;
Pau Bow «0 y. ifo, "τ
ΤῊ δὼ a (afe t un gi y nt UT
ΓΆΡ “τ eB iampul ve "P
mm ATO Ww.
hod Fireliansi δ ilotád um: (ouo coii md air
(tiu dan o 1t. del viogew deniw bna ei μ᾿ Tola
[nis δ 3M ls ANO) xen δ eld 10 1
CONSTITUTION OF THE
LACEDAEMONIANS
ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ AAKEAAIMONION
IIOAITEIA
I. 'AXX ἐγὼ ἐννοήσας ποτέ, ὡς ἡ Σπάρτη τῶν
ὀλιγανθρωποτάτων πόλεων οὖσα δυνατωτάτη τε
καὶ ὀνομαστοτάτη ἐν τῇ ᾿Ελλάδι ἐφάνη, ἐθαύ-
μασα, ὅτῳ ποτὲ τρόπῳ τοῦτ᾽ ἐγένετο" ἐπεὶ μέντοι
κατενόησα τὰ ἐπιτηδεύματα τῶν Σπαρτιατῶν,
οὐκέτι ἐθαύμαζον.
2 Λυκοῦργον μέντοι, τὸν θέντα αὐτοῖς τοὺς
νόμους, οἷς πειθόμενοι ηὐδαιμόνησαν, τοῦτον καὶ
Üavuáte καὶ εἰς τὰ ἔσχατα σοφὸν ἡγοῦμαι.
ἐκεῖνος γὰρ οὐ μιμησάμενος τὰς ἄλλας πόλεις,
ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐναντία γνοὺς ταῖς πλείσταις προ-
έχουσαν εὐδαιμονίᾳ τὴν πατρίδα ἐπέδειξεν.
8 Αὐτίκα γὰρ περὶ τεκνοποιίας, ἵνα ἐξ ἀρχῆς
ἄρξωμαι, οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι τὰς μελλούσας τίκτειν
καὶ καλῶς δοκούσας κόρας παιδεύεσθαι καὶ σίτῳ
j ἀνυστὸν μετριωτάτῳ τρέφουσι καὶ ὄψῳ ἧ
δυνατὸν μικροτάτῳ" οἴνου γε μὴν ἢ πάμπαν
ἀπεχομένας ἢ ὑδαρεῖ χρωμένας διάγουσιν" ὥσπερ
δὲ οἱ πολλοὶ τῶν τὰς τέχνας ἐχόντων ἑδραῖοί
εἰσιν, οὕτω καὶ τὰς κόρας οἱ ἄλλοι “Ελληνες
ἠρεμιζούσας -ἐριουργεῖν ἀξιοῦσι. τὰς μὲν οὖν
οὕτω τρεφομένας πῶς χρὴ προσδοκῆσαι μεγαλεῖον
ἄν τι γεννῆσαι;
136
ac
CONSTITUTION OF THE
LACEDAEMONIANS
l. Ir occurred to me one day that Sparta, though
among the most thinly populated of states, was
evidently the most powerful and most celebrated
ity in Greece; and I fell to wondering how this
could have happened. But when I considered the
institutions of the Spartans, I wondered no longer.
Lycurgus, who gave them the laws that they 2
obey, and to which they owe their prosperity, I
do regard with wonder; and I think that he reached
the utmost limit of wisdom. For it was not by
imitating other states, but by devising a system
utterly different from that of most others, that he
made his country pre-eminently prosperous.
First, to begin at the beginning, I will take the 3
begetting of children.! In other states the girls
who are destined to become mothers and are
brought up in the approved fashion, live on the very
plainest fare, with a most meagre allowance of
delicacies. Wine is either withheld altogether, or,
if allowed them, is diluted with water. The rest of
the Greeks expect their girls to imitate the sedentary
life that is typical of handicraftsmen—to keep quiet
and do wool-work. How, then, is it to be expected
that women so brought up will bear fine children?
! (The prose Constitution of the Lacedaemenians by Critias
' began with the same point. See Introduction III.
137
XENOPHON :
4 'O δὲ Λυκοῦργος ἐσθῆτας μὲν καὶ δούλας
παρέχειν ἱκανὰς ἡγήσατο εἶναι, ταῖς δ᾽ ἐλευ-
θέραις μέγιστον νομίσας εἶναι τὴν τεκνοποιίαν
πρῶτον μὲν σωμασκεῖν ἔταξεν οὐδὲν ἧττον τὸ
θῆλυ τοῦ ἄρρενος φύλου' ἔπειτα δὲ δρόμου καὶ
ἰσχύος, ὥσπερ καὶ τοῖς ἀνδράσιν, οὕτω καὶ
ταῖς θηλείαις ἀγῶνας πρὸς ἀλλήλας ἐποίησε,
νομίξων ἐξ ἀμφοτέρων ἰσχυρῶν καὶ τὰ eye
ἐρρωμενέστερα γίγνεσθαι. ἫΝ
ὅδ "Eme γε μὴν γυνὴ πρὸς ἄνδρα ἔλθοι, ὁρῶν.
τοὺς ἄλλους τὸν πρῶτον τοῦ χρόνου ἀμέτρως
ταῖς γυναιξὶ συνόντας, καὶ τούτου τἀναντία ἔγνω"
ἔθηκε γὰρ αἰδεῖσθαι μὲν εἰσιόντα ὀφθῆναι, αἰδεῖ-
σθαι δ᾽ ἐξιόντα. οὕτω δὲ συνόντων ποθεινοτέρως
μὲν ἀνάγκη σφῶν αὐτῶν ἔχειν, ἐρρωμενέστερα δὲ
γίγνεσθαι, εἴ τι βλάστοι, οὕτω μᾶλλον ἢ εἰ
8 διάκοροι ἀλλήλων εἶεν. πρὸς δὲ τούτοις καὶ
ἀποπαύσας τοῦ ὁπότε βούλοιντο ἕκαστοι γυναῖκα
ἄγεσθαι ἔταξεν ἐν ἀκμαῖς τῶν σωμάτων τοὺς
γάμους ποιεῖσθαι, καὶ τοῦτο συμφέρον τῇ εὐγονίᾳ
Ἴ νομίζων. εἴ γε μέντοι συμβαίη γεραιῷ νέαν
ἔχειν, ὁρῶν τοὺς τηλικούτους φυλάττοντας μά-
λιίστα τὰς γυναῖκας τἀναντία καὶ τούτου ἐνόμισε"
τῷ γὰρ πρεσβύτῃ ἐποίησεν, ὁποίου ἀνδρὸς
σῶμά τε καὶ ψυχὴν ἀγασθείη, τοῦτον ἐπαγομένῳ
8 τεκνοποιήσασθαι. εἰ δέ τις αὖ γυναικὶ μὲν
συνοικεῖν μὴ βούλοιτο, τέκνων δὲ ἀξιολόγων
ἐπιθυμοίη, καὶ τούτῳ νόμον ἐποίησεν, ἥντινα
138
THE LACEDAEMONIANS, i. 4-8
But Lycurgus thought the labour of slave women 4
sufficient to supply clothing. He believed mother-
hood to be the most important function of freeborn
woman. Therefore, in the first place, he insisted
on physical training for the female no less than for
the male sex: moreover, he instituted races and
trials-of strength for women competitors as for
men, believing that if both parents are strong they
produce more vigorous offspring. Ἶ
He noticed, too, that, during the time immediately 5
succeeding marriage, it was usual elsewhere for the
husband to have unlimited intercourse with his wife.
The rule that he adopted was the opposite of this : for
he laid it down that the husband should be ashamed
to be seen entering his wife's room or leaving *it.
With this restriction on intercourse the desire of
the one for the other must necessarily be increased,
and their offspring was bound to be more vigorous
than if they were surfeited with one another. In 6
addition to this, he withdrew from men the right to
take a wife whenever they chose, and insisted on
their marrying in the prime of their manhood, be-
lieving that this too promoted the production of fine
children. It might happen, however, that an old 7
man had a young wife; and he observed that old
men keep a very jealous watch overtheir young wives.
To meet these cases he instituted an entirely different
system by requiring the elderly husband to introduce
into his house some man whose physical and moral
qualities he admired, in order to beget children.
On the other hand, in case a man did not want to 8
cohabit with his wife and nevertheless desired
children of whom he could be proud, he made it
lawful for him to choose a woman who was the
- 139
XENOPHON
εὔτεκνον καὶ γενναίαν ὁρῴη, πείσαντα τὸν ἔχοντα
ἐκ ταύτης τεκνοποιεῖσθαι.
9 Καὶ πολλὰ μὲν τοιαῦτα συνεχώρει: αἵ τε γὰρ
γυναῖκες διττοὺς οἴκους βούλονται κατέχειν οἵ τε
L4 , ^ ^ ^ , PU
ἄνδρες ἀδελφοὺς τοῖς παισὶ προσλαμβάνειν, oi
τοῦ μὲν γένους καὶ τῆς δυνάμεως κοινωνοῦσι, τῶν
δὲ χρημάτων οὐκ ἀντιποιοῦνται.
10 Περὶ μὲν δὴ τεκνοποιίας οὕτω τἀναντία γνοὺς
τοῖς ἄλλοις εἴ τι διαφέροντας καὶ κατὰ μέγεθος
καὶ κατ᾽ ἰσχὺν ἄνδρας τῇ Σπάρτῃ ἀπετέλεσεν, ὁ
βουλόμενος ἐπισκοπείτω.
II. ᾿Εγὼ μέντοι, ἐπεὶ καὶ περὶ γενέσεως
ἐξήγημαι, βούλομαι καὶ τὴν παιδείαν ἑκατέρων
σαφηνίσαι.
Τῶν μὲν τοίνυν ἄλλων “Ελλήνων οἱ φάσκοντες
κάλλιστα τοὺς υἱεῖς παιδεύειν, ἐπειδὰν τάχιστα
αὐτοῖς οἱ παῖδες τὰ λεγόμενα συνιῶσιν, εὐθὺς μὲν
ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῖς παιδαγωγοὺς θεράποντας ἐφιστᾶσιν,
εὐθὺς δὲ πέμπουσιν εἰς διδασκάλων μαθησο-
μένους καὶ γράμματα καὶ μουσικὴν καὶ τὰ ἐν
παλαίστρᾳ. πρὸς δὲ τούτοις τῶν παίδων πόδας
μὲν ὑποδήμασιν ἁπαλύνουσι, σώματα δὲ ἱματίων
μεταβολαῖς διαθρύπτουσι" σίτου γε μὴν αὐτοῖς
γαστέρα μέτρον νομίζουσιν.
2 O δὲ Λυκοῦργος ἀντὶ μὲν τοῦ ἰδίᾳ ἕκαστον
παιδαγωγοὺς δούλους ἐφιστάναι ἄνδρα ἐπέστησε
κρατεῖν αὐτῶν ἐξ ὧνπερ αἱ μέγισται ἀρχαὶ
! i.e. at Sparta.
140
THE LACEDAEMONIANS, i. 8-11. 2
mother of a fine family and of high birth, and if
he obtained her husband's consent, to make her the
mother of his children.
He gave his sanction to many similar arrangements. 9
For the wives! want to take charge of two households,
and the husbands want to get brothers for their sons,
brothers who are members of the family and share in
its influence, but claim no part of the money.
Thus his regulations with regard to the begetting
of children were in sharp contrast with those of
other states. Whether he sueceeded in populating
Sparta with a race of men remarkable for their size
and strength anyone who chooses may judge for
himself.
II. Having dealt with the subject of birth, I wish
next to explain the educational system of Lycurgus,
and how it differs from other systems.
In the other Greek states parents who profess to
give their sons the best education place their boys
under the care and control of a moral tutor? as soon
as they can understand what is said to them, and
send them to a school to learn letters, music and the
exercises of the wrestling-ground. Moreover, they
soften the children's feet by giving them sandals,
and pamper their bodies with changes of clothing;
and it is customary to allow them as much food as
they can eat.
10
Lycurgus, on the contrary, instead of leaving each 2
father to appoint a slave to act as tutor, gave the
duty of controlling the boys to a member of the
class from which the highest offices are filled, in
* | have adopted for παιδαγωγός the term used at Oxford
for a person who has charge of, but does not teach, an under-
graduate.
141
XENOPHON
καθίστανται, ὃς δὴ καὶ παιδονόμος καλεῖται.
τοῦτον δὲ κύριον ἐποίησε καὶ ἀθροίζειν τοὺς
παῖδας καὶ ἐπισκοποῦντα, εἴ τις ῥᾳδιουργοίη,
ἰσχυρῶς κολάζειν. ἔδωκε δ᾽ αὐτῷ καὶ τῶν
ἡβώντων μαστιγοφόρους, ὅπως τιμωροῖεν ὅτε
δέοι: ὥστε πολλὴν μὲν αἰδῶ, πολλὴν δὲ πειθὼ
8 ἐκεῖ συμπαρεῖναι. ἀντί γε μὴν τοῦ ἁπαλύνειν
τοὺς πόδας ὑποδήμασιν ἔταξεν ἀνυποδησίᾳ κρα-
τύνειν, νομίζων, εἰ τοῦτ᾽ ἀσκήσειαν, πολὺ μὲν
ῥᾷον ἂν ὀρθιάδε βαίνειν, ἀσφαλέστερον δὲ πρανῆ
καταβαίνειν, καὶ πηδῆσαι δὲ καὶ ἀναθορεῖν Ss
δραμεῖν θᾶττον τὸν! ἀνυπόδητον, ei ἠσκηκὼς εἴη,
4 τοὺς πόδας, ἢ τὸν ὑποδεδεμένον. καὶ ἀντί γε
τοῦ ἱματίοις διαθρύπτεσθαι ἐνόμισεν ἑνὶ ἱματίῳ
δι ἔτους προσεθίζεσθαι, νομίζων οὕτως καὶ πρὸς
ψύχη καὶ πρὸς θάλπη ἄμεινον ἂν vilvcicendd d ;
ὅ σῖτόν γε μὴν ἔταξε τοσοῦτον ἔχοντα συμβολεύειν
τὸν εἴρενα, ὡς ὑπὸ πλησμονῆς μὲν μήποτε βαρύ-
νεσθαι, τοῦ δὲ ἐνδεεστέρως διάγειν μὴ ἀπείρως
ἔχειν, νομίζων τοὺς οὕτω παιδευομένους μᾶλλον
μὲν ἂν δύνασθαι, εἰ δεήσειεν, ἀσιτήσαντας ἐπίπο-
νῆσαι, μᾶλλον δ᾽ ἄν, εἰ παραγγελθείη, ἀπὸ τοῦ
αὐτοῦ σίτου πλείω χρόνον ἐπιταθῆναι, ἧττον δ᾽
ἂν ὄψου δεῖσθαι, εὐχερέστερον δὲ πρὸς πᾶν ἔχειν
6 βρῶμα καὶ ὑγιεινοτέρως δ᾽ ἂν διάγειν, καὶ εἰς
* ! στὸν, wanting in the MSS. and in S., is twice supplied
by Cobet.
1 συμβολεύειν is the conjecture of F. Portus for συμβουλεύειν,
and εἴρενα that of Schneider for ἄρρενα. The prefect took his
meals with the class of which he had charge. But Stobaeus'
text runs σῖτόν γε μὴν τοσοῦτον ἔχειν (for which read ἐσθίειν)
142
Ede
THE LACEDAEMONIANS, ii. 2-6
fact to the ** Warden"' as he is called. He gave this
authority to gather the boys together, to take
charge of them and to punish them severely in case
of misconduct. He also assigned to him a staff of
youths provided with whips to chastise them when
; and the result is that modesty and
Instead of softening the boys' feet with sandals
he required them to harden their feet by going
without shoes. He believed that if this habit were
cultivated it would enable them to climb hills more
easily and descend steep inclines with less danger,
and that a youth who had accustomed himself to
go barefoot would leap and jump and run more
nimbly than a boy in sandals. And instead. of 4
letting them be i WR in the Lodi of
of heat. | Af the food, he required 5
prefect to los with .him 1. such 8. moderate
amount of it that the boys would never suffer from
repletion, and would know what it ' with
j ; for he believed that those
who underwent this training would be better able to
continue working on an empty stomach, if necessary,
and would be capable of carrying on longer without
extra food, if the word of command were given to
do so: they would want and would
accommodate themselves more readily to anything
put before them, and at the same time would enjoy
better health. He also thought that a diet which 6
συνεβούλευεν ὡς, ** he recommended them to eat so moderately
that they " ; ; and this is probably right.
143
XENOPHON
μῆκος ἂν αὐξάνεσθαι τὴν ῥαδινὰ τὰ σώματα
ποιοῦσαν τροφὴν μᾶλλον. συλλαμβάνειν ἡγήσατο
ἢ τὴν διαπλατύνουσαῦ τῷ σίτῳ.
Ὥς δὲ μὴ ὑπὸ λιμοῦ ἄγαν αὖ πιέζοιντο, ἀπρα-
γμόνως μὲν αὐτοῖς οὐκ ἔδωκε λαμβάνειν ὧν ἂν
προσδέωνται, κλέπτειν δ᾽ ἐφῆκεν ἔστιν ἃ τῷ λιμῷ
ἐπικουροῦντας. καὶ ὡς μὲν οὐκ ἀπορῶν ὅ τι δοίη
ἐφῆκεν αὐτοῖς γε μηχανᾶσθαι τὴν τροφήν, οὐδένα
οἶμαι τοῦτο ἀγνοεῖν: δῆλον δ᾽ ὅτε τὸν μέλλοντα
κλωπεύειν καὶ νυκτὸς ἀγρυπνεῖν δεῖ καὶ μεθ᾽
ἡμέραν ἀπατᾶν καὶ ἐνεδρεύειν, καὶ κατασκόπους
δὲ ἑτοιμάζειν τὸν μέλλοντά τι λήψεσθαι. ταῦτα
οὖν δὴ πάντα δῆλον ὅτι μηχανικωτέρους τῶν
ἐπιτηδείων βουλόμενος τοὺς παῖδας ποιεῖν καὶ
πολεμικωτέρους. οὕτως ἐπαίδευσεν.
8 Εἴποι δ᾽ ἂν οὖν τις, τί δῆτα, εἴπερ τὸ κλέπτειν᾽
ἀγαθὸν ἐνόμιζε, πολλὰς πληγὰς ἐπέβαλε τῷ
ἁλισκομένῳ ; ὅτι, φημὶ ἐγώ, καὶ τἄλλα, ὅσα
ἄνθρωποι διδάσκουσι, κολάζουσι τὸν μὴ καλῶς
ὑπηρετοῦντα. κἀκεῖνοι οὖν τοὺς ἁλισκομένους
9 ὡς κακῶς κλέπτοντας τιμωροῦνται. καὶ ὡς
πλείστους δὴ ἁρπάσαι τυροὺς [παρ᾽ Ὀρθίας]
καλὸν θεὶς μαστιγοῦν τούτους ἄλλοις ἐπέταξε,
τοῦτο δὴ δηλῶσαι καὶ ἐν τούτῳ βουλόμενος, ὅτι
ἔστιν ὀλίγον χρόνον ἀλγήσαντα πολὺν χρόνον
εὐδοκιμοῦντα εὐφραίνεσθαι. δηλοῦται δὲ ἐν
.1
1 Amabasis, ΤΥ. vi. 14.
? At this altar the annual scourging of Spartan boys and
youths took place, according to Plutarch and Pausanias; but
144
THE LACEDAEMONIANS, nu. 6-9
food.
On the other hand, lest they should feel too much
the pinch of hunger! while not giving ἔθει the oppor-
tunity of taking what they wanted with τονοὶς
. It was not on account of a difficulty ; in 7
roviding for them that he encouraged them to get
their food by their own cunning. No one, I suppose,
can fail to see that. Obviously a man who intends
to take to thieving must spend sleepless nights and
play the deceiver and lie in ambush by day, and
moreover, if he means to make a capture, he must
ime Spies Eomendy. There can es no doubt Y that
Someone may ask: But why, if he believed 8
stealing to be a fine thing, did he have the boy who
was caught beaten with many stripes ? I TRUE
Because in all cases n nen pun 5} rn
So the nacti Chastipe tlioec Who get Mee: for
stealing badly. He made it a point of honour to 9
steal as many cheeses as possible [from the altar of
Artemis Orthia],?? but appointed others to scourge
the thieves, meaning to show thereby that by
enduring pain for a short time one may win
lasting fame and felicity. It is shown herein that
this custom seems to have no connexion with that of punish-
ing those who were caught thieving. It is not improhable
that the whole of this sentence is an interpolation ; if not,
the text is corrupt beyond restoration.
145
XENOPHON
τούτῳ, ὅτι καὶ ὅπου τάχους δεῖ ὁ βλακεύων
ἐλάχιστα μὲν ὠφελεῖται, πλεῖστα δὲ πράγματα
λαμβάνει. :
10 Ὅπως δὲ μηδ᾽ εἰ ὁ παιδονόμος ἀπέλθοι, ἔρημοί
ποτε οἱ παῖδες εἶεν ἄρχοντος, ἐποίησε τὸν ἀεὶ
παρόντα τῶν πολιτῶν κύριον εἶναι καὶ ἐπιτάττειν
τοῖς παισὶν ὅ τι ἀγαθὸν δοκοίη εἶναι καὶ κολάζειν,
εἴ τι ἁμαρτάνοιεν. τοῦτο δὲ ποιήσας διέπραξε
καὶ αἰδημονεστέρους εἶναι τοὺς παῖδας" οὐδὲν
γὰρ οὕτως αἰδοῦνται οὔτε παῖδες οὕτε ἄνδρες
ὡς τοὺς ἄρχοντας. ὡς δὲ καὶ εἴ ποτε μὰς ὅν: :
τύχοι ἀνὴρ παρών, μηδ᾽ ὡς ἔρημοι οἱ παῖδες
ἄρχοντος εἶεν, ἔθηκε τῆς ἴλης ἑκάστης τὸν
τορώτατον τῶν εἰρένων ἄρχειν: ὥστε οὐδέποτε
ἐκεῖ οἱ παῖδες ἔρημοι ἄρχοντός εἶσι.
12 Λεκτέον δέ μοι δοκεῖ εἶναι καὶ περὶ τῶν
παιδικῶν ἐρώτων" ἔστι γάρ τι καὶ τοῦτο πρὸς
παιδείαν. οἱ μὲν τοίνυν ἄλλοι EXXqves ἢ ὥσπερ
Βοιωτοὶ ἀνὴρ καὶ παῖς συζυγέντες ὁμιλοῦσιν ἢ
ὥσπερ ᾿Ηλεῖοι διὰ χαρίτων τῇ ὥρᾳ χρῶνται" εἰσὶ
δὲ καὶ οἱ παντάπασι τοῦ διαλέγεσθαι τοὺς
ἐραστὰς εἴργουσιν ἀπὸ τῶν παίδων.
13 'O δὲ Λυκοῦργος ἐναντία καὶ τούτοις πᾶσι γνοὺς
εἰ μέν τις αὐτὸς Óv οἷον δεῖ ἀγασθεὶς ψυχὴν παι-
δὸς πειρῷτο ἄμεμπτον φίλον ἀποτελέσασθαι καὶ
συνεῖναι, ἐπήνει καὶ καλλίστην παιδείαν ταύτην
ἐνόμιζεν: εἰ δέ τις παιδὸς σώματος ὀρεγόμενος
oto αἴσχιστον τοῦτο. θεὶς ἐποίησεν ἐν Λακε-
αίμονι μηδὲν ἧττον ἐραστὰς παιδικῶν ἀπέχεσθαι
ἢ γονεῖς παίδων καὶ ἀδελφοὶ ἀδελφῶν εἰς
ἀφροδίσια ἀπέχονται.
! ἢ καὶ S, with the MSS. : ἢ was removed by Schüfer.
146
1
—
THE LACEDA£MONIANS, ii. 9-13
where there is need of swiftness, the slothful, as
usual, gets little profit and many troubles.
In order that the boys might never lack a ruler
even when the Warden was away, he gave authority -
to any citizen who chanced to- be present to require
them to do anything that he thought right, and to:
punish them for any misconduct. This had the
effect of ; in fact
boys and men alike respect their rulers above every-
ing. And that a ruler might not be lacking to
the boys even when no grown man happened to be
present, he selected the keenest of the prefects, and
ve to each the command of a ip And so
Ithink I ought to say something also out intimacy
with boys, since this matter also has a v on
education. In other Greek states, for instance
among the Boeotians, man and boy live together,
like married people ;! elsewhere, among the Eleians,
for example, consent is won by means of favours.
Some, on the other hand, entirely forbid suitors to
talk with boys. -
se. If someone, being himself an honest
man, admired a boy's soul and tried to make of him
an ideal friend without reproach and to associate
with him, he approved, and believed in the excellence
of this kind of training. But if it was clear that the
attraction lay in the boy's outward beauty, he banned
147
13
14
t2
e
XENOPHON
Τὸ μέντοι ταῦτα ἀπιστεῖσθαι ὑπό τινων οὐ
θαυμάζω: ἐν πολλαῖς γὰρ τῶν πόλεων οἱ
νόμοι οὐκ ἐναντιοῦνται ταῖς πρὸς τοὺς παῖδας
ἐπιθυμίαις. ᾿
Ἢ μὲν δὴ παιδεία εἴρηται ἥ τε Λακωνικὴ καὶ
ἡ τῶν ἄλλων ᾿Ελλήνων: ἐξ ὁποτέρας δ᾽ αὐτῶν
καὶ εὐπειθέστεροι καὶ αἰδημονέστεροι καὶ ὧν δεῖ
ἐγκρατέστεροι ἄνδρες ἀποτελοῦνται, ὁ βουλόμενος
καὶ ταῦτα ἐπισκοπείσθω. muli
III. Ὅταν γε μὴν ἐκ παίδων εἰς τὸ μειρα-
κιοῦσθαι ἐκβαίνωσι, τηνικαῦτα οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι
παύουσι μὲν ἀπὸ παιδαγωγῶν, παύουσι δὲ ἀπὸ
διδασκάλων, ἄρχουσι δὲ οὐδένες ἔτι αὐτῶν, ἀλλ᾽
αὐτονόμους ἀφιᾶσιν: ὁ δὲ Λυκοῦργος καὶ τούτων
τἀναντία ἔγνω. καταμαθὼν γὰρ τοῖς τηλικούτοις
μέγιστον μὲν φρόνημα ἐμφυόμενον, μάλιστα δὲ
ὕβριν ἐπιπολάζουσαν, ἰσχυροτάτας δὲ ἐπιθυμίας
τῶν ἡδονῶν παρισταμένας, τηνικαῦτα πλείστους
μὲν πόνους αὐτοῖς ἐπέβαλε, πλείστην δὲ ἀσχολίαν
ἐμηχανήσατο. ἐπιθεὶς δὲ καὶ εἴ τις ταῦτα φύγοι,
μηδενὸς ἔτει τῶν καλῶν τυγχάνειν, ἐποίησε μὴ
μόνον τοὺς ἐκ δημοσίου ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς κηδομένους
ἑκάστων ἐπιμελεῖσθαι, ὡς μὴ ἀποδειλιάσαντες
ἀδόκιμοι παντάπασιν ἐν τῇ πόλει γένοιντο.
Πρὸς δὲ τούτοις τὸ αἰδεῖσθαι ἰσχυρῶς ἐμ-
φυσιῶσαι βουλόμενος αὐτοῖς καὶ ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς
ἐπέταξεν ἐντὸς μὲν τοῦ ἱματίου τὼ χεῖρε ἔχειν,
σιγῇ δὲ πορεύεσθαι, περιβλέπειν δὲ μηδαμοῖ,
ἀλλ᾽ αὐτὰ τὰ πρὸ τῶν ποδῶν ὁρᾶν. ἔνθα δὴ
καὶ δῆλον γεγένηται, ὅτι τὸ ἄρρεν φῦλον καὶ
εἰς τὸ σωφρονεῖν ἰσχυρότερόν ἐστι τῆς θηλείας
φύσεως, ἐκείνων γοῦν ἧττον μὲν ἂν φωνὴν
148
THE LACEDAEMONIANS, i. 14-u1.-5
I am not surprised, however, that people refuse 14
to believe this. For in many states the laws are
not opposed to the indulgence of these appe-
tites.
I have now dealt with the Sp - n system of :
— and that of the other Greek states, w
- resp
hich
When a boy c ceases to be a child, and begins
to be a lad, others release him from his moral tutor
and his schoolmaster: he is then no longer under
a ruler and is allowed to go his own way. . Here
stem. For he observed that at this time of life 2
f-will makes strong root in a boy's mind, a
tendency to insolence manifests itself, and a keen
appetite for pleasure in different forms takes posses.
sign: of him. At Rind this tage, aereform he impc
p blie pork agi but
their relations also to take pains that the lads did
not incur the contempt of their fellow citizens by
flinching from their tasks. .
Moreover, Ξ ' 00
in them, he required them to keep their hands
under their cloaks, to walk in silence, not to look
about them, but to fix their eyes on the ground.
The cows of this rule has p to τεὸς put even
At EY rate ud οτος cr a5
149
XENOPHON
ἀκούσαις ἢ τῶν λιθίνων, ἧττον δ᾽ ἂν ὄμματα
μεταστρέψαις ἢ τῶν χαλκῶν, αἰδημονεστέρους
δ᾽ ἂν «αὐτοὺς ἡγήσαιο καὶ αὐτῶν τῶν ἐν τοῖς
θαλάμοις παρθένων. καὶ ἐπειδὰν εἰς τὸ φιλίτιόν
γε ἀφίκωνται, ἀγαπητὸν αὐτῶν καὶ τὸ ἐρωτηθὲν
ἀκοῦσαι.
Καὶ τῶν μὲν αὖ παιδίσκων οὕτως ἐπεμελήθη.
IV. Περί γε μὴν τῶν ἡβώντων πολὺ μάλιστα
ἐσπούδασε, νομίζων τούτους, εἰ γένοιντο οἵους
δεῖ, πλεῖστον ῥέπειν ἐπὶ τὸ ἀγαθὸν τῇ πόλει.
ὁρῶν οὗν, οἷς ἂν μάλιστα φιλονεικία ἐγγένηται,
τούτων καὶ χοροὺς ἀξιακροατοτάτους γιγνομένους
καὶ γυμνικοὺς ἀγῶνας ἀξιοθεατοτάτους, ἐνόμιξεν,
εἰ καὶ τοὺς ἡβῶντας συμβάλλοι εἰς ἔριν περὶ
ἀρετῆς, οὕτως ἂν καὶ τούτους ἐπὶ πλεῖστον
ἀφικνεῖσθαι ἀνδραγαθίας. ὡς οὖν τούτους αὖ
συνέβαλεν, ἐξηγήσομαι. ᾿
Αἱροῦνται τοίνυν αὐτῶν οἱ ἔφοροι ἐκ τῶν ἀκμα-
ζόντων τρεῖς ἄνδρας" οὗτοι δὲ ἱππαγρέται κα-
λοῦνται. τούτων δ᾽ ἕκαστος ἄνδρας ἑκατὸν
καταλέγει, διασαφηνίζων, ὅτου ἕνεκα τοὺς μὲν
προτιμᾷ, τοὺς δὲ ἀποδοκιμάζει. οἱ οὖν μὴ τυγ-
Xávovres. TÓV καλῶν πολεμοῦσι τοῖς τε ἀποστεί-
λασιν αὐτοὺς καὶ τοῖς αἱρεθεῖσιν. ἀνθ᾽ αὑτῶν,
καὶ παραφυλάττουσιν ἀλλήλους, ἐάν τι παρὰ τὰ
καλὰ νομιξόμενα ῥᾳδιουργῶσι.
Καὶ αὕτη δὴ γίγνεται ἡ θεοφιλεστάτη τε καὶ
! Longinus and Stobaeus quote this with ὀφθαλμοῖς, *' eyes,"
in place of θαλάμοις, ““ bridal chambers " ; and the former cen-
sures the use of παρθένων for κορῶν, meaning ** pupils " of the
eye.
3. Cyropaedia, τι. i. 22.
150
THE LACEDAEMONIANS, mi. 5-1v. 5
stone image to utter a sound sooner than those
lads; you would sooner attract the attention of a
'" bronze figure; you might think them more modest
even tham a young bride in the bridal chamber.!
When they have taken their place at a public meal,
you must be content if you can get an answer to
a question. -—
Such was the care that he bestowed on the
he showed by far the deepest solicitude. For he
believed that if these were of the right stamp they
must exercise a powerful influence for good on the
state. He saw that where the spirit of rivalry? is 2
acle. He believed, therefore, that
id σι. nw md
N "00 ga. adici φ NS Essi erred apt, .» :
L JU Du b - 8. L ΕΝ Ie
ce3 I will proceed to expla
instituted matches between the
est 3
rw eye vendis
τ e The result is that those who fail to win 4
the honour are at war both with those who sent
them away and with their successful rivals ; and they
are on the watch for any lapse from the code of
honour.
Here then you find that kind of strife that is 5
3 ('yropaedia, vir. ii. 26.
ISI
XENOPHON
πολιτικωτάτη ἔρις, ἐν ἡ ἀποδέδεικται μὲν ἃ δεῖ
ποιεῖν τὸν ἀγαθόν, χωρὶς δ᾽ ἑκάτεροι ἀσκοῦσιν,
ὅπως ἀεὶ κράτιστοι ἔσονται, ἐὰν δέ τι δέη, καθ᾽
ἕνα ἀρήξουσι τῇ πόλει παντὶ σθένει. ἀνάγκη
δ᾽ αὐτοῖς καὶ εὐεξίας, ἐπιμελεῖσθαι. καὶ γὰρ
πυκτεύουσι διὰ τὴν ἔριν ὅπου ἂν συμβάλωσι:
διαλύειν μέντοι τοὺς μαχομένους πᾶς ὁ παρα-
γενόμενος κύριος. jv δέ τις ἀπειθῇ τῷ διαλύοντι,
ἄγει αὐτὸν ὁ παιδονόμος ἐπὶ τοὺς ἐφόρους" οἱ δὲ
ξημιοῦσι μεγαλείως, καθιστάναι βουλόμενοι εἰς
τὸ μήποτε ὀργὴν τοῦ μὴ πείθεσθαι τοῖς νόμοις
κρατῆσαι.
Τοῖς γε “μὴν τὴν ἡβητικὴν ἡλικίαν πεπερα-
κόσιν, ἐξ ὧν ἤδη καὶ αἱ μέγισται ἀρ αἱ καθί-
στανται, οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι " EXXqves ἀφελόντες αὐτῶν
τὸ ἰσχύος ἔτι ἐπιμελεῖσθαι στρατεύεσθαι ὅμως
αὐτοῖς ἐπιτάττουσιν, ὁ δὲ Λυκοῦργος τοῖς τηλι-
κούτοις νόμιμον ἐποίησε κάλλιστον εἶναι τὸ θηρᾶν,
εἰ μή τι δημόσιον κωλύοι, ὅπως δύναιντο καὶ
οὗτοι μηδὲν ἧττον τῶν ἡβώντων στρατιωτικοὺς
πόνους ὑποφέρειν.
V. ^A μὲν οὖν ἑκάστῃ ἡλικίᾳ. ἐνομοθέτησεν ὁ
Λυκοῦργος ἐπιτηδεύματα, σχε ὃν εἴρηται" οἵαν
δὲ καὶ πᾶσι δίαιταν κατεσκεύασε, νῦν πειράσομαι
διηγεῖσθαι.
Λυκοῦργος τοίνυν παραλαβὼν τοὺς Σπαρτιάτας
ὥσπερ τοὺς ἄλλους ἡ Ἕλληνας οἴκοι σκηνοῦντας,
γνοὺς ἐν τούτοις πλεῖστα ῥᾳδιουργεῖσθαι eit TÓ
φανερὸν ἐξήγαγε τὰ συσκήνια, οὕτως ἡγούμενος
1 Horsemanship, ii. 1.
3 Lit. moved the Syskania out into the open." See
Introduction III. :
152
THE LACEDAEMONIANS, iv. 5-v. 2
len uct; and in which either rem
rts itself to the end that it may never fall below
its best, and that, when the time comes, every
member of it may support the state with all his
might. And they are bound, too, to keep themselves 6
fit, for one effect ofthe strife is that they spar when-
ever they meet; but anyone present has a right to
part the combatants. If anyone refuses to obey the
iator the Warden takes him to the Ephors; and
they fine him heavily, in order to make him realize
that he must never yield to a sudden impulse to
disobey the laws.
To come to those who have pas
outh, and are now eligible old the à
While siniitiog these from the duty of
bestowing further attention on their bodily strength,
the other Gr require them to continue serving
igMeerer. p» jycurgus established the p
d the time of 7
V. IL'have ws is fairly eitiplété- dedit of ͵
ihe institutions of Lycurgus so far as they apply
to the successive stages of life, I will now try to
describe the system that he established for all
alike.
Lyeurgus found the Spartans boarding at home 2
like the other Greeks, and came to the conclusion
that the custom was x pudtue for a great deal of
iniscandact, . He
XENOPHON [LH
ἥκιστ᾽ ἂν παραβαίνεσθαι. τὰ προσταττόμενα.
καὶ σῖτόν qe ἔταξεν αὐτοῖς, ὡς μήτε ὑπερπλη-
ροῦσθαι μήτε ἐνδεεῖς γίγνεσθαι. πολλὰ δὲ καὶ
παράλογα γίγνεται ἀπὸ τῶν ἀγρευομένων: οἱ δὲ
πλούσιοι ἔ ἔστιν ὅτε καὶ d, ἄρτον ἀντιπαραβάλλουσιν'
ὥστε οὔτε ἔρημός ποτε ἡ τράπεξα βρωτῶν γί-
γνεται, ἔστ᾽ ἂν Suae qve w, οὔτε πολυδάπανος.
4 καὶ μὴν τοῦ πότου ἀποπαύσας τὰς 5 ἀναγκαίας
πόσεις, al σφάλλουσι, μὲν σώματα, σφάλλουσι
δὲ γνώμας, ἐφῆκεν ὁπότε διψρώη ἕκαστος πίνξιν,
οὕτω νομίξων ἀβλαβέστατόν τε καὶ ἥδιστον
ποτὸν γίγνεσθαι. |
Οὕτω γε μὴν συσκηνούντων πῶς ἄν τις ἢ ὑπὸ
Mxvelas. 7 οἰνοφλυγίας ἢ αὑτὸν ἢ οἶκον διαφθεί-
pete ; καὶ γὰρ δ) ἐν μὲν ταῖς ἄλλαις πόλεσιν ὡς
τὸ πολὺ οἱ ἥλικες ἀλλήλοις σύνεισι, μεθ᾽ ὧνπερ
καὶ ἐλαχίστη αἰδὼς παραγίγνεται" ὁ δὲ Λυκοῦργος
ἐν τῇ Σπάρτῃ ἀνέμιξε παιδεύεσθαι τὰ πολλὰ
τοὺς νεωτέρους ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν γεραιτέρων ἐμπειρίας.
6 καὶ γὰρ δὴ ἐπιχώριον ἐν τοῖς φιλιτίοις λέγεσθαι
ὅ τι ἂν καλῶς τις ἐν τῇ πόλει ποιήσῃ" ὥστ᾽ ἐκεῖ
ἥκιστα μὲν ὕβριν, ἥκιστα δὲ παροινίαν, ἥκιστα
δὲ αἰσχρουργίαν καὶ αἰσχρολογίαν ἐγγίγνεσθαι.
ἀγαθά γε μὴν ἀπεργάζεται καὶ τάδε ἡ ἔξω
σίτησις" περιπατεῖν τε yàp. ἀναγκάξονται ἐν τῇ
οἴκαδε ἀφόδῳ καὶ μὴν τὸ ὑπὸ οἴνου μὴ σφάλ-
λεσθαι ἐπιμελεῖσθαι, εἰδότες, ὅτι οὐκ ἔνθαπερ
1 ye Stephanus: τε S. with the MSS.
3 τὰς Madvig: τὰς οὐκ S. with the MSS.
uw
σι
-1
! At the publie meals each had his own eup : there was no
passing of cups along as at Athens and elsewhere. Critias in
Athenaeus, x. 432 n and xi. 463 x,
154
Coli omni ile m ἡ...
— —"
THE LACEDAEMONIANS, v. 2-7
- The amount of food he allowed. was just enough to 3
irm em from getting either too much or too
i o eat, But many extras are supplied from the
ubstitute wheaten bread. Consequently the
bd 1 is never bare until the E breaks "p
ich is th oing alike "ot IN of iod,
he allowed everyone to drink when he was thirsty,
believing that drink is then most harmless and most
welcome.
Now what opportunity did these public messes
give a man to ruin himself or his estate by gluttony
or wine-bibbing ? Note that in other states the 5
company usually consists of men of the same age,
Where modesty is apt to be conspicuous by its absence
from the board. 3
-- at the ES meals turns
; eeds wrought in the state, and so there
is : little room for insolence or "I Onkch uproar, for
unseemly conduct or indecent talk. And the system 7
of feeding in the open has other good results. They
must needs walk home after the meal, and, of course,
must take good care not to stumble under the
influence of drink (for they know that they will not
? Something appears to be lost after àvéu£e. Schneider
suggested ἀνέμιξε τὰς ἡλικίας ὥστε, ' mixed the ages, so
that."
155
XENOPHON
ἐδείπνουν καταμενοῦσι" καὶ τῇ ὄρφνῃ ὅσα ἡμέρᾳ
χρηστέον' οὐδὲ γὰρ ὑπὸ φανοῦ τὸν ἔτι ἔμφρουρον
ἔξεστι πορεύεσθαι.
8 Καταμαθών γε μὴν ὁ Λυκοῦργος καὶ ὅτι ἀπὸ
τῶν αὐτῶν σίτων οἱ μὲν διαπονούμενοι εὗχροί τε
καὶ εὔσαρκοι καὶ εὔρωστοί εἰσιν, οἱ δ᾽ ἄπονοι
πεφυσημένοι τε καὶ αἰσχροὶ καὶ ἀσθενεῖς ἀνα-
φαίνονται, οὐδὲ τούτου ἠμέλησεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐννοῶν,
ὅτι καὶ ὅταν αὐτός τις τῇ ἑαυτοῦ γνώμῃ φιλο-
πονῇ, ἀρκούντως τὸ σῶμα ἔχων ἀναφαίνεται,
ἐπέταξε τὸν ἀεὶ πρεσβύτατον ἐν τῷ γυμνασίῳ
ἑκάστῳ ἐπιμελεῖσθαι ὡς μὴ πόνους αὐτοῖς 5
9 ἐλάττους τῶν σιτίων γίγνεσθαι. καὶ ἐμοὶ μὲν
οὐδ᾽ ἐν τούτῳ σφαλῆναι δοκεῖ. οὐκ ἂν οὖν
ῥᾳδίως γέ τις εὕροι Σπαρτιατῶν οὔτε ὑὕγιεινο-
τέρους οὔτε τοῖς σώμασι χρησιμωτέρους" ὁμοίως
γὰρ ἀπό τε τῶν σκελῶν καὶ ἀπὸ χειρῶν καὶ ἀπὸ
τραχήλου γυμνάζονται.
I. Ἐναντία γε μὴν ἔγνω καὶ τάδε τοῖς
πλείστοις. ἐν μὲν γὰρ ταῖς ἄλλαις πόλεσι τῶν
ἑαυτοῦ ἕκαστος καὶ παίδων καὶ οἰκετῶν καὶ
χρημάτων ἄρχουσιν ὁ δὲ Λυκοῦργος κατα-
σκευάσαι βουλόμενος, ὡς ἂν μηδὲν βλάπτοντες
ἀπολαύοιέν τι οἱ πολῖται ἀλλήλων ἀγαθόν, ἐποί-
σε παίδων ἕκαστον ὁμοίως τῶν ἑαυτοῦ καὶ τῶν
2 ἀλλοτρίων ἄρχειν. ὅταν δέ τις εἰδῇ, ὅτε οὗτοι
πατέρες εἰσὶ τῶν παίδων, ὧν αὐτὸς ἄρχει, ἀνάγκη
οὕτως ἄρχειν, ὥσπερ ἂν καὶ τῶν ἑαυτοῦ ἄρχεσθαι
βούλοιτο. ἢν δέ τις παῖς ποτε πληγὰς λαβὼν
ὑπ᾽ ἄλλου κατείπῃ πρὸς τὸν πατέρα, αἰσχρόν
1 ἑκάστῳ MSS. : S. reads ἑκάστων with Hermann.
156
THE LACEDAEMONIANS, v. 7-vi. 2
stay on at the table); and they must do in the dark
whatthey do in the day. Indeed, those who are still in
the army are not even allowed a torch to guide them.
Lycurgus had also observed the effects of the 8
same rations on the hard worker and the idler; that
the former has a fresh colour, firm flesh and plenty of
vigour, while the latter looks puffy, ugly and weak.
He saw the importance of this; and reflecting that
even a man who works hard of his own will because it
is his duty to do so, looks in pretty good condition, he
required the senior for the time being in every
gymnasium to take care that the tasks set should be
not too small for the rations allowed. And I think 9
that in this matter too he succeeded. So it would
not rad easy to find healthier or ' handier men i than me
VI.I In th e following respects, again, his institutions
differ from the ordinary type. In most states every
man has control of tis own ehidren servants and
; 'er his own. When a man P LENS that fathers 2
have this power, he is bound to rule the children
over whom he exercises authority as he would wish
his own to be ruled.! If a boy tells his own father
when he has been whipped by another father, it is
! The text of this sentence is open to - οὗτοι
πατέρες can hardly be sound.
* The text as altered by Hug. ; πόνους is highly probable:
the MSS. have ὡς μήποτε αὐτοὶ ἐλάττους, and S. merely omits
αὐτοί, but this is not satisfactory.
157
XENOPHON
ἐστι μὴ οὐκ ἄλλας πληγὰς ἐμβάλλειν τῷ υἱεῖ.
οὕτω πιστεύουσιν ἀλλήλοις μηδὲν αἰσχρὸν προσ-
τάττειν τοῖς παισίν.
Ἐποίησε δὲ καὶ οἰκέταις, εἴ τις δεηθείη, χρῆσθαι
καὶ τοῖς ἀλλοτρίοις. καὶ κυνῶν δὲ θηρευτικῶν
συνῆψε. κοινωνίαν" ὥστε οἱ μὲν δεόμενοι παρακα-
λοῦσιν ἐπὶ θήραν, ὁ ὁ δὲ μὴ αὐτὸς »σχολάξων ἡδέως
ἐκπέμπει. καὶ ἵπποις δὲ ὡσαύτως χρῶνται" ὁ
γὰρ ἀσθενήσας ἢ δεηθεὶς ὀχήματος ἢ ταχύ ποι
βουληθεὶς ἀφικέσθαι, ἤν που ἴδῃ ἵππον ὄντα,
λαβὼν καὶ χρησάμενος καλῶς ἀποκαθίστησιν.
Οὐ μὴν. οὐδ᾽ ἐκεῖνό γε παρὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις εἰθισ-
μένον ἐποίησεν ἐπιτηδεύεσθαι. ὅπου γὰρ ἂν ὑ ὑπὸ
θήρας ὀψισθέντες δεηθῶσι τῶν ἐπιτηδείων, ἢν μὴ
συνεσκευασμένοι τύχωσι, καὶ ἐνταῦθα ἔθηκε τοὺς
μὲν πεπαμένους καταλείπειν τὰ πεποιημένα, τοὺς
δὲ δεομένους ἀνοίξαντας τὰ σήμαντρα, λαβόντας
ὅσων ἂν δέωνται, σημηναμένους καταλιπεῖν. τοι-
γαροῦν οὕτως μεταδιδόντες ἀλλήλοις καὶ οἱ τὰ
μικρὰ ἔχοντες μετέχουσι πάντων τῶν ἐν τῇ
χώρᾳ, ὁπόταν τινὸς δεηθῶσιν. :
VII. "Exavzía ye μὴν καὶ τάδε τοῖς ἄλλοις
Ἕλλησι κατέστησεν ὁ Λυκοῦργος ἐ ἐν τῇ Σπάρτῃ
νόμιμα. ἐν μὲν γὰρ δήπου ταῖς ἄλλαις πόλεσι
πάντες ᾿χρηματίξονται ὅ ὅσον δύνανται" ὁ μὲν γὰρ
γεωργεῖ, ὁ δὲ ναυκληρεῖ, ὁ δ᾽ ἐμπορεύεται, οἱ δὲ
2 καὶ ἀπὸ τεχνῶν τρέφονται" ἐν δὲ τῇ Σπάρτῃ ὁ
Λυκοῦργος τοῖς ἐλευθέροις τῶν μὲν ἀμφὶ χρη-
ματισμὸν ἀπεῖπε μηδενὸς ἅπτεσθαι, ὅσα δὲ ἐλευ-
3 i.e, so much of it as remained over.
158
EMT
——————"
THE LACEDAEMONIANS, vi. 2-vii. 2
a disgrace if the parent does not give his son
-He also gave the power of using other men's 3
servants in case of necessity ; and made sporting
E puc to this extent, that any
who want them invite their master, na if he is
himself he is glad to send the hounds.
A similar plan of borrowing is applied to horses also ;
thus a man who falls ill or wants a carriage or
wishes to get to some place quickly, if he sees a
horse any where, takes and uses it carefully and duly
restores it.
There is yet another among the customs instituted 4
by him which is not found in other communities.
It was intended to meet the needs of parties belated
in the pentiog cid s eh nothing ready to eat. He
made a rule that those wh ould leave
coit of "this method of going dise with one
another is that even those who have but little
receive a share of all that the country yields when-
ever they want anything.
ὙΠ. Nor t tmm the list of the
| tho | τ 'eek a other states. I
suppose, 8 all men wise as Venet money as they can.
One is a farmer, another a ship-owner, another a
nickobant and others fixe b different handicrafts
]
Be to 2
Tairs. He insisted
159
XENOPHON - D
θερίαν rais πόλεσι παρασκευάζει, ταῦτα ἔταξε
8 μόνα ἔργα αὑτῶν νομίζειν. καὶ γὰρ δὴ τί πλοῦτος
ἐκεῖ γε σπουδαστέος, ἔνθα ἴσα μὲν φέρειν εἰς τὰ.
ἐπιτήδεια, ὁμοίως δὲ διαιτᾶσθαι τάξας ἐποίησε
μὴ ἡδυπαθείας ἕνεκα χρημάτων ὀρέγεσθαι; ἀλλὰ
μὴν οὐδ᾽ ἱματίων γε ἕνεκα χρηματιστέον' οὐ γὰρ
ἐσθῆτος πολυτελείᾳ, ἀλλὰ σώματος εὐεξίᾳ κοσ-
4 μοῦνται. οὐδὲ μὴν τοῦ γε εἰς τοὺς συσκήνους !
ἔχειν δαπανᾶν χρήματα ἀθροιστέον, ἐπεὶ τὸ τῷ
σώματι πονοῦντα ὠφελεῖν τοὺς συνόντας εὐδοξό-
τερον ἐποίησεν ἢ τὸ δαπανῶντα," ἐπιδείξας τὸ
μὲν ψυχῆς, τὸ δὲ πλούτου ἔργον.
6 Τό γε μὴν ἐξ ἀδίκων χρηματίζεσθαι καὶ. ἐν
τοῖς τοιούτοις διεκώλυσε. πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ νό-
pic pa, τοιοῦτον κατεστήσατο, ὃ δεκάμνων 8 μόνον
ἂν εἰς οἰκίαν εἰσεχθὸν οὔτε δεσπότας οὔτε οἰκέτας
λάθοι: καὶ γὰρ χώρας μεγάλης καὶ ἁμάξης ἀγω-
6 γῆς δέοιτ᾽ ἄν. χρυσίον γε μὴν καὶ ἀργύριον
ἐρευνᾶται, καὶ ἄν τί πον φανῇ, ὁ ἔχων ζημιοῦται.
τί οὖν ἂν ἐκεῖ χρηματισμὸς σπουδάζοιτο, ἔνθα ἡ
κτῆσις πλείους λύπας ἢ ἡ χρῆσις εὐφροσύνας
παρέχει;
VIII. ᾿Αλλὰ γὰρ ὅτι μὲν ἐν Σπάρτῃ μάλιστα
πείθονται ταῖς ἀρχαῖς τε καὶ τοῖς νόμοις, ἴσμεν
ἅπαντες. ἐγὼ μέντοι οὐδ᾽ ἐγχειρῆσαι οἶμαι πρό-
τερον τὸν Λυκοῦργον ταύτην τὴν εὐταξίαν
1 ἕνεκα, which S. adds after evaxfjvovs^with the MSS., was
removed by Weiske.
3 δαπανῶντα Morus: δαπανῶντας S. with the MSS.
3 δεκάμνων Dindorf: δέκα μνῶν S. with the MSS.
4 εὐταξίαν Dindorf: εὐεξίαν S. with the MSS.
1 Agesilaus, ix. 6.
160
THE LACEDAEMONIANS, vr. 2-vin. ir
^ entheir regarding as their own concern only those
"Puta that make for civic freedom. ^ Indeed, 3
Why, Mhere d is AY even any er of Pec to o spend
on cloaks: for their adornment is due not to the
price of their clothes, but to the excellent condition
of their bodies. Nor yet is there any reason for 4
amassing money in bre to end i
“Ἂ
system of coinage that he established: was of such a
kind that even a sum of ten minae ? could not be
brought into a house without the master and the
servants being aware of it: the money would fill ἃ
large space and need a wagon to draw it. Moreover, 6
there is a right of search for gold and silver, and, in
the event of discovery, the possessor is fined. Why,
» d
then, should money-making be ἃ preoceu : tion in a
j ? :
ue: we all know that ἐπε να,
rates and the laws is found in the
For my part, however,
Ithink that Lycurgus did not so much as attempt
to the: ma.
2 Some £40.
161
VOL. IL. G
XENOPHON
καθιστάναι, πρὶν ὁμογνώμονας ἐποιήσατο τοὺς
2 κρατίστους τῶν ἐν τῇ πόλει. τεκμαίρομαι δὲ
ταῦτα, ὅτι ἐν μὲν ταῖς ἄλλαις πόλεσιν οἱ
δυνατώτεροι οὐδὲ βούλονται δοκεῖν τὰς ἀρχὰς
φοβεῖσθαι, ἀλλὰ νομίζουσι τοῦτο ἀνελεύθερον
εἶναι. ἐν δὲ τῇ Σπάρτῃ οἱ κράτιστοι καὶ ὑπέρ-
XovTat μάλιστα τὰς ἀρχὰς καὶ τῷ ταπεινοὶ εἶναι
μεγαλύνονται καὶ τῷ ὅταν καλῶνται τρέχοντες
ἀλλὰ μὴ βαδίζοντες ὑπακούειν, νομίζοντες, ἢν
αὐτοὶ κατάρχωσι τοῦ σφόδρα πείθεσθαι, ἕψεσθαι
καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους" ὅπερ καὶ γεγένηται.
8 Eíxog δὲ καὶ τὴν τῆς ἐφορείας δύναμιν τοὺς
αὐτοὺς τούτους συγκατασκευάσαι, ἐπείπερ ἔγνω-
σαν τὸ πείθεσθαι μέγιστον ἀγαθὸν εἶναι καὶ ἐν
πόλει καὶ ἐν στρατιᾷ καὶ ἐν οἴκῳ" ὅσῳ γὰρ μείζω
δύναμιν ἔχοι ἡ ἀρχή, τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον ἡνγή-
σαντο αὐτὴν καὶ καταπλήξειν τοὺς πολίτας τοῦ
4 ὑπακούειν. ἔφοροι οὖν ἱκανοὶ μέν εἰσι ζημιοῦν
ὃν ἂν βούλωνται, κύριοι δ᾽ ἐκπράττειν παραχρῆμα,
κύριοι δὲ καὶ ἄρχοντας μεταξὺ καταπαῦσαι" καὶ
εἷρξαί γε καὶ περὶ τῆς ψυχῆς εἰς ἀγῶνα κατα-
στῆσαι. τοσαύτην δὲ ἔχοντες δύναμιν οὐ
ὥσπερ αἱ ἄλλαι πόλεις ἐῶσι τοὺς αἱρεθέντας ἀεὶ
ἄρχειν τὸ ἔτος ὅπως ἂν βούλωνται, ἀλλ᾽ ὥσπερ
οἱ τύραννοι καὶ οἱ ἐν τοῖς γυμνικοῖς ἀγῶσιν
ἐπιστάται, ἤν τινα αἰσθάνωνται παρανομοῦντά
τι, εὐθὺς παραχρῆμα κολάζουσι.
ὅ Πολλῶν δὲ καὶ ἄλλων ὄντων μηχανημάτων
καλῶν τῷ Λυκούργῳ eis τὸ πείθεσθαι τοῖς νόμοις
1 ἔχοι Dindorf: ἔχει S. with MSS.
2 καταπαῦσαι Stobaeus : καὶ καταπαῦσαι S. with the MSS.
162
THE LACEDAEMONIANS, vii. 1-5
to introduce this habit of discipline until he had
secured agreement among the most important men
in the state. l base my inference on the following 2
facts. In other states the most powerful citizens do
not even wigh it to be thought that they fear the
. believe such fear to be a badge
"nce. τὸς qa Spi oai aen
tis Eel. also that these same citizens helped
Ephor come io δὸς
o — that the pet rm these
magistrates the more they I be imr press the minds
to enact immediate payment : ie; ἐ πὰ authori
also to deprive the magistrates of office, and even to
. imprison and prefer a capital charge against them.
WUlaMQ Bib vidi pouerthey do not, like other
states, leave persons elected to office to rule as they
like throughout the year, but in common with
despots and the presidents of the games, they no
sooner see anyone breaking the law than they
|» punish the offender. fole Recon m. Suidae
|. - Among many excellent plans contrived b ' Lycur- 5
gus for encouraging willing obédience to the laws
1 τοῦ ὑπακούειν is omitted inthe translation. It can hardly
be right ; Schneider removed it, and Cobet proposed eis τὸ
ὑπακούειν, * so as to make them obedient. "
163
XENOPHON
ἐθέλειν τοὺς πολίτας, ἐν τοῖς καλλίστοις kai
τοῦτό μοι δοκεῖ εἶναι, ὅτι οὐ πρότερον ἀπέδωκε τῷ
πλήθει τοὺς νόμους, πρὶν ἐλθὼν σὺν τοῖς κρατίσ-
τοις εἰς Δελφοὺς ἐπήρετο τὸν θεόν, εἰ λῷον καὶ
ἄμεινον εἴη τῇ Σπάρτῃ πειθομένῃ οἷς αὐτὸς ἔθηκε
νόμοις. ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἀνεῖλε τῷ παντὶ ἄμεινον εἶναι,
τότε ἀπέδωκεν, οὐ μόνον ἄνομον ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀνόσιον
θεὶς τὸ πυθοχρήστοις νόμοις μὴ πείθεσθαι:
IX. "A£&ov δὲ τοῦ Λυκούργου καὶ τόδε ἀγα-
σθῆναι, τὸ κατεργάσασθαι ἐν τῇ πόλει αἱρετώ-
τερον εἶναι τὸν καλὸν θάνατον ἀντὶ τοῦ αἰσχροῦ
βίου: καὶ γὰρ δὴ ἐπισκοπῶν τις ἂν εὕροι μείους
ἀποθνήσκοντας τούτων ἢ τῶν ἐκ τοῦ φοβεροῦ
2 ἀποχωρεῖν αἱρουμένων. ὡς τάληθες εἰπεῖν καὶ
ἕπεται τῇ ἀρετῇ τὸ" σώζεσθαι εἰς τὸν πλείω
χρόνον μᾶλλον ἢ τῇ κακίᾳ: καὶ γὰρ ῥᾷων καὶ
ἡδίων καὶ εὐπορωτέρα καὶ ἰσχυροτέρα. δῆλον
δὲ ὅτι καὶ εὔκλεια μάλιστα ἕπεται τῇ ἀρετῇ" καὶ
γὰρ συμμαχεῖν πως πάντες τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς βού-
XovTaL.
3 "Hi μέντοι ὥστε ταῦτα γίγνεσθαι ἐμηχανήσατο
καὶ τοῦτο καλὸν μὴ παραλιπεῖν. ἐκεῖνος τοίνυν
σαφῶς παρεσκεύασε τοῖς μὲν ἀγαθοῖς εὐδαιμονίαν,
4 τοῖς δὲ κακοῖς κακοδαιμονίαν. ἐν μὲν γὰρ ταῖς
ἄλλαις πόλεσιν ὁπόταν τις κακὸς γένηται, ἐπί-
κλησιν μόνον ἔχει κακὸς εἶναι, ἀγοράζει δὲ ἐν τῷ
αὐτῷ ὁ κακὸς τἀγαθῷ καὶ κάθηται καὶ γυμνά-
Cerat, ἐὰν βούληται: ἐν δὲ τῇ Λακεδαίμονι πᾶς
1 τὸ added by Morus: S. omits with the MSS.
1 Herodotus i. 65.
164
THE LACEDAEMONIANS, vri. 5-ix. 4
, I think one of the most excellent
was this: before delivering his laws to the people
he paid a visit to Delphi,! accompanied by the most
important citizens, and inquired of the god whether
it was desirable and better for Sparta that she
should obey the laws that he himself had framed.
Only when the god answered that it was better in
every way did he deliver them, after enacting that
to refuse obedience to laws given by the dácer τῷ
was epa only unlawful, But wicked.
' fe. And, in fact, one 5. would ünd « on
prre [Eae that they actually lose a smaller pro-
portion of their men than those who prefer to retire
from the danger zone. To tell the truth, escape 2
from premature death more generally goes with
valour than ith SQnedice : fo actually
However, it is proper not to pass over the means 3
by which he contrived to bring about A» ἔνα
beri what scio aic Lo ensure
in other states when aman ; proves a coward, the only
consequence is that he is called a coward. | He goes
to the same market as the brave man, sits beside
him, attends the same gymnasium, if he chooses.
But in Lacedaemon everyone would be ashamed to
!
* The sentiment is taken from Tyrtaeus.
165
e
XENOPHON
μὲν ἄν Tis αἰσχυνθείη τὸν κακὸν σύσκηνον παρα
λαβεῖν, πᾶς δ᾽ ἂν ἐν maXaíc uat συγγυμναστήν.
πολλάκις δ᾽ ὁ τοιοῦτος καὶ διαιρουμένων τοὺς
ἀντισφαιριοῦντας ἀχώριστος περιγίγνεται καὶ ἐν
χοροῖς δ᾽ εἰς τὰς ἐπονειδίστους χώρας ἀπελαύ.-
νεται, καὶ μὴν ἐν ὁδοῖς παραχωρητέον αὐτῷ καὶ
ἐν θάκοις καὶ τοῖς νεωτέροις ὑπαναστατέον, καὶ
τὰς μὲν προσηκούσας κόρας οἴκοι θρεπτέον καὶ
ταύταις τῆς ἀνανδρείας l αἰτίαν ὑφεκτέον, γυναι.-
κὸς δὲ κενὴν ἑστίαν περιοπτέον 5 καὶ ἅμα τούτου
ζημίαν ἀποτιστέον, λιπαρὸν δὲ οὐ πλανητέον
οὐδὲ μιμητέον τοὺς ἀνεγκλήτους, ἢ πληγὰς ὑπὸ
τῶν ἀμεινόνων ληπτέον. ἐγὼ μὲν δὴ τοιαύτης
τοῖς κακοῖς ἀτιμίας ἐπικειμένης οὐδὲν θαυμάζω
τὸ προαιρεῖσθαι ἐκεῖ θάνατον ἀντὶ τοῦ οὕτως
ἀτίμου τε καὶ ἐπονειδίστου βίου.
X. Καλῶς δέ μοι δοκεῖ ὁ Λυκοῦργος νομοθε-
τῆσαι καὶ ἡ μέχρι γήρως ἀσκοῖτ᾽ ἂν ἀρετή. ἐπὶ
γὰρ τῷ τέρματι τοῦ βίου τὴν κρίσιν ,τῆς γερον-
τίας προσθεὶς ἐποίησε μηδὲ ἐν τῷ γήρᾳ ἀμελεῖς
σθαι τὴν καλοκἀγαθίαν. ἀξιάγαστον δ᾽ αὐτοῦ καὶ
τὸ ἐπικουρῆσαι τῷ τῶν ἀγαθῶν γήρᾳ" θεὶς γὰρ
τοὺς γέροντας κυρίους τοῦ περὶ τῆς ψυχῆς ἀγῶ-
νος διέπραξεν ἐντιμότερον εἶναι τὸ γῆρας τῆς
τῶν ἀκμαζόντων ῥώμης. εἰκότως δέ τοι καὶ
σπουδάζεται οὗτος ὁ ὁ “ἀγὼν μάλιστα τῶν ,ἀνθρώ-
TO. καλοὶ μὲν yàp. «ai οἱ γυμνικοί' ἀλλ᾽
οὗτοι μὲν σωμάτων εἰσίν" ὁ δὲ περὶ τῆς γεροντίας
ἀγὼν ψυχῶν ἀγαθῶν κρίσιν παρέχει. ὅσῳ οὖν
κρείττων ψυχὴ σώματος, τοσούτῳ καὶ οἱ ἀγῶνες
1 ἀνδρείας S. with the better MSS.
166
THE LACEDAEMONIANS, ix. 4-x. 3
have a coward with him at the mess or to be matched
with him in a wrestling bout. Often when sides are 5
picked for a game of ball he is the odd man left out :
in the chorus he is banished to the ignominious
place; in the streets he is bound to make way:
when he occupies a seat he must needs give it up,
even to a junior; he must support his spinster
relatives at home and must explain to them why they
are old maids: he must make the best of a fireside
without a wife, and yet pay forfeit for that : he may not
: stroll about with a cheerful countenance, nor behave
:
:
Ὶ
as though he were a man of unsullied fame, or else
he must submit to be beaten by his betters. Small 6
wonder, I think, that where such a load of dishonour
is laid on the coward, death seems preferable to a
life so dishonoured, so ignominious.
end of life, he y
even: age. Worthy o of ἐν κὰν ds x is the pro-
tection that he afforded to the old age of good men.
δ For the enactment by which he made the Elders
; judges in trials on the capital charge caused old age to
| be held in greater honour than the full vigour of man-
r hood. And surely it is natural that of all contests 3
in the world this should excite the greatest zeal.
For noble as are the contests in the MÀ they
1 are merely tests of bodily powers. But Β
" the Council mtn hether they be g
3 περιοπτέον Dindorf : ob περιοπτέον S. with the MSS.
| 167
eo
8
XENOPHON
oí τῶν ψυχῶν ἢ οἱ τῶν σωμάτων ἀξιοσπουδασ-
τότεροι.
Τόδε γε μὴν τοῦ Λυκούργου πῶς οὐ μεγάλως.
ἄξιον ἀγασθῆναι ; ὃς ἐπειδὴ κατέμαθεν, ὅτι ὅπου
οἱ βουλόμενοι ἐπιμελοῦνται 3 τῆς ἀρετῆς οὐχ
ἱκανοί εἰσι πὰς πατρίδας αὔξειν, ἐκεῖνος ἐν τῇ
Σπάρτῃ ἡ ἠνάγκασε δημοσίᾳ πάντας πάσας ἀσκεῖν
τὰς ἀρετάς. ὥσπερ οὖν ἰδιῶται ἰδιωτῶν δια-
φέρουσιν ἀρετῇ οἱ ἀσκοῦντες τῶν ἀμελούντων,
οὕτως καὶ ἡ Σπάρτη εἰκότως πασῶν τῶν πόλεων
ἀρετῇ διαφέρει, μόνη δημοσίᾳ ἐπιτηδεύουσα τὴν
καλοκἀγαθίαν. οὐ γὰρ κἀκεῖνο καλόν, τὸ τῶν
ἄλλων πόλεων κολαζουσῶν, ἤν τίς τι ἕτερος
ἕτερον ἀδικῇ, ἐκεῖνον ζημίας μὴ ἐλάττους ἐπι-
θεῖναι, εἴ τις φανερὸς εἴη ἀμελῶν τοῦ ὡς βέλτισ-
τος εἶναι; ἐνόμιζε γάρ, ὡς ἔοικεν, ὑπὸ μὲν τῶν
ἀνδραάποδιζομένων τινὰς ἢ ἀποστερούντων τι ἢ
κλεπτόντων τοὺς βλαπτομένους μόνον ἀδικεῖσθαι,
ὑπὸ δὲ τῶν κακῶν καὶ ἀνάνδρων ὅλας τὰς πόλεϊς
προδίδοσθαι. ὥστε εἰκότως ἔμουγε δοκεῖ τούτοις
μεγίστας ζημίας ἐπιθεῖναι.
᾿Επέθηκε δὲ καὶ τὴν ἀνυπόστατον ἀνάγκην
ἀσκεῖν ἅπασαν πολιτικὴν ἀρετήν. τοῖς μὲν γὰρ
τὰ νόμιμα ἐκτελοῦσιν ὁμοίως ἅπασι τὴν πόλιν
οἰκείαν ἐποίησε καὶ οὐδὲν ὑπελογίσατο οὔτε
σωμάτων οὔτε χρημάτων ἀσθένειαν: εἰ δέ τις
ἀποδειλιάσειε τοῦ τὰ νόμιμα διαπονεῖσθαι, τοῦ-
τον ἐκεῖνος ἀπέδειξε μηδὲ νομίζεσθαι ἔτε τῶν
ὁμοίων εἶναι.
᾿Αλλὰ γὰρ ὅτι μὲν παλαιότατοι οὗτοι οἱ νόμοι
1 ὅτι ἔστιν ὅπου S. with Morus, ἡ
168
THE LACEDAEMONIANS, x. ide
Again, the following surely entitles the work of 4
Lycurgus to high admiration. He observed that
where e is left to voluntary effort,
the virtuous are not strong enough to in
fame of their fatherland.
s Add therefore; τάδε as pitéite individuals differ
from one another in virtue according as they practise
or neglect it, so 1 asa matter of ie ai
was bot this too s noble rule of. iis, dci cus
other states rini only for saec. done to one's
neighbour, jes no less severe or
ment, fraud, "Pot. are crimes that i injure hne E
victims of them ; but the wicked man and the
coward are traitors to the whole body politic. And
so he had good reason, I think, for visiting their
offences with the heaviest penalties.
And he laid on the een ΒΡ dec of dew. the 7
es
whole virtue of a citize
coward who shrank wi the € mer But the
rules of his code he caused to be no more reckoned
among the peers.
Now that these laws are of high antiquity there 8
3 ἐπιμελοῦντα: Haase : ἐπιμελεῖοθα. S. with the MSS.
169
XENOPHON
,» ὃ n e ^ ^ We.
εἰσί, σαφές" ὁ yàp Λυκοῦργος κατὰ τοὺς 'Hpa-
, , , [4 Ν .
κλείδας λέγεται γενέσθαι: οὕτω δὲ παλαιοὶ ὄντες
ἔτι καὶ νῦν τοῖς ἄλλοις καινότατοί εἰσι" καὶ γὰρ
τὸ πάντων θαυμαστότατον ἐπαινοῦσι μὲν πάντες
τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐπιτηδεύματα, μιμεῖσθαι δὲ αὐτὰ
,
οὐδεμία πόλις ἐθέλει.
XI. Καὶ ταῦτα μὲν δὴ κοινὰ ἀγαθὰ καὶ ἐν
, , q^. , H , ΄
εἰρήνῃ καὶ ἐν πολέμῳ" εἰ δέ τις βούλεται κατα-
μαθεῖν, ὅ τι καὶ εἰς τὰς στρατείας βέλτιον τῶν
ἄλλων ἐμηχανήσατο, ἔξεστι καὶ τούτων ἀκούειν.
2 Πρῶτον μὲν τοίνυν οἱ ἔφοροι προκηρύττουσι
M o» ψ ^ ^ ΄ X ur ^
τὰ ἔτη, els ἃ δεῖ στρατεύεσθαι καὶ ἱππεῦσι καὶ.
ὁπλίταις, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ τοῖς χειροτέχναις" ὥστε
ὅσοισπερ ἐπὶ πόλεως χρῶνται ἄνθρωποι, πάντων
τούτων καὶ ἐπὶ στρατιᾶς οἱ Λακεδαιμόνιοι εὐ-
ποροῦσι' καὶ ὅσα δὲ ὀργάνων ἡ στρατιὰ κοινῇ
δεηθείη ἄν, ἁπάντων τὰ μὲν ἁμάξη προστέτακται
παρέχειν, τὰ δὲ ὑποζυγίῳ: οὕτω γὰρ ἥκιστ᾽ ἂν
τὸ ἐκλεῖπον διαλάθοι.
8 Εἰς γε μὴν τὸν ἐν τοῖς ὅπλοις ἀγῶνα τοιάδ᾽
ἐμηχανήσατο, στολὴν μὲν ἔχειν φοινικίδα καὶ
χαλκῆν ἀσπίδα, ταύτην νομίζων ἥκιστα μὲν
᾿γυναικείᾳ κοινωνεῖν, πολεμικωτάτην δ᾽ εἶναι" καὶ
γὰρ τάχιστα λαμπρύνεται καὶ σχολαιότατα
ῥυπαίνεται. ἐφῆκε δὲ καὶ κομᾶν τοῖς ὑπὲρ τὴν
ἡβητικὴν ἡλικίαν, νομίζων οὕτω καὶ μείζους ἂν
καὶ ἐλευθεριωτέρους καὶ γοργοτέρους φαίνεσθαι.
4 Οὕτω γε μὴν κατεσκευασμένων μόρας μὲν
διεῖλεν ἐξ καὶ ἱππέων καὶ ὁπλιτῶν. ἑκάστη δὲ
1 The words καὶ χαλκῆν ἀσπίδα should probably come before
καὶ yàp τάχιστα. There is also a suspicion that some words
170
THE LACEDAEMONIANS, x. 8-xr. 4
aotem i er !
anyone "ope to discover in what respect ops
organisation of the army on active service was better
than other systems, here is the information that he
seeks.
issue a proclamation à the age- 2
Enos for the levy, first fc y and
nd then for the ha
the emonians are w
1. "Thus
with all things that are found useful in civil life.
All the implements that an army may require in
common are ordered to be assembled, some in carts,
some on baggage animals; thus anything missing is
not at all likely to be overlooked.
In the equipment that he devised for the troops 3
in battle he incl uded aged quss, because he believed
this garment to have least resemblance to women's
clothing and to be most suitable for war, and a brass
, because it is very soon we and Axrntehies
very slowly. He also pei i
The men so equipped were ;
; The officers of
referring to other details of the equipment have dropped
out.
171
5
-]l
8
XENOPHON
τῶν πολιτικῶν μορῶν ἔχει πολέμαρχον ἕνα,
λοχαγοὺς τέτταρας, πεντηκοντῆρας ὀκτώ, ἐνω-
μοτάρχους ἑκκαίδεκα. ἐκ δὲ τούτων τῶν μορῶν
διὰ παρεγγυήσεως καθίστανται τότε μὲν εἰς
pM ἐνωμοτίας, τότε δὲ εἰς τρεῖς, τότε δὲ εἰς ἕξ.
^O δὲ οἱ πλεῖστοι οἴονται, πολυπλοκωτάτην
εἶναι τὴν ἐν ὅπλοις Λακωνικὴν τάξιν, τὸ ἐναντιώ-
τατον ὑπειλήφασι τοῦ ὄντος" εἰσὶ μὲν γὰρ ἐν τῇ
Λακωνικῇ τάξει οἱ | πρωτοστάται ἄρχοντες καὶ ὁ
στίχος ἕκαστος πάντ᾽ ἔχων ὅσα δεῖ παρέχεσθαι.
οὕτω δὲ ῥᾷδιον ταύτην τὴν τάξιν μαθεῖν, ὡς ὅστις
τοὺς ἀνθρώπους δύναται γιγνώσκειν, οὐδεὶς ἂν
ἁμάρτοι: τοῖς μὲν γὰρ ἡγεῖσθαι δέδοται, τοῖς δὲ
ἕπεσθαι τέτακται. αἱ δὲ παραγωγαὶ ὥσπερ ὑπὸ
κήρυκος ὑπὸ τοῦ ἡνωμοτάρχουι λόγῳ δηλοῦνται,
αἷς ἀραιαί τε καὶ βαθύτεραι αἱ φάλαγγες γίγνον-
ται" ὧν δὴ οὐδ᾽ ὅπως τι οὖν χαλεπὸν μαθεῖν. τὸ
μέντοι κἂν ταραχθῶσι μετὰ τοῦ παρατυχόντος
ὁμοίως μάχεσθαι, ταύτην τὴν τάξιν οὐκέτι ῥᾷδιόν
ἐστι μαθεῖν πλὴν τοῖς ὑπὸ τῶν τοῦ Λυκούργου
νόμων πεπαιδευμένοις. ε
Εὐπορώτατα δὲ καὶ ἐκεῖνα Λακεδαιμόνιοι
ποιοῦσι τὰ τοῖς ὁπλομάχοις πάνυ δοκοῦντα
χαλεπὰ εἶναι" ὅταν μὲν γὰρ ἐπὶ κέρως πορεύων-
ται, κατ᾽ οὐρὰν δήπου ἐνωμοτία. ἐνωμοτίᾳ. ἕπεται"
ἐὰν δ᾽ ἐν τῷ τοιούτῳ ἐκ τοῦ ἐναντίου πολεμία
φάλαγξ ἐπιφανῇ, τῷ ἐνωμοτάρχῃ παρεγγυᾶται εἰς
1 No gap is indicated in S.
! Or, reading" ὁπλιτικῶν with Stobaeus, ''regiment of
heavy infantry.?
* Qn account of Hellenica ναι. iv. 20 and v. 10 it is Hhenghá
that δύο, two," should be read for τέτταρας (δ΄).
172
THE LACEDAEMONIANS, xi. 4-8.
The preval ent opinion tha the Lacon:
formation is A com olicated is the very 1 reverse "of
the truth. onian format
rank men are all A denas and each file has all that it
requires to make it effieient.A The.formation is so 6
easy to understand that no one who knows man
from man can possibly go wrong. For some have
the privilege of leading ; and the rest are under orders
to follow. Orders to wheel from column into line of
battle are given verbally by the second lieutenant
acting as a herald, and the line is formed either thin
or deep, by wheeling. Nothing whatever in these
movements is difficult to understand. Τὸ be sure, 7
the secret of carrying on in a battle with any troops
at hand when theline gets into confusion is not so
easy to grasp, except for soldiers trained under the
laws of Pied
every section of course follows in the rear of the
section in front of it, Suppose that at such a time.
an enemy in order of battle suddenly makes his
appearance in front: the word is passed to the
* A number, ἕνα, *'in single file," or δύο, ** two," must have
fallen out before ἐνωμοτίας.
* The exact meaning is not clear and the text is possibly
corrupt. Weiske suggested πάντα παρέχει, **acts exactly as
it should, "
173
XENOPHON
μέτωπον παρ᾽ ἀσπίδα καθίστασθαι, καὶ διὰ rav.
τὸς οὕτως, ἔστ᾽ ἂν ἡ φάλαγξ ἐναντία καταστῇ.
ἤν γε μὴν οὕτως ἐχόντων ἐκ τοῦ ὄπισθεν οἱ πολέ-
pio, ἐπιφανῶσιν, ἐξελίττεται ἕκαστος ὁ στίχος,
ἵνα οἱ κράτιστοι ἐναντίοι ἀεὶ τοῖς πολεμίοις ὦσιν.
9 ὅτε δὲ ὁ ἄρχων εὐώνυμος γίγνεται, οὐδ᾽ ἐν τούτῳ
μειονεκτεῖν ἡγοῦνται, ἀλλ᾽ ἔστιν ὅτε καὶ πλεονεκ-
τεῖν. εἰ γάρ τινες κυκλοῦσθαι ἐπιχειροῖεν, οὐκ
ἂν κατὰ τὰ γυμνά, ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὰ ὡπλισμένα
περιβάλλοιεν ἄν. ἢν δέ ποτε ἕνεκά τινος δοκῇ
συμφέρειν τὸν ἡγεμόνα δεξιὸν κέρας ἔχειν, στρέ-
ψαντες τὸ ἄγημα ἐπὶ κέρας ἐξελίττουσι τὴν
φάλαγγα, ἔστ᾽ ἂν ὁ μὲν ἡγεμὼν δεξιὸς ἦ, ἡ δὲ
10 οὐρὰ εὐώνυμος γένηται. ἣν δ᾽ αὖ ἐκ τῶν δεξιῶν
πολεμίων τάξις ἐπιφαίνηται ἐπὶ κέρως πορευο-
μένων, οὐδὲν ἄλλο πραγματεύονται ἢ τὸν λόχον
ἕκαστον ὥσπερ τριήρη ἀντίπρῳρον τοῖς ἐναντίοις
στρέφουσι, καὶ οὕτως αὖ γίγνεται ὁ κατ᾽ οὐρὰν
λόχος παρὰ δόρυ. ἤν γε μὴν κατὰ τὰ εὐώνυμα
πολέμιοι προσίωσιν, οὐδὲ τοῦτο ἐῶσιν, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπω-
θοῦσιν ἢ ἐναντίους ἀντιπάλοις τοὺς λόχους στρέ-
φουσι' καὶ οὕτως αὖ ὁ κατ᾽ οὐρὰν λόχος παρ᾽
ἀσπίδα καθίσταται.
XII. 'Epà δὲ καὶ 7j στρατοπεδεύεσθαι ἐνόμισε
χρῆναι Λυκοῦργος.
Διὰ μὲν γὰρ τὸ τὰς γωνίας τοῦ τετραγώνου
1 ὦ 6. this was the regular plan, because each of two .
battle lines advancing to meet one another always tended to
converge to the right. See Thucydides, v. 71.
174
— XII. I will now «
THE LACEDAEMONIANS, xi. 8-xtr.. i
S ᾧ
3 ^ ;
thinking this a disadvantage, they regard it as a
positive advantage at times. For should the enemy
attempt a flanking movement he would try to encircle
them, not on the exposed but on the protected
side.! If, however, it seems better for any reason
that the leader should be on the right wing, the left
wing wheels, and the army counter-marches by ranks
until the leader is on the right, and the rear of the
column on the left. If,on the other hand, an enemy
force appears on the right when they are marching
in column, all that they have to do is to order each
company to wheel to the right so as to front the
enemy like a man-of-war, and thus again the com-
pany at the rear of the column is on the right. 1f
again an enemy approaches on the left, they do not
allow that either, but either push him back? or
wheel their companies to the left to face him, and
thus the rear of the column finds itself on the
left.
eeing that the angles of a square are useless, he
3 This can only mean that if the Lacedaemonians are in
battle-order the whole phalanx turns to the left to meet
the attack: wheeling by companies to the left would only
be necessary when the army marching in column was
threatened on the left. But ἀλλὰ προθέουσιν found in C (** but
either run forward ") is almost certainly the right reading.
175
—
0
τῷ
XENOPHON
ἀ ρήστους εἶναι εἰς κύκλον ἐστρατοπεδεύσατο,
εἰ μὴ ὄρος ἀσφαλὲς εἴη ἢ τεῖχος ἢ ποταμὸν
ὄπισθεν ἔχοιεν. φυλακάς γε μὴν ἐποίησε
μεθημερινὰς τὰς μὲν παρὰ τὰ ὅπλα εἴσω
βλεπούσας" οὐ γὰρ πολεμίων ἕνεκα ἀλλὰ φίλων
αὗται καθίστανται" τούς γε μὴν πολεμίους
ἱππεῖς φυλάττουσιν ἀπὸ χωρίων ὧν ἂν ἐκ
πλείστου προορῷεν. εἰ δέ τις προσῖοι 1 νύκτωρ
ἔξω τῆς φάλαγγος ἐνόμισεν ὑπὸ Σκιριτῶν προ-
φυλάττεσθαι" νῦν δ᾽ ἤδη καὶ ὑπὸ ξένων ἢν
TUxociv? αὐτῶν τινες συμπαρόντες. τὸ δὲ
ἔχοντας τὰ δόρατα ἀεὶ περιιέναι, εὖ καὶ τοῦτο
δεῖ εἰδέναι ὅτι τοῦ αὐτοῦ ἕνεκά ἐστιν οὗπερ
καὶ τοὺς δούλους εἴργουσιν ἀπὸ τῶν ὅπλων.
καὶ τοὺς ἐπὶ τὰ ἀναγκαῖα ἀπιόντας οὐ δεῖ
θαυμάζειν ὅτι οὔτε ἀλλήλων οὔτε τῶν ὅπλων
πλέον ἢ ὅσον μὴ λυπεῖν ἀλλήλους ἀπέρχονται"
καὶ γὰρ ταῦτα ἀσφαλείας ἕ ἕνεκα, ποιοῦσι.
Μεταστρατοπεδεύονταί γε μὴν πυκνὰ καὶ τοῦ
σίνεσθαι τοὺς πολεμίους ἕνεκα καὶ τοῦ ὠφελεῖν
τοὺς φίλους.
Καὶ γυμνάζεσθαι δὲ προαγορεύεται ὑπὸ τοῦ
νόμου ἅπασι Λακεδαιμονίοις, ἕωσπερ, ἂν στρατεύ-
ὠνται" ὥστε μεγαλοπρεπεστέρους μὲν αὐτοὺς ἐφ᾽
ἑαυτοῖς γίγνεσθαι, ἐλευθεριωτέρους δὲ τῶν ἄλλων
φαίνεσθαι. δεῖ δὲ οὔτε περίπατον οὔτε δρόμον
μάσσω ποιεῖσθαι ἢ ὅσον ἂν ἡ μόρα ἐφήκῃ, ὅπως
μηδεὶς τῶν αὑτοῦ ὅπλων πόρρω γίγνηται. μετὰ
δὲ τὰ γυμνάσια καθίζειν μὲν ὁ πρῶτος πολέ-
1 προσίοι Madvig: προΐοι S. with the MSS. S. places ἃ
comma after φάλαγγοΞ.
176
protection in the rear.
keep a an 458 pat on the fpem but on their Iriends.
ease of a hostile *, idest eutlk, V he assigned
from h i
THE LACEDAEMONIANS, ix 16
ed the οὗ except where
there seme acenesire: hilo wal , or a river afforded
He caused sentries to be 2
ic nwards along the place where
ns were mes or the object of these is to
de "To Diar the
the duty of acting as sentries outside the lines to
the Sciritae. In these days the duty is shared by
foreigners, if any happen to be present in the camp.
The rule that patrols invariably carry their spears, 4
has the same purpose, undoubtedly, as the exclusion
of slaves from the place of arms. Noris it surprising
that sentries who withdraw for necessary purposes
only go so far away from one another and from the
arms as not te cause inconvenience. . Safety is the
The 3 is tim ly shifted with t ihe double 5
to practise
campaign; and the ΠΝ is that ix take more
pride in themselves and have. a more: ED
ν οὐφρκυρα, CAD DELI men. ither walk nor ra
του αναννὸς After oin br m the senior 6
colonel gives the order by herald to sit down—this
5 ἣν τύχωσιν is added by Ruehl: S. reads αὐτῶν el τινες
with Hermann.
177
XENOPHON
μαρχος κηρύττει" ἔστι δὲ τοῦτο ὥσπερ ἐξέτασις"
ἐκ τούτου δὲ ἀριστοποιεῖσθαι καὶ ταχὺ τὸν πρό-
σκοπον ὑπολύεσθαι' ἐκ τούτου δ᾽ αὖ διατριβαὶ
καὶ ἀναπαύσεις πρὸ τῶν ἑσπερινῶν γυμνασίων.
μετά γε μὴν ταῦτα δειπνοποιεῖσθαι κηρύττεται,
καὶ ἐπειδὰν ἄσωσιν εἰς τοὺς θεοὺς οἷς ἂν κεκαλλιε-
ρηκότες ὦσιν, ἐπὶ τῶν ὅπλων ἀναπαύεσθαι.
"Or, δὲ πολλὰ γράφω, οὐ δεῖ θαυμάζειν"
ἥκιστα γὰρ Λακεδαιμονίοις εὕροι ἄν τις παρα-
λελειμμένα ἐν τοῖς στρατιωτικοῖς ὅσα δεῖ
ἐπιμελείας.
XIIL Διηγήσομαι δὲ καὶ ἣν ἐπὶ στρατιᾶς ὁ
Λυκοῦργος βασιλεῖ δύναμιν καὶ τιμὴν παρε-
σκεύασε. πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ ἐπὶ φρουρᾶς τρέφει
ἡ πόλις βασιλέα καὶ τοὺς σὺν αὐτῷ" συσκηνοῦσι
δὲ αὐτῷ οἱ πολέμαρχοι, ὅπως ἀεὶ συνόντες μᾶλλον
καὶ κοινοβουλῶσιν, ἤν τι δέωνται: συσκηνοῦσι
δὲ καὶ ἄλλοι τρεῖς ἄνδρες τῶν ὁμοίων" οὗτοι
τούτοις ἐπιμελοῦνται πάντων τῶν ἐπιτηδείων,
ὡς μηδεμία ἀσχολία 7 αὐτοῖς τῶν πολεμικῶν
ἐπιμελεῖσθαι.
᾿Επαναλήψομαι δέ, ὡς ἐξορμᾶται σὺν στρατιᾷ
ὁ βασιλεύς. θύει μὲν γὰρ πρῶτον οἴκοι ὧν Au
ἀγήτορι καὶ τοῖς σὺν αὐτῷ: ἣν δὲ ἐνταῦθα
καλλιερήσῃ, λαβὼν ὁ πυρφόρος πῦρ ἀπὸ τοῦ
βωμοῦ προηγεῖται ἐπὶ τὰ ὅρια τῆς χώρας" ὁ δὲ
βασιλεὺς ἐκεῖ αὖ θύεται Au καὶ ᾿Αθηνᾷ. ὅταν
δὲ ἀμφοῖν τούτοιν τοῖν θεοῖν καλλιερηθῇ, τότε
1 Or, if we read οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ with Haase, '*he and his
staff." By ''the associated gods" we should understand
178
THE LACEDAEMONIANS, xir. 6—xiri. 3
is their method of inspection—and next to take break-
fast and to relieve the onkposts quickly. After this
eveni g: 1 ises EU bese bein finished, the herald 7
ves the order t TUUS as soon
as c have sung to the praise of the gods to whom
they have sacrificed with good omens, to rest by
the arms.
Let not the length to which lrun occasion sur-
prise, for it is almost impossible to find any detail in
military matters requiring attention that is over-
looked by the Lacedaemonians.
XIII. I will also give an account of the po
—
— m tained by t
The colonels mess with the King, i in τὸν ἄντ that con-
stant intercourse may A better. opportunities fof*
6 entire charge he commissariat for the King
ani his staff, so that these may devote all their time
to affairs of war.
But I will Zo bet to the be ning, and explain 2
how ig sets out wi p irdiiny "irst he offers
up ies at em to Zeus the Leader and to
the gods associated with him.! If the sacrifice
appears propitious, the Fire-bearer takes fire
| from the altar and leads the way to the borders 'of
the land. There the King offers sacrifice again to
Zeus and Athena. Only when the sacrifice proves 3
acceptable to both these deities does he cross the
Castor and Pollux, the Dioscuri. In the Oxford text I gave
τοῖν gioi», **the twin gods."
179
“1
XENOPHON
διαβαίνει rà ὅρια τῆς χώρας" καὶ τὸ πῦρ μὲν
ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν ἱερῶν προηγεῖται οὔποτε ἀπο-
σβεννύμενον, σφάγια δὲ παντοῖα ἕπεται. ἀεὶ δὲ
ὅταν θύηται, ἄρχεται μὲν τούτου τοῦ ἔργου ἔτι
κνεφαῖος, προλαμβάνειν βουλόμενος τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ
εὔνοιαν. πάρεισι δὲ περὶ τὴν θυσίαν πολέμαρχοι,
λοχαγοί, πεντηκοντῆρες, ξένων στρατίαρχοι,
στρατοῦ σκευοφαρικοῦ ἄρχοντες, καὶ τῶν ἀπὸ
τῶν πόλεων δὲ στρατηγῶν ὁ βουλόμενος: πάρεισι
δὲ καὶ τῶν ἐφόρων δύο, οἱ πολυπραγμονοῦσι μὲν
οὐδέν, ἢν μὴ ὁ βασιλεὺς προσκαλῇ: ὁρῶντες δὲ
ὅ τι ποιεῖ ἕκαστος πάντας σωφρονίζουσιν, ὡς
τὸ εἰκός. ὅταν δὲ τελεσθῇ τὰ ἱερά, ὁ βασιλεὺς
προσκαλέσας πάντας παραγγέλλει τὰ ποιητέα.
ὥστε ὁρῶν ταῦτα ἡγήσαιο ἂν τοὺς μὲν ἄλλους
αὐτοσχεδιαστὰς εἶναι τῶν στρατιωτικῶν, Λακε-
δαιμονίους δὲ μόνους τῷ ὄντι τεχνίτας τῶν
πολεμικῶν. ,
᾿Ἐπειδάν γε μὴν ἡγῆται βασιλεύς, ἢν μὲν
μηδεὶς ἐναντίος φαίνηται, οὐδεὶς αὐποῦ πρόσθεν
πορεύεται πλὴν Σκιρῖται καὶ οἱ προερευνώμενοι
ἱππεῖς" ἢν δέ ποτε μάχην οἴωνται ἔσεσθαι, λαβὼν
τὸ ἄγημα τῆς πρώτης μόρας ὁ βασιλεὺς ἄγει
στρέψας ἐπὶ δόρυ, ἔστ᾽ ἂν γένηται ἐν μέσῳ δυοῖν
μόραιν καὶ δυοῖν πολεμάρχοιν. obs δὲ δεῖ ἐπὶ
τούτοις τετάχθαι, ὁ πρεσβύτατος τῶν περὶ
δάμοσίαν συντάττει" εἰσὶ δὲ οὗτοι ὅσοι ἂν
σύσκηνοι ὦσι τῶν ὁμοίων, καὶ μάντεις καὶ ἰατροὶ
καὶ αὐληταὶ καὶ οἱ τοῦ στρατοῦ ἄρχοντες, καὶ
ἐθελούσιοι ἤν τινες παρῶσιν. ὥστε τῶν δεομένων
γίγνεσθαι οὐδὲν ἀπορεῖται: οὐδὲν γὰρ ἀπρό-
σκεπτόν ἐστι.
180
THE LACEDAEMONIANS, xrt. 3-7
borders of the land. | And the fire from these sacri-
fices leads the way and is never quenched, and animals
for sacrifice of every sort follow. At all times when
he offers sacrifice, the King begins the work before
dawn of doy. hic ma to fofestalt Sie seed "ἐξ th
dins imt
| 3 here are also eir two - o the 5
Ej hors, who interfere in nothing except by the
King's request, but keep an eye on the proceedings,
and see that all behave with a decorum suitable to
the occasion. When the sacrifices are ended, the
King summons all and delivers the orders of the day.
And so, cond Lyon. watch the scene, you. would think
When the King leads, provided that no enemy 6
appears, no one precedes him except the Sciritae
and the mounted vedettes. But if ever they think
there will be fighting, he takes the lead of the first
regiment and wheels to the right, until he is between
two regiments and two colonels. The troops that 7
are to support these are marshalled by the senior
member of the King's staff. The staff consists of
all peers who are members of the royal mess, seed
— eem — ΝΝ officers and. a
181.
8
10
l1
XENOPHON
Μάλα δὲ καὶ τάδε ὠφέλιμα, ὡς ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ,
» , ^ » b , v ^
ἐμηχανήσατο Λυκοῦργος εἰς τὸν ἐν ὅπλοις ἀγῶνα.
ὅταν yàp ὁρώντων ἤδη τῶν πολεμίων χίμαιρα
σφαγιάξηται, αὐλεῖν τε πάντας τοὺς παρόντας
αὐλητὰς νόμος καὶ μηδένα Λακεδαιμονίων ἀστε-
, *, Mv P Á,
φάνωτον εἶναι: kai ὅπλα δὲ λαμπρύνεσθαι προ-
αγορεύεται. ἔξεστι δὲ τῷ νέῳ καὶ κεκριμένῳ εἰς
μάχην συνιέναι καὶ φαιδρὸν εἶναι καὶ εὐδόκιμον.
καὶ παρακελεύονται, δὲ τῷ ἐνωμοτάρχῃ" οὐδ᾽
ἀκούεται γὰρ εἰς ἑκάστην πᾶσαν τὴν ἐνωμοτίαν
ἀφ᾽ ἑκάστου ἐνωμοτάρχου ἔξω: ὅπως δὲ καλῶς
γίγνηται, πολεμάρχῳ δεῖ μέλειν.
eu . * ^ ,
Orav γε μὴν καιρὸς δοκῇ εἶναι στρατοπεδεύε-
σθαι, τούτου μὲν κύριος βασιλεὺς καὶ τοῦ δεῖξαί
γε, ὅπου δεῖ" τὸ μέντοι πρεσβείας ἀποπέμπεσθαι
καὶ φιλίας καὶ πολεμίας, τοῦτ᾽ ov? βασιλέως.
καὶ ἄρχονται μὲν πάντες ἀπὸ βασιλέως, ὅταν
Li "- , * , . , , ,
βούλωνται πρᾶξαί τι. ἢν δ᾽ οὖν δίκης δεόμενός
τις ἔλθῃ, πρὸς ἑλλανοδίκας τοῦτον ὁ βασιλεὺς
ἀποπέμπει, Tv δὲ χρημάτων, πρὸς ταμίας, ἢν
δὲ ληίδα ἄγων, πρὸς λαφυροπώλας. οὕτω δὲ
/ ^ 3055 » » -
πραττομένων βασιλεῖ οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἔργον κατα-
λείπεται ἐπὶ φρουρᾶς ἢ ἱερεῖ μὲν τὰ πρὸς τοὺς
θεοὺς εἶναι, στρατηγῷ δὲ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους.
XIV. E; δέ vis με ἔροιτο, εἰ καὶ νῦν ἔτε μοι
1 κεκριμένῳ i8 somehow wrong. Weiske proposed xal
. κόμην διακεκριμένῳ after Plutarch, Lyc. 22. εὐδόκιμον also
comes in oddly as the text stands. Probably some words
are lost either before φαιδρὸν or after εὐδόκιμον.
3 οὐ Weiske: αὖ S. with the MSS.
182
THE LACEDAEMONIANS, xu. 8-xiv. 1
The following ar 1 made by Lycurgus 8
with a view to are also, in my
opinion, very useful. When a goat is sacrificed, the
enemy being near enough to see, custom ordains
that all the fluteplayers present are to play and
every Lacedaemonian is to wear a wreath. An order
is also given to polish arms, [1 is also the privilege
of the young warrior to comb his hair(?) before
entering battle, to look cheerful and earn a good
report. Moreover,the men shout words of eucourage-
ment to the subaltern, for it is impossible for each
subaltern to make his voice travel along. the whole
of his section to the far end.? The colonel is
responsible for seeing that all is done properly.
When the time for encamping seems to have
arrived, the decision rests with the King, who also
indicates the proper place. On the other hand
the dispatch of embassies whether to friends or
enemies is not the King's affair. All who have any
business to transact deal in the first instance with
the King. Suitors for justice are remitted by the
King to the Court of Hellanodicae, applications for
money to the treasurers ; and if anyone brings booty,
he is sent to the auctioneers. With thi H
only ies left to the King on active service are.
C J an
XIV. Should anyone ask me whether I think
δὰ This paragraph is an afterthought, supplementing c. xi.
2 When two or more sections are abreast (c. xi. 4), the
10
men take up and repeat the exhortations of the subaltern :
at the end of the line, and pass them along to the next
subaltern, and so on. These detached notes are not clearly
exp
183
XENOPHON
δοκοῦσιν οἱ Λυκούργου νόμοι ἀκίνητοι διὰμένειν,
τοῦτο μὰ A6 οὐκ ἂν ἔτι θρασέως εἴποιμι. οἶδα
γὰρ πρότερον μὲν Λακεδαιμονίους αἱρουμένους
οἴκοι τὰ μέτρια ἔχοντας ἀλλήλοις συνεῖναι μᾶλλον
ἢ ἁρμόζοντας ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι καὶ κολακευομένους
διαφθείρεσθαι. καὶ πρόσθεν μὲν οἶδα αὐτοὺς
φοβουμένους χρυσίον ἔχοντας φαίνεσθαι" νῦν δ᾽
ἔστιν οὺς καὶ καλλωπιζομένους ἐπὶ τῷ κεκτῆσθαι.
ἐπίσταμαι δὲ καὶ πρόσθεν τούτου ἕνεκα ξενηλα-
σίας γιγνομένας καὶ ἀποδημεῖν οὐκ ἐξόν, ὅπως
μὴ ῥᾳδιουργίας οἱ πολῖται ἀπὸ τῶν ξένων ἐμπί-
πλαιντο' νῦν δ᾽ ἐπίσταμαι τοὺς δοκοῦντας
πρώτους εἶναι ἐσπουδακότας, ὡς μηδέποτε
παύωνται ἁρμόζοντες ἐπὶ ξένης. καὶ ἣν μὲν
ὅτε ἐπεμελοῦντο, ὅπως ἄξιοι εἶεν ἡγεῖσθαι: νῦν
δὲ πολὺ μᾶλλον πραγματεύονται, ὅπως ἄρξουσιν
ἢ ὅπως ἄξιοι τούτου ἔσονται. τοιγαροῦν οἱ
“Ἕλληνες πρότερον μὲν ἰόντες εἰς Λακεδαίμονα
ἐδέοντο αὐτῶν ἡγεῖσθαι ἐπὶ τοὺς δοκοῦντας
ἀδικεῖν: νῦν δὲ πολλοὶ παρακαλοῦσιν ἀλλήλους
ἐπὶ τὸ διακωλύειν ἄρξαι πάλιν αὐτούς. οὐδὲν
μέντοι δεῖ θαυμάζειν τούτων τῶν ἐπιψόγων αὐτοῖς
γιγνομένων, ἐπειδὴ φανεροί εἰσιν οὔτε τῷ θεῷ
πειθόμενοι οὔτε τοῖς Λυκούργου νόμοις.
ΧΥ. Βούλομαι δὲ καὶ ἃς βασιλεῖ πρὸς τὴν
πόλιν συνθήκας ὁ Λυκοῦργος ἐποίησε διηγήσα-
σθαι: μόνη γὰρ δὴ αὕτη ἀρχὴ διατελεῖ οἵαπερ
ἐξ ἀρχῆς κατεστάθη: τὰς δὲ ἄλλας πολιτείας
184
ον TS S
m
THE LACEDAEMONIANS, xiv. 1-xv. 1
^daemonians preferred to live together at home
with moderate fortunes rather than expose them-
selves to the corrupting influences of flattery as
governors of dependent states. And 1 know too 3
that in foiner days i were. us to be Dad
now As have no doubt that the fixed embilipet x those
who are thought to be first among them is to live
to their dying day as governors in a foreign land. .
There was ἃ time when they would fain be worth of 5
: than 1 vorthy of it. Therefore in 6
times past the Greeks Rid come to Lacedaemon
and beg her to lead them against reputed wrong-
doers; but now many are calling on one another
to prevent. a revival of Lacedaemonian supremacy
Yet we need not wonder if these reproaches are 7
levelled at them, since it is manifest that they V
neither their god nor the laws of Lycurgus.
XV. I wish also to give an account of
For this is the only ontinues
- whereas
robably does not correspond to *' no longer "
--— On me chapter see Introduction. T
185
XENOPHON
εὕροι ἄν τις μετακεκινημένας καὶ ἔτι kai νῦν
μετακινουμένας.
"EOn«e γὰρ θύειν μὲν βασιλέα πρὸ τῆς πόλεως
δημόσια ἅπαντα, ὡς ἀπὸ θεοῦ ὄντα, καὶ
ΣΡ ὧν ὅποι ἂν ἡ πόλις ἐκπέμπῃ ἡγεῖσθαι.
ἔδωκε 86 καὶ “γέρα ἀπὸ τῶν θυομένων λαμβάνειν
καὶ γῆν τε ἐν πολλαῖς τῶν περιοίκων πόλεων
ἀπέδειξεν ἐξαίρετον τοσαύτην, ὥστε μήτ᾽ ἐνδεῖσθαι
τῶν μετρίων μήτε πλούτῳ ὑπερφέρειν. ὅπως
δὲ καὶ οἱ βασιλεῖς ἔξω σκηνοῖεν, σκηνὴν αὐτοῖς
δημοσίαν ἀπέδειξε, καὶ διμοιρίᾳ γε ἐπὶ τῷ δείπνῳ
ἐτίμησεν, οὐχ ἵνα διπλάσια καταφάγοιεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα
καὶ ἀπὸ dh τιμῆσαι ἔχοιεν εἴ τινα Po στο τῷ
ἔδωκε δ᾽ αὖ καὶ συσκήνους δύο ἑκατέρῳ T
ελέσθαι, οἱ δὴ καὶ Πύθιοι καλοῦνται. ἔδω
δὲ καὶ πασῶν τῶν συῶν ἀπὸ τόκου οἶμον
λαμβάνειν, ὡς μήποτε ἀπορήσαι βασιλεὺς ἱερῶν,
ἤν τι δεηθῇ θεοῖς συμβουλεύσασθαι.
Καὶ πρὸς τῇ οἰκίᾳ δὲ λίμνη ὕδατος ἀφθονίαν
παρέ εἰ" ὅτι δὲ καὶ τοῦτο πρὸς πολλὰ χρήσιμον,
οἱ μὴ ἔχοντες αὐτὸ μᾶλλον γιγνώσκουσι. κα
ἕδρας δὲ πάντες ὑπανίστανται βασιλεῖ πλὴν οὐκ
ἔφοροι ἀπὸ τῶν ἐφορικῶν δίφρων. καὶ ὅρκους
δὲ ἀλλήλοις κατὰ μῆνα ποιοῦνται, ἔφοροι μὲν
ὑπὲρ τῆς πόλεως, βασιλεὺς δ᾽ ὑπὲρ ἑαυτοῦ. ὁ
δὲ ὅρκος ἐστὶ τῷ μὲν βασιλεῖ κατὰ τοὺς τῆς
πόλεως κειμένους νόμους βασιλεύσειν, τῇ δὲ
πόλει ἐμπεδορκοῦντος ἐκείνου ἀστυφέλικτον τὴν
βασιλείαν παρέξειν.
Αὗται μὲν οὖν αἱ τιμαὶ οἴκοι; ζῶντι βασιλεῖ
δέδονται, οὐδέν τι πολὺ ὑπερφέρουσαι τῶν ἐδι-
! $., following Cobet, regards οἴκοι as spurious.
186
THE LACEDAEMONIANS, xv. 1-8.
other constitutions will be found to have undergone
and still to be undergoing modifications. |
. He ordained that the King shall offer all the 2
public sacrifices on behalf of the state, in virtue of
his divine descent, and that, whatever may be the
destination to which the state sends out an army, he
shall be its leader. He also gave him the right to 3
receive certain parts of the- beasts sacrificed, and
assigned to him enough choice land in many of the
outlanders' cities to ensure him a reasonable com-
without excessiveriches. Inorderthat even 4
the kings should mess in public, he assigned to them
a publie mess tent; he also honoured them with
a double portion at the meal, not that they might
eat enough for two, but that they might have the
wherewithal to honour anyone whom they chose.
He also allowed each King to choose two mess- 5
mates, who are called Pythii. Further, he granted
them to take of every litter of pigs a porker, that a
King may never want victims, in case he wishes to
seek counsel of the gods.
A lake near the house supplies abundance of water ; 6
and how useful that is for many purposes none know
so well as those who are without it. Further, all ^?
rise from their seats when the King appears; only
the Ephors do not rise from their official chairs. And 7
they exchange oaths monthly, the Ephors on behalf
of the state, the King for himself. And this is the
King's oath: **Iwill reign according to the established
laws of the state." And this the oath of the state:
* While you abide by your oath, we will keep the
kingship unshaken."
These then are the honours that are bestowed on 8
the King at home during his lifetime; and they do
1187
XENOPHON
ωὠτικῶν" οὐ γὰρ ἐβουλήθη οὔτε τοῖς βασιλεῦσι
τυραννικὸν φρόνημα παραστῆσαι οὔτε τοῖς πολί-
9 ταῖς φθόνον ἐμποιῆσαι τῆς δυνάμεως. ai δὲ
τελευτήσαντι τιμαὶ βασιλεῖ δέδονται, τῇ δὲ
βούλονται δηλοῦν οἱ Λυκούργου νόμοι, ὅτε οὐχ
ὡς ἀνθρώπους, ἀλλ᾽ ὡς ἥρωας τοὺς Λακεδαιμονίων
βασιλεῖς προτετιμήκασιν.
1 Herodotus (vi. 58) gives details of these honours. ΤῊΘ
elaborate funeral obsequies were attended by a great con-
course of men and women from all parts of Laconia. A
man and a woman in every family were compelled to go into
υ
188
THE LACEDAEMONIANS, xv. 8-9
not greatly exceed those of private persons. For it
was not the wish of Lycurgus to put into the Kings'
hearts despotic pride, nor to implant in the mind
of the citizens envy of their power.
mourning. If a king died on foreign service his body was
and brought home if possible; if not, an image
of him, as in the case of Agesilaus, was buried.
189
As for the 9-
x.
m
1
[
"A
aes 3 : ase: " verd ;
WAMT "T xem "bYbodT. - a -—umT n
; Ed A Sh. m wo we mue )sytuK om ,
T E 2T . Xrnay "hb x UYTON4Cr Uo reti
Ast sive Ed "so qo ΠΣ ὁτ L i
z pb Ed 3a dg P Í " t A A: d . pU
" 5 ses uÓ6 -
Esc. D MEANS : :
SENOQONTOZX IIOPOI
L 'Eyo μὲν τοῦτο ἀεί ποτε νομίξω, ὁποῖοί
τίνες ἂν οἱ προστάται Oct, τοιαύτας καὶ τὰς
, , , ^ N ^ , ,
πολιτείας γίγνεσθαι. ἐπεὶ δὲ τῶν ᾿Αθήνησι
προεστηκότων ἐλέγοντό τινες ὡς γιγνώσκουσι
μὲν τὸ δίκαιον οὐδενὸὲ ἧττον τῶν ἄλλων ἀν-
θρώπων, διὰ δὲ τὴν τοῦ πλήθους πενίαν
᾽ , ν ?) , , .,
ἀναγκάζεσθαι ἔφασαν ἀδικώτεροι εἶναι περὶ
τὰς πόλεις, ἐκ τούτου ἐπεχείρησα σκοπεῖν, εἴ
Try δύναιντ᾽ ἂν οἱ πολῖται διατρέφεσθαι ἐκ τῆς
P»
ἑαυτῶν, ὅθενπερ καὶ δικαιότατον, νομίζων, εἰ τοῦτο
γένοιτο, ἅμα τῇ τε πενίᾳ αὐτῶν ἐπικεκουρῆσθαι
ἂν καὶ τῷ ὑπόπτους τοῖς" Ελλησιν εἶναι.
Σκοποῦντι δή μοι ἃ ἐπενόησα τοῦτο μὲν.
εὐθὺς ἀνεφαίνετο, ὅτε ἡ χώρα πέφυκεν οἵα
πλείστας προσόδους παρέχεσθαι. ὅπως δὲ
γνωσθῇ, ὅτι ἀληθὲς τοῦτο λέγω, πρῶτον
διηγήσομαι τὴν φύσιν τῆς ᾿Αττικῆς.
Οὐκοῦν τὸ μὲν τὰς ὥρας ἐνθάδε πραοτάτας
εἶναι καὶ αὐτὰ τὰ γιγνόμενα μαρτυρεῖ" ἃ γοῦν
πολλαχοῦ οὐδὲ βλαστάνειν δύναιτ᾽ ἄν, ἐνθάδε
καρποφορεῖ. ὥσπερ δὲ ἡ γῆ, οὕτω καὶ ἡ περὶ
τὴν χώραν θάλαττα παμφορωτάτη ἐστί. καὶ
μὴν ὅσαπερ οἱ θεοὶ ἐν ταῖς ὥραις ἀγαθὰ παρέ-
χουσι, καὶ ταῦτα πάντα ἐνταῦθα πρωιαίτατα
μὲν ἄρχεται, ὀψιαίτατα δὲ λήγει. οὐ μόνον
κρατεῖ τοῖς ἐπ᾽ ἐνιαυτὸν θάλλουσί τε καὶ
γηράσκουσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀίδια ἀγαθὰ ἔχει ἡ
192 "
WAYS AND MEANS
I. For my part I have always held that the con-
stitution of a state reflects the character of the
leading politicians.! But some of the leading men
at Athens have stated that they recognize justice
as clearly as other men; *but," they have said,
* owing to the poverty of the masses, we are forced
to be somewhat unjust in our treatment of the cities."
This set me thinking whether by any means the
citizens might obtain food entirely from their own
soil, which would certainly be the fairest way. I
felt that, were this so, they would be relieved of
their poverty, and also of the suspicion with which
they are regarded by the Greek world.
Now as I thought over my ideas, one thing 2
seemed clear at once, that the country is by its
nature capable of furnishing an ample revenue. To
drive home the truth of this statement I will first
describe the natural properties of Attica.
The extreme mildness of the seasons here is shown 3
by the actual products. At any rate, plants that will
not even grow in many countries bear fruit here.
Not less productive tham the land is the sea around
the coasts. Notice too that the good things which
the gods send in their season all come in earlier
here and go out later than elsewhere. And the pre- 4
eminence of the land is not only in the things that
bloom and wither annually : she has other good things
1 See Introduction.
195
VOL. II, H
-1
XENOPHON
χώρα. πέφυκε μὲν γὰρ λίθος ἐν αὐτῇ ἄφθονος,
ἐξ οὗ κάλλιστοι μὲν ναοί, κάλλιστοι δὲ βωμοὶ
γίγνονται, εὐπρεπέστατα δὲ θεοῖς ἀγάλματα:
πολλοὶ δ᾽ αὐτοῦ καὶ “ EAXXqves καὶ βάρβαροι
προσδέονται. ἔστι δὲ καὶ γῆ ἣ σπειρομένη μὲν
οὐ φέρει καρπόν, ὀρυττομένη δὲ πολλαπλασίους
τρέφει ἢ εἰ σῖτον ἔφερε. καὶ μὴν ὑπάργυρός
ἐστι σαφῶς θείᾳ μοίρᾳ' πολλῶν γοῦν πόλεων
παροικουσῶν καὶ κατὰ γῆν καὶ κατὰ θάλατταν
εἰς οὐδεμίαν τούτων οὐδὲ μικρὰ φλὲψ ἀργυρί.
τιδος διήκει.
Οὐκ ἂν ἀλόγως δέ τις οἰηθείη τῆς ᾿Ελλάδος
καὶ πάσης δὲ τῆς οἰκουμένης ἀμφὶ τὰ μέσα
οἰκεῖσθαι t τὴν. πόλιν. ὅσῳ γὰρ ἄν τινες πλεῖον
ἀπέχωσιν αὐτῆς, τοσούτῳ χαλεπωτέροις ἢ ψύ-
χεσιν ἢ θάλπεσιν ἐντυγχάνουσιν" ὁπόσοι T ἂν
αὖ βουληθῶσιν ἀπ᾽ ἐσχάτων τῆς “Ἑλλάδος ἐπ᾽
ἔσχατα ἀφικέσθαι, πάντες οὗτοι ὥσπερ κύκλου
τόρνον τὰς ᾿Αθήνας ἢ παραπλέουσιν i ἢ παρέρ-
χονται. καὶ μὴν οὐ περίρρυτός γε οὖσα ὅμως
ὥσπερ νῆσος πᾶσιν ἀνέμοις προσάγεταϊ τε ὧν
δεῖται καὶ ἀποπέμπεται ἃ βούλεται' ἀμφιθά-
λαττος γάρ ἐστι. καὶ κατὰ γῆν δὲ πολλὰ
δέχεται, ἐμπορίᾳ" ἤπειρος γάρ ἐστιν. ἔτι δὲ
ταῖς μὲν πλείσταις πόλεσι βάρβαροι προσοι-
κοῦντες πράγματα παρέχουσιν' ᾿Αθηναίοις δὲ
γειτονεύουσιν αἱ καὶ αὐταὶ πλεῖστον ἀπέχουσι
τῶν βαρβάρων.
II. Τούτων μὲν οὖν ἁπάντων, ὥσπερ εἶπον,
νομίξω αὐτὴν τὴν χώραν αἰτίαν εἶναι. εἰ δὲ
πρὸς τοῖς αὐτοφυέσιν ἀγαθοῖς πρῶτον μὲν τῶν
μετοίκων ἐπιμέλεια γένοιτο" αὕτη γὰρ ἡ πρόσοδος
194
WAYS AND MEANS, i. 4-11. 1
that ]last for ever. Nature has put in her abundance
of stone, from which are fashioned lovely temples
and lovely altars, and goodly statues for the gods.
Many Greeks and barbarians alike have need of it.
Again, there is land that yields no fruit if sown, and
yet, when quarried, feeds many times the number it
could support if it grew corn. And recollect, there
is silver in the soil, the gift, beyond doubt, of divine
providence: at any rate, many as are the states near
to her by land and sea, into none of them does even
a thin vein of silver ore extend.
One might reasonably suppose that the city lies
at the centre of Greece, nay of the whole inhabited
world. For the further we go from her, the more
intense is the heat or cold we meet with ; and every
traveller who would cross from one to the other end
of Greece passes Athens as the centre of a circle,
whether he goes by water or by road. Then too,
though she is not wholly sea-girt, all the winds of
heaven bring to her the goods she needs and bear
away her exports, asif she were an island ; for she lies
between two seas: and she has a vast land trade as
well; for she is of the mainland. Further, on the
borders of most states dwell barbarians who trouble
them: but the neighbouring states of Athens are
themselves remote from the barbarians.
II. All these advantages, as I have said, are, I
believe, due to the country itself. But instead of
limiting ourselves to the blessings that may be called
indigenous, suppose that, in the first place, we studied
the interests of the resident aliens. For in them we
! οἰκεῖσθαι papyrus fragment: ὠκῆσθαι MSS. : φκίσθαι S.,
Dindorf.
3. ἐμπορίᾳ Schanz with M : ἐμπόρια S. : ἐμπορεῖα AC.
195
5
e
e
rS
XENOPHON
τῶν καλλίστων ἔμοιγε δοκεῖ εἶναι, ἐπείπερ
αὑτοὺς τρέφοντες καὶ πολλὰ ὠφελοῦντες τὰς
πόλεις οὐ λαμβάνουσι μισθόν, ἀλλὰ μετοίκιον
προσφέρουσιν' ἐπιμέλειά γε μὴν ἥδ᾽ ἂν ἀρκεῖν
μοι δοκεῖ, εἰ ἀφέλοιμεν μὲν ὅσα μηδὲν ὠφελοῦντα
τὴν πόλιν ἀτιμίας TL δοκεῖ τοῖς μετοίκοις παρέ-
χειν, ἀφέλοιμεν δὲ καὶ τὸ συστρατεύεσθαι ὁπλίτας
μετοίκους τοῖς ἀστοῖς. μέγας μὲν γὰρ ὁ κίνδυνος
αὐτῶν, μέγα δὲ καὶ τὸ ἀπὸ τῶν τεχνῶν καὶ τῶν
οἰκείων 5 ἀπιέναι. ἀλλὰ μὴν καὶ ἡ πόλις γ᾽ ἂν
ὠφεληθείη, εἰ οἱ πολῖται μετ᾽ ἀλλήλων στρατεύ-
o,vTO μᾶνλον ἢ εἰ συντάττοιντο. αὐτοῖς, ὥσπερ
νῦν, Λυδοὶ καὶ Φρύγες καὶ Σύροι καὶ ἄλλοι
παντοδαποὶ βάρβαροι" πολλοὶ vá) τοιοῦτοι τῶν
μετοίκων. πρὸς δὲ τῷ ἀγαθῷ τῷ τούτους τοῦ ὃ
συντάττεσθαι ἀφεθῆναι καὶ κόσμος ἂν τῇ πόλει
εἴη, εἰ δοκοῖεν ᾿Αθηναῖοι εἰς τὰς μάχας αὑτοῖς
μᾶλλον πιστεύειν ἢ ἀλλοδαποῖς.
Καὶ μεταδιδόντες δ᾽ ἄν μοι δοκοῦμεν τοῖς
μετοίκοις τῶν τ᾽ ἄλλων ὧν καλὸν μεταδιδόναι
καὶ τοῦ ἱππικοῦ εὐνουστέρους ἂν ποιεῖσθαι καὶ
ἅμα ἰσχυροτέραν ἂν καὶ μείζω τὴν πόλιν
ἀποδεικνύναι.
Eira ἐπειδὴ καὶ πολλὰ οἰκιῶν ἔρημά ἐστιν
ἐντὸς τῶν τειχῶν," καὶ οἰκόπεδα εἰ ἡ πόλις διδοίη
οἰκοδομησαμένοις ἐγκεκτῆσθαι οἱ ἂν αἰτούμενοι
1 7, added by Weiske : S. omits with the MSS.
? οἰκείων Dindorf: οἰκιῶν S. with the MSS.
8 ro) Schneider: ἐκ τοῦ S. with the MS5.
4 Punctuation as corrected by Brinkmann. $S. has the
comma after οἰκόπεδα. i
1 The MSS. have τῶν τέκνων, ** their children."
196
WAYS AND MEANS, i. 1-6
have one of the very best sources of revenue, in my
opinion, inasmuch as they are self-supporting and,
so far from receiving payment for the many services
they render to states, they contribute by paying a
special tax. 1 think that we should study their 2
interests sufficiently, if we relieved them of the
duties that seem to impose- a certain measure of
disability on the resident alien without conferring
any benefit on the state, and also of the obligation
to serve in the infantry along with the citizens.
Apart from the personal risk, it is no small thing
to leave their trades! and their private affairs.?
The state itself too would gain if the citizens served 3
in the ranks together, and no longer found themselves
in the same company with Lydians, Phrygians,
Syrians, and barbarians of all sorts, of whom a large
part of our alien population consists. In addition to 4
the advantage of dispensing with the services of
these men, it would be an ornament to the state
that the Athenians should be thought to rely on-
themselves. rather than on the help of foreigners
in fighting their battles.
If, moreover, we granted the resident aliens the 5
right to serve in the cavalry and various other
privileges which it is proper to grant them, I
think that we should find their loyalty increase
and at the same time should add to the strength
and greatness of the state.
Then again, since there are many vacant sites for 6
houses within the walls, if the state allowed ap-
proved applicants. to erect houses on these and
3 τῶν elisuo, * their houses," may possibly be right in spite
of what is said below ifi ὃ 6. "
197
XENOPHON
ἄξιοι δοκῶσιν εἶναι, πολὺ àv οἴομαι kai διὰ cabra
πλείους τε καὶ βελτίους ὀρέγεσθαι τῆς ᾿Αθήνησιν
οἰκησεως.
Καὶ εἰ μετοικοφύλακάς γε ὥσπερ ὀρφανοφύ-
λακας ἀρχὴν καθισταῖμεν καὶ τούτοις τιμή τις
ἐπείη, οἵτινες πλείστους ! μετοίκους ἀποδείξειαν,
καὶ τοῦτο εὐνουστέρους ἂν τοὺς μετοίκους ποιοίη
καί, ὡς τὸ εἰκός, πάντες ἄν οἱ ἀπόλιδες τῆς
᾿Αθήνηθεν μετοικίας ὀρέγοιντο καὶ τὰς προσόδους
ἂν αὔξοιεν,
III. “Ὡς γε μὴν καὶ ἐμπορεύεσθαι ἡδίστη τε
καὶ κερδαλεωτάτη ἡ πόλις, νῦν ταῦτα λέξω...
Πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ δήπου ναυσὶ καλλίστας καὶ
ἀσφαλεστάτας ὑποδοχὰς ἔχει, ὅπου γ᾽ ἔστιν
εἰσορμισθέντας ἀδεῶς " ἕνεκα χειμῶνος ἀναπαύε-
σθαι. ἀλλὰ μὴν καὶ τοῖς ἐμπόροις ἐν μὲν
ταῖς πλείσταις τῶν πόλεων ἀντιφορτίζεσθαί
τι ἀνάγκη" νομίσμασι γὰρ οὐ χρησίμοις ἔξω
χρῶνται: ἐν δὲ ταῖς ᾿Αθήναις πλεῖστα μὲν
ἔστιν ἀντεξάγειν ὧν ἂν δέωνται ἄνθρωποι, ἢν
δὲ μὴ βούλωνται ἀντιφορτίζεσθαι, καὶ ὃ ἀργύ-
ριον ἐξάγοντες καλὴν ἐμπορίαν ἐξάγουσιν. ὅπου
yàp àv πωλῶσιν QUTO, πανταχοῦ πλεῖον τοῦ
ἀρχαίου λαμβάνουσιν.
Ei δὲ καὶ τῇ τοῦ ἐμπορίου ἀρχῇ ἄθλα
προτιθείη τις, ὅστις δικαιότατα καὶ τάχιστα
διαιροίη τὰ ἀμφίλογα, ὡς μὴ ἀποκωλύεσθαι
ἀποπλεῖν τὸν βουλόμενον, πολὺ ἂν καὶ διὰ
ταῦτα πλείους τε καὶ ἥδιον ἐμπορεύοιντο.
1 πλείστους Cobet : πλείους S. with the MSS.
? ἀδεῶς Cobet: ἡδέως S. with the MSS.
3 καὶ Deventer: kal οἱ S. with the MSS.
198
WAYS AND MEANS, ri. 6-11. 4
granted them the freehold of the land, I think that
we should find a larger and better class of persons
desiring to live at Athens. .
And if we appointed a board of Guardians of 7
Aliens analogous to the Guardians of Orphans,
and some kind of distinction were earmarked for
ians whose list of resident aliens was longest,
that too would add to the loyalty of the aliens, and
probably all without a city would covet the right of
settling in Athens, and would increase our revenues.
ΠῚ. I shall now say something of the unrivalled
amenities and advantages of our city as a commercial
centre.
In the first place, I presume, she possesses the
finest and safest accommodation for shipping, since
vessels can anchor here and ride safe at their
moorings in spite of bad weather. Moreover, δ 2 1
most other ports merchants are compelled to ship a ;
return cargo, because the local currency has no
cireulation in other states ; but at Athens they have
the opportunity of exchanging their cargo and
exporting ve many classes of goods that are in
demand, or, if they do not want to ship a return
cargo of goods, it is sound business to export silver;
for, wherever they sell it, they are sure to make a
profit on the capital invested.
lf prizes were offered to the magistrates of the 3
market! for just and prompt settlement of disputes,
so that sailings were not delayed, the effect would
be that a far larger number of merchants would
trade with us and with much greater satisfaction.
1 The market at the Peiraeus. The functions of the Board
alluded to are unknown. apart from what is implied in the
text.
199
-J
XENOPHON
|
ἀγαθὸν δὲ καὶ καλὸν καὶ προεδρίαις τιμᾶσθαι
ἐμπόρους καὶ ναυκλήρους καὶ ἐπὶ ξένιά γ᾽ ἔστιν
ὅτε καλεῖσθαι, ot ἂν δοκῶσιν ἀξιολόγοις καὶ
πλοίοις καὶ ἐμπορεύμασιν ἀφελεῖν τὴν πόλιν.
ταῦτα γὰρ τιμώμενοι, οὐ μόνον τοῦ κέρδους ἀλλὰ
καὶ τῆς τιμῆς ἕνεκεν ὡς πρὸς Φίλους ἐπισπεύδοιεν
ἄν.
Ὅσῳ γε μὴν πλείονες εἰσοικίξοιντό τε καὶ
ἀφικνοῖντο, δῆλον ὅτι τοσούτῳ ἂν πλεῖον καὶ
εἰσάγοιτο καὶ ἐκπέμποιτο καὶ πωλοῖτο καὶ
μισθοφοροῖτο καὶ τελεσφοροίη. |
Εἰς μὲν οὖν τὰς τοιαύτας αὐξήσεις τῶν
προσόδων οὐδὲ προδαπανῆσαι ὃ δεῖ οὐδὲν ἀλλ᾽
ἢ ψηφίσματά τε φιλάνθρωπα καὶ ἐπιμελείας
ὅσαι δ᾽ ἂν ἄλλαι δοκοῦσί μοι πρόσοδοι γίγνε-
σθαι, γιγνώσκω ὅτι ἀφορμῆς δεήσει εἰς αὐτάς.
οὐ μέντοι δύσελπίς εἰμι τὸ μὴ οὐχὶ προθύμως
ἂν τοὺς πολίτας εἰς τὰ τοιαῦτα εἰσφέρειν,
ἐνθυμούμενος, ὡς πολλὰ “μὲν εἰσήνεγκεν ἡ πόλις,
ὅτε ᾿Αρκάσιν ἐβοήθει ἐπὶ ᾿Αὐσιστράτου ἡγου-
μένου, πολλὰ δὲ ἐπὶ ᾿Ἡγησίλεω. ἐπίσταμαι δὲ
καὶ τριήρεις πολλάκις ἐκπεμπομένας σὺν πολλῇ
δαπάνῃ " τούτου μὲν ἀδήλου ὄντος, εἴτε βέλτιον
εἴτε κάκιον ἔσται, ἐκείνου δὲ δήλου, ὅτι οὐδέποτε
ἀπολήψονται ἃ ἂν εἰσενέγκωσιν. οὐδὲ μεθέξουσιν
ὧν ἂν εἰσενέγκωσι. κτῆσιν δὲ à ἀπ᾽ ' οὐδενὸς ἂν οὕτω
καλὴν κτήσαιντο ὥσπερ ἀφ᾽ οὗ ἂν προτελέσωσιν
εἰς τὴν ἀφορμήν" ᾧ μὲν γὰρ ἂν δέκα μναῖ εἰσφορὰ
1 προδαπανῇσαι inferior MSS.: προσδαπανῆσαι S. with A:
δαπανῆσαι M.
? S. adds καὶ ταύτας γενομένας with the MSS. Schneider
conjectures kal ταῦτα γενόμενα : Bake κατεσκευασμένας.
200
WAYS AND MEANS, ur. 4-9
It would also be an excellent plan to reserve front 4
seats in the theatre for merchants and shipowners,
and to offer them hospitality occasionally, when the
high quality of their ships and merchandise entitles
them to be considered benefactors of the state.
With the prospect of these honours before them
they would look on us as friends and hasten to visit
us to win the honour as well as the profit.
The rise in the number οὗ residents and visitors 5
would of course lead to a corresponding expansion
of our imports and exports, of sales, rents and
customs.
Now such additions to our revenues as these need 6
cost us nothing whatever beyond benevolent legisla-
tion and measures of control Other methods of
raising revenue that 1 have in mind will require
capital, no doubt. Nevertheless I venture to hope 7
that the citizens would contribute eagerly towards
such objects, when I recall the large sums con-
tributed by the state when Lysistratus was in com-
mand and troops were sent to aid the Arcadians,!
and again in the time of Hegesileos.* 1 am also 8
aware that large expenditure is frequently incurred
to send warships abroad, though none can tell
whether the venture will be for better or worse, and
the only thing certain is that the subscribers will
never see their money back nor even enjoy any
part of what they contribute. But no investment 9
can yield them so fine a return as the money
advanced by them to form the capital fund. For every
Subscriber of ten minae, drawing three obols a day,
1 366 B.c.
? $61 s.c. Hegesileos commanded at the battle of
Mantinea.
20r
10
11
12
13
14
XENOPHON
γένηται, ὥσπερ ναυτικὸν σχεδὸν durirejéif eo
αὐτῷ γίγνεται, τριώβολον τῆς ἡμέρας λαμβά-
νοντι" ᾧ δέ y ἂν πέντε μναῖ, πλεῖον ἢ ἐπίτριτον.
οἱ δέ γε πλεῖστοι ᾿Αθηναίων πλείονα λήψονται
κατ᾽ ἐνιαυτὸν ἢ ὅσα ἂν εἰσενέγκωσιν. οἱ γὰρ
μνᾶν προτελέσαντες ἐγγὺς δυοῖν μναῖν mpóc δον
ἕξουσι, καὶ ταῦτα ἐν πόλει, ὃ δοκεῖ τῶν ἀνθρω-
πίνων ἀσφαλέστατόν τε καὶ πολυχρονιώτατον
εἶναι.
Οἶμαι δὲ ἔ ἔγωγε, εἰ μέλλοιεν ἀναγραφήσεσθαι
εὐεργέται εἰς τὸν ἅπαντα χρόνον, καὶ ξένους à ἂν
πολλοὺς εἰσενεγκεῖν, ἔστι δὲ ἃς ἂν καὶ πόλεις
τῆς ἀναγραφῆς ὀρεγομένας. ἐλπίζω δὲ καὶ
βασιλέας ἄν τινας καὶ τυράννους καὶ σατράπας
ἐπιθυμῆσαι μετασχεῖν ταύτης τῆς χάριτος.
Ὁπότε ye μὴν ἀφορμὴ ὑπάρχοι, καλὸν μὲι
καὶ ἀγαθὸν ναυκλήροις οἰκοδομεῖν καταγώγια
περὶ λιμένας πρὸς τοῖς ὑπάρχουσι, καλὸν δὲ καὶ
ἐμπόροις προσήκοντας τόπους ἐπὶ; ὠνῇ τε καὶ
πράσει καὶ τοῖς εἰσαφικνουμένοις δὲ δημόσια
καταγώγια. εἰ δὲ καὶ τοῖς ἀγοραίοις οἰκήσεις
τε καὶ πωλητήρια κατασκευασθείη καὶ ἐν Πει-
ραιεῖ καὶ ἐν τῷ ἄστει, ἅμα T ἂν κόσμος εἴη τῇ
πόλει καὶ πολλαὶ ἂν ἀπὸ τούτων πρόσοδοι
γίγνοιντο.
᾿Αγαθὸν δέ μοι δοκεῖ εἶναι, πειραθῆναι, εἰ καὶ
ὥσπερ τριήρεις δημοσίας ἡ πόλις κέκτηται,
οὕτω καὶ ὁλκάδας δημοσίας δυνατὸν à ἂν γένοιτο
κτήσασθαι καὶ ταύτας ἐκμισθοῦν ἐπ᾽ ἐγγυητῶν
ὥσπερ καὶ τἄλλα δημόσια. εἰ γὰρ καὶ τοῦτο
|o προσήκοντας τόπους ἐπὶ Bergk: ἐπὶ προσήκοντας τόπους
S. with the MSS.
202
WAYS AND MEANS, ri. 9-14
gets nearly twenty per cent.—as much as he would
get on bottomry ; ! and every subscriber of five minae
gets more than a third of his capital back in
interest. But most of the Athenians will get over
a hundred per cent. in a year, for those who advance
one mina will draw an income of nearly two minae,
guaranteed by the state, which is to all appear-
ances the safest and most durable of human
institutions.
I think, too, that if their names were to be
recorded in the roll of benefactors for all time,
many foreigners also would subscribe, and a certain
number of states would beattracted by the prospect
of enrolment. I believe that even kings and
despots and oriental governors would desire to
share in this reward.
When funds were sufficient, it would be a fine
plan to build more lodging-houses for shipowners
near the harbours, and convenient places of exchange
for merchants, also hotels to accommodate visitors.
Again, if houses and shops were put up both in the
Peiraeus and in the city for retail traders, they would
be an ornament to the state, and at the same time
the source of a considerable revenue.
Moreover, I think it would be a good plan to
take a hint from the state ownership of public war-
ships, and to see whether it be possible to acquire a
fleet of publie merchant vessels and to lease them
under securities, like our other publie property.
1 3 obo/s a day are to be paid b Y the state to every citizen,
i. e. 180 drachmae ἃ year, or nearly 2 minae, which is nearly
20 per cent. on 10 minae, and exactly 36 per cent. on half
that sum.
203
XENOPHON
οἷόν τε ὃν φανείη, πολλὴ ἂν καὶ ἀπὸ τούτων
πρόσοδος γίγνοιτο.
IV. Τά γε μὴν ἀργύρεια εἰ κατασκενασθείη
ὡς δεῖ, πάμπολλα ἂν νομίζω χρήματα ἐξ αὐτῶν
καὶ ἄνευ τῶν ἄλλων προσόδων προσιέναι. βού-
λομαι δὲ καὶ τοῖς μὴ εἰδόσι τὴν τούτων δύναμιν
δηλῶσαι: ταύτην γὰρ γνόντες καὶ ὅπως χρῆσθαι
δεῖ αὐτοῖς ἄμεινον ἂν βουλεύοισθε.
Οὐκοῦν ὅτι μὲν πάνυ παλαιὰ ἐνεργά ἐστι,
πᾶσι σαφές" οὐδεὶς γοῦν οὐδὲ πειρᾶται λέγειν,
ἀπὸ ποίου χρόνου ἐπεχειρήθη. οὕτω δὲ πάλαι
ὀρυττομένης τε καὶ ἐκφορουμένης τῆς ἀργυρίτιδος ;
κατανοήσατε, τί μέρος οἱ ἐκβεβχημένοι. σωροὶ
τῶν αὐτοφυῶν τε καὶ ὑπαργύρων λόφων. οὐδὲ
μὴν ὁ ἀργυρώδης τόπος εἰς “μεῖόν τι συστελλό-
μενος, ἀλλ᾽ ἀεὶ ἐπὶ πλεῖον ἐκτεινόμενος φανερός
ἐστιν.
Ἔν ᾧ γε μὴν χρόνῳ οἱ πλεῖστοι ἄνθρωποι
ἐγένοντο ἐν αὐτοῖς, οὐδεὶς πώποτε ἔργου ἠἡπό-
ρησέν, ἀλλ᾽ ἀεὶ τὰ ἔργα τῶν ἐργαζομένων περιῆν.
καὶ νῦν δὲ οἱ κεκτημένοι ἐν τοῖς μετάλλοις
ἀνδράποδα οὐδεὶς τοῦ πλήθους ἀφαιρεῖ, ἀλλ᾽
ἀεὶ προσκτᾶται ὁπόσα ἂν πλεῖστα δύνηται. καὶ
γὰρ δὴ ὅταν μὲν ὀλίγοι ὀρύττωσι͵ καὶ ζητῶσιν,
ὀλίγα οἶμαι καὶ τὰ χρήματα εὑρίσκεται" ὅταν
δὲ πολλοί, πολλαπλασία ἡ ἀργυρῖτις ἀναφαί-
νεται. ὥστε ἐν μόνῳ τούτῳ ὧν ἐγὼ οἶδα ἔ ἔργων
οὐδὲ φθονεῖ οὐδεὶς τοῖς ἐπικατασκεναζομένοις.
. "Er. δὲ οἱ μὲν ἀγροὺς κεκτημένοι πάντες
1 ἐπικατασκευαζομένοις Cobet; ἐπισκευαζομένοις S, with the
MSS.
204
WAYS AND MEANS, m. 14-1v. 5
For if this proved to be practicable, these vessels
would yield another large revenue.
IV. As for the silver mines, I believe that if a
proper system of working were introduced, a vast
amount of money would be obtained from them
apart from our other sources of revenue. I want to
point out the possibilities of these mines to those
who do not know. For, once you realize their possi-
bilities, you will be in a better position to consider
how the mines should be managed.
Now, we all agree that the mines have been 2
worked for many generations. At any rate, no one
even attempts to date the beginning of mining
operations. And yet, although digging and the
removal of the silver ore have been carried on for
so long a time, note how small is the size of the
dumps compared with the virgin and silver-laden
hills; And it is continually being found that, so 3
far from shrinking, the silver-yielding area extends
further and further.
Well, so long as the maximum number of workmen
was employed in them, no one ever wanted a job ; in
fact, there were always more jobs than the labourers
eould deal with. And even at the present day no 4
owner of slaves employed in the mines reduces the
number of his men ; on the contrary, every master
obtains as many more as he can. The fact is, I
imagine, that when there are few diggers and
searchers, the amount of metal recovered is small,
and when there are many, the total of ore dis-
covered is multiplied. Hence of all the industries
with which 1 am acquainted this is the only óne in
which expansion of business excites no jealousy.:
Further than this, every farmer can tell just how 5
205
XENOPHON
ἔχοιεν ἂν εἰπεῖν, ὁπόσα ξεύγη à ἀρκεῖ εἰς τὸ χωρίον
καὶ ὁπόσοι ἐργάται". ἢν δ᾽ ἐπὶ πλεῖον τῶν ἱκανῶν
ἐμβάλλῃ τις, ζημίαν i τὰ ἐν δὲ τοῖς
ἀργυρείοις ἔργοις πάντες δή φασιν ἐνδεῖσθαι
6 ἐργατῶν. καὶ γὰρ οὐδ᾽ ὥσπερ ὅταν πολλοὶ
χαλκοτύποι γένωνται, ἀξίων γενομένων τῶν
χαλκευτικῶν ἔργων, καταλύονται οἱ χαλκοτύ-
ποι, καὶ οἱ σιδηρεῖς “γε ὡσαύτως" καὶ ὅταν γε
πολὺς σῖτος καὶ οἶνος γένηται, ἀξίων ! ὄντων
τῶν καρπῶν, ἀλυσιτελεῖς αἱ γεωργίαι γίγνονται,
ὥστε πολλοὶ ἀφιέμενοι τοῦ τὴν γῆν ἐργάξεσθαι vit
,
ἐπ ἐμπορίας καὶ καπηλείας, καὶ τοκισμοὺς
τρέπονται" ἀργυρῖτις δὲ ὅσῳ ἂν πλείων φαί-
νηται καὶ ἀργύριον πλεῖον γίγνηται, τοσούτῳ
πλείονες ἐπὶ τὸ ἔργον τοῦτο ἔρχονται. καὶ γὰρ
δὴ ἔπιπλα μέν, ἐπειδὰν ἱ ἱκανά τις κτήσηται τῇ
οἰκίᾳ, οὐ μάλα ἔτι προσωνοῦνται" ἀργύριον δὲ
οὐδείς πω οὕτω πολὺ ἐκτήσατο, ὥστε μὴ ἔτι
προσδεῖσθαι" ἀλλ᾽ ἤν τισι γένηται. παμπληθές,
τὸ περιττεῦον κατορύττοντες οὐδὲν ἧττον ἥδονται
ἢ χρώμενοι αὐτῷ.
Καὶ μὴν ὅταν γε εὖ πράττωσιν αἱ πόλεις,
ἰσχυρῶς οἱ ἄνθρωποι ἀργυρίου δέονται. οἱ μὲν
γὰρ ἄνδρες ἀμφὶ ὅπλα τε καλὰ καὶ ἵππους
ἀγαθοὺς καὶ οἰκίας καὶ κατασκευὰς μεγαλοπρε-
πεῖς βούλονται δαπανᾶν, αἱ δὲ γυναῖκες εἰς
ἐσθῆτα πολυτελῆ καὶ χρυσοῦν κόσμον τρέπονται.
9 ὅταν τε αὖ νοσήσωσι πόλεις ἢ ἀφορίαις καρπῶν
ἢ πολέμῳ, ἔτι καὶ πολὺ μᾶλλον ἀργοῦ τῆς γῆς
γιγνομένης καὶ εἰς ἐπιτήδεια καὶ εἰς ἐπικούρους
νομίσματος δέονται.
10 — E δέ τις φήσειε καὶ χρυσίον μηδὲν ἧττον χρήσι-
206
-J
oo
WAYS AND MEANS, iv. 5-10
many yoke of oxen are enough for the farm and
how many labourers. To put more on the land than
the requisite number is counted loss In mining
undertakings, on the contrary, everyone tells you
that he is short of labour. Mining, in fact, is quite 6
different from other industries. An increase in the
number of coppersmiths, for example, produces a fall
in the price of copper work, and the coppersmiths re-
tire from business, — The same thing happens in the
irontrade. Again, when corn and wine are abundant, ^
the erops are cheap, and the profit derived from
growing themdisappears, so thatmany give up farming ἡ
and set up as merchants or shopkeepers or money- |
lenders. But an increase in the amount of the silver
ore discovered and of the metal won is accompanied
by an inerease in the number of persons who take up
this industry. Neither is silver like furniture, of 7
which a man never buys more when once he has got
enough for his house. No one ever yet possessed so
much silver as to want no more ; if a man finds himself
with a huge amount of it, he takes as much pleasure
in burying the surplus as in using it.
Mark too that, whenever states are prosperous, 8
silver is in strong demand. The men will spend
money on fine arms and good horses and magnificent
houses and establishments, and the women go in for
expensive clothes and gold jewelry. 1f, on the other 9
hand, the body politic is diseased owing to failure
of the harvest or to war, the land goes out of cultiv-
ation and there is a much more insistent demand for
cash to pay for food and mercenaries.
If anyone says that gold is quite as useful as 10
207
11
12
13
14
15
XENOPHON
pov εἶναι ἢ ἀργύριον, τούτῳ * μὲν οὐκ ἀντιλέγω,
ἐκεῖνο μέντοι οἶδα, ὅτε καὶ χρυσίον ὅταν πολὺ
παραφανῇ, αὐτὸ μὲν ἀτιμότερον γίγνεται, τὸ δὲ
ἀργύριον τιμιώτερον ποιεῖ.
Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἐδήλωσα τούτου ἕνεκα, ὅπως
θαρροῦντες μὲν ὅτι πλείστους ἀνθρώπους ἐπὶ τὰ
ἀργύρεια ἄγωμεν, θαρροῦντες δὲ κατασκευαζώμεθα
ἐν αὐτοῖς, ὡς οὔτε ἐπιλειψούσης ποτὲ ἀργυρίτιδος
οὔτε τοῦ ἀργυρίου ἀτίμου ποτὲ ἐσομένου. δοκεῖ
δέ μοι καὶ ἡ πόλις προτέρα ἐμοῦ ταῦτα ἐγνωκέναι:
παρέχει γοῦν ἐπὶ ἰσοτελείᾳ καὶ τῶν ξένων τῷ
βουλομένῳ ἐργάζεσθαι ἐν τοῖς μετάλλοις.
Ἵνα δὲ καὶ σαφέστερον περὶ τῆς τροφῆς εἴπω,
νῦν διηγήσομαι, ὡς κατασκευασθέντα τὰ ἀργύρεια
, , TP 4 » ^ , , , , ^ ^ .
ὠφελιμώτατ ἂν εἴη τῇ πόλει. à αὐτῶν μὲν οὖν
ἔγωγε ἀφ᾽ ὧν μέλλω λέγειν οὐδέν τι ἀξιῶ θαυμάζε-
σθαι ὡς δυσεύρετόν τι ἐξευρηκώς: τὰ μὲν γὰρ ὧν
λέξω καὶ νῦν ἔτι πάντες ὁρῶμεν, τὰ δὲ παροιχό-
μενα παρὰ τῶν πατέρων 5 κατὰ ταὐτὰ ἀκούομεν" 8
τῆς μέντοι πόλεως πάνυ ἄξιον θαυμάσαι τὸ αἰσθα-
νομένην πολλοὺς πλουτιζομένους ἐξ αὐτῆς ἰδιώτας
μὴ μιμεῖσθαι τούτους. πάλαι μὲν γὰρ δήπου οἷς
μεμέληκεν ἀκηκόαμεν, ὅτι Νικίας ποτὲ ὁ Νικηράτου
ἐκτήσατο ἐν τοῖς ἀργυρείοις χιλίους ἀνθρώπους,
obs ἐκεῖνος Σωσίᾳ τῷ Θρᾳκὶ ἐξεμίσθωσεν ἐφ᾽ à
ὀβολὸν μὲν ἀτελῆ ἑκάστου τῆς ἡμέρας ἀποδιδόναι,
τὸν δ᾽ ἀριθμὸν ἴσους ἀεὶ παρέχειν. ἐγένετο δὲ
καὶ Ἱππονίκῳ ἑξακόσια ἀνδράποδα κατὰ τὸν
αὐτὸν τρόπον τοῦτον ἐκδεδομένα, ἃ προσέφερε μνᾶν
1 τούτῳ Heindorf : τοῦτο S. with the MSS.
3 παρὰ τῶν πατέρων Wilamowitz : πάντων MSS. : τῶν πραγ-
ματων S. with the Aldine.
208
WAYS AND MEANS, ιν. 10-15
silver, I am not going to contradict him; but I.
know this, that when gold is plentiful, silver rises
and gold falls in value.
With these facts before us, we need not hesitate 11
to bring as much labour as we can get into the
mines and carry on work in them, feeling confident
that the ore will εἰν give out and that silver
will never lose its valuc.- I think, indeed, that the 12
state has anticipated me in this discovery ; at any
rate she throws open the mining industry to
foreignege on the same terms as are granted to
citizens.
To make myself clearer on the subject of alimony, 13
I will now explain how the mines may be worked
with the greatest advantage to the state. Not that
I expect to surprise you by what I am going to say,
as if I had found the solution of a difficult problem.
For some things that I shall mention are still to be
seen by anyone at the present day, and as for con-
ditions in the past, our fathers have told us that
they were similar But what may well excite 14
surprise is that the state, being aware that many
private individuals are making money out of her,
does not imitate them. Those of us who have
given thought to the matter have heard long ago,
I imagine, that Nicias son of Niceratus, once owned
a thousand men in the mines, and let them out to
Socias the Thracian, on condition that Sosias paid
him an obol a day per man net and filled all
vacancies as they occurred. Hipponicus, again, had "^
six hundred slaves let out on the same terms &nds
8 ταὐτὰ ἂν M. : ταὐτὰ ab S. with other MSS.
* παρέχειν Lenklau : παρεῖχεν S. with the MSS.
2Ct1
XENOPHON
ἀτελῆ τῆς ἡμέρας: Φιλημονίδῃ δὲ τριακόσια à!
ἡμιμναῖον" ἄλλοις δέ γε ὡς οἴομαι δύναμις ἑκά-
ι6 στοις ὑπῆρχεν. ἀτὰρ τί τὰ παλαιὰ δεῖ λέγειν; καὶ
γὰ ρ νῦν πολλοί εἰσιν ἐν τοῖς ἀργυρείοις ἄνθρωποι
17 οὕτως ἐκδεδομένοι. περαινομένων γε μὴν ὧν λέγω,
τοῦτ᾽ ἂν μόνον καινὸν γένοιτο, εἰ ὥσπερ οἱ ἰδιῶται
κτησάμενοι ἀνδράποδα I0 ὁδὸν ἀέναον κατε-
σκευασμένοι εἰσίν, οὕτω καὶ ἡ πόλις ,«κτῷτο
δημόσια ἀνδράποδα, ἕως γίγνοιτο τρία ἑκάστῳ
ι8 ᾿Αθηναίων. εἰ ἰ δὲ δυνατὰ λέγομεν, καθ᾽ ἕν ἕκαστον
αὐτῶν σκοπῶν ὁ βουλόμενος κρινέτω. .
Οὐκοῦν τιμὴν μὲν ἀνθρώπων εὔδηλον ὅτι
μᾶλλον ἂν τὸ δημόσιον δύναιτο ἢ οἱ ἰδιῶται παρα-
σκευάσασθαι. τῇ γε μὴν βουλῇ ῥᾷδιον καὶ κηρῦ-
ἕαι ἄγειν τὸν βουλόμενον ἀνδρώποδα καὶ τὰ
19 προσαχθέντα πρίασθαι. ἐπειδὰν δὲ ὠνηθῇ, τί ἂν
ἧττον μισθοῖτό τις παρὰ τοῦ “δημοσίου ἢ παρὰ
τοῦ ἰδιώτου, ἐπὶ τοῖς αὐτοῖς μέλλων ἕξειν;
μισθοῦνται γοῦν καὶ τεμένη ? καὶ οἰκίας καὶ τέλη
ὠνοῦνται παρὰ τῆς πόλεως.
2. “Ὅπως γε μὴν τὰ ὠνηθέντα σῴξηται, τῷ δημοσίῳ
ἔστι λαμβάνειν ἐγγύους παρὰ τῶν μισθουμένων,
ὥσπερ καὶ παρὰ τῶν ὠνουμένων τὰ τέλη. ἀλλὰ
μὴν καὶ ἀδικῆσαί γε ῥᾷον τῷ τέλος πριαμένῳ ἢ
21 τῷ ἀνδράποδα μισθουμένῳ. ἀργύριον μὲν γὰρ
,! &added by Hager: S. omits with the MSS.
? After veli vn S. adds with Mus MSS. καὶ ἱερά, which was
& mr by Bake.
o
1. The MSS. add xal ἱερά, **and temples," for which xal
ἱερεῖα (victims for sacrifice) has been conjectured. But (1)
μιμισθοῦνται i8 not *'contract to supply," and (2) it appears
20410
|. OMM MTPKI————
WAYS AND MEANS, iv. 15-21
received a rent of a mina a day net. Philemonides
had three hundred, and received half a mina.
There were others too, owning numbers in propor-
tion, 1 presume, to their capital. But why dwell
on the past? At this day there are many men in
the mines let out in this way. Were my proposals
adopted, the only innovation would be, that just as
private individuals have built up a permanent in-
come by becoming slave owners, so the state would
-possessed of public slaves, until there were
three for every citizen. Whether my plan is work-
able, let anyone who chooses judge for himself by
examining it in detail.
So let us take first the cost of the men. Clearly
the treasury is in a better position to provide the
money than private individuals. Moreover the
Council can easily issue a notice inviting all and
sundry to bring slaves, and can buy those that are
brought to it. When once they are purchased,
why should there be more hesitation about hiring
from the treasury than from a private person, the
terms offered being the same? At any rate men
hire consecrated lands! and houses, and farm taxes
under the state.
The treasury can insure the slaves purchased by
requiring some of the lessees to become guarantors,
as it does in the case of the tax-farmers. [n fact a
tax-farmer can swindle the state more easily than
a lessee of slaves. For how are you to detect
that the sacrifices were, in point of fact, paid for out of the
rents received for the τεμένη, and the victims were aot
supplied by individuals on contract. Aristotle, 4t. Pol.
c. 47, writing of the leases of state property, says nothing
&bout victims.
211
20
21
22
23
-
XENOPHON
ὶ πῶς καὶ φωράσειεν ἄ ἄν τις τὸ δημόσιον ἐξαγόμενον,
ὁμοίου τοῦ ἰδίου ὄντος αὐτῷ; ἀνδράποδα δὲ
σεσημασμένα τῷ δημοσίῳ σημάντρῳ καὶ προκει-
μένης ζημίας τῷ τε πωλοῦντι καὶ τῷ ἐξάγοντι, πῶς
ἄν τις ταῦτα κλέψειεν; -
Οὐκοῦν μέχρι μὲν τούτου δυνατὸν φανεῖται τῇ
πόλει εἶναι τὸ ἀνθρώπους καὶ κτήσασθαι καὶ
φυλάξαι. εἰ δ᾽ αὖ τις τοῦτ᾽ ἐνθυμεῖται, πῶς
ἐπειδὰν πολλοὶ ἐργάται γένωνται, πολλοὶ φα-
νοῦνται καὶ οἱ μισθωσόμενοι, ἐκεῖνο κατανοήσας
θαρρείτω, ὅτι πολλοὶ μὲν τῶν κατεσκευασμένων
προσμισθώσονται τοὺς δημοσίους, πολλὰ γάρ ἐστι
τὰ ὑπάρχοντα, πολλοὶ δ᾽ εἰσὶ καὶ αὐτῶν τῶν ἐν
τοῖς ἔργοις γηρασκόντες, 1 πολλοὶ δὲ καὶ ἄλλοι
᾿Αθηναῖοί τε καὶ ξένοι, οἱ τῷ σώματι μὲν οὔτε
βούλοιντ᾽ ἂν οὔτε δύναιντ᾽ ἂν ἐργάξεσθαι, τῇ δὲ
γνώμῃ ἐπιμελούμενοι, ἡδέως ἂν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια
πορίζοιντο. ;
Ἤν ye μέντοι τὸ πρῶτου συστῇ διακόσια καὶ
ἔλια ἀνδράποδα, εἰκὸς ἤδη à ἀπ᾽ αὐτῆς τῆς προσόδου
ἐν ἔτεσι πέντε ἢ ἕξ μὴ μεῖον ἂν τῶν ? ἑξακισχιλίων
γενέσθαι. ἀπό γε μὴν τούτου τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ ἢν
ὀβολὸν ἕκαστος ἀτελῆ τῆς ἡμέρας φέρῃ, ἡ μὲν͵
πρόσοδος ἑξήκοντα τάλαντα τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ. ἀπὸ
δὲ τούτων ἢν εἰς ἄλλα ἀνδράποδα τιθῆται εἴκοσι,
τοῖς τετταράκοντα ἤδη ἐξέσται τῇ πόλει χρῆσθαι
εἰς ἄλλο ὅ τι ἂν δέῃ. ὅταν δέ γε μύρια ἀναπλη-
"ωθῇ, ἑκατὸν τάλαντα ἡ πρόσοδος ἔσται.
Ὅτι δὲ δέξεται πολλαπλάσια τούτων, μαρτυρή-
σαιεν ἄν μοι εἴ τινες ἔτι εἰσὶ τῶν μεμνημένων,
ὅσον τὸ τέλος εὕρισκε τῶν ἀνδραπόδων πρὸ τῶν
1 γηράσκοντες Dindorf: γηρασκόντων S. with the MSS.
212
PIPER
WAYS AND MEANS, ιν. 21-25
the export of public money? Money looks the
same whether it is private property or belongs to
the state. But how is a man to steal slaves when
they are branded with the public mark and it is a
penal offence to sell or export them ?
So far, then, it appears to be possible for the state
to acquire and to keep men. But, one may ask, when
labour is abundant, how will a sufficient number
of persons be found to hireit? Well, if anyone feels
doubtful about that, let hini comfort himself with
the thought that many men in the business will
hire the state slaves as additional hands, since they
have abundanee of capital, and that among those
now working in the mines many are growing old.
Moreover.there are many others, both Athenians
and foreigners, who have neither will nor strength
to work with their own hands, but would be glad to
to make a living by becoming managers.
Assume, however, that the total number of slaves
to begin with is twelve hundred. By using the
revenue derived from these the number might in
all probability be raised to six thousand at the least
in the course of five or six years. Further, if each
man brings in a clear οὐοί a day, the annual revenue
derived from that number of men is sixty talents.
Out of this sum, if twenty /íalents are invested in
additional slaves, the state will have forty talents
available for any other necessary purpose. And
"when a total of ten thousand men is reached, the
revenue will be a hundred 'alents.
But the state will receive far more than that, as
anyone will testify who is old enough to remember
how much the charge for slave labour brought in
3 ἂν τῶν Wilamowitz : αὐτῇ S. with the MSS.
» 213
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
81
XENOPHON
ἐν Δεκελείᾳ. μαρτυρεῖ δὲ κἀκεῖνο, ὅτι εἰργασμέ-
νων ἀνθρώπων ἐν τοῖς ἀργυρείοις ἐν τῷ παντὶ
χρόνῳ ἀναριθμήτων νῦν οὐδὲν διαφέρει τὰ ἀργύ-
pea, ἢ ola! οἱ πρόγονοι ἡμῶν ὄντα ἐμνημόνευον
αὐτά. καὶ τὰ νῦν δὲ γιγνόμενα πάντα μαρτυρεῖ,
ὅτι οὐκ ἄν ποτε πλείω ἀνδράποδα ἐκεῖ γένοιτο ἢ
ὅσων ἂν τὰ ἔργα δέηται. οὔτε γὰρ βάθους. πέρας
οὔτε ὑπονόμων οἱ ὀρύττοντες εὑρίσκουσι. καὶ
μὴν καινοτομεῖν γε οὐδὲν ἧττον ἔξεστι νῦν ἢ
πρότερον. οὐ τοίνυν οὐδ᾽ εἰπεῖν ἂν ἔχοι εἰδὼς
οὐδείς, πότερον ἐν τοῖς κατατετμημένοις πλείων
ἀργυρῖτις ἢ ἐν τοῖς ἀτμήτοις ἐστί.
Τί δῆτα, φαίη ἄν τις, οὐ καὶ νῦν, ὥσπερ ἔμ-
προσθεν, πολλοὶ καινοτομοῦσιν ; ὅτι πενέστεροι
, , € M b! , ^ ,
μὲν εἰσιν οἱ περὶ τὰ μεταλλα" yemo qr yàp πάλιν
κατασκευάξονται" κίνδυνος δὲ μέγας τῷ καινοτο-
μοῦντι. ὁ μὲν γὰρ εὑρὼν “ἀγαθὴν ἐργασίαν
πλούσιος γίγνεται" ὁ δὲ μὴ εὑρὼν πάντα ἀπόλ-
λυσιν, ὅσα ἂν δαπανήσῃ. εἰς τοῦτον οὖν τὸν
, , , - 352 € "^ »,
κίνδυνον οὐ μάλα πὼς ἐθέλουσιν οἱ νῦν ἰέναι.
᾿Εγὼ μέντοι ἔχειν μοι δοκῷ καὶ περὶ τούτου
συμβουλεῦσαι, ὡς ἂν ἀσφαλέστατα καινοτομοῖτο.
εἰσὶ μὲν γὰρ δήπου ᾿Αθηναίων δέκα φυλαί: εἰ δ᾽ ἡ
, , £ ouf » « y H ὃ £4 8 ε A
πόλις δοίη ἑκάστῃ αὐτῶν ἴσα ἀνδράποδα, αἱ δὲ
κοινωσάμεναι τὴν τυχην καινοτομοῖεν, οὕτως ἄν,
, , [4 , ^ " N , ὃ / ,
εἰ μία εὕροι, πάσαις ἂν χυσιτελὲς ἀποδείξειεν, εἰ
΄ Δ ^ * ,
δὲ δύο ἢ τρεῖς ἢ τέτταρες ἢ ai ἡμίσειαι εὕροιεν,
1 οἷα Hertlein and others: ἃ S. with the MSS,
214
/MY"«———
WAYS AND MEANS, iv. 25-31
before the trouble at Decelea.! And there is another
proof. During the history of the mines an infinite
number of men has worked in them ; and yet the
condition of the mines to-day is exactly the same
as it was in the time of our ancestors, and their
memory ran not to the contrary. And present
conditions all lead to the conclusion that the
number of slaves employed there can never be
greater than the works need. For the miners find
no limit to shaft or gallery. And, mark you, it is as
possible now to open new veins as in former times.
Nor can one say with any certainty whether the ore
is more plentiful in the area already under work or in
the unexplored tracts.
Then why, it may be asked, are fewer new cuttings
made nowadays than formerly? Simply because those
interested in the mines are poorer. For operations
have only lately been resumed, and a man who
makes a new cutting incurs a serious risk. If he
strikes good stuff he makes a fortune; but if he is
disappointed, he loses the money he has spent.
Therefore people nowadays are very chary of taking
such a risk.
However, I think I can meet this difficulty too,
and suggest a plan that will make the opening of
new cuttings a perfectly safe undertaking. The
Athenians, of course, are divided into ten tribes.
Now assume that the state were to offer each tribe
an equal number of slaves? and that when new cut-
tings were made, the tribes were to pool their luck.
The result would be that if one tribe found silver,
the discovery would be profitable to all; and if two,
1 Tn 413 5.C., when great numbers of slaves deserted, and
labour in the mines dwindled,
215
26
27
28
29
30
31
82
33
34
35
36
XENOPHON
δῆλον ὅτι λυσιτελέστερα ἂν τὰ ἔργα ταῦτα
γίγνοιτο.
Τόγε μὴν πάσας ἀποτυχεῖν οὐδενὶ τῶν παρελη-
λυθότων ἐοικός. οἷόν τε δὴ οὕτως καὶ ἰδιώτας συν-
ἱσταμένους καὶ κοινουμένους τὴν τύχην ἀσφαλέ-
στερον κινδυνεύειν. μηδὲν μέντοι τοῦτο φοβεῖσθε,
ὡς ἢ τὸ δημόσιον οὕτω κατασκευαζόμενον παραλυ-
πήσει τοὺς ἰδιώτας ἢ οἱ ἰδιῶται τὸ δημόσιον" ἀλλ᾽
ὥσπερ σύμμαχοι ὅσῳ ἂν πλείους συνιῶσιν, ἰσχυ-
ροτέρους ἀλλήλους ποιοῦσιν, οὕτω καὶ ἐν τοῖς
ἀργυρείοις ὅσῳπερ ἂν πλείους ἐργάζωνται, τόσῳ
πλείονα τἀγαθὰ εὑρήσουσί τε καὶ ἐκφορήσουσι.3
Καὶ ἐμοὶ μὲν δὴ εἴρηται, ὡς ἂν ἡγοῦμαι κατα-
σκευασθείσης τῆς πόλεως ἱκανὴν ἂν πᾶσιν ᾿Αθη-
ναίοις τροφὴν ἀπὸ κοινοῦ γενέσθαι. εἰ δέ τινες
λογιζόμενοι παμπόλλης ἂν δεῖν ἀφορμῆς εἰς
ταῦτα πάντα οὐχ ἡγοῦνται ἱκανὰ ἄν ποτε χρήματα
εἰσενεχθῆναι, μηδὲ οὕτως ἀθυμούντων. οὐ γὰρ
οὕτως ἔχει, ὡς ἀνάγκη ἅμα πάντα ταῦτα
γίγνεσθαι, ἢ μηδὲν ὄφελος αὐτῶν εἶναι" ἀλλ᾽
ὁπόσα ἂν ἢ οἰκοδομηθῇ ἢ ναυπηγηθῇ ἢ ἀνδράποδα
ὠνηθῇ, εὐθὺς ταῦτα ἐν ὠφελείᾳ ἔσται. ἀλλὰ
μὴν καὶ τῇδέ γε συμφορώτερον τὸ κατὰ μέρος ἢ
τὸ ἅμα πάντα πράττεσθαι. οἰκοδομοῦντες μὲν
γὰρ ἀθρόοι πολυτελέστερον ἂν καὶ κάκιον ἢ
κατὰ μέρος ἀποτελοῖμεν" ἀνδράποδα δὲ παμπληθῆ
ζητοῦντες ἀναγκαζοίμεθ᾽ ἂν καὶ χείρω καὶ τιμιώ-
τερα ὠνεῖσθαι.
! ἐκφορήσουσι Cobet: φορήσουσι S. with the MSS.
216
WAYS AND MEANS, rv. 31-36
three, four, or half the tribes found, the profits from Ὁ
these works would obviously be greater.
-Nothing that has happened in the past makes it
probable that all would fail to find. Of course,
private individuals also are able to combine on this
principle and pool their fortunes in order to diminish
the risk. Nevertheless there is no reason to fear
that a public company formed on this plan will con-
flict with the interests of private persons, or be
hampered by them. ΝΟ, just as every new adhesion
to a confederacy brings an increase of strength to all
its members, so the greater the number of persons
operating in the mines, the more treasure they will
discover and unearth.
I have now explained what regulations I think
should be introduced into the state in order that
every Athenian may receive sufficient maintenance
at the publie expense. Some may imagine that
enough money would never be subscribed to pro-
vide the huge amount of capital necessary, according
to their caleulations, to finance all these schemes.
But even $o they need not despair. For it is not
essential that the plan should be carried out in all
its details in order that any advantage may come
of it. No, whatever the number of houses built,
or of ships constructed, or of slaves purchased,
they will immediately prove a paying concern. In
fact in one respect it will be even more profitable to
proceed gradually than to do everything at once.
For if everybody begins building, we shall pay more
for worse work than if we carry out the undertaking
gradually ; and if we try to find an enormous number
of slaves, we shall be forced to buy inferior men at
a high price.
217
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
41
ΧΕΝΟΡΗΟΝ
Κατά γε μὴν τὸ δυνατὸν περαίνοντες τὰ μὲν
καλῶς γνωσθέντα καὶ αὖθις ἄν ἡμῖν γενέσθαι
οἰόμεθα" 1 εἰ δέ τε ἁμαρτηθείη, ἀπεχοίμεθα ἂν
αὐτοῦ. ἔτι δὲ πάντων ἅμα γιγνομένων, ἡμᾶς ἂν
ἅπαντα δέοι ἐκπορίζεσθαι" εἰ δὲ τὰ μὲν περαίνοιτο,
τὰ δὲ μέλλοι, ἡ ὑπάρξασα3 πρόσοδος τὸ ἐπιτή-
δειον συγκατασκευάζοι ἀν.
Ὃ δὲ ἴσως φοβερώτατον δοκεῖ πᾶσιν εἶναι, μὴ
εἰ ἄγαν πολλὰ κτήσαιτο ἡ πόλις ἀνδράποδα,
ὑπεργεμισθείη ἂν τὰ ἔργα, καὶ τούτου τοῦ φόβου
ἀπηλλαγμένοι ἂν εἴημεν, εἰ μὴ πλείονας ἀνθρώ-
πους ἢ ὅσους αὐτὰ τὰ ἔργα προσαιτοίη kac
ἐνιαυτὸν ἐμβάλοιμεν.
Οὕτως ἔμοιγε δοκεῖ, ἧπερ ῥᾷστον, ταύτῃ καὶ
ἄριστον εἷναι ταῦτα πράττειν" εἰ δ᾽ αὖ διὰ τὰς ἐν
τῷ νῦν πολέμῳ γεγενημένας εἰσφορὰς νομίζετ᾽ ἂν
μηδ᾽ ὁτιοῦν δύνασθαι εἰσενεγκεῖν, ὑμεῖς δ᾽ ὅσα μὲν
πρὸ τῆς εἰρήνης χρήματα εὕρισκε τὰ τέλη, ἀπὸ
τοσούτων καὶ τὸ ἐπιὸν ἔτος διοικεῖτε τὴν πόλιν'
“ ? * , , Ν N , , ,
ὅσα δ᾽ ἂν ἐφευρίσκῃ διὰ τὸ εἰρήνην τε εἶναι καὶ
διὰ τὸ θεραπεύεσθαι μετοίκους καὶ ἐμπόρους καὶ
διὰ τὸ πλειόνων συναγειρομένων ἀνθρώπων πλείω
εἰσάγεσθαι καὶ ἐξάγεσθαι καὶ διὰ τὸ τὰ ἐλλιμένια 3
καὶ τὰς ἀγορὰς αὐξάνεσθαι, ταῦτα λαμβάνοντες
κατασκευάσασθε, ὡς ἂν πλεῖσται πρόσοδοι
γίγνοιντο.
Ei δέ τινες αὖ φοβοῦνται, μὴ ματαία ἂν γένοιτο
αὕτη ἡ κατασκευή, εἰ πόλεμος ἐγερθείη, ἐννοη-
1 The text is corrupt. The MSS. have ἡμῖν οἰόμεθα or
olo[ue8a, and γενέσθαι is ἃ conjectural and unsatisfactory
addition.
3 jráptaca MSS. : ὑπάρξουσα S.
218
WAYS AND MEANS, iv. 37-41
By proceeding as our means allow, we can repeat 37
whatever is well conceived and avoid the repetition
of mistakes. Besides, were the whole scheme put in 38
hand at once, we should have to find the whole of
the money; but if some parts were proceeded with
and others postponed, the income realised would
help to provide the amount still required.
Possibly the gravest fear in everyone's mind is 39
that the works may become overcrowded if the state
acquires too many slaves. But We can rid ourselves
of that fear by not putting more men in year by
year than the works themselves require.
Accordingly I hold that this, which is the easiest 40
way; is also the best way of doing these things. On
the other hand, if you think that the burdens im-
posed during the late war ! make it impossible for you
to contribute anything at all—well, keep down the
cost of administration during the next year to the
amount that the taxes yielded before the peace;
and invest the bàlances over and above that amount,
which you will get with peace, with considerate
treatment of resident aliens and merchants, with the
growth of imports and exports due to concentration
of a larger population, and with the expansion of
harbour and market dues, so that the investment
will bring in the largest revenue.?
Or again, if any fear that this scheme would 41
prove worthless in the event of war breaking out, they
1 The allusion is to the ** War of the Allies" who had
revolted from Athens. It lasted from 357 to 355 m.c. See
Introduction.
3 i.v invest the balances in the mines, and use the revenue
obtained to carry out my scheme. ^
3 τὰ ἐλλιμένια Bergk: ἐν λιμένι S. with the MSS.
219
42
43
40
47
XENOPHON . τ᾿
/ [-4 Á, , ^ UN d
σάντων, ὅτι τούτων γιγνομένων πολὺ φοβερώτερος
ὁ πόλεμος τοῖς ἐπιφέρουσιν ἢ τῇ πόλει. τί γὰρ
δὴ εἰς πόλεμον κτῆμα χρησιμώτερον ἀνθρώπων ;
πολλὰς μὲν γὰρ ναῦς πληροῦν ἱκανοὶ ἂν εἶεν
δημοσίᾳ: πολλοὶ δ᾽ ἂν καὶ πεζοὶ δημοσίᾳ δύναιντ᾽
ἂν βαρεῖς εἶναι τοῖς πολεμίοις, εἴ τις αὐτοὺς
θεραπεύοι.
Λογίξομαι δ᾽ ἔγωγε καὶ πολέμου γιγνομένου
οἷόν τ᾽ εἶναι μὴ ἐκλείπεσθαι τὰ ἀργύρεια. ἔστι
᾿ , * ; ΦΟΡΩ͂Ν ᾿
μὲν γὰρ δήπου περὶ τὰ μέταλλα ἐν τῇ πρὸς
μεσημβρίαν 1 τεῖχος ἐν ᾿Αναφλύστῳ, ἔστι δ᾽. ἐν
τῇ πρὸς ἄρκτον τεῖχος ἐν Θορικῷ: ἀπέχει δὲ
ταῦτα ἀπ’ ἀλλήλων ἀμφὶ τὰ ἑξήκοντα στάδια.
εἰ οὖν καὶ ἐν μέσῳ τούτων γένοιτο ἐπὶ τῷ ὑὕψη-
λοτάτῳ Βήσης τρίτον ἔρυμα, συνήκοι τ᾽ ἂν τὰ ἔργα
εἰς ἕν ἐξ ἁπάντων τῶν τειχῶν, καὶ εἴ τι αἰσθάνοιτο
, ^ v e , , Nat: Ν
πολεμικόν, βραχὺ ἂν εἴη ἑκάστῳ εἰς τὸ ἀσφαλὲς
, x 5065 Sy "
ἀποχωρῆσαι. εἰ δὲ kal ἔλθοιεν πλείους πολέμιοι,
δῆλον ὅτι εἰ μὲν σῦτον ἢ οἶνον ἢ πρόβατα ἔξω
“ , / , ^ » , P!
εὕροιεν, ἀφέλοιντ᾽ ἂν ταῦτα' ἀργυρίτιδος δὲ κρα-
, ^o^ ^ ΕΥ̓ , » m^
τήσαντες τί ἂν μᾶλλον ἢ λίθοις ἔχοιεν χρῆσθαι ;
πῶς δὲ καὶ ὁρμήσειαν ἄν ποτε πολέμιοι πρὸς τὰ
μέταλλα ; ἀπέχει μὲν γὰρ δήπου τῶν ἀργυρείων
€ , Á, , , ^ ^ ^
ἡ ἐγγύτατα πόλις Μέγαρα πολὺ πλεῖον τῶν
πεντακοσίων σταδίων: ἀπέχει δὲ ἡ μετὰ ταῦτα
, ^ M ^ ^ € ,
πλησιαίτατα Θῆβαι πολὺ πλεῖον τῶν ἑξακοσίων.
ἢν οὖν πορεύωνται ἐντεῦθέν ποθεν ἐπὶ τὰ ἀργύρεια,
! S. with the MSS. adds θαλάττῃ which Bergk saw to be
spurious. : $i
220
WAYS AND MEANS, ιν. 41-47
should observe that, with this system at work, war
becomes far more formidable to the aggressors than
to the city. For what instrument is more service-
able for war than men? .We should have enough of
them to supply crews to many ships of the state; and
many men available for service in the ranks as
infantry could press the enemy hard, if they were
treated with consideration.!
But I reckon that, even in the event of war, the
mines need not be abandoned. There are, of course,
two fortresses in the mining district, one at Ana-
phlystus on the south side, the other at Thoricus on
the north. The distance between them is about seven
miles and a half. Now suppose that we had a third
stronghold between them on the highest point of
Besa. The works? would then be linked up by all the
fortresses, and at the first intimation of a hostile
movement, every man would have but a short distance
to goin order to reach safety. In case an enemy
came in force, he would, no doubt, seize any corn or
wine or cattle that he fodid outeides ; but the silver
ore, when he had got it, would be of as much use
to him as a heap of stones. And how could an
enemy ever go for the mines? The distance be-
tween Megara, the nearest city, and the silver
mines, is of course much more than five hundred
furlongs; and Thebes, which is next in proximity,
lies at a distance of much more than six hundred
furlongs from them. ' Let us assume, then, that an
enemy is marching on the mines from some such point.
! Observe that Xenophon alludes here not to the resident
aliens, but to the state-owned slaves in the mines.
3 Or, as some understand, "the workmen would gather
from all the fortresses into one.'
221
42
43
EI:
45
46
41
&-—
50
51
52
XENOPHON
παριέναι αὐτοὺς δεήσει τὴν πόλιν: κἂν μὲν ὦσιν
ὀλίγοι, εἰκὸς αὐτοὺς ἀπόλλυσθαι καὶ ὑπὸ ἱππέων
καὶ ὑπὸ περιπόλων. πολλῇ γε μὴν δυνάμει
πορεύεσθαι ἐξερημοῦντας τὰ ἑαυτῶν χαλεπόν'
πολὺ γὰρ ἐγγύτερον ἂν εἴη ταῖς πόλεσιν αὐτῶν
τὸ τῶν ᾿Αθηναίων ἄστυ ἢ αὐτοὶ πρὸς τοῖς πετάλ-
λοις ὄντες. εἰ δὲ καὶ ἔλθοιεν, πῶς ἂν καὶ δύναιντο
μένειν μὴ ἔχοντες τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ; ἐπισιτίζεσθαί γε
μὴν μέρει μὲν κίνδυνος καὶ περὶ τῶν μετιόντων
καὶ περὶ ὧν ἀγωνίζονται: πάντες δὲ ἀεὶ μετιόντες
πολιορκοῖντ᾽ ἂν μᾶλλον ἢ πολμιορκοῖεν.
Οὐ τοίνυν μόνον ἡ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνδραπόδων ἀπο-
φορὰ" τὴν διατροφὴν τῇ πόλει αὔξοι ἄν, ἀλλὰ
πολυανθρωπίας περὶ τὰ μέταλλα ἀθροιζομένης
καὶ ἀπ᾽ ἀγορᾶς τῆς ἐκεῖ οὔσης καὶ ἀπ᾽ οἰκιῶν
περὶ τἀργύρεια δημοσίων καὶ ἀπὸ καμίνων καὶ
ἀπὸ τῶν ἄλλων ἁπάντων πρόσοδοι ἂν πολλαὶ
γίγνοιντο. ἰσχυρῶς γὰρ ἂν καὶ αὕτη πολυάν-
θρωπος γένοιτο πόλις, εἰ οὕτω κατασκευασθείη"
καὶ οἵ γε χῶροι οὐδὲν ἂν εἶεν μείονος ἄξιοι τοῖς
κεκτημένοις ἐνταῦθα ἢ τοῖς περὶ τὸ ἄστυ.
Πραχθέντων γε μὴν ὧν εἴρηκα σύμφημι ἐγὼ οὐ
μόνον ἂν χρήμασιν εὐπορωτέραν τὴν πόλιν εἶναι,
ἀλλὰ καὶ εὐπειθεστέραν καὶ εὐτακτοτέραν καὶ
εὐπολεμωτέραν γενέσθαι. οἵ τε γὰρ ταχθέντες
γυμνάζεσθαι πολὺ ἂν ἐπιμελέστερον τοῦτο πράτ-
! ἀποφορὰ Schneider: εἰσφορὰ S. with the MSS.
222
WAYS AND MEANS, ιν. 47-52
He is bound to pass Athens; and if his numbers
are small, he is likely to be destroyed by our cavalry
and patrols. On the other hand, to march on them
with a large force, leaving his own property un-
protected, is no easy matter; for when he arrived
at the mines the city of Athens would be much
nearer to his own states than he himself would be.
But even supposing that he should come, how is he to
stay without supplies? And to send part of their
forces in search of food may mean destruction to the
foraging party and failure to achieve the ends for
which he is contending; or if the whole force is
continually foraging it will find itself blockaded
instead of blockading. :
However, the rent derived from the slaves would
not be the only source of relief to the community.
With the concentration of a large population in the
mining district, abundant revenue would be derived
from the local market, from state-owned houses
near the silver mines, from furnaces and all the other
sources. For a densely populated city would grow
up there, if it were organised on this plan; yes,
and building sites would become as valuable there
as they are in our suburbs.
If the plans that I have put forward are carried
out, I agree! that, apart from the improvement
in our financial position, we shall become a people
more obedient, better disciplined, and more efficient
in war. For the classes undergoing physical
training will take more pains in the gymnasium when
! σύμφημι must mean *agree." If the text is right, one
naturally asks ** With whom?" Isocrates, Eubulus, or both ?
See Introduction.
! Lac. Pol. viii. 1.
223
48
49
δ0
51
52
e
P
XENOPHON
ToLev ! ἐν τοῖς γυμνασίοις τὴν τροφὴν ἀπολαμβά-
νοντες πλείω ἢ ἐν ταῖς λαμπάσι γυμνασιαρχού-
μενοι" οἵ τε φρουρεῖν ἐν τοῖς φρουρίοις οἵ τε
πελτάζειν καὶ περιπολεῖν τὴν χώραν πάντα ταῦτα
μᾶλλον ἂν πράττοιεν, ἐφ᾽ ἑκάστοις τῶν ἔργων τῆς
τροφῆς ἀποδιδομένης.
. Εὐ δὲ σαφὲς δοκεῖ εἶναι, ὡς εἰ μέλλουσι
πᾶσαι αἱ πρόσοδοι ἐκ πόλεως προσιέναι, εἰρήνην
δεῖ ὑπάρχειν, ἄρ᾽ οὐκ ἄξιον καὶ εἰρηνοφύλακας
καθιστάναι ; πολὺ γὰρ ἂν καὶ αὕτη αἱρεθεῖσα ἡ
ἀρχὴ προσφιλεστέραν καὶ πυκνοτέραν εἰσ-
αφικνεῖσθαι πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις ποιήσειε τὴν πόλιν.
εἰ δέ τινες οὕτω γιγνώσκουσιν, ὡς ἐὰν ἡ πόλις
εἰρήνην ἄγουσα διατελῇ, ἀδυνατωτέρα τε καὶ
ἀδοξοτέρα καὶ ἧττον ὀνομαστὴ ἐν τῇ WAXdOL
ἔσται, καὶ οὗτοί γε ὡς ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ 5 παραλόγως
σκοποῦσιν. εὐδαιμονέσταται μὲν γὰρ δήπου
πόλεις λέγονται, αἱ ἂν πλεῖστον χρόνον ἐν εἰρήνῃ
διατελῶσι' πασῶν δὲ πόλεων ᾿Αθῆναι μάλιστα
πεφύκασιν ἐν εἰρήνῃ αὔξεσθαι. τίνες γὰρ ἡσυχίαν
ἀγούσης τῆς πόλεως οὐ προσδέοιντ᾽ ἂν αὐτῆς
ἀρξάμενοι ἀπὸ ναυκλήρων καὶ ἐμπόρων ; οὐχ οἱ
πολύσιτοι, οὐχ οἱ πολύοινοι,3 τί δὲ οἱ πολυέλαιοι,
τί δὲ οἱ πολυπρόβατοι, οἱ δὲ γνώμῃ καὶ ἀργυρίῳ
δυνάμενοι χρηματίζεσθαι, καὶ μὴν χειροτέχναι τε
καὶ σοφισταὶ καὶ φιλόσοφοι, οἱ δὲ ποιηταί, οἱ δὲ
τὰ τούτων μεταχειριζόμενοι, οἱ δὲ ἀξιοθεάτων ἢ
ἀξιακούστων ἱερῶν ἢ ὁσίων ἐπιθυμοῦντες ; ἀλλὰ
μὴν καὶ οἱ δεόμενοι πολλὰ ταχὺ ἀποδίδοσθαι ἢ
1! τοῦτο πράττοιεν Or πράττοιεν MSS.: πράττοιεν τὰ S. with
Lenklau. à;
224
WAYS AND MEANS, iv. 52-v. 4
they receive their maintenance in full than they take
under the superintendents of the torch races;! and
the classes on garrison duty in a fortress, or serving
as targeteers, or patroliing the country will show
greater alacrity in carrying out all these duties when
the maintenance is duly supplied for the work done.
V. If it seems clear that the state cannot obtain
a full revenue from all sources unless she has peace,
is it not worth while to set up a board of guardians
of peace? Were such a board constituted, it would
help to inerease the popularity of the city and to
make it more attractive and more densely thronged -
with visitors from all parts. lf any are inclined 2
to think that a lasting peace for our city will involve
a loss of her power and glory and fame in Greece,
they too, in my. opinion, are out in their calcula-
tions. For I presume that those states are reckoned
the happiest that enjoy the longest period of
unbroken peace; and of all states Athens is by
nature most suited to flourish in peace. For if 3
the state is tranquil, what class of men will not
need her? Shipowners and merchants will head the
list. Then there will be those rich in corn and
wine and oil and cattle; men possessed of brains
and money to invest; craftsmen and professors and 4
philosophers ; poets and the people who make use of
their works; those to whom anything sacred or
secular appeals that is worth seeing or hearing.
Besides, where will those who want to buy or sell
! The superintendents paid for the upkeep of the com-
petitors training for publie competitions. In difficult times
they could not supply full rations.
2 ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ Castalio: ἐμῇ δόξῃ S. with the MSS.
3 S. retains οὐχ οἱ ἡδύοινοι after πολύοινοι with the MSS.
225
VOL. II,
-1
XENOPHON
πρίασθαι ποῦ τούτων μᾶλλον ἂν τύχοιεν ἢ 3
᾿Αθήνησιν;
Ei δὲ πρὸς ταῦτα μὲν οὐδεὶς ἀντιλέγει, τὴν δὲ
ἡγεμονίαν βουλόμενοί τινες ἀναλαβεῖν τὴν πόλιν ὃ
ταύτην διὰ πολέμου μᾶλλον ἢ δι᾽ εἰρήνης ἡγοῦνται
ἂν καταπραχθῆναι, ἐ ἐννοησάτωσαν πρῶτον μὲν τὰ
Μηδικά, πότερον βιαζόμενοι ἢ ἢ εὐεργετοῦντες τοὺς
“Ἕλληνας ἡγεμονίας τε τοῦ ναυτικοῦ καὶ ἑλληνο-
ταμίας ἐτύχομεν. ἔτι δὲ ἐπεὶ ὠμῶς ἄγαν δόξασα
προστατεύειν ἡ πόλις ἐστερήθη τῆς ἀρχῆς, οὐ καὶ
τότε, ἐπεὶ τοῦ ἀδικεῖν ἀπεσχόμεθα, πάλιν ὑπὸ
τῶν νησιωτῶν. ἑκόντων προστάται τοῦ ναυτικοῦ
ἐγενόμεθα ; οὐκοῦν καὶ Θηβαῖοι εὐεργετούμενοι
ἡγεμονεύειν αὑτῶν ἔδωκαν ᾿Αθηναίοις ; ἀλλὰ μὴν
καὶ Λακεδαιμόνιοι οὐ βιασθέντες ὑφ᾽ ἡμῶν, ἀλλ᾽
εὖ πάσχοντες. ἐπέτρεψαν ᾿Αθηναίοις περὶ τῆς
ἡγεμονίας θέσθαι ὅπως βούλοιντο. νῦν δέ γε διὰ
τὴν ἐν τῇ EXAdóL ταραχὴν παραπεπτωκέναι, μοι
δοκεῖ τῇ πόλει ὥστε καὶ ἄνευ πόνων καὶ ἄνευ
κινδύνων καὶ ἄνευ δαπάνης ἀνακτᾶσθαι τοὺς
"EXXqvas. ἔστι μὲν γὰρ πειρᾶσθαι διαλλάττειν
τὰς πολεμούσας πρὸς ἀλλήλας πόλεις, ἔστε δὲ
συναλλάττειν, εἴ τινες ἐν αὐταῖς στασιάζουσιν.
, ^ A “ N , ^ Y N , ,
εἰ δὲ καὶ ὅπως τὸ ἐν Δελφοῖς ἱερὸν αὐτόνομον
ὥσπερ πρόσθεν γένοιτο, φανεροὶ εἴητε ἐπιμελού-
μενοι, μὴ συμπολεμοῦντες, ἀλλὰ πτρεσβεύοντες
8. M € / 3:22 M 3 65 δ T
ἀνὰ τὴν “Ελλάδα, ἐγὼ μὲν οὐδὲν àv οἶμαι θαυμα-
€ ,
στὸν εἶναι, εἰ καὶ πάντας τοὺς “Ἑλληνας ὁμογνώ-
μονάς τε καὶ συνόρκους καὶ συμμάχους λάβοιτε
1 ποῦ C: ἢ οὐ S. with the other MSS.
* 4 C: S. omits with the other MSS.
226
WAYS AND MEANS, v. 4-9
many things quickly meet with better success in
their efforts than δὲ Athens?
No one, I dare say, contests this; but there are
some who wish the state to recover her ascendaricy,
and they may think that it is more likely to be won
by war than by peace. Let such, in the first place,
call to mind the Persian Wars. Was it by coercing
the Greeks or by rendering services to them that we
5
became leaders of the fleet and treasurers oftheleague -
funds? Further, after the state had been stripped of
her empire through seeming to exercise her authority
with excessive harshness, did not the islanders even
then restore to. us the presidency of the fleet by
their own free will, when we refrained from acts
of injustice? And again, did not the Thebans place
themselves under the leadership of the Athenians
in return for our good offices? Yet once again, it
was not the effect of coercion on our part, but of
generous treatment, that the Lacedaemonians per-
mitted the Athenians to arrange the leadership
as they chose. And now, owing to the confusion
prevalent in Greece, an opportunity, I think, has
fallen to the state to win back the Greeks without
trouble, without danger, and without expense. For
she has it in her power to try to reconcile the war-
ring states, she has it in her power to compose the
factions contending in their midst. And were
it apparent that you are striving to make the
Delphic shrine independent, as it used to be, not
by joining in war, but by sending embassies up and
down Greece, I for my part should not be in the
least surprised if you found the Greeks all of one
mind, banded together by oath and united in alliance
8 τὴν vrbi» Hartman: τῇ πόλει S. with the MSS.
227
l0.
2
12
13
XENOPHON:
ἐπ᾽ ἐκείνους, οἵτινες ἐκλιπόντων Φωκέων τὸ ἱερὸν
καταλαμβάνειν πειρῷντο. εἰ δὲ καὶ. ὅπως ἀνὰ
πᾶσαν γῆν καὶ θάλατταν εἰρήνη ἔσται, φανεροὶ
εἴητε ἐπιμελόμενοι, ἐγὼ μὲν οἶμαι πάντας ἂν
εὔχεσθαι μετὰ τὰς ἑαυτῶν πατρίδας ᾿Αθήνας.
μάλιστα σώξεσθαι.
Ei δέ τις αὖ εἰς χρήματα κερδαλεώτερον
νομίξει εἶναι τῇ πόλει πόλεμον ἢ εἰρήνην, ἐγὼ.
μὲν οὐκ οἶδα, πῶς ἂν ἄμεινον ταῦτα κριθει,
εἴ τις τὰ προγεγενημένα ἐπανασκοποίη " τῇ πόλει
πῶς ἀποβέβηκεν. εὑρήσει γὰρ τό τε παλαιὸν ἐν
εἰρήνῃ μὲν πάνυ πολλὰ χρήματα. εἰς "τὴν πόλιν
ἀνενεχθέντα, ἐν πολέμῳ δὲ ταῦτα πάντα κατα-
δαπανηθέντα" γνώσεται, δέ, ἢν σκοπῇ, καὶ ἐν τῷ
νῦν χρόνῳ διὰ μὲν τὸν πόλεμον καὶ τῶν προσόδων
πολλὰς ἐκλιπούσας καὶ τὰς εἰσελθούσας εἰς
παντοδαπὰ ὃ καταδαπανηθείσας" ἐπεὶ δὲ εἰρήνη
κατὰ θάλατταν γεγένηται, ηὐξημένας τε τὰς
προσόδους καὶ ταύταις ἐξὸν τοῖς πολίταις
χρῆσθαι ὅ ὅ τι βούλοιντο.
Εἰ -δέ τις με ἐπερωτῴη, Ἦ καὶ ἄν τις ἀδικῇ
τὴν πόλιν, λέγεις, ὡς xp. καὶ πρὸς τοῦτον
εἰρήνην. ἄγειν ; οὐκ ἂν φαίην". ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον
λέγω, ὅτι πολὺ θᾶττον ἂν τιμωροίμεθα αὐτούς,
εἰ μηδένα ὑπάρχοιμεν ἀδικοῦντες" " οὐδένα γὰρ
ἂν ἔ ἔχοιεν σύμμαχον.
VI. ᾿Αλλ᾽ εἴ γε. μὴν τῶν εἰρημένων ἀδύνατον
μὲν μηδέν ἐστι μηδὲ χαλεπόν, πραττομένων δὲ
1 πειρῷντο Madvig: ἐπειρῶντο S. with the MSS.
* 3 ἐπανασκοποίη Dindorf: ἔτι ἀνασκοποίη S. with the MSS.
3 παντοδαπὰ Lenklau : παντοδαπὰ πολλὰ S. with the-MSS.-
228
WAYS AND MEANS, v. g-vi. 1
against any that attempted to seize the shrine in
the event of the Phocians abandoning it. Were
you to show also that you are striving for peace in
every land and on every sea, I do think that, next to
the safety of their own country, all men would put
the safety of Athens first in their prayers.
If, on the other hand, any one supposes that
financially war is more profitable to the state than
peace, I really do not know how the truth of this
can be tested better than by.considering once more
what has been the experience of our state in the past.
He will fihd that in old days a very great amount
of money was paid into the treasury in time of peace,
10
11
12
and that the whole of it was spent in time of war; -
he will conelude on- consideration that in our own
time the effect of the late war on our revenues was
that many of them ceased, while those that came
in were exhausted by the multitude of expenses;
whereas the cessation of war by. sea has been
followed by a rise in the revenues, and has allowed
the citizens to devote them to any purpose they
choose,
. But some one may ask me, Do you mean to say
that, even if she is wronged, the state should
remain at peace with the offender? No, certainly
not; but I do say that our vengeance would follow
far more swiftly on our enemies if we provoked
nobody by wrong-doing; for then they would look
in vain for an ally.
VI. Well now, surely, if none of these proposals is
impossible or even difficult, if by carrying them into
* ὑπάρχοιμεν ἀδικοῦντες Cobet : παρέχοιμεν ἀδικοῦντα S. with
the MSS.
229
XENOPHON
αὐτῶν προσφιλέστεροι μὲν τοῖς “Ἑλλησι γενη-
σόμεθα, ἀσφαλέστερον δὲ οἰκήσομεν, εὐκλεέστεροι
δὲ ἐσόμεθα καὶ ὁ μὲν δῆμος τροφῆς εὐπορήσει, οἱ
δὲ πλούσιοι τῆς εἰς τὸν πόλεμον δαπάνης ἀπαλ-
λαγήσονται, περιουσίας δὲ πολλῆς γενομένης
μεγαλοπρεπέστερον μὲν ἔτι ἢ νῦν ἑορτὰς ἄξομεν,
ἱερὰ δ᾽ ἐπισκευάσομεν, τείχη δὲ καὶ νεώρια
ἀνορθώσομεν, ἱερεῦσι δὲ καὶ βουλῇ καὶ ἀρχαῖς
καὶ ἱππεῦσι τὰ πάτρια ἀποδώσομεν, πῶς οὐκ
ἄξιον ὡς τάχιστα τούτοις ἐγχειρεῖν, ἵνα ἔτι ἐφ᾽
ἡμῶν ἐπίδωμεν τὴν πόλιν μετ᾽ ἀσφαλεΐας εὐδαι-
μονοῦσαν ;
Ε γε μὴν ταῦτα δόξειεν ὑμῖν πράττειν,
συμβουλεύσαιμ᾽ ἂν ἔγωγε πέμψαντας καὶ εἰς
Δωδώνην καὶ εἰς Δελφοὺς ἐπερέσθαι τοὺς θεούς,
εἰ λῷον καὶ ἄμεινον εἴη ἂν τῇ πόλει οὕτω κατα-
σκευαζομένῃ καὶ αὐτίκα καὶ εἰς τὸν ἔπειτα
χρόνον. εἰ δὲ ταῦτα συναινοῖεν, τότ᾽ ἂν αὖ
φαίην χρῆναι ἐπερωτᾶν, τίνας θεῶν προσποιού-
μενοι ταῦτα κάλλιστα καὶ ἄριστα πράττοιμεν
ἄν: οὺς δ᾽ ἀνέλοιεν θεούς, τούτοις εἰκὸς καλ-
λιερήσαντας ἄρχεσθαι τοῦ ἔργου. σὺν γὰρ θεῷ
πραττομένων εἰκὸς καὶ τὰς πράξεις προϊέναι ἐπὶ
τὸ λῷον καὶ ἄμεινον ἀεὶ τῇ πόλει.
230
WAYS AND MEANS, vi. 1-3
effect we shall be regarded with more affection by
the Greeks, shall live in greater security, and
be more glorious; if the people will be maintained
in comfort and the rich no more burdened with the
expenses of war; if with a large surplus in hand we
shall celebrate our festivals with even more splendour
than at present, shall restore the temples, and repair
the walls and docks, and shall give back to priests,
councillors, magistrates, knights their ancient privi-
leges; surely, Í say, our proper course is to proceed
with this scheme forthwith, that already in our
generation we may come to see our city secure and
prosperous.
Furthermore, if you decide to go forward with the 2
plan, I should advise you to send to Dodona and
Delphi, and inquire of the gods whether such a
"design is fraught with weal for the state both now
and in days to come. And should they consent to 3
it, then I would say that we ought to ask them
further, which of the gods we must propitiate in order
that we may prosper in our-handiwork. Then,
when we have offered an acceptable sacrifice to the
gods named in their reply, it behoves us to begin
the work. For with heaven to help us in what we
do, it is likely that our undertakings will go forward
continually to the greater weal of the state.
231
ET eliodotAd Wai cen ΕΝ i
puscdd bed "agadeed ᾿ zt
aHyt
: Gu. e T4 eU él
— Adis — * b eui "e
LES 3 351
en
THE CAVALRY COMMANDER
τῷ
ὧϑ
m
ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ IIIIIAPXIKOX
I. Πρῶτον μὲν θύοντα χρὴ αἰτεῖσθαι θεοὺς
ταῦτα διδόναι καὶ νοεῖν καὶ λέγειν καὶ πράττειν,
ἀφ᾽ ὧν θεοῖς μὲν κεχαρισμενώτατα ἄρξειας dv,
σαυτῷ δὲ καὶ φίλοις καὶ τῇ πόλει προσφιλέστατα
P , D M , ^ ,
καὶ εὐκλεέστατα Kai πολυωφελέστατα. θεῶν à
ἵλεων ὄντων ἀναβιβαστέον μέν σοι ἱππέας, καὶ
ὅπως ἀναπληρῶται ὁ κατὰ τὸν νόμον ἀριθμὸς
καὶ ὅπως τὸ ὃν ἱππικὸν μὴ μειῶται. εἰ δὲ μὴ
προσαναβήσονται ἱππεῖς, μείονες ἀεὶ ἔσονται"
ἀνάγκη γὰρ τοὺς μὲν γήρᾳ ἀπαγορεύειν, τοὺς δὲ
καὶ ἄλλως ἐκλείπειν.
Πληρουμένου γε μὴν τοῦ ἱππικοῦ ἐπιμελητέον
μέν, ὅπως τρέφωνται οἱ ἵπποι, ὡς ἂν δύνωνται
πόνους ὑποφέρειν: οἱ γὰρ ἥττους τῶν πόνων
οὔτε αἱρεῖν οὔτε ἀποφεύγειν δύναιντο ἄν. ἐπι-
μελητέον δέ, ὅπως εὔχρηστοι Qoi: οἱ γὰρ αὖ
ἀπειθεῖς τοῖς πολεμίοις μᾶλλον ἢ τοῖς φίλοις
συμμαχοῦσι. : καὶ οἱ λακτίξοντες δὲ ἀναβεβα-
μένοι ἵπποι ἐκποδὼν ποιητέοι' οἱ γὰρ τοιοῦτοι
πολλάκις πλείω κακὰ ἢ οἱ πολέμιοι ποιοῦσι.
δεῖ δὲ καὶ τῶν ποδῶν ἐπιμελεῖσθαι, ὅπως δύνων-
ται καὶ ἐν τραχείᾳ χώρᾳ ἱππεύειν, εἰδότα, ὅτι
ὅπου ἂν ἀλγῶσιν ἐλαυνόμενοι, ἐνταῦθα οὐ χρή-
σιμοί εἰσι.
1 εἰδότα ΒΜ : εἰδότας S. with othet MSS.
234
THE CAVALRY COMMANDER
I. Tu first duty is to sacrifice to the gods and pray
them to grant you the thoughts, words and deeds
likely to render your command most pleasing to the
gods and to bring yourself, your friends and your
city the fullest measure of affection and glory and
advantage. Having gained the goodwill of the 2
gods, you have then to recruit a sufficient number
of mounted men that you may bring the number
up to the total required by the law,! and also may
prevent any decrease in the cavalry establishment.
Unless additional recruits are enrolled in the force,
the number will constantly dwindle, for some men
are bound to retire through old age and others to
drop off for various reasons.
While the ranks are filling up, you must see that 3
the horses get enough food to stand hard work,
since horses unfit for their work can neither over-
take nor escape. You must see that they are
docile, because disobedient animals assist the
enemy more than their own side. And horses that 4
kick when mounted must be got rid of, for such
brutes often do more mischief than the enemy.
You must also look after their feet, so that they
can be ridden on rough ground, for you know that
wherever galloping is painful to them, they are
useless.
! 1,000; but, as we shall see, the number had fallen to
something like 650 at the time Xenophon wrote. .
235
b
.1
oo
k XENOPHON
Τῶν γε μὴν ἵππων ὑπαρχόντων οἵων δεῖ τοὺς
ἱππέας a) ἀσκητέον, πρῶτον μὲν ὅπως ἐπὶ τοὺς
“ 3 "m^ , ^ V ΝΜ €
ἵππους ἀναπηδᾶν δύνωνται: πολλοῖς yàp ἤδη ἡ
σωτηρία παρὰ τοῦτο ἐγένετο' δεύτερον δὲ ὅπως
ἐν παντοίοις χωρίοις ἱππάζεσθαι δυνήσονται" καὶ
N d , » , , , , ,
γὰρ οἱ πόλεμοι ἄλλοτε ἐν ἀλλοίοις τόποις γύγνον-
ται. ὅταν δὲ ἤδη ἔποχοι ὧσι, δεῖ αὖ σκοπεῖσθαι,
ὅπως ἀκοντιοῦσί τε ὡς πλεῖστοι ἀπὸ τῶν ἵππων
M *" ΄ ^ ^ ^ L4 ,
καὶ τἄλλα δυνήσονται ποιεῖν à δεῖ τοὺς ἱππικούς.
^ 4 € E:15
Μετὰ ταῦτα ὁπλιστέον kai ἵππους kai ἱππέας,
[4 , ^ b e , ,»» (A
ὡς αὐτοὶ μὲν ἥκιστα τιτρώσκοιντ᾽ dv, βλάπτειν
b J , , , y MN ^
δὲ τοὺς πολεμίους μάλιστα δύναιντ᾽ ἄν. ἐκ τού-
TOV παρασκευαστέον, ὅπως εὐπειθεῖς οἱ ἄνδρες
5 » ^ / »9o v , 2A »
ὦσιν: ἄνευ γὰρ τούτου οὔθ᾽ ἵππων ἀγαθῶν οὔτε
ἱππέων ἐπόχων οὔτε ὅπλων καλῶν ὄφελος οὐδέν.
Προστατεύειν μὲν οὖν τούτων πάντων ὅπως
καλῶς γίγνηται τὸν ἵππαρχον εἰκός ἐστίν. ἐπεὶ
^ ,
δὲ καὶ ἡ πόλις χαλεπὸν ἡγησαμένη ταῦτα πάντα
τὸν ἵππαρχον μόνον ὄντα κατεργάζεσθαι προσαι-
^ ^ L4
ρεῖται μὲν αὐτῷ συνεργοὺς φυλάρχους, προσέ-
ταξε δὲ τῇ βουλῇ συνεπιμελεῖσθαι τοῦ ἱππικοῦ,
ἀγαθόν μοι δοκεῖ εἶναι τοὺς μὲν φυλάρχους
παρασκευάζειν συνεπιθυμεῖν σοι τῶν καλῶν τῷ
^ ^ ^ » 4
ἱππικῷ, ἐν δὲ τῇ βουλῇ ἔχειν ῥήτορας ἐπιτη-
H ^ M L4 ,
δείους, ὅπως λέγοντες φοβῶσί τε τοὺς ἱππέας;
! A difficult feat, since the Greek rider had no stirrups.
? When attackirg infantry in line the cavalry never
charged home ; but only approached near enough to throw
236
THE CAVALRY COMMANDER, i. 5-8
Having made sure that the horses are in good 5
condition, the next business is to train the. men.
Secondly, they must practise riding over all sorts
o i ind of country may become
After that both horses and men must be armed,
so that, while they are themselves thoroughly pro-
tected against wounds, they may have the means of
inflicting the greatest loss on the enemy. Then you 7
must contrive to make the men obedient: otherwise
neither good horses nor a firm seat nor fine armour
are of any use.
For ensuring efficiency in all these matters the
cavalry commander, as a matter of course, is the
principal authority. But, at the same time, the state 8
thinks it difficult for the cavalry commander to carry
out all these duties single-handed ; therefore, it also
elects colonels of regiments to assist him; and it
has charged the Council with the duty of taking
a share in the management of the cavalry. I think
it well, then, that you should encourage the colonels
to be as eager as yourself for the efficiency of the
cavalry, and should have suitable spokesmen in the . .
Council, that their speeches may alarm the men—
they will do better under the influence of fear—and
the javelin with effect. Hence the importance attached to
&n accomplishment by no means easy to perform without
stirrups. See especially the next treatise, c. xii.
237
10
11
12
13
XENOPHON
βελτίονες γὰρ àv εἶεν φοβούμενοι, καταπραὔνωσί
τε τὴν βουλήν, ἤν τι παρὰ καιρὸν χαλεπαίνῃ.
Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ὑπομνήματα ὧν δεῖ σε ἐπιμε-
λεῖσθαι' ὡς δ᾽ ἂν ἕκαστα τούτων βέλτιστα
, ^ ^ , ,
᾿ περαίνοιτο, τοῦτο δὴ πειράσομαι λέγειν.
Τοὺς μὲν τοίνυν ἱππέας δῆλον ὅτι καθιστάναι
δεῖ κατὰ τὸν νόμον τοὺς δυνατωτάτους καὶ χρή-
μασι καὶ σώμασιν ἢ εἰσάγοντα εἰς δικαστήριον ἢ
πείθοντα. ἐγὼ δὲ οἶμαι εἰς μὲν τὸ δικαστήριον
τούτους εἰσακτέον εἶναι, obs μὴ εἰσάγων ἄν τις
διὰ κέρδος δοκοίη τοῦτο ποιεῖν" καὶ γὰρ τοῖς
ἧττον δυναμένοις εὐθὺς ἂν εἴη ἀποστροφή, εἰ μὴ
τοὺς δυνατωτάτους πρώτους ἀναγκάζοις. ἔστι
δὲ καὶ obs ἄν μοι δοκεῖ τις νέους μὲν τὰ ἐν
ἱππικῇ λαμπρὰ λέγων εἰς ἐπιθυμίαν καθιστάναι
τοῦ ἱππεύειν, τοὺς δὲ κυρίους αὐτῶν ἧττον
ἀντιτείνοντας ἔχειν, τάδε διδάσκων, ὡς ἀναγκα-
σθήσονται μὲν ἱπποτροφεῖν, ἢν μὴ ὑπὸ σοῦ, ὑπ᾽
ἄλλου, διὰ τὰ χρήματα" ἢν δὲ ἐπὶ σοῦ ἀναβῶσιν,
ὡς ἀποστρέψεις μὲν τοὺς παῖδας αὐτῶν τῶν
πολυτελῶν τε καὶ μανικῶν ἱππωνειῶν, ἐπιμε-
λήσει δέ, ὡς ἂν ταχὺ ἱππικοὶ γίγνοιντο. λέγοντα
δὲ οὕτω καὶ ποιεῖν ταῦτα πειρατέον.
Τοὺς γε μὴν ὄντας ἱππέας ἡ βουλὴ ἄν μοι
δοκεῖ προειποῦσα, ὡς τὸ λοιπὸν δεήσει διπλάσια
ἱππάζεσθαι καὶ ὡς τὸν μὴ δυνάμενον ἵππον
ἀκολουθεῖν ἀποδοκιμάσει, ἐπιτεῖναι ἂν τρέφειν
τε ἄμεινον καὶ ἐπιωελεῖσθαι μᾶλλον τῶν ἵππων.
238
————
THE CAVALRY COMMANDER, 1. 8-13
may also appease the wrath of the Council, in case it
shows indignation at the wrong time.
Here, then, you have brief notes on the matters 9
that demand your attention. I wil now try to
explain how these duties may best be carried out
in detail.
As for the men, you must obviously raise them as
required by the law, from among those who are most
highly qualified by wealth and bodily vigour, either
by obtaining an order of the court or by the use
of persuasion. The cases that should be brought
before the court, I think, are those of men who
otherwise might be suspected of having bribed you
not to apply for a judgment. For the smaller
men will at once have a ground for escaping,
unless you first compel the most highly qualified
to serve. I think, too, that, by dwelling on the
briliancy of horsemanship, you might fire some
of the young men with ambition to serve in the
cavalry, and that you might overcome the opposition
of their guardians by informing them that they will
be required to keep horses by someone, if not by
you, on account of their wealth ; whereas, if their
boys join up during your command, you will put an
end to their extravagance in buying expensive
horses, and see that they soon make good riders.
And you must try to suit your actions to your
words.
As for the existing cavalry, I think that the
Council should give notice that in future double the
amount of exercise will be required, and that any
horse unable to keep up will be rejected. This
warning would put the screw on the men and make
them feed their horses better and take more care of
239
14
15
17
XENOPHON
καὶ τοὺς βιαίους δ᾽ ἵππους ἀγαθόν μοι δοκεῖ
εἶναι προρρηθῆναι ὅτι ἀποδοκιμασθήσονται.
αὕτη γὰρ ἡ ἀπειλὴ πωλεύειν 1 ἂν τοὺς τοιούτους
μᾶλλον παρορμήσειε καὶ ἱππωνεῖν “σωφρονέ-
στερον. ἀγαθὸν δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἐν ταῖς ἱππασίαις
λακτίζοντας ἵππους προρρηθῆναι ὅτι ἀποδοκι-
μασθήσονται" οὐδὲ γὰρ συντάττειν τοὺς τοιού-
TOUS δυνατόν, ἀλλ᾽ ἀνάγκη κἄν ποι ἐπὶ πολεμίους
δέῃ ἐλαύνειν, ὑστάτους αὐτοὺς ἕπεσθαι, ὥστε
à τὴν τοῦ ἵππου κακουργίαν ἄχρηστος καὶ ὁ
ἱππεὺς καθίσταται.
Ὥς δ᾽ ἂν καὶ οἱ πόδες εἶεν τῶν ἵππων κρά-
τίστοι, εἰ μέν τις ἔχει ῥάω καὶ ,εὐτελεστέραν
ἄσκησιν, ἐκείνη ἔστω" εἰ δὲ μή, ἐγώ φημι χρῆναι
πεῖραν ἔχων χύδην καταβαλόντα λίθους τῶν ἐκ
τῆς ὁδοῦ ὅ ὅσον μνααίους καὶ πλεῖον καὶ μεῖον ἐν
τούτοις τὸν ἵππον ψήχειν καὶ ἐνιστάναι, ὅταν
ἀπὸ τῆς φάτνης ἀποβῇ. βαδίζων γὰρ ἐν τοῖς
λίθοις οὔποτε ὁ ἵππος παύσεται οὔθ᾽ ὅταν ψήχη-
ται οὔθ᾽ ὅταν μυωπίξηται. ὁ δὲ πειραθεὶς τά
τε ἄλλα, ἃ λέγω, πιστεύσει καὶ στρογγύλους
τοὺς πόδας τῶν ἵππων ὄψεται.
Ὁπότε γε μὴν οἱ ἵπποι εἰσὶν οἵους δεῖ, ὡς ἂν αὐτοὶ
οἱ ἱππεῖς ἄριστοι γίγνοιντο, τοῦτο διηγήσομαι...
Τὸ μὲν τοίνυν τοὺς νέους αὐτῶν ἀναπηδᾶν ἐπὶ
τοὺς ἵππους πείθοιμεν ἂν αὐτοὺς μανθάνειν: τὸν
διδάξοντα δὲ παρασχὼν ἐπαίνου δικαίως ἂν
τυγχάνοις. τούς γε μὴν πρεσβυτέρους τὸν Περ-
σικὸν τρόπον ἀναβάλλεσθαι ὑπ᾽ ἄλλων προσε-
θίσας καὶ τούτους ὠφελήσαις ἄν.
1 πωλεύειν Rühl: πωλεῖν S, with the MSS.
240
— ——
THE CAVALRY COMMANDEHB, 1. 14-17
them. Ithink it would be well, too, if notice were 14
given that vicious horses would be rejected. Under
. the stimulus of this threat men would break in such
animals more thoroughly and would be more caretul
in buying horses. Again, it would be well to give 15
notice that horses found kicking at exercise will be
rejected. For it is impossible even to keep such
animals in line ; ina charge against an enemy they are
bound to lag behind, and the consequence is, that
through the bad behaviour of his horse, the man
himself becomes useless.
For getting horses' feet into the best condition,! 16 -
if anyone has an easier and cheaper method
than mine, by all means adopt it. [1 not, I hold—
and I speak from experience—that the right way
is to throw down some stones from the road,
averaging about a pound in weight, ànd to curry
the horse on these and to make him stand on them
whenever he goes out of the stable. For the horse
will constantly use his feet on the stones when he is
cleaned and when he is worried by flies. Try it, and
you will find your horses' feet round, and will believe
in the rest of my rules.
Assuming that the horses are in good condition,, 17
I will explain how to make the men themselves
thoroughly efficient.
We would persuade the young recruits to learn
for themselves how to mount from the spring ;
but if you provide an instructor, yon will receive
well-merited praise. The way to help the older
men is to accustom them to get a leg-up in the
Persian fashion.
1 Horse-shoes being unknown; cf. the following treatise,
c. iv.
241
18
19
20
21
XENOPHON
Ὅπως γε μὴν ἐν παντοδαποῖς χωρίοις ἔποχοι
οἱ ἱππεῖς δυνήσονται εἶναι, τὸ μὲν πυκνὰ ἐξάγειν
μὴ πολέμου ὄντος ἴσως ὀχληρόν: συγκαλέσαντα
δὲ χρὴ τοὺς ἱππέας συμβουλεῦσαι αὐτοῖς μελε:
τᾶν, καὶ ὅταν εἰς χώραν ἐλαύνωσι καὶ ὅταν
ἄλλοσέ ποι, ἐκβιβάζοντας τῶν ὁδῶν καὶ ταχὺ
ἐλαύνοντας ἐν τόποις παντοδαποῖς. τοῦτο γὰρ
ὠφελεῖ μὲν παραπλησίως τῷ ἐξάγειν, ὄχλον δ᾽
οὐχ ὅμοιον παρόχει. ἐπιτήδειον δὲ ὑπομιμνή-
σκειν, ὅτε καὶ ἡ πόλις ἀνέχεται δαπανῶσα εἰς
τὸ ἱππικὸν ἐγγὺς τετταράκοντα τάλαντα ᾿ τοῦ
ἐνιαυτοῦ, ὡς ἣν πόλεμος γίγνηται, μὴ ζητεῖν δέῃ
ἱππικόν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐξ ἑτοίμου ἔχῃ παρεσκευασμένῳ
χρῆσθαι. Ταῦτα γὰρ ἐνθυμουμένους εἰκὸς καὶ
τοὺς ἱππέας μᾶλλον ἀσκεῖν τὴν ἱππικήν, ὅπως
jv πόλεμος ἐγείρηται, μὴ ἀμελετήτους ὄντας
ἀγωνίζεσθαι δέῃ περί τε τῆς πόλεως καὶ περὶ
εὐκλείας καὶ περὶ τῆς ψυχῆς. ἀγαθὸν δὲ καὶ
τοῦτο προειπεῖν τοῖς ἱππεῦσιν, ὅτι ἐξάξεις καὶ
εσύ ποτε αὐτοὺς καὶ διὰ παντοίων χωρίων ἡγήσει.
^ ^ b
καὶ ἐν ταῖς μελέταις δὲ τῆς ἀνθιππασίας καλὸν
^ * ^
ἐξάγειν ἄλλοτε εἰς ἀλλοῖον τόπον" καὶ γὰρ τοῖς
ἱππεῦσι καὶ τοῖς ἵπποις βέλτιον.
^ ,
᾿Ακοντίζειν γε μὴν ἀπὸ τῶν ἵππων ὧδ᾽ ἂν
^ , ^ ^ , ^» . ,
πλεῖστοί μοι δοκοῦσι μελετᾶν, εἰ τοῦτ᾽ αὖ προεί-
vois τοῖς φυλάρχοις, ὅτι αὐτοὺς δεήσει ἡγου-
μένους τοῖς τῆς φυλῆς ἀκοντισταῖς ἐλαύνειν ἐπὶ
^, , , ^ » e y [i
τὸ ἀκόντιον. φιλοτιμοῖντο γὰρ ἄν, ἡ εἰκός, ὡς
242
THE CAVALRY COMMANDER, ir. 18-21
To ensure that the men have a firm seat, what-
ever the nature of the ground, it is, perhaps, too
much trouble to have them out frequently when
there isno war going on ; but you should call the men
together, and recommend them to practise turning
off the roads and galloping over all sorts of ground
when they are riding to quarters or any other place.
For this does as much good as taking them out, and
18
it is less tedious. It is useful to remind them that 19
the state supports an expenditure of nearly forty
talents! a year in order that she may not have to
look about for cavalry in the event of war, but
may have it ready for immediate use. For with this
thought in their minds the men are likely to take
more pains with their horsemanship, so that when war
breaks out they may not have to fight untrained for
the state, for glory and for life. 1t is well also to
give notice to the men that you intend to take
them out yourself some day, and lead them over
country of all kinds. And during the mancuvres
that precede the sham fight it is proper to take
them out to a different piece of country at different
times: this is better for both men and horses,
As for throwing the javelin on horseback,? I think
that the greatest number will practise that if you
add a warning to thecolonels thatthey will be required
to ride to javelin exercise themselves at the head
of the marksmen of the regiment. Thus, in all
probability, everyone of them will be eager to turn
1 Say £9,500, a large sum in those times. The pay is, of
eourse, alluded to. The expenditure would amount daily
to nearly 666 drachmae. "The cavalryman's normal pay was
& drachma & day. Hence it looks as if the number of the
cavalry in 365 5.c. had fallen to about 650.
3. Ata suspended shield.
" 243
20
21
22
24
25
26
XENOPHON
πλείστους ἕκαστος ἀποδεῖξαι ἀκοντιστὰς τῇ
πόλει.
᾿Αλλὰ μὴν καὶ τοῦ καλῶς γε ὁπλισθῆναι τοὺς
ἱππέας οἱ φύλαρχοι ἄν μοι δοκοῦσι μέγιστον
συλλαμβάνειν, εἰ πεισθείησαν, ὅτι πολὺ ἐστι
πρὸς τῆς πόλεως εὐδοξότερον τῇ τῆς φυλῆς
λαμπρότητι. κεκοσμῆσθαι ἢ μόνον τῇ ἑαυτῶν
στολῇ. εἰκὸς δὲ μὴ δυσπείστους εἶναι αὐτοὺς
τὰ τοιαῦτα, οἵ γε φυλαρχεῖν ἐπεθύμησαν δόξης
καὶ τιμῆς ὀρεγόμενοι, δυνατοὶ δ᾽ εἰσὶ κατὰ τὰ ἐν
τῷ νόμῳ ὁπλίσαι καὶ ἄνευ τοῦ αὐτοὶ δαπανᾶν
τῷ μισθῷ ἐπαναγκάζοντες κατὰ τὸν νόμον ὁπλί-
ζεσθαι.
Eis γε μὴν τὸ εὐπειθεῖς εἶναι “τοὺς ἀρχομένους
μέγα μὲν τὸ λόγῳ διδάσκειν, ὅ ὅσα οὐ oeÜp ἔνι ἐν
τῷ πειθαρχειν, μέγα δὲ καὶ τὸ ἔργῳ ? πλεονεκτεῖν
ἐν ποιεῖν τοὺς εὐτάκτους, μειονεκτεῖν δὲ ἐν πᾶσι
Y N , ^ "τ
τοὺς ἀτακτοῦντας.
᾿Ισχυροτάτη δέ μοι δοκεῖ εἶναι παρόρμησις τῶν
φυλάρχων εἰς τὸ φιλοτιμεῖσθαι αὐτοὺς καλῶς
3
παρεσκευασμένης ἕκαστον τῆς φυλῆς “ἡγεῖσθαι,
εἰ τοὺς ἀμφὶ σὲ προδρόμους κοσμήσαις μὲν
ὅπλοις ὡς κάλλιστα, ἀκοντίξειν δὲ μελετᾶν
ἐξαναγκάσαις ὡς μάλιστα, εἰσηγοῖο δὲ αὐτοῖς
ἐπὶ τὸ ἀκόντιον αὐτὸς εὖ μάλα μεμελετηκώς.
2 b M 5 7 , , ^
εἰ δὲ xai ἀθλά τις δύναιτο προτιθέναι ταῖς
1 τὸ Schneider: τὸ καὶ S. with the MSS.
? S. with the MSS. adds xarà rbv νόμον, which was removed
by Weiske.
3 παρεσκευασμένης Weiske: παρεσκευασμένους S. with the
MSS
1 The reference is first to the '*establishment money ἐξ
244 E
THE CAVALRY COMMANDER, τ 21-26
out as many marksmen as possible for the service
of the state.
Towards the proper arming of the men, I think
that the greatest amount of assistance will be
obtained from the colonels, if they are persuaded
that from the point of view of the state the
brilliance of the regiment is a far more glorious
ornament to them than the brightness of their own
accoutrements only. It is likely that they will not
be hard to persuade in such matters, considering that
honour and glory were the attractions that the
colonelcy held out to them, and they can arm the men
in aecordance with the regulations laid down in the
law without incurring expense themselves, afterwards
compelling the men to spend their pay on their
arms, as the law ordains.!
To make the men who are under your command
obedient, it is important to impress on them by
word of mouth the many advantages of obedience
to authority, and no less important to see that good
discipline brings gain and insubordination loss in
every respect.
Thebest way of inducing every colonel to take pride
in commanding a well equipped regiment, 1 think,
is to arm your company of couriers as well as
you can, to demand of them constant practice
in the use of the javelin, and to instruct them
22
23
24
25
in it after making yourself proficient. And if 26
you could offer prizes to the regiments for skill in
for horse and equipment, due to recruits when they
had passed the examination by the Council There is
another allusion to it in c. ix. 5. This sum is independent
ofthe pay ; and it is probable that on leaving the service
the cavalryman had to refund it. '
245
XENOPHON
φυλαῖς πάντων ὁπόσα ἀγαθὰ νομίζουσιν ἀσκεῖς-
σθαι ἐν ταῖς θέαις ὑπὸ τοῦ ἱππικοῦ, τοῦτο πάντας
οἶμαι ᾿Αθηναίους γε μάλιστ᾽ ἂν προτρέπειν εἰς
φιλονεικίαν. δῆλον δὲ τοῦτο καὶ ἐν τοῖς χοροῖς
ὡς μικρῶν ἄθλων ἕνεκα πολλοὶ μὲν πόνοι, μεγάλαι
δὲ δαπάναι τελοῦνται. τοὺς μέντοι κριτὰς TOL-
οὕτους δεῖ εὑρίσκειν, παρ᾽ οἷς νικῶντες μάλιστ᾽
ἂν ἀγάλλοιντο..
II. Ἢν δὲ δή σοι ταῦτα πάντα ἐξησκημένοι
ὦσιν οἱ ἱππεῖς, δεῖ δήπου καὶ τάξιν τινὰ ἐπί-
στασθαι αὐτούς, ἐξ ἧς καλλίστας μὲν θεοῖς
πομπὰς πέμψουσι, κάλλιστα δὲ ἱππάσονται,
ἄριστα δὲ μαχοῦνται, ἢν δέῃ, ῥᾷστα δὲ καὶ
ἀταρακτότατα ὁδοὺς πορεύσονται καὶ διαβάσεις
περάσουσιν. ἡ τοίνυν χρώμενοι τάξει δοκοῦσιν
ἄν μοι ταῦτα κάλλιστα διαπράττεσθαι, ταύτην
νῦν ἤδη πειράσομαι δηλοῦν.
Οὐκοῦν ὑπὸ μὲν τῆς πόλεως ὑπάρχουσι
διῃρημέναι φυλαὶ δέκα. τούτων Ó ἐγώ φημι
χρῆναι πρῶτον μὲν δεκαδάρχους σὺν τῇ τῶν
φυλάρχων ἑκάστου γνώμῃ καταστῆσαι ἐκ τῶν
ἀκμαζόντων τε καὶ φιλοτιμοτάτων καλόν τι
ποιεῖν καὶ ἀκούειν: καὶ τούτους μὲν πρωτοστάτας
δεῖ εἶναι. μετὰ δὲ τούτους ἴσους χρὴ τούτοις
ἀριθμὸν ἐκ τῶν πρεσβυτάτων τε καὶ φρονιμωτά-
των ἑλέσθαι, οἵτινες τελευταῖοι τῶν δεκάδων
ἔσονται. εἰ γὰρ δεῖ καὶ ἀπεικάσαι, οὕτω καὶ
σίδηρος μάλιστα διατέμνει σίδηρον, ὅταν τό τε
ἡγούμενον τοῦ τομέως ἐρρωμένον ἦ καὶ τὸ
ἐπελαυνόμενον ἱκανόν.
Τούς γε μὴν ἐν μέσῳ τῶν πρώτων καὶ τῶν
246
ἘΠ - x S nd d. um
THE CAVALRY COMMANDER, t. 26-11. 4
all the feats that the public expects the cavalry to
perform at the spectacles, I think this would appeal
strongly to the spirit of emulation in every
Athenian,. For evidence of this 1 may refer to the
choruses, in which many labours and heavy expenses
are the price paid for triling rewards. Only you
must find judges whose suffrage will shed lustre on
a victory.
lI. When your men are well trained in all these
points, they must, of course, understand some plan
of formation, that in which they will show to
greatest advantage in the sacred processions and at
mancuvres, fight, if need be, with the greatest
courage, and move along roads and cross rivers with
perfect ease in unbroken order. So I will now try
to explain the formation that I think will give the
best results in these various circumstances.
Now the state has divided the cavalry into ten
separate regiments. [I hold that within these you
should, to begin with, appoint file-leaders! after
consulting each of the colonels, choosing sturdy men,
who are bent on winning fame by some brilliant
deed. These should form the front rank. Next
you should choose an equal number of the oldest and
most sensible to form the rear rank. To use an
illustration, steel has most power to cut through steel
when its edge is keen and its back reliable.
To fill the ranks between the front and rear,
the file-leaders should choose the men to form the
! **Decadarchs," commanding a file of ten (δεκάς). X. had
in mind the organisation of the Spartan infantry; cep.
Constitution of the Lac. xi. 5.
* δέκα added here by Pierleoni: S. omite with the MSS.
247
5
6
7
8
XENOPHON
τελευταίων, εἰ οἱ δεκάδαρχοι ἐπιστάτας ἕλοιντο
καὶ οἱ ἄχλοι ἐφέλοιντο, οὕτως εἰκὸς ἑκάστῳ
πιστότατον τὸν ἐπιστάτην εἶναι.
Τὸν μέντοι ἀφηγούμενον ἐκ παντὸς τρόπου
δεῖ ἱκανὸν ἄνδρα καθιστάναι. ἀγαθὸς γὰρ ὦν,
εἴτε ποτὲ δέοι ἐπὶ πολεμίους ἐλαύνειν, ἐγκελεύων
ῥώμην ἂν ἐμβάλλοι τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν, εἴτ᾽ αὖ
καὶ ἀποχωρεῖν καιρὸς συμβαίνοι, φρονίμως
ἀφηγούμενος μᾶλλον ἄν, ὡς τὸ εἰκός, coto
τοὺς φυλέτας.
Οἱ μέντοι δεκάδαρχοι ἄρτιοι ὄντες πλείω ἴσα
μέρη παρέχοιεν ἂν διαιρεῖν ἢ εἰ περιττοὶ εἶεν.
Αὕτη δέ μοι ἡ τάξις ἀρέσκει διὰ τάδε, ὅτι
πρῶτον μὲν οἱ πρωτοστάται πάντες ἄρχοντες
γίγνονται, οἱ δ᾽ αὐτοὶ ἄνδρες, ὅταν ἄρχωσι,
μᾶλλόν πως οἴονται ἑαυτοῖς προσήκειν TL καλὸν
ποιεῖν ἢ ὅταν ἰδιῶται ὦσιν: ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ ὅταν
πρακτέον TL ἦ, τὸ παραγγέλλειν μὴ ἰδιώταις,
ἀλλ᾽ ἄρχουσι πολὺ ἀνυτικώτερον.
Τεταγμένων γε μὴν οὕτως χρή, ὥσπερ καὶ
τοῖς φυλάρχοις προαγορεύεται ἡ χώρα ὑπὸ τοῦ
ἱππάρχου, ἐν 1) ἑκάστῳ ἐλατέον, οὕτω καὶ τοῖς
δεκαδάρχοις παρηγγέλθαι ὑπὸ τῶν φυλάρχων
ὅπῃ πορευτέον ἑκάστῳ. οὕτω γὰρ προειρη-
“μένων πολὺ εὐτακτοτέρως ἔχοι ἢ ἂν εἰ ὥσπερ
ἐκ θεάτρου ὡς ἂν τύχωσιν ἀπιόντες λυποῦσιν
ἀλλήλους. καὶ μάχεσθαι δὲ μᾶλλον ἐθέλουσιν
οἵ τε πρῶτοι, ἤν TL ἐκ τοῦ πρόσθεν προσπίπτῃ,
4 ὅπῃ Diels : ὅπως S. with the MSS.
248
Too .€———ÉPERE
THE CAVALRY COMMANDER, ri. 4-8
second line, and these in turn the men to form the
third, and so on throughout. In this way every
man will naturally have complete confidence in the
behind him. -
ou must be very careful to appoint a competent 5
as leader inthe rear.! For if he is a good man,
his cheers will always hearten «the ranks in front of
him in case it becomes necessary to charge; or,
should the moment come to retreat, his prudent
leadership will, in all probability, do much for the
safety of his regiment)
An even number of^file-leaders has this advantage 6
over an odd, that it is possible to divide the regiment
into a larger number of equal parts.
The reasons why 1 like this formation are these.
In the first place, all the men in the front rank are
officers; and the obligation to distinguish them-
selves appeals more strongly to men when they are
officers. than when they are privates. Secondly,
when anything has to be done, the word of com-
mand is much more effective if it is passed to officers
rather than to privates.
Let us assume that this formation has been 7
adopted: every file-leader must know his position in
the line of march by word passed along by the colonel,
just as every colonel is informed by the commander
of his proper place in the charge. For when these
instructions are given there will be much better order
than if the men hamper one another like a crowd
leaving the theatre. And in the event of a frontal 8
attack, the men in the van are far more willing to
Qi. the last man of each file (cf. ὃ 3), who in some cases
would have to act as leader. ^In the Spartan infantry he
was the man with the longest sérvice in the file.
" 249
XENOPHON
οἱ ἂν εἰδῶσιν, ὅτι αὕτη ἡ χώρα αὐτῶν: καὶ οἱ
τελευταῖοι, ἤν τι ὄπισθεν ἐπιφαίνηται, ἐπιστά-
9 μενοι, ὅτι αἰσχρὸν λιπεῖν τὴν τάξιν. ἄτακτοι
δ᾽ ὄντες ἀχλήλους μὲν τάραττουσι καὶ ἐν
στεναῖς ὁδοῖς καὶ ἐν διαβάσεσι, τοῖς δὲ πολε-
μίοις οὐδεὶς ἑ ἑκὼν αὑτὸν τάττει μάχεσθαι.
Καὶ ταῦτα μὲν ᾿ δὴ πάντα ὑπάρχειν δεῖ
ἐκπεπονημένα πᾶσι τοῖς ἱππεῦσιν, εἰ μέλλουσιν
ἀπροφάσιστοι ἔσεσθαι συνεργοὶ τῷ ἡγουμένῳ.
Il. Τῶνδέ γε μὴν αὐτῷ ἤδη μέλειν δεῖ τῷ
ἱππάρχῳ" πρῶτον μὲν ὅπως ,καλλιερήσει τοῖς
θεοῖς ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἱππικοῦ, ἔπειτα ὅπως τὰς
πομπὰς ἐν ταῖς ἑορταῖς ἀξιοθεάτους ποιήσει,
ἔτι δὲ καὶ τἄλλα ὅσα ἐπιδεικνύναι δεῖ τῇ πόλει
ὅπως j δυνατὸν κάλλιστα ἐπιδείξει, τά τε ἐν
᾿Ακαδημείᾳ καὶ τὰ ἐν Λυκείῳ καὶ τὰ Φαληροι
καὶ τὰ ἐν τῷ ἱπποδρόμῳ.
Καὶ ταῦτα μὲν ἄλλα ὑπομνήματα: ὡς δὲ
τούτων ἕκαστα κάλλιστα ἂν πράττοιτο, νῦν
αὐτὰ ταῦτα" λέξω.
2 Τὰς μὲν οὖν πομπὰς οἴομαι ἂν καὶ τοῖς
θεοῖς κεχαρισμενωτάτας καὶ τοῖς θεαταῖς εἶναι,
εἰ ὅσων ἱερὰ καὶ ἀγάλματα ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ ἐστι,
ταῦτα ἀρξάμενοι ἀπὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν κύκλῳ "
περιελαύνοιεν τιμῶντες τοὺς θεούς. καὶ ἐν τοῖς
1 χαῦτα is omitted by S. with ML.
? S. with the MSS. adds περὶ τὴν ἀγορὰν καὶ rà ἱερὰ which
was removed by Herwerden.
1 Nothing in the sequel refers to manceuvres at Phalerum ;
accordingly it has been proposed to omit xal τὰ Φαληροῖ as
spurious. The Hippodrome was probably in the N.W.
250
THE CAVALRY COMMANDER, i. 8-1. 2
fight when they know that this is their station ; so
is the rear-rank in the event of a surprise attack in
the rear, when the men there understand that it is
disgraceful to leave their post. But if no order is
kept there is confusion whenever the roads are
narrow or rivers are being crossed; and when an
action is fought no one voluntarily takes his post in
the fighting line.
All these preliminaries must be thoroughly mas-
tered by all the cavalry, if they are to give their
leader unflinching support. -
IH. Now we come to duties that the cavalry
commander must perform himself. First, he must
sacrifice to propitiate the gods on behalf ofthe cavalry;
secondly, he must make the processions during the
festivals worth seeing; further, he must conduct
all the other obligatory displays before the people
with as much splendour as possible, that is to say,
the reviews in the Academy, in the Lyceum, at
Phalerum, and in the Hippodrome.!
These again are only brief notes; and I will now
explain exactly how the details of these various
functions may be carried out with most splendour.
As for the processions, I think they would be most
acceptable both to the gods and to the spectators if
they included a gala ride in the market place. The
starting point would be the Herms ?; and the cavalry
would ride round saluting the gods at their shrines
district of the Piraeus. This treatise gives the only in-
formation that we possess about these functions.
3 The Herms stood in two rows between the *''Stoa
Basileios " and the ** Poicile." "The Eleusinium, probably lay
atthe western foot of the Acropolis. See Frazer, Pausanias
vol. D» p. 121 and p. 131. Some think the site was at the
east foot.
251
-d4
XENOPHON H1
Διονυσίοις δὲ οἱ χοροὶ προσεπιχαρίξονται ἄλλοις
τε θεοῖς καὶ τοῖς δώδεκα χορεύοντες.
Ἐπειδὰν δὲ πάλιν πρὸς τοῖς ᾿Ερμαῖς γένωνται
περιεληλακότες, ἐντεῦθεν καλόν μοι δοκεῖ εἶναι
κατὰ φυλὰς εἰς τάχος ἀνιέναι τοὺς ἵππους μέχρι
τοῦ ᾿Βλευσινίου. οὐδὲ δόρατα μὴν παραλείψρω
ὡς ἥκιστα ἂν “ἀλλήλοις ἐπαλλάττοιτο. δεῖ γὰ
μεταξὺ τοῖν ὦτοιν τοῦ ἵππου ἕκαστον σχεῖν, εἰ
μέλλει φοβερά τε καὶ εὐκρινῆ ἔσεσθαι καὶ ἅμα
πολλὰ φανεῖσθαι.
᾿Επειδὰν δὲ τῆς εἰς τάχος διελάσεως λήξωσι,
τὴν ἄλλην ἤδη καλὸν σχέδην εἰς τὰ ἱερά, ἧπερ
καὶ πρόσθεν, διελαύνειν. καὶ οὕτως ὅσα ἔστιν
ἤδη ἐν ἵππῳ ἀναβεβαμένῳ, πάντα ἐπιδεδειγμένα
ἔσται καὶ τοῖς θεοῖς καὶ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις.
Καὶ ὅτι μὲν ταῦτα οὐκ εἰθισμένοι ποιεῖν οἱ
ἱππεῖς εἰσιν, οἶδα" γιγνώσκω δέ, ὅτε ἀγαθὰ καὶ
καλὰ καὶ τοῖς θεαταῖς ἡδέα ἔσται. αἰσθάνομαι
δὲ καὶ ἄλλα ἀγωνίσματα τοὺς ἱππέας κεκαινουρ-
γηκότας, ἐπειδὴ οἱ ἵππαρχοι ἱκανοὶ ἐγένοντο
πεῖσαι ἃ ἠβουλήθησαν. ;
Ὅταν γε μὴν πρὸ τοῦ ἀκοντισμοῦ διελαύνωσιν
ἐν Λυκείῳ, καλὸν ἑκατέρας τὰς πέντε φυλὰς ἐπὶ
μετώπου ἐλαύνειν ὥσπερ εἰς μάχην ἡγουμένου
τοῦ ἱππάρχου καὶ τῶν φυλά χὼν ἐν τοιαύτῃ
τάξει, ἀφ᾽ ἧς πληρώσεται τοῦ δρόμου τὸ πλάτος.
ἐπειδὰν δ᾽ ὑπερβάλωσι τὸ κεφάλαιον τοῦ ἀντι-
προσώπου θεάτρου, χρήσιμον ἂν οἴομαι φανῆναι
καὶ εἰ καθ᾽ ὁπόσους μέτριον εἰς τὸ κάταντες
. ! The Greek text is unreliable here.
3 The Theatre of Dionysus, facing them as they come
westwards from the Lyceum.
252
THE CAVALRY . COMMANDER, mi. 2-7
and statues. So at the Great Dionysia the dance of
the choruses forms part of the homage offered to the
Twelve and to other gods. -
When the circuit is completed and the cavalcade
is again near the Herms, the next thing to do, I
think, is to gallop at top speed by regiments as far
as the Eleusinium. I will add a word on the 3
position in which the lances should be held to
prevent crossing. Every man should point his
lance between his horse's ears, if the weapons are
to look fearsome, stand out distinctly, and at the
same time to convey the impression of numbers.
The gallop finished and the goal reached, the right 4
plan is to ride back to the temples by the. same
route, but at a slow pace : thus every effect that can
be obtained from a horse with a man on his back!
will be included in the display, to the satisfaction of
gods and men alike.
I know that our cavalrymen are not accustomed to 5
- these movements: but I am sure that they are desir-
able and beautiful, and will delight the spectators.
I am aware, too, that the cavalry have exhibited
other novel feats of skill in days when the cavalry
commanders had sufficient influence to get their
wishes carried out.
During the parade at the Lyceum, before the 6
javelin-throwing, the right way is to ride in two
divisions in line of battle, each division consisting of
five regiments with its commander at the head and
the colonels ; and the line should be so extended that
the whole breadth of the course will be covered.
As soon as they reach the highest point looking 7
down on the Theatre opposite,? I think it would
clearly be useful if you displayed your men's ability
253
10
11
12
XENOPHON
δυναμένους ταχὺ ἐλαύνειν ἐπιδείξαις τοὺς ἱππέας.
οὐ μέντοι. ἀγνοῶ, ὅτι ἢν μὲν πιστεύωσι δυνήσε-
σθαι ταχὺ ἐλαύνειν, πάνυ ἂν ἡδέως ἐπιδείξαιντο'
ἢν δὲ ἀμελέτητοι ὦσιν, ὁρᾶν χρή, ὅπως μὴ οἱ
πολέμιοι αὐτοὺς τοῦτο δρᾶν à ἀναγκάσουσιν.
Ἔν γε μὴν ταῖς δοκιμασίαις ἡ μὲν τάξις
εἴρηται, μεθ᾽ ἧς ἂν κάλλιστα ἱππάξοιντο. ἢν
ὁ ἡγούμενος, ἤ ἤνπερ ἔχῃ δυνατὸν ἵ ἵππον, ἐν τῷ
ἔξωθεν ἀεὶ στίχῳ περιφέρηται, οὕτως αὐτὸς μὲν
ἀεὶ ταχὺ. ἐλᾷ καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ ἔξωθεν γιγνόμενοι
πάλιν αὖ ταχὺ ἐλῶσιν: ὥστε ἡ μὲν βουλὴ ἀεὶ
τὸ ταχὺ ἐλαυνόμενον θεάσεται, οἱ δὲ ἵπποι οὐκ
ἀπεροῦσιν ἐν μέρει ἀναπαυόμενοι.
Ὅταν γε μὴν ἐν τῷ ἱπποδρό ἡ ἐπίδειξις
γε μὴν ἐν τῷ ἱπποδρόμῳ ἡ ἐπίδει
ἦ, καλὸν μὲν οὕτω πρῶτον τάξασθαι, ὡς ἂν ἐπὶ
μετώπου ἐμπλήσαντες ἵππων τὸν ἱππόδρομον
ἐξελάσειαν τοὺς ἐκ τοῦ “μέσου ἀνθρώπους. καλὸν
δ᾽, ἐπεὶ αἱ φυλαὶ ἐν τῇ ἀνθιππασίᾳ φεύγουσί τε
ἀλλήλας καὶ διώκουσι ταχέως, ὅταν οἱ ἵππαρχοι
ἡγῶνται ταῖς πέντε φυλαῖς, ἑκατέρας διελαύνειν
τὰς φυλὰς δι’ ἀλλήλων. ταύτης γὰρ τῆς θέας
τό T€ ἀντιμετώπους προσελαύνειν ἀλλήλοις
γοργὸν τό τε διελάσαντας τὸν ἱππόδρομον
ἀντίους πάλιν στῆναι ἀλλήλοις σεμνὸν καὶ
τὸ ἀπὸ σάλπιγγος αὖ τὸ δεύτερον θᾶττον ἐπε-
λαύνειν καλόν. στάντας δὲ ἤδη τὸ τρίτον αὖ
ἀπὸ τῆς σάλπιγγος χρὴ τάχιστα ἀλλήλοις
1 The allusion is not to the inspection of recruits by the
Council, but to the manceuvres enumerated in c. iii. 1. The
formation is that proposed in c. ii.
? Ag it is not known precisely what evolutions took place
254
THE CAVALRY COMMANDER, ri. 7-12
to gallop downhill in fairly large companies. To be 8
sure, I know well enough that, if they feel confident
of their ability to gallop, they will welcome the
opportunity of showing off their skill: but you
must see that they are not short of practice, or
the enemy will compel them to do it against their
will.
The formation that would add most to the beauty
of the exercises at the inspections! has already been
explained. Provided his horse is strong enough, the
leader should ride round with the file that is on the
outside every time. He will be galloping all the
time himself, and the file whose turn it is to be on
the outside with him will also be galloping. Thus
the eyes of the Council will always be on the
galloping file, and the horses will get a breathing
space, resting by turns.?
When the Hippodrome is the scene of the display,
the right plan would be that the men should first be
drawn up on a front broad enough to fill the
Hippodrome with horses and drive out the people
standing there. In the sham fight when the
regiments pursue and fly from one another at the
gallop in two squadrons of five regiments, each side
led by its commander, the regiments should ride
through one another. How formidable they will look
when they charge front to front ; how imposing when,
after sweeping across the Hippodrome, they stand
facing one another again ; how splendid, when the
trumpet sounds and they charge once more at a
quicker pace! After the halt, the trumpet should
sound once more, and they should charge yet a
at the displays, it is impossible to make out what changes
Xenophon proposes.
255
XENOPHON
ἐπελαύνειν καὶ διελάσαντας εἰς κατάλυσιν ἤδη
ἐπὶ φάλαγγος ἅπαντας καταστάντας, ὥσπερ
18 εἰώθατε, πρὸς τὴν βουλὴν προσελαύνειν. ταῦτά
μοι δοκεῖ πολεμικώτερά τε φαίνεσθαι ἂν καὶ
καινότερα. τὸ δὲ βραδύτερον μὲν τῶν φυλάρχων
ἐλαύνειν, τὸν δ᾽ αὐτὸν τρόπον ἐκείνοις ἱππεύειν
οὐκ ἄξιον ἱππαρχίας.
Ι4 Ὅνταν γε μὴν ἐν τῷ ἐπικρότῳ ἐν ᾿Ακαδημείᾳ
ἱππεύειν δέῃ, ἔχω τάδε παραινέσαι" εἰς μὲν τὸ
μὴ ἀποκρούεσθαι ἀπὸ τῶν ἵππων ὑπτίους
ἀναπεπτωκότας ἐλαύνειν, εἰς δὲ τὸ μὴ πίπτειν
τοὺς ἵππους ὑπολαμβάνειν ἐν ταῖς ἀναστροψαῖς.
τὰ μέντοι ὀρθὰ ταχὺ ἐλαύνειν χρή; οὕτω γὰρ τὸ
ἀσφαλὲς καὶ τὸ καλὸν θεάσεται ἡ βουλή.
IV. Ἔν γε μὴν ταῖς πορείας ἀεὶ δεῖ τὸν ἔππταρ-
χον προνοεῖν, ὅπως ἀναπαύῃ μὲν τῶν ἵππων τὰς
ἕδρας, ἀναπαύῃ δὲ τοὺς ἱππέας TQ? βαδίζειν,
μέτριον μὲν ὀχοῦντα, μέτριον δὲ πεζοποροῦντα.
τοῦ δὲ μετρίου ἐννοῶν οὐκ ἂν ἁμαρτάνοις'
αὐτὸς γὰρ μέτρον ἕκαστος τοῦ μὴ λαθεῖν
ὑπερπονοῦντας.
2 Ὅταν μέντοι ἀδήλου ὄντος, εἰ πολεμίοις
ἐντεύξει, πορεύῃ ποι, κατὰ μέρος χρὴ τὰς φυλὰς
ἀναπαύειν. χαλεπὸν γάρ, εἰ πᾶσι καταβεβη-
κόσι πλησιάσειαν οἱ πολέμιοι.
8 Καὶ ἣν μέν γε διὰ στενῶν ὁδῶν ἐλαύνῃς,
ἀπὸ παραγγέλσεως εἰς κέρας ἡγητέον: ἢν δὲ
πλατείαις ἐπιτυγχάνῃς ὁδοῖς, ἀπὸ παραγγέλ-
σεως αὖ πλατυντέον τῆς φυλῆς ἑκάστης τὸ
1 ἀπὸ B: ποτε S. with the other MSS.
! τῷ Herwerden : τοῦ S. with the MSS.
256
THE CAVALRY COMMANDER, ii. 12-1v. 3
third time at top speed; and when they have
crossed, they should all range themselves in battle
line preparatory to being dismissed, and ride up to
the Council, just as you are accustomed to do. I
think that these mancuvres would look more like
war and would have the charm of novelty. It is
unworthy of his high rank that a cavalry commander
should gallop at a slower pace than the colonels,
ind ride in the same way as they do.
When the ride is totake place. in the Academy on
:he hard ground, I have the following recommend-
ations to make. To avoid being thrown the riders
should throw the body back in charging, and collect
their horses when wheeling, to keep them from
falling. ἴῃ the straight, however, they should
gallop. The Council will thus watch a safe as well
as a beautiful performance.
IV. During a march the cavalry commander must
always think ahead, in order that he may rest the
horses' backs and relieve the men by walking, giving
moderate spells of alternate riding and marching.
You can't misjudge what is a moderate spell, since
every man is himself the measure! that will show
you when they are getting tired.
᾿ς But when it is uncertain whether you will en-
counter an enemy on your way to any place, you must
give the regiments a rest in turn. For it would be a
bad job if all the men were dismounted when the
enemy is close at hand.
If you are riding along narrow roads, the order
must be given to form column; but when you find
yourself on broad roads, the order must be given to
! Perhaps a reference to the theory of Protagoras, ** Man
is the measure of all things."
257
VOL. Il. K
13
14
3
XENOPHON
μέτωπον' ὅταν ye μὴν εἰς πεδίον ἀφικνῆσθε,
ἐπὶ φάλαγγος πάσας τὰς φυλὰς ἀκτέον." ἀγα-
θὸν γὰρ καὶ μελέτης ἕνεκα ταῦτα ποιεῖν καὶ
τοῦ " ἥδιον διαπερᾶν τὰς ὁδοὺς ποικίλλοντας
ἱππικαῖς τάξεσι τὰς πορείας.
4 “Ὅταν μέντοι ἔξω τῶν ὁδῶν διὰ δυσ ὡρίας
ἐλαύνητε, μάλα ἤσιμον καὶ ἐν πολεμίᾳ καὶ
ἐν φιλίᾳ προελαύνειν τῆς φυλῆς ἑκάστης τῶν
ὑπηρετῶν οἵτινες, ἢν ἀπόροις νάπαις ἐντυγ-
χάνωσι, παριόντες ἐπὶ τὰ εὔπορα δηλώσουσι
τοῖς ἱππεῦσιν, ἣ χρὴ τὴν ἔλασιν. ποιεῖσθαι, ὡς
μὴ ὅλαι αἱ τάξεις πλανῶνται.
6 Ἢν δὲ δι ἐπικινδύνων ἐλαύνητέ που, "PON D
μου ἱππάρχου τὸ τῶν προόδων ἄχλους προόδους
διερευνωμένους προηγεῖσθαι: τὸ γὰρ ὡς ἐκ
πλείστου προαισθάνεσθαι πολεμίων χρήσιμον
καὶ πρὸς τὸ ἐπιθέσθαι καὶ πρὸς τὸ φυλάξασθαι:
καὶ τὸ ἀναμένειν δὲ ἐπὶ ταῖς ,διαβάσεσιν, ὡς
μὴ κατακόπτωσι τοὺς ἵππους οἱ τελευταῖοι τὸν
ἡγεμόνα διώκοντες. ἴσασι μὲν οὖν ταῦτα σχεδὸν
πάντες, καρτερεῖν δ᾽ ἐπιμελόμενος οὐ πολλοὶ
ἐθέλουσι.
θ Προσήκει δὲ ὦ ἱππάρχῳ ἔτι. ἐν εἰρήνῃ ἐπιμελεῖς
σθαι, ὅπως ἐμπείρως ἕξει τῆς τε πολεμίας. καὶ
τῆς φιλίας χώρας" ἢν δ᾽ ἄρα αὐτὸς ἀπείρως
ἔχη, τῶν ἄχλων γε δὴ τοὺς ἐπιότήμονεσπάτους
ἑκάστων τόπων παραχαμβάναϊν. πολὺ * “γὰρ
διαφέρει ἡγούμενος 09 εἰδὼς τὰς ὁδοὺς τοῦ μὴ
εἰδότος, καὶ ἐπιβουλεύων δὲ πολεμίοις ὁ εἰδὼς
τοὺς τόπους τοῦ μὴ εἰδότος ποχὺ διαφέρει.
1 ἀκτέον added by Zeune.
* 7o) Richards: τοῦτο S. with the MSS.
258
THE CAVALRY COMMANDER, iv. 3-6
every regiment to extend front. When you reach -
open ground, all the regiments must be in line of
battle. Incidentally these changes of order are good
for. practice, and help the men to get over the
ground more pleasantly by varying the march with
manceuvres.
When riding on difficult ground away from roads,
whether in hostile or friendly country, it is very
useful to have some of the aides-de-camp in advance
of each regiment, that they may find a way round
into the open in case they: come across pathless
woodland, and show the men what line they should
follow, so that whole companies may not go astray.
If your route lies in dangerous country; a prudent
commander will have a second advanced guard ahead
of his scouts for reconnaissance purposes. For it is
useful both for attack and defence to discover an
enemy as far off as possible. It is useful also to halt
atthe passage of a river, that the rear guard may not
wear out their horses in chasing their leader. These
rules, no doubt, are familiar to nearly everybody;
but few will take the trouble to observe them.
À cavalry commander should be at pains even in
time of peace to acquaint himself with hostile and
friendly country alike. In case he is without personal
experience, he should at least consult the men in
the force who have the best knowledge of various
localities. Forthe leader who knows the roads has a
great advantage over one who does not. In maki
plans against the enemy, too, a knowledge of the
district makes a great difference.
3 δι᾽ ἐπικινδύνων B: ἐπὶ κινδύνων S. with the other MSS.
4 πολὺ Dindorf: πάνυ S. with the MSS.
5 ἡγούμενος ὃ Dindorf: ὁ ἡγούμενος S. with the MSS.
259
e
7
XENOPHON
Kai κατασκόπων δὲ πρὶν πόλεμον εἶναι δεῖ
μεμεληκέναι, ὅ ὅπως ἔσονται καὶ ἐκ πόλεων ἀμφοτέ-
pots φιλίων καὶ é£ ἐ ἐμπόρων" πᾶσαι γὰρ αἱ πόλεις
τοὺς εἰσάγοντάς τι ἀεὶ ὡς εὐμενεῖς δέχονται: καὶ
8 ψευδαυτόμολοι δ᾽ ἔστιν ὅτε χρήσιμον. οὐ μέντοι
9
10
l1
τοῖς γε κατασκόποις δεῖ ποτε πιστεύοντα $v-
λακῆς͵ ἀμελεῖν, ἀλλ᾽ ἀεὶ οὕτως κατεσκευάσθαι
χρή, ὥσπερ ἣν ἥξοντες ,εἰσηγγελ μένοι ὦσιν οἱ
πολέμιοι. καὶ γὰρ ἢν πάνυ πιστοὶ ὦσιν οἱ κατά-
σκοποῖι, χαλεπὸν ἐν καιρῷ ἀπαγγέλλειν" πολλὰ
γὰρ ἐν πολέμῳ τὰ ἐμπόδια ἐ ἐμπίπτει.
Τάς γε μὴν ἐξαγωγὰς τοῦ ἱππικοῦ ἧττον ἂν
οἱ πολέμιοι αἰσθάνοιντο, εἰ ἀπὸ παραγγέλσεως :
γίγνοιντο μᾶλλον ἢ εἰ ἀπὸ κήρυκος ἢ ἀπὸ
προγραφῆς. ἀγαθὸν οὖν καὶ πρὸς τὸ διὰ
παραγγέλσεως ἐξάγειν τὸ δεκαδάρχους καθιστάναι
καὶ ἐπὶ 5 τοῖς δεκαδάρχοις πεμπαδάρχους, ἵ ἵν᾽ ὡς
ἐλαχίστοις ἕ ἕκαστος παραγγέλλῃ: καὶ τὸ μέτωπον
δὲ οὕτω μηκύνοιεν ἂν τῆς τάξεως ,ἀταράκτως᾿ οἱ
πεμπάδαρχοι παράγοντες, ὁπότε τούτου καιρὸς εἴη.
“Ὅταν γε μὴν προφυλάττειν δέῃ, ἐγὼ μὲν ἀεὶ
ἐπαινῶ τὰς κρυπτὰς σκοπάς T€ καὶ φυλακάς"
οὕτω γὰρ ἅμα μὲν τῶν φίλων φυλακαὶ γίγνονται,
ἅμα δὲ τοῖς πολεμίοις ἐνέδραι κατασκευάξονται.
καὶ αὐτοὶ | μὲν δυσεπιβουλευτότεροί εἰσιν ἀφανεῖς
ὄντες, τοῖς δὲ πολεμίοις φοβερώτεροι. τὸ γὰρ
εἰδέναι “μέν, ὅτι εἰσί που φυλακαί, ὅπου δ᾽ εἰσὶ
καὶ ὁπόσαι μὴ εἰδέναι, τοῦτο θαρρεῖν μὲν κωλύει
τοὺς πολεμίους, ὑποπτεύειν δὲ ἀναγκάζει πάντα
1 7b B: τῷ S. with the other MSS.
? ἐπὶ added by Schneider: καὶ τοῖς B : καὶ τοῖς τε the other
MSS. : καὶ τοῖς δὲ S.
260
THE CAVALRY COMMANDER, iv. 7-11
You must also have taken steps to enlist the
"m
4
services of spies before the outbreak of war. Some :
of these should be citizens of neutral states, and
some merchants, since all states invariably welcome
the importer of merchandise. Sham deserters,
too, have théir use on occasions. Still, you must 8
never neglect to post guards through reliance on
spies; on the contrary, your precautions must at all
times be as complete as when you have information
that the enemy is approaching. For even if the
spies are entirely reliable, it is difficult to report at
the critical moment, since many things happen in
war to hinder them.
The advance of cavalry is less likely to be detected 9
by the enemy if orders are not given by a herald or
in writing beforehand, but passed along. Accordingly,
for this purpose, too, that the order to advance may
be given by word of mouth, it is well to post file-
leaders, and half file-leaders * behind them, so that
each may pass the word to as few men as possible.
Thus, too, the half file-leaders will wheel and extend
the line without confusion, whenever there is
occasion to do so.
When it is necessary to keep a look out, I am all
in favour of the plan of having hidden outposts and
guards. For these serve at once as guards to protect
your friends and snares to trap the enemy. And the
men, being unseen, are more secure themselves and
at the same time more formidable to the enemy.
For the enemy, conscious that there are outposts
somewhere, but ignorant of their whereabouts and
their strength, feels nervous and is forced to suspect
1 "These form the sixth rank.
261
12
13
14
15
16
17
XENOPHON
τὰ χωρία" αἱ δὲ φανεραὶ φυλακαὶ δῆλα παρέ-
Xovct^ καὶ τὰ δεινὰ καὶ τὰ εὐθαρσῆ. ᾿ ἔτι δὲ
τῷ μὲν κρυπτὰς ἔχοντι φυλακὰς ἐξέσται μὲν
φανεροῖς ὀλίγοις ἔμπροσθεν τῶν κρυπτῶν φυλάτ-
TOvTa πειρᾶσθαι τοὺς πολεμίους εἰς ἐνέδρας
ὑπάγειν. ἀγρευτικὸν δὲ καὶ ὄπισθεν τῶν κρυπτῶν
ἄλλοις φανεροῖς ἔστιν ὅτε φυλάττειν" καὶ τοῦτο
γὰρ ἐξαπατητικὸν τῶν πολεμίων ὁμοίως τῷ
πρόσθεν. εἰρημένῳ.
᾿Αλλὰ μὴν φρονίμου γε ἄρχοντος καὶ τὸ μήποτε
κινδυνεύειν ἑκόντα, πλὴν ὅπου ἂν πρόδηλον ἧ,
ὅτι πλέον ἕξει τῶν πολεμίων' τὸ "δὲ ὑπηρετεῖν
τὰ ἥδιστα τοῖς πολεμίοις προδοσία τῶν συμ-
μάχων δικαίως ἂν μᾶλλον ἢ ἀνδρεία κρίνοιτο.
σῶφρον δὲ καὶ τὸ ἐκεῖσε ὁρμᾶν, ὅπου ἂν ἀσθενῆ
τὰ τῶν πολεμίων ἢ, κἂν πρόσω ὄντα τυγχάνῃ.
τὸ γὰρ σφόδρα πονῆσαι ἀκινδυνότερον ἢ πρὸς
τοὺς κρείττους ἀγωνίζεσθαι. ἢν δέ πη εἰς μέσον
φιλίων τειχέων εἰσίωσιν οἱ πολέμιοι, κἂν πολὺ
κρείττους ὄντες, καλὸν μὲν ἐντεῦθεν ἐπιχειρεῖν
ὁποτέρωθι ἂν λελήθῃς παρών, καλὸν δὲ καὶ ἅμα
ἀμφοτέρωθεν. ὅταν γὰρ οἱ ἕτεροι ἀποχωρῶσιν,
οἱ ἐκ τοῦ ἐπὶ θάτερα ἐλαύνοντες ταράττοιεν μὲν
ἂν τοὺς πολεμίους, σώξοιεν δ᾽ ἂν τοὺς φίλους.
Καὶ τὸ μὲν διὰ κατασκόπων πειρᾶσθαι εἰδέναι
τὰ τῶν πολεμίων πάλαι εἴρηται ὡς ἀγαθόν ἐ ἐστιν.
ἐγὼ δὲ πάντων ἄριστον νομίζω εἶναι τὸ αὐτὸν
“πειρᾶσθαι, ἢν ἦ ποθεν ἐξ ἀσφαλοῦς, θεώμενον
τοὺς πολεμίους ἀθρεῖν, ἤν τι ἁμαρτάνωσι. καὶ
τὸ μὲν κλαπῆναι δυνατὸν πέμπειν χρὴ τοὺς
ἐπιτηδείους κλέψοντας, τὸ δ᾽ ἁρπασθῆναι ἐγχω-
1 παρέχουσι Rühl: ἔχουσι S. with the MSS.
262
THE CAVALRY. COMMANDER, iv. 11-17
every possible position; whereas visible outposts
show them where danger lies and where all is safe.
Besides, if you conceal your outposts, you will have
the chance of luring the enemy into an ambush by
placing a few guards in the open to screen the
hidden men. Occasionally, too, a cunning trap
may be laid by posting a second body of exposed
guards behind the men in hiding; for this plan may
prove as deceptive to the enemy as the one just
referred to.
A prudent commander will never take risks un-
necessarily, except when it is clear beforehand that
he will have the advantage of the enemy. To play
into the enemy's hand may fairly be considered
treachery to one's allies rather than courage.
Another sound principle is to go for any position
where the enemy is weak, even if itis a long way off,
since hard work is less dangerous than a struggle
against superior forces. But if the enemy places
himself somewhere between yourself and fortresses
friendly to you, then it is proper to attack him, even
if he is greatly superior, on that side where your
presence is unsuspected, or on both flanks at once,
for when one part of your force is retiring, a
charge on the opposite flank will flurry the enemy
and rescue your friends.
It is an old maxim that, in attempting to discover
what the enemy is about, it is well to employ spies.
But the best plan of all, in my opinion, is for the
commander himself to watch the enemy from some
safe coign of vantage, if possible, and take notice of
his mistakes. And when anything can be filched by
eunning, you should send likely men to steal it; and
when anything may be seized you should despatch
263
12
16
17
18
19
[Ὁ
XENOPHON . : τὴν
ροῦν ἐφιέναι τοὺς ἁρπάσοντας. ἣν δὲ πορευο-
μένων ποι τῶν πολεμίων ἀπαρτᾶταί τι ἀσθενέο-
τερον τῆς αὐτοῦ δυνάμεως ἢ θαρροῦν ἀποσκε-
δαννύηται, οὐδὲ ταῦτα χρὴ λανθάνειν" ἀεὶ μέντοι
τῷ ἰσχυροτέρῳ τὸ ἀσθενέστερον θηρᾶν.
Δυνατὸν δὲ προσέχοντι τὸν νοῦν ταῦτα καταμαν-
θάνειν, ἐ ἐπεὶ καὶ τὰ βραχυγνωμονέστερα ἀνθρώπου
θηρία οἵ τε ἴκτινοι δύνανται ὃ ὃ ἂν ἀφύλακτον E
ἀφαρπάσαντες εἰς τὸ ἀσφαλὲς “ἀποχωρεῖν πρὶν
ληφθῆναι καὶ οἱ λύκοι δὲ τά τε ἐρημούμενα
φυλακῆς ἀγρεύουσι καὶ τὰ ἐν τοῖς δυσοράτοις
κλέπτουσι, κἂν μεταθέων γέ τις ἐπιγίγνηται
κύων, ἢν μὲν ἥττων ἦ τούτῳ ἐπιτίθεται". ἢν δὲ
κρείττων, ἀποσπάσας ὃ τι ἂν ἔχῃ ἀποχωρεῖ.
ὅταν δέ γε φυλακῆς καταφρονήσωσι λύκοι,
τάξαντες ἑαυτῶν TOUS μὲν ἀπελαύνειν τὴν
φυλακήν, τοὺς δὲ ἁρπάξειν, οὕτω τὰ ἐπιτήδεια
πορίξονται. θηρίων γε μὴν δυναμένων τὰ τοιαῦτα
φρονίμως ληίζεσθαι, πῶς οὐκ ἄνθρωπόν γε ὄντα
εἰκὸς σοφώτερον τούτων φαίνεσθαι, ἃ καὶ αὐτὰ
τέχνῃ ὑπ᾽ ἀνθρώπου ἁλίσκεται;
V. Κἀκεῖνό γε μὴν εἰδέναι ἱἑ ἱππικοῦ ἀνδρός, ἐκ
πόσου ἂν ἵππος πεζὸν ἕλοι καὶ ἐξ ὁ ὁπόσου βραδεῖς
ἂν 0 ἵπποι ταχεῖς ἀποφύγοιεν. ἱππαρχικὸν δὲ καὶ
χωρία γιγνώσκειν, ἔνθα πεζοὶ κρείττους ἱππέων
καὶ ἔνθα πεζῶν κρείττους ἱππεῖς. χρὴ δὲ μηχανη-
τικὸν εἶναι καὶ τοῦ πολλοὺς μὲν φαίνεσθαι τοὺς
ὀλίγους ἱππέας, πάλιν δ᾽ ὀλίγους τοὺς πολλοὺς
καὶ τοῦ δοκεῖν παρόντα μὲν ἀπεῖναι, ἀπόντα δὲ
παρεῖναι καὶ τοῦ μὴ τὰ τῶν πολεμίων μόνον
κλέπτειν ἐπίστασθαι, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ
1 ἀποσπάσας Courier: ἀποσφάξας S. with the MSS.
264
THE CAVALRY COMMANDER, rv. 17-v. 2
troopsto seize it. If the enemy is marching on some
objective and a part of his force weaker than your
own separates from the main body or straggles care-
lessly, the chance must not be missed; the
hunter, however, must always be stronger than the
hunted.
.You ean see the point of this if you consider.
Even wild creatures less intelligent than man,
such as hawks, will grab unguarded plunder and
get away into a place of safety before they can
be caught: wolves, again, prey on anything left
unprotected and steal things lying in holes and
corners; and if a dog does pursue and overtake him,
the wolf, if stronger than the dog, attacks him ; or
if weaker, snatches away the prize and makes off.
Moreover, when a pack of wolves feels no fear of
a convoy, they arrange themselves so that some shall
drive off the convoy, and others seize the plunder;
and thus they get their food. Well, if wild beasts
show such sagacity, surely any man may be expected
to show more wisdom than creatures that are them-
selves taken by the skill of man.
V. Every horseman should know at what distance
a horse can overtake a man on foot, and how much
start a slow horse needs to escape from a fast one.
À cavalry commander should also be able to judge of
the ground where infantry has an advantage over
eavalry and where cavalry has an advantage over
18
infantry. He must also have sufficient ingenuity to 2
make a small company of horse look large, and
conversely, to make a large one look small; to seem
to be absent when present, and present when absent;
to know how to deceive, not merely how to steal
the enemy's possessions, but also how to conceal
265
XENOPHON . ky 4
ἱππέας ἅμα κλέπτοντα ἐξ ἀπροσδοκήτου τοῖς
πολεμίοις ἐπιτίθεσθαι. ἀγαθὸν δὲ μηχάνημα, καὶ
τὸ δύνασθαι, ὅταν μὲν τὰ ἑαυτοῦ ἀσθενῶς ἔ ἔχῃ,
φόβον παρασκευάξειν τοῖς πολεμίοις, ὡς μὴ
ἐπίθωνται" ὅταν δ᾽ ἐρρωμένως, θάρρος: αὐτοῖς
ἐμποιεῖν, ὡς ἐγχειρῶσιν. οὕτω γὰρ αὐτὸς μὲν,
ἂν ἥκιστα κακῶς πάσχοις, τοὺς δὲ πολεμίους
μάλιστ᾽ ἂν ἁμαρτάνοντας, λαμβάνοις.
Ὅπως δὲ μὴ προστάττειν δοκῶ ἀδύνατα,
γράψω. καὶ ὡς ἂν γίγνοιτο τὰ δοκοῦντα αὐτῶν
χαλεπώτατα εἶναι.
Τὸ μὲν τοίνυν μὴ σφάλλεσθαι ἐγχειροῦντα
διώκειν ἢ ἀποχωρεῖν ἐμπειρία. ποιεῖ ἵππων
δυνάμέως:. πῶς δ᾽ ἂν ἐμπείρως ἔ ἔχοις ; εἰ προσ-
ἐχοις ! τὸν νοῦν ἐν ταῖς μετὰ φιλίας ἀνθιπ-
πασίαις οἷοι3 ἀποβαίνουσιν ἐκ τῶν διώξεών τε
καὶ φυγῶν.
“Ὅταν μέντοι βούλῃ, τοὺς ἱππέας πολλοὺς
φαίνεσθαι, ἕν μὲν πρῶτον ὑπαρχέτω, ἤνπερ
ἐγχωρῇ, μὴ ἐγγὺς τῶν πολεμίων ἐγχειρεῖν ἐξα-
πατᾶν' καὶ γὰρ ἀσφαλέστερον τὸ πρόσω κα
ἀπατητικώτερον. ἔπειτα δὲ χρὴ εἰδέναι, ὅτι
ἀθρόοι μὲν ἵπποι πολλοὶ φαίνονται διὰ τὸ
μέγεθος τοῦ ἕῴου, διασπειρόμενοι δ᾽ εὐαρίθμητοι
γίγνονται. ἔτι δ᾽ ἂν πλεῖόν σοι τὸ ἱππικὸν τοῦ.
ὄντος φαίνοιτο, εἰ τοὺς ἱπποκόμους εἰς τοὺς
ἱππέας ἐνισταίης μάλιστα μὲν δόρατα, εἰ δὲ μή,
ὅμοια δόρασιν ἔ ἔχοντας, ἤν τε ἑστηκὸς ἐπιδεικνύῃς
τὸ ἱππικὸν ἤν τε παράγῃς" ἀνάγκη γὰρ τὸν
ὄγκον τῆς τάξεως οὕτω μείζω τε καὶ πυκνότερον
φαίνεσθαι.
ἪΝ δ᾽ αὖ τοὺς πολλοὺς ὀλίγους βούλῃ ὃ δοκεῖν
266
THE CAVALRY COMMANDER, v. 2-7
his own force and fall on the enemy unexpectedly.
Another neat ruse is to create a scare among the 3
enemy when your own position is precarious, so that
he may not attack, and to put him in good heart,
when it is strong, so that he may make an attempt.
Thus you are least likely to come to harm yourself
and most likely to catch the enemy tripping.
"That I may not seem to demand impossibilities, I 4
will add a solution of the problems that seem most
puzzling.
Success in an attempt to pursue or retreat depends
on experience of horses and their powers. But how
are you to get this experience? | By watching the
friendly encounters of the sham fights and noticing
what condition the horses are in after the pursuits and
flights.
When your object is to make the number of vour 5
cavalry look large, first take it for an axiom, if
possible, not to attempt the ruse when you are near
the enemy : for distance gives safety and increases the
illusion. Secondly you must know that horses look
many when crowded, owing to the animals' size, but
are easily counted when scattered. Another way of 6
exaggerating the apparent strength of your force is to
arm the grooms with lances or even imitation lances,
and put them between the cavalrymen, whether you
display the cavalry at the halt or wheel it into line.
Thus the bulk of the company is bound to look
denser and more massive.
On the other hand, if your object is to make a 7
! ἔχοις and προσέχοις Krüger: ἔχοι and προσέχοι S. with
the MSS.
* οἷοι Lenklau : ofa S. with the Aldine ed. : οἷαι MSS.
* βούλῃ B: S. omite with the other MSS.
261
l0
1l
XENOPHON ΛΑ ΒΕ
εἶναι, ἦν μέν σοι χωρία ὑπάρχῃ ola συγκρύ-
πτειν, δῆλον ὅτι τοὺς μὲν ἐν τῷ φανερῷ ἔχων,
τοὺς δ᾽ εἰς τὸ ἄδηλον ἀποκρύπτων κλέπτοις ἂν.
τοὺς ἱππέας" ἢν δὲ πᾶν καταφανὲς ἡ τὸ χωρίον,
δεκάδας χρὴ στοιχούσας ποιήσαντα διαλειπούσας
παράγειν: καὶ τοὺς μὲν πρὸς τῶν πολεμίων
ἱππέας ἑκάστης δεκάδος ὀρθὰ τὰ δόρατα ἔχειν,
τοὺς δ᾽ ἄλλους ταπεινὰ καὶ μὴ ὑπερφανῆ.
Φοβεῖν γε μὴν τοὺς πολεμίους καὶ ψευδενέδρας
οἷόν τε καὶ ψευδοβοηθείας καὶ ψευδαγγελίας
ποιοῦντα. θαρροῦσι δὲ μάλιστα πολέμιοι, ὅταν
ὄντα ois. ἐναντίοις πράγματα καὶ ἀσχολίας
πυνθάνωνται. i
Τούτων δὲ γεγραμμένων μηχανᾶσθαι αὐτὸν
χρὴ πρὸς τὸ παρὸν ἀεὶ ἀπατᾶν" ὄντως γὰρ οὐδὲν
κερδαλεώτερον ἐν πολέμῳ ἀπάτης" ὁπότε γὰρ"
καὶ οἱ παῖδες ὅταν παίζωσι ποσίνδα, δύνανται
ἀπατᾶν προΐσχοντες ὥστε ὀλίγους τ᾽ ἔχοντες
πολλοὺς δοκεῖν ἔχειν καὶ πολλοὺς προέχοντες
ὀλίγους φαίνεσθαι ἔχειν, πῶς οὐκ ἄνδρες γε τῷ
ἐξαπατᾶν προσέχοντες τὸν νοῦν δύναιντ᾽ ἂν
τοιαῦτα μηχανᾶσθαι; καὶ ἐνθυμούμενος δ᾽ ἂν
τὰ ἐν τοῖς πολέμοις πλεονεκτήματα εὕροι ἄν τις
τὰ πλεῖστα καὶ μέγιστα σὺν ἀπάτῃ γεγενημένα.
ὧν ἕνεκα ἢ οὐκ ἐγχειρητέον ἄρχειν ἢ τοῦτο σὺν
τῇ ἄλλῃ παρασκευῇ καὶ παρὰ θεῶν αἰτητέον
δύνασθαι ποιεῖν καὶ αὐτῷ μηχανητέον.
Οἷς δὲ θάλαττα πρόσεστιν, ἀπατητικὸν καὶ τὸ
πλοῖα παρὰσκευαζόμενον πεζῇ τι πρᾶξαι καὶ τὸ
1 ὄντα added by Madvig.
? yàp Ribitt: γε S. with the MSS,
268
THE CAVALRY COMMANDER, v. 7-12
large number look small, then, assuming that your
ground affords cover, you can obviously conceal
your cavalry by having part in the open and part
hidden. If, however, the whole of the ground is
exposed, you must form the files into rows and
wheel, leaving a gap between each two rows!; and
the men in each file who are next the enemy must
hold their lances upright, while the rest keep theirs
low down out of sight.
The means to employ for scaring the enemy are
false ambuscades, false reliefs and false information.
An enemy's confidence is greatest when he is told that
the other side is in difficulties and is preoccupied..
But given these instructions, a man must himself
invent a ruse to meet every emergency as it occurs.
For there is really nothing more profitable in war than
deception. Even children are successful deceivers
when they play * Guess the number " ; they will hold
up a counter or two and make believe that they have
got a fist-full, and seem to hold up few when they
are holding many ; so surely men can play similar
tricks when they are intent on deceiving in earnest.
And on thinking over the successes gained in war
you will find that most of them, and these the
greatest, have been won with the aid of deception.
For these reasons either you should not essay to
command, or you should pray to heaven that your
equipment may include this qualification, and you
should contrive on your own part to possess it.
For those near the sea two effective ruses are,
to strike on land while fitting. out ships, and to
' The enemy will not know (a) the number of files when
posted one behind another, nor (b) the depth of the line
when the files have wheeled.
269
13
15
XENOPHON H
πεζῇ προσποιούμενον ἐπιβουλεύειν κατὰ θάλατ-
ταν ἐπιχειρῆσαι. o0
€ M δὲ ^ Ν ὃ ὃ , A ,
Ἱππαρχικὸν δὲ kai τὸ διδάσκειν τὴν πόλιν,
^ ^ ᾿
ὡς ἀσθενὲς τὸ πεζῶν ἔρημον ἱππικὸν πρὸς τὸ
ἁμίππους πεζοὺς ἔχον. ἱππαρχικὸν δὲ καὶ τὸ
, ^ ^
λαβόντα πεζοὺς αὐτοῖς χρῆσθαι: ἔστι δὲ πεζοὺς
οὐ μόνον ἐντός,; ἀλλὰ καὶ ὄπισθεν ἱππέων 3
, , NJ ^ 7 D T ^
ἀποκρύψασθαι: πολὺ γὰρ μείζων ὁ ἱππεὺς τοῦ
πεζοῦ. ᾿
Ταῦτα δὲ πάντα ἐγὼ καὶ ὅσα πρὸς τούτοις τις
μηχανήσεται ἢ βίᾳ ἢ τέχνῃ αἱρεῖν τοὺς ἐναντίους
, ^ ^
βουλόμενος σὺν τῷ θεῷ πράττειν συμβουλεύω,
ἵνα καὶ ἡ τύχη 3 συνεπαινῇ θεῶν ἵλεων ὄντων.
ν δ᾽ e , ᾽ ^ V M ,
ἔστι δ᾽ ὅτε πάνυ ἀπατητικὸν kai τὸ λίαν
φυλακτικὸν προσποιήσασθαι εἶναι καὶ μηδαμῶς
φιλοκίνδυνον: τοῦτο γὰρ τοὺς πολεμίους πολ-
λάκις προάγεται ἀφυλακτοῦντας μᾶλλον ἁμαρτά-
vew. ἢν δ᾽ ἅπαξ δόξῃ τις φιλοκίνδυνος εἶναι,
ἔξεστι καὶ ἡσυχίαν ἔχοντα, προσποιούμενον δὲ
πράξειν τι πράγματα τοῖς πολεμίοις παρέχειν.
VI. ᾿Αλλὰ γὰρ οὐδὲν ἄν τις δύναιτο πλάσαι
LA , ^ , ? ,
olov βούλεται, εἰ μὴ ἐξ ὧν γε v XárTovro παρε-
σκευασμένα εἴη ὡς πείθεσθαι τῇ τοῦ χειροτέχνου
γνώμῃ: οὐδέ γ᾽ ἂν ἐξ ἀνδρῶν, εἰ μὴ σὺν θεῷ
οὕτω παρεσκευασμένοι ἔσονται, ὡς φιλικῶς τε
ἔχειν πρὸς τὸν ἄρχοντα καὶ φρονιμώτερον σφῶν
αὐτὸν ἡγεῖσθαι περὶ τῶν πρὸς τοὺς πολεμί
ἀγώνων.
Εὐνοϊκῶς μὲν οὖν ἔχειν καὶ ἐκ τῶνδε εἰκὸς
τοὺς ἀρχομένους, ὅταν φιλοφρόνως τε ἔχῃ πρὸς
1 ἐντός Herwerden: ἐν τούτοις ὃ. with the MSS.
ἃ 3 ἱππέων Dindorf: ἵππων S. with the MSS.
270
THE CAVALRY COMMANDER, v. 13-vi. 2
attack by sea while ostensibly planning a land
attack.
Another duty of a cavalry commander is to
demonstrate to the city the weakness of cavalry
destitute of infantry as compared with cavalry that
has infantry attached to it. Further, having got
his infantry, ἃ cavalry commander should make use
of it, A mounted man being much higher than a
man on foot, infantry may be hidden away not only
among the cavalry but in the rear as well.
For the practical application of these devices and
any others you may contrive for the undoing of your
foes by force or craft, I counsel you to: work with
God, so that, the gods being propitious, fortune too
may favour you. ;
Another ruse that proves highly effective at tim
is to feign excess of caution and reluctance to take
risks... For this pretence often lures the enemy into
making a more fatal blunder through want of
caution. Or once come to be thought venture-
some, and you can give the enemy trouble by
merely sitting still and pretending that you are
on the point of doing something. :
. VI. However, no man can mould anything to his
mind unless the stuff in which he proposes to work
lies ready to obey the artist's will. No more can you
make anything of men, unless, by God's help, they
are ready to regard their commander with friendly
feelings and to think him wiser than themselves in
the conduct of operations against the enemy.
Now the feeling of loyalty will naturally be
fostered when the commander is kind. to his men,
ἢ ἡ τύχη Courier: τὴν τύχην S. with the MsS.
271
13
XENOPHON
αὐτοὺς καὶ προνοῶν φαίνηται, ὅπως τε σῖτον
ἕξουσι καὶ ὅπως ἀσφαλῶς μὲν ips emet
πεφυλαγμένως δὲ ἀναπαύσονται. δὲ ταῖς
petiein Xp?) καὶ χιλοῦ καὶ σκηνῶν ἐν ὑδάτων
κα | φρυγάνων * kai τῶν ἄλλων ἐπιτηδείων φανε-
ρὸν εἶναι ἐπιμελούμενον καὶ προνοοῦντά τε καὶ
ἀγρυπνοῦντα ἕνεκα τῶν ἀρχομένων. καὶ ὅταν
γε πλέον “ἔχῃ τί, τὸ μεταδοῦναι κερδαλέον τῷ
προεστηκότι.
Ἥκιστα δ᾽ ἂν καταφρονοῖεν ἄρχοντος, ὡς μὲν
συνελόντι εἰπεῖν, εἰ ὁπόσα ἐκείνοις παραινοίη,
αὐτὸς ταῦτα βέλτιον. ἐκείνων φαίνοιτο ποιῶν.
ἀρξάμενον οὖν δεῖ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀναβαίνειν ἐ ἐπὶ τοὺς
ἵππους πάντα τὰ ἐν ἱππικῇ μελετᾶν, ὅπως ὁρῶσι
τὸν ἄρχοντα δυνάμενον ἐπὶ τοῦ ἵππου καὶ τά-
φρους ἀσφαλῶς περᾶν καὶ τειχία ὑπερακρίξειν
καὶ ἀπ᾽ ὄχθων. καταίρειν καὶ ἀκοντίξειν ἱκανῶς"
πάντα γὰρ ταῦτα προκόπτει TL eis, τὸ μὴ κατα-
φρονεῖσθαι. ἢν δὲ δὴ καὶ τάττειν 5 γνῶσιν ἐπι-
σταμενόν τε καὶ δυνάμενον, παρασκευάξειν, ὡς
v πλέον ἔχοιεν τῶν πολεμίων, πρὸς δὲ τούτοις
κἀκεῖνο λάβωσιν εἰς τὴν γνώμην, ὡς οὔτ᾽ ἂν
εἰκῆ οὔτ᾽ ἄνευ θεῶν οὔτε παρὰ τὰ ἱερὰ ἡγήσαιτ᾽
ἂν ἐπὶ πολεμίους, πάντα ταῦτα πιθανωτέρους τῷ
ἄρχοντι τοὺς ἀρχομένους ποιεῖ.
VII. Παντὶ “μὲν οὖν προσήκει ἄρχοντι φρονίμῳ
εἶναι: πολὺ μέντοι τὸν ᾿Αθηναίων ἵππαρχον δια-
φέρειν δεῖ καὶ τῷ τοὺς θεοὺς θεραπεύειν καὶ τῷ
πολεμικὸν εἶναι, ᾧ γε ὑπάρχουσε μὲν ὅμοροι
ἀντίπαλοι ἱππεῖς τε παραπλήσιοι τὸ πλῆθος καὶ
ὁπλῖται πολλοί. κἂν μὲν εἰς τὴν πολεμίαν
ἐμβάλλειν ἐπιχειρῇ ἄνευ τῆς ἄλλης πόλεως, πρὸς
272
δ —— A — É—PÓ—
THE CAVALRY COMMANDER, vi. 2-vii. 2
and obviously takes care that they have victuals,
and that they are safe in retreat and well protected
when at rest. In the garrisons he must show an 3
interest in fodder, tents, water, firewood, and all other
supphes: he must show that he thinks ahead and
keeps his eyes open for the sake of his men. And
when he is doing well the chiefs best policy is to
give them a share in his good things.
To put it shortly, a commander is least likely to 4
incur the contempt of his men if he shows himself
more capable than they of doing whatever he
requires of them. Ηδε must therefore practise every 5
detail of horsemanship— mounting and the rest, —that
they may see their commander able to take a ditch
without a spill, clear a wall, leap down from a bank
and throwa javelin skilfully. For all these feats are
so many stepping stones to their respect. 1f they 6
know him also to be a master of tactics and able to put
them in the way of getting the better of the enemy ;
and if besides, they are certain that he will never
lead them against an enemy recklessly or without
the gods' approval or in defiance of the sacrifices, all
these conditions increase the men's readiness to
obey their commander.
VII. Every commander, then, should have intelli-
gence. The Athenian cavalry commander, however,
should excel greatly both in the observance of his duty
tothe gods and in the qualities of a warrior, seeing that
he has on his borders rivals in the shape of cavalry as
numerous as his and large forces of infantry.! And if 2
he attempts to invade the enemy's country without
1 The Thebans are meant.
1 φρυγάνων Madvig: φυλακῶν S. with the MSS.
2 τάττειν D: πραττειν S. with the other MSS
273
XENOPHON
ἀμφοτέρους τούτους μόνοις àv τοῖς ἱππεῦσι δια-
κινδυνεύοι. ἢν δ᾽ οἱ πολέμιοι εἰς τὴν ᾿Αθηναίων
χώραν ἐμβάλλωσι, πρῶτον μὲν οὐκ ἂν ἄχλως
ἔλθοιεν εἰ μὴ σὺν ἄλλοις τε ἱππεῦσι, πρὸς τοῖς
ἑαυτῶν καὶ πρὸς τούτοις ὁπλίταις ὁπόσοις ἂν
οἴωνται πάντας ᾿Αθηναίους μὴ ἱκανοὺς εἶναι
8 μάχεσθαι. πρὸς οὖν τοσούτους πολεμίους ἢν
μὲν ἡ πόλις πᾶσα ἐπεξίῃ ἀρήξουσα τῇ χώρᾳ,
ὑχπίδες καλαί. ἱππεῖς τε γὰρ σὺν θεῷ à ἀμείνους,
ἤν τις αὐτῶν ἐπιμελῆται, ὡς δεῖ, ὁπλῖταί τε οὐ
μείους ἔσονται καὶ τὰ σώματα τοίνυν οὐ χείρω
ἔχοντες καὶ τὰς ψυχὰς φιλοτιμότεροι, ἢν ὀρθῶς
ἀσκηθῶσι σὺν θεῷ. καὶ μὴν ἐπί γε τοῖς προ-
γόνοις οὐ “μεῖον ᾿Αθηναῖοι ἢ Βοιωτοὶ φρονοῦσιν.
4 ἢν δὲ ἡ ἡ μὲν πόλις τρέπηται ἐπὶ τὰ ναυτικὰ καὶ
ἀρκῇ αὐτῇ τὰ τείχη διασώζειν, ὥσπερ καὶ ὁπότε
Λακεδαιμόνιοι σὺν ἅπασι τοῖς 5 Ελλησιν ἐνέβαλον,
τοὺς δὲ ἱ ἱππέας ἀξιώσῃ" τά τε ἐκτὸς τοῦ τείχους
διασώξειν καὶ αὐτοὺς μόνους διακινδυνεύειν πρὸς
πάντας τοὺς ἐναντίους, ἐνταῦθα δὴ θεῶν μὲν
οἶμαι πρῶτον συμμάχων ἰσχυρῶν δεῖ, ἔπειτα δὲ
καὶ τὸν ἵππαρχον προσήκει ἀποτετελεσμένον
ἄνδρα εἶναι. καὶ γὰρ φρονήσεως δεῖ πολλῆς
πρὸς τοὺς πολὺ πλείους καὶ τόλμης, ὁπότε καιρὸς
παραπέσοι.
5 Δεῖ δέ, ὡς ἐμοὲ δοκεῖ, καὶ πονεῖν αὐτὸν ἱκανὸν
εἶναι. πρὸς μὲν γὰρ τὸ παρὸν στράτευμα δια-
κινδυνεύων, ᾧ μηδὲ ὅλη. ἡ πόλις θέλοι ἀντικαθί-
1 ἀξιώσῃ Dindorf : ἀξιώσειε S. with the MSS.
1 Τῇ the Peloponnesian War.
? [ have translated πονεῖν; but it is certainly not wllat X.
274
]
THE CAVALRY COMMANDER, νη: 2-5
the other armed forces of the state, he will have to
take his chance with the cavalry only against both
arms. Or if the enemy invades Athenian territory,
in the first place, he will certainly not fail to bring
with him other cavalry besides his own and infantry in
addition, whose numbers he reckons to be more than
amatch foralltheAthenians puttogether. Now pro-
vided that the whole of the city's levies turn out
against such a host in defence of their country, the
prospects are good. For our cavalrymen, God helping, -
will be the better, if proper care is taken of them,
-and our heavy infantry will not be inferior in numbers,
and I may add, they will be in as good condition and
will show the keener spirit, if only, with God's help,
they are trained on the right lines. And, remember,
the Athenians are quite as proud of their ancestry as
the Boeotians. But if the city falls back on her
navy, and is content to keep her walls intact, as in .
the days when the Lacedaemonians invaded us with
all the Greeks to help them,! and if she expects her
cavalry to protect all that lies outside the walls,
and to take its chance unaided against her foes,—
why then, I suppose, we need first the strong arm
of the gods to aid us, and in the second place it
is essential that our cavalry commander should be
masterly. For much sagacity is called for in coping
with a greatly superior force, and abundance of
courage when the call comes.
I take it, he must also be able to stand hard work.?
For if he should elect to take his chance against the
army confronting him—an army that not even the
whole state is prepared to stand up to—-it is evident
wrote. The sequel demands the sense ' he must be a man
of sound judgment, αὐτὸν (with B) προνοεῖν.
275
“1
oo
l0
11
XENOPHON
στασθαι, δῆλον ὅτε πάσχοι àv ὅ TL οἱ κρείττους
βούλοιντο, ποιεῖν δὲ οὐδὲν ἂν ἱκανὸς εἴη. εἰ δὲ
φυλάττοι μὲν τὰ ἔξω τείχους τοσούτοις, ὅσοι
σκοπεύειν τε τοὺς πολεμίους ἱκανοὶ ἔ ἔσονται καὶ
ἀναχωρίζειν εἰς τὸ ἀσφαλὲς τὰ δεόμενα ὡς ἐκ
πλείστου" ἱκανοὶ δὲ καὶ “προορᾶν οὐδὲν ἧττον οἱ
ὀλίγοι τῶν πολλῶν καὶ φυλάττειν τοίνυν καὶ
ἀναχωρίξειν τὰ φίλια οὐκ ἀκαιρότεροι οἱ , μήτε
αὑτοῖς μήτε τοῖς ἵπποις πιστεύοντες" ὁ γὰρ
φόβος δεινὸς δοκεῖ συμφύλαξ εἶναι" τοὺς μὲν
φύλακας ἐκ τούτων ἄν τις ποιῶν ἴσως ὀρθῶς
βουλεύοιτο: τοὺς δὲ περιττοὺς τῆς φυλακῆς εἰ
μέν τις στρατιὰν ἔχειν ἡγήσεται, ὀλίγη αὐτῷ
φανεῖται" τοῦ παντὸς γὰρ ἐνδεήσεται ὥστε ἐκ
τοῦ ἐμφανοῦς διακινδυνεύειν. v δὲ ὡς λῃσταῖς
αὐτοῖς χρῆται, πάνυ ἂν ὡς τὸ εἰκὸς ἱκανὴν τοῦτο
πράττειν ἔχοι δύναμιν. δεῖ δέ, ὡς ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ,
τοὺς παρεσκευασμένους ἀεὶ ἔχοντα ὡς ποιεῖν τι
μὴ καταφανῆ ὄντα φυλάττειν, ἤν τι ἁμαρτάνῃ
τὸ τῶν πολεμίων. στράτευμα. φιλοῦσι δέ πως
στρατιῶται ὅσῳ ἂν πλείους ὦσι, τοσούτῳ πλείω
ἁμαρτάνειν. ἢ γὰρ ἐπὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἐπιμελείᾳ
σκεδάννυνται ἢ πορευομένων ἀταξίᾳ οἱ μὲν προ-
ἔρχονται, οἱ δ᾽ ὑπολείπονται πλέον τοῦ καιροῦ.
τὰ οὖν τοιαῦτα ἁμαρτήματα οὐ χρὴ παριέναι
ἀκόλαστα' εἰ δὲ μή, ὅλη ἡ χώρα στρατόπεδον
ἔσται: ἐκεῖνο καλῶς προνοοῦντα, ἢν ποιήσῃ τι,
φθάσαι ἀποχωρήσαντα πρὶν τὸ πολὺ βοηθοῦν
ἐπιγενέσθαι.
Πολλάκις δὲ πορευόμενον στράτευμα καὶ εἰς
ὁδοὺς ἔρχεται, ἐν αἷς οὐδὲν πλεῖον οἱ πολλοὶ τῶν
ὀλίγων δύνανται. καὶ ἐν διαβάσεσί γε ἔστε τῷ
216
THE CAVALRY COMMANDER, vir. 5-11
that he would be entirely at the mercy ofthe stronger
and incapable of doing anything. But should he 6
guard whatever lies outside the walls with a force that
will be just sufficient to keep an eye on the enemy
and to remove into safety from as great a distance as
possible property that needs saving,—and a large force
is not necessary for this: a small force can keep a
look-out as well as a large one, and when it comes to
guarding and removing the property of friends, men
who have no confidence in themseives or their horses
will meet the case, because Fear, it seems, is a
formidable member of a guard—vwell, it may perhaps
be a sound plan to draw on these men for his guards.
But if he imagines that the number remaining over
and above the guard constitutes an army, he will
find it too small; for it will be utterly inadequate to
risk a conflict in the open. Let him use these men
as raiders, and he will probably have a force quite
sufficient for this purpose. His business, it seems to
me, is to watch for any blunder on the enemy's part
without showing himself, keeping men constantly on
the alert and ready to strike. [Ὁ happens that, the
greater is the number of soldiers, the more they are
apt to blunder, Either they scatter deliberately in
search of provisions, or they are so careless of order
on the march that some get too far ahead, while
others lag too far behind. So he must not let such
blunders go unpunished, or the whole country will
be occupied; only he must take good care to retire
the moment he has struck, without giving time for
the main supports to arrive on the scene.
Àn army on the march often comes to roads where
large numbers have no advantage over small [n
erossing rivers, again, a man with his wits about
27]
12
13
.XENOPHON
προσέχοντι τὸν νοῦν ἀσφαλῶς ἐφεπομένῳ ταμιεύ-
σᾶάσθαι, ὥστε ὁπόσοις ἂν βούληται τῶν πολεμίων
ἐπιτίθεσθαι. ἔστι δ᾽ ὅτε καλὸν καὶ στρατοπε-
δευομένοις καὶ ἀριστῶσι καὶ δειπνοποιουμένοις
ἐπιχειρεῖν καὶ ἐκ κοίτης γὲ ἀνισταμένοις. “ἐν
πᾶσι yàp - τούτοις ἄοπλοι στρατιῶται γίγνονται,
μείονα μὲν χρόνον οἱ ὁπλῖται, πλείονα δὲ οἱ
ἱππεῖς. σκοποῖς μέντοι καὶ προφυλακαῖς, ᾿οὐδέ-
ποτε δεῖ παύεσθαι ἐπιβουλεύοντα. οὗτοι γὰρ
αὖ ὀλίγοι ,»μὲν ἀεὶ καθίστανται, πολὺ δὲ τοῦ
ἰσχυροῦ ἐνίοτε ἀποστατοῦσιν. ὅταν δὲ τὰ τοιαῦτα
ἤδη καλῶς φυλάττωνται οἱ πολέμιοι, καλόν ἐστι
σὺν θεῷ λαθόντα ἐλθεῖν εἰς τὴν πολεμίαν με-
μελετηκότα, πόσοι τε ἑκασταχοῦ καὶ ποῦ τῆς
χώρας “προφυλάττουσιν. οὐδεμία γὰρ οὕτω καλὴ
λεία ὡς φυλακαί, ἢν κρατηθῶσι. καὶ εὐεξα-
πάτητοι δ᾽ εἰσὶν οἱ φύλακες" διώκουσι γὰρ ὅ τι
ἂν ὀλίγον ἴδωσι, vouítovrés σφισι τοῦτο προσ-
τετάχθαι. τὰς μέντοι ἀποχωρήσεις σκοπεῖν δεῖ
ὅπως μὴ ἐναντίαι τοῖς βοηθοῦσιν ἔσονται.
VIII. Τοὺς μέντοι μέλλοντας δυνήσεσθαι ἀσφα-
λῶς τὸ πολὺ κρεῖττον στράτευμα κακουργεῖν
σαφῶς δεῖ τοσοῦτον διαφέρειν, ὥστε αὐτοὺς μὲν
ἀσκητὰς φαίνεσθαι τῶν πολεμικῶν ἐν ἱππικῇ
ἔργων, τοὺς δὲ πολεμίους ἰδιώτας. τοῦτο δ᾽ ἂν
εἴη πρῶτον μὲν εἰ οἱ | ληίξεσθαι μέλλοντες ἐκπεπο-
νημένοι εἶεν τῇ ἐλάσει, ὥστε δύνασθαι στρατιω-
τικοὺς πόνους ὑποφέρειν. οἱ γὰρ πρὸς ταῦτα
ἀμελῶς ἔχοντες καὶ ἵπποι καὶ ἄνδρες εἰκότως ἂν
ὥσπερ γυναῖκες πρὸς ἄνδρας ἀγωνίζοιντο. οἱ δέ
γε δεδιδαγμένοι τε καὶ εἰθισμένοι τάφρους δια-
πηδᾶν καὶ τειχία ὑπεραίρειν καὶ ἐπ᾽ ὄχθους
27 ὃ
THE CAVALRY COMMANDER, vir. 11-viit. 3
him may dog the enemy's steps without danger and
regulate according to his will the number of the
enemy that he chooses to attack. Sometimes it
is proper to tackle the enemy while his troops are
at breakfast or supper or when they are turning out of
12
bed. For at all these moments soldiers are without -
arms, infantry for a shorter and cavalry for a longer
time. Pickets and outposts, however, should be the
mark of incessant plots, these being invariably weak
in numbers and sometimes remote from their main
force. But when the enemy. has learned to take
due precautions against such attacks, it is proper, with
God's help, to enter his country stealthily after
ascertaining his strength at various points and the
position of his outposts. ΕῸΣ no booty that you can
capture (is so fine as a patrol. Besides, patrols
are easily deceived, for they pursue a handful of
men at sight, believing that to be their special
duty. You must see, however, that your line of
retreat does not lead you straight into the enemy's
. Supports
VIII. It is clear, however, that no troops will be
able to inflict loss on a much stronger army with
impunity, unless they are so superior in the practical
application of horsemanship to war that they show
like experts contending with amateurs. This super-
iority can be attained first and foremost if your
marauding bands are so thoroughly drilled in riding
that they can stand the hard work of a campaign.
For both horses and men that are carelessly trained
in this respect will naturally be like women
struggling with men. Onthe contrary, those that are
taught and accustomed to jump ditches, leap walls,
279
13
14
2
3
XENOPHON ^) 3
ἀνάλλεσθαι καὶ ἀφ᾽ ὑψηλῶν ἀσφαλῶς κατιέναι
καὶ τὰ κατάντη ταχὺ ἐλαύνεσθαι, οὗτοι δ᾽ αὖ
τοσοῦτον διαφέροιεν ἂν τῶν ἀμελετήτων ταῦτα
ὅσονπερ πτηνοὶ πεζῶν οἱ δέ γε αὖ τοὺς πόδας
ἐκπεπονημένοι τῶν ἀτριβάστων πρὸς τραχέα
ὅσονπερ ὑγιεῖς χωλῶν' καὶ οἵ γε τῶν τόπων
ἔμπειροι πρὸς τοὺς ἀπείρους τοσοῦτον ἐν ταῖς
προελάσεσε καὶ ἀποχωρήσεσι διαφέροιεν ἂν
ὅσονπερ οἱ ὁρῶντες τῶν τυφλῶν. i
4 ΚΚαὶ τοῦτο δὲ χρὴ εἰδέναι, ὅτι οἱ εὐωχούμενοι
ἵπποι, ἐκπεπονημένοι δὲ ὥστε μὴ ἀποπνίγεσθαι
ἐν τοῖς πόνοις εὖ παρεσκευασμένοι εἰσί. χρὴ δέ,
ἐπείπερ χαλινοὶ καὶ ἐφίππια ἐξ ἱμάντων ἠρτη-
μένα ἐστί, μήποτε τὸν ἵππαρχον τούτων ἔρημον
εἶναι" μικρᾷ γὰρ δαπάνῃ τοὺς ἀποροῦντας
χρησίμους ἂν παρέχοιτο. |
δ Ei δέ τις νομίζοι 5 πολλὰ ἔχειν àv ? πράγματα,
εἰ οὕτω δεήσει ἀσκεῖν τὴν ἱππικήν, ἐνθυμηθήτω,
ὅτι οἱ εἰς τοὺς γυμνικοὺς ἀγῶνας ἀσκοῦντες πολὺ
πλείω πράγματα καὶ χαλεπώτερα ἔχουσιν ἢ οἱ
6 τὴν ἱππικὴν τὰ μάλιστα μελετῶντες. καὶ γὰρ
τῶν μὲν γυμνικῶν ἀσκημάτων τὰ πολλὰ σὺν
ἱδρῶτι ἐκπονοῦνται, τῆς δὲ ἱππικῆς τὰ πλεῖστα
μεθ᾽ ἡδονῆς. ὅπερ γὰρ εὔξαιτ᾽ ἄν τις πτηνὸς
γενέσθαι, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅ τι μᾶλλον τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων
1 ἔργων ἔοικεν αὐτῷ. καὶ μὴν τό y ἐν πολέμῳ
νικᾶν πολλῷ évOofórepov* ἢ πυγμῇ: μετέχει
μὲν γάρ τι καὶ ἡ πόλις ταύτης τῆς δόξης" ὡς δὲ
τὰ πολλὰ ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ πολέμου νίκῃ καὶ εὐδαυ-
1 ἐστί Courier: ἐστὶ χρήσιμα S. with the MSS.
* vo ((o: BM ; νομίζει S. with other MSS.
3 ἂν B : S. omits with the other MSS.
4 ἐνδοξότερον B : εὐδοξότερον S. with the other MSS,
280
THE CAVALRY COMMANDER, vri. 3-7
spring up banks, leap down from heights without a
spill, and gallop down steep places, will be as superior
to the men and horses that lack this training as birds
to beasts. Moreover, those that have their feet well
hardened will differ on rough ground from the
tender-footed as widely as the sound from the lame.
And those that are familiar with the locality, com-
pared with those to whom it is unfamiliar, will differ
in the advance and retreat as much as men with
eyes differ from the blind.
It should also be realised that horses, to be well
fettled, must be well fed and thoroughly exercised,
so as to do their work without suffering from heaves.
And since bits and saddle-cloths are fastened with
straps, a cavalry leader must never be short of them,
forat a trifling expense he will make men in difficulties
efficient. Ὁ
In case anyone feels that his troubles will be
endless if his duty requires him to practise horse-
manship in this way, let him reflect that men in
training for gymnastic contests face troubles far
more numerous and exacting than the most strenu-
ous votaries of horsemanship. For most gymnastic
exercises are carried out with sweat and drudgery,
but nearly all equestrian exercises are pleasant work.!
For it it is true that any man would like to fly,
no action of man bears a closer resemblance to flying.
And, remember, it is far more glorious to win a victory
in war than in a boxing match, because, whereas the
state as well as the victor has a considerable share in
this glory,? for a victory in war the gods generally
1 Cyropaedía 1v. ili. 15. :
* He does ποῦ express himself clearly, but by **this glory "'
he means **the glory of a vietory whether won in war or in
the games."
281
6
10
1
12
XENOPHON
μονίᾳ οἱ θεοὶ “τὰς πόλεις ᾿στεφανοῦσιν. ὥστ᾽ οὐκ
oló ἔγωγε, τί προσήκει ἄλλ᾽ ἄττα μᾶλλον ἀσκεῖ-
σθαι ἢ τὰ πολεμικά. ἐννοεῖν δὲ χρή, ὅτε καὶ οἱ
κατὰ θάλατταν λῃσταὶ διὰ τὸ πονεῖν ἠσκηκέναι
δύνανται ζῆν καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν πολὺ κρειττόνων.
προσήκει γε μὴν καὶ κατὰ γῆν οὐ τοῖς καρπου-
μένοις τὰ ἑαυτῶν, ἀλλὰ τοῖς στερισκομένοις τῆς
τροφῆς ληίξεσθαι. ἢ γὰρ ἐργαστέον ἢ ἀπὸ τῶν
εἰργασμένων θρεπτέον' ἄλλως δ᾽ οὐ ῥᾷδιον οὔτε
βιοτεύειν οὔτε εἰρήνης τυχεῖν.
Μεμνῆσθαι δὲ κἀκεῖνο χρή, μήποτε ἐπὶ τοὺς
κρείττους ἐλαύνειν ὄπισθεν ἵπποις δύσβατον
ποιούμενον: οὐ γὰρ ὅμοιον φεύγοντι καὶ διώκοντι
σφαλῆναι.
"Ert δὲ βούλομαι ὑ ὑπομνῆσαι καὶ τόδε φυλάττε-
σθαι. " εἰσὶ γάρ τίνες, οἱ ὅταν μὲν ἴωσιν ἐπὶ τού-
τους, ὧν ἂν οἴωνται κρείττους εἶναι, παντάπασιν
ἀσθενεῖ δυνάμει ἔ ἔρχονται, ὥστε πολλάκις ἔπαθον
à ῴοντο ποιήσειν" ὅταν δ᾽ ἐπὶ τούτους, ὧν ἂν
σαφῶς ἐπίστωνται ἥττους ὄ e πᾶσαν ὅσην ἂν
ἔχωσι δύναμιν ἄγουσιν. ἐγὼ δέ φημι χρῆναι
τἀναντία τούτων ποιεῖν" ὅταν μὲν κρατήσειν
οἰόμενος ἄγῃ, μὴ φείδεσθαι τῆς δυνάμεως, ὅσην
ἂν ἔχῃ. τὸ γὰρ πολὺ νικᾶν οὐδενὶ πώποτε μετα-
μέλειαν παρέσχεν. ὅταν δὲ τοῖς πολὺ κρείττοσιν
ἐπιχειρῇ καὶ προγιγνώσκῃ, ὅτι ποιήσαντα ὅ τι
ἂν δύνηται φευκτέον. ἐστίν, εἰς τὰ τοιαῦτά φημι
πολὺ κρεῖττον εἶναι ὀλίγους ἢ πάντας προσάγειν,
τοὺς μέντοι ἀπειλεγμένους καὶ ἵππους καὶ ἄνδρας
τοὺς κρατίστους. τοιοῦτοι γὰρ ὄντες καὶ ποιῆσαι
! Hellenica v1. v. 51.
282
THE CAVALRY COMMANDER, virt. 7-12
crown states with happiness as wel. For my
part, therefore, I know ποῦ why any art should
be more assiduously cultivated than the arts of war.
It should be noticed that a long apprenticeship to 8
toil enables sea-pirates to live at the expense of
much stronger folk. On land, too, pillage, though
not for those who reap what they have sown, is the
natural resource of men who are deprived of food.
For either men must work or they must eat the fruits
of other men'slabour: else it is a problem how to live
and to obtain peace.
If you charge a superior force; you must remember 9
never to leave behind you ground difficult for horses.
For a fall in retreat and a fall in pursuit are very
different things.
I want to add a word of warning against another
error. Some men, when they suppose themselves
to be stronger than the enemy whom they are going
to attack, take an utterly inadequate force with them.!
The consequence is that they áre apt to incur the
loss they expected to inflict. Or, when they know
themselves to be weaker than the enemy, they
use all their available strength in the attack.
The right procedure, in my opinion, is just the
opposite: when the commander expects to win, he
should not hesitate to use the whole of his strength:
for an overwhelming victory never yet was fol-
lowed by remorse. But when he tries conclusions
with a much stronger force, knowing beforehand
that he is bound to retreat when he has done his
best, I hold that it is far better in such a case to
throw a small part of his strength into the attack
than the whole of it; only horses and men alike
should be his very best. For such a force will be
283
10
11
13
14
XENOPHON
dv τι kal ὑποχωρῆσαι ἀσφαλέστερον àv δύναιντο.
ὅταν δὲ πρὸς τοὺς κρείττους πάντας προσαγαγὼν
ἀποχωρεῖν βούληται, ἀνάγκη τοὺς μὲν ἐπὶ τῶν
βραδυτάτων ἵππων ἁλίσκεσθαι, τοὺς δὲ καὶ δι
, ΄ 1 , 1 ^ 4 "T
ἀφιππίαν ! πίπτειν, τοὺς δὲ καὶ διὰ δυσχωρίας
ἀπολαμβάνεσθαι" καὶ γὰρ πολὺν τόπον χαλεπὸν
εὑρεῖν οἷον ἄν τις εὔξαιτο. ὑπό γε μὴν τοῦ
πλήθους καὶ συμπίπτοιεν ἂν καὶ ἐμποδίζοντες.
πολλὰ ἂν ἀλλήλους κακουργοῖεν. οἱ δ᾽ ἀγαθοὶ
ἵπποι καὶ ἱππεῖς δυνατοὶ καὶ ἐξ αὑτῶν 5 διαφεύ-
yet», ἄλλως τε ἂν καὶ μηχανᾶταί τις τοῖς
διώκουσι φόβον ἀπὸ τῶν περιττῶν ἱππέων.
15
16
17
18
σύμφορον δ᾽ εἰς τοῦτο καὶ αἱ ψευδενέδραι' χρή-
σιμον δὲ κἀκεῖνο, τὸ εὑρίσκειν πόθεν ἂν οἱ φίλοι
, , j ^ , N
ἐξ ἀσφαλοῦς ἐπιφαινόμενοι βραδυτέρους τοὺς
διώκοντας παρέχοιεν. ἀλλὰ μὴν καὶ τόδε δῆλον,
ὡς πόνοις καὶ τάχει οἱ ὀλίγοι τῶν πολλῶν πολὺ
μᾶλλον ἢ οἱ πολλοὶ τῶν ὀλέγων περιγίγνοιντ᾽ ἄν.
καὶ οὐ λέγω, ὡς διὰ τὸ ὀλίγοι εἶναι καὶ πονεῖν
^ , M p » , 3
μᾶλλον δυνήσονται καὶ θάττους ἔσονται, ἀλλ,
ὅτι ῥᾷον εὑρεῖν ὀλίγους ἢ πολλοὺς τοὺς καὶ
τῶν ἵππων ἐπιμελησομένους ὡς δεῖ καὶ αὐτοὺς
φρονίμως μελετήσοντας τὴν ἱππικήν.
^ , , » , N
ἂν δέ ποτε συμβαίνῃ ἀγωνίζεσθαι πρὸς παρα-
πλησίους ἱππέας, ἐγὼ μὲν οἶμαι οὐκ ἂν χεῖρον
εἶναι, εἴ τις δύο τάξεις ἐκ τῆς φυλῆς ποιήσειε καὶ
^ ^ € L € ^ ^ A M [4
τῆς μὲν ὁ φύλαρχος ἡγοῖτο, τῆς δὲ ἄλλης ὅστις
ἄριστος δοκοίη εἶναι, οὗτος δὲ τέως μὲν ἕποιτο
κατ᾽ οὐρὰν τῆς μετὰ τοῦ φυλάρχου τάξεως, ἐπεὶ
δ᾽ ἐγγὺς ἤδη εἶεν οἱ ἀντίπαλοι, ἀπὸ παραγ-
1 ἀφιππίαν is ἃ correction in B: ἀφιππείαν S. with the MSS.
284
THE CAVALRY COMMANDER, viii. 12-18
able to achieve something and to retreat with less
risk. But when he has thrown the whole of his
strength into an attack on a stronger force, and wants
to retire, the men on the slowest mounts are bound
to be taken prisoners; others to be thrown through
lack of horsemanship; and others to be cut off
to inequalities in the ground, since it is hard
to find a wide expanse of country entirely to your
liking. Moreover, owing to their numbers they
will eollide and hinder and hurt one another fre-
quently. But good horses and men will contrive
to escape, especially if you manage to scare the
by using your reserves. Sham ambuscades,
too, are helpfulfor this purpose. [ is also useful to
discover on what quarter your friends may suddenly
. reveal themselves in a safe position and make
the pursuit slower. Then again it is obvious that in
point of endurance and speed the advantage is much
more likely to rest with a small than with a large force.
I do not mean that mere paucity of numbers will
increase the men's powers of endurance and add
to their speed ; but it is easier to find few men than
many who will take proper care of their horses and
will practise the art of horsemanship intelligently on
"their own account.
Should it happen at any time that the cavalry
forces engaged are about equal, I think it would be
a good plan to split each regiment into two divisions,
putting one under the command of the colonel, and
. the other under the best man available. The latter
would follow in the rear of the colonel's division for
a time; but presently, when the adversary is near,
3 αὑτῶν Dindorf: αὐτῶν S. with the MSS.
285
14
15
16
17
19
21
22
23
24
XENOPHON
γέλσεως παρελαύνοι ἐπὶ τοὺς πολεμίους. οὕτω
γὰρ οἶμαι καὶ ἐκπληκτικωτέρους τοῖς ἐχθροῖς. ἂν
εἶναι καὶ δυσμαχωτέρους.. εἰ δὲ πεξοὺς ἔχοιεν
ἑκάτεροι, καὶ οὗτοι ἀποκεκρυμμένοι ὄπισθεν τῶν
ἱππέων, ἐξαπίνης δὲ παραφαινόμενοι καὶ ὁμόσε
ἰόντες δοκοῦσιν ἄν μοι “τὴν νίκην πολὺ μᾶλλον
κατεργάξεσθαι. ὁρῶ γὰρ τὰ παράδοξα ἢ ἣν μὲν
ἀγαθὰ ἢ ἦν, μᾶλλον εὐφραίνοντα τοὺς ἀνθρώπους,
ἢν δὲ δεινά, μᾶλλον ἐκπλήττοντα. ταῦτα δὲ
γνοίη ἄν τις μάλιστα ἐνθυμούμενος, ὡς οἵ τε
ἐνέδραις ἐμπίπτοντες ἐκπλήττονται, καὶ ἐὰν
πολὺ πλείους óc kai ὅταν πολέμιοι ἀλλήλοις
ἀντικάθωνται, ὡς πολὺ ταῖς πρώταις Jjnépaus
φοβερώτατα € ἔχουσιν.
᾿Αλλὰ τὸ μὲν διατάξαι ταῦτα οὐ χαλεπόν" τὸ
δ᾽ εὑρεῖν τοὺς φρονίμως καὶ πιστῶς καὶ προθύμως
καὶ εὐψύχως παρελῶντας ἐπὶ τοὺς πολεμίους,
τοῦτο ἤδη ἀγαθοῦ ἱππάρχου. — δεῖ γὰρ καὶ
λέγειν αὐτὸν ἱκανὸν εἶναι καὶ ποιεῖν τοιαῦτα, ἀφ᾽
ὧν οἱ ἀρχόμενοι. γνώσονται ἀγαθὸν εἶναι τό τε
πείθεσθαι καὶ τὸ ἕπεσθαι καὶ τὸ ὁμόσε ἐλαύνειν
τοῖς πολεμίοις καὶ ἐπιθυμήσουσι τοῦ καλόν τι
ἀκούειν καὶ δυνήσονται ἃ ἂν γνῶσιν ἐγκαρτερεῖν.
᾿Εὰν δέ ποτε αὖ ἢ φαλάγγων ἀντιτεταγμένων
ἢ χωρίων ἑκατέροις ὑπαρχόντων ἐν τῷ μέσῳ τοῖς
ἱππεῦσιν àvacTpodaí τε καὶ διώξεις καὶ ἀποχω-
ρήσεις γίγνωνται, εἰώθασι μὲν ὡς τὰ πολλὰ ἐκ
τῶν τοιούτων ὁρμᾶν uev? βραδέως ἀμφότεροι,
τὸ δ᾽ ἐν μέσῳ τάχιστα ἐλαύνειν. ἢν δέ τις οὕτω
προδείξας ἔπειτα 3 ἐκ τῶν ἀναστροφῶν ὑπ το
1 S. reads ὁρμᾶν μὲν ἐκ τῶν ἀναστροφῶν with the MSS. :
τῶν ἀναστροφῶν is rightly removed by Rühl.
286
TÓ
THE CAVALRY COMMANDER, vir. 18-24
he would wheel on receiving the order and charge.
This plan, I think, would make the blow delivered
by the regiment more stunning and more difficult to
parry. Both divisions should have an infantry con-
tingent ; and if the infantry, hidden away behind the
cavalry, came out suddenly and went for the enemy,
I think they would prove an important factor in
making the victory more decisive; for I have noticed
that a surprise cheers men up if it is pleasant,
but stuns them if it is alarming. Anyone will
recognise the truth of this who relects that, however
great their advantagc in numbers, men are dazed
when they fall into an ambuscade, and that two
hostile armies confronting each other are scared out
of their wits for the first few days.
There is no difficulty in adopting these tactics ;
but only a good cavalry commander can find. men
who will show intelligence, reliability and courage in
wheeling to charge the enemy. . For the commander
21
22
must be capable both by his words and action of ἡ
making the men under him realize that it is good to
obey, to back up their leader, and to charge home;
of firing them with a desire to win commendation ;
and of enabling them to carry out their intentions
with persistence.
Suppose now that the cavalry are Buiy in the
no-man's-land that separates two battle lines drawn
up face to face or two strategic positions, wheeling,
pursuing and retreating. After such manceuvres
both sides usually start off at a slow pace, but gallop
at full speed in the unoccupied ground. But if a
commander first feints in this manner, and then after
Σ ἔπειτα Hartman : ἔπειτα δ᾽ S. with the MSS.
287
23
24
XENOPHON.
Te διώκῃ kai ταχέως ἀποχωρῇ, BXárrew τ᾽ ἂν
μάλιστα τοὺς πολεμίους δύναιτο καὶ ὡς τὸ εἰκὸς
ἀσφαλέστατ᾽ ἂν διάγοι, ταχὺ μὲν διώκων ἐν ᾧ
ἂν ἐγγὺς ἦ τοῦ ἑαυτοῦ ἰσχυροῦ, ταχὺ δὲ ἀπο-
25 χωρῶν ἀπὸ τῶν τοῖς πολεμίοις ἰσχυρῶν. εἰ δὲ
καὶ λαθεῖν δύναιτο ἀπὸ τῆς τάξεως ἑκάστης
καταλιπὼν ἢ τέτταρας ἢ πέντε τῶν κρατίστων
ἵππων τε καὶ ἀνδρῶν, πολὺ ἂν προέχοιεν εἰς τὸ
ἐπαναστρεφομένοις τοῖς πολεμίοις ἐμπίπτειν...
ΙΧ. Ταῦτα δὲ ἀναγιγνώσκειν μὲν καὶ ὀλυγάκις
ἀρκεῖ, ἐννοεῖν δὲ τὸ παρατυγχάνον αὐτῷ ἀεὶ 3
δεῖ καὶ πρὸς τὸ παριστάμενον σκοποῦντα τὸ
συμφέρον ἐκπονεῖν. γράψαι δὲ πάντα, ὁπόσα
δεῖ ποιεῖν, οὐδὲν μᾶλλον οἷόν τέ ἐστιν ἢ τὰ μέλ-
2 Xovra πάντα εἰδέναι. πάντων δὲ τῶν ὑπομνη-
μάτων ἔμοιγε δοκεῖ κράτιστον εἶναι τὸ ὅσα ἂν
γνῷ ἀγαθὰ εἶναι ἐπιμελεῖσθαι ὡς ᾿ἂν πραχθῇ.
. ὀρθῶς δὲ γιγνωσκόμενα οὐ φέρει καρπὸν οὔτε ἐν
γεωργίᾳ οὔτ᾽ ἐν ναυκληρίᾳ οὔτ᾽ ἐν ἀρχῇ, ἢν μή
τις ἐπιμελῆται ὡς ἂν ταῦτα σὺν τοῖς θεοῖς ὃ
ἐκπεραίνηται.5
8 Φημὶ δ᾽ ἐγὼδ καὶ τὸ πᾶν ἱππικὸν ὧδ᾽ ἂν
πολὺ θᾶττον ἐκπληρωθῆναι εἰς τοὺς χιλίους ἱπ-
πέας καὶ πολὺ ῥᾷον τοῖς πολίταις, Agnete
ἱππεῖς ξένους καταστήσαιντο' δοκοῦσι γὰρ ἄν
1. ἐννοεῖν Madvig: ποιεῖν S. with the MSS.
? αὐτῷ ἀεὶ BM : ἀεὶ αὐτῷ S. with other MSS.
3 'The MSS. have no σὺν τοῖς θεοῖς here, but have ταῦτα σὺν
τοῖς θεοῖς in the next sentence—see next note but one. 8$.
follows the text of the MSS.: the correction is by Madvig.
* ἐκπεραίνηται B : περαίνηται S. with the other MSS.
5 ἐγὼ ταῦτα S. with the MSS.: ταῦτα was removed by
Lenklau.
288
THE CAVALRY COMMANDER, vir. 24-1X, 3
wheeling, pursues and retreats at the gallop he will
be able to inflict the greatest loss on the enemy, and
will probably come through with the least harm,
by pursuing at the gallop so long as he is near his
own defence, and retreating at the gallop from the
enemy's defences. lf, moreover, he can secretly
leave behind him four or five of the best horses and
men in each division, they will be at a great
advantage in falling on the enemy as he is turning
to renew the charge:
IX. To read these suggestions a few times is
enough; but it is always necessary for the com-
mander to hit on the right thing at the right
moment, to think of the present situation and to
carry out what is expedient in view of it. To write
out all that he ought to do is no more possible than
to know everything that is going to happen. The
most importànt of all my hints, I think, is this:
Whatever you decide to be best, see that it gets done.
Whether you are a farmer,;! a skipper or a com-
mander, sound decisions bear no fruit unless you see
to it that, with heaven's help,? they are duly carried
out,
Further, I am of opinion that the full complement
of a thousand cavalry would be raised much more
quickly and in a manner much less burdensome
to the citizens if they established a force of two
hundred foreign cavalry.? For 1 believe that the
! Oeconomáicus xi. 8.
3 This expression undoubtedly comes here; compare
ially the maxim '* Act with god" (8 8), and the end
of the J/ays and Means.
? The 200 mercenaries would be included in the total of
1000.
289
VOL. II. L
25
3
XENOPHON.
μοι οὗτοι προσγενόμενοι καὶ εὐπειστότερον àv
πᾶν τὸ ἱππικὸν ποιῆσαι καὶ φιλοτιμότερον πρὸς
ἀλλήλους περὶ ἀνδραγαθίας. οἶδα δ᾽ ἔγωγε καὶ
Λακεδαιμονίοις ἱππικὸν ἀρξάμενον εὐδοκιμεῖν,
ἐπεὶ ξένους ἱππέας προσέλαβον. καὶ ἐν ταῖς
ἄλλαις δὲ πόλεσι πανταχοῦ τὰ ξενικὰ ὁρῶ
εὐδοκιμοῦντα" ἡ γὰρ χρεία μεγάλην προθυμίαν
συμβάλλεται. εἰς δὲ τιμὴν τῶν ἵππων νομίζω
ἂν αὐτοῖς χρήματα ὑπάρξαι καὶ παρὰ τῶν
σφόδρα ἀπεχομένων μὴ ἱππεύειν, ὅτι καὶ οἷς
καθίστησι τὸ ἱππικὸν ἐθέλουσι τελεῖν ἀργύριον
ὡς μὴ ἱππεύειν, καὶ παρὰ πλουσίων μέν, ἀδυ-᾿
νάτων δὲ τοῖς σώμασιν: οἴομαι δὲ καὶ Tap
ὀρφανῶν τῶν δυνατοὺς οἴκους ἐχόντων. νομίζω
δὲ καὶ μετοίκων φιλοτιμεῖσθαι ἄν τινᾶς εἰς
ἱππικὸν 5 καθισταμένους" ὁρῶ γὰρ καὶ τῶν
ἄλλων ὁπόσων ἂν καλῶν ὄντων μεταδιδῶσιν
αὐτοῖς οἱ πολῖται, φιλοτίμως ἐνίους ἐθέλοντας τὸ
προσταχθὲν διαπράττεσθαι. δοκεῖ δ᾽ ἄν μοι καὶ
πεζὸν σὺν τοῖς ἵπποις ἐνεργότατον εἶναι, εἰ
συσταθείη ἐξ ἀνδρῶν τῶν ἐναντιωτάτων τοῖς
πολεμίοις.
Ταῦτα δὲ πάντα θεῶν συνεθελόντων γένοιτ᾽ ἄν.
εἰ δέ τις τοῦτο θαυμάζει, ὅτι πολλάκις γέγραπται
τὸ σὺν θεῷ πράττειν, εὖ ἴστω, ὅτε ἢν πολλάκις
κινδυνεύῃ, ἧττον τοῦτο θαυμάσεται καὶ ἤν γε
κατανοῇ, ὅτι ὅταν πόλεμος ἢ, ἐπιβουλεύουσι μὲι
1 μὲν Dindorf: γε S. with the MSS.
3 ἱππικὸν Bake: ἱππικὴν S. with the MSS.
290
THE CAVALRY COMMANDER, ix. 3-8
presence of these men would improve the discipline
of the whole force and. would foster rivalry in the
display of efficiency. 1 know that the fame of the 4
Lacedaemonian horse dates from the introduction
of foreign cavalry: and in the other states every-
where 1 notice that the foreign contingents enjoy
a high reputation ; for need helps to produce great
eagerness, To defray the cost of their horses,! I 5
believe that money would be forthcoming from those
who strongly object to serve in the cavalry— since
even men actually enrolled? are willing to pay in
order to get out of the service—from rich men who
are physically unfit, and also, I think, from orphans ?
possessed of large estates. believe also that some 6
of the resident aliens would be proud to be enrolled
in the cavalry. For I notice that, whenever the
citizens give them a share in any other honourable
duty, some are willing enough to take pride in doing
the part assigned tothem. |] fancy, too, that infantry 7
attached to the cavalry: will be most effective if it
consists of persons who are very bitter against the
enemy.
All these things are feasible provided the gods give
theirconsent, lfanyone is surprised at my frequent 8
repetition of the exhortation to work with God, I
can assure him that his surprise will diminish, if
he is often in peril, and if he considers that in time
! The mercenaries would not receive **establishment "
money.
3 οἷς καθίστησι is not right; but the translation gives
the approximate sense of what Xenophon must have written.
* Orphans were exempt from state burdens until a year
after attaining theirmajority. The meaning seems to be that
during this period of exemption they might fairly be asked
to contribute to such & fund.
291
XENOPHON
ἀλλήλοις οἱ ἐναντίοι, ὀλιγάκις δὲ ἴσασι, πῶς ἔχει
τὰ ἐπιβουλευόμενα. τὰ οὖν τοιαῦτα οὐδ᾽ ὅτῳ
συμβουλεύσαιτ᾽ ἄν τις οἷόν τε εὑρεῖν πλὴν θεῶν"
οὗτοι δὲ πάντα ἴσασι καὶ προσημαίνουσιν ᾧ ἂν
ἐθέλωσι καὶ ἐν ἱεροῖς καὶ ἐν οἰωνοῖς καὶ ἐν
φήμαις καὶ ἐν ὀνείρασιν. εἰκὸς δὲ μᾶλλον
ἐθέλειν αὐτοὺς συμβουλεύειν τούτοις, οἱ ἂν μὴ
μόνον ὅταν δέωνται ἐπερωτῶσι, τί χρὴ ποιεῖν,
ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν ταῖς εὐτυχίαις θεραπεύωσιν ὅ τι ἂν
δύνωνται τοὺς θεούς.
292
THE CAVALRY COMMANDER, ix. 8-9
of war foemen plot and counterplot, but seldom
know what will come of their plots. — Therefore 9
there is none other that can give counsel in such
a case but the gods. They know all things,
and warn whomsoever they will in sacrifices, in
omens, in voices, and in dreams! And wé may
suppose that they are more ready to counsel those
who not only ask what they ought to do in the
hour of need, but also serve the gods in the days of
their prosperity with all their might.
1 Memorabilia 1. i. 3.
293
FH SOTKOSOWTZ
OF HGHHHIS H;
[. χώλοπ Miu »nuj Eaton ὁ 6T 449 (ois... í
3 ναστὲ eran pO omm. idàsr Tus “αν. “θὰ arms
db Kad 4t 23005 Tt29- 210 t on» n'jsioarot.
τὸ ϑΌρομν. quss παρ τὺ δα 2erime cao In ous «fy ἃ
KT ΠΣ ΤΟΝ ΤΙ ΤΗΕ ART . : ants
v6xa purs C1 MA 20 oet
"e ov: ANSHIP.- d
Eres guegea AERA RAT 0:
ὧν
3883355 5o "e (ps 7a iud ἊΣ Tw e TUS
οἷν
Alis νιοὶ M UA e SAKS ut ἴδαντ »nw 4T: xs "ü
rss i» 2870 p. Mb 9o τοῖν 434060»
ZAR imc Wi MAC ATE £i» 2e 300») 479.49) di
SEMQSeqA Fan coma h αὐτὸ Beo. nA: up
ui!
Apte αὶ
nT5 P AI» £V 45 20 *I3À1Q p» $$ Wo mall
nav
] i yam ac» τῶτ
MERI. s "e ^ à Ae n
ru Juáuwc.Uo0TwMaxÓb iT) wwuor «$4 q01
uo Wy y oor τ Cow 33354995 98. 045» ὅτ 1$
EMO. ΟἹ fou τ 21:35 ον A0 MT (ideo "uq τ
J|
gr i6 . εὐ Ὁ
“ἢ i -- Tau Gu Wa cDcl
wn x velo woriw ocrmao wi 90 6]
«35690 33 amp n9 move s$mÓx6 ΟΝ γυῦτ
αν του 407T.]0 A31 5 τ ν 15 πόσες τς CL AL
Est. τ ni φονὶν τ ἰνῶν auta 3o qiio nerd oll ra dsügao f
i set ΓΕ pt pnis κὰ ὁ -
Eu Jo erg ἀν mii Boom rw pa ιροίί Cadore miu
uhpugmo uvilavào'* «WT — iin bas ἢ 3o sm za
SENOCONTOX ΠΕΡῚ
IHIIIKHX
I. ᾿Επειδὴ διὰ τὸ συμβῆναι ἡμῖν πολὺν χρόνον
ἱππεύειν οἰόμεθα ἔμπειροι ἱππικῆς γεγενῆσθαι,
βουλόμεθα καὶ τοῖς νεωτέροις τῶν φίλων δηλῶσαι,
ἡ ἂν νομίξομεν αὐτοὺς ὀρθότατα ἵπποις προσφέ-
ρεσθαι. συνέγραψε μὲν οὖν καὶ Σίμων περὶ
ἱππικῆς, ὃς καὶ τὸν κατὰ τὸ Αθήνησιν ᾿Ελευσίνιον
ἵππον χαλκοῦν ἀνέθηκε καὶ ἐν τῷ βάθρῳ τὰ éav-
τοῦ ἔργα ἐξετύπωσεν: ἡμεῖς γε μέντοι ὅσοις
συνετύχομεν ταὐτὰ γνόντες ἐκείνῳ, οὐκ ἐξαλείφο-
μεν ἐκ τῶν ἡμετέρων, ἀλλὰ πολὺ ἥδιον παραδώ-
σομεν αὐτὰ τοῖς φίλοις, νομίζοντες ἀξιοπιστότεροι
εἶναι, ὅτι κἀκεῖνος κατὰ ταὐτὰ ἡμῖν ἔγνω ἱππικὸς
ὦν: καὶ ὅσα δὴ παρέλιπεν, ἡμεῖς πειρασόμεθα
δηλῶσαι.
Πρῶτον δὲ γράψομεν, ὡς ἄν τις ἥκιστα ἔξαπα-
τῷτο ἐν ἱππωνείᾳ.
Τοῦ μὲν τοίνυν ἔτι ἀδαμάστου πώλου δῆλον
ὅτι τὸ σῶμα δεῖ δοκιμάζειν: τῆς γὰρ ψυχῆς οὐ
πάνυ σαφῆ τεκμήρια παρέχεται ὁ μήπω ἀνα-
βαινόμενος. :
2 Τοῦ γε μὴν σώματος πρῶτόν φαμεν χρῆναι
τοὺς πόδας σκοπεῖν. ὥσπερ γὰρ οἰκίας οὐδὲν
! A considerable fragment of this work survives in a MS.
in Emmanuel College, Cambridge. The most recent editions
are those of Oder and Rübhl. The ''*cavalry commander"
296
ON THE ART
OF HORSEMANSHIP
I. INAsMUcH as we have had a long experience of
cavalry, and consequently claim familiarity with
the art of horsemanship, we -wish to explain to
our younger friends what we believe to be the
correct method of dealing with horses. True there
is already a treatise on horsemanship by Simon,!
who also dedicated the bronze horse in the
Eleusinium at Athens and recorded his own feats in
relief on the pedestal. Nevertheless, we shall not
erase from our work the conclusions that happen to
coincide with his, but shall offer them to our friends
with far greater pleasure, in the belief that they are
more worthy of acceptance because so expert a
horseman held the same opinions as we ourselves:
moreover, we shall try to explain all the points that
he has omitted.
First we will give directions how best to avoid being
cheated in buying a horse,
For judging an unbroken colt, the only criterion,
obviously, is the body, for no clear sigus of temper
are to be detected in an animal that has not yet had
a man on his back.
In examining his body, we say you must first look
at hisfeet. For, just as a house is bound to be worth-
aamed Simon referred to in Aristophanes KnigÀ/s 249, is
just a member of the chorus, but the name probably recalls
the author.
197
XENOPHON
ὄφελος ἂν εἴη, εἰ τὰ ἄνω πάνυ “καλὰ ἔχοι μὴ
ὑποκειμένων οἵων δεῖ θεμελίων, οὕτω καὶ ἵππου
πολεμιστηρίου οὐδὲν ἂν ὄφελος εἴη, οὐδ᾽ εἰ τἄλλα
πάντα ἀγαθὰ ἔχοι, κακόπους δ᾽ εἴη" οὐδενὶ γὰρ
ἂν δύναιτο τῶν ἀγαθῶν χρῆσθαι.
3 Πόδας δ᾽ àv τις δοκιμάξοι πρῶτον͵ μὲν τοὺς
ὄνυχας σκοπῶν" οἱ γὰρ παχεῖς πολὺ τῶν λεπτῶν
διαφέρουσιν εἰς εὐποδίαν" ἔπειτα οὐδὲ τοῦτο δεῖ
λανθάνειν, πότερον αἱ ὁπλαί εἰσιν ὑψηλαὶ ἢ
ταπειναὶ καὶ ἔμπροσθεν καὶ ὄπισθεν ? χαμηλαί.
αἱ μὲν γὰρ ὑψηλαὶ πόρρω ἀπὸ τοῦ δαπέδου.
ἔχουσι τὴν χελιδόνα. καλουμένην, αἱ δὲ ταπειναὶ
ὁμοίως βαίνουσι. τῷ τε ἰσχυροτάτῳ καὶ τῷ
μαλακωτάτῳ τοῦ “ποδός, ὥσπερ οἱ βλαισοὶ τῶν
ἀνθρώπων: καὶ τῷ ψόφῳ δέ φησι Σίμων δήλους
εἶναι τοὺς εὔποδας, καλῶς λέγων" ὥσπερ γὰρ
κύμβαλον ψοφεῖ πρὸς τῷ δαπέδῳ ἡ κοίλη ὁπλή.
4 ᾿Επεὶ δὲ ἠρξάμεθα ἐντεῦθεν, ταύτῃ καὶ ἀνα-
βησόμεθα πρὸς τὸ ἄλλο σῶμα.
Δεῖ τοίνυν καὶ τὰ ἀνωτέρω “μὲν τῶν ὁπλῶν
κατωτέρω δὲ τῶν κυνηπόδων ὀστᾶ μήτε ἄγαν
ὀρθὰ εἶναι ὥσπερ αἰγός: ἀντιτυπώτερα γὰρ ὄντα
κόπτει τε τὸν ἀναβάτην καὶ παραπίμπραται
μᾶλλον τὰ τοιαῦτα σκέλη: οὐδὲ μὴν ἄγαν ταπεινὰ
τὰ ὀστᾶ δεῖ εἶναι" ψιλοῖντο, γὰρ ἂν καὶ ἑλκοῖντο οἱ
κυνήποδες εἴτ᾽ ἐν βώλοις εἴτ᾽ ἐν λίθοις ἐλαύνοιτο
ὁ ἵππος.
5 Τῶν γε μὴν κνημῶν τὰ ὀστᾶ πα éa χρὴ εἶναι"
ταῦτα γάρ ἐστι στήριγγες. τοῦ ὦματος: οὐ
1 ** M, Bourgelat, in his preface to the second volume of Les
Elemens Hippiatriques reprehends this remark as trifling and
false ; and if our author is to be understood literally, the
298
BW 4 o mtn i LaL WDR ^
ART OF HORSEMANSHIP, i. 2-5
less if the foundations are unsound, however well the
upper parts may look, so a war-horse will be quite
useless, even though all his other points are good,
if he has bad feet; for in that case he will be unable
to use any of his good points.
When testing the feet first look to the hoofs. For
it makes a great difference in the quality of the feet
if they are thick rather than thin. Next you must
not failto notice whether the hoofs are high both
in front and behind, orlow. For high hoofs have the
frog, as it is called, well off the ground ; but flat hoofs
tread with the strongest and weakest part of the foot
simultaneously, like a bow-legged man. Moreover,
Simon says that the ring, too, is a clear test of good
feet: and he is right; fora hollow hoof rings like a
cymbal in striking the ground.!
Having begun here, we will proceed upwards by
successive steps to the rest of the body.
The bones (of the pastern) above the hoofs
and below the fetlocks should not be too upright,
like a goat's: such legs give too hard a tread, jar
the rider, and are more liable to inflammation. Nor
yet should the bones be too low,? else the fetlocks are
likely to become bare and sore when the horse is
ridden over clods or stones. ;
The bones of the shanks should be thick, since
these are the pillars of the body ; but not thick with
criticism is certainly just."—Berenger i, 221. Yet it is
unlikely that Simon and X. were both mistaken. -
? **'The pasterns (of the hackney) should neither be too
oblique, which bespeaks weakness: nor too straight, which
wears the horse out and is unpleasant to the rider."— Blair
in Loudon's Agriculture.
* ΞΕ Wide" would be a more suitable word.
299
XENOPHON ji
μέντοι φλεψί γε οὐδὲ σαρξὶ παχέα" εἰ δὲ μή,
ὅταν ἐν σκληροῖς ἐλαύνηται, ἀνάγκη αἵματος
ταῦτα πληροῦσθαι. καὶ κρισσοὺς γίγνεσθαι καὶ
παχύνεσθαι μὲν τὰ σκέλη, ἀφίστασθαι δὲ τὸ
δέρμα. χαλῶντος͵ δὲ τούτου πολλάκις καὶ ἡ
περόνη ἀποστᾶσα χωλὸν ἀπέδειξε. τὸν ἵππον.
6 Tá ye μὴν γόνατα ἢ βαδίξων ὁ ὁ πῶλος ὑγρῶς
κάμπτῃ, εἰκάξοις ἃ ἂν καὶ ἱππεύοντα ὑγρὰ ἕξειν τὰ
σκέλη" πάντες γὰρ “προϊόντος τοῦ χρόνου ὕγρο-
τέρως κάμπτουσιν ἐν τοῖς γόνασι. τὰ δὲ ὑ ὑγρὰ
δικαίως εὐδοκιμεῖ: ἀπταιστότερον γὰρ καὶ ἀκο-
πώτερον τὸν ἵππον τῶν σκληρῶν σκελῶν
παρέχει.
7 Μηροί, γε μέντοι οἱ ὑπὸ ταῖς ὠμοπλάταις ἣν
παχεῖς ὦσιν, ἰσχυρότεροί τε καὶ ipsnm ys
ὥσπερ ἀνδρὸς φαίνονται."
Καὶ μὴν στέρνα πλατύτερα ὄντα καὶ ape
κάλλος καὶ πρὸς ἰσχὺν καὶ πρὸς τὸ μὴ ἐπαλλὰξ
ἀλλὰ διὰ πολλοῦ τὰ σκέλη φέρειν εὐφυέστερα.
᾿Από γε μὴν τοῦ στέρνου ὁ μὲν αὐχὴν αὐτοῦ μὴ
ὥσπερ κάπρου προπετὴς πεφύκοι, ἀλλ᾽ ὥσπερ
ἀλεκτρυόνος ὀρθὸς πρὸς τὴν κορυφὴν ἥ ἥκοι, λαγα-
ρὸς δὲ εἴη τὰ κατὰ τὴν συγκαμπήν, ἡ δὲ Nie
ὀστώδης οὖσα μικρὰν σιαγόνα ἔχοι. οὕτως ὁ,
τράχηλος πρὸ τοῦ «ἀναβάτου ἂν εἴη, τὸ δὲ ὃ
τὰ πρὸ τῶν ποδῶν ὁ ὁρῷη. καὶ βιάζεσθαι δὲ ἥ ἥκιστ᾽
ἂν δύναιτο, ὁ τοιοῦτον σχῆμα ἔχων καὶ εἰ πάνυ
θυμοειδὴς εἴη" οὐ γὰρ ἐγκάμπτοντες, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκτεί-
νοντες τὸν “τράχηλον. καὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν βιάξεσθαι
οἱ ἵπποι ἐπιχειροῦσι.
oo
1 The Greek word means the fibula in man, but the fibula,
of course, is no part of the shank in the horse. Morgan
300
ART OF HORSEMANSHIEP, 1. 5-8
veins nor with flesh, else when the horse is ridden
over hard ground, these parts are bound to become
charged with blood and varicose; the legs will swell,
and the skin will fall away, and when this gets loose
the pin,! too, is apt to give way and lame the horse.
If the colt's knees are supple when bending as he 6
walks, you. may guess that his legs will be
supple when he is ridden too, for all horses acquire
greater suppleness at the knee as time goes on.
Supple knees are rightly approved, since they
render the horse less likely to stumble and tire
than stiff legs.
The arms below the shoulders? as in man, are 7
strongerand better looking if they are thick.
A chest of some width is better formed both for
appearance and for strength, and for carrying the
legs well apart without crossing.
His neck should not hang downwards from the 8
chest like a boar's, but stand straight up to the
crest, like a cock's;? but it should be flexible at the
bend; and the head should be bony, with a small
cheek. Thus the neck will protect the rider, and
the eye see what lies before the feet. Besides,
a horse of such a mould will have least power
of running away, be he never so high-spirited, for
horses do not arch the neck and head, but stretch
them out when they try to run away.
v ———— Vu—
PU MEET PRENEZ VS 9
rightly says that X, writes throughout of the horse as he
appears outwardly, and not of the. skeleton (with which he
was unacquainted), and that the allusionis to the back sinew
of the shin.
δὰ The forearm, not the true arm, which X. includes in the
est.
' * The horse should not be ** cock-throttled."
ἢ * He will not be a **star-gazer."
g^ T aA V as
301
XENOPHON
9 Σκοπεῖν δὲ χρὴ καὶ εἰ ἀμφότεραι μαλακαὶ αἱ
γνάθοι ἢ σκληραὶ ἢ ἢ ἧ ἑτέρα. ἑτερόγναθοι γὰρ
ὡς τὰ πολλὰ οἱ μὴ ὁμοίας τὰς γνάθους ἔχοντες
γίγνονται.
Καὶ μὴν τὸ ἐξόφθαλμον εἶναι ἐ ἐγρηγορὸς μᾶλλον
φαίνεται τοῦ κοιλοφθάλμου, καὶ ἐπὶ πλεῖον δ᾽ ἂν
10 ὁ τοιοῦτος ὁρῴη. καὶ μυκτῆρές γε. οἱ ἀναπεπτα-
μένοι τῶν συμπεπτωκότων εὐπνοώτεροί τε ἅμα
εἰσὶ καὶ γοργότερον τὸν ἵππον ἀποδεικνύουσι.
καὶ γὰρ ὅταν ὀργίξηται ἵ ἵππος ἵππῳ ἢ ἢ ἐν ἱππασίᾳ
θυμῶται, εὐρύνει μᾶλλον τοὺς μυκτῆρας.
11 Καὶ μὴν κορυφὴ μὲν μείξων, ὦτα δὲ μικρότερα
ἱππωδεστέραν τὴν κεφαλὴν ἀποφαίνει.
Ἡ δ᾽ αὖ ὑψηλὴ ἀκρωμία τῷ τε ἀναβάτῃ ἀσφα-
λεστέραν τὴν ἕδραν. καὶ τοῖς ὥμοις * ἰσχυροτέραν
τὴν πρόσφυσιν παρέχεται.
"Páyis γε μὴν ἡ διπλῆ τῆς ἁπλῆς καὶ ἐγκα-
θῆσθαι μαλακωτέρα καὶ ἰδεῖν ἡδίων. ᾿
12. Kai πλευρὰ | δὲ ἡ βαθυτέρα καὶ πρὸς τὴν γαστέρα
ὀγκωδεστέρα ἅ ἅμα εὐεδρότερόν. τε kal i ἰσχυρότερον
καὶ “εὐχιλότερον ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολὺ τὸν ἵππον
παρέχεται.
᾿Οσφῦς γε μὴν ὅσῳ ἂν πλατυτέρα καὶ βραχυτέρα
L τοσούτῳ p ῥᾷον μὲν ὁ ἵππος τὰ πρόσθεν αἴρεται,
ῥᾷον δὲ τὰ ὄπισθεν προσάγεται" καὶ ὁ κενεὼν δὲ
οὕτω μικρότατος φαίνεται, ὅσπερ μέγας ὧν μέρος
μέν τι καὶ αἰσχύνει, μέρος. δέ τι καὶ ἀσθενέστερον
καὶ δυσφορώτερον αὐτὸν τὸν ἵππον παρέχεται.
13 Τά γε μὴν ἰσχία πλατέα μὲν εἶναι χρὴ καὶ
εὔσαρκα, ἵνα ἀκόλουθα ἡ ἢ ταῖς πλευραῖς καὶ τοῖς
στέρνοις" ἢν δὲ πάντα στερεὰ 7), κουφότερα ἂν τὰ
! ὥμοις Schneider: ὥμοις καὶ τῷ σώματι RS. with the MSS.
302
ἊΨ ΡΥ (1v
Pasce ————rFK————Tr——————— — NE"
ART OF HORSEMANSHIP, i. 9-13
- You should notice, too, whether both jaws are soft 9
or hard, or only one ; for horses with unequal jaws are
generally unequally sensitive in the mouth.
Α prominent eye looks more alert than one that
is hollow, and, apart from that, it gives the horse a
greater range of vision. And wide open nostrils
afford room for freer breathing than close ones, and at
the same time make the horse look fiercer, for when-
ever a horse is angry with another or gets excited
under his rider, he dilates his nostrils.
AÀ fairly large crest and fairly small ears give the
more characteristic shape to a horse's head.
High withers offer the rider a safer west and a
stronger grip on the shoulders.
The double back ! is both softer to sit on than the
single and more pleasing to the eye.
The deeper the flanks and the more swelling
toward the belly, the firmer is the seat and the
stronger, and as a rule, the better feeder is the
horse.
The broader and shorter the loins, the more easily
the horse lifts his fore quarters and the more easily
he brings up his hind quarters. And, apart from
that, the belly looks smallest so, and if it is big it
disfigures the horse to some extent, and also
makes him to some extent both weaker and
clumsier.
The haunches must be broad and fleshy, that
they may be in right proportion to the flanks and
chest, and if they are firm all over, they will
1 **'That was before the days of saddles, and horsemen
had a tender interest in the double back —the characteristic
back of dappled horses."—Pocock, Horses, p. 118. ** Duplex
agitur per lumbos spina," says V irgil (Georg. iii. 87).
393
11
Ld
2
13
XENOPHON
πρὸς τὸν δρόμον εἴη καὶ ὀξύτερον μᾶλλον ἂν τὸν
ἵππον παρέχοιτο.
14 Μηρούς γε μὴν τοὺς ὑπὸ τῇ οὐρᾷ ἢν ἅμα
πλατείᾳ τῇ γραμμῇ διωρισμένους ἔχῃ, οὕτω καὶ
τὰ ὄπισθεν σκέλη διὰ πολλοῦ ὑποθήσει' τοῦτο
δὲ ποιῶν ἅμα γοργοτέραν τε καὶ i ἰσχυροτέραν ἕξει
τὴν ὑπόβασίν τε καὶ ἱππασίαν καὶ ἅπαντα
βελτίων ἔ ἔσται ἑαυτοῦ." τεκμήραιο δ᾽ ἂν καὶ ἀπ᾽
ἀνθρώπων. ὅταν γάρ τι ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς ἄρασθαι
βούλωνται, διαβαίνοντες πάντες μᾶλλον ἢ συμ-
βεβηκότες ἐ ἐπιχειροῦσιν αἴρεσθαι.
15 Toós γε μὴν ὄρχεις δεῖ μὴ μεγάλους τὸν ἵππον
ἔχειν, ὃ οὐκ ἔστι πώλου κατιδεῖν.
Περί γε “μὴν τῶν κάτωθεν ἀστραγάλων ἢ
κνημῶν καὶ κυνηπόδων καὶ ὁπλῶν τὰ αὐτὰ
λέγομεν ἅπερ περὶ τῶν ἔμπροσθεν.
16 Γράψαι δὲ βούλομαι καὶ ἐξ à ὧν ἂν περὶ μεγέ-
θους ἥ ἥκιστα ἀποτυγχάνοι τις. ὅτου γὰρ ἂν ὦσιν
αἱ κνῆμαι εὐθὺς γιγνομένου ὑψηλόταται, οὗτος
μέγιστος γίγνεται. προϊόντος γὰρ τοῦ χρόνου
πάντων τῶν τετραπόδων αἱ μὲν κνῆμαι εἰς
μέγεθος οὐ μάλα αὔξονται, πρὸς δὲ ταύτας ὡς ἂν
συ μέτρως ἔ d συναύξεται καὶ τὸ ἄλλο σῶμα.
157 (Ei8o δος, μὲν δὴ πώλου οὕτω δοκιμάζοντες μάλιστ᾽
ἂν ἡμῖν δοκοῦσι. τυγχάνειν εὔποδος καὶ ἰσχυροῦ
καὶ εὐσάρκου καὶ εὐσχήμονος καὶ εὐμεγέθους. εἰ
δέ τινες αὐξανόμενοι μεταβάλλουσιν, ὅμως οὕτω
1 ἂν Dindorf: αὐτὸν τὸν A : αὐτὸν B: αὖ S. with M.
3 βελτίων ἔσται ἑαυτοῦ Α : βελτίω ἔσται ἑαυτῶν S. with the
other MSS.
! He must not be ** cat-hammed " (Berenger), which means
that the hocks will be turned inwards. Such horses are
304
ART OF HORSEMANSHIP, i. 13-17
be lighter for running and will make the horse
ier.
If the gap that separates the hams under the tail
is broad! he will also extend his hind legs well apart
under his belly; and by doing that he will be more
fiery and stronger when he throws himself on his
haunches and when he is ridden, and will make
᾿ς the best of himself in afl ways. One can infer this
from the action of a man: for when he wants to lift
anything from the ground, a man invariably tries to
lift it with his legs apart rather than close together.
A horse's stones should not be big: but it is
impossible to observe this in a colt.
- As for the parts below, the hocks, shin bones,
fetlocks and hoofs, what we have said about the cor-
responding parts in the forelegs applies to these also.
I want also to explain how one is least likely to be
disappointed in the matter of size. The colt that is
longest. in the shanks at the time he is foaled
makes the biggest horse.? For in all quadrupeds
the shanks increase but little in size as time goes
on, whereas the rest of the body grows to them, so
be in the right proportion.
e who applies these tests to a colt's shape is
sure, in my opinion, to get a beast with good feet,
strong, muscular, of the right look and the right
size. f some change as they grow, still we may
often good trotters (Blane), but the Greek cavalry rider did
not require that.
* ** For his stature this is an infallible rule that the
shinne bone . . . never inereaseth, no not from the first
foaling . . . insomuch that if those bones be lo»g and large,
weare ever assured that the Foale will prove a tall and large
Horse." G. Markham, Cavalerice, 1617.
395
XENOPHON
θαρροῦντες δοκιμάξοιμεν. ἄν" πολλῷ γὰρ πλεί-
oves εὔχρηστοι ἐξ αἰσχρῶν ἢ ἐκ τοιούτων
αἰσχροὶ γίγνονται.
I. Ὅπως ye μὴν δεῖ πωλεύειν, δοκεῖ ἡμῖν μὴ
γραπτέον εἶναι. τάττονται μὲν γὰρ δὴ ἐν ταῖς
πόλεσιν ἱ ἱππεύειν οἱ τοῖς χρήμασί τε ἱκανώτατοι,
καὶ τῆς πόλεως οὐκ ἐλάχιστον μετέχοντες" πολὺ
δὲ κρεῖττον τοῦ πωλοδάμνην εἶναι τῷ μὲν νέῳ
εὐεξίας τε ἐπιμελεῖσθαι τῆς ἑαυτοῦ καὶ ἱππικὴν ]
ἐπισταμένῳ ἤδη ἱππάξεσθαι μελετᾶν" τῷ δὲ
πρεσβυτέρῳ τοῦ τε οἴκου καὶ τῶν φίλων exi TÓV
πολιτικῶν καὶ τῶν πολεμικῶν μᾶλλον ἢ ἀμφὶ
2 πώλευσιν διατρίβειν. ὁ μὲν δὴ ὥσπερ ἐγὼ
γιγνώσκων περὶ πωλείας δῆλον ὅτι ἐκδώσει τὸν
πῶλον. χρὴ μέντοι ὥσπερ τὸν παῖδα ὅταν ἐπὶ
τέχνην ἐκδῷ, συγγραψάμενον ἃ δεήσει ἐπιστά-
μενον ἀποδοῦναι“ οὕτως ἐκδιδόναι. ταῦτα γὰρ
ὑπομνήματα t ἔσται τῷ πωλοδάμνῃ ὧν δεῖ ἐπι-
μεληθῆναι, εἰ μέλλει τὸν μισθὸν ἀπολήψεσθαι.
38 ἝὍπως μέντοι πρᾶός τε καὶ χειροήθης καὶ
φιλάνθρωπος ὁ ὁ πῶλος ἐκδιδῶται τῷ πωλοδάμνῃ,
ἐπιμελητέον. τὸ γὰρ τοιοῦτον οἴκοι τε τὰ πλεῖστα
καὶ διὰ τοῦ ἱπποκόμου ἀποτελεῖται, ἢ ἣν ἐπίστηται
τὸ μὲν πεινῆν καὶ διψῆν καὶ μυωπίξεσθαι παρα-
σκευάζειν μετ᾽ ἐρημίας γίγνεσθαι τῷ πώλῳ, τὸ δὲ
φαγεῖν καὶ πιεῖν καὶ τῶν λυπούντων ἀπαλλάτ-
τεσθαι δι᾽ ἀνθρώπων. τούτων γὰρ γιγνομένων
ἀνάγκη μὴ μόνον φιλεῖσθαι ἀλλὰ καὶ ποθεῖσθαι
4 ὑπὸ πώλων ἀνθρώπους. καὶ ἅπτεσθαι δὲ χρὴ
! ἄν, added by Dindorf, is wanting in S.
5. εὔχρηστοι Schneider: εὐχρόαστοι S. with the MSS.
3 ἱππικὴν ἐν (510) Α : ἱππικῆς ἢ S. with the other MSS.
306
———
ART OF HORSEMANSHIP, τ 17-11. 4
confidently rely on these tests, for it is far com-
moner for an ugly colt to make a useful horse than
for a colt like this to turn out ugly.
1l. We do not think it necessary to give direc-
tions! for breaking a colt. For in our states the
cavalry are recruited from those who have ample
means and take a considerable part in the govern-
ment. And itis far better for ἃ young man to get
himself into condition and when he understands the
art of horsemanship to practise riding than to be a
horse-breaker; and an older man had far better
devote himself to his estate and his friends and
affairs of state and of war than spend his time in
horse-breaking. So he who shares my opinion
about horse-breaking will, of course, send his colt
out. Still he should put in writing what the horse
is to know. when he is returned, just as when he
apprentices his son to a profession. Forthese articles
will serve as notes to remind the horse-breaker of
what he must attend to if he is to get bis money.
Still, care must be taken that the colt is gentle,
tractable, and fond of man when he is sent to the
horse-breaker. "That sort of business is generally
done at home through the groom, if he knows how
to contrive that hunger and thirst and horseflies
are associated by the colt with solitude, while eating
and drinking and delivery from irritation come
through man's agency. Forin these circumstances
a foal is bound not only to like men, but to hanker
after them. One should also handle those parts in
! Or, perhaps, **to give many directions." Something is
lost in the MSS., in which the 43 (added by Courier) does
not appear.
* ὑπομνήματα AB : ὑποδείγματα S. with M.
307
XENOPHON
ὧν ψηλαφωμένων ὁ ἵππος μάλιστα ἥδεται"
ταῦτα δ᾽ ἐστὶ τά τε λασιώτατα καὶ οἷς αὐτὸς
ἥκιστα δύναται ὁ vehic ἤν τι λυπῇ αὐτόν,
ἐπικουρεῖν. προστετάχθω δὲ τῷ ἱπποκόμῳ καὶ
τὸ δι᾿ ὄχλου διάγειν κα παντοδαπαῖς μὲν ὄψεσι
παντοδαποῖς δὲ ψόφοις πλησιάζειν. τούτων δὲ
ὁπόσα ἂν ὁ πῶλος φοβῆται, οὐ χαλεπαίνοντα δεῖ,
ἀλλὰ πραὔνοντα διδάσκειν, ὅτι οὐ δεινά ἐστι. ὁ
Καὶ περὶ μὲν πωλείας ἀρκεῖν μοι δοκεῖ τῷ
ἰδιώτῃ εἰπεῖν τοσαῦτα πράττειν.
II. Ὅταν γε μὴν ἱππαξόμενον ὠνῆταί τις,
ὑπομνήματα γράψομεν, ἃ δεῖ καταμανθάνειν τὸν
μέλλοντα μὴ ἐξαπατᾶσθαι ἐ ἐν ἱππωνείᾳ.
Πρῶτον μὲν τοίνυν μὴ λαθέτω αὐτόν, τίς ἡ
ἡλικία" ὁ γὰρ μηκέτι ἔχων γνώμονας οὔτ᾽
ἐλπίσιν εὐφραίνει οὔτε ὁμοίως εὐαπάλλακτος
γίγνεται.
2 Ὁπότε δὲ ἡ ἡ νεότης σαφής, δεῖ αὖ μὴ λαθεῖν, πῶς
μὲν. εἰς τὸ στόμα δέχεται τὸν χαλινόν, πῶς δὲ
περὶ τὰ ὦτα τὴν κορυφαίαν. ταῦτα δ᾽ ἥκιστ᾽ ἂν
λανθάνοι, εἰ ὁρῶντος μὲν τοῦ ὠνουμένου ἐμβάλ-
λοιτο ὁ χαλινός, ὁρῶντος δ᾽ ἐξαιροῖτο.
8 Ἔπειτα δὲ προσέχειν δεῖ τὸν νοῦν, πῶς ἐπὶ τὸν
νῶτον δέχεται τὸν ἀναβάτην. πολλοὶ yàp t ἵπποι
χαλεπῶς προσίενται ἃ πρόδηλα αὐτοῖς ἐστιν ὅτι
προσέμενοι πονεῖν ἀναγκασθήσονται.
4 Σκεπτέον δὲ καὶ τόδε, εἰ ἀναβαθεὶς ἐθέλει ἀφ᾽
ἵππων ἀποχωρεῖν ἢ εἰ παρ᾽ ἑστηκότας ἱππεύων
μὴ ἐκφέρει πρὸς τούτους. εἰσὶ δὲ καὶ οἱ διὰ
cQ
! The knowledge of the teeth as a criterion of age is
rudimentary.
308
ART OF HORSEMANSHIP, rt. 4-τ|π. 4
which the horse likes most to be cherished, that is to
say the hairiest parts and those where the horse has
least power of helping himself, if anything worries
him, Let the groom be under orders also to lead :
him through crowds, and accustom him to all sorts of
sights and all sorts of noises. Ifthe colt shies at any
of them, he must teach him, by quieting him and
without impatience, that there is nothing to be
afraid of.
I think that the directions 1 have given on the
subject of horse-breaking are: sufficient for the
private person.
ἯΙ. In ease the intention is to buy a horse already
ridden, we will write out some notes that the buyer
must thoroughly master if he is not to be cheated over
his purchase.
First, then, he must not fail to ascertain the
A horse that has shed all his milk teeth .
does not afford much ground for pleasing expecta-
tions, and is not so easily got rid of.!
If he is clearly a youngster, one must notice
further how he receives the bit in his mouth and
the headstall about his ears. This may best be
noticed if the buyer sees the bridle put on and
taken off again. |
Next, attention must be paid to his behaviour
when he receives the rider on his back. For many
horses will not readily accept a thing if they know
beforehand that, if they accept it, they will be .
forced to work.
Another thing to be observed is whether when
mounted he is willing to leave his companions, or
whether in passing standing horses he does not bolt
towards them. Some too, in consequence of bad
309
XENOPHON
κακὴν ἀγωγὴν πρὸς τὰς οἴκαδε Pant diede
ἐκ τῶν ἱππασιῶν.
56 Τούς γε μὴν ἑτερογνάθους μηνύει μὲν καὶ j
πέδη καλουμένη ἱππασία, πολὺ δὲ μᾶλλον καὶ. τὸ
μεταβάλλεσθαι τὴν ἱππασίαν. πολλοὶ γὰρ οὐκ
ἐγχειροῦσιν ἐκφέρειν, ἢν μὴ ἅμα συμβῇ ἥ τε
18 M [4 N * , /, ^
ἄδικος γνάθος καὶ ἡ πρὸς οἶκον ἐκφορά. δεῖ γε
20. ἡ M κι. ^ Li , , ,
μὴν εἰδέναι καὶ εἰ ἀφεθεὶς εἰς τάχος ἀναλαμβά-
νεται ἐν βραχεῖ καὶ εἰ ἀποστρέφεσθαι ἐθέλει.
6 ἀγαθὸν δὲ μὴ ἄπειρον εἶναι, εἰ καὶ πληγῇ ἐγερ-
θεὶς ἐθέλει ὁμοίως πείθεσθαι. ἄχρηστον μὲν γὰρ
δήπου καὶ οἰκέτης καὶ στράτευμα ἀπειθές" ἵππος
δὲ ἀπειθὴς οὐ μόνον ἄχρηστος, ἀλλὰ πολλάκις
καὶ ὅσαπερ προδότης διαπράττεται. ᾿
7 "Eme δὲ πολεμιστήριον ἵππον ὑπεθέμεθα
ὠνεῖσθαι, ληπτέον πεῖραν ἁπάντων, ὅσωνπερ
& t , ^ , »
καὶ ὁ πόλεμος πεῖραν λαμβάνει. ἔστι δὲ
ταῦτα, τάφρους διαπηδᾶν, τειχία ὑπερβαίνειν,
ἐπ᾽ ὄχθους ἀνορούειν, ἀπ᾿ ὄχθων καθάλλεσθαι"
καὶ πρὸς ἄναντες δὲ καὶ κατὰ πρανοῦς καὶ πλάγια
ἐλαύνοντα πεῖραν λαμβάνειν. πάντα γὰρ ταῦτα
καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν εἰ καρτερὰ καὶ τὸ gua ἃ εἰ ὑγιὲς
βασανίξει.
8 Οὐ μέντοι τὸν μὴ καλῶς πάνυ ταῦτα ποιοῦντα
, , ^ , Ν M
ἀποδοκιμαστέον. πολλοὶ γὰρ οὐ διὰ τὸ μὴ
δύνασθαι, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸ ἄπειροι εἶναι τούτων
ἐλλείπονται. μαθόντες δὲ καὶ ἐθισθέντες καὶ
μελετήσαντες καλῶς ἂν ταῦτα πάντα ποιοῖεν, εἰ
310
-—— ev M mm.
ART OF HORSEMANSHIP, ur. 4-8
ng run. away from the riding ground to the
paths that lead home.
.À horse with jaws unequally sensitive is detected
by the exercise called the * ring," ! but much more
by changing the exercise. For many do not
attempt to bolt unless they have a bad mouth, and
the road along which they can bolt home gives them
their chance.? [It is likewise necessary to. know
whether, when going at full speed he can be pulled
up sharp, and whether he turns readily. And it is
well to make sure whether he is equally willing
to obey when roused by a blow. For a disobedient
servant and a disobedient army are of course use-
less; and a disobedient horse is not only useless,
but often behaves just like a traitor.
As we have assumed that the horse to be bought
is designed. for war, he must be tested in all the
particulars in which he is tested by war. These
include springing across ditches, leaping over walls,
rushing up banks, jumping down from banks. One
must also try him by riding up and down hill and
on a slope. All these experiments prove whether
his spirit is strong and his body sound.
Nevertheless, it is not necessary to reject a horse
that is not perfect in these trials. For many break
down in these not from want of ability, but from
lack of experience. With teaching, use and dis-
cipline they will perform all these exercises well,
1 ὡς, the **volte" ; see note at c. vii. $ 13.
3 ie, by riding on the other hand. The allusion, as
Hermann saw, is not to the inverted volte.
3 The meaning is, that if, for example, the road on the
right leads home, the horse with & more sensitive right jaw
will try to bolt down it.
311
10
11
12
XENOPHON [f
y ἄχλως ὑγιεῖς kal μὴ κακοὶ εἶεν. τούς γε μέντοι.
, , £f x
ὑπόπτας φύσει φυλακτέον. οἱ γὰρ ὑπέρφοβοι
βλάπτειν μὲν τοὺς πολεμίους ἀφ᾽ ἑαυτῶν οὐκ
.^ s 2 , , » y» 4
ἐῶσι, τὸν δὲ ἀναβάτην ἔσφηλάν τε πολλάκις καὶ
εἰς τὰ χαλεπώτατα ἐνέβαλον.
Δεῖ δὲ καὶ εἴ τινα χαλεπότητα ἔχοι ὁ ἵππος,
καταμανθάνειν, εἴτε πρὸς ἵππους εἴτε πρὸς
ἀνθρώπους, καὶ εἰ δυσγάργαλίς γε εἴη: πάντα γὰρ
ταῦτα χαλεπὰ τοῖς κεκτημένοις γίγνεται.
Τὰς δέ γε τῶν χαλινώσεων καὶ ἀναβάσεων
, " *5 1 ΄ Nos τον ὑεῖ
ἀποκωλύσεις καὶ τἄλλα 07! νεύματα πολὺ ἂν ἔτι
μᾶλλον καταμάθοι τις, εἰ πεπονηκότος ἤδη τοῦ
ἵππου πάλιν πειρῷτο ποιεῖν ταὐτὰ ὅσαπερ πρὶν
ἄρξασθαι ἱππεύειν.. ὅσοι δ᾽ ἂν πεπονηκότες
52 “ , , e / t ;
ἐθέλωσι πάλιν πόνους ὑποδύεσθαι, ἱκανὰ τεκ-
μήρια παρέχονται ταῦτα ψυχῆς καρτερᾶς.
Ὡς δὲ συνελόντι εἰπεῖν, ὅστις εὔπους μὲν εἴη,
^ , , z N , H δ x
πρᾶος δέ, ἀρκούντως δὲ ποδώκης, ἐθέλοι δὲ καὶ
δύναιτο πόνους ὑποφέρειν, πείθοιτο δὲ μάλιστα,
* E $trig , , ' , v ^
. OUTOS ἂν €LKOT(COS ἀλυποτατος T εἰὴ καὶ σῶτη-
ριώτατος τῷ ἀμβάτῃ ἐν τοῖς πολεμικοῖς. οἱ δὲ ἢ
διὰ βλακείαν ἐλάσεως πολλῆς δεόμενοι ἢ διὰ
τὸ ὑπέρθυμοι εἶναι πολλῆς θωπείας τε καὶ
πραγματείας ἀσχολίαν μὲν ταῖς χερσὶ τοῦ
ἀναβάτου παρέχουσιν, ἀθυμίαν δ᾽ ἐν τοῖς κινδύ-
νοις.
IV. Ὅταν γε μὴν ἀγασθεὶς ἵππον πρίηταί τις
καὶ οἴκαδε ἀγάγηται, καλὸν μὲν ἐν τοιούτῳ τῆς
οἰκίας τὸν σταθμὸν εἶναι, ὅπου πλειστάκις ὁ
δεσπότης ὄψεται τὸν ἵππον: ἀγαθὸν δ᾽ οὕτω
κατεσκευάσθαι τὸν ἱππῶνα, ὥστε μηδὲν μᾶλλον
οἷόν τ᾽ εἶναι τὸν τοῦ ἵππου σῖτον κλαπῆναὶι ἐκ
312
ART OF HORSEMANSHIDP, ri. 8-iv. 1
provided they are otherwise sound and not faulty.
But one should beware of horses that are naturally 9
shy. For timid horses give one no chance of using
them to harm the enemy, and often throw their
rider and put him in a very awkward situation.
It is necessary also to find out whether the Kk
horse has any vice towards horses or towards men,
and whether he will not stand tickling: for all
these things prove troublesome to the owner.
- As regards objection to being bridled or mounted, 11
and the other reactions, there is a much better way
still of detecting these, namely, by trying to do over
again, after the horse has finished his work, just what
one did before starting on the ride. ΑἹ] horses that
are willing after their work to do another spell
thereby give sufficient proofs of a patient temper.
. "To sum up: the horse that is sound in his feet, 12
gentle .and fairly speedy, has the will and the
strength to stand work, and, above all, is obedient,
is the horse that will, as a matter of course, give
least trouble and the greatest measure of safety to
his rider in warfare. But those that want a lot of
driving. on account of their laziness, or a lot of
coaxing and attention on account of their high spirit,
make constant demands on the rider's hands and
rob him of confidence in moments of danger.
IV. When a man has found a horse to his mind,
bought him and taken him home, it is well to have
the stable so situated with. respect to the house
that his master can see him very often ; and it is a good
plan to have the stall so contrived that it will be
as difficult to steal the horse'sfodderout of the manger
1 For δὴ νεύματα S. reads Beipara, ἕ conjecture of
Stephanus (Beweónara some inferior MSS.) -
313
XENOPHON
τῆς φάτνης ἢ τὸν τοῦ δεσπότου ἐκ τοῦ ταμιείου.
€ , , ^ , M V e ^ ^ 9 ]
o δὲ τούτου ἀμελῶν ἐμοὶ μὲν ἑαυτοῦ δοκεῖ ἀμε-
λεῖν: δῆλον γὰρ ὅτι ἐν τοῖς κινδύνοις τὸ αὑτοῦ
σῶμα τῷ ἵππῳ ὁ δεσπότης παρακατατίθεται.
ἔστι δὲ οὐ μόνον τοῦ μὴ κλέπτεσθαι ἕνεκα τὸν
^ , N *05 M t , 3 » Ψ λσ
σῖτον ἀγαθὸς 0 ἐχυρὸς ἑππῶν, GXX ÓTL καὶ ὅταν
πὴ ἐκκομίζῃ τὸν σῖτον ὁ ἵππος, φανερὸν γίγνεταί.
τούτου. δ᾽ dv τις αἰσθόμενος γιγνώσκοι, ὅτι ἢ
τὸ σῶμα ὑπεραιμοῦν δεῖται θεραπείας ἢ κόπου
Ν-ο͵ ^ , , , LA
ἐνόντος δεῖται ἀναπαύσεως ἢ κριθίασις ἢ ἄχλη
Tis ἀρρωστία ὑποδύεται. ἔστι O. ὥσπερ ἀνθρώπῳ
οὕτω καὶ ἵππῳ ἀρχόμενα πάντα εὐιατότερα ἢ ἐπει-
δὰν ἐνσκιρρωθῇ τε καὶ ἐξαμαρτηθῇ τὰ νοσήματα.
“Ὥσπερ δὲ τῷ ἵππῳ σίτου τε καὶ γυμνασίων
ἐπιμελητέον, ὅπως ἂν τὸ σῶμα ἰσχύῃ, οὕτω καὶ
τοὺς πόδας à ἀσκητέον. τὰ μὲν τοΐνυν ὑγρά τε καὶ
λεῖα τῶν σταθμῶν λυμαίνεται καὶ ταῖς εὐφυέσιν
[4 ^ ^ , e Ν ^ . £f , -* , ,
ὁπλαῖς. δεῖ δέ, ὡς μὲν μὴ ἦ ὑγρά, εἶναι ἀπόρ-
pura, ὡς δὲ μὴ λεῖα, λίθους ἔχοντα κατορωρυ-
γμένους προσαλλήλους παραπλησίους ὁπλαῖς τὸ
μέγεθος. τὰ γὰρ τοιαῦτα σταθμὰ καὶ ἐφεστη-
κότων ἅμα στερεοῖ τοὺς πόδας.
"HE , M ^ e , 3 7
πειτά γε μὴν τῷ ἱπποκόμῳ ἐξακτέον μὲν
^ v Ld 7 ὃ , δὲ *
τὸν ἵππον ὅπου ψήξει, μεταδετέον δὲ μετὰ τὸ
» , M ^ ΄ Uu? wv , ^ ^
ἄριστον ἀπὸ τῆς φάτνης, ἵν᾽ ἥδιον ἐπὶ τὸ δεῖπνον
ἴῃ. ὧδε δ᾽ ἂν αὖ ὁ ἔξω σταθμὸς βέλτιστος εἴη
καὶ τοὺς πόδας κρατύνοι, εἰ λίθων στρογγύλων
ἀμφιδόχμων ὅσον μνααίων ἁμάξας τέτταρας καὶ
314
ART OF HORSEMANSHIP, iv. 1-4
as the master's victuals from the larder. He who
neglects this seems to me to neglect himself; for
itis plain that in danger the master entrusts his life
to his horse. But a well-secured stall is not only
good for preventing theft of the fodder but also
because one can see when the horse spills his food.
And on noticing this one may be sure that either
his body is overfull of blood and needs treatment or
that the horse is over-worked and wants rest, or that
colic or some other ailment is coming on. [t is
the same with horses as with men: all distempers
in the early stage are more easily cured than
when they have become chronic and have been
wrongly treated.
Just as the food and exercise of the horse must be
attended to in order that he may keep sound, so his
feet must be cared for. Now damp and slippery floors
ruin even well-formed hoofs. In order that they
may not be damp,! the floors should have a slope to
off the wet, and, that they may not be slippery,
they should be paved all over with stones, each one
about the size of the hoof. Such floors, indeed, have
another advantage because they harden the feet of
the horses standing on them.
To take the next point: the groom must lead out
the horse to clean him, and must loose him from the
stall after the morning feed, that he may return to
his evening feed with more appetite. Nowthe stable-
yard will be of the best form and will strengthen the
feet if he throws down and spreads over it four or five
loads of round stones, the size of a fist, about a pound
ΤΣ The text of this sentence is conjectural ; and it is thought
—— some words are lost before τὰ γὰρ and after σταθμὰ in
the next.
315
e
τῷ
XENOPHON .
πέντε χύδην καταβάλλοι, περιχειλώσας σιδήρῳ,
ὡς ἂν μὴ σκεδαννύωνται" ἐπὶ γὰρ τούτων ἑστηκὼς
ὥσπερ ἐν ὁδῷ λιθώδει ἀεὶ ἂν μέρος τῆς ἡμέρας
πορεύοιτο. ἀνάγκη δὲ καὶ Ψψηχόμενον καὶ μυωπι-
ζόμενον χρήσθαι ταῖς ὁπλαῖς καθάπερ ὅταν
βαδίζῃ. καὶ τὰς χελιδόνας δὲ τῶν. ποδῶν οἱ
οὕτω κεχυμένοι λίθοι στερεοῦσιν. |
Ὡς δὲ περὶ τῶν ὁπλῶν ὅπως καρτεραὶ ἔσονται,
οὕτως καὶ περὶ τῶν στομάτων ὅπως μαλακὰ
ἔσται ἐπιμελεῖσθαι δεῖ. τὰ δ᾽ αὐτὰ ἀνθρώπου
τε σάρκα καὶ ἵππου στόμα ἁπαλύνει. Xn
V. Ἱππικοῦ δὲ ἀνδρὸς ἡμῖν δοκεῖ εἶναι καὶ τὸν
ἱπποκόμον πεπαιδεῦσθαι ἃ δεῖ περὶ τὸν ἵππον
πράττειν.
Πρῶτον μὲν τοίνυν τῆς ἐπιφατνιδίας φορβειᾶς
ἐπίστασθαι αὐτὸν δεῖ μήποτε τὸ ἅμμα ποιεῖσθαι
ἔνθαπερ ἡ κορυφαία περιτίθεται. πολλάκις γὰρ
κνῶν ὁ ἵππος ἐπὶ τῇ φάτνῃ τὴν κεφαλήν, εἰ μὴ
ἀσινὴς ἡ φορβειὰ περὶ τὰ ὦτα ἔσται, πολλάκις
ἂν ἕλκη ποιοίη. ἑλκουμένων γε μὴν τούτων ἀνά-
qv τὸν ἵππον καὶ περὶ τὸ χαλινοῦσθαι καὶ περὶ
τὸ ψήχεσθαι δυσκολώτερον εἶναι. ἀγαθὸν δὲ καὶ
τὸ τετάχθαι τῷ ἱπποκόμῳ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν τὴν κόπρον
καὶ τὰ ὑποστρώματα τοῦ ἵππου ἐκφέρειν εἰς ἕν
χωρίον. τοῦτο γὰρ ποιῶν αὐτός T ἂν ῥᾷστα
ἀπαλλάττοι καὶ ἅμα τὸν ἵππον ὠφελοίη. εἰδέ-
ναι δὲ χρὴ τὸν ἱπποκόμον καὶ τὸν κημὸν περι-
τιθέναι τῷ ἵππῳ καὶ ὅταν ἐπὶ ψῆξιν καὶ ὅταν
ἐπὶ καλίστραν ἐξάγῃ. καὶ ἀεὶ δὲ ὅποι ἂν ἀχα-
λίνωτον ἄγῃ κημοῦν. δεῖ. ὁ γὰρ κημὸς ἀναπνεῖν
μὲν οὐ. κωλύει, δάκνειν δὲ οὐκ ἐᾷ' καὶ τὸ ἐπι-
316
ART OF HORSEMANSHIP, ιν. 4-v. 3
in weight, and surrounds them with a border of iron
so that they may not be scattered. Standing on
these will have the same effect as if the horse
walked on a stone road for some time every day.
When he is being rubbed down and teased with
flies he is bound to use his hoofs in the same way
as when he walks. The frogs also are hardened
by stones scattered in this way.
The same care must. be taken to make his mouth
tender as to harden his hoofs. "This is done by the
same methods as are employed to soften human flesh.
V. Itisa mark of a good horseman, in our opinion,
to see that his groom, like himself, is instructed in
the way in which he should treat the horse.
First then the man ought to know that he should
never make the knot in the halter at the point where
the headstall is put on. For if the halter is not easy
about the ears, the horse will often rub his head
against the manger and may often get sores in con-
sequence. Now if there are sore places thereabouts
the horse is bound to be restive both when he is
. bridled and when he is rubbed down. ]t is well also 2
for the groom to have orders to remove the dung and
litter daily to one and the same place. Forby doing
this he will get rid of it most easily and at the same
time relieve the horse. The groom must also know
about putting the muzzle on the horse when.he takes
him out to be groomed or to the rolling-place. In
fhct he must always put the muzzle on when he leads
him anywhere without a bridle.! For the muzzle
prevents him from biting without hampering his
breathing; and moreover, when it is put on, it
* The muzzle appears on several Greek vases. The Greek
horse was given to biting.
317
XENOPHON
βουλεύειν δὲ περικείμενος μᾶλλον ἐξαιρεῖ τῶν
ἵππων.
4 Καὶ μὴν δεσμεύειν τὸν ἵππον ἄνωθεν τῆς
κεφαλῆς δεῖ. πάντα͵ γὰρ ὁπόσα ἂν δύσκολ᾽ 7
περὶ τὸ πρόσωπον ὁ ἵππος ἐκνεύειν πέφυκεν ἄνω.
ἐκνεύων γε μὴν οὕτω δεδεμένος χαλᾷ μᾶλλον ἢ
διασπᾷ τὰ δεσμά.
δ ᾿Επειδὰν δὲ ψήχῃ, ,“ἄρχεσθαι μὲν ἀπὸ τῆς
κεφαλῆς καὶ τῆς χαίτης: μὴ γὰρ καθαρῶν
τῶν ἄνω ὄντων μάταιον τὰ κάτω καθαίρειν.
ἔπειτα δὲ κατὰ μὲν τὸ ἄλλο σῶμα πᾶσι τοῖς
τῆς καθάρσεως, ὀργάνοις ἀνιστάντα δεῖ τὴν
τρίχα σοβεῖν τὴν κόνιν κατὰ ἢ φύσιν τῆς τρι-
xós". τῶν δ᾽ ἐν τῇ ῥάχει τριχῶν ἄλλῳ μὲν
ὀργάνῳ. οὐδενὶ δεῖ ἅπτεσ ai, ταῖς δὲ χερσὶ τρί-
βειν καὶ ἁπαλύνειν ἧπερ φύσει κέκλινται' ἥκιστα
γὰρ ἂν βλάπτοι τὴν ἕδραν τοῦ ἵππου. ὕδατι δὲ
καταπλύνειν τὴν κεφαλὴν χρή. ὀστώδης γὰρ
οὖσα εἰ σιδήρῳ ἢ ξύλῳ καθαίροιτο, λυποίη ἂν
τὸν ἵππον. καὶ τὸ προκόμιον δὲ χρὴ βρέχειν'
καὶ γὰρ αὗται εὐμήκεις οὖσαι αἱ τρίχες ὁρᾶν μὲν
οὐ κωλύουσι τὸν ἵππον, ἀποσοβοῦσι δὲ ἀπὸ
τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν τὰ λυποῦντα. καὶ τοὺς θεοὺς δὲ
οἴεσθαι χρὴ δεδωκέναι ταύτας τὰς τρίχας ἵππῳ
ἀντὶ τῶν μεγάλων ὦτων, ἃ ὄνοις τε καὶ ἡμιόνοις
ἔδοσαν ἀλεξητήρια πρὸ τῶν ὀμμάτων. καὶ οὐρὰν
δὲ καὶ ,Χαίτην πλύνειν χρή, ἐπείπερ αὔξειν δεῖ
τὰς τρίχας, τὰς μὲν ἐν τῇ οὐρᾷ, ὅπως ἐπὶ πλεῖ-
στον ἐξικνούμενος ἀποσοβῆται ὁ ἵππος τὰ λυ-
ποῦντα, τὰς δὲ ἐν τῷ τραχήλῳ, ὅπως τῷ ἀμβάτῃ
8 ὡς ἀφθονωτάτη ἀντίληψις ἧ. δέδοται δὲ παρὰ
1 κατὰ MSS. : οὐ κατὰ S. with Gesner.
c
-1
318
|
|
ART OF HORSEMANSHIEP, v. 3-8
goes far towards preventing any propensity to
mischief.
He should tie up the horse at a place above the 4
head, because when anything irritates his face,
the horse instinctively tries to get rid of it by tossing
his head upwards; and if he is tied thus he loosens
the halter instead of breaking it by tossing up his
head.
In rubbing the horse down, the man should start at 5
the head and mane; for if the upper parts are not
clean, it is idle to clean his lower parts. Next, going
over the rest of his body, he should make the hair
stand up with all the dressing instruments,! and
get the dust out by rubbing him the way the. hair
lies. But he should not touch the hair on the back-
bone with any instrument ; he should rub and smooth
it down with the hands the way it naturally
grows; for so he will be least likely to injure the
riders seat. He must wash the head well with 6
water, for, as it is bony, to clean it with iron or
wood would hurt the horse. He must also wet
the forelock, for this tuft of hair, even if pretty
long, does not obstruct his sight, but drives
from his eyes anything that worries them ; and we
must presume that the gods have given the horse
this hair in lieu of the long ears that they have given
to asses and mules as a protection to their eyes.
He should also wash the tail and mane, for growth 7
of the tail is to be encouraged in order that the horse
may be able to reach as far as possible and drive
away anything that worries him, and growth of the
mane in order to give the rider as good a hold as pos-
sible. Besides, the mane, forelock and tail have been 8
! The instructions are rather vague.
319
10
XENOPHON
θεῶν καὶ ἀγλαΐας ἕνεκα í ἵππῳ χαίτη καὶ προ-
κόμιόν τε καὶ οὐρά. τεκμήριον δέ' αἱ γὰρ ἀγε-
λαῖαι τῶν ἵππων οὐχ ὁμοίως ὑπομένουσι “τοὺς
ὄνους. ἐπὶ τῇ ὀχείᾳ, ἕως ἂν κομῶσιν' οὗ ἕνεκα
καὶ ἀποκείρουσι πρὸς τὴν ὀχείαν τὰς ἵππους
ἅπαντες οἱ ὀνοβατοῦντες.
Τήν γε μὴν τῶν σκελῶν κατάπλυσιν ἀφαιροῦ-
μεν" ὠφελεῖ μὲν γὰρ οὐδέν, βλάπτει δὲ τὰς
ὁπλὰς ἡ καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν βρέξις. καὶ τὴν
ὑπὸ γαστέρα δὲ ἄ ἄγαν κάθαρσιν μειοῦν χρή" αὕτη
γὰρ λυπεῖ μὲν. μάλιστα τὸν ἵππον, ὅσῳ δ᾽ ἂν
καθαρώτερα ταῦτα γένηται, τοσούτῳ πλείονα τὰ
λυποῦντα ἀθροίζει ὑπὸ τὴν γαστέρα" jv δὲ καὶ
πάνυ διαπονήσηταί τις ταῦτα, οὐ φθάνει τε
ἐξαγόμενος ὁ ἵππος καὶ εὐθὺς ὅμοιός ἐστι τοῖς
ἀκαθάρτοις. ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἐᾶν χρή" ἀρκεῖ δὲ
καὶ ἡ τῶν σκελῶν ψῆξις αὐταῖς ταῖς χερσὶ
γιγνομένη.
VI. Δηλώσομεν δὲ καὶ τοῦτο, ὡς ἂν ἀβλα-
βέστατα μέν τις ἑαυτ 5, τῷ δ᾽ ἵππῳ ὠφελεμώτατα
ψήχοι. ἢν μὲν γὰρ εἰς τὸ αὐτὸ βλέπων τῷ ἵππῳ
καθαίρῃ, κίνδυνος καὶ τῷ γόνατι καὶ τῇ ὁπλῇ
εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον πληγῆναι" ἢν δὲ ἀντία τῷ ἵππῳ
ὁρῶν καὶ ἔξω τοῦ σκέλους, ὅταν καθαίρῃ, κατὰ
τὴν ὠμοπλάτην καθίζων ἀποτρίβῃ, οὕτω πάθοι
μὲν ἂν οὐδέν, δύναιτο δ᾽ ἂν καὶ τὴν χελιδόνα τοῦ
ἵππου θεραπεύειν ἀναπτύσσων τὴν ὁπλήν. ὡς
δ᾽ αὔτως καὶ τὰ ὄπισθεν σκέλη καθαιρέτω.
1 Several allusions to this erroneous belief of the Greeks
até collected by the commentators.
? The text shows that the parts washed were ποῦ
320
ART OF HORSEMANSHIP, v. 8-vi. 2
given to the horse by the gods as an ornament.
A proof of this is that brood mares herding together,
so long as they have fine manes,! are reluctant to
be covered by asses; for which reason all breeders of
- mules cut off the manes of the mares for covering.
Washing down of the legs we disapprove of; it
does no good, and the hoofs are injured by
being wetted every day. Excessive cleaning under
the belly also should be diminished; for this worries
the horse very much, and the cleaner these parts are,
'the more they collect under the belly things offen-
sive to it;? and notwithstanding all the pains that 10
may be taken with these parts, the horse is no sooner
led out than he looks much the same as an unwashed
animal. Sothese operations should be omitted ; and
as for the rubbing of the legs, it is enough to do it
with the bare hands.
VI. We will now show how one may rub down
a horse with least danger to oneself and most
advantage to the horse. If in cleaning him? the man
faces in the same direction as the horse, he runs the
risk of getting a blow in the face from his knee and
his hoof. But if he faces in the opposite direction 2
to the horse and sits by the shoulder out of reach
of his leg when he cleans him, and rubs him down
so, then he will come to no harm, and can also at-
tend to the horse's frog by lifting up the hoof.* Let
him do exactly the same in cleaning the hind-legs.
thoroughly dried: indeed, efficient drying cloths were not
used. n Pollux i. 185. i
* What follows refers to cleaning the fore-legs, to which a
reference has doubtless dropped out of the text.
* On the vase referred to in the Introduction (p. xxxiv)
the groom examining his frog is crouching under the horse
and facing the same way.
———Á—— —
Er. MEL € 4495
321
VOL. 11. M
e
5:
oo
XENOPHON
εἰδέναι δὲ χρὴ τὸν περὶ τὸν ἵππον, ὅτι kal ταῦτα
καὶ τἄλλα πάντα, ὅσα πράττειν δεῖ, ὡς ἥκιστα
χρὴ κατὰ τὸ πρόσωπόν τε καὶ οὐρὰν ποιήσοντα
προσιέναι" ἢν γὰρ ἐπιχειρῇ ἀδικεῖν, κατ᾽ ἀμφό-
τερα ταῦτα κρείττων ὁ ἵππος ἀνθρώπου. ἐκ
πλαγίου δ᾽ ἄν τις προσιὼν ἀβλαβέστατα μὲν
ἑαυτῷ, κάλλιστα, 1 δ᾽ ἂν ἵππῳ δύναιτο χρῆσθαι.
Ἐπειδών γε μὴν ἄγειν δέῃ τὸν ἵππον, τὴν μὲν
ὄπισθεν ἀγωγὴν διὰ τάδε οὐκ ἐπαινοῦμεν, ὅτι τῷ
μὲν ἄγοντι οὕτως ἥκιστα ἔστι φυλάξασθαι, τῷ
δὲ ἵππῳ οὕτως μάλιστα ἔξεστι ποιῆσαι ὅ τι ἂν
βούληται. τὸ δ᾽ αὖ ἔμπροσθεν μακρῷ τῷ ἀγωγεῖ
προϊόντα διδάσκειν ὑφηγεῖσθαι, τὸν ἵππον δι
τάδε αὖ ψέγομεν. ἔξεστι μὲν γὰρ τῷ ἵππῳ καθ᾽
ὁπότερ᾽ ἂν βούληται τῶν πλαγίων κακουργεῖν,
ἔξεστι δὲ ἀναστρεφόμενον ἀντίον γίγνεσθαι τῷ
ἄγοντι. ἀθρόοι δὲ δὴ ἵπποι πῶς ἄν ποτε ἀλλήλων
δύναιντο ἀπέχεσθαι οὕτως ἀγόμενοι ; ; ἐκ “πλαγίου
δὲ ἵ ἵππος ἐθισθεὶς παράγεσθαι ἥ ἥκιστα μὲν ἂν καὶ
ἵππους καὶ ἀνθρώπους δύναιτ᾽ ἂν κακουργεῖν,
κάλλιστα δ᾽ ἂν παρεσκευασμένος τῷ ἀναβάτῃ
εἴη καὶ εἴ ποτε ἐν τάχει ἀναβῆναι δεήσειεν.
Ἵνα δὲ ὁ ἱπποκόμος καὶ τὸν χαλινὸν ὀρθῶς
ἐμβάλῃ, πρῶτον μὲν “προσίτω κατὰ τὰ ἀριστερὰ
τοῦ ἵππου: ἔπειτα τὰς μὲν ἡνίας περιβαλὼν. περὶ
τὴν κεφαλὴν καταθέτω ἐπὶ τῇ “ἀκρωμίᾳ, τὴν δὲ
κορυφαίαν τῇ δεξιᾷ aipéro, τὸ δὲ στόμιον τῇ
ἀριστερᾷ προσφερέτω. κἂν μὲν δέχηται, δῆλον
ὅτι περιτιθέναι δεῖ τὸν κεκρύφαλον' ἐὰν δὲ μὴ
ὑποχάσκῃ, ἔχοντα δεῖ πρὸς τοῖς ὀδοῦσι τὸν
Metu τὸν μέγαν δάκτυλον τῆς ἀριστερᾶς χειρὸς
! κάλλιστα Herwerden : πλεῖστα S. with the MSS.
322
wa Ἐν -.—-V— "OO—
ART OF HORSEMANSHIP, vi. 3-8
The man employed about the horse is to know that in
these operations and in all that he has to do-he must
be very chary of approaching from the head or tail
to do his work. For if the horse attempts to show
mischief he has the man in his power in both these
directions ; but if he approaches from the side he can
the horse with least danger to himself and
in the best manner.
When it is necessary to lead the horse, we do not
approve of leading him behind one for this reason,
that the man leading him is then least able to take
care of himself while the horse has the utmost
freedom to do whatever he chooses. On the other
hand we also disapprove of training the horse to go
in front on a long lead for the following reasons:
the horse has the power of misbehaving on either
side as he chooses, and has also the power of turn-
ing round and facing his driver. And if several
horses together are driven in this fashion, how can
they possibly be kept from interfering with one
another? But a horse that is accustomed to being
led from the side will have least power of doing
harm either to horses or to men, and will be in the
handiest position for the rider should he want to
mount quickly.
In order to put the bit in properly, first let the
groom approach on the near side of the horse.
Then let him throw the reins over the head and
drop them on the withers, and next lift the headstall
with the right hand and offer the bit with the left.
1f he takes the bit, of course the bridle should be put
on. But if he refuses to open his mouth, the man
must hold the bit to his teeth and put the thumb of
3?3
3
5
l0
11
12
13
XENOPHON
εἴσω τῆς γνάθου τῷ ἵππῳ ποιῆσαι. οἱ γὰρ
πολλοὶ τούτου γιγνομένου χαλῶσι τὸ στόμα. ἢν
δὲ μηδ᾽ οὕτω δέχηται, πιεσάτω τὸ χεῖλος περὶ τῷ
κυνόδοντι' καὶ πάνυ τινὲς ὀλίγοι οὐ δέχονται
τοῦτο πάσχοντες. δεδιδάχθω δὲ καὶ τάδε ὁ
ἱπποκόμος, πρῶτον μὲν μήποτε ἄγειν τῆς ἡνίας
τὸν ἵππον" τοῦτο γὰρ ἑτερογνάθους ποιεῖ" ἔπειτα
δὲ ὅ ὅσον δεῖ ἀπέχειν τὸν χαλινὸν τῶν γνάθων. ὁ
μὲν γὰρ ἄγαν πρὸς αὐταῖς τυλοῖ τὸ στόμα, ὥστε
μὴ εὐαίσθητον εἶναι, ὁ δὲ ἄγαν εἰς ἄκρον τὸ
στόμα καθιέμενος ἐξουσίαν παρέχει συνδάκνοντι
τὸ στόμιον μὴ πείθεσθαι. χρὴ δὲ τὸν ἱπποκόμον
καὶ τὰ τοιάδε παρατηρεῖν, εἰ μὴ ῥᾳδίως τὸν
χαλινὸν ὁ ἵππος o 5 d αἰσθανόμενος ὅτι ϊ δεῖ
πονεῖν. οὕτω γὰρ δὴ μέγα ἐστὶ τὸ “λαμβάνειν
ἐθέλειν τὸν ἵππον τὸν χαλινόν, ὡς ὁ μὴ δεχόμενος
παντάπασιν ἄχρηστος. ἢν δὲ μὴ μόνον ὅταν
πονεῖν μέλλῃ χαλινῶται, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὅταν ἐπὶ τὸν
σῖτον καὶ ὅταν ἐξ ἱππασίας εἰς οἶκον ἀπάγηται,
οὐδὲν à ἂν εἴη θαυμαστόν, εἰ ἁρπάξοι" τὸν χαλινὸν
αὐτόματος προτεινόμενον.
᾿Αγαθὸν δὲ τὸν ἱπποκόμον καὶ ἀναβάλλειν
ἐπίστασθαι τὸν Περσικὸν τρόπον, ὅπως αὐτός
τε ὁ δεσπότης, ἤ ἤν ποτε ἀρρωστήσῃ ἢ πρεσβύτερος
γένηται, ἔχῃ τὸν εὐπετῶς ἀναβιβάζοντα καὶ ἄλλῳ
ἤν τινι βούληται τὸν “ἀναβαλοῦντα ἐπιχαρίσηται.
Τὸ δὲ μήποτε σὺν ὀργῇ τῷ ἵππῳ προσφέρεσθαι,
ἕν τοῦτο καὶ δίδαγμα καὶ ἔθισμα πρὸς ἵππον
ἄριστον. ἀπρονόητον γὰρ ἡ ὀργή, ὥστε πολ-
1 ἱππόκομον. . . ὅτι À : the other MSS. have παρα ξύνθαι
for the παρατηρεῖν of AB ; all but A omit uy . . αἰσθάνομενος,
and have τι for ὅτι: S. adds ἵππον μὴ κατὰ τοιάδε παρωξύνθαι,
εἴ τι between τὸν and δεῖ.
324
Eu —————
Mr i υ σι,
| vc——————
3 ART OF HORSEMANSHIP, νι, 8-13
the left hand in the horse's jaw. Most horses open
the mouth when this is done. [Ὁ he still resists, the
man should squeeze his lip against the tusk; and
very few resist when they are treated in this way.
The groom should also be instructed in the following 9
points: first, never to lead the horse on the rein—
that gives the horse a hard mouth on one side—and
secondly, what is the correct distance from the bit to
the jaws. For if it is too high up, it hardens the
mouth so that it loses its sensitiveness; and if it lies
too low in the mouth, it gives the horse power to
take it between his teeth and refuse to obey. The 10
groom must also pay some attention to such points
as the following: whether the horse will not easily
take the bit when he knows that he has work to do.
Willingness to receive the bit is, in fact, so important
that a horse that refuses itis quite useless. Butifhe 11
is bridled not only when he is going to be ridden, but
also when he is taken to his food and when he is
led home from exercise, it would not be at all sur-
prising if he seized the bit of his own accord when
offered to him.
It is well for the groom to know how to give a leg- 12
up in the Persian fashion,! so that his master him-
self, in case he is indisposed or is getting old may
have someone to put him up conveniently, and may,
if he wishes, oblige his friend with a man to give
him a lift-up.
The one best rule and practice in dealing with a 13
horse is never to approach him in anger; for anger is
a reckless thing, so that it often makes a man do what
1 See Cacalry Commander, i. 17.
* ἁρπάζοι À : ἁρπάζει S. with the other MSS.
325
14
15
16
XENOPHON
λάκις ἐξεργάζεται ὧν μεταμέλειν ἀνάγκη. καὶ
ὅταν δὲ ὑποπτεύσας τι ὁ ἵππος μὴ Θύλῃ πρὸς
τοῦτο προσιέναι, διδάσκειν δεῖ, ὅτι οὐ δεινά ἐστι,
μάλιστα μὲν οὖν ἵππῳ εὐκαρδίῳ:" εἰ δὲ μή, ἅἁπτό-
μενον αὐτὸν τοῦ δεινοῦ δοκοῦντος εἶναι καὶ τὸν
ἵππον πράως προσάγοντα. οἱ δὲ πληγαῖς ἀν-
αγκάξοντες ἔ ἔτι πλείω φόβον παρέχουσιν" οἴονται
γὰρ οἱ ἵπποι, ὅταν τι χαλεπὸν πάσχωσιν ἐν
τῷ τοιούτῳ, καὶ τούτου τὰ ὑποπτευόμενα αἴτια
εἶναι.
᾿Επειδάν γε μὴν ὁ ἱπποκόμος τὸν ἵππον παρα-
διδῷ τῷ ἀναβάτῃ, τὸ μὲν ἐπίστασθαι ὑποβιβά-
ἕεσθαι τὸν ἵππον, ὥστε εὐπετὲς εἶναι ἀναβῆναι,
οὐ ᾿μεμφόμεθα' τόν γε μέντοι ἱππέα νομίζομεν
χρῆναι μελετᾶν καὶ μὴ παρέχοντος ἵππου δύνα-
σθαι ἀναβαίνειν. ἄλλοτε μὲν yàp. ἀλλοῖος ἵππος
παραπίπτει, ἄλλοτε δὲ ἄλλως ὁ αὐτὸς ὑπηρετεῖ.
VII. “Ὅταν γε μὴν παραδέξηται τὸν ἵππον
ὡς ἀναβησόμενος, νῦν αὖ “γράψομεν, ὅσα ποιῶν
ὁ ἱππεὺς καὶ ἑαυτῷ καὶ τῷ ἵππῳ ὠφελιμώτατος
ἂν ἐν τῇ ἱππικῇ εἴη.
Πρῶτον μὲν τοίνυν τὸν ᾿ῥυταγωγέα χρὴ͵ ἐκ
τῆς ὑποχαλινιδίας 7 ἐκ τοῦ ψαλίου ἠρτημένον
εὐτρεπῆ εἰς τὴν “ἀριστερὰν χεῖρα λαβεῖν καὶ οὕτω
χαλαρόν, ὡς μήτ᾽ ἂν τῶν τριχῶν παρὰ τὰ ὦτα
λαβόμενος μέλλῃ ἀναβήσεσθαι μήτε ἂν ἀπὸ
δόρατος ἀναπηδᾷ, σπᾶν τὸν ἵππον. τῇ δεξιᾷ δὲ
τὰς ἡνίας παρὰ τὴν ἀκρωμίαν λαμβανέτω ὁμοῦ
τῇ χαίτῃ, ὅπως μηδὲ καθ᾽ ἕνα τρόπον ἀναβαίνων
1 ἂν τῶν Courier: ἂν ἀνιὼν τῶν MSS.: ἂν ἀνιμῶν τῶν
S. with Stephanus.
326
——
rc, E 2
ART OF HORSEMANSHIP, vi. 13-vit. 1
he must regret.! Moreover, when the horse is shy of 14
anything and will not come near it, you should teach
him that there is nothing to be afraid of, either with
the help of a plucky horse—which is the surest way—
or else by touching the object that looks alarming
yourself, and gently leading the horse up to it. To
force him with blows only increases his terror; for
when horses feel pain in such a predicament, they
think that this too is caused by the thing at
which they shy.
When the groom presents the horse to his rider,
we take no exception to his understanding how to
cause the horse to crouch, for convenience in mount-
ing. We think, however, that the rider should get
used to mounting even without his horse's help.
For a rider gets a different sort of horse at different
times, and the same one does not always serve him
in the same way.
VII. We will now describe what the rider should
do when he has received his horse and is going to
mount, if he is to make the best of himself and his
horse in riding.
First, then, he must hold the leading-rein fastened
to the chin-strap or the nose-band ready in the left
hand, and so loose as not to jerk the horse whether
he means to mount by holding on to the mane near
the ears or to spring up with the help of the spear.
With his right hand let him take hold of the reins
by the withers along with the mane, so that he may
1. Hellenica, v. iii. 7.
327
XENOPHON
2 σπάσῃ τῷ χαλινῷ τὸ στόμα τοῦ ἵππου. ἐπειδὰν
δὲ ἀνακουφίσῃ ἑαυτὸν εἰς τὴν ἀνάβασιν, τῇ μὲν
ἀριστερᾷ ἀνιμάτω τὸ σῶμα, τὴν δὲ δεξιὰν ἐντεί-
vov συνεπαιρέτω ἑαυτόν οὕτω γὰρ ἀναβαίνων
οὐδὲ ὄπισθεν αἰσχρὰν θέαν παρέξει συγκεκαμ-
μένῳ! τῷ σκέλει: καὶ μηδὲ τὸ γόνυ ἐπὶ τὴν
ῥάχιν τοῦ ἵππου τιθέτω, ἀλλ᾽ ὑπερβησάτω ἐπὶ
τὰς δεξιὰς πλευρὰς τὴν κνήμην. ὅταν δὲ περι-
ενέγκῃ τὸν πόδα, τότε καὶ τὼ γλουτὼ καθέτω ἐπὶ
τὸν ἵππον.
8 ἪΝν δὲ τύχῃ ὁ ἱππεὺς τῇ μὲν ἀριστερᾷ ἄγων
τὸν ἵππον, τῇ δὲ δεξιᾷ τὸ δόρυ ἔχων, ἀγαθὸν
μὲν ἡμῖν δοκεῖ εἶναι τὸ καὶ ἐκ τῶν δεξιῶν μελε-
τῆσαι ἀναπηδᾶν. μαθεῖν δ᾽ οὐδὲν δεῖ ἄλλο ἢ ἃ
μὲν τότε τοῖς δεξιοῖς τοῦ σώματος ἐποίει, τοῖς
ἀριστεροῖς ποιεῖν, ἃ δὲ τότε τοῖς ἀριστεροῖς, τοῖς
δεξιοῖς. τούτου δ᾽ ἕνεκα καὶ ταύτην ἐπαινοῦμεν
τὴν ἀνάβασιν, ὅτι ἅμα τε ἀναβεβηκὼς ἂν εἴη
καὶ κατεσκευασμένος πάντα, εἴ τι δέοι ἐξαίφνης
πρὸς πολεμίους ἀγωνίζεσθαι.
᾿Επειδάν γε μὴν καθίζηται ἐάν τε ἐπὶ ψιλοῦ
ἐάν τε ἐπὶ τοῦ ἐφιππίου, οὐ τὴν ὥσπερ ἐπὶ τοῦ
δίφρου ἕδραν ἐπαινοῦμεν, ἀλλὰ τὴν ὥσπερ ὀρθὸς
ἂν διαβεβηκὼς εἴη τοῖν σκελοῖν. τοῖν τε γὰρ
μηροῖν οὕτως ἂν ἔχοιτο μᾶλλον τοῦ ἵππου, καὶ
ὀρθὸς ὧν ἐρρωμενεστέρως ἂν δύναιτο καὶ ἀκον-
τίσαι καὶ πατάξαι ἀπὸ τοῦ ἵππου, εἰ δέοι.
m»
σι
1 δὲ τῷ with a colon after παρέξει and comma after σκέλει
S. The δὲ is not in AB.
1 In the jockey mode. **I think that those critics are
in error who understand that X. meant that the rider
328
e Ξε - ΤῈ
ἊΨ
—
ek 2d Ami a, m A
ART OF HORSEMANSHIP, vir. 1-5
τ not jerk the horse's mouth with the bit in any way as
he mounts. When he has made his spring in order 2
to mount, he should raise his body with his left
hand, while at the same time he helps himself up
by stretching out his right; for by mounting in this
way he will not present an awkward appearance
even from behind by bending his leg. Neither must
he touch the horse's back with his knee, but throw
the leg right over the off side. Having brought
the foot over, he must then let his buttocks down
on the horse's back.
In ease the horseman happens to be leading the 3
horse with the left hand and holding his spear in
the right, it is well, we think, to practise mounting
on the off side also. For this purpose all that
he needs to learn is to do with the left parts of
the body what in the other case he did with the
right, and vice versa. The reason why we recom- 4
mend this method of mounting also is, that no sooner
is the rider mounted than he is quite ready to fight
with the enemy on a sudden, if occasion requires.
When he is seated, whether,on the bare back or 5
on the cloth, we would not have him sit as if he
were on his chair,! but as though he were standing
upright with his legs astride. For thus he will get
a better grip of his horse with his thighs, and the
erect position will enable him, if need be, to throw
τος spear and deliver a blow on horseback with more
orce.
should take the extreme 'fork' seat; for not only would
such a position be very insecure upon the simple saddles
of the Greeks, but it is inconsistent with the graceful and
firm positions exhibited by the marbles." E. L. Anderson
in Riding (Badminton series).
329
XENOPHON
6 Χρὴ δὲ kai χαλαρὰν ἀπὸ τοῦ γόνατος ἀφεῖσθαι
τὴν κνήμην σὺν τῷ ποδί. σκληρὸν μὲν γὰρ ἔχων
τὸ σκέλος εἰ προσκόψειέ τῳ, προσκεκλασμένος
ἂν εἴη" ὑγρὰ δὲ οὖσα ἡ κνήμη, εἴ τι καὶ προσ-
πίπτοι αὐτῇ, ὑπείκοι ἂν καὶ τὸν μηρὸν οὐδὲν
1 μετακινοίη. δεῖ δὲ τὸν ἱππέα καὶ τὸ ἄνωθεν τῶν
ἑαυτοῦ ἰσχίων σῶμα ὡς ὑγρότατον ἐθίζειν εἶναι.
οὕτω γὰρ ἂν Toveiv! τέ τι μᾶλλον δύναιτο καὶ
εἰ ἕλκοι τις αὐτὸν ἢ ὠθοίη, ἧττον ἂν σφάλλοιτο.
8 Ἐπειδάν γε μὴν καθίζηται, πρῶτον μὲν ἠρεμεῖν
δεῖ διδάσκειν τὸν ἵππον, ἕως ἂν καὶ ὑποσπάσηται,
ἤν τι δέηται, καὶ ἡνίας ἰσώσηται καὶ δόρυ λάβῃ,
ὡς ἂν εὐφορώτατον εἴη. ἔπειτα δὲ ἐχέτω τὸν
ἀριστερὸν βραχίονα πρὸς ταῖς πλευραῖς" οὕτω
γὰρ εὐσταλέστατός τε ὁ ἱππεὺς ἔσται καὶ ἡ χεὶρ
9 ἐγκρατεστάτη. ἡνίας γε μὴν ἐπαινοῦμεν ὁποῖαι
ἴσαι τέ εἰσι καὶ μὴ ἀσθενεῖς μηδὲ ὀλισθηραὶ μηδὲ
παχεῖαι, ἵνα καὶ τὸ δόρυ, ὅταν δέῃ, δέχεσθαι ἡ
χεὶρ δύνηται.
(0 Ὅταν δὲ προχωρεῖν σημήνῃ τῷ ἵππῳ, βάδην
μὲν ἀρχέσθω' τοῦτο γὰρ ἀταρακτότατον. ἡνιο-
χείτω έ, ἣν μὲν κυφαγωγότερος 7 ὁ ἵππος,
ἀνωτέρω ταῖς χερσίν, ἣν δὲ μᾶλλον ἀνακεκυφώς,
κατωτέρω: οὕτω γὰρ ἂν μάλιστα κοσμοίη τὸ
ll σχῆμα. μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα τὸν αὐτοφυῆ διατρο-
χάζων διαχαλῴη T ἂν ἀλυπότατα τὸ σῶμα καὶ
εἰς τὸ ἐπιρραβδοφορεῖν ἥδιστ᾽ ἂν ἀφικνοῖτο.
ἐπείπερ δὲ καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀριστερῶν ἄρχεσθαι
εὐδοκιμώτερον, ὧδ᾽ ἂν μάλιστα ἀπὸ τούτων
ἄρχοιτο, εἰ διατροχάζοντος μέν, ὁπότε ἐμβαίνοι
1 πονεῖν À : ποιεῖν S. with the other MSS.
330 "
— -—U—— "d w—
—ÓIPSPPPS
dg ewe" tirA po De LM Do: Met EG
quee ascen
ART OF HORSEMANSHIP, vir. 6-11
The lower leg including the foot must hang lax 6
and easy from the knee down. For if he keeps his
leg stiff and should strike it against anything, he
may break it, whereas a loose leg will recoil, what-
ever it encounters, without disturbing the position
." of the thigh at all. The rider must also accustom 7
himself to keeping his body above the hips as
loose as possible, for thus he will be able to stand
more fatigue and will be less liable to, come off
when he is pulled or pushed.
As soon as he is seated, he must teach his horse 8
to stand quiet at first, until he has shifted anything
that wants arranging underneath him, gathered the
reins even in his hand and grasped his spear in the
most convenient manner. Then let him keep his
left arm close to his side, for thus the horseman's
figure will look best, and his hand will have most
power. As for reins, we recommend that they be 9
of equal strength, not weak nor slippery nor thick,
in order that the spear may be held in the same
hand when necessary.
When he directs his horse to go forward, let him
begin at à walk, for this prevents any flurry. [ἢ
the horse carries his head too low, let the rider hold
the hands higher; if too high, lower ; for in this way
he will give him the most graceful carriage. After
this, if he breaks into his natural trot, he will relax
his body in the easiest fashion and come to the
10
gallop most readily. Since, too, the more approved .
method is to begin with the left! one will best
begin on this side, by giving the horse the signal
1 The left lead comes natural to the horse. The Parthenon
figures show the right lead; but the Greeks approved of
many things in art that they did not practise.
331
12
13
14
15
16
17
XENOPHON
τῷ δεξιῷ, τότε σημαίνοι τῷ ἵππῳ τὸ ἐπερρα-
βδοφορεῖν. τὸ γὰρ ἀριστερὸν μέλλων αἴρειν ἐκ
τούτου ἂν ἄρχοιτο, καὶ ὁπότε ἐπὶ τὰ εὐώνυμα
ἀναστρέφοι, τότε καὶ τῆς ἐπισκελίσεως ἄρχοιτο.
καὶ γὰρ πέφυκεν ὁ ἵππος εἰς μὲν τὰ δεξιὰ.
στρεφόμενος τοῖς δεξιοῖς ἀφηγεῖσθαι, εἰς εὐώνυμα
δὲ τοῖς ἀριστεροῖς.
Ἱππασίαν δ᾽ ἐπαινοῦμεν τὴν πέδην καλουμένην"
ἐπ᾽ ἀμφοτέρας γὰρ τὰς γνάθους “στρέφεσθαι
ἐθίζει. καὶ τὸ μεταβάλλεσθαι δὲ τὴν ἱππασίαν
ἀγαθόν, ἵνα ἀμφότεραι αἱ γνάθοι καθ᾽ ἑκάτερον
τῆς ἱππασίας ἰσάζωνται. ἐπαινοῦμεν δὲ καὶ τὴν
ἑτερομήκη πέδην μᾶλλον τῆς κυκλοτεροῦς. ἥδιον
μὲν γὰρ οὕτως ἂν στρέφοιτο ὁ ἵππος ἤδη πλήρης
ὧν τοῦ εὐθέος καὶ τό τε ὀρθοδρομεῖν καὶ τὸ
ἀποκάμπτειν ἅμα μελετῴη ἄν. δεῖ δὲ καὶ
ὑπολαμβάνειν ἐν ταῖς στροφαῖς" οὐ yàp. ῥᾷδιον
τῷ ἵππῳ οὐδ᾽ ἀσφαλὲς ἐ ἐν τῷ τάχει ὄντα κάμπτειν
ἐν μικρῷ, ἄλλως τε κἂν ἀπόκροτον ἢ ὀλισθηρὸν
7 TÓ χωρίον. ὅταν γε μὴν ὑπολαμβάνῃ, ὡς
ἥκιστα μὲν χρὴ τὸν ἵππον πλαγιοῦν τῷ αλινῷ,
ὡς ἥκιστα ' αὐτὸν “πλαγιοῦσθαι" εἰ δὲ μή, εὖ
χρὴ εἰδέναι, ὅτι μικρὰ πρόφασις ἀρκέσει κεῖσθαι
καὶ αὐτὸν καὶ τὸν ἵππον. ἐπειδάν ,YS μὴν ἐκ
τῆς στροφῆς εἰς τὸ εὐθὺς βλέπῃ ὁ ἵππος, ἐν
τούτῳ πρὸς τὸ θᾶττον αὐτὸν ὁρμάτω. δῆλον
1 A remarkable proof of X's. power of observation.
When the trotting horse treads with the right fore-leg, the
hind-legs are in the position that the horse assumes when-
galloping on the left lead, and the horse will strike off with
the left fore-leg.
? Literally *'fetter." "The old English term is rin"
337
ART OF HORSEMANSHIP, vir. 11-17
to gallop while trotting, at the instant when he is
treading with the right (fore) foot. As he is then
on the point of raising the left, he will begin with
it, and, as soon as the rider turns him to the left,
will immediately begin the stride. For it is natural
for the horse to lead with the right when turned
to the right, and with the left when turned to the
left.
"The exercise that we recommend is the one called
the ring,? since it accustoms the horse to turn on
both jaws. 1t is also well to ehange the exercise,?
in order that both jaws may be equally practised
on each side of the exercise. We recommend the
5 rather than the complete ring, for thus
the horse will turn more willingly when he has gone
some distance. in a straight course, and. one can
practise the career and the turn at the same time.
It is necessary to collect him at the turns; for it is
neither easy for the horse nor safe to turn short when
going fast, especially if the ground is uneven or
slippery. In collecting him the rider must slant the
horse as little as possible with the bit, and slant
his own body as little as possible; else he may be
sure that a trifling cause will be enough to bring
him and his horse down. As soon as the horse
faces the straight after turning, push him along at
now volte. Of course the horse was exercised first in one
direction, then in the other.
? i.e, ride on the other hand ; this is not part of the volte.
* i.e. may have both jaws equally sensitive on whichever
hand he is ridden.
5 [ have ventured ío use this term since X. means
precisely what Gervase Markham calls the ** manage " in the
strict sense, i.e. two straight treads wíth a semicircle at
either end. !
333
12
18
19
XENOPHON
yàp ὅτι καὶ ἐν “Τοῖς πολέμοις αἱ στροφαί εἰσιν
ἢ τοῦ διώκειν ἢ ἢ τοῦ ἀποχωρεῖν ἕνεκα. ἀγαθὸν
οὖν τὸ στραφέντα ταχύνειν μελετᾶν. ὅταν δὲ
ἱκανῶς ἤδη δοκῇ τὸ γυμνάσιον τῷ ἵππῳ ἔχειν,
ἀγαθὸν καὶ διαπαύσαντα ὁρμῆσαι ἐξαίφνης εἰς
τὸ τάχιστον καὶ ἀφ᾽ ἵππων μέντοι, μὴ πρὸς
ἵππους: καὶ ἐκ τοῦ ταχέος αὖ ὡς ἐγγυτάτω
ἠρεμίξειν, καὶ ἐκ τοῦ ἑστάναι δὲ στρέψαντα
πάλιν ? ὁρμᾶν. πρόδηλον γὰρ ὅτι ἔσται ποτὲ
ὅτε ἑκατέρου τούτων δεήσει.
Ὅταν γε μὴν καταβαίνειν ἤδη καιρὸς 7, μήτε
ἐν ἵπποις ποτὲ καταβαίνειν μήτε πα iino
ἀνθρώπων μήτε ἔξω τῆς ἱππασίας, ἀλλ᾽ ὅπουπερ
καὶ πονεῖν ἀναγκάξεται ὁ ὁ ἵππος, ἐνταῦθα καὶ τῆς
ῥᾳστώνης τυγχανέτω.
VIII. "Eme δήπερ ἔστιν ὅπου τρέχειν δεήσει
τὸν ἵππον καὶ πρανῆ καὶ ὄρθια καὶ πλάγια,
ἔστι δ᾽ ὅπου διαπηδᾶν, ἔ ἔστι δ᾽ ὅπου καὶ ἐκπηδᾶν,
ἔνθα δὲ καὶ καθάλλεσθαι, καὶ ταῦτα πάντα
διδάσκειν τε δεῖ καὶ μελετᾶν καὶ αὐτὸν καὶ τὸν
ἵππον" οὕτω γὰρ ἂν σωτήριοί τε εἶεν ἀλλήλοις
καὶ καθόλου ὃ χρησιμώτεροι ἂν δοκοῖεν εἶναι.
E δέ τις διλογεῖν “ἡμᾶς οἴεται, ὅτι περὶ τῶν
αὐτῶν λέγομεν νῦν τε καὶ πρόσθεν, οὐ διλογία
ταῦτά ἐστιν. ὅτε μὲν γὰρ ἐωνεῖτο, πειρᾶσθαι
ἐκελεύομεν, εἰ δύναιτο ὁ ἵππος ταῦτα ποιεῖν"
νῦν δὲ διδάσκειν φαμὲν χρῆναι τὸν ἑαυτοῦ καὶ
γράψομεν, οἷς δεῖ διδάσκειν.
1 μὴ MSS.: καὶ S. with Camerarius.
3 πάλιν Lenklau: δεῖ πάλιν S. with the MSS.
3 καθόλου placed here by Pollack: in the MSS. it comes
after αὐτὸν in the previous sentence: S. omits with Dindorf.
334
ART OF HORSEMANSHIP, vir. 17-virn. 2
once. For of course, in war too, turns are made with
a view to pursuit or retreat. 1t is well, therefore,
to practise increasing the pace after turning. So 1*
soon as the horse appears to have been exercised
enough, it is well to let him rest a certain time, and
then suddenly to put him to his top speed again,
of course away from, not towards, other horses, and
to pull him up again in the midst of his career as
short as possible, and then to turn and start him
again from the stand. For itt is obvious that a time
will come when it will be necessary to do one or the
other.
When the time has come to dismount, the rider 19
must never dismount among other horses or near
a group of people or outside the riding-ground;
but let the place where the horse is forced to work
be the place where he also receives his reward of
ease.
VIIL As the horse will frequently have to gallop
down hill and up hill and along a slope, and as he
will have to leap over, and to leap out, and to
jump down at various times, the.rider must teach
and practise both himself and his horse in all
these things. For thus they will be able to help
each other, and will be thought altogether more
efficient.
If anyone thinks that we are repeating ourselves, 2
because we are referring to matters already dealt
with, this is not repetition. For we recommended the
purchaser to try whether the horse could do these
things at the time of buying: but now we say that a
man should teach his own horse; and we will show
how to teach him. -
335
XENOPHON
3 Τὸν μὲν γὰρ παντάπασιν ἄπειρον τοῦ διαπηδᾶν
λαβόντα δεῖ τοῦ ἀγωγέως καταβεβχλημένου προ-
διαβῆναι αὐτὸν τὴν τάφρον, ἔπειτα δὲ ἐντείνειν
4 δεῖ τῷ ἀγωγεῖ, ὡς διάλληται. ἣν δὲ μὴ ἐθέλῃ,
ἔχων τις μάστιγα ἢ ῥάβδον ἐμβαλέτω ὡς ἰσχυ-
ῥότατα' καὶ οὕτως ὑπεραλεῖται οὐ τὸ μέτρον,
ἀλλὰ πολὺ πλεῖον τοῦ καιροῦ: καὶ τὸ λοιπὸν
οὐδὲν δεήσει παίειν, ἀλλ’ ἢν μόνον ἴδῃ ὄπισθέν
5 τινα ἐπελθόντα, ἁλεῖται. ἐπειδὰν δὲ οὕτω
διαπηδᾶν ἐθισθῇ, καὶ ἀναβεβηκὼς ἐπαγέτω τὸ
μὲν πρῶτον μικράς, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ μείζους. ὅταν
δὲ μέλλῃ πηδᾶν, παισάτω αὐτὸν τῷ μύωπι.
ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ τὸ ἀναπηδᾶν καὶ τὸ καταπηδᾶν
διδάσκων παισάτω τῷ μύωπι. ἀθρόῳ γὰρ τῷ
σώματι ταῦτα πάντα ποιῶν καὶ ἑαυτῷ ὁ ἵππος
καὶ τῷ ἀναβάτῃ ἀσφαλέστερον ποιήσει μᾶλλον
ἂν ἐλλείπῃ τὰ ὄπισθεν ἢ διαπηδῶν ἢ ἀνορούων
καθαλλόμενος.
6 Εἰς γε μὴν τὸ κάταντες πρῶτον χρὴ ἐν μαλακῷ
χωρίῳ διδάσκειν. καὶ τελευτῶν ἐπειδὰν τοῦτο
ἐθισθῇ, πολὺ ἥδιον τὸ πρανὲς τοῦ ὀρθίου δρα-
μεῖται. ἃ δὲ φοβοῦνταί τινες μὴ ἀπορρηγνύωνται
τοὺς ὥμους 'κατὰ τὰ πρανῆ ἐλαυνόμενοι, θαρ-
ρούντων μαθόντες, ὅτι ἸΙέρσαι καὶ ᾿Οδρύσαι
ἅπαντες τὰ κατάντη ἁμιλλώμενοι οὐδὲν ἧττον
τῶν ᾿Ελλήνων ὑγιεῖς τοὺς ἵππους ἔχουσι.
Παρήσομεν δὲ οὐδὲ ὅπως τὸν ἀναβάτην ὑπη-
ρετεῖν δεῖ πρὸς ἕκαστα τούτων. χρὴ γὰρ ὁρμῶντος
μὲν ἐξαίφνης ἵππου προνεύειν' ἧττον γὰρ ἂν καὶ
ὑποδύοι ὁ ἵππος καὶ ἀναβάλοι τὸν ἀναβάτην"
ἐν μικρῷ δὲ ἀναλαμβανομένου ἀναπίπτειν. ἧττον
8 γὰρ ἂν αὐτὸς κόπτοιτο. τάφρον δὲ διαλλομένου
336
À
"
E
?]
ART OF HORSEMANSHIP, vii. 3-8
When a man has a raw horse quite ignorant of 3
leaping, he must get over the ditch himself first,
holding him loosely by the leading-rein, and then give
him a pull with the rein to make him leap over.
If he refuses, let someone strike him as hard as he 4
can with a whip or a stick: whereupon he will leap,
and not only the necessary distance, but much
further than was required. [n future there will be
no need to beat him, for if he merely sees a man
approaching behind him, he will leap. As soon as he 5
as grown accustomed to leap in this way, let him
be mounted and tried first at narrow, and then
at wider ditehes. Just as he is on the point of
springing touch him with the spur. Similarly
he should be taught to leap up and to leap down
by a touch of the spur. For if he does all these
things with his body compactly gathered, it will be
safer for the horse as well as the rider than if his
hind-quarters lag in taking a leap over, or in
springing upwards or jumping downwards.
Going down hill should first be taught on soft 6
ground; and in the end, when the horse gets used
to this, he will canter down more readily than
up hill. If some fear that horses may put out
their shoulders by being ridden down hill, they may
take comfort when they understand that the Persians
and Odrysians all ride races down hill, and yet keep
their horses just as sound as the Greeks.
Nor will we omit to state how the rider is to 7
. assist in all these movements. If the horse springs
-suddenly, he should lean forward; for so the
horse is less likely to slip away and throw the rider off.
But in pulling him up short he should lean back ;
for so he himself will be less jolted. When jumping 8
337
10
l1
XENOPHON
καὶ πρὸς ὄρθιον (euévov kaXüv! χαίτης émiXap-
βάνεσθαι, ὡς μὴ ὁ ἵππος τῷ τε χωρίῳ ἅμα καὶ
τῷ χαλινῷ βαρύνηται. ᾿ εἴς γε μὴν τὸ πρανὲς καὶ
ἑαυτὸν ὑπτιαστέον καὶ τοῦ ἵππου ἀντιληπτέον
τῷ χαλενῷ, ὡς μὴ “προπετῶς εἰς τὸ died
μήτε αὐτὸς μήτε ὁ ἵππος φέρηται.
᾿Ορθῶς δὲ ἔχει καὶ τὸ ἄλλοτε μὲν ἐν ἄλλοις
τόποις, ἄλλοτε δὲ μακρὰς ἄλλοτε δὲ βραχείας
τὰς ἱππασίας ποιεῖσθαι. ἀμισέστερα͵ γὰρ τῷ
ἵππῳ καὶ ταῦτα τοῦ ἀεὶ ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς τόποις
καὶ ὁμοίως τὰς ἱππασίας ποιεῖσθαι.
᾿Επεὶ δὲ δεῖ ἐν παντοίοις τε χωρίοις τὸν ἵππον
ἀνὰ κράτος 5 ἐλαύνοντα ἔποχον εἶναι καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ
ἵππου τοῖς ὅπλοις καλῶς δύνασθαι χρῆσθαι, ὅπου
μέν ἐστι χωρία ἐπιτήδεια καὶ θηρία, ἄμεμπτος ἡ
ἐν θήραις μελέτη τῆς ἱππικῆς" ὅπου δὲ ταῦτα μὴ
ὑπάρχει, ἀγαθὴ ἄσκησις καὶ ἢν δύο ἱππότα
συνθεμένω ὁ μὲν φεύγῃ ἐπὶ τοῦ ἵππου παντοῖα
χωρία καὶ τὸ δόρυ εἰς τοὔπισθεν μεταβαλόμενος
ὑποχωρῇ, ὁ δὲ διώκῃ ἐσφαιρωμένα τε ἔχων
ἀκόντια καὶ δόρυ ὡσαύτως πεπραγματευμένον'"
καὶ ὅπου μὲν ἂν εἰς ἀκόντιον ἀφικνῆται, àxovritn
τὸν φεύγοντα τοῖς σφαιρωτοῖς: ὅπου δ᾽ ἂν εἰς
δόρατος πληγήν, παίῃ τὸν ἁλισκόμενον. ἀγαθὸν
δὲ κἄν ποτε συμπέσωσιν, ἑλκύσαντα ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτὸν
τὸν πολέμιον ἐξαίφνης ἀπῶσαι" τοῦτο γὰρ κατα-
βλητικόν. ὀρθῶς δὲ ἔχει καὶ τῷ ἑλκομένῳ éme-
1 καλὸν ΑΒ: κακὸν M : οὐ κακὸν S. with L.
3 ἀνὰ κράτος MSS. : S. reads ἀγκράτος from-Suidas.
338
ART OF HORSEMANSHIP, vir. 8-11
a ditch or riding up hill it is well!to take hold of the
mane, that the horse may not be burdened by his
bridle and the difficulty of the ground at the
same time. When going down a steep incline,
he should throw his body back and support the horse
with the bridle, that neither rider nor horse may be
tossed headlong down hill.
It is correct also to exercise the horse sometimes
in one place, sometimes in another, and to make the
exercises sometimes long and sometimes short; for
this is less irksome to the horse than-being exercised
always in the same place and for the same length of
time.
Since it is necessary that the rider should have a
firm seat when riding at top speed over all sorts of
country, and should be able to use his weapons pro-
perly on horseback, the practice of horsemanship by
hunting is to be recommended where the country is
suitable and big game is to be found. Where these
conditions are lacking, it is a good method of training
for two riders to work together thus : one flies on his
horse over all kinds of ground and retreats, reversing
his spear so that it points backwards, while the other
pursues, having buttons on his javelins and holding his
spear in the same position, and when he gets within
javelin shot, tries to hit the fugitive with the blunted
weapons, and if he gets near enough to use his spear,
strikes his captive with it. It is also a good plan,
in ease of a collision between them, for one to pull
his adversary towards him and suddenly push him
back again, since that is the way to dismount bim.
The right thing for the man who is being pulled is to
! Of course no modern rider would approve of this.
339
12
13
14
XENOPHON
λαύνειν τὸν ἵππον" τοῦτο γὰρ ποιῶν ὁ ἑλκόμενος
καταβάλοι ἂν μᾶλλον τὸν ἕλκοντα ἢ καταπέσοι.
Ἢν δέ ποτε καὶ στρατοπέδου ἀντικαθημένου
ἀνθιππεύωσιν ἀλλήλοις καὶ διώκωσι μὲν μέχρι
τῆς πολεμίας φάλαγγος τοὺς ἀντίους, φεύγωσι
δὲ μέχρι τῆς ,$uMas, “ἀγαθὸν καὶ ἐνταῦθα ἐπί-
στασθαι, ὅ ὅτι ἕως μὲν ἂν παρὰ τοὺς φίλους τις ἡ,
καλὸν καὶ ἀσφαλὲς τὸ ἐν πρώτοις ἐπιστρέψαντα
ἀνὰ κράτος ἐπικεῖσθαι, ὅ ΟΡ δ᾽ ἐγγὺς τῶν évav-
τίων γίγνηται, ὑποχείριον τὸν ἵππον ἔχειν. οὕτω
γὰρ ἂν ὡς τὸ εἰκὸς μάλιστα δύναιτο βλάπτων
τοὺς ἐναντίους μὴ βλάπτεσθαι ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν.
᾿Ανθρώ ἐν οὖν ἄνθρωπον θεοὶ ἔδοσαν λόγῳ
ρώποις μὲν ἄνθρωπον θεοὶ ἔδο ya
διδάσκειν ἃ δεῖ ποιεῖν, ἵππον δὲ δῆλον ὅτι λόγῳ
μὲν οὐδὲν ἂν διδάξαις" ἢν δὲ ὅ ὅταν μὲν ποιήσῃ
ὡς ἂν βούλῃ, ἀντιχαρίσῃ αὐτῷ, ὁ ὅταν δὲ ἀπειθῇ,
κολάξῃς, οὕτω μάλιστα μάθοι à ἂν τὸ δέον ὑπη-
ρετεῖν' καὶ ἔστι μὲν τοῦτο ἐν βραχεῖ εἰπεῖν, δι᾿
ὅλης δὲ τῆς ἱππικῆς παρακολουθεῖ. καὶ γὰρ
χαλινὸν μᾶλλον. ἂν λαμβάνοι, εἰ ὁπότε δέξαιτο
ἀγαθόν τι αὐτῷ ἀποβαίνοι: καὶ διαπηδῴη δ᾽
ἂν καὶ ἐξάλλοιτο καὶ τἄλλα πάντα ὑπηρετοίη
ἄν, εἰ ,“προσδοκῴη ὁπότε τὰ σημαινόμενα πράξειε
ῥᾳστώνην τινά.
ΙΧ. Καὶ τὰ μὲν δὴ εἰρημένα ταῦτά ἐστιν, ὡς
ἂν ἥκιστα μὲν ἐξαπατῷτο καὶ πῶλον καὶ ἵππον
ὠνούμενος, ἥκιστα δ᾽ ἂν διαφθείραι χρώμενος,
μάλιστα, δ᾽ ἂν ἵππον ἀποδεικνύειν δέοι ἔχοντα
ὧν ἱππεὺς δεῖται εἰς πόλεμον. καιρὸς δ᾽ ἴσως
γράψαι καὶ εἴ ποτε συμβαίη θυμοειδεστέρῳ
ἵππῳ τοῦ καιροῦ χρῆσθαι ἢ ἢ βλακωδεστέρῳ, ὡς
ἂν ὀρθότατα ἑκατέρῳ χρῷτο.
340
| CIN o TU UMUMMUUUMK€KSUK/————————ÉEREEEEEN
dS m ΔΠι,.......
ART OF HORSEMANSHIP, vir. 11-1ix. 1
urge his horse forward ; by doing this the pulled is
more likely to unhorse the puller than to be un-
horsed himself.
lf at any time when an enemy's camp lies in front
there is a cavalry skirmish, and one side presses the
pursuit right up to the enemy's line of battle, but
then retreats hastily to its own main body, it is well
to know in that case that so long as you are by your
friends, it is proper and safe to be among the first
to wheel and make for the enemy at full speed ; but
when you come near the enemy to keep your horse
well in hand.- For in this way you have the best
chance of injuring the enemy without coming to
harm yourself.
Now, whereas the gods have given to men the power 13
of instructing one another in their duty by word of
mouth, it is obvious that you can teach a horse nothing
word of mouth. 1f, however, you reward him
when he behaves as you wish, and punish him when he
is disobedient, he will best learn to do his duty.
This rule can be stated in few words, but it applies
to the whole art of horsemanship. He will receive
the bit, for example, more willingly if something good
happens to him as soon as he takes it. He will also
leap over and jump out of anything, and perform
all his actions duly if he can expect a rest as soon
as he has done what is required of him.
IX. So far we have described how to avoid being
cheated in buying a colt or a horse, how to
avoid spoiling him in usage and how to impart to a
horse all the qualities required by a cavalryman for
war. ]t is time perhaps to give directions, in case
one has to deal with a horse that is too spirited or too
sluggish, for the correct way of managing either.
341
12
2
XENOPHON
Πρῶτον τοίνυν χρὴ τοῦτο γνῶναι, ὅτι ἐστὶ
θυμὸς ἵππῳ ὅπερ ὀργὴ ἀνθρώπῳ. ὥσπερ, οὖν
καὶ ἄνθρωπον ἥ ἥκιστ᾽ ἂν ὀργίζοι τις μήτε λέγων
χαλεπὸν μηδὲν μήτε. ποιῶν, οὕτω καὶ ἵππον
θυμοειδῆ ὁ μὴ ἀνιῶν ἥκιστ᾽ ἂν ἐξοργίζοι. εὐθὺς
μὲν οὗν “χρὴ ἐν τῇ ἀναβάσει ἐπιμελεῖσθαι, ὡς
ἂν ἥ ἥκιστ᾽ ἀναβαίνων λυποίη" ἐπειδὰν δ᾽ ἀναβῇ,
ἠρεμήσαντα πλείω “χρόνον ἢ τὸν ἐπιτυχόντα
οὕτω προκινεῖν". αὐτὸν ὡς πραοτάτοις σημείοις.
ἔπειτα δ᾽ ἐκ τοῦ βραδυτάτου ἀρχόμενον οὕτως.
αὖ εἰς τὸ θᾶττον προάγειν, ὡς ἂν μάλιστα
λανθάνοι αὑτὸν ὁ ἵππος εἰς τὸ ταχὺ. ἀφικνού-
μενος. ὅ τι δ᾽ ἂν ἐξαίφνης σημήνῃ, θυμοειδῆ
ἵππον ὥσπερ ἄνθρωπον "ταράττει τὰ ἐξαπίναια
καὶ ὁράματα καὶ ἀκούσματα καὶ παθήματα.
εἰδέναι δὲ χρή, ὅτι καὶ ἐν ἵππῳ τὰ ἐξαπίναια
τάραχον ἐξεργάξεται." ἢν δὲ καὶ εἰς τὸ θᾶττον
ὁρμώμενον τοῦ καιροῦ ὑπολαμβάνειν βούλῃ τὸν
θυμοειδῆ, οὐ δεῖ ἐξαπιναίως σπᾶν, ἀλλ᾽ ἠρεμαίως
προσάγεσθαι τῷ χαλινῷ πραὔνοντα, οὐ βιαζό-
μενον ἠρεμεῖν. καὶ αἵ τε μακραὶ ἐλάσεις μᾶλλον
-ἢ αἱ πυκναὶ ἀποστροφαὶ πραὔνουσι τοὺς ἵππους
καὶ αἱ ἡσυχαῖαι μέν," πολυχρόνιοι 66? καθέψουσι
καὶ πραὔνουσι καὶ οὐκ ἀνεγείρουσι τὸν θυμοειδῆ.
εἰ δέ τις οἴεται, ἢν τα ὺ καὶ πολλὰ ἐλαύνηται,
ἀπειπεῖν ποιήσας τὸν ἵππον πραῦὔνεϊν, τἀναντία
γιγνώσκει τοῦ γιγνομένου. ἐν γὰρ τοῖς τοιούτοις
0 θυμοειδὴς καὶ ἄγειν βίᾳ μάλιστα ἐπιχειρεῖ καὶ
σὺν τῇ ὀργῇ ὥσπερ ἄνθρωπος ὀργίλος πολλάκις
καὶ ἑαυτὸν καὶ τὸν ἀναβάτην πολλὰ ἀνήκεστα
! S. with Cobet would omit this sentence. "The καὶ before
ἐν is in A only, and is therefore not in S.
342
—ÓÉá P"
ART OF HORSEMANSHIP, ix. 2-7
First, then, it must be realised that spirit in a 2
horse is precisely what anger is in a man. Therefore,
just as you are least likely to make a man angry if
you neither say nor do anything disagreeable to
him, so he who abstains from annoying a spirited
horse is least likely to rouse his anger. Accordingly, 3
at the moment of mounting, the rider should take
care to worry him as little as possible; and when he
is mounted, he should let him stand still longer than
is otherwise usual, and then direct him to go by the
most gentle aids. Then let him begin at a very slow
and increase the speed with the same gentle
help, so that the horse will not be aware of the tran-
sition to a quicker motion. Any sudden sign disturbs 4
a spirited horse, just as sudden sights and sounds and
sensations disturb a man. It is important to realise
that a horse too is flurried by anything sudden. [δ
you want to correct a spirited horse when he is going
too fast, do not pull him suddenly, but quietly check
him with the bit, soothing him, not forcing him, to a
quiet pace. Long rides rather than frequent turn- 6
ings, calm horses ; and quiet ones lasting long soothe
and calm a spirited horse and do not excite him. But 7
if anyone supposes that he will calm a horse by
frequent riding at a quick pace so as to tire him,
his opinion is the opposite of the truth. For in such
cases a spirited horse does his utmost to get the upper
hand by force, and in his excitement, like an angry
man, he often causes many irreparable injuries bóth
3 μὲν is omitted by S.
3 πολυχρόνιοι δὲ Madvig: πολὺν δὲ χρόνον À : πολὺν χρόνον
S. with the other MSS.
343
8
10
11
12
XENOPHON
ἐποίησεν. ἐπιλαμβάνειν δὲ χρὴ ἵππον θυμοειδῆ
καὶ τοῦ εἰς τὸ τάχιστον ὁρμᾶν, τοῦ δὲ δὴ παρα-
βάλλειν ἵππῳ καὶ παντάπασιν ἀπέχεσθαι" σχε-
δὸν γὰρ καὶ φιλονικότατοι οἱ θυμοειδέστατοι τῶν
ἵππων γίγνονται.
Καὶ χαλινοὶ δὲ οἱ λεῖοι ἐπιτηδειότεροι τῶν
τραχέων. ἐὰν δὲ καὶ τραχὺς ἐμβληθῇ, τῇ χαλα-
, , ^ ᾽ M , ^ , Ν *
ρότητι λείῳ δεῖ αὐτὸν ἀφομοιοῦν. ἀγαθὸν δὲ
^n» PX ^ πον ^ ΄ 9 143
ἐθίζειν αὑτὸν καὶ TO ἠρεμεῖν, μάλιστα ἐπὶ θυμοει-
δοῦς ἵππου, καὶ τὸ ὡς ἥκιστα ἄλλῳ τινὶ ἅπτεσθαι
ἢ οἷς τοῦ καθῆσθαι ἀσφαλῶς ἕνεκα ἁπτόμεθα.
Εἰδέναι δὲ χρή, ὅτι δίδαγμά ἐστι καὶ τὸ ποπ-
πυσμῷ μὲν πραΐνεσθαι, κλωγμῷ δὲ ἐγείρεσθαι.
^ Μ , » ^ , Ν b ^ ,
καὶ ei τις ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἐπὶ μὲν κλωγμῷ τὰ πραέα,
ἐπὶ δὲ ποππυσμῷ τὰ χαλεπὰ προσφέροι, μάθοι
ἂν ὁ ἵππος ποππυσμῷ μὲν ἐγείρεσθαι, κλωγμῷ
δὲ πραὔνεσθαι. οὕτως οὖν δεῖ καὶ παρὰ κραυγὴν
καὶ παρὰ σάλπιγγα μήτ᾽ αὐτὸν φαίνεσθαι τεθο-
, ^ eu , A , , "^
ρυβημένον TQ ἵππῳ μήτε μὴν ἐκείνῳ θορυβῶδες
Ν , , , , ^ N ,
μηδὲν προσφέρειν, ἀλλ᾽ eis τὸ δυνατὸν kal àva-
παύειν ἐν τῷ τοιούτῳ καὶ ἄριστα καὶ δεῖπνα, εἰ
, , , Ν ,
συγχωροίη, προσφέρειν. κάλλιστον δὲ συμβού-
λευμα τὸ ἄγαν θυμοειδῆ ἵππον μὴ κτᾶσθαι εἰς
πόλέμους.
Βλακί γε μὴν ἵππῳ ἀρκεῖν μοι δοκεῖ γράψαι
πάντα τἀναντία ποιεῖν ὅσα τῷ θυμοειδεῖ χρῆσθαι
συμβουλεύομεν.
^ , , ^ ^ ^ ^
X. Ἣν δέ τίς ποτε βουληθῇ χρῆσθαι τῷ
344
ART OF HORSEMANSHIDP, ix. 7-x. 1
to himself and to his rider. One must prevent! a 8
high-spirited horse from going at his top speed, and
of course, entirely avoid letting him race with another
horse; foras a rule the most highly spirited horses
are also most eager for victory.
As for bits, the smooth are more suitable than the
rough; but if a rough one is used, it should be made
. to resemble a smooth one by lightness of hand. 1t
is also well to accustom oneself to sit still, especially
on a spirited horse, and to touch him as little as
possible with anything other than the parts that
give us a safe seat by contact.
It should also be known that a horse can be taught
to be calm by a chirp with the lips and to be roused
ΒΥ ἃ cluck with the tongue. And if from the first
you use with the cluck aids to calm him, and with the
chirp aids to rouse him, the horse will learn to rouse
himself at the chirp and to calm down at the cluck.
Accordingly, if a shout is heard or a trumpet sounds,
you must not allow the horse to notice any sign of
alarm in you, and must on no account do anything
to him to cause him alarm, but as far as possible let
him rest in such circumstances, and, if you have the
opportunity, bring him his morning or evening meal.
But the best advice is not to get an over-spirited
horse for war.
As for a sluggish beast, I may be content with
the remark that in everything you must do the
opposite of what we advise for the treatment of a
high-spirited one.
X. If a man wants to make a useful war-horse
1 Or, reading τότε τοῦ for τοῦ with Pollack '*one must try
to stop a spirited horse even then from going at his full
speed." A has τότε for rov.
345
12
XENOPHON
χρησίμῳ εἰς πόλεμον ἵππῳ μεγαλοπρεπεστέρῳ
τε καὶ περιβλεπτοτέρῳ ἱππάζεσθαι, τοῦ μὲν
ἕλκειν τε τὸ στόμα τῷ χαλινῷ καὶ μυωπίξειν
τε καὶ μαστιγοῦν τὸν ἵππον, ἃ οἱ πολλοὶ ποι-
obvres λαμπρύνειν οἴονται, ἀπέχεσθαι δεῖ: πάντα
γὰρ τἀναντία οὗτοί γε ποιοῦσιν ὧν βούλονται.
τά τε γὰρ στόματα ἕλκοντες ἄνω ἀντὶ τοῦ
προορᾶν ἐκτυφλοῦσι τοὺς ἵππους καὶ μυωπίξοντες
καὶ παίοντες ἐκπλήττουσιν, d ὥστε τεταράχθαι καὶ
κινδυνεύειν. ταῦτα δ᾽ ἐστὶν ἵππων ἔργα τῶν
μάλιστα ἀχθομένων ἱππασίᾳ καὶ αἰσχρὰ καὶ
οὐ καλὰ ποιούντων. ἐὰν δέ τις διδάξῃ" τὸν ἵππον
ἐν χαλαρῷ μὲν τῷ χαλινῷ ἱππεύειν, ἄνω δὲ τὸν
αὐχένα διαίρειν, ἀ ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς κεφαλῆς κυρτοῦσθαι,
οὕτως ἂν ἀπεργάξοιτο ποιεῖν τὸν ἵππον οἵοισπερ
καὶ αὐτὸς ἥδεταί τε καὶ ἀγάλλεται. τεκμήριον
δὲ ὅτι τούτοις ἥδεται. ὅταν γὰρ σχηματοποι-
εἶσθαι θέλῃ παρ᾽ ἵππους, μάλιστα δὲ ὅταν
παρὰ θηλείας, τότε αἴρει τε τὸν αὐχένα ἀνωτάτω
καὶ κυρτοῖ μάλιστα τὴν κεφαλὴν γοργούμενος
καὶ τὰ μὲν σκέλη ὑγρὰ μετεωρίξει, τὴν δὲ οὐρὰν
ἄνω ἀνατείνει. ὅταν οὖν τις αὐτὸν εἰς ταῦτα
προάγῃ, ἅπερ αὐτὸς σχηματοποιεῖται, ὅταν
μάλιστα καλλωπίξηται, οὕτως ἡδόμενόν τε τῇ
ἱππασίᾳ καὶ μεγαλοπρεπῆ καὶ γοργὸν καὶ περί-
βλεπτον ἀποφαίνει τὸν ἵππον. ὡς οὖν ἡγούμεθα
ταῦτ᾽ ἂν ἀπεργασθῆναι, νῦν αὖ πειρασόμεθα
διηγεῖσθαι.
Πρῶτον μὲν τοίνυν x οὐ μεῖον δυοῖν χαλινοῖν
κεκτῆσθαι. τούτων δὲ ἔστω ὁ μὲν λεῖος, τοὺς
1 σχηματοποιεῖσθαι θέλῃ A: the rest have θέλῃ only: B.
reads Av6els θέῃ with Jacobs.
346
ART OF HORSEMANSHIDP, x. 1-6
look more stately and showy when ridden, he must
avoid pulling his mouth with the bit, and using the
spur and whip, means by which most people imagine
that they show off a horse. In point of fact the
results they produce are the very opposite of what
they intend. For by dragging the mouth up they 2
blind their horses instead of letting them see
ahead, and by spurring and whipping, flurry them so
that they are startled and get into danger.! That is
the behaviour of horses that strongly object to being
ridden and that behave in an.ugly and unseemly
fashion. But if you teach the horse to go with a 3
slack bridle, to hold his neck up and to arch it .
towards the head, you will cause the horse to do the
very things in which he himself delights and takes
the greatest pleasure. Α proof that he delights in 4
them is that whenever he himself chooses to show
off before horses, and especially before mares, he
raises his neck highest and arches his head most,
looking fierce ; he lifts his legs freely off the ground
and tosses his tail up. "Whenever, therefore, you 5
induce him to carry himself in the attitudes he
naturally assumes when he is most anxious to
display his beauty, you make him look as though he
took pleasure in being ridden, and give him a noble,
fierce, and attractive appearance. How we think
that these effects may be produced we will now try
to explain,
To begin with, you should possess two bits at 6
least.? One of these should be smooth and have the
! Οὐ, reading δινεύειν, which occurred to Pollack and the
translator independently, ''twist about," *'indulge in
reactions." This is much more probable.
? See Introduction.
347
Qoo
10
XENOPHON-
τροχοὺς εὐμεγέθεις ἔ ἔχων, ὁ δὲ ,ἕτερος τοὺς μὲν
τροχοὺς καὶ , βαρεῖς καὶ ταπεινούς, τοὺς δ᾽ ἐχίνους
ὀξεῖς, 1 ἵνα ὁπόταν μὲν τοῦτον λάβῃ, ἀσχάλλων
τῇ τραχύτητι, διὰ τοῦτο ἀφίῃ, ὅ ὅταν δὲ τὸν λεῖον
μεταλάβῃ, τῇ μὲν λειότητι αὐτοῦ ἡσθῇ, ἃ δὲ
ὑπὸ τοῦ τραχέος “παιδευθῇ, ταῦτα καὶ ἐν τῷ
λείῳ ποιῇ. ἣν δ᾽ αὖ καταφρονήσας τῆς λειότητος
θαμινὰ ἀπερείδηται ἐν αὐτῷ, τούτου ἕνεκα τοὺς
τροχοὺς μεγάλους τῷ λείῳ. προστίθεμεν ἵνα
χάσκειν ἀναγκαζόμενος ὑπ᾿ αὐτῶν ἀφίῃ τὸ
στόμιον. οἷόν τε δὲ καὶ τὸν τραχὺν παντο-
δαπὸν ποιεῖν καὶ κατειλοῦντα καὶ κατατείνοντα.
ὁποῖοι δ᾽ ἂν ὦσι χαλινοί, πάντες ὑγροὶ ἔστωσαν.
τὸν μὲν γὰρ σκληρόν, ὅπη ἂν ὁ ἵππος λάβῃ, ὅλον
ἔχει πρὸς ταῖς γνάθοις" ὥσπερ καὶ ὀβελίσκον,
ὁπόθεν ἄν τις λάβῃ, ὅλον αἴρει. ὁ δ᾽ ἕτερος
ὥσπερ ἡ ἅλυσις ποιεῖ" ὃ , 'Yàp ἂν ἔχῃ τις, αὐτοῦ,
τοῦτο μόνον ἄκαμπτον μένει, τὸ δὲ ἄλλο ἀπήρτη-
ται. τὸ δὲ φεῦγον ἐν τῷ στόματι ἀεὶ θηρεύων
ἀφίησιν ἀπὸ τῶν γνάθων τὸ στόμιον" τούτου
ἕνεκα καὶ οἱ κατὰ μέσον ἐκ τῶν ἀξόνων δακτύ-
λιοι κρεμάννυνται, ὅπως τούτους διώκων τῇ τε
γλώττῃ καὶ τοῖς ὀδοῦσιν ἀμελῇ τοῦ ἀναλαμβάνειν
πρὸς τὰς γνάθους τὸν , χαλινόν.
Ei δέ τις ἀγνοεῖ, τί τὸ ὑγρὸν τοῦ χαλινοῦ καὶ
τί τὸ σκληρόν, γράψομεν καὶ τοῦτο. ὑγρὸν μὲν
γάρ ἐστιν, ὅταν οἱ “ἄξονες εὐρείας καὶ λείας ἔχωσι
τὰς συμβολάς, ὥστε ῥᾳδίως κάμπτεσθαι, καὶ
! So as to mitigate the roughness of the teeth. This was
sometimes done by covering the teeth with wax (Pollux
i. 207).
348
—— ——————P"—TGQ—
—————
ART OF HORSEMANSHIP, x. 6—10
dises of a good size ; the other should have the disces
heavy and low, and the teeth sharp, so that when
the horse seizes it he may drop it because he objects
to its roughness, and when he is bitted with the
smooth one instead, may welcome its smoothness
and may do on the smooth bit what hg has been
trained to do with the aid of the rough one. In
case, however, he takes no account of it because
of its smoothness, and keeps bearing against it,
we put large disces on the smooth bit to stop
this, so that they may force him to open his mouth
and drop the bit. [Ὁ is possible also to make the
rough bit adaptable by wrapping! it up and tighten-
ing the reins? But whatever be the pattern of the 8
bits, they must all be flexible. For wherever a
horse seizes a stiff one, he holds the whole of it
against his jaws, just as you lift the whole of a spit
wherever you take hold of it. But the other kind of 9
bit acts like a chain: for only the part that you hold
remains unbent, while the rest of it hangs loose. As
the horse continually tries to seize the part that eludes
him in his mouth, he lets the bit drop from his
jaws. This is why little rings? are hung in the
middle on the axles, in order that the horse may
feel after them with his tongue and teeth and not
think of taking the bit up against the jaws.
In case the meaning of the terms flexible and
stiff as applied to a bit is not known, we will explain
this too. * Flexible" means that the axles have
broad and smooth links so that they bend easily;
5. See c. ix, 89.
3 (Two sets, one hanging to each of the two links that form
τς the centre joint of the two axles of whieh the *'fexible"
bit consisted. They are found in both the Berlin bits.
349
11
12
13
14
15
XENOPHON
πάντα δὲ ὁπόσα περιτίθεται περὶ τοὺς ἄξονας,
ἢν εὐρύστομα 7 καὶ μὴ σύμπυκνα, ὑγρότερά
ἐστιν. ἢν δὲ χαλεπῶς ἕκαστα τοῦ χαλινοῦ δια-
τρέχῃ καὶ συνθέῃ, τοῦτ᾽ ἐστὶ σκληρὸν εἶναι.
Ὁποῖος δ᾽ ἄν τις ἦ, τούτῳ τάδε γε πάντα
ταὐτὰ ποιητέον, ἤνπερ γε βούληται ἀποδείξασθαι
τὸν ἵππον οἷονπερ εἴρηται. ἀνακρουστέον «μὲν
τὸ στόμα τοῦ ἵππου οὔτε. ἄγαν αλεπῶς ὥστε
ἐκνεύειν, οὔτε ἄγαν ἡσύχως ὡς μὴ αἰσθάνεσθαι.
ἐπειδὰν δὲ d ἀνακρουόμενος αἴρῃ τὸν αὐχένα, δοτέον
εὐθὺς τὸν χαλινόν, καὶ τἄλλα δὲ δεῖ, ὥ ὥσπερ οὐ
παυόμεθα λέγοντες, ἐν ᾧ ἂν καλῶς ὑπηρετῇ,
χαρίζεσθαι. τῷ ἵππῳ. καὶ ὅταν δ᾽ “αἴσθηται
ἡδόμενον τὸν ἵππον τῇ Te ὑ )λαυχενίᾳ καὶ τῇ
χαλαρότητι, ἐν τοῦτῳ οὐδὲν δεῖ χαλεπὸν προσ-
φέρειν ὡς πονεῖν ἀναγκάξοντα, ἀλλὰ θωπεύειν
ὡς παύσασθαι βουλόμενον" οὕτω “γὰρ μάλιστα
θαρρῶν. πρόεισιν εἰς τὴν ταχεῖαν ἱππασίαν. ὡς
δὲ καὶ τῷ ταχὺ θεῖν ἵππος ἥδεται, τεκμήριον"
ἐκφυγὼν γὰρ οὐδεὶς βάδην πορεύεται, ἀλλὰ θεῖ.
τούτῳ γὰρ πέφυκεν ἥδεσθαι, ἢν μή τις πλείω
τοῦ καιροῦ θεῖν ἀναγκάξῃ: ὑπερβάλλον δὲ τὸν
καιρὸν οὐδὲν τῶν πάντων ἡδὺ οὔτε ἵππῳ οὔτε
ἀνθρώπῳ.
Ὅταν γε μὴν εἰς τὸ ἱππάξεσθαι μετὰ τοῦ
κυδροῦ “ἀφιγμένος 7, εἰθισμένος μὲν δήπου ἡμῖν
ἦν ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ ἱππασίᾳ ἐκ τῶν στροφῶν εἰς τὸ
θᾶττον ὁρμᾶσθαι. ἢν δέ τις τοῦτο μεμαθηκότος
! Meaning (1) the toothed cylinders, (2) the pendants to
which the reins were attached, (3) the curved or S- shaped
branches with eyes to which the bridle was fastened, ^ It is
359
ART OF HORSEMANSHIP, x. 10-15
and if everything that goes round the axles! has
large openings, and does not fit tight, it is more
flexible. * Stiff," on the other hand, means that the
pieces of the bit do not run over the axles and work
in combination easily.
Whatever the pattern may be, the same method of
using it must be carried out in all the points that
follow, assuming that you want your horse to have
just the appearance I have described. The mouth
must neither be pulled so hard that he holds his
nose in the air, nor so gently that he takes no notice.
As soon as he raises his neck when you pull, give
him the bit at once, Invariably, in fact, as we can-
not too often repeat, you must humour your horse
whenever he responds to your wishes. And when
you notice that high carriage of his neck and
lightness of hand give him pleasure, you should not
deal hardly with him as though you were forcing
him to work, but coax him as when you want to
stop?; for thus he will break into a fast pace with
most confidence. There is plain proof that a horse
takes pleasure in going fast: for when he breaks
loose a horse never goes at a walking pace, but
alwaysruns. He instinctively takes pleasure in this,
provided he is not compelled to run too far for his
strength. Nothing in excess is ever pleasing either
to horse or man.
When your horse has progressed so far as to bear
himself proudly when ridden, he has, of course,
already been accustomed in the early exercises to
break into a quicker pace after turning. Now if after
eurious that we do not know the Greek terms for (2) and (3).
* Let all the parts be loose" is what X. means.
* A has ἱππάσασθαι **to ride," for παύσασθαι. ? yii. 17.
33!
11
13
16
17
XENOPHON
αὐτοῦ ἅμα ἀντιλαμβάνηταί τε τῷ χαλινῷ καὶ
σημήνῃ τῶν ὁρμητηρίων τι, οὕτως ὑπὸ μὲν τοῦ
χαλινοῦ πιεσθείς, ὑπὸ δὲ τοῦ ὁρμᾶν σημανθῆναι
ἐγερθεὶς * προβάλλεται μὲν τὰ στέρνα, αἴρει δὲ
ἄνω ? τὰ σκέλη ὀργιξόμενος, οὐ μέντοι ὑγρά γε"
οὐ γὰρ μάλα, ὅταν λυπῶνται, ὑγροῖς τοῖς σκέ-
λεσιν ἵπποι χρῶνται. ἣν δέ τις οὕτως. ἀνεξω-
πυρημένῳ. αὐτῷ δῷ τὸν χαλινόν, ἐνταῦθα ὑφ᾽
ἡδονῆς τῷ διὰ τὴν χαλαρότητα τοῦ στομίου
λελύσθαι νομίζειν, ᾿κυδρῷ μὲν τῷ σχήματι,
ὑγροῖν δὲ τοῖν σκελοῖν γαυριώμενος φέρεται,
παντάπασιν ἐκμιμούμενος τὸν πρὸς í ἵππους καλ-
λωπισμόν. καὶ οἱ θεώμενοι τὸν ἵππον τοιοῦτον
ἐπικαλοῦσιν 8 ἐλευθέριόν τε καὶ ἐθελουργὸν καὶ
ἱππαστὴν καὶ θυμοειδῆ καὶ σοβαρὸν καὶ ἅμα
ἡδύν τε καὶ 3 γοργὸν ἰδεῖν.
Καὶ ταῦτα μὲν δή, ἣν τούτων τις ἐπιθυμήσῃ,
μέχρι τούτων ἡμῖν γεγράφθω.
ΧΙ. Ἢν δέ τις ἄρα βουληθῇ καὶ πομπικῷ καὶ
μετεώρῳ καὶ λαμπρῷ ἵππῳ ᾿ χρήσασθαι, οὐ μάλα
μὲν τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐκ παντὸς ἵππου γίγνεται, ἀλλὰ
δεῖ ὑπάρξαι αὐτῷ καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν μεγαλόφρονα
καὶ τὸ σῶμα εὔρωστον. οὐ μέντοι ὅ γε οἴονταί
τινες, τὸν τὰ σκέλη ὑγρὰ ἔ ἔχοντα καὶ τὸ σῶμα
αἴρειν δυνήσεσθαι, οὐχ οὕτως ἔχει" ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον
ὃς ἂν τὴν ὀσφῦν ὑγράν. τε “καὶ βραχεῖαν καὶ
ἰσχυρ ρὰν ἔχῃ, καὶ οὐ τὴν κατ᾽ οὐρὰν λέγομεν,
ἀλλ᾽ ἣ πέφυκε μεταξὺ τῶν τε πλευρῶν καὶ τῶν
ἰσχίων κατὰ τὸν κενεῶνα, οὗτος δυνήσεται πόρρω
ὑποτιθέναι τὰ ὀπίσθια σκέλη ὑπὸ τὰ ἐμπρόσθια.
1 ἐγερθεὶς Weiske: ἐγείρεται καὶ S. with the MSS. -
352
€—————P —
ART OF HORSEMANSHIP, x. 15-xi. 2
he has learnt this you pull him up with the bit and
atthe same time give him one of the signs to go
forward, then being held back by the bit and yet
roused by the signal to go forward, he throws
his chest out and lifts his legs from the ground
impatiently, but not with a supple motion; for
when horses feel uncomfortable, the action of their
legs is not at all supple. But if, when he is thus
excited, you give him the bit, then, mistaking the
looseness of the bit for a deliverance from restraint,
he bounds forward for very joy with a proud bearing
and supple legs, exultant, imitating exactly in every
way the graces that he displays before horses. And
those who watch the horse when he is like that
call him well-bred, a willing worker, worth riding,
mettlesome, magnificent, and declare his appearance
to be at once pleasing and fiery.
And here we conclude these explanations ad-
dressed to those who want this sort of thing.
XI. But in case anyone wants to own a horse
suitable for parade, with a high and showy action,
such qualities are by no means to be found in every
Horse: but it is essential that he should have plenty
of spirit and a strong body. Many suppose that an
animal that has supple legs will also be capable of
rearing his body. — That, however, is not the case:
rather it is the horse with supple, short, strong loins
that will be able to extend his hind-legs well under
the forelegs. ΒΥ *loins" we do not mean the parts
about the tail, but those between the flanks and
3 ἄνω AB: ἀνωτέρω S. with the rest.
3 ἐπικαλοῦσιν Herwerden: ἀποκαλοῦσιν S. with the MSS.
4 καὶ Α : kal ἅμα S. with the rest,
353
VOL, 1I,
p
XENOPHON
3 ἢν οὖν τις ὑποτιθέντος αὐτοῦ ἀνακρούῃ. τῷ
χαλινῷ, ὀκλάξει μὲν τὰ ὀπίσθια ἐν τοῖς ἀστρα-
γάλοις, αἴρει δὲ τὸ πρόσθεν σῶμα, ὥστε τοῖς ἐξ
ἐναντίας φαίνεσθαι τὴν γαστέρα καὶ τὰ αἰδοῖα.
δεῖ δὲ καὶ ὅταν ταῦτα ποιῇ, διδόναι αὐτῷ τὸν
χαλινόν, ὅπως τὰ κάλλιστα ἵππου ἑκόντα
4 ποιῆσαι 1 δοκῇ τοῖς “ὁρῶσιν. εἰσὶ μέντοι οἱ καὶ
ταῦτα διδάσκουσιν οἱ μὲν ῥάβδῳ ὑ ὑπὸ τοὺς ἀστρα-
γάλους κρούοντες, οἱ δὲ καὶ βακτηρίᾳ παρατρέ-
χοντά τινα “κελεύοντες ὑπὸ τὰς “μηριαίας παίειν.
5 ἡμεῖς γε μέντοι τὸ κράτιστον τῶν διδασκαλίων
νομίξομεν, ὥσπερ ἀεὶ λέγομεν, ἢν ἐ ἐν παντὶ παρέ-
πηται τὸ ἐν ᾧ ἂν ποιήσῃ τῷ “ἀναβάτῃ duet
6 γνώμην τυγχάνειν ῥᾳστώνης παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ. ἃ μὲν
γὰρ ὃ ἵππος ἀναγκαζόμενος ποιεῖ, ὥσπερ. καὶ
Σίμων λέγει, οὔτ᾽ ἐπίσταται οὔτε καλά ἐστιν,
οὐδὲν μᾶλλον ἢ εἴ τις “ὀρχηστὴν ndis! καὶ
κεντρίζοι" πολὺ γὰρ ἂν πλείω ἀσχημονοίη ἢ
καλὰ ποιοίη ὁ τοιαῦτα πάσχων καὶ ἵππος kai
ἄνθρωπος. ἀλλὰ δεῖ ἀπὸ σημείων ἑκόντα πάντα
τὰ κάλλιστα καὶ “λαμπρότατα ἐπιδείκνυσθαι.
7 ἢν δὲ καὶ ὅταν μὲν ἱππάζηται, μέχρι πολλοῦ
ἱδρῶτος ἐλαύνηται, ὅταν δὲ καλῶς μετεωρίζῃ € ἑαυ-
τόν, ταχύ Té καταβαίνηται καὶ ἀποχαλινῶται, εὖ
χρὴ εἰδέναι, ὅτι ἑκὼν εἶσιν εἰς τὸ ὃ μετεωρίζειν € ἑαυτόν.
8 "Emi τῶν τοιούτων δὲ ἤδη ἱππαζόμενοι ἵ ἵππων
καὶ θεοὶ καὶ ἥρωες γράφονται, καὶ ἄνδρες οἱ
καλῶς χρώμενοι αὐτοῖς μεγαλοπρεπεῖς φαίνονται.
9 οὕτω δὲ καὶ ἔστιν ὁ μετεωρίξων. ἑαυτὸν ἵππος
σφόδρα ἀγαστόν,Σ ὡς πάντων τῶν ὁρώντων καὶ
ἑκόντα ποιῆσαι Courier: ἑκών τε ποιῇ καὶ S. with the-MSS.
354
CM NS
€
-—
€
pe
]
b -
E
]
E
:
δ
ART OF HORSEMANSHIP, xi. 3-9
haunches about the belly. Now, if when he is 3
p his hind-legs under him you pull him up
with the bit, he bends the hind-legs on the hocks and
raises the fore-part of his body, so that anyone facing
him ean see the belly and the sheath. When he
does that you must give him the bit that he may
appear to the onlookers to be doing willingly the
finest things that a horse can do. Some, however, 4
teach these accomplishments by striking him under
the hocks with a rod, others by telling a man to
run alongside and hit him with à stick under the gas- '
kins. We, however, considerthat the lesson is most 5
satisfactory if, as we have repeatedly said, the rider
invariably allows him relaxation when he has done
something according to his wishes. . For whata horse 6
does under constraint, as Simon says, he does without
understanding, and with no more grace than a dancer
would show if he was whipped and goaded. Under
such treatment horse and man alike will do much
more that is ugly than graceful No, a horse must
make the most graceful and brilliant appearance in
all respects of his own will with the help of aids.
Further, if you gallop him during a ride until he 7
sweats freely, and as soon as he prances in fine
style, quicklv dismount and unbridle him, you may
be sure that he will come willingly to the prance.
This is the attitude in which artists represent the 8
horses on which gods and heroes ride, and men who
manage such horses gracefully have a magnificent
appearance. Indeed a prancing horse is a thing so 9
graceful, terrible and astonishing that it rivets the
3 ἀγαστόν Cobet: ἢ καλὸν ἢ δεινὸν ἢ ἀγαστὸν ἢ θαυμαστὸν
ὃ: ἢ καλὺν ἢ θαυμαστὸν 1) ἀγαστόν S. with the other
355
10
12
13
XENOPHON
νέων καὶ γεραιτέρων τὰ ὄμματα κατέχει. οὐδεὶς
γοῦν οὔτε ἀπολείπει αὐτὸν οὔτε ἀπαγορεύει θεώ-
μενος, ἔστ᾽ ἄν περ ἐπιδεικνύηται τὴν Kou
τητα.
Ἤν γε μήν ποτε συμβῇ τινι τῶν τοιοῦτον
ἵππον κεκτημένων ἢ φυλαρχῆσαι ἢ ἱππαρχῆσαι,
οὐ δεῖ αὐτὸν τοῦτο σπουδάξειν, ὅπως αὐτὸς μόνος
λαμπρὸς ἔσται, ἀλλὰ πολὺ μᾶλλον ὅπως ὅλον
τὸ ἑπόμενον ἀξιοθέατον φανεῖται. ἢν μὲν οὖν
ἡγῆται, ὡς μάλιστα ἐπαινοῦσι τοὺς τοιούτους
ἵππους, ὃς ἂν ἀνωτάτω αἰρόμενος καὶ πυκνότατα
τὸ σῶμα βρα τατον προβαίνῃ, δῆλον. ὅτι “καὶ
βάδην ἕποιντ᾽ ἂν οἱ ἄλλοι ἵπποι αὐτῷ. ἐκ δὲ
ταύτης τῆς ὄψεως τί ἂν καὶ λαμπρὸν γένοιτ᾽ ἄν ;
ἢν δὲ ἐξεγείρας τὸν ἵππον ἡγῇ μήτε τῷ ἄγαν
τάχει μήτε τῷ ἄγαν βράδει, ὡς δ᾽ εὐθυμότατοι
ἵπποι καὶ γοργότατοι καὶ 3 Vip e eren
γίγνονται, ἐὰν ἡγῇ αὐτοῖς οὕτως, ἀθρόος μὲν ἂν ?
ὃ τύπος, ἀθρόον δὲ τὸ φρύαγμα καὶ τὸ φύσημα
τῶν ἵππων συμπαρέποιτο » ὥστε οὐ μόνον αὐτός,
ἀλλὰ καὶ πάντες οἱ συμπαρεπόμενοι ἀξιοθέατοι
ἂν φαίνοιντο.
Ν , ^ t , , "
Ην γε μήν τις καλῶς ἱππωνήσῃ, τρέφῃ δὲ
ὡς πόνους δύνασθαι ὑποφέρειν, ὀρθῶς δὲ χρῆται.
καὶ ἐν τοῖς πρὸς πόλεμον μελετήμασι καὶ ἐν ταῖς
πρὸς ἐπίδειξιν ἱ ἱππασίαις καὶ ἐν τοῖς πολεμικοῖς
ἀγωνίσμασι, τί ἔτι ἐμποδὼν τούτῳ μὴ οὐχὶ
πλείονός τε ἀξίους ἵππους ποιεῖν ἢ οἵους 5
παραλαμβάνῃ, καὶ εὐδοκίμους μὲν ἵππους ER
l καὶ Weiske: xal πονεῖν S. with the MSS.
3 Ky, added by Courier, is omitted by S. with the MSS.
8 συμπαρέποιτο AB : συμπαρέσοιτο the other MSS. : S. omits.
356
er TEMO
ART OF HORSEMANSHIP, xi. 9-13
gaze of all beholders, young and old alike. At all
events no one leaves him or is tired of gazing at
him so long as he shows off his brilliance.
Should the owner of such a horse happen to
be a colonel or a general, he must not make it his
object to be the one brilliant figure,! but must attach
much more importance to making the whole troop
behind him worth looking at. Now if a horse is
leading in the manner which wins most praise for
such horses, prancing high and with his body
closely gathered, so that he moves forward with
very short steps, the rest of the horses must
obviously follow also at a walking pace. Now what
can there be really brilliant in such a sight? But
if you rouse your horse and lead neither too fast nor
too slow, but at the pace at which the most spirited
horses look most fiery and stately—if you lead your
men in that way, there will be such a continual
stamping, such a continual neighing and snorting of
the horses going on behind you, that not only you
yourself but all the troop behind you will be worth
watching.
If a man buys his horses well, trains them so that
they can stand work, and uses them properly in the
training for war, in the exhibition rides and on the
battle-fields, what is there then to hinder him from
making horses more valuable than they are when he
takes them over, and why should he*not be the
owner of famous horses, and also become famous
! Cavalry Commander, i. 92.
* οἱ Α : ὅσοι S. with £he other MSS.
5 μήν Α: μέν B: μέντοι S. with the rest.
€ ἢ οἵους A : fj obs the other MSS.: obs S.
357
XENOPHON
εὐδοκιμεῖν δὲ αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ ἱππικῇ, ἣν μή τι
δαιμόνιον κωλύῃ ;
XII. Γράψαι δὲ βουλόμεθα καὶ ὡς δεῖ e
σθαι τὸν μέλλοντα ἐφ᾽ ἵππου κινδυνεύειν. —
Πρῶτον μὲν τοίνυν φαμὲν χρῆναι τὸν θώρακα
πρὸς τὸ σῶμα πεποιῆσθαι: τὸν μὲν yàp! καλῶς
ἁρμόξοντα ὅλον φέρει τὸ σῶμα, τὸν δὲ ἄγαν
χαλαρὸν οἱ ὦμοι “μόνοι φέρουσιν, ὅ γε μὴν λίαν
2 στενὸς δεσμός, οὐχ ὅπλον ἐστίν. ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ ὁ
αὐχήν ἐστι τῶν καιρίων, φαμὲν χρῆναι καὶ τούτ
ἐξ αὐτοῦ τοῦ θώρακος ὅμοιον τῷ αὐχένι στέ-
γᾶσμα πεποιῆσθαι. τοῦτο γὰρ ἅμα κόσμον τε
παρέξει καὶ ἢν οἷον δεῖ εἰργασμένον ἡ, δέξεται
ὅταν “βούληται, τῷ ἀναβάτῃ τὸ πρόσωπον μέχρι
8 τῆς ῥινός. κράνος γε μὴν κράτιστον εἶναι νομί-
ἕομεν τὸ βοιωτιουργές' τοῦτο γὰρ αὖ στεγάζει
μάλιστα πάντα τὰ ὑπερέχοντα τοῦ θώρακος,
ὁρᾶν δὲ οὐ κωλύει. ὁ δ αὖ θώραξ οὕτως εἰρ-
γάσθω, ὡς μὴ κωλύῃ μήτε καθίξειν μήτ᾽ ἐπικύ-
4 πτειν. περὶ δὲ τὸ ἦτρον καὶ τὰ αἰδοῖα καὶ TÀ
κύκλῳ αἱ πτέρυγες τοιαῦται καὶ τοσαῦται ἔστω-
ὅ σαν, ὥστε στέγειν τὰ βέλη.2 ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ ἡ
ἀριστερὰ χεὶρ ἤν τι πάθῃ, καταλύει τὸν ἱππέα,
καὶ ταύτῃ ἐπαινοῦμεν, τὸ εὑρημένον ὅπλον τὴν
χεῖρα καλουμένην. τόν τε γὰρ ὦμον σκεπάζει
καὶ τὸν βῥαχίονα καὶ τὸν πῆχυν. καὶ τὸ ἐχόμενον
τῶν ἡνιῶν, καὶ ἐκτείνεται δὲ καὶ συγκάμπτεται"
πρὸς δὲ τούτοις καὶ τὸ διαλεῖπον τοῦ “θώρακος
6 ὑπὸ τῇ μασχάλῃ καλύπτει. τήν γε μὴν δεξιὰν
ἐπαίρειν δεῖ, ἤν τε ἀκοντίσαι ἤν τε πατάξαι,
1 τὸν μὲν γὰρ A: τὸν μὲν the other MSS.: ὅτι τὸν μὲν S.
2 βέλη ΑΒ: μέλη S. with the rest.
358
ART OF HORSEMANSHIDP, xr. 13-xu. 6
himself for his horsemanship, provided no divine
power prevents ?
XII. We want to explain also how a man who is
to face danger on horseback should be armed.
We say,then, that in the first place his breast-
plate must be made to fit his body. For the well-
fitting breastplate is supported by the whole body,
whereas one that is too loose is supported by the
shoulders only, and one that is too tight is rather
an encumbrance than a defence. And, since the 2
neck is one of the vital parts, we hold that a
covering should be available for it also, standing up
from the breastplate itself and shaped to the neck.
For this will serve as an ornament, and at the same
time, if properly made, will cover the rider's face,
when he pleases, as high as the nose. For the 3
helmet we consider the Boeotian pattern the most
satisfactory : for this, again, affords the best protection
to all the parts that project above the breastplate
without obstructing the sight. As for the pattern
of the breastplate, it should be so shaped as not to .
prevent the wearer from sitting down or stooping.
About the abdomen and middle and round that region 4
let the flaps be of such material and such a size that
they will keep out missiles. And as a wound in the 5
left hand disables the rider, we also recommend the
piece of armour invented for it called the * hand." !
For it protects the shoulder, the arm, the elbow, and
the fingers that hold the reins; it will also extend
and fold up; and in addition it covers the gap left
by the breastplate under the armpit. But the right 6
hand must be raised when the man intends to fling
! i.v, a gauntlet.
359
- KENOPHON
βουληθῇ. τοῦ μὲν οὖν θώρακος τὸ κωλῦον
ταύτῃ ἀφαιρετέον: ἀντὶ δὲ τούτου πτέρυγας ἐν
τοῖς γιγγλύμοις προσθετέον, ὅπως ὅταν μὲν
διαίρηται, ὁμοίως ἀναπτύσσωνται, ὅταν δὲ
7 καταίρηται, ἐπικλείωνται. τῷ γε μὴν βραχίονι
τὸ ὥσπερ κνημὶς παρατιθέμενον βέλτιον 5 ἡμῖν
δοκεῖ εἶναι ἢ συνδεθὲν ὅπλῳ. τό γε μὴν ψιλού-
μενον αἰρομένης τῆς δεξιᾶς στεγαστέον ἐγγὺς
τοῦ θώρακος ἢ μοσχείῳ ἢ χαλκείῳ" εἰ δὲ μή, ἐν
τῷ ἐπικαιροτάτῳ ἀφύλακτον ἔσται. ἜΝ
8 ὈἘπείπερ δὲ ἤν τε πάσχῃ ὁ ἵππος, ἐν παντὴ —
κινδύνῳ καὶ ὁ ἀναβάτης γίγνεται, ὁπλίζει δεῖ
καὶ τὸν ἵππον προμετωπιδίῳ καὶ προστερνιδίῳ
καὶ παραμηριδίοις" ταῦτα γὰρ ἅμα καὶ τῷ ἀμ-
βάτῃ παραμηρίδια γίγνεται. πάντων δὲ μάλιστα
τοῦ ἵππου τὸν κενεῶνα δεῖ σκεπάζειν" καιριώ-
τατον γὰρ ὃν kal ἀφαυρότατόν ἐστι" δυνατὸν δὲ
9 civ? τῷ ἐφιππίῳ καὶ αὐτὸν σκεπάσαι. χρὴ δὲ
καὶ τὸ ἔποχον τοιοῦτον ἐρράφθαι, ὡς ἀσφαλέ-
στερόν τε τὸν ἱππέα καθῆσθαι καὶ τὴν ἕδραν τοῦ
ἵππου μὴ σίνεσθαι.
Καὶ τὰ μὲν δὴ ἄλλα οὕτω καὶ ὁ ἵππος καὶ ὁ
Ι0 ἱππεὺς ὡπλισμένοι ἂν εἶεν. κνῆμαι δὲ καὶ πόδες
ὑπερέχοιεν μὲν ἂν εἰκότως τῶν παραμηριδίων,
ὁπλισθείη δὲ καὶ ταῦτα, εἰ ἐμβάδες 9 γένοιντο
σκύτους, ἐξ οὗπερ αἱ κρηπῖδες ποιοῦνται" οὕτω
yàp. ἂν ἅμα ὅπλον τε κνήμαις καὶ ποσὶν ὑποδή-
ματ᾽ ἂν εἴη. ᾿
1 πτέρυγας. .. προσθετέον ὅπως ὅταν Α : πτέρυγες προσ-
θεταί, ὅταν S. with the rest. He also reads ἀναπτύσσονται
and ἐπικλείονται against the MSS.
? βέλτιον A: ἀρκεῖν βέλτιον S. with the rest.
3 All MSS. have σύν, which S. omits.
360
de proponat lt
πο yr y Ru Npmag tu
UTE
ART OF HORSEMANSHIP, xii. 6-10
his javelin or strike a blow. Consequently that
portion of the breastplate that hinders him in doing
that should be removed ; and in place of it there
Should be detachable flaps at the joints, in order
that, when the arm is elevated, they may open
correspondingly, and may close when it is lowered.
For the fore-arm it seems to us that the piece put 7
over it separately like a greave is better than one
that is bound up together with a piece of armour.!
The part that is left exposed when the right arm is
raised should be covered near the breastplate with
calf-skin or metal; otherwise the most vital part
will be unprotected.
Since the rider is seriously imperilled in the event
of his horse being wounded, the horse also should
be armed, having head, chest, and thigh pieces:
the last also serve to cover the rider's thighs. But
above all the horse's belly must be protected; for
this, which is the most vital part, is also the
weakest. [Ὁ is possible to make the cloth serve
partly as a protection to it. The quilting of the 9
cloth should be such as to give the rider a safer seat
and not to gall the horse's back.
Thus horse and man alike will be armed in most
8
But the rider's shins and feet will of course 10
be outside [he thigh-pieces. These too can be
guarded if boots made of shoe-leather are worn:
there will thus be armour for the shins and covering
for the feet at the same time.
! £e. with the breastplate. Schneider thought that τῷ
"should be inserted before ὅπλῳ.
* καὶ AB : S. omits.
5 ἐμβάδες A : ἐμβάται S. with the other MSS.
$ οὗπερ AB: ofovrep S. with M.
361
11
12
14
XENOPHON
"Os μὲν δὴ μὴ βλάπτεσθαι θεῶν ἵλεων ὄντων
ταῦτα ὅπλα. ὡς δὲ τοὺς ἐναντίους βχάπτειν,
μάχαιραν μὲν μᾶλλον ἢ ξίφος ἐπαινοῦμεν" ἐφ᾽
ὑψηλοῦ “γὰρ ὄντι τῷ ἱππεῖ κοπίδος μᾶλλον ἡ
πληγὴ͵ ἢ ξίφους ἀρκέσει. ἀντί γε μὴν δόρατος
καμακίνου, ἐπειδὴ καὶ ἀσθενὲς καὶ δύσφορόν
ἐστι, τὰ κρανέϊνα δύο παλτὰ μᾶλλον ἐπαινοῦμεν.
καὶ γὰρ ἐξαφεῖναι τὸ ἕτερον δυνατὸν τῷ ἐπιστα-
μένῳ καὶ τῷ λειπομένῳ οἷόν τε “χρῆσθαι καὶ εἰς
τὸ ἀντίον καὶ εἰς τὰ πλάγια καὶ εἰς τοὔπισθεν"
καὶ ἅμα ἰσχυρότερά τε τοῦ δόρατος καὶ εὐφορώ-
ΤΆ
τερά ἐστιν.
᾿Ακόντισμά γε μὴν τὸ μακρότατον ἐπαινοῦμεν"
καὶ γὰρ ἀποστρέψαι καὶ μεταλαβεῖν παλτὸν
οὕτω μᾶλλον ὁ χρόνος ἐγχωρεῖ. γράψομεν δὲ
ἐν βραχεῖ καὶ ὡς ἄν τις κράτιστα ἀκοντίξοι. ἢν
γὰρ προβαλλόμενος μὲν τὰ ἀριστερά, ἐπανάγων
δὲ τὰ δεξιά, ἐξανιστάμενος δ᾽ ἐκ τῶν μηρῶν,
μικρὸν ἐπανακύπτουσαν τὴν λόγχην ἀφῇ, οὕτω
σφοδρότατόν τε καὶ μακρότατον. οἴσεται τὸ
ἀκόντιον, εὐστοχώτατον μέντοι, ἐὰν κατὰ τὸν
σκοπὸν ἀφιεμένη ἀεὶ ὁρᾷ ἡ λόγχη.
Καὶ ταῦτα μὲν δὴ ἰδιώτῃ καὶ ὑπομνήματα καὶ
μαθήματα καὶ μελετήματα γεγράφθω ἡμῖν. ἃ
δὲ ἱππάρχῳ προσῆκεν εἰδέναι τε Καὶ πράττειν,
ἐν ἑτέρῳ λόγῳ δεδήλωται.
1 τοὔπισθεν Α : τοὔμπροσθεν S. with the other MSS,
362
ART OF HORSEMANSHIP, xu. 11-14
These are the defensive arms which with the
gracious assistance of heaven will afford protection
from harm. For harming the enemy we recom-
mend the sabre! rather than the sword, because,
owing to his lofty position, the rider will find the cut
with the Persian sabre more efficacious than the
thrust with the sword. And, in place of the spear
with a long shaft, seeing that it is both weak and
awkward to manage, we recommend rather the
two Persian javelins of cornel wood. For the skilful
man may throw the one and can use the other in
front or on either side or behind. They are also
stronger than the spear and easier to manage.?
We recommend throwing the javelin at the longest
range possible. For this gives a man more time to
turn his horse and to grasp the other javelin. We
will also state in a few words the most effective way
of throwing the javelin. 1f a man, in the act of
advancing his left side, drawing back his right, and
rising from his thighs, discharges the javelin with its
point a little upwards, he will give his weapon the
strongest impetus and the furthest carrying power;
it will be most likely to hit the mark, however, if at
the moment of discharge the point is always set on
it.
These notes, instructions and exercises which we
have here set down are intended only for the private
person. Whatit belongs to a cavalry leader to know
and to do has been set forth in another book.
1 The sabre (μάχαιρα) was used in the Lacedaemonian and
the Persian army. κοπίς is the special term for the Persian
weapon.
* "The two Persian javelins were shorter than the Greek
spear.
363
11
vs sw, μανόν 4 Pee i
E Peces εἴκιούνδι 596.
39. δ} Trait How Ji ΔΗ͂Σ un
a. τι Ard, nb δι ΗΝ ΓΑ
nca. Dus
dü e Hd
BM ro ado ^^
U- ha * SE Amr 03 παῖξεν Brus *
. Hr dde él siti ql wai 511} wai
* it ΑἸ Σ epit Hit kr ete :
m EV ? imileSa se 9d 8er Sii siia |
ἢ" ἘΝ era afi: fsorá sit abeat west
co 2c "TÓdooioe 5H lO unam; STE s
des adget ali 3 Iud auia o bis 1
24i dii " nilawei EI 4: xgxsiloeif . V
ndi moqao»n eid. avi s e sul ab:
115 yaq: TUEVT 182-fe5: {ππ|} »ili. bue 1,
ie ir)157: "wo xd aem. Pda Nt
o. 195 ΗΕ πὶ iru
Hn
. (3 dol e sid Y&5 Mii Joirr
"Sisi Sif. 101 "vino t jussis Wk
^WotisE 6165 ἄν vente révrd ar: S UE
εὐἰορα! aodtona, aid. hioiase cabd.aifid
᾿ bas aaiaorise absos.I edi ni boeg ager nis: ba) s1dn
ἀεί sd) τοὶ στιν [aio ioequ sd st uva. onm
3991: sdi πα i-t1oda exer scilovai miis ew):
yvte ag P qreisot
ἐπ ττῆράλι ips ced in rwr: iu Saft
N ROAD y dna ar Moo; ρα τσ d hz v na,
Laveipiald. 2olar ELA «20.
ya" : sun/sT ogodgdl y nih
ys ex YARD amb X I»
ES ra à :ἐοχολέτελ᾽ «ριο ἡτὸ
VAS Vos $m POT ΤΣ “ονοοὺς
Tx. AR "eT ὙΦ δ τ Ξ τ τς teas
L'eau σασθαι dura Ἰδυλοντοῖ in
^ Tnm αν E. AT a
yir dd Ty ipis wes Mace nM" YO
P: ^s 29 Δ
uy * *EG sor 7:3 Ei ÜoT $ 05330706
, " - M
15mu394 H3 3
fT geKwums wer 55 x3
gif rtr
εν "CTS ΤΆ. 22T7"0
?ULÁ Á n Ln , ME AR POP UORUUR Mn
ὙΠ
εὮ
c ος Asse 303 δῶ ϑλλάνο- ὅδ. τὰς morie "τὰς ice
QE ἀν uH e any 5 Bd iub £4 mt t
*
Swwba oid Té Keri! Ὁ r6 ΤΠ πδοὺ 567
T
um di f πότων aroden aas KA irre m Inc
ive? i X 4 ' u Ό
το
Ἐς
"i
SENOC$ONTOX KYNHTETIKOX
I. Τὸ μὲν εὕρημα θεῶν, ᾿Απόλλωνος καὶ ' Apré-
μιδος, ἄγραι καὶ κύνες" ἔδοσαν δὲ καὶ ἐτίμησαν
τούτῳ Χείρωνα διὰ δικαιότητα. ὁ δὲ λαβὼν
ἐχάρη τῷ δώρῳ καὶ ἐχρῆτο' καὶ ἐγένοντο αὐτῷ
μαθηταὶ κυνηγεσίων τε καὶ ἑτέρων καλῶν Κέφα-
λος, ᾿Ασκληπιός, Μειλανίων, Νέστωρ, ᾿Αμφιά-
αος, Πηλεύς, Τελαμών, Μελέαγρος, Θησεύς,
Ιἱππόλυτος, Παλαμήδης, ᾿Οδυσσεύς, Μενεσθεύς,
Διομήδης, Κάστωρ, Πολυδεύκης, Μαχάων, Ποδα-
λείριος, ᾿Αντίλοχος, Αἰνείας, ᾿Αχιλλεύς: ὧν κατὰ
χρόνον ἕκαστος ὑπὸ θεῶν ἐτιμήθη. θαυμαζέτω
δὲ μηδείς, ὅτε οἱ πολλοὶ αὐτῶν ἀρέσκοντες θεοῖς
ὅμως ἐτελεύτησαν" τοῦτο μὲν γὰρ ἡ φύσις" ἀλλ᾽
οἱ ἔπαινοι αὐτῶν μεγάλοι ἐγένοντο' μηδὲ ὅτι οὐ
καὶ αἱ αὐταὶ ἡλικίαι πᾶσι τούτοις.2 ὁ γὰρ Χείρω-
νος βίος πᾶσιν ἐξήρκει. Ζεὺς γὰρ καὶ Χείρων
ἀδελφοὶ πατρὸς μὲν τοῦ αὐτοῦ, μητρὸς δὲ ὁ μὲν
Ῥέας, ὁ δὲ Ναΐδος νύμφης: ὥστε ἐγεγόνει μὲν
πρότερος τούτων, ἐτελεύτησε δὲ ὕστερος ἐπεὶ
᾿Αχιλλέα ἐπαίδευσεν.
Ἔκ δὲ τῆς ἐπιμελείας τῆς 8 τῶν κυνῶν
καὶ κυνηγεσίων καὶ τῆς ἄλλης παιδείας πολὺ
᾿ διενεγκόντες κατὰ τὴν ἀρετὴν ἐθαυμάσθησαν.
! χάσι τούτοις À: S. omits with the rest.
3 ὕστερος ἐπεὶ A: ὕστερον ἣ ὡς S. with M.
366
ΜΝ RF
Sogl olt E, oe AM hoan. ...
-
ON HUNTING
I. GawE and hounds are the invention of gods, of
Apollo and Artemis. "They bestowed it on Cheiron
and honoured him therewith for his righteousness.
And he, receiving it, rejoiced in the gift, and used it.
And he had for pupils in venery and in other noble
pursuits—Cephalus, Asclepius, Meilanion, Nestor,
Amphiaraus, Peleus, Telamon, Meleager, Theseus,
Hippolytus, Palamedes, Odysseus, Menestheus,
Diomedes, Castor, Polydeuces, Machaon, Podaleirius,
. Antilochus, Aeneas, Achilles, of whom each in his
time was honoured by gods. Let no man marvel that
the more part of these, even though they pleased
gods, died none the less; for that was nature's work ;
but the praise of them grew mightily ;—nor yet that
not all of these flourished at one time. For Cheiron's
lifetime sufficed for all. For Zeus and Cheiron were
brethren, sons of one sire, but the mother of the one
was Rhea, of the other the. nymph Nais: and. so,
though he was born before these, he died after them,
for he taught Achilles.
Through the heed they paid to hounds and
hunting and the rest of their scholarship they
excelled greatly and were admired for their virtue.
? τῆς Schneider: τῆς ἐκ S with the MSS
367
hà
XENOPHON
6 Κέφαλος μὲν καὶ ὑπὸ θεᾶς ἡρπάσθη, ᾿Ασκληπιὸς
δὲ μειζόνων ἔτυχεν, ἀνιστάναι μὲν τεθνεῶτας,
νοσοῦντας δὲ ἰᾶσθαι: διὰ δὲ ταῦτα θεὸς ὡς παρ᾽
1 ἀνθρώποις ἀείμνηστον κλέος ἔχει. Μειλανίων δὲ
τοσοῦτον ὑπερέσχε φιλοπονίᾳ, ὥστε ὧν αὐτῷ
ἀντερασταὶ ἐγένοντο οἱ τότε" ἄριστοι τῶν τότε
μεγίστων γάμων μόνος ἔτυχεν ᾿Αταλάντης.
Νέστορος δὲ προδιελήλυθεν ἡ ἀρετὴ τῶν Ἑλλήνων
8 τὰς ἀκοάς, ὥστε εἰδόσιν ἂν λέγοιμι. ᾿Αμφιάραος
δὲ ὅτ᾽ ἐπὶ Θήβας ἐστράτευσε, πλεῖστον κτησάμενος
ἔπαινον ἔτυχε παρὰ θεῶν ἀείξως 5 τιμᾶσθαι.
Πηλεὺς δ᾽ ἐπιθυμίαν παρέσχε καὶ θεοῖς δοῦναί τε
Θέτιν αὐτῷ καὶ τὸν γάμον παρὰ Χείρωνι ὑμνῆσαι.
9 Τελαμὼν δὲ τοσοῦτος ἐγένετο, ὥστε ἐκ μὲν πόλεως
τῆς μεγίστης ἣν αὐτὸς ἐβούλετο γῆμαι Περίβοιαν
τὴν ᾿Αλκάθου' ὅτε δὲ ὁ πρῶτος τῶν ᾿Βλλήνων
ἐδίδου τὰ ἀριστεῖα Ἡρακλῆς ὁ Διός, ἑλὼν
10 Τροίαν, Ἡσιόνην αὐτῷ ἔδωκεν. Μελέαγρος δὲ
τὰς μὲν τιμὰς ἃς ἔλαβε φανεραί: πατρὸς δ᾽ ἐν
γήρᾳ ἐπιλανθανομένου τῆς θεοῦ οὐχ αὑτοῦ
αἰτίαις ἐδυστύχησε. Θησεὺς δὲ τοὺς μὲν τῆς
“Ἑλλάδος ἐχθροὺς πάσης μόνος ἀπώλεσε' τὴν δ᾽
αὑτοῦ πατρίδα πολλῷ μείζω ποιήσας ἔτι καὶ νῦν
11 θαυμάζεται. ᾿Ἱππόλυτος δὲ ὑπὸ μὲν τῆς ᾿Αρτέ-
μιδος ἐτιμᾶτο καὶ ἐν λόγοις ἣν, σωφροσύνῃ δὲ καὶ
ὁσιότητι μακαρισθεὶς ἐτελεύτησε. Παλαμήδης
δὲ ἕως μὲν ἦν, πολὺ τῶν ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ ὑπερέσχε
σοφίᾳ, ἀποθανὼν δὲ ἀδίκως τοσαύτης ἔτυχε
τιμωρίας ὑπὸ θεῶν, ὅσης οὐδεὶς ἄλλος ἀνθρώπων.
1 This τότε is omitted by S.
3 ἀείζως Dindorf: ἀεὶ ζῶν S. with the MSS.
368
Come GNE que TEPORE
eni, S0 7:
ON HUNTING, ri. 6-11
Cephalus was carried away by a goddess.! Asclepius 6
won yet? greater preferment—to raise the dead, to
heal the sick ; and for these things he has everlasting
fame as a god among men. . Meilanion was so peerless 7
in love of toil that, though the princeliest of that age
were his rival suitors for the greatest Lady of the
time, only he won Atalanta. Nestor's virtue is an old
familiar tale to Greek ears; sothere is no need
for me to tell of it. Amphiaraus when he fought 8
against Thebes, gained great praise and won from the
gods the honour of immortality. Peleus stirred
a desire even in the gods to give him Thetis and to
hymn their marriage in Cheiron's home. Telamon 9
waxed so mighty that he wedded from the greatest
city the maiden of his choice, Periboea, daughter
of Aleathus: and when the first of the Greeks,
Heracles son of Zeus, distributed the prizes of valour
aftertaking Troy, to him he gave Hesioné. As for 10
Meleager, the honours that he won are manifest ;
and it was not by his own fault that he came to sorrow
when his father in old age forgot the goddess.?
Theseus single-handed slew the enemies of all
Greece ; and because he enlarged greatly the borders
of his country he is admired to this day. Hippolytus 11
was honoured by Artemis and held converse with
her; and for his prudence and holiness he was
counted happy when he died. Palamedes far out-
stripped the men of his generation in wisdom while
he lived; and being unjustly slain he won from the
gods such vengeance as fell to the lot of no other
1
urora.
* The καὶ before ὑπὸ in the text should probably be placed
before μειζόνων.
5 i, when his father Oeneus forgot Artemis,—a laps
which led ultimately to the death of Meleager.
^ 369
12
13
16
17
XENOPHON
ἐτελεύτησε δὲ οὐχ ὑφ᾽ ὧν οἴονταί Tives* οὐ γὰρ ἂν
ἦν ὁ μὲν σχεδόν τι ἄριστος, ὁ δὲ ὅμοιος ἀγαθοῖς"
κακοὶ δὲ ἔπραξαν τὸ ἔργον. Μενεσθεὺς δὲ ἐκ
τῆς ἐπιμελείας τῆς ἢ τῶν κυνηγεσίων τοσοῦτον
ὑπερέβαλε φιλοπονίᾳ, ὥστε ὁμολογεῖν τοὺς τῶν
Ἑλλήνων. πρώτους ὑστέρους εἶναι τὰ εἰς τὸν
πόλεμον ἐκείνου πλὴν Νέστορος" καὶ οὗτος οὐ
προέχειν λέγεται, ἀλλὰ ἐρίξειν. ᾽Οδυσσεὺς δὲ
καὶ Διομήδης “λαμπροὶ μὲν καὶ καθ᾽ ὃν ἕκαστον,
τὸ δὲ ὅλον αἴτιοι Τροίαν ἁλῶναι. Κάστωρ δὲ
καὶ Πολυδεύκης ὅ ὅσα ἐπεδείξαντο ἐν. τῇ ἱΒλλάδι
τῶν παρὰ Χείρωνος διὰ τὸ ἀξίωμα τὸ ἐκ τούτων
ἀθάνατοί εἰσι. Μαχάων δὲ καὶ Ποδαλείριος
παιδευθέντες τὰ αὐτὰ πάντα ἐγένοντο καὶ τέχνας
καὶ λόγους καὶ ,πολέμους ἀγαθοί. ᾿Αντίχοχος
δὲ τοῦ πατρὸς ὑπεραποθανὼν τοσαύτης ἔτυχεν
εὐκλείας, ὥστε μόνος φιλοπάτωρ παρὰ τοῖς
Ἕλλησιν ἀναγαρευθῆναι. Αἰνείας δὲ “σώσας μὲν
τοὺς πατρῴους καὶ μητρῴους θεούς, σώσας δὲ καὶ
αὐτὸν τὸν “πατέρα δόξαν εὐσεβείας ἐξηνέγκατο,
ὥστε καὶ οἱ πολέμιοι μόνῳ ἐκείνῳ ὧν ἐκράτησαν
ἐν Τροίᾳ ἔδοσαν μὴ συληθῆναι. ᾿Αχιλλεὺς δ᾽ ἐν
ταύτῃ. τῇ παιδείᾳ τραφεὶς οὕτω καλὰ καὶ μεγάλα
μνημεῖα παρέδωκεν, d ὥστε οὔτε λέγων οὔτε ἀκούων
περὶ ἐκείνου οὐδεὶς ἀπαγορεύει.
Οὗτοι τοιοῦτοι ἐγένοντο ἐκ τῆς ἐπιμελείας τῆς
1 τῆς Schneider: τῆς ἐκ S. with the MSS.
1 Odysseus and Diomedes, who, according to one account,
drowned Palamedes when he was fishing. "The reference
here may be to this version. n Jemorabila tv. ii, 4
X. follows the commoner version that Odysseus got P. put to
379 4
ub Le dM ht ui a niri “ὦ... -.
x eu
i
x
Um» πὰ δ θα
Mid esu id if
ON HUNTING, τ t1—17
mortal. But his end was not compassed by those!
whom some imagine, else could not the one of them
have been well-nigh the best, and the other the peer
of the good ; but bad men did the deed. Menestheus
through the heed he paid to hunting, so far surpassed
others in love of toil that the first of the Greeks con-
fessed themselves his inferiors in feats of war, all save
Nestor; and he, it is said,? outdid not, but rivalled
him. Odysseus and Diomedes were brilliant in
every single deed, and in short, to them was due the
capture of Troy. Castor and Polydeuces, through
the renown that they won by displaying in Greece
the arts they learned of Cheiron, are immortal.
Machaon and Podaleirius, schooled in all the self-
same arts, proved in crafts and reasonings and wars
good men. Antilochus, by giving his life for his
father? won such glory that he alone was proclaimed
among the Greeks as * the Devoted Son." Aeneas
saved the gods of his father's and his mother's family,
and withal his father himself; wherefore he bore
away fame for his piety, so that to him alone among
all the vanquishers at Troy even the enemy granted
not to be despoiled. — Achilles, nursed in this school-
ing, bequeathed to posterity memorials so great and
glorious that no man wearies of telling and hearing
of him.
These, whom the good love even to this day and
death by a false charge of treachery ; and in the Odysseus
attributed to the rhetorician Alcidamus, Diomedes and
Sthenelus are associated with Odysseus in bringing this
charge. In revenge for his death his father Nauplius caused
the shipwreck of the Greek fleet off the south of Euboea.
3 [n Πίοα ii. 555.
* How Antilochus, son of Nestor, saved his father's life is
told by Pindar in the sixth Pythian.
371
"τ
E
18
XENOPHON
παρὰ Xeípevos, ὧν οἱ μὲν ἀγαθοὶ ἔτι καὶ νῦν
ἐρῶσιν, οἱ δὲ κακοὶ φθονοῦσιν, ὥστ᾽ ἐν μὲν τῇ
€ ΄ » M εὐ » , A
Ελλάδι εἴ τῳ συμφοραὶ ἐγίγνοντο ἢ πόλει ἢ
βασιλεῖ, ἐλύοντο δι᾿ ! αὐτούς" εἰ δὲ πρὸς τοὺς βαρ-
βάρους πάντας πάσῃ τῇ EXXÁá0L νεῖκος ἢ πόλε-
pos, διὰ τούτους οἱ "EXXqves ἐκράτουν, ὥστε
ἀνίκητον τὴν “Ελλάδα παρασχεῖν. |
᾿Εγὼ μὲν οὖν παραινῶ τοῖς νέοις μὴ karaópo-
νεῖν κυνηγεσίων μηδὲ τῆς ἄλλης παιδείας: ἐκ
τούτων γὰρ γίγνονται τὰ εἰς τὸν πόλεμον ἀγαθοὶ
εἴς τε τὰ ἄλλα, ἐξ ὧν ἀνάγκη καλῶς νοεῖν καὶ
λέγειν καὶ πράττειν. | eire
II. Πρῶτον μὲν οὖν χρὴ ἐλθεῖν ἐπὶ τὸ ἐπιτή-
δευμα τὸ τῶν κυνηγεσίων. τὸν ἤδη. ἐκ παιδὸς
ἀλλάττοντα τὴν ἡλικίαν, εἶτα δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ ἄλλα
παιδεύματα, τὸν μὲν ἔχοντα σκεψάμενον τὴν οὐ-
cíav à μὲν ἔστιν ἱκανή, ἀξίως τῆς αὑτοῦ
ὠφελείας, ᾧ δὲ μὴ ἔστιν, ἀλλ᾽ οὖν τήν γε προ-
θυμίαν παρεχέσθω μηδὲν ἐλλείπων τῆς ἑαυτοῦ
δυνάμεως.
"Oca δὲ καὶ οἷα δεῖ παρεσκευασμένον ἐλθεῖν
ἐπ᾿ αὐτό, φράσω καὶ αὐτὰ καὶ τὴν ἐπιστήμην
ἑκάστου, ἵνα προειδὼς ἐγχερῇ τῷ ἔργῳ. καὶ
μηδεὶς αὐτὰ φαῦλα νομισάτω εἶναι: ἄνευ γὰρ δὴ
τούτων οὐκ ἂν εἴη πρᾶξις.
Χρὴ δὲ τὸν μὲν ἀρκυωρὸν εἶναι ἐπιθυμοῦντα τοῦ
ἔργου. καὶ τὴν φωνὴν “Ελληνα, τὴν δὲ ἡλικίαν
περὶ ἔτη εἴκοσι, τὸ δὲ εἶδος ἐλαφρόν, ἰσχυρόν,
ψυχὴν δὲ ἱκανόν, ἵνα τῶν πόνων τούτοις κρατῶν
χαίρῃ τῷ ἔργῳ. τὰς δὲ ἄρκυς Φασιανοῦ ἢ Καρ-
1 S. omits δι᾽ with the better MSS.
372
ON HUNTING, 1. 17-11. 4
the evil envy, were made so perfect through the
care they learned of Cheiron that, when troubles
fell upon any state or any king in Greece, they were
composed through their influence; or if all Greece
was at strife or at war with all the Barbarian powers,
these brought victory to the Greeks, so that they
made Greece invincible.
Therefore I charge the young not to despise
hunting or any other schooling. For these are the
means by which men become good in war and in all
things out of which must come excellence in thought
and word and deed.
II. The first pursuit, therefore, that a young man
just out of his boyhood should take up is hunting,
and afterwards he should go on to the other branches
of education, provided he has means. He must look
to his means, and, if they are sufficient, spend as
much as the benefit to himself is worth ; or, if they
are insufficient, at least let him supply enthusiasm,
in no way coming short of his power.!
I will give a list and a description of the intending
hunter's outfit, and the explanation of each item, in
order that he may understand the business before
he puts his hand to it. And let no one regard these
details as trivial; inasmuch as nothing can be done
without them.
The net-keeper should be a man with a keen
interest in the business, one who speaks Greek, about
twenty years old, agile and strong, and resolute, that,
being well qualified to overcome his tasks, he may
take pleasure inthe business. "The purse-nets should
! The text of this paragraph is open to suspicion. The
words from εἶτα to ἔχοντα may be an afterthought.
373
18
3
4
XENOPHON
χηδονίου λεπτοῦ λίνου καὶ τὰ ἐνόδια καὶ τὰ
δίκτυα.
"Ἔστωσαν δὲ αἱ μὲν ἄρκυς ἐννεάλινοι ἐκ τριῶν
τόνων, ἕκαστος δὲ τόνος ἐκ τριῶν λίνων, τὸ δὲ
μέγεθος πεντεσπίθαμοι, διπάλαιστοι δὲ τοὺς βρό-
χους, περικείσθωσαν * δὲ τοὺς περιδρόμους ἀναμ-
ὅ μάτους," ἵνα εὔτροχοι ὦσι, τὰ δ᾽ ἐνόδια δωδεκά-
λινα, τὰ δὲ δίκτυα ἑκκαιδεκάλινα, τὸ δὲ μέγεθος
; ,
τὰ μὲν ἐνόδια διώρυγα, τετρώρυγα, πεντώρυγα,
τὰ δὲ δίκτυα δεκώρυγα, εἰκοσώρυγα, τριακον-
τώρυγα: ἐὰν δὲ ἦ μείζω, δυσμεταχείριστα ἔσται"
ἀμφότερα δὲ τριακονθάμματα, καὶ τῶν βρόχων
6 τὸ διάστημα ἴσον ταῖς ἄρκυσιν. ἐν δὲ τοῖς
, , ^ 3-9 » , , "
ἀκρωλενίοις τὰ μὲν ἐνόδια exero μαστούς, τὰ δὲ
δίκτυα δακτυλίους, τοὺς δὲ περιδρόμους ἀπὸ
7 στροφείων. αἱ δὲ σχαλίδες τῶν μὲν ἀρκύων τὸ
μῆκος δέκα παλαιστῶν, ἔστωσαν δὲ καὶ ἐλάττους"
αἱ μὲν ἄνισοι αὐτῶν ἐν τοῖς ἑτεροκλινέσε τῶν
, w»^-9 b [4 2 , , ^
χωρίων, iv ica τὰ ὕψη ἐξαΐρωσιν, ἐν δὲ τοῖς
ὁμαλέσιν αἱ ἴσαι: αὗται δ᾽ εὐπερίσπαστοι τὰ
Μ Ν ? ^ ^ , /, ,
ἄκρα καὶ αὗται λεῖαι' τῶν δὲ ἐνοδίων διπλά-
1 περικείσθωσαν Α: ὑφείσθωσαν S., ἃ conjecture based on the
other MSS
3 οἱ περίδρομοι ἀναμμάτοι S. against the MSS.
1 j.e, Colchian. Much flax and linen was exported from
Colchis.
?'[lhe cords meant here are those that ran round the
mouth of the purse, and served as a running noose to close
it when the hare got in.
3 j.e, ten meshes, so that the extreme height, if the net
was fully stretched, would be five feet. Poachers now use
slip-knots or nets about four feet deep with a mesh of two-
and-a-half inches.
374
ge cmo OmRERPDERR CREE tS c——
va omm ρθο eq m qun tm
.
τῷ Ὑ ἡ πῶς mme RIO tnn
"a
ON HUNTING, π. 4-7
be made of fine Phasian ! or Carthaginian flax, and
the road-nets and hayes of the same material.
. Let the purse-nets be of nine threads woven in
three strands, each strand consisting of three threads.
The proper length for these nets is forty-five inches,
the proper width of the meshes six inches. The
cords that run round ? them must be without knots,
so that they may run easily. The road-nets should
be of twelve threads, and the hayes of sixteen. The
length of the road-nets may be twelve, twenty-four
or thirty-feet ; that of the hayes sixty, a hundred and
twenty, or a hundred and eighty feet. If they are
longer, they will be unwieldy. Both kinds should be
thirty knots? high, and should have meshes of the
same width as those of the purse-nets. | At the elbows
at either end let the road-nets have slip-knots of
string and the hayes metal rings! and let the
cords? be attached by loops. The stakes for the
purse-nets should be thirty inches long, but some
should be shorter. Those of unequal length are for
use on sloping ground, to make the height of
the nets equal, while those of the same length are
used on the level. These stakes must be so shaped
at the top that the nets will pull off readily and they
must be smooth.9 The stakes for the road-nets
* The rings running down the two sides were used for
joining two nets together.
5 i.c. the cords running along the top and bottom of the
nets.
* The author means, I think, to imply a contrast between
the stakes of the purse-nets and those of the other nets.
The second αὗται in the text can scarcely be right: possibly
xal αὗται λεῖαι should be omitted, or αὐταί, 'they them-
selves," read with Dindorf.
315
-J1
XENOPHON
σίαι, αἱ δὲ τῶν δικτύων τὸ μὲν μέγεθος πεντεσπί-
θαμοι, δικρᾶᾷ ἔχουσαι μικρά, τὰ ἐντμήματα μὴ
βαθέα: εὐπαγεῖς δὲ πᾶσαι καὶ μὴ ἀσύμμετροι τ
πάχη πρὸς τὰ μήκη. τῷ δὲ πλήθει τῶν σχαλίδων
οἷόν τέ ἐστι χρῆσθαι πρὸς τὰ δίκτυα πολλῷ καὶ
ὀλίγῳ" ἐλάττονι μέν, ἂν σφόδρα τείνηται ἐν τῇ
στάσει: πλέονι δ᾽, ἂν ἡσυχῆ. ἔστω δὲ καὶ ἐν
ὅτῳ ἔσονται αἱ ἄρκυς καὶ τὰ ἐνόδια καὶ δίκτυα ᾿
κυνοῦχος μόσχειος kai τὰ δρέπανα, ἵνα ἢ τῆς
ὕλης τέμνοντα φράττειν τὰ δεόμενα.
III. Τὰ δὲ γένη τῶν κυνῶν ἐστι διττά, αἱ μὲν
yàp καστόριαι, αἱ δὲ ἀλωπεκίδες. ἔχουσι δ᾽ αἱ
μὲν καστόριαι τὴν ἐπωνυμίαν ταύτην, ὅτι Κάστωρ
ἡσθεὶς τῷ ἔργῳ μάλιστα αὐτὰς διεφύλαξεν" αἱ δ᾽
ἀλωπεκίδες, διότι ἐκ κυνῶν τε καὶ ἀλωπέκων
ἐγένοντο" ἐν πολλῷ δὲ χρόνῳ συγκέκραται αὐτῶν
ἡ φύσις. χείρους δὲ καὶ πλείους αἱ τοιαίδε,
μικραί, γρυπαί, χαροποί, μυωποί, ἄμορφοι,2
σκληραί, ἀσθενεῖς, ψιλαί, ὑψηλαί, ἀσύμμετροι,
ἄψυχοι, ἄρρινες, οὐκ εὔποδες. αἱ μὲν οὖν μικραὶ
πολλάκις 8 ἀποστεροῦνται τῆς ἐργασίας διὰ τὸ
μικρόν: αἱ δὲ γρυπαὶ ἄστομοι καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὐ
κατέχουσι, τὸν λαγῶ' χαροποὶ 4 δὲ καὶ μυωποὶ
χείρω τὰ ὄμματα ἔχουσιν, ἄμορφοι δὲ καὶ αἰσχραὶ
ὁρᾶσθαι: αἱ δὲ σκληραὶ τὰ εἴδη χαλεπῶς ἀπὸ
τῶν κυνηγεσίων ἀπαλλάττουσι" πονεῖν δὲ ἀδύ-
varo, αἱ ἀσθενεῖς καὶ αἱ ψιλαί: καὶ ai ὑψηλαὶ
μὲν καὶ ἀσύμμετροι ἀσύντακτα ἔχουσαι τὰ
1 rà ἐνόδια καὶ δίκτυα Α : τὰ δίκτυα ἐν ἑκατέροις S. with the
rest.
3 ἄμορφοι Rühl: αἰσχαὶ MSS. : S. omits.
3 S. adds ἐκ τῶν κυνηγεσίων omitted in AB.
* μυωποὶ δὲ kal χαροποὶ S. with BM.
376
ON HUNTING, ii. 7-i1. 3
should be twice the length of these, and those
for the hayes forty-five inches long. The. latter!
should have little forks with shallow grooves, and all
should be stout, of a thickness proportioned to
the length. The number of stakes used for the
hayes may be large or small; fewer are required if
the nets are strained tight when set up, more if they
are slack. Α calf-skin bag will be wanted for carry-
ing the purse-nets and road-nets and hayes and the
bill-hooks for cutting wood and stopping gaps where
necessary.
III. The hounds used are of two kinds, the
Castorian and the Vulpine.? The Castorian is so
called because Castor paid special attention to the
breed, making a hobby of the business. The Vulpine
is a hybrid between the dog and the fox: hence
the name. . In the course of time the nature of the
parents has become fused. Inferior specimens (that
is to say, the majority) show one or more of the
following defects. They are small, hook-nosed,
grey-eyed, blinking, ungainly, stiff, weak, thin-
coated, lanky, ill-proportioned, cowardly, dull-scented,
unsound in the feet. Now small dogs often drop out
ofthe running through their want of size ; hook-nosed
dogs have no mouth and can't hold the hare; grey-
eyed dogs and blinkers have bad sight ; ungainly dogs
look ugly ; stiff ones are in a bad way at the end of
the hunt; no work can be got out of the weak
and the thin-coated ones; those that are lanky and
ill-proportioned are heavy movers and carry them-
! Or perhaps he means bofh sets.
? Both are Laconian varieties, the Castorian being much
the larger. The Vulpine resembled a fox; henee the
erroneous idea that it was a hybrid between dog and fox
(OGKeller, die antike Tierwelt, i. 191).
371
8
3
XENOPHON
σώματα βαρέως διαφοιτῶσιν: αἱ ἄψυχοι δὲ λεί-
πουσι τὰ ἔργα καὶ ἀφίστανται τὸν ἥλιον ὑπὸ τὰς
σκιὰς καὶ κατακλίνονται" αἱ δὲ ἄρρινοι μόλις
καὶ ὀλιγάκις αἰσθάνονται τοῦ Xaryà* αἱ δὲ ἄποδες
οὐδ᾽ ἐὰν ὦσιν εὔψυχοι, τοὺς πόνους δύνανται
ἀνέχεσθαι, ἀλλ᾽’ ἀπαγορεύουσι διὰ τὸ ἄχγος τῶν
ποδῶν.
Εἰσὶ δὲ καὶ τῆς ἰχνεύσεως πολλοὶ τρόποι ἐκ
τῶν αὐτῶν κυνῶν' αἱ μὲν γὰρ ἐπειδὰν λάβωσι τὰ
ἴχνη, πορεύονται ἀσήμως, ὥστε μὴ γιγνώσκεσθαι
ὅτι ἰχνεύουσιν, αἱ δὲ τὰ ὦτα μόνον διακινοῦσι,
τὴν δὲ οὐρὰν ἡσυχῆ ἔχουσιν, αἱ δὲ τὰ ὦτα μὲν
ἀκίνητα ἔχουσιν, ἄκρᾳ δὲ τῇ οὐρᾷ σείουσιν.
ἄλλαι δὲ συνάγουσι τὰ ὦτα καὶ ἐπισκυθρω-
πάσασαι διὰ τοῦ ἴχνους σχάσασαι τὴν οὐρὰν καὶ
φράξασαι διατρέχουσι' πολλαὶ δὲ τούτων μὲν
οὐδὲν ποιοῦσι, μανικῶς δὲ περιφερόμεναι ὗὕλα-
κτοῦσι περὶ τὰ ἴχνη, ὅτε 806 εἰσπίπτουσιν εἰς
αὐτά, ἀφρόνως καταπατοῦσαι τὰς αἰσθήσεις.
εἰσὶ δ᾽ αἱ κύκλοις πολλοῖς χρώμεναι καὶ πλάνοις
ὑπολαμβάνουσαι ἐκ τοῦ πρόσω ? τὰ ἴχνη παρα-
λείπουσι τὸν λαγῶ, ὁσάκις δ᾽ ἐπιτρέχουσι τὰ
ἴχνη, εἰκάζουσι, προορώμεναι δὲ τὸν λαγῶ τρέ-
μουσι καὶ οὐκ ἐπέρχονται, πρὶν ἴδωσιν ὕποκει-
νοῦντα. ὅσαι δὲ τὰ τῶν ἄλλων κυνῶν εὑρήματα
ἐν ταῖς ἰχνείαις καὶ μεταδρομαῖς προθέουσι θαμινὰ
σκοποῦσαι, ἑαυταῖς ἀπίστως ἔχουσι" θρασεῖαι ὃ
αἱ οὐκ ἐῶσι τῶν συνεργῶν τὰς σοφὰς εἰς τὸ
πρόσθεν προϊέναι, ἀλλ᾽ ἀνείργουσε θορυβοῦσαι"
αἱ δὲ ἀσπαζόμεναι τὰ ψευδῆ καὶ ὑπερλαμπρυ-"
νόμεναι ἐφ᾽ ὅτῳ ἂν τύχωσι προάγουσι συνειδυῖαι
1 5t is omitted by S. with M.
L-J
378
ON HUNTING, ui. 3-7
selves anyhow ; cowards leave their work and give
up and slink away from the sun into shady places
and lie down ; dogs with no nose seldom scent the
hare and only with difficulty ; and those with bad feet,
even if they are plucky, can't stand the hard work,
and tire because they are foot-sore.
Moreover, hounds of the same breed vary much 4
in behaviour when tracking. Some go ahead as
soon as they find the line without giving a sign,
and there is nothing to show that they are on it.
Some move the ears only, butkeep the tail still ; others
keep the ears still and wag 'the tip of the tail.
Others prick up the ears! and run frowning along 5
the track, dropping their tails and putting them be-
tween theirlegs. Many do none of these things, but
rush about madly round the track, and when they
happen upon it, stupidly trample out the traces, bark-
ing all the time. Others again, continually circling 6
and straying, get ahead of the line when clean"off it
and pass the hare, and every time they run against
the line, begin guessing, and if they catch sight of
the hare, tremble and never go for her until they
seeherstir. Houndsthat run forward and frequently 7
examine the discoveries of the others when they are
casting about and pursuing have no confidence in
themselves; while those that will not let their
cleverer mates go forward, but fuss and keep them
back, are confident to a fault. Others will drive
ahead, eagerly following false lines and getting
wildly excited over anything that turns up, well know-
! The Greek hound had short ears (cf. c. iv. 1) like a fox-
terrier.
3 πρόσθεν S. with M.
379
10
11
ΧΕΝΟΡΗΟΝ
ἑαυταῖς ὅτι ἐξαπατῶσιν" αἱ δ᾽ οὐκ εἰδυῖαι τὸ αὐτὸ
ποιοῦσι ταύταις: φαῦλαι δὲ αἱ οὐκ ἀπαλλατ-
τόμεναι ἐκ τῶν τριμμῶν τὰ ὀρθὰ οὐ γιγνώσκουσαι.
ὅσαι δὲ τῶν κυνῶν τὰ ἴχνη τὰ μὲν εὐνᾶῖα
ἀγνοοῦσι, τὰ δὲ δρομαῖα ταχὺ διατρέχουσιν, οὐκ
εἰσὶ γνήσιαι: διώκουσι δὲ αἱ μὲν ἀρχόμεναι
σφόδρα, διὰ δὲ μαλακίαν ἀνιᾶσιν, αἱ δὲ ὑπο-
θέουσιν, εἶτα ἁμαρτάνουσιν, ἕτεραι δὲ ἀνοήτως
ἐμπίπτουσαι εἰς τὰς ὁδοὺς ἁμαρτάνουσι τὸ
ἀνήκουστον πολὺ ἔχουσαι. πολλαὶ δὲ τὰ διώγ-
ματα ἀφιεῖσαι ἐπανέρχονται διὰ τὸ μισόθηρον,
πολλαὶ δὲ διὰ τὸ φιλάνθρωπον' αἱ δ᾽ ἐκ τῶν
ἐχνῶν κεκλαγγυῖαι ἐξαπατᾶν πειρῶνται ἀληθῆ
τὰ ψευδῆ ποιούμεναι. εἰσὶ δ᾽ ai τοῦτο μὲν οὐ
ποιοῦσι, μεταξὺ δὲ θέουσαι ἄν ποθεν ἀκούσωσι
κραυγῆς, καταλείπουσαι τὰ αὑτῶν ἔργα ἀπρο-
νοήτως ἐπὶ τοῦτο φέρονται" μεταθέουσι γὰρ αἱ
μὲν ἀσαφῶς, αἱ δὲ πολὺ ὑπολαμβάνουσαι,
δοξάζουσαι δὲ ἑτέρως" αἱ δὲ πεπλασμένως,
φθονερῶς δὲ ἄλλαι ἐκκυνοῦσι παρὰ τὸ ἴἔχνος διὰ
τέλους συμπεριφερόμεναι.
Τὰ μὲν οὖν πλεῖστα τούτων φύσει ἔχουσι,3 τὰ
δὲ ἠγμέναι ἀνεπιστημόνως δύσχρηστοί εἰσιν" αἱ
τοιαῦται μὲν οὖν κύνες ἀποτρέψειαν ἂν τοὺς
ἐπιθυμοῦντας κυνηγεσίων. οἵας δὲ δεῖ εἶναι τοῦ
αὐτοῦ γένους τά τε εἴδη καὶ τὰ ἄχλλα, φράσω.
IV. Πρῶτον μὲν οὖν χρὴ εἶναι μεγάλας, εἶτα
ἐχούσας τὰς κεφαλὰς ἐλαφράς, σιμάς, ἀρθρώδεις,
ἰνώδη τὰ κάτωθεν τῶν μετώπων, ὄμματα μετέωρα,
μέλανα, λαμπρά, μέτωπα μεγάλα καὶ πλατέα,
1 ἑτέρως A: ἕτερα S. with ΒΜ,
3 ἔχουσαι S. with M.
3280
—
ON HUNTING, ir. 7-1v. 1
ing that they are playing the fool; others will do the
same thing in ignorance. Those that stick to game
paths and don't recognise the true line are poor tools.
A hound that ignores the trail! and races over the $
track of the hare on the run is ill-bred. Some,
again, will pursue hotly at first, and tben slack off
from want of pluck ; others will cut in ahead and then
get astray ; while others foolishly dash into roads
and go astray, deaf to all recall. Many abandon the 9
pursuit and go back through their hatred of game,
and many through their love of man. Others try to
mislead by baying on the track, representing false
linesastrue ones. Some,though free from this fault, 10
leave their own work when they hear a shout from
: another quarter while they are running, and make
for it recklessly. "When pursuing some are dubious,
others are full of assumptions but their notions are
wrong. Then there are the skirters, some of whom
merely pretend to hunt, while others out of jealousy
perpetually scamper about together beside the line.
Now most of these faults are natural defects, but
some by which hounds are spoilt are due to unintelli-
genttraining. Anyhow such hounds may well put a
keen hunter off thesport. What hounds of the same
breed? ought to look like and what they should be
in other respects I will now explain.
IV. First, then, they should be big. Next, the
head should be light, flat? and muscular; the lower
parts of the forehead sinewy ; the eyes prominent,
black and sparkling; the forehead broad, with a
! **'The trail of the hare is the path she takes in going to
her seat. "—Beckford.
* The author's ideal harrier is clearly the Castorian.
3 Tn profile.
—
381
1
t2
XENOPHON
τὰς διακρίσεις βαθείας, ὦτα μικρά, λεπτά,
ψιλὰ ὄπισθεν, τραχήλους μακρούς, ὑγρούς, περι-
φερεῖς, στήθη πλατέα, μὴ ἄσαρκα, ἀπὸ τῶν
ὥμων τὰς ὠμοπλάτας διεστώσας μικρόν, σκέλη
τὰ πρόσθια μικρά, ὀρθά, στρογγύλα, στιφρά,
τοὺς ἀγκῶνας ὀρθούς, πλευρὰς μὴ ἐπὶ γῆν 5
βαθείας, ἀλλ᾽ εἰς τὸ πλάγιον παρηκούσας, ὀσφῦς
σαρκώδεις, τὰ μεγέθη μεταξὺ μακρῶν καὶ βρα-
χέων, μητε ὑγρὰς λίαν μήτε σκληράς, λαγόνας
μεταξὺ μεγάλων καὶ μικρῶν, ἰσχία στρογγύλα,
ὄπισθεν σαρκώδη, ἄνωθεν δὲ μὴ συνδεδεμένα,
ἔνδοθεν δὲ προσεσταλμένα, τὰ κάτωθεν. τῶν
κενεώνων λαγαρὰ καὶ αὐτοὺς TOUS κενεῶνας, οὐρὰς
μακράς, ὀρθάς, λιγυράς, μηριαίας σκληράς, ὑπο-
κώλια μακρά, περιφερῆ, εὐπαγῆ, σκέλη πολὺ
μείξω τὰ ὄπισθεν τῶν ἔμπροσθεν καὶ ἐπίρρικνα,
πόδας περιφερεῖς. καὶ ἐὰν ὦσι τοιαῦται αἱ
κύνες, ἔσονται ἰσχυραὶ τὰ εἴδη, ἐλαφραΐ, σύᾳ:
μετροι, ποδώκεις καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν προσώπων φαιδραὶ.
καὶ εὔστομοι.
"E /, δ᾽ , ^ ^ 1,5 A
χνευέτωσαν δ᾽ ἐκ τῶν τριμμῶν ταχὺ ἀπαλλατ-
, ^ 13 39 7
τόμεναι, τιθεῖσαι τὰς κεφαλὰς ἐπὶ γῆν Xexptas,
ἐμμειδιῶσαι μὲν πρὸς τὰ ἴχνη, ἐπικαταβάλλουσαι
δὲ τὰ ὦτα, kal? τὰ μὲν ὄμματα πυκνὰ διακινοῦ-
^ Ν , ^ / , N
σαι, ταῖς δὲ οὐραῖς διασαίνουσαι, κύκλους ποχλοὺς
πρὸς τὰς εὐνὰς προΐτωσαν ὁμοῦ διὰ τοῦ ἴχνους
“ v P1 ^ 3.— X 5 Ά, ^
ἅπασαι. ὅταν δὲ περὶ αὐτὸν ὦσι τὸν λαγῶ,
! μακρά S., a wrong conjecture.
2 ἐπὶ γῆν AB ἐπίπαν S. with M.
8 kal A : S. omits with the rest.
1 j,e, not bent inwards or outwards.
382
»
ON HUNTING, i. 1-4
deep dividing line; the ears small and thin with
little hair behind; the neck long, loose and round;
the chest broad and fairly fleshy ; the shoulder- blades
slightly outstanding from the shoulders; the fore-
legs short, straight, round and firm; the elbows
straight !; the ribs not low down on the ground? but
sloping in an oblique line; the loins fleshy, of
medium length, and neither too loose nor too hard ;
the flanks of medium size; the hips round and fleshy
at the back, not close at the top, and smooth on the
inside? ; the under part of the belly and the belly itself
slim ; the tail long, straightand thin ; the thighs hard ;
the shanks* long, round and solid ; the hind-legs much
longer than the fore-legs and slightly bent; the
feet round. Hounds like these will be strong in 2
appearance, agile, well-proportioned, and speedy;
and they will have a jaunty expression and a good
mouth.
When tracking they should get out of the 3
game paths quickly, hold their heads well down and
aslant, smiling when they find the scent and lower-
ing their ears; then they should all go forward to-
gether along the trail towards the form circling
frequently, with eyes continually on the move and
tails wagging. Assoon as they are close on the hare, 4
3 So Pollux read, for he says μὴ πρὸς τὴν γῆν Ba8vvouévas.
The sense is then that the ribs are not to be low on the
gov when the hound is couchant, but well tucked up
hind. ἐπίπαν βαθείας, **deep throughout," would apply to
the depth from wall to wall, and the meaning would be that
the ribs are to contract towards the flanks.
3 i.e. without folds in the coat towards the loins.
* From the elbows to the feet.
* A participle to govern κύκλους πολλοὺς has dropped out
of the text.
383
XENOPHON
δῆλον ποιείτωσαν τῷ κυνηγέτῃ θᾶττον φοιτῶσαι,
μᾶλλον γνωρίζουσαι ἀπὸ τοῦ θυμοῦ, ἀπὸ τῆς
κεφαλῆς, ἀπὸ τῶν ὁμμάτων, ἀπὸ τῆς μεταλ-
λάξεως τῶν σχημάτων καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀναβλεμ-
μάτων καὶ ἐμβλεμμάτων εἰς τὴν ὕλην καὶ àva-
στρεμμάτων ! τῶν ἐπὶ τὰς καθέδρας τοῦ λαγῶ καὶ
ἀπὸ τῶν εἰς τὸ πρόσθεν καὶ ὄπισθεν καὶ εἰς τὸ
πλάγιον διαρριμμάτων καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀληθῶς ἤδη
αἰωρεῖσθαι τὴν ψυχὴν καὶ ὑπερφαίρειν, ὅτι τοῦ
λαγῶ ἐγγύς εἰσι.
Διωκέτωσαν δὲ ἐρρωμένως καὶ μὴ ἐπανιεῖσαι
σὺν πολλῇ κλαγγῇ καὶ ὑχωγμῷ, συνεκπερῶσαι
μετὰ τοῦ λαγῶ πάντη: μεταθείτωσαν δὲ ταχὺ
καὶ λαμπρῶς, πυκνὰ μεταφερόμεναι καὶ ἐπανα-
κλαγγάνουσαι δικαίως" πρὸς δὲ τὸν κυνηγέτην μὴ
ἐπανίτωσαν λυιποῦσαι τὰ ἴχνη. |
Μετὰ δὲ τοῦ εἴδους καὶ τοῦ ἔργου τούτου εὔψυχοι
ἔστωσαν καὶ εὔρινες καὶ εὔποδες 5 καὶ εὔτρίχες.
εὔψυχοι μὲν οὖν ἔσονται, ἐὰν μὴ λίπωσι τὰ
κυνηγέσια, ὅταν 7) πνίγη" εὔρινες δέ, ἐὰν τοῦ λαγῶ
ὀσφραίνωνται ἐν τόποις ψιλοῖς, ξηροῖς, προσ-
ηλίοις τοῦ ἄστρου ἐπιόντος: εὔποδες δέ, ἐὰν τῇ
αὐτῇ ὥρᾳ μὴ καταρρηγνύωνται αὐτῶν οἱ πόδες
τὰ ὄρη Ücova Qv- εὔτριχες δέ, ἐὰν ἔχωσι λεπτὴν
καὶ πυκνὴν καὶ μαλακὴν τὴν τρίχα. τὰ δὲ
χρώματα οὐ χρὴ εἶναι τῶν κυνῶν οὔτε πυρρὰ
οὔτε μέλανα οὔτε λευκὰ παντελῶς" ἔστι γὰρ οὐ
γενναῖον τοῦτο, ἀλλὰ τὸ 3 ἁπλοῦν καὶ θηριῶδες.
αἱ μὲν οὖν πυρραὶ ἔχουσαι ἔστωσαν λευκὴν τρίχα
ἐπανθοῦσαν περὶ τὰ πρόσωπα καὶ αἱ μέλαιναι, αἱ
! eis, . ἀναστρεμμάτων is omitted by S.
384
amnicret- dirt
B A4, Ὁ ad TRI
ON HUNTING, tv. 4-8
they should let the huntsman know, quickening the
pace and showing more emphatic signs by their
excitement, movements of the head and eyes,
changes of attitude, by looking up and looking into
the covert and returning again and again to the
hare's form, by leaps forward, backward and to the
side, displays of unaffected agitation and overpower-
ing delight at being near the hare.
They should pursue with unremitting vigour, 5
giving tongue and barking freely, dogging the
hare's steps wherever she goes. They should be
fast and brilliant in the chase, frequently casting
about and giving tongue in the right fashjon; and
they should not leave the track and go back to the
huntsman.
Along with this appearance and behaviour they 6
should have pluck, keen noses, sound feet and
good coats. They will be plucky if they don't leave
the hunting-ground when the heat is oppressive ;
keen-nosed if they smell the hare on bare, parched
and sunny ground in the dog days!; sound in the
feet if at the same season their feet are not torn to
bits during a run in the mountains; they will have
a good coat if the hair is fine, thick and soft.
The colour of the hounds should not be entirely
tawny, black or white; for this is not a sign of good
breeding: on the contrary, unbroken colour indi-
cates a wild strain. So the tawny and the black
hounds should show a patch of white about the
! The older commentators are probably right in under-
standing the allusion to be to the Dog-star, not to the Sun.
* εὕρινες καὶ εὔποδες A: εὔποδες kal εὔρινες S. with the
rest
8 ἀλλὰ τὸ Radermacher: ἀλλ᾽ S. with the MSS.
385
, VOL. H. , o
e
10
11
to
[^
XENOPHON
δὲ λευκαὶ πυρράν: ἐπὶ δὲ raís μηριαίαις ἄκραις
τρίχας ὀρθάς, βαθείας, καὶ ἐπὶ ταῖς ὀσφύσι καὶ
ταῖς οὐραῖς κάτω, ἄνωθεν δὲ μετρίας.
"Ayew δὲ ἄμεινον τὰς κύνας εἰς τὰ ὄρη ποὰ-
λάκις, τὰ δὲ ἔργα ἧττον: τὰ μὲν γὰρ ὄρη οἷόν T
ἐστὶ καὶ ἰχνεύειν καὶ μεταθεῖν καθαρῶς, τὰ δὲ
ἔργα οὐδέτερα διὰ τοὺς τριμμούς. ἔστι δὲ καὶ
ἄνευ τοῦ εὑρίσκειν τὸν λαγῶ ἀγαθὸν ἄγειν τὰς
κύνας εἰς τὰ τραχέα: καὶ γὰρ εὔποδες γίγνονται.
καὶ τὰ σώματα διαπονοῦσαι ἐν τόποις τοιούτοις
ὠφελοῦνται. ἀγέσθωσαν δὲ θέρους μὲν μέχρι
μεσημβρίας, χειμῶνος δὲ δι’ ἡμέρας, μετοπώρου
δ᾽ ἔξω μεσημβρίας, ἐντὸς δ᾽ ἑσπέρας τὸ ἔαρ. ταῦτα
γὰρ μέτρια:
V. Τὰ δὲ ἔχνη τοῦ λαγῶ τοῦ μὲν χειμῶνος μακρά
ἐστι διὰ τὸ μῆκος τῶν νυκτῶν, τοῦ δὲ θέρους
βραχέα διὰ τὸ ἐναντίον. χειμῶνος μὲν οὖν πρωὶ
οὐκ ὄζει αὐτῶν, ὅταν πάχνη ἡ ἢ παγετός" ἡ μὲν
γὰρ πάχνη τῇ αὑτῆς ἰσχύι ἀντισπάσασα τὸ θερ-
μὸν ἔχει ἐν αὑτῇ, ὁ δὲ παγετὸς ἐπιπήξας. καὶ αἱ
κύνες μαλκιῶσαι τὰς ῥῖνας οὐ δύνανται αἰσθά-
νεσθαι, ὅταν ἢ τοιαῦτα, πρὶν ἂν ὁ ἥλιος διαλύσῃ
αὐτὰ ἢ προϊοῦσα ἡ ἡμέρα: τότε δὲ καὶ αἱ
κύνες ὀσφραίνονται καὶ αὐτὰ ἐπαναφερόμενα ὄζει.
ἀφανίζει δὲ καὶ ἡ πολλὴ δρόσος καταφέρουσα.
αὐτά, καὶ οἱ ὄμβροι οἱ γιγνόμενοι διὰ χρόνου
ὀσμὰς ἄγοντες τῆς γῆς ποιοῦσι δύσοσμον, ἕως
ἂν ψυχθῇ: χείρω δὲ καὶ τὰ νότια ποιεῖ" ὑγραί-
νοντα γὰρ Ouaxei* τὰ δὲ βόρεια, ἐὰν ἢ ἄλυτα,
1 ἄγειν τῆς γῆς has no parallel in Greek prose: perhaps ἐκ
has fallen out or τὴν γῆν should be read.
386
ommum PN
ON HUNTING, iv. 8-v 3
face, and the white hounds a tawny patch. At the
top of the thighs the hair should be straight and
thick, and on the loins and at the lower end of the
tail, but it should be moderately thick higher up.
It is advisable to take the hounds to the mountains 9
often, but less frequently to cultivated land. For in
the mountains it is possible to track and follow a hare
without hindrance, whereas it is impossible to do
either in cultivated land owing to the game paths.
It is also well to take the hounds out into rough 10
ground, whether they find a bare or not ; for they get
sound in the feet, and hard work in such country is
good for their bodies. !n summer they should be 1]
out till midday, in winter at any hour of the day, in
autumn at any time except midday, and before
evening during the spring; for at these times the
temperature is mild.
V. The scent of the hare lies long in winter owing
to the length of the nights, and for a short time in
summer for the opposite reason. In the winter,
however, there is no scent in the early morning
whenever there is a white frost or the earth is
frozen hard. For both white and black frost hold
heat ; since the one draws it out by its own strength,
and the other congeals it, "The hounds' noses, too, 2
are numbed by the cold, and they cannot smell
when the tracks are in such a state until the tracks
thaw in the sun or as day advances. Then the dogs
can smell and the scent revives, A heavy dew, 3
again, obliterates scent by carrying it downwards;
and storms, occurring after a long interval, draw smells
from the ground ! and make the earth bad for scent
until it dries. South winds spoil scent, because the
moisture scatters it, but north winds concentrate
387
XENOPHON
4 συνίστησι καὶ cte. οἱ δὲ ὑετοὶ κατακλύζουσι
καὶ αἱ ψακάδες, καὶ ἡ σελήνη ἀμαυροῖ τῷ θερμῷ,
μάλιστα δὲ ὅταν ἢ πανσέληνος" καὶ μανότατα
τότε" χαίροντες γὰρ τῷ φέγγει ἐπαναρριπτοῦντες
μακρὰ διαίρουσιν ! ἀντιπαίξοντες" ταραχώδη δέ,
ὅταν ἀλώπεκες προδιεξέλθωσι, γίγνεται. τὸ δὲ
ἔαρ κεκραμένον τῇ ὥρᾳ καλῶς παρέχει τὰ ἴ ἴχνη
λαμπρά, πλὴν εἴ τι ἡ γῆ ἐξανθοῦσα͵ βλάπτει τὰς
κύνας, εἰς τὸ αὐτὸ συμμεγνύουσα τῶν ἀνθῶν τὰς
ὀσμάς. λεπτὰ δὲ καὶ ἀσαφῆ τοῦ θέρους" διά-
πυρος γὰρ οὖσα ἡ γῆ ἀφανίξει τὸ θερμόν, 0
ἔχουσιν" ἔστι γὰρ λεπτόν" καὶ «αἱ κύνες ,ἧττον
ὀσφραίνονται τότε διὰ τὸ ἐκλελύσθαι τὰ σώματα.
τοῦ δὲ μετοπώρου καθαρά' ὅσα γὰρ ἡ γῆ φέρει,
τὰ μὲν ἥμερα συγκεκόμισται, τὰ δὲ ἄγρια γήρᾳ
διαλέλυται: ὥστε οὐ παραλυποῦσι τῶν καρπῶν
αἱ ὀσμαὶ εἰς ταὐτὰ φερόμεναι. ἔστι δὲ τοῦ χει-
μῶνος καὶ τοῦ θέρους καὶ τοῦ μετοπώρου τὰ ἰχνὴ
ὀρθὰ ἐπὶ τὸ πολύ, τοῦ δ᾽ ἦρος συμπεπλεγμένα"
τὸ γὰρ θηρίον συνδυάξεται μὲν ἀεί, “μάλιστα δὲ
ταύτην τὴν ὥραν' ὥστε διὰ τοῦτο ἐξ à ἀνάγκης μετ᾽
ἀλλήλων πλανώμενοι. τοιαῦτα ποιοῦσιν.
"O£e δὲ τῶν ἰχνῶν ἐπὶ πλείω χρόνον τῶν
εὐναίων ἢ τῶν δρομαίων: τὰ μὲν γὰρ εὐναῖα ὁ
λαγὼς “πορεύεται ἐφιστάμενος, τὰ δὲ δρομαῖα
ταχύ' ἡ γῆ οὖν τῶν μὲν πυκνοῦται, τῶν δὲ οὐ
πίμπλαται. ἐν δὲ τοῖς ὑλώδεσι μᾶλλον ἢ ἐν
τοῖς ψιλοῖς ὄζει: διατρέχων γὰρ καὶ ἀνακαθίξζων
ἅπτεται πολλῶν.
1 διαίρουσιν Radermacher: διαιροῦσιν S. with the MSS.
! Or ** deadens the heat" if we read τὸ θερμόν with Gesner.
But the Greeks did attribute heat to the moon.
388
ME e
ON HUNTING, v. 3-7
and preserve it, if it has not been previously dissolved.
Heavy showers drown it, and so does light rain, and 4
the moon deadens it by its warmth,! especially when
at the full. Scent is most irregular at that time, for
the hares, enjoying the light, fling themselves high in
the air and jump a long way, frolicking with one
another; and it becomes confused when foxes have
crossed it. Spring with its genial temperature yields 5
a clear scent, except where the ground is studded with
flowers and hampers the hounds by mingling the
odours of the flowers with it, In summer it is thin and
faint, for the ground, being baked, obliterates what
warmth it possesses, which is thin; and the hounds'
noses are not so good at that season, because their
bodies are relaxed. In the autumn it is unimpeded ;
for the cultivated crops have been harvested and
the weeds have withered, so that the odours of
the herbage do not cause trouble by mingling
with it. In winter and summer and autumn the 6
scent lies straight in the main. In spring it is
complicated; for though the animal couples at
all times, it does so especially at this season ;?
so instinct prompts them to roam about together,
and this is the result they produce.
The scent left by the hare in going to her form 7
lasts longer than the scent of ἃ running hare. For
on the way to the form the hare keeps stopping,
whereas when on the run she goes fast; consequently
the ground is pàcked with it in the one case, but
in the other is not filled with it. In coverts it is
stronger than in open ground, because she touches
many objects while running about and sitting up.
3 The '* March hare.?
389
XENOPHON
Κατακλίνονται δ᾽ εἰς ἃ ἢ yh φύει ἢ ἔχει ἐφ᾽
ἑαυτῆς ὑπὸ παντί, ἐπ᾽ αὐτῶν, ἐν αὐτοῖς, παρ᾽
αὐτά, ἄποθεν πολύ, μικρόν, μεταξὺ τούτων" ὁτὲ
δὲ καὶ ἐν τῇ θαλάττῃ διαρριπτῶν ἐπὶ τὸ δυνατὸν
καὶ ἐν ὕδατι, € ἐάν τι 7 ὑπερέχον ἢ ἐμπεφυκὸς ἐν
τούτῳ. ὁ μὲν οὖν" εὐναῖος ποιούμενος εὐνὴν ἐπὶ
τὸ πολὺ ὅταν μὲν ἢ Aróxn, ἐν εὐδιεινοῖς, ὅ ὅταν δὲ
καύματα, ἐν παλισκίοις, τὸ δὲ ἔαρ καὶ τὸ φθινό-
πωρον. ἐν προσηλίοις" οἱ δὲ δρομαῖοι οὐχ οὕω.
διὰ τὸ ὑπὸ τῶν κυνῶν ἔκπληκτοι " γίγνεσθαι.
κατακλίνεται δὲ ὑποθεὶς τὰ ὑποκώλια ὑπὸ Tg —
λαγόνας, τὰ δὲ πρόσθεν σκέλη τὰ πλεῖστα
συνθεὶς καὶ ἐκτείνας, ἐπ᾿ ἄκρους δὲ τοὺς πόδας
τὴν γένυν καταθείς, τὰ δὲ ὦτα ἐπιπετάσας ἐπὶ
τὰς ὠμοπλάτας, εἶτα δὲ ὑποστέγει τὰ ὑγρά: ἔχει
δὲ καὶ τὴν τρίχα στεγανήν" πυκνὴ γὰρ καὶ
μαλακή. καὶ ὅταν μὲν ἐγρηγόρῃ, καταμύει τὰ —
βλέφαρα, ὅταν δὲ καθεύδῃ, τὰ μὲν βλέφαρα :
ἀναπέπταται ἀκίνητα, οἱ δὲ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἀτρέμας |
ἔχουσι' “τοὺς δὲ μυκτῆρας, ὅταν μὲν εὕδῃ, κινεῖ
πυκνά, ὅταν δὲ μή, ἧττον. ὅταν δὲ ἡ γῆ βρύ |
μᾶλλον τὰ ἔργα ἢ τὰ ὄρη ἔχουσιν. iriure f
πανταχοῦ ἰχνευόμενος, ἐὰν μήτι περίφοβος. τῆς
.WUKTOS. γένηται" παθὼν δὲ τοῦτο ὑποκινεῖ. ᾿
Πολύγονον δ᾽ ἐστὶν οὕτως, ὥστε τὰ μὲν τέτοκε,
nh ddl bm dbi di 1
1. οὖν should probably be omitted.
? ἔμπληκτοι S., after Schneider.
1 See ** The Hare," Fur and. Feather Series, p. 38 f.
? The fluctuation between plural and singular is in the
Greek.
390
ON HUNTING, v. 8-13
They find a resting-place where there is anything 8
growing or lying on the ground, underneath any-
thing, on the top of the objects, inside, alongside,
well away or quite near or fairly near; occasionally
even in the sea! by springing on to anything she? can
reach, or in fresh water, if there is anything sticking
out or growing in it, the hare,? when going to her 9
form generally choosing a sheltered place for it in cold
weather and a cool one in hot, but in spring and
autumn place exposed to the sun; but haresonthe run
do not do that, because they are scared by the hounds.
When:she sits, she puts the hind-legs under the
flanks, and most commonly keeps the fore-legs close
together and extended, resting the chin on the ends
of the feet, and spreading the ears over the shoulder-
blades, so that * she covers the soft parts. The hair too,
being thick and soft, serves as a protection. When
awake she blinks her eyelids; but when. she is
asleep the eyelids are wide open and motionless, and
the eyes still. She moves her nostrils continually
when sleeping, but less frequently when awake.
10
11
When the ground is bursting with vegetation they 12
frequent the fields rather than the mountains.
Wherever she may be she remains there when
tracked, except when she is suddenly alarmed at
night; in which case she moves off.
The animal is so prolific that at the same time she is
The distinction is not, as often supposed, between hares
with different Aabits (*squatters," εὐναῖοι, and *''roamers,"
8pouatoi—& non-existent distinction), but merely between the
behaviour of all hares in different circumstances.
unusual, but not unexampled, ition of the article—ó and
ci—has misled interpreters. Blane saw the true meaning.
* [ do not think that εἶτα δὲ can mesn this, and suspect
that εἶτα is wrong.
391
13
14
u5
16
17
18
XENOPHON
τὰ δὲ τίκτει, τὰ δὲ κυεῖ. τῶν δὲ μικρῶν λαγίων
ὄξει μᾶλλον ἢ τῶν μεγάλων" ἔτι γὰρ ὑγρομελῆ
ὄντα ἐπισύρεται ὅλα. ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. τὰ μὲν οὖν
λίαν νεογνὰ οἱ “Φφιλοκυνηγέται ἀφιᾶσι τῇ θεῷ: οἱ
δὲ ἤδη ἔ ἔτειοι τάχιστα, θέουσι. τὸν πρῶτον δρόμον,
τοὺς δ᾽ ἄλλους οὐκ ἔτι: εἰσὶ γὰρ ἐλαφροῖ, ἀδύ-
varo. δέ...
“Λαμβάνειν δὲ τοῦ λαγῶ τὰ ἴχνη ὑπάγοντα
τὰς κύνας ἐκ τῶν ἔργων ἄνωθεν' ὅσοι δὲ μὴ
ἔρχονται αὐτῶν εἰς τὰ ἐργάσιμα, τοὺς λειμῶνας,
τὰς νάπας, τὰ ῥεῖθρα, τοὺς λέθους, τὰ ὑλώδη"
καὶ ἐὰν ὑποκινῇ, μὴ ἀναβοᾶν, 1 ἵνα μὴ αἱ κύνες
ἔκφονες γιγνόμεναι χαλεπῶς τὰ ἴχνη γνωρίξωσιν.
εὑρισκόμενοι δὲ ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν καὶ διωκόμενοι ἔστιν
ὅτε διαβαίνουσι τὰ ῥεύματα, καὶ ὑποκάμτουσι
καὶ καταδύονται εἰς φάραγγας καὶ εἰς εἰλυούς:
πεφόβηνται γὰρ οὐ μόνον τὰς κύνας ἀλλὰ καὶ
τοὺς ἀετούς" ὑπερβάλλοντες γὰρ τὰ σιμὰ καὶ τὰ
ψιλὰ ἀναρπάζονται, ἕως ἃ ἂν ὦσιν ἔτειοι" τοὺς δὲ
μείζους ἐπιτρέχουσαι αἱ κύνες “ἀναιροῦνται.
Ποδωκέστατοι μὲν οὖν εἰσιν οἱ ὄρειοι, οἱ πεδινοὶ
δὲ ἧττον, βραδύτατοι δὲ οἱ ἕλειοι: οἱ δ᾽ ἐπὶ
πάντας τοὺς τόπους πλανῆται χαλεποὶ πρὸς
τοὺς δρόμους" τὰ γὰρ σύντομα ἴσασι: θέουσι γὰρ
μάλιστα “μὲν τὰ ἀνάντη ἢ. τὰ ὁμαλά, τὰ δὲ
ἀνώμαλα 3 ἀνομοίως, τὰ δὲ κατάντη ἥκιστα.
διωκόμενοι δέ εἰσι κατάδηλοι μάλιστα μὲν διὰ
1. ἀναιροῦνται Richards: ἀφαιροῦνται S. with the MSS.
2 ἀνώμαλα À: ἀνόμοια S. with the rest.
1 Artemis.
392
ON HUNTING, v. 13-18
rearing one litter, she produces another and she is preg-
nant. 'The scent of the little leverets is stronger than
tbat of the big ones; for while their limbs are still soft
they drag the whole body on the ground. Sports-
men, however, leave the very young ones to the
goddess! Yearlings go. very fast in the first run,
but then flag, being agile, but weak.
Find the hare's track by beginning with the
hounds in the cultivated lands and gradually working
downwards? To track those that do not come into
eultivated land, search? the meadows, valleys,
streams, stones and woody places. 1f she moves off,
don't shout, or the hounds may get wild with excite-
ment and fail to recognise the tracks. Hares when
found by hounds and pursued sometimes cross brooks
and double back and slip into gullies or holes. The
fact is they are terrified not only of the hounds, but
of eagles as well; for they are apt to be snatched
up while-crossing hillocks and bare ground until*
they are yearlings, and the bigger ones are run
down and caught by the hounds.
The swiftest are those that frequent mountains ;
those of the plain are not so speedy ; and those of
the marshes are the slowest. "Those that roam over
any sort of country are difficult to chase, since they
know the short cuts. They run mostly uphill 5 or
on the level, less frequently in uneven ground, and
14
15
16
very seldom downhill. When being pursued they are 18
^ The cultivated land is on the lower slopes of the
mountains.
* There is evidently a gap in the Greek before τοὺς
λειμῶνας, which has nothing to govern it.
* Not '*so long as" ; cf. ὃ 14.
5 ie. when pursued.
393
20
21
22
23
24
XENOPHON
γῆς κεκινημένης, ἐὰν ἔχωσιν ἔνιον ἐρύθημα, «καὶ
διὰ καλάμης διὰ τὴν ἀνταύγειαν: κατάδηλοι δὲ
A ^ ^ ^ ^ - -
καὶ ἐν τοῖς τριμμοῖς καὶ ἐν ταῖς ὅδοῖς, ἐὰν ὦσιν"
, , ^ N M , », ^ INI T »- ᾿
ἰσόπεδοι" τὸ γὰρ φανὸν τὸ ἐν αὐτοῖς ἐνὸν ἀντι-
λάμπει" ἄδηλοι δέ, ὅταν τοὺς λίθους, τὰ ὄρη, τὰ
/ A5 dr ^ dp cu.
φέλλια, rà δασέα ἀποχωρῶσι, διὰ τὴν ὁμόχροιαν.
προλαμβάνοντες δὲ τὰς κύνας ἐφίστανται καὶ
ἀνακαθίζοντες ἐπαίρουσιν αὑτοὺς καὶ ἐπακού-
ουσιν, εἴ που πλησίον κλαγγὴ ἢ ἢ ψόφος τῶν κυνῶν"
καὶ ὅθεν ἂν ἀκούσωσιν, ἀποτρέπονται. ὁτὲ δὲ
καὶ οὐκ ἀκούσαντες, ἀλλὰ δόξαντες ἢ πεισθέντες
e I? RNC ^ ^ , , ^ ^ Σ ^
ὑφ᾽ αὑτῶν παρὰ τὰ αὐτά, διὰ τῶν αὐτῶν, ἐπαλ-
λάττοντες ἅλματα, ἐμποιοῦντες ἴχνεσιν ἴχνη,
ἀποχωροῦσι. καί εἰσι μακροδρομώτατοι μὲν οἱ
ἐκ τῶν ψιλῶν εὑρισκόμενοι. διὰ τὸ καταφανές,
βραχυδρομώτατοι δὲ οἱ ἐκ τῶν δασέων' ἐμποδὼν
γὰρ τὸ σκοτεινόν.
& E
Δύο δὲ καὶ τὰ γένη ἐστὶν αὐτῶν" οἱ μὲν γὰρ
μεγάλοι τὸ χρῶμα ᾿ ἐπίπερκύοι καὶ τὸ λευκὸν τὸ
» ^ , / v e , » 7
ἐν τῷ μετώπῳ μέγα ἔχουσιν, οἱ δ᾽ ἐχάττους
, , , Ν bi b » DN M
ἐπίξανθοι, μικρὸν τὸ λευκὸν ἔχοντες. τὴν δὲ
οὐρὰν οἱ μὲν κύκλῳ περιποίκιλον, οἱ δὲ παρά-
«
σειρον, καὶ τὰ ὄμματα οἱ μὲν ὑποχάροποι, οἱ δ᾽
ὑπόγλαύκοι: καὶ τὰ μέλανα τὰ περὶ τὰ ὦτα
ΝΜ 9 € N *, ^ , « δὲ , ^ , Μ
ἄκρα " οἱ μὲν ἐπὶ πολύ, οἱ δὲ ἐπὶ μικρόν. ἔχουσι
δὲ αὐτῶν αἱ πολλαὶ τῶν νήσων τοὺς ἐλάττους,
“ ,» wv N , ΄ ^ M ^ ,
αἵ T ἔρημοι καὶ οἰκούμεναι: τὸ δὲ πλῆθος πλείους
1 τὸ χρῶμα AB and Pollux : S. omits with M.
? ἄκρα ὦτα S.
394
ON HUNTING, v. 18-24
most conspicuous across ground that has been broken
. up,if they have some red in their coats, or across
- stubble, owing to the shadow they cast. They are
— also conspicuous in game paths and on roads if these
- are level, since the bright colour of their coats shows
- up inthe light. But when their line of retreat is
amongst stones, in the mountains, over rocky or
thickly wooded ground they cannot be seen owing to
- the similarity of colouring. When they are well
- ahead of the hounds, they wiil stop, and sitting up
will raise themselves and listen for the baying or the
footfall of the hounds anywhere near;.and should
they hear the sound of them from any quarter, they
make off. Occasionaly, even when they hear
no sound, some fancy or conviction prompts them
to jump hither and thither past and through the
same objects, mixing the tracks as they retreat.
The longest runners are those that are found on
bare land, because they are exposed to view; the
- shortest, those fóund in thick covers, since the
- darkness hinders their flight.
᾿ς There are two species of hare.! The large are dark
brown, and the white patch on the forehead is large;
the smaller are chestnut, with a small white patch.
The larger have spots round the scut, the smaller at
the side of it. The eyes in the large species are
blue, in the small grey. The black at the tip of the
ear is broad in the one species, narrow in the other.
The smaller are found in most of the islands, both
desert and inhabited. They are more plentiful
! "The common hare and a smaller variety of the same;
whieh is said to be '*more brindled in colour" than the
larger kind. See **The Hare"in Fur and Feather Series,
. p. ὅ.
395
20
21
22
23
24
26
28
XENOPHON
ἐν αὐταῖς ἢ ἐν ταῖς ἠπείροις" οὐ γάρ εἰσιν οὔτ᾽
ἀλώπεκες ἐν ταῖς πολλαῖς αὐτῶν, αἵεῖνες καὶ
αὐτοὺς καὶ τὰ τέκνα ἐπιοῦσαι ἀναιροῦνται, οὔτε
ἀετοί: τὰ μεγάλα γὰρ ὄ ὄρη ἔχουσι μᾶλλον ἢ τὰ
μικρά" ἐλάττω δ᾽ ἐπὶ τὸ πολὺ τὰ ἐν ταῖς νήσοις.
κυνηγέται δὲ εἰς μὲν τὰς ἐρήμους ὀλιγάκις ἀφι-
κνοῦνται, ἐν δὲ ταῖς οἰκουμέναις ὀλίγοι εἰσὶ 1 καὶ
οὐ φιλόθηροι οἱ πολλοί: εἰς δὲ "τὰς ἱερὰς τῶν
νήσων οὐδὲ διαβιβάξ, εἰν οἷόν τε κύνας. ὅταν οὖν
τῶν τε ὑπαρχόντων ὀλίγους “ἐκθηρῶνται καὶ τῶν
ἐπιγιγνομένων, ἀνάγκη ἀφθόνους εἶναι.
Βλέπει δὲ οὐκ ὀξὺ διὰ πολλά' τά τε γὰρ
ὄμματα ἔχει ἔξω καὶ τὰ βλέφαρα ἐλλείποντα καὶ
οὐκ ἔχοντα “προβολὴν ταῖς αὐγαῖς" ἢ ei^ οὖν
διὰ ταῦτα ἀμαυρά, ἐσκεδασμένη. ἅμα ὲ τού-
τοις καὶ ἐν ὕπνῳ. ὃν τὰ πολλὰ τὸ θηρίον οὐκ
ὠφελεῖται πρὸς τὸ ὁρᾶν. καὶ ἡ ποδώκεια πρὸς
τὸ ἀμβλυωπεῖν αὐτῷ πολὺ συμβάλλεται; ταχὺ
γὰρ ἑκάστου παραφέρει τὴν ὄψιν, πρὶν νοῆσαι
ὅ τι ἐστί. καὶ οἱ φόβοι τῶν κυνῶν, ὅταν διώ-
κωνται, ἑπόμενοι μετὰ τούτων συνεξαιροῦνται
τὸ προνοεῖσθαι. ὥστε διὰ ταῦτα προσπίπτων
λανθάνει πρὸς πολλὰ καὶ εἰς τὰς ἄρκυς ἐμπίπτων.
εἰ δ᾽ ἔφευγεν ὀρθόν, ὀλυγάκις ἂν ἔπασχε τὸ
τοιοῦτον' νῦν δὲ περιβάλλων καὶ ἀγαπῶν τοὺς
τόπους, ἐν οἷς ἐγένετο καὶ ἐτράφη, ἁλίσκεται.
κατὰ πόδας δὲ οὐ πολλάκις ὑπὸ τῶν κυνῶν διὰ
τὸ τάχος κρατεῖται" ὅσοι δὲ ἁλίσκονται, Á
φύσιν τοῦ σώματος, τύχῃ δὲ “χρώμενοι: οὐδὲν
γὰρ τῶν ὄντων ἰσομέγεθες τούτῳ ὅμοιόν ἐστι
1 εἰσὶ Dindorf : ὄντες S. with the MSS.
396
-
ON HUNTING, v. 24-29
in the islands than on the mainland, for in the
- majority of these there are no foxes to attack and
| carry off the hares and their young ; nor eagles, for
| they haunt big mountains rather than small, and
| the mountains in the islands, generally speaking,
- are rather small Hunters seldom visit the desert 25
. islands, and there are few people in the inhabited
ones, and most of them are not sportsmen ; and if an
| island is consecrated, one may not even take dogs
L into it. Since, then, but few of the old hares and
- the leverets that they produce are exterminated by
- hunting, they are bound to be abundant. .
- "The sight of the hare is not keen for several 26
- reasons. The eyes are prominent; the lids are
^ too small and do not give protection to the pupils;
consequently the vision is weak and blurred. Added 27
- to this, though the animal spends much time asleep, ,
| it gets no benefit from that, so far as seeing goes. Its
- speed, too, accounts in no small degree for its dim
sight. For it glances at an object and is past it in a
" flash, before realising its nature. And those terrors, 28
| the hounds, close behind them when they are
- pursued combine with these causes to rob them of
"their wits. The consequence is that the hare bumps
- against many obstacles unawares and plunges into
- the net. If she ran straight, she would seldom 29
- meet with this mishap. But instead of that she
- eomes round and hugs the place where she was born
- and bred, and so is caught. In a fair run she is
- seldom beaten by the hounds owing to her speed.
— Those that are caught are beaten in spite of their
- matural characteristics through meeting with an
accident. Indeed, there is nothing in the world of
- equal size to match the hare asa piece of mechanism.
397
30
31
32
XENOPHON
4
^ e » ἢ ΄, ^ , ΄ M
πρὸς appov" σύγκειται γὰρ ἐκ τοιούτων τὸ
σῶμα. I
Ἔχει γὰρ κεφαλὴν κούφην, μικράν, καταφερῆ,
στενὴν ἐκ τοῦ πρόσθεν, ὦτα ὑψηλά, τράχηλον.
|
λεπτόν, περιφερῆ, οὐ σκληρόν, μῆκος ἱκανόν,
ὠμοπλάτας ὀρθάς, ἀσυνδέτους ἄνωθεν, σκέλη
τὰ ἐπ᾽ αὐτῶν ἐλαφρά, σύγκωλα, στῆθος οὐ
βαρύτονον, πλευρὰς ἐλαφράς, συμμέτρους, ὀσφῦν
περιφερῆ, κωλῆν σαρκώδη, λαγόνας ὑγράς, λα-
παρὰς ἱκανῶς, ἐσχία στρογγύλα, πλήρη κύκλῳ,
ἄνωθεμ δὲ ὡς χρὴ διεστῶτα, μηροὺς μικρούς,"
εὐπαγεῖς, ἔξωθεν μῦς ὃ ἐπιτεταμένους, ἔνδοθεν
δὲ οὐκ ὀγκώδεις, ὑποκώλια μακρά, στιφρά, πόδας
τοὺς πρόσθεν ἄκρως ὑγρούς, στενούς, ὀρθούς,
τοὺς δὲ ὄπισθεν στερεούς, πλατεῖς, πάντας δὲ
- οὐδενὸς τραχέος φροντίζοντας, σκέλη τὰ ὄπισθεν
μείξω πολὺ τῶν ἔμπροσθεν καὶ ἐγκεκλιμένα,
μικρὸν ἔξω, τρίχωμα βραχύ, κοῦφον. ἔστιν οὖν
ἀδύνατον μὴ οὐκ εἶναι ἐκ τοιούτων συνηρμοσμένον
ἰσχυρόν, ὑγρόν, ὑπερέλαφρον.
Τεκμήριον δὲ ὡς ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν" ὅταν ἀτρέμα
διαπορεύηται, πηδᾷ, βαδίξοντα δὲ οὐδεὶς ἑ ἑώρακ
οὐδ᾽ ὄψεται, τιθεὶς εἰς τὸ ἐπέκεινα τῶν ἔμπροσθεν.
ποδῶν τοὺς ὄπισθεν καὶ ἔξω, καὶ ἃ θεῖ οὕτως.
δῆλον δὲ τοῦτο ἐν χιόνι. οὐρὰν δὲ οὐκ ἐπιτηδείαν.
ἔχει m ὃς δρόμον' ἐπευθύνειν γὰρ οὐχ ἱκανὴ τὸ
σῶμα (à τὴν βραχύτητα' ἀλλὰ τῷ ὠτὶ ἑκατέρῳ,
τοῦτο ποιεῖ, καὶ ὅταν ἀνιστῆταιὃ ὑπὸ τῶν κυνῶν,
* a ἁρμόν ΑΒΜ: δρόμον S. with inferior MSS.
y μικρούς Pierleoni : : μακρούς S.
8 μῦς MSS. : μὲν S.
4 καὶ MSS.: 3 omits with Schneider. «
398
ON HUNTING, v. 29-32
For the various parts that make up her body are
formed as follows.
The head is light, small, drooping, narrow at the
front; the ears are upright ; ;1 the neck is thin,
round, not stiff, and fairly long ; the shoulder-blades
are straight and free at the top; the fore-legs are
agile and close together; the chest is not broad ; the
ribs are light and symmetrical; the loins are
circular; the rump is fleshy ; the flanks are soft and
fairly spongy ; the hips are round, well filled out,
and the right distance apart at the top; the thighs
are small and firm, muscular on the outside and not
30
puffy on the inside; the shanks are long and firm;
the fore-feet are extremely pliant and narrow and
straight and the hind-feet hard and broad ; and all
four are indifferent to rough ground; the hind-legs
are much longer than the fore-legs, and slightly bent
outwards; the coat is short and light. With such a
frame she cannot fail to be strong, pliant and very
agile.
Here is a proof of her agility. When going quietly,
she springs—no one ever saw or ever will see a hare
walking—bringing the hind-feet forward in advance
of the fore-feet and outside them ; and that is how
she runs, This is obvious when snow is on the
ground. The scut is of no assistance in running, for
it is not able to steer the body owing to its short-
ness. The hare does this by means of one of her
ears; and when she is roused by the hounds she
1 **'The ears are upright" is not in the MSS., and is
inserted from Pollux. As our author is enumerating. those
characteristics of the hare that make for speed, it is not
quite certain that the words are his, but see $ 33.
5 ἀνιστῆται Pierleoni: ἁλίσκηται S. with the MSS.
399
31
32
33
34
to
XENOPHON
καταβάλλων καὶ ς παραβάλλων τὸ ἕτερον οὖς
πλάγιον, ὁποτέρᾳ ἂν λυπῆται, ἀπερειδόμενος
δὴ εἰς τοῦτο ὑποστρέφεται ταχύ, ἐν μικρῷ πολὺ
καταλιπὼν τὸ ἐπιφερόμενον. οὕτω δὲ ἐπίχαρί
ἐστι τὸ θέαμα," ὥστε οὐδεὶς ὅστις οὐκ ἂν ἰδὼν
ἰχνευόμενον, εὑρισκόμενον, μεταθεόμενον, ἁλισκό-
μενον ἐπιλάθοιτ᾽ ἂν εἴ του ἐρῴη.
Ἔν δὲ τοῖς ἔργοις κυνηγετοῦντα ἀπέχεσθαι
ὧν ὧραι φέρουσι καὶ τὰ νάματα καὶ τὰ ῥεῖθρα
ἐᾶν. τὸ γὰ ἅπτεσθαι τούτων αἰσχρὸν καὶ
κακόν, καὶ ἴα μὴ τῷ νό 9 ἐναντίοι ὦσιν οἱ
ἰδόντες. καὶ ὅταν ἀναγρία ἐμπίπτῃ, ἀναλύειν
χρὴ τὰ περὶ κυνηγέσιον πάντα.
ΥἹ. Κυνῶν δὲ κόσμος δέραια, ἱμάντες, στελμο-
νίαι" ἔστω δὲ τὰ μὲν δέραια μαλακά, πλατέα,
ἵνα μὴ θραύῃ τὰς τρίχας τῶν κυνῶν, οἱ δὲ ἱ ἱμάντες
ἔχοντες ἀγκύλας τῇ χειρί, ἄλλο δὲ μηδέν" οὐ
γὰρ καλῶς τηροῦσι τὰς κύνας οἱ ἐξ αὐτῶν
εἰργασμένοι τὰ δέραια" αἱ δὲ στελμονίαι πλατεῖς
τοὺς ἱμάντας, ἵνα μὴ τρίβωσι τὰς λαγόνας αὐτῶν"
ἐγκατερραμμέναι δὲ ἐγκεντρίδες, ἵνα τὰ γένη
φυλάττωσιν.
᾿Εξάγειν δὲ αὐτὰς οὐ χρὴ ἐπὶ τὰ κυνηγέσια,
ὅταν μὴ τὰ προσφερόμενα δέχωνται ἡδέως"
τεκμήριον δὲ τοῦτο, ὅτι οὐκ ἔρρωνται" p. μηδὲ ὅ ὅταν
ἄνεμος πνέῃ μέγας. διαρπάζει γὰρ τὰ ἴχνη καὶ
οὐ δύνανται ὀσφραίνεσθαι οὐδὲ αἱ ἄρκυς ἑστάναι
οὐδὲ τὰ δίκτυα. ὅταν δὲ τούτων͵ μηδέτερον
κωλύῃ, ἄγειν διὰ τρίτης ἡμέρας. τὰς δὲ ἀλώ-
1 καὶ Dindorf: yàp καὶ S. with the MSS.
3 θέαμα Arrian, Hermogenes : θηρίον S. with the MSS.
400
|
|
E
K
qj.
z
᾿.
&
f
&
ON HUNTING, v. 32-vi. 3
drops one ear on the side on which she is being
pressed and throws it aslant, and then bearing on
this she wheels round sharply and in a moment
leaves the assailant far behind. So charming is the 33
sight that to see a hare tracked, found, pursued and
caught is enough to make any man forget his heart's
desire.
When hunting on cultivated land avoid growing 34
crops and let pools and streams alone. [ἢ is un-
seemly and wrong to interfere with them, and there is
a risk of encouraging those who see to set themselves
inst the law.! On days on which there is no
hunting,? all hunting tackle should be removed.
VI. The trappings of hounds are collars, leashes,
and surcingles. The collars should be soft and
broad, so as not to chafe the hounds' coat. The
leashes should have a noose for the hand, and
nothing else; for if the collar is made in one
piece with the leash, perfect control of the hounds
is impossible. The straps of the surcingles should
be broad, so as not to rub the flanks, and they should
have little spurs sewed on to them, to keep the
breed pure. 2
Hounds should not be taken out hunting when off 2
their feed, since this is a proof that they are ailing ;
nor when a strong wind is blowing, since it scatters
the scent and they cannot smell, and the purse-nets
will not stand in position, nor the hayes. But when 3
neither of these hindrances prevents, have the
hounds out every other day. Do not let them
1 Both text and meaning are doubtful here. By *'the
law" is probably meant the law (or custom?) that allowed
hunters to hunt over growing crops. See c. xii. δ.
* 2,4. during festivals.
401
e
-1
XENOPHON
πεκας μὴ ἐθίζειν τὰς κύνας διώκειν: διαφθορὰ
γὰρ μεγίστη καὶ ἐν τῷ δέοντι οὔποτε πάρεισιν.
εἰς δὲ τὰ κυνηγέσια μεταβάλλοντα ἄγειν, ἵνα
ὦσιν ἔμπειροι τῶν κυνηγεσίων, αὐτὸς ! δὲ τῆς
χώρας. ἐξιέναι δὲ πρωΐ, ἵνα τῆς ἰχνεύσεως μὴ
ἀποστερῶνται, ὡς οἱ ὀψιζόμενοι ἀφαιροῦνται τὰς
μὲν κύνας τοῦ εὑρεῖν τὸν λαγῶ, αὑτοὺς δὲ τῆς
ὠφελείας: οὐ γὰρ ἐπιμένει. τοῦ ἴχνους ἡ φύσις
λεπτὴ οὖσα πᾶσαν ὥραν.
Τὴν δὲ στολὴν ὁ ἀρκυωρὸς ἐξίτω ἔχων ἐπὶ
θήραν μὴ ἔχουσαν βάρος. τὰς δὲ ἄρκυς ἱστάτω
εἰς ὁδοὺς ἀμφιδρόμους.3 τραχείας, σιμάς, Xaryapás,
σκοτεινάς, ῥοῦς, χαράδρας, χειμάρρους ἀενάους"
εἰς ταῦτα γὰρ μάλιστα φεύγει: «εἰς ὅσα δὲ ἄλλα
ἄπειρον εἰπεῖν. τούτων δὲ παρόδους, διόδους,
καταφανεῖς, λεπτάς,Σ εἰς ὄρθρον καὶ μὴ πρωΐ,
ἵνα ἐὰν ἡ πλησίον τὸ ἀρκυστάσιον τῶν ζητησίμων,
μὴ φοβῆται ἀκούων ὁμοῦ τὸν ψόφον (ἐὰν δὲ 7
ἀπ᾽ ἀλλήλων πολύ, ἧττον κωλύει πρωί) καθαρὰς
ποιούμενος * τὰς ἀρκυστασίας, ἵνα αὐτῶν μηδὲν
ἀντέχηται. πηγνύειν δὲ τὰς σχαλίδας ὑπτίας,
ὅπως ἂν ἐπαγόμεναι ἔχωσι τὸ σύντονον: ἐπὶ δὲ
ἄκρας ἴσους τοὺς βρόχους ἐπιβαλλέτω καὶ ὁμοίως
1 αὐτὸς Weiske: αὐτοὶ S. with the MSS.
? A has eis ἀμφιδρόμους, the rest ἀμφιδρόμους only : S. reads
ἀμφὶ δρόμους, ὁδοὺς τραχείας. Probably some substantive has
dropped out of the MSS., but ὁδοὺς is unlikely. Perhaps
eis ἀμφιδρομὰς should be read ; ὁδοὺς is not in the MSS.
3 A word to govern these accusatives must have been lost.
4 ποιουμένους S.
1 This portentous sentence is a literal presentation of the
Greek text, which, however, is rather uncertain. 1f the
402
ON HUNTING, νι. 3-7
take to pursuing foxes; for it is utter ruin, and
they are never at hand when wanted. Vary the 4
hunting-ground frequently, so that the hounds may
be familiar with the hunting-grounds and the master
with the country. Start early, and so give the
hounds a fair chance of following the scent. A late
start robs the hounds of the find and the hunters
of the prize; for the scent is by its nature too thin
to last all day.
Let the net-keeper wear light clothing when he5
goes hunting. Let him set up the purse-nets in
winding, rough, steep, narrow, shady paths, brooks,
ravines, running watercourses (these are the places
in which the hare is most apt to take refuge: a
list of all the others would be endless), leaving un- 6
obstructed and narrow passages to and through these
places, just about daybreak, and not too early, so
that in case the line of nets be near the growth to be
searched, the hare may not be frightened by hearing
the noise close by (if the distance is considerable, it
matters less if the work is done early), seeing that the
nets stand clear so that nothing may cling to them.!
He must fix the stakes aslant,? so that when 7
pulled they may stand the strain. On the tops of
them let him put an equal number of meshes,? and
nets are fixed near the covert before daybreak, the hare is
likely to stir at the noise. After daybreak she will not
stir.
? ji," sloping towards the side from which the hare will
eome, "The nets, of course, hang on the other side of the
stakes.
? [f ἴσους means *' equal in number," more than one mesh is
to be put in the groove of each stake, so that the top of the row
of nets will be puckered. Perhaps, however, *'level in
height "' is the sense.
493
10
XENOPHON
ἀντερειδέτω, ἐ ἐπαίρων εἰς, μέσον τὸν κεκρύφαλον.
εἰς δὲ τὸν περίδρομον ἐναπτέτω λίθον μακρὸν
καὶ μέγαν, ἵνα ἡ ἄρκυς, ὅταν ἔχῃ τὸν λαγῶ, μὴ
ἀντιτείνῃ" στοιχιζέτω δὲ μακρά, ὑψηλά, ὅπως ἂν
μὴ ὑπερπηδᾷ.
Ἔν δὲ ταῖς ἰχνείαις μὴ ὑπερβάλλεσθαι: ἔστι
γὰρ θηρατικὸν μὲν οὔ, φιλόπονον δὲ τὸ ἐκ παντὸς
τρόπου ἑλεῖν ταχύ.
Τὰ δὲ δίκτυα τεινέτω ἐν ἀπέδοις, ἐμβαλλέτω
δὲ τὰ ἐνόδια εἰς τὰς ὁδοὺς καὶ ἐκ τῶν τριμμῶν
εἰς, τὰ συμφέροντα, καθάπτων τοὺς περιδρόμους
ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, τὰ ἀκρωλένια συνάγων, πηγνύων
τὰς σχαλίδας μεταξὺ τῶν σαρδόνων, ἐπὶ ἄκρας
ἐπιβάλλων τοὺς ἐπιδρόμους καὶ rà? παράδρομα
συμφράττων. φυλαππάτῳ δὲ ἐκπεριιών' ἐὰν δὲ
ἐκκλίνῃ τὸν “στοῖχον ἡ ὃ ἄρκυς, ἀνιστάτω. διωκο-
μένου δὲ τοῦ * λαγῶ εἰς τὰς ἄρκυς εἰς τὸ πρόσθεν
προϊέσθω καὶ ἐπιθέων μὲν. ἐκβοάτω' ἐμπεπτω-
κότος δὲ τὴν ὀργὴν τῶν κυνῶν παυέτω, μὴ árrTó-
μενος ἀλλὰ παραμυθούμενος: καὶ δηλούτω τῷ
κυνηγέτῃ, ὅτι ἑάλωκεν ἀναβοήσας ἢ ὅτι παρα-
δεδράμηκε παρὰ τάδε ἢ τάδε ἢ ὅτι οὐχ ἑώρακεν,
ἢ οὗ κατεῖδε.
1 οὐ A: S. omits with the rest.
! S. omits τὰ with BM
3 A has τὸν στίχο 5: BM στοῖχος 1j: S. reads στοῖχος fj.
4 διωκόμενον δὲ τὸν S. with BM.
1 Small sticks were used for propping up the purse on the
inside, and the purse was propped higher towards the middle ; :
it ended in a point, so that it resenibled the net on à woman's
head.
? See c. ii. $4. The stone serves as an anchor when. the
net falls off the stakes.
494
Cre apa ope cit
ON HUNTING, vi. 7-10
set the props! uniformly, raising the purse towards
the centre. To the cord? let him attach a long, big 8
stone, so that the net may not pull away when the
hare is inside. Let him make his line long and
. high;? so that the hare may not jump over.
When it comes to tracking the hare, he must not
be too zealous. Τὸ do everything possible to effect
a quick capture shows perseverance, but is not
hunting.*
Let him stretch the hayes on level ground and 9
put the road-nets5 in roads and from game tracks
into the adjacent ground, fastening down the
(lower) cords to the ground, joining the elbows,
fixing the stakes between the selvedges,$ putting the
ends on the top of the stakes and stopping the by-
ways. Let him mount guard, going round the nets.
If a purse-net is pulling its stake out of line, let
him put it up. When the hare is being chased
into the purse-nets he must run forward and shout as
he runs after her. When she is in, he must calm
the excitement of the hounds, soothing without
touching them. He must.also shout to the hunts-
man and let him know that the hare is caught, or
that she has run past on this or that side, or that he
has not seen her, or where he caught sight of her.
3 The stakes must not be oo deep in the ground, or the
nets will:not be high enough.
* ''hese remarks read like an afterthought.
5 'The hayes and purse-nets seem. to be connected in the
same series; but the road-nets seem to be independent
Screens.
8 We are to think of a series of nets joined together.
These stakes will be inserted in the top and bottom line of
meshes, The selvedge runs along the top and bottom of the
net.
495
10
ι
12
18
14
ιδ
16
XENOPHON
Τὸν δὲ κυνηγέτην ἔχοντα ἐξιέναι ἠμελημένην
ἐλαφρὰν ἐσθῆτα ἐπὶ τὸ κυνηγέσιον καὶ ὑπόδεσιν,
ἐν δὲ τῇ χειρὶ ῥόπαλον, " τὸν δὲ ἀρκυωρὸν ἕπεσθαι.
πρὸς δὲ τὸ κυνηγέσιον συγῇ προσιέναι, ἵνα μὴ ὁ
λαγῶς, ἐάν που 7) πλησίον, ὑποκινῇ ἀκούων τῆς
φωνῆς. δήσαντα δ᾽ ἐκ τῆς ὕλης τὰς κύνας
ἑκάστην χωρίς, ὅπως ἂν εὔλυτοι ὦσιν, ἱστάναι
à Μ M à , [4 » b!
τὰς ἄρκυς καὶ τὰ δίκτυα, ὡς εἴρηται. μετὰ δὲ
τοῦτο τὸν μὲν ἀρκυωρὸν εἶναι ἐν φυλακῇ" αὐτὸν
δὲ τὰς κύνας λαβόντα ἰέναι πρὸς τὴν ὑπαγωγὴν
^ 34 ^ , , ^ , ,
τοῦ κυνηγεσίου. καὶ εὐξάμενον τῷ ᾿Απόλλωνι
καὶ T ᾿Αρτέμιδι τῇ ᾿Αγροτέρᾳ μεταδοῦναι τῆς
θήρας λῦσαι μίαν κύνα, ἥτις ἂν 7 σοφωτάτη
ἰχνεύειν, ἐὰν μὲν ἦ χειμών, ἅμ᾽ ἡλίῳ ἀνέχοντι,
ἐὰν δὲ θέρος, πρὸ ἡμέρας, τὰς δὲ ἄλλας ὥρας
μεταξὺ τούτων. ἐπειδὰν δὲ ἡ κύων λάβῃ τὸ
ἴχνος ὀρθὸν ἐκ τῶν ἐπηλλαγμένων, παραλῦσαι καὶ
ἑτέραν: περαινομένου δὲ τοῦ ἴχνους διαλιπόντα
μὴ πολὺ καὶ τὰς ἄλλας ἀφιέναι κατὰ μίαν καὶ
ἕπεσθαι μὴ ἐγκείμενον, ὀνομαστὶ ἑκάστην προσ-
αγορεύοντα, μὴ πολλά, ἵνα μὴ παροξύνωνται
πρὸ τοῦ καιροῦ. αἱ δ᾽ ὑπὸ χαρᾶς καὶ μένους
προΐασιν ἐξίχλουσαι τὰ ἴχνη, ὡς πέφυκε, διπλᾶ,
τριπλᾶ, προφορούμεναι παρὰ τὰ αὐτά, διὰ τῶν
αὐτῶν, ἐπηλλαγμένα, περιφερῆ, ὀρθά, καμπύλα,
πυκνά, μανά, γνώριμα, ἄγνωστα, ἑαυτὰς παρα-
θέουσαι, ταχὺ ταῖς οὐραῖς διασείουσαι καὶ ἐπικλί-
vovcat τὰ ὦτα καὶ ἀστράπτουσαι τοῖς ὄμμασιν.
ἐπειδὰν δὲ περὶ τὸν λαγῶ ὦσι, δῆλον ποιήσουσι
406
JqV* pl oo Opec a dam cmt δκλδμωυννς Ur ex o m
ON HUNTING, νι. 11-16
Let the huntsman go out to the hunting ground 11
in a simple light dress and shoes, carrying a cudgel
in his hand, and let the net-keeper follow. Let
them keep silence while approaching the ground,
so that, in case the hare is near, she may not move
off on hearing voices. Having tied the hounds
separately to the trees so that they can easily be
slipped, let him set up the purse-nets and hayes!
in the manner described. After this let the net-
keeper keep guard, and let the huntsman take
the hounds and go to the place in the hunting
ground where the hare-may be lurking; and after 13
registering a vow to Apollo and Artemis the Huntress
to give them a share of the spoil, let him loose one
hound, the cleverest at following a track, at sun-
rise in winter, before dawn in summer, and some
time between at other seasons. (As soon as the 14
hound picks up a line from the network of tracks
that leads straight ahead, let him slip another. If
the track goes on, let him set the others going one by
one at short intervals, and follow without pressing
them, accosting each by name, but not often, that
they may not get excited too soon. "They will go 15
forward full of joy and ardour, disentangling the
various tracks, double or triple—springing forward
now beside, now across the same ones—— tracks inter-
laced orcircular, straight or crooked, close or scattered,
clear or obscure, running past one another with tails
wagging, ears dropped and eyes flashing. As soon 16
as they are near the hare they will let the huntsman
e
2
! Neither here nor in $ 26 is there any reference to the
road-nets. It is impossible to suggest a reason for this, and
perhaps the necessary words have dropped out in both places,
as might easily happen.
497
XENOPHON
τῷ κυνηγέτῃ σὺν ταῖς οὐραῖς τὰ" σώματα ὅλα
συνεπικραδαίνουσαι, πολεμικῶς ἐπιφερόμεναι,
φιλονίκως παραθέουσαι, ,“συντρέχουσαι φιλο-
πόνως, συνιστάμεναι παχύ, διιστάμεναι, πάλιν
ἐπιφερόμεναι" τελευτῶσαι δὲ ἀφίξονται πρὸς
τὴν εὐνὴν τοῦ λαγῷ καὶ ἐπιδραμοῦνται ἐ ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν.
ι1 ὁ δ᾽ ἐξαίφνης ἀνάξας ἐφ᾽ αὑτὸν ὑλαγμὸν ποιήσει
τῶν κυνῶν καὶ κλαγγὴν φεύγων. cuadra" δὲ
αὐτῷ διωκομένῳ, ἰὼ κύνες, ἰὼ καλῶς," σοφῶς ?
γε ὦ κύνες, καλῶς γε, ὦ κύνες. καὶ κυνοδρομεῖν
περιελίξαντα ὃ ἀμπέχεται περὶ τὴν χεῖρα καὶ
τὸ ῥόπαλον ἀναλαβόντα κατὰ τὸν λαγῶ καὶ μὴ
18 ὑπαντᾶν" “ἄπορον γάρ. ὁ δὲ ὑποχωρῶν ταχὺ
ἐλείπων τὴν ὄψιν πάλιν περιβάλλει ὅθεν εὑρί-
σκεται ἐπὶ τὸ ποχῦ. ἀναβοὰν δ᾽ ἐκεῖνον μὲν
αὐτῷ, παισάτω παῖς", παῖε δή, παῖε δή" 5 ὁ δέ,
ἐάν τε ἑαλωκὼς ] ἐάν τε μή, δηλούτω.
Καὶ ἐὰν μὲν ἑαλωκὼς ἢ ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ δρό
ἀνακαλεσάμενον τὰς κύνας ξητεῖν ἄλλον" ἐὰν MES
μή, κυνοδρομεῖν ἁ ὡς τάχιστα καὶ μὴ ἀνιέναι," ἀλλ᾽
19 ἐκπερᾶν φιλοπόνως. καὶ ἐὰν πάλιν ἀπαντῶσι
διώκουσαι αὐτόν, ἀναβοᾶν, εὖ γε εὖ γε ὦ κύνες,
ἕπεσθε ὦ κύνες: ἐὰν δὲ πολὺ προειληφυΐαι ὦσι
καὶ μὴ οἷός T. ἦ κυνοδρομῶν ἐπιγίγνεσθαι αὐταῖς,
ἀλλὰ διημαρτηκὼς ἡ τῶν δρόμων ἢ καὶ πλησίον
1 ἐμβοάτω Α: ἐμβοώντων S. with BM.
? ἰὼ καλῶς Falbe: ἰὼ κακὸς BM, whence ἰὼ κακῶς S.: À
omits. |
3 σοφῶς, Gesner: σαφῶς S. with the MSS. |
5 S. gives ἐκεῖνον μέν, αὐτῷ παῖς, αὐτῷ παῖς. The text |
follows A. -
5 Tf παῖ δή, παῖ δή (ΒΜ) is right, παῖ is an imperative of
male, not vocative of παῖς.
408 |
ON HUNTING, νι. 16-19
know by the quivering of the whole body as well
as the tail, by making fierce rushes, by racing past
one another, by scampering along together persis-
tently, massing quickly, breaking up and again rushing
forward. At length they will reach the hare's
form and will go for her. She will start up suddenly, 17
and will leave the hounds barking and baying behind
her as she makes off. Let the huntsman shout at
her as she runs, * Now, hounds, now! Well done!
Bravo, hounds! Well done, hounds!" Wrapping
his cloak round his arm and seizing his ecudgel he
must follow up behind the hare and not try to head
her off, since that is useless. The hare, making off, 18
though out of sight, generally doubles back to the
place where she is found. Let him call out! to the
man, * Hit her, boy ; hit her, hit her !" and the man
must let him know whether she is caught or not.
If she is caught in the first run, let him call in
the hounds and look for another. But if not, he
must follow up at top speed and not let her go, but
stick to it persistently. If the hounds come on 19
her again in the pursuit, let him cry, * Good, good,
hounds; after her, hounds!'"" If they have got so
far ahead of him that he. canuot overtake them by
following up and is quite out of the running, or if he
1 i.e. at the moment when the hare, making for the place
where she was found, comes near the nets. Something is
amiss with the text here. The **man" is, of course, the
net-keeper. He, too, has a cudgel, but the author has not
said so.
$ ἀνιέναι À : ἀφιέναι S. with BM.
409
20
21
22
23
XENOPHON
που φοιτώσας " ἢ ἐχομένας τῶν ixvàv μὴ δύνηται.
» -
ἰδεῖν, πυνθάνεσθαι παραθέοντα ἅμα ὅτῳ ἂν προσ-
πελάζῃ ἀναβοῶντα, ἢ κατεῖδες ὠὴ τὰς κύνας ;
, bI Ν , Μ $^ M , "mov “.
ἐπειδὰν δὲ πύθηται ἤδη, ἐὰν μὲν ἐν τῷ ἴχνει ὦσι,
προσστάντα ἐγκελεύειν, τοὔνομα μεταβάλλοντα
^ ^ ys ,
ἑκάστης τῆς κυνός, ὁποσαχῆ olov T ἂν ἢ τοὺς
, ^ ^ , ,
τόνους τῆς φωνῆς ποιούμενον, ὀξύ, βαρύ, μικρόν,
^ ^ h
μέγα: πρὸς δὲ τοῖς ἄλλοις κελεύμασιν, ἐὰν ὦσιν
5 » [i ὃ , , Á, 28 e
ἐν ὄρει αἱ μεταδρομαί, ἐπικελεύειν τόδε, eba
κύνες, εἷα ὦ κύνες. ἐὰν δὲ μὴ πρὸς αὐτοῖς
* ^ » , , € , ^
cvi τοῖς ἴχνεσιν, &XN ὑπερβάλλωσι, καλεῖν
αὐτάς, οὐ πάλιν οὐ πάλιν ὦ κύνες ; ἐπειδὰν δὲ
προσστῶσι τοῖς ἴχνεσι, περιάγειν αὐτὰς κύκλους
πολλοὺς ποιούμενον: ὅπου δ᾽ ἂν ἢ αὐταῖς ἀμαυρὸν
τὸ ἴχνος, σημεῖον θέσθαι στοῖχον ἑαυτῷ καὶ ἀπὸ
τούτου συνείρειν, μέχρε ἂν σαφῶς γνωρίσωσιν,
ἐγκελεύοντα καὶ θωπεύοντα. αἱ δ᾽ ἐπειδὰν χαμπρὰ
ἦ τὰ ἴχνη, ἐπιρριπτοῦσαι, παραπηδῶσαι, κοινῶ-
^ ͵
νοῦσαι, ὑπολαμβάνουσαι, ἐνσημαϊνόμεναι, ὅρους
τιθέμεναι ἑαυταῖς γνωρίμους ταχὺ μεταθεύσονται"
ὅταν δὲ οὕτως διὰ τοῦ ἴχνους πυκνῶς διάττωσι,
μη κατέχοντα κυνοδρομεῖν, ἵνα μὴ ὑπὸ φιλοτιμίας
ὑπερβάλλωσι τὰ ἴχνη.
, Y δὲ Ἅ x ^ l ^
Ἐπειδὰν δὲ περὶ τὸν λαγῶ ὦσι καὶ τοῦτο
^ ^ ,
ἐπιδεικνύωνται σαφῶς TQ kvviyyérn, προσέχειν,
^ ,
ὅπως àv μὴ ὑποκινῇ eis τὸ πρόσθεν πεφοβημένος
τὰς κύνας, αἱ δὲ διαρριπτοῦσαι τὰς οὐρὰς καὶ
1 1 have omitted ἢ ἐπιβοώσας here with Schneider.
3 εὗα twice Gesner: εὖ twice S. with the MSS.
3 πολλοὺς À : πολλοὺς πυκνοὺς BM : πολλοὺς kal πυκνοὺς S.
with Stephanus,
410
|
|
|
ON HUNTING, vi. 19-23
cannot see them though they are moving about some-
where near or sticking to the tracks, let him find
out by shouting as he runs past to anyone near,
*Hullo! have you seen the hounds?" As soon
as he has found out, let him stand near if they
are on the track, and cheer them on, running
through the hounds' names, using all the varia-
tions of tone he can produce, pitching his voice
high and low, soft and loud. Amongst other
calls, if the chase is in the mountains, let him sing
out, ** Oho, hounds, oho!" If they are not clinging
to the track, but are over-running, let him call them
20
in with, * Back, hounds, back with you!" As soon 21
as they are close on the tracks, let him cast them
round,? making many circles, and wherever they find
the track dim, let him stick a pole in the ground as
a mark, and beginning from this mark keep them
together until they. clearly recognise the track,
encouraging and coaxing them. — Assoon asthe track
is clea1. they will be off in hot pursuit, hurling them-
selves on it, jumping beside it, working together,
guessing, signalling to one another and setting
bounds for one another that they can recognise.
When they are thus scurrying in a bunch along
the track, let him follow up without pressing them,
or they may over-run the line through excess of zeal.
As soon as they are nearthe hare and give the
huntsman clear evidence of the fact, let him take care,
or in her terror of the hounds she will slip away and
be off. The hounds, wagging their tails, colliding and
! Imitating the call of the Bacchic revellers, **the Hounds
f Madness," on Mount Cithaeron.
* Nowadays hounds are left to make their own cast and
are only assisted when they fail to recover the line,
411
22
23
24
25
26
XENOPHON
ἑαυταῖς ἐμπίπτουσαι καὶ πολλὰ ὑπερπηδῶσαι καὶ
ἐπανακλαγγάνουσαι, ἐπαναίρουσαι τὰς κεφαλάς,
εἰσβλέπουσαι eis, τὸν κυνηγέτην, ἐπιγνωρίζουσαι
ἀληθῆ εἶναι ἤδη ταῦτα, ὑφ᾽ αὑτῶν ἀναστήσουσι
τὸν λαγῶ καὶ ἐπίασι κεκλαγγυῖαι. ἐὰν δὲ εἰς
τὰς ἄρκυς ἐμπίπτῃ ἢ ἔξω ἢ ἐντὸς παρενεχθῇ,
καθ᾽ ἕν ἕκαστον τούτων 0 ἀρκυωρὸς γεγωνείτω. καὶ
ἐὰν μὲν jj ἑαλωκώς, ἕτερον ἐπιζητεῖν: ἐὰν δὲ μή,
μεταθεῖν χρώμενον τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἐγκελεύμασιν.
᾿Επειδὰν δὲ μεταθέουσαι αἱ κύνες ἤδη ὑπόκοποι
ὦσι καὶ ἡ ὀψὲ ἤδη τῆς ἡμέρας, τότε δεῖ τὸν
κυνηγέτην τὸν λαγῷ ἀπειρηκότα ζητεῖν, μὴ
παραλείποντα μηδὲν ὧν ἡ γῆ ἀνίησιν ἢ ἔχει
ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτῆς, τὰς ἀναστροφὰς ποιούμενον πυκνάς,
ὅπως ἂν μὴ παραλειφθῇ' κατακλίνεται γὰρ ἐν
μικρῷ τὸ θηρίον καὶ οὐκ ἀνίσταται ὑπὸ κόπου
καὶ φόβου: τὰς κύνας ἐπαγόμενον, ἐγκελεύοντα,
παραμυθούμενον τὴν φιλάνθρωπον πολλά, τὴν
αὐθάδη ὀλίγα, τὴν μέσην μέτρια, ἕως ἂν ἢ
ἀποκτείνῃ αὐτὸν κατὰ πόδας ἢ εἰς τὰς ἄρκυς
ἐμβάλῃ.
Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα ἀνελόντα τὰς ἄρκυς καὶ τὰ
δίκτυα ἀνατρίψαντα τὰς κύνας ἀπιέναι ἐκ τοῦ
κυνηγεσίου, ἐπιμείναντα, ἐὰν 7) θερινὴ μεσημβρία,
ὅπως ἂν τῶν κυνῶν οἱ πόδες μὴ καίωνται ἐν τῇ
πορεία.
VII. Σκυλακεύειν δὲ αὐτὰς ἐπανιέντα τῶν
πόνων τοῦ χειμῶνος, ἵνα ἔχουσαι τὴν ἡσυχίαν
πρὸς τὸ ἔαρ ἐπάγωνται τὴν φύσιν γενναίαν" ἡ
γὰρ ὥρα πρὸς τὰς αὐξήσεις τῶν κυνῶν κρατίστη
αὕτη" εἰσὶ δὲ τετταρεσκαίδεκα ἡμέραι, ἐν αἷς ἡ
2 ἀνάγκη αὕτη ἔχει. ἄγειν δὲ καταπανομένας, ἵνα
412
ON HUNTING, vi. 23-vii. 2
frequently jumping over one another, and baying
loudly, with heads uplifted and glances at the hunts-
man, showing him plainly that they have the real thing
-now, will rouse the hare for themselves and go for
her,givingtongue. Ifshe plunges into the purse-nets 24
or bolts past them on the inside or outside, the net-
keeper must in each event make it known by
shouting. Ifshe is caught, look for another; if not,
continue the pursuit, using the same methods of
- . encouragement.
As soon as the hounds are getting tired of pursuing 25
and the day is far advanced, it is time for the hunts-
man to search for the hare, worn out as she is,
passing over nothing growing or lying on the ground,
retracing his steps continually for fear of an over-
- sight— since the animal rests in a small space and is
too tired and frightened to get up,—bringing the
- hounds along, encouraging and exhorting the gentle
- frequently, the wilful sparingly, the average sort in
moderation, until he kills her in a fair run or
drives her into the purse-nets.
- After this take up the purse-nets and! hayes, rub 26
down the hounds and leave the hunting-ground, after
waiting, if it be an afternoon in summer, in order
that the hounds' feet may not be overheated on the
road.
VII. For breeding purposes, relieve the bitches
of work in the winter, that the rest may help them
to produce a fine litter towards spring, which is the
best growing season for hounds. They are in heat
for fourteen days. Mate them with good dogs near 2
the end of the period, that they may the sooner
—— e i nqog qnc
ws cofepan an cam re mra
1 Where are the road-nets ἢ
413
XENOPHON
θᾶττον ἐγκύμονες γίγνωνται, πρὸς κύνας ἀγαθούς"
ἐπειδὰν δὲ ὦσιν ἐπίφοροι, μὴ ἐξάγειν ἐπὶ κυνηγέ-
σιον ἐνδελεχῶς, ἀλλὰ διαλείπειν, ἵνα μὴ φιλο-
3 πονίᾳ διαφθείρωσι. κυοῦσι δ᾽ 1 ἑξήκονθ᾽ ἡμέρας.
ἐπειδὰν δὲ γένηται τὰ σκυλάκια, ὑπὸ τῇ τεκούσῃ
ἐᾶν καὶ μὴ ὑποβάλλειν ὑφ᾽ ἑτέραν κύνα" αἱ γὰρ
θεραπεῖαι αἱ ἀλλότριαι οὐκ εἰσὶν αὔξιμοι: τὸ δὲ
τῶν μητέρων καὶ τὸ γάλα ἀγαθὸν καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα
4 καὶ αἱ περιβολαὶ φίλαι. ἐπειδὰν δὲ ἤδη mXa-
νᾶται τὰ σκυλάκια, διδόναι γάλα μέχρι ἐνιαυτοῦ
καὶ οἷς μέλλει τὸν ἅπαντα χρόνον βιώσεσθαι,
ἄλλο δὲ μηδέν: αἱ γὰρ βαρεῖαι πλησμοναὶ
τῶν σκυλακίων διαστρέφουσι τὰ 3 σκέλη, rois?
σώμασι νόσους ἐμποιοῦσι, καὶ τὰ ἐντὸς ἄδικα
γίγνεται. ridi
5 Τὰ δ᾽ ὀνόματα αὐταῖς τίθεσθαι βραχέα, iv
εὐανάκλητα ἧ. εἶναι δὲ χρὴ τοιάδε, Ψυχή,
Θυμός, Πόρπαξ, Στύραξ, Λόγχη, Λόχος, Φρουρά,
Φύλαξ, Τάξις, Ἐίφων, Φόναξ, Φλέγων, ᾿Αλκή,
Τεύχων, "Aes, Μήδας, Πόρθων, Σπέρχων, Οργή,
Ὁ δ.
Βρέμων, "Y βρις, Θάλλων, Ῥώμη, ᾿Ανθεύς, Ἥβα,
Γηθεύς, Χαρά, Λεύσσων, Αὐγώ, ἸΠολύς, Βία,
Στίχων, Σπουδή, Βρύας, Oivds, Στερρός, Κραύγη,,
Kaivov, Τύρβας, Σθένων, Αἰθήρ, ᾿Ακτίς, Αἰχμή,
Νόης, Γνώμη, Στίβων, Ὁ ρμή.
6 "Ayev δὲ τὰς σκύλακας ἐπὶ τὸ κυνηγέσιον
τὰς μὲν θηλείας ὀκταμήνους, τοὺς δὲ ἄρρενας
δεκαμήνους" πρὸς δὲ τὰ ἴχνη τὰ εὐναῖα μὴ λύειν,
1 κυοῦσι δ᾽ AB: κυοῦσιν S, with M.
? τὰ A: S omits with BM.
8. rois added from Arrian: S. omits.
414
ΝΥΝ ilta me ap —, ar, pnr RON C
ON HUNTING, vir. 2-6
become pregnant. When they are near their time
do not take them out hunting continually, but
only now and then, or love of work may result in a
i e. The period of gestation is sixty days.
After the birth of the puppies leave them with the 3
mother and do not place them under another bitch ;
for nursing by a foster mother does not promote
growth, whereas the mother's milk and breath do
them good, and they like her caresses. Assoonasthe 4
puppies can get about, give them milk for a year, and
the food that will form their regular diet, and nothing
else. For heavy feeding warps the puppies' legs and
sows the seeds of disease in the system, and their
insides go wrong.
Give the hounds short names, so as to be able 5
to cal to them easily. The following are the
right sort: Psyche, Thymus, Porpax, Styrax, Lonché,
Lochus, Phrura, Phylax, Taxis, Xiphon, Phonax,
Phlegon, Alcé, Teuchon, Hyleus, Medas, Porthon,
Sperchon, Orgé, Bremon, Hybris, Thallon, Rhomé,
Antheus, Hebe, Getheus, Chara, Leusson, Augo,
Polys, Bia, Stichon, Spudé, Bryas, Oenas, Sterrus,
Craugé, Caenon, Tyrbas, Sthenon, Aether, Actis,
Aechmé, Noés, Gnomé, Stibon, Hormé.!
Take the bitches to the hunting ground at eight 6
months, the dogs at ten. Do not slip them on the
1 The names are significant of the colour, strength, spirit,
sagacity or behaviour of the hounds. Hebe and Psyche are
still in the list of bitches' names, and modern equivalents
of several of the other names are in use, e.g. Lance
(Lonché), Sentinel (Phylax), Ecstasy (Chara), Blueskin
(Oenas), Crafty (Medas), Hasty (Sperchon), Vigorous (Thal-
lon), Impetus (Hormé), Counsellor (Noés), Bustler (dog) or
Hasty (bitch); cf. Sperchon. For Πολύς we should probably
read Πολεύς, ** Rover." :
415
XENOPHON
ἀλλ᾽ ἔχοντα ὑφημμένας μακροῖς ἱμᾶσιν ἀκο-
λουθεῖν ταῖς κυσὶν ἰχνευούσαις, ἐῶντα αὐτὰ — |
7 διατρέχειν τὰ ἰχνῆ. καὶ ἐπειδὰν ὁ λαγῶ.
εὑρίσκηται, ἐὰν μὲν καλαὶ ὦσι πρὸς τὸν δρόμον
τὰ εἴδη, μὴ ἀνιέναι εὐθύς: ἐπειδὰν δὲ προλάβῃ ᾿
ὁ λαγῶς τῷ δρόμῳ, ὥστε μὴ ἐφορᾶν ἔτι αὐτόν, ι
ὃ τὰς σκύλακας ἱέναι. ἐὰν γὰρ ὁμόθεν καλὰς ὰ
εἴδη οὔσας καὶ εὐψύχους πρὸς τὸν δρόμον ἐπιλύῃ, |
ὁρῶσαι τὸν λαγῶ ἐντεινόμεναι ῥήγνυνται, οὔπω
ἔχουσαι συνεστῶτα τὰ σώματα: διαφυλάττειν
9 οὖν δεῖ τοῦτο τὸν κυνηγέτην. ἐὰν δὲ αἰσχίους |
ὦσι πρὸς τὸν δρόμον, οὐδὲν κωλύει ἱέναι" εὐθὺξῤἠ
γὰρ δὴ ἀνέλπιστοι οὖσαι τοῦ ἑλεῖν οὐ πείσονται [
τοῦτο. τὰ δὲ δρομαῖα τῶν ἰχνῶν, ἕως ἂν ἕλωσι,͵ —
μεταθεῖν ἐ ἐᾶν" ἁλισκομένου δὲ τοῦ λαγῶ διδόναι —
Ι0 αὐταῖς κἀναρρηγνύναι. ἐπειδὰν δὲ μηκέτι θέλωσι |
προσμένειν [ταῖς ἄρκυσιν, 1 ἀχλ' ἀποσκεδαν- |
|
|
νύωνται, ἀναλαμβάνειν, ἕως ἂν ἐθισθῶσιν εὑρί- ͵
σκειν προσθέουσαι τὸν λαγῶ, μὴ οὐκ ἐν κόσμῳ.
ἀεὶ τοῦτον ξητοῦσαι τελευτῶσαν γίγνωνται j
ἔκκυνοι, πονηρὸν μάθημα. |
11 Πρὸς δὲ ταῖς ἄρκυσι διδόναι τὰ σιτία αὐταῖς, ἢ
ἕως ἂν νέαι ὦσιν, ὅταν ἀναιρῶνται, ἵν᾿ ἐὰν πλα- 4
᾿νηθῶσιν ἐ ἐν τῷ κυνηγεσίῳ δι᾽ ἀπειρίαν, πρὸς τοῦτο
ἐπανιοῦσαι σώξωνται. ἀφεθήσονται δὲ τούτου,
ὅταν ἤδη τῷ θηρίῳ ἔχωσι πολεμίως, ἐπιμέλειαν δὲ
1. The MSS. add τῷ ἴχνει after ἕλωσι above, but it is
rightly omitted by S. after Dindorf: here too ταῖς ἄρκυσιν
must b. omitted, or changed, with Richards, to τοῖς ἴχνεσιν.
1 But how is the hunter to know whetlrer the hounds are
on the trail leading to the form or on the track of a running
hare?
416
REED
ON HUNTING, vii. 6-11
trail that leads to the form, but keep them in long
leashes and follow the tracking hounds, letting the
youngsters run to and fro in the tracks.! As soon as
the hare is found, if they shape well for the run don't
let them go at once; but as soon as the hare has got
so far ahead in the run that they can't see her, send
themalong. Forifthe huntsman slips good looking, 8
plucky runners close to the hare, the sight of her
will cause them to strain themselves and crack,
since their bodies are not yet firm. 80 he
4-
should be very careful about this. But if they are 9
poor runners there is no reason why he should not
let them go, for as they have no hope of catching
the hare from the first, they will not meet with
this accident. On the other hand, let the young-
sters follow the track of the hare on the run
until they catch her; and when she is caught,
give her to them to break up. As soon as they
show reluctance to stick to it and begin scattering,
call them in, until they grow accustomed to keep
on till they find the hare, lest if they get into the
way of misbehaving when they seek her, they
end by becoming skirters—a vile habit.
Give them their food near the purse-nets so
long as they are young, while the nets are being
taken up, so that if they have gone astray in the
hunting ground, through inexperience, they may come
back safe for their meal. "This will be discontinued
when they come to regard the game as an enemy ;
? Not to eat. Some hunters object more or less strongly
to this injunction; but Beckford (Thoughts omn Hunting),
quoted by Blane, goes so far as to say, “1 think it but
reasonable to give the hounds a hare sometimes. I always
"— mine the last they killed, if I thought they deserved
er.
417
VOL. IL, P
11
12
e
XENOPHON
ποιήσονται τούτου μᾶλλον ἢ ἐκείνου $povritew.
χρὴ δὲ καὶ ὡς τὰ πολλὰ δεομέναις * διδόναι τὰ
ἐπιτήδεια ταῖς κυσὶν αὐτόν: ὅταν μὲν γὰρ μὴ 5
ἐνδεεῖς ὦσι, τούτου τὸν αἴτιον οὐκ ἴσασιν, ὅταν
δὲ ἐπιθυμοῦσαι λάβωσι, τὸν διδόντα στέργουσιν.
, VIL ᾿Ιχνεύεσθαι δὲ τοὺς λαγῶς, ὅταν νίφῃ
ὁ θεός, ὥστε ἠφανίσθαι τὴν γῆν" εἰ δ᾽ ἐνέσται
μελάγχιμα, δυσζήτηϊτος ἔσται. ἔστι δέ, ὅταν
μὲν ἐπινεφῇ 5 καὶ ἢ βόρειον, τὰ ἴχνη ἔξω πολὺν
χρόνον δῆλα' οὐ γὰρ ταχὺ συντήκεται" ἐὰν δὲ
νοτίον T€ ἢ καὶ ἥλιος ἐπιλάμπῃ, ολίγον Χρονον"
ταχὺ γὰρ διαχεῖται.
Ὅταν δ᾽ ἐπινίφῃ συνεχῶς, οὐδὲν δεῖ: ἐπικα:
λύπτει γάρ' οὐδ᾽ ἐὰν πνεῦμα 5j μέγα: συμφοροῦν
γὰρ τὴν χιόνα ἀφανίζει. κύνας μὲν οὖν οὐδὲν
δεῖ ἔχοντα ἐξιέναι ἐπὶ τὴν θήραν ταὐτὴν' ἡ γὰρ
χιὼν καίει τῶν κυνῶν τὰς ῥῖνας, τοὺς πόδας, τὴν
ὀσμὴν τοῦ λαγῷ ἀφανίζει διὰ τὸ ὑπέρπαγες"
λαβόντα δὲ τὰ δίκτυα μετ᾽ ἄλλου ἐλθόντα πρὸς
τὰ ὄρη παριέναι ἀπὸ τῶν ἔργων καὶ ἐπειδὰν
λάβῃ τὰ ἴχνη, πορεύεσθαι κατὰ ταῦτα. ἐὰν δ᾽
ἐπηλλαγμένα 75, ἐκ τῶν αὐτῶν πάλιν εἰς τὸ
αὐτὸ ἥκοντα κύκλους ποιούμενον ἐκπεριιέναι τὰ
τοιαῦτα, ζητοῦντα ὅποι ἔξεισι. πολλὰ δὲ πλα-
νᾶται ὁ λαγῶς ἀπορούμενος ὅπου κατακλιθῇ,
ἅμα δὲ καὶ εἴθισται τεχνάζειν τῇ βαδίσει διὰ
τὸ διώκεσθαι ἀεὶ ἀπὸ τῶν τοιούτων. ἐπειδὰν
δὲ φανῇ τὸ ἴχνος, προϊέναι εἰς τὸ πρόσθεν. ἄξει
δὲ ἢ πρὸς σύσκιον τόπον ἢ πρὸς ἀπόκρημνον"
τὰ γὰρ πνεύματα ὑπερφορεῖ τὴν χιόνα ὑπὲρ τῶν
1 δεομέναις A: S. omits with BM.
3 μὴ added by Gesner: S. omits.
418
ON HUNTING,; vii 1-vin. 4
they will be too intent on that to worry about their
food. As a rule when they are hungry the master
should feed the hounds himself; for when they are
not hungry they do not know to whom that is due;
but when they want food and get it, they love
the giver. *
VIII. Track the hare when it snows so hard that
the ground is covered; but if there are black spaces,
she will be hard to find. When it is cloudy and the
wind is in the north, the tracks lie plain on the
surface for a long time, because they melt slowly;
but only for a short time if the wind is south and
the sun shines, since they soon melt away.
But when it snows without stopping, don't
attempt it, since the tracks are covered ; nor when
there is a high wind, since they are buried in the
12
snowdrifts it causes. On no account have the hounds 2
out with you for this kind of sport, for the snow
freezes their noses and feet, and destroys the scent
of the hare owing to the hard frost. But take the
hayes, and go with a companion to the mountains,
passing over the cultivated land, and as soon as
the tracks are found, follow them. If they are 3
complicated, go back from the same ones to the same
place and work round in circles and examine them,
trying to find where they lead. The hare roams
about uncertain where to rest, and, moreover, it is
her habit to be tricky in her movements, because
she is constantly being pursued in this manner.
As soon as the track is clear, push straight 4
ahead. It will lead either to a thickly wooded
spot or to a steep declivity. For the gusts of wind
7 ἐπινεφῇ van Leeuwen: ἐπινίφῃ S. with the MSS.
419
-1
XENOPHON
τοιούτων. παραλείπεται οὖν εὐνάσιμα πολλά"
ζητεῖ δὲ τοῦτο. ἐπειδὰν δὲ τὰ ἴχνη πρὸς τὰ
τοιαῦτα φέρῃ, μὴ προσιέναι ἐγγύς, ἵνα μὴ
ὑποκινῇ, ἀλλὰ κύκλῳ ἐκπεριιέναι' ἐλπὶς γὰρ
αὐτοῦ εἶναι. δῆλον δ᾽ ἔσται' τὰ γὰρ ἴχνη ἀπὸ
τῶν τοιούτων οὐδαμοῦ περάσει. ἐπειδὰν δὲ ἡ
σαφὲς ὅτι αὐτοῦ ἐστίν, ἐᾶν" μενεῖ γάρ' ἕτερον
δὲ ξητεῖν, πρὶν τὰ ἴχνη ἄδηλα γενέσθαι, τῆς
ὥρας ἐνθυμούμενον, ὅπως ἂν καὶ ἑτέρους εὑρίσκῃ,
ἔσται ἡ λειπομένη ἱκανὴ περιστήσασθαι. ἥκοντος
δὲ τούτου περιτείνειν αὐτῶν ἑκάστῳ τὰ δίκτυα
τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον ὅνπερ ἐν τοῖς μελαγχίμοις,
περιλαμβάνοντα ἐντὸς πρὸς ὅτῳ ἂν ἢ, καὶ
ἐπειδὰν ἑστηκότα j, προσελθόντα: κινεῖν. ἐὰν
δὲ ἐκκυλισθῇ ἐκ τῶν δικτύων, μεταθεῖν κατὰ τὰ
ἔχνη" ὁ δὲ ἀφίξεται πρὸς ἕτερα τοιαῦτα χωρία,
ἐὰν μὴ ἄρα ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ χιόνι πιέσῃ ἑαυτόν.
σκεψάμενον οὖν δεῖ ὅπου ἂν ἡ περιίστασθαι.
ἐὰν δὲ μὴ ὑπομένῃ, μεταθεῖν: ἁλώσεται γὰρ καὶ
ἄνευ τῶν δικτύων: ταχὺ γὰρ ἀπαγορεύει διὰ
τὸ βάθος τῆς χιόνος καὶ διὰ τὸ κάτωθεν τῶν
ποδῶν λασίων ὄντων προσέχεσθαι αὐτῷ ὄγκον
πολύν.
ΙΧ. 'Evzi δὲ τοὺς νεβροὺς καὶ τὰς ἐλάφους
κύνας εἶναι ᾿Ινδικάς" εἰσὶ γὰρ ἰσχυραί, μεγάλαι,
ποδώκεις, οὐκ ἄψυχοι: ἔχουσαι δὲ ταῦτα ἱκαναὶ
γίγνονται πονεῖν. τοὺς μὲν οὖν νεογνοὺς τῶν
1. The object is to make sure whether the track really does
end there or not. fit does, he is to go on to seek another
hare. *'My father used to relate that in his student days
an old forester on his brother-in-law's estate, when he wanted
to make sure of supplying & hare for his master's visitors,
420
ON HUNTING, vii. 4-ix. 1
carry the snow over such places ; consequently many
resting-places'are left, and she looks for one of these.
As soon as the tracks lead to such a place, don't go 5
near, or she will move off, but go round and
! explore.! For she is probably there, and there
will be no doubt about the matter, since the
tracks will nowhere run out from such places.
: As soon as it is evident that she is there, 6
: leave her—for she will not stir—and look for
another before the tracks become obscure, and
take care, in case you find others, that you will have
| enough daylight left to surround them with nets.
When the time has come, stretch the hayes round 7
each of them in the same way as in places where
no snow lies, enclosing anything she may be near,
and as soon as they are up, approach and start her.
If she wriggles out of the hayes, run after her along 8
.the tracks. She will make for other places of the
same sort, unless indeed she squeezes herself into
the snow itself. Wherever she may be, mark the
place and surround it ; or, if she doesn't wait, continue
the pursuit. For she will be caught even without
the hayes; for she soon tires owing to the depth of
the snow, and because large lumps of it cling to the
bottom of her hairy feet.
IX. For hunting fawns and deer? use Indian?
hounds; for they are strong, big, speedy and plucky,
and these qualities render them capable of hard
Muxc-———.————— nane
would surround the hare's form in the early morning,
and the hare would not leave her form for hours." A Kórte
(Hermes, 1918, p. 317).
3 The red deer is meant. Hunting the calves immediately
after their birth seems ἃ poor game ; but no doubt they
were good eating.
* Thibet dogs, called by Grattius (159) Seres.
ἡ 421
yg rE crescentem
PII)
Me hn etia
XENOPHON
νεβρῶν τοῦ ἦρος θηρᾶν: ταύτην γὰρ τὴν ὥραν
γίγνονται. κατασκέψασθαι δὲ πρότερον προ-
ελθόντα εἰς τὰς ὀργάδας, οὗ εἰσιν ἔλαφοι πλεῖ-
σται: ὅπου δ᾽ ἂν ὦσιν, ἔχοντα τὸν κυναγωγὸν
τὰς κύνας καὶ ἀκόντια πρὸ ἡμέρας ἐλθόντα εἰς
τὸν τόπον τοῦτον τὰς μὲν κύνας δῆσαι ἄποθεν
ἐκ τῆς ὕλης, ὅπως μή, ἂν ἴδωσι τὰς ἐλάφους,
8 ὑλακτῶσιν, αὐτὸν δὲ σκοπιωρεῖσθαι. ἅμα δὲ
τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ὄψεται ἀγούσας τοὺς νεβροὺς πρὸς τὸν
τόπον, οὗ ἂν μέλλῃ ἑκάστη τὸν ἑαυτῆς εὐνάσειν.
κατακλίνασαι δὲ καὶ γάλα δοῦσαι καὶ διασκε-
ψάμεναι, μὴ ὁρῶνται ὑπό τινος, φυλάττει τὸν
ἑαυτῆς ἑκάστη ἀπελθοῦσα εἰς τὸ ἀντιπέρας.
ἰδόντα δὲ ταῦτα τὰς μὲν κύνας λῦσαι, αὐτὸν δὲ
λαβόντα ἀκόντια προϊέναι ἐπὶ τὸν νεβρὸν τὸν
πρῶτον, ὅπου εἶδεν εὐνασθέντα, τῶν τόπων
ἐνθυμούμενον, ὅπως μὴ διαμαρτήσεται: πολὺ γὰρ
ἀλλοιοῦνται τῇ ὄψει ἐγγὺς προσιόντε ἢ οἷοι
πόρρωθεν ἔδοξαν εἶναι. ἐπειδὰν δὲ i909 αὐτόν,
E e
προσιέναι ἐγγύς. ὁ ὃ ἕξει ἀτρέμα πιέσας ὡς
ἐπὶ γῆν καὶ ἐάσει ἀνελέσθαι, ἐὰν μὴ ἐφυσμένος
7, βοῶν μέγα. τούτου δὲ γενομένου οὐ μενεῖ"
ταχὺ γὰρ τὸ ὑγρόν, ὃ ἔχει ἐν ἑαυτῷ, ὑπὸ τοῦ
ψυχροῦ συνιστάμενον ποιεῖ ἀποχωρεῖν αὐτόν.
ἁλώσεται δὲ ὑπὸ τῶν κυνῶν σὺν πόνῳ. διωκό-
μενος: λαβόντα δὲ δοῦναι τῷ ἀρκυωρῷ" ὁ δὲ
βοήσεται: ἡ δ᾽ ἔλαφος τὰ μὲν ἰδοῦσα, τὰ δ᾽
ἀκούσασα ἐπιδραμεῖται τῷ ἔχοντι αὐτὸν ζητοῦσα
ἀφελέσθαι. ἐν δὲ τούτῳ τῷ καιρῷ ἐγκελεύειν ταῖς
κυσὶ καὶ χρῆσθαι τοῖς ἀκοντίοις. κρατήσαντα
δὲ τούτου πορεύεσθαι καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἄλλους καὶ
z À S Ξ ^ ;
τῷ αὐτῷ εἴδει πρὸς αὐτοὺς χρῆσθαι τῆς θήρας...
to
ν᾿».
σι
σ:
-1
422
ON HUNTING, ix. i7
work. Hunt the calves in spring, since they are
born atthat season. First go to the meadows and 2
reconnoitre, to discover where hinds are most plenti-
ful. Whereverthey are, letthe keeper ofthe hovnds!
with the hounds and javelins to this place
before daybreak and tie up the dogs to trees some
distance off, so that they may not catch sight of the
hinds and bark, and let him watch from a coign of
vantage. Atdaybreak he will see every dam leading 3
her fawn to the place where she means to lay it.
When they have put them down, suckled them, and
looked about to make sure that they are not seen, they
move away into the offing and watch their calves.
On seeing this, let him loose the dogs, and taking the 4
javelins approach the spot where he saw the nearest
fawn laid, carefully observing the positions so as not
to make a mistake, since they look quite different
when approached from what they seemed to be at ἃ
distance. As soon as he sees the fawn, let him go 5
close up to it. It will keep still, squeezing its body
tight against the ground, and will let itself be lifted,
bleating loudly, unless it is wet through, in which
case it will not stay, since the rapid condensation
of the moisture in its body by the cold causes it
. to make off. But it will be caught by the hounds 6
ifhotly pursued. Having taken it, let him give it to
thenet-keeper. It willcry out ; and the sight and the
sound between them will bring the hind running up
tothe holder, in heranxiety to rescue it. Thatisthe 7
moment to set the hounds on her, and ply the javelins.
Having settled this one, let him proceed to tackle
the rest, hunting them in the same manner.
! The **Keeper of hounds" has not been mentioned in
connection with hare hunting. Apparently he is the person
to whom all these instructions are addressed.
423
XENOPHON ,
8 Καὶ oí μὲν νέοι τῶν νεβρῶν οὕτως ἁλίσκονται"
οἱ δὲ ἤδη μεγάλοι χαλεπῶς: νέμονται γὰρ
μετὰ τῶν μητέρων καὶ ἑτέρων ἐλάφων: καὶ
ἀποχωροῦσιν, ὅταν διώκωνται, ἐν μέσαις, ὁτὲ
9 δὲ πρόσθεν, ἐν δὲ τῷ ὄπισθεν ὀλιγάκις. αἱ δ᾽
ἔλαφοι τὰς κύνας ὑπερ αὐτῶν ἀμυνόμεναι κατα-
πατοῦσιν: ὥστ᾽ οὐκ εὐάλωτοί εἰσιν, ἐὰν ιὴ
προσμείξας τις εὐθὺς διασκεδάσῃ αὐτὰς ἀπ’
10 ἀλλήλων, ὥ ὥστε μονωθῆναί τινα αὐτῶν. ᾿βιασθεῖσαι
δὲ τοῦτο τὸν μὲν πρῶτον δρόμον. αἱ κύνες ἀπολεί-
πονταῦ" ἥ Te γὰρ ἀπουσία τῶν ἐλάφων ποιεῖ
αὐτὸν περίφοβον τό τε τάχος οὐδενὶ ἐοικός ἐστι
τῶν τηλικούτων νεβρῶν" δευτέρῳ δὲ καὶ τρίτῳ
δρόμῳ ταχὺ ἁλίσκονται" τὰ γὰρ σώματα αὐτῶν
(ἃ τὸ ἔτι νεαρὰ εἶναι τῷ πόνῳ οὐ δύνανται
ἀντέχειν.
11 Ἵστανται δὲ καὶ ποδοστράβαι ταῖς ἐλάφοις
ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσι, περὶ τοὺς λειμῶνας καὶ τὰ ῥεῖθρα
καὶ τὰς νάπας ἐν ταῖς διόδοις καὶ τοῖς “ἔργοις,
12 πρὸς ὅ τι ἂν προσίῃ. χρὴ, δὲ εἶναι τὰς ποδο-
στράβας σμίχακος πεπλεγμένας, μὴ περιφλοίους,
ἵνα μὴ σήπωνται, τὰς δὲ στεφάνας εὐκύκλους
ἐχούσας, καὶ τοὺς ἥλους ἐναλλὰξ σιδηροῦς τε
καὶ ξυλίνους ἐγκαταπεπλεγμένους ἐν τῷ πλο-
κάνῳ" μείζους δὲ τοὺς σιδηροῦς, ὅπως ἂν οἱ μὲν
13 ξύλινοι ὑπείκωσι τῷ ποδί, οἱ δὲ πιέξωσε. τὸν
δὲ βρόχον τῆς σειρίδος τὸν ἐπὶ τὴν στεφάνην
ἐπιτεθησόμενον πεπλεγμένον σπάρτου καὶ αὐτὴν
τὴν σειρίδα" ἔστι γὰρ ἀσηπτότατον τοῦτο. ὁ δὲ
βρόχος αὐτὸς ἔστω στιφρὸς καὶ ἡ σειρίς" τὸ δὲ
ξύλον τὸ ἐξαπτόμενον ἔστω μὲν δρυὸς ἢ πρίνου,
424
to ΚΞ. ΝΥΝ συ τ ππππλῸΝ
ON HUNTING, ix. 8-13
Young fawns are caught by this method ; but big 8
ones are difficult to catch. | Forthey graze with their
dams and other deer; and when pursued they make
off in the midst of them, or sometimes in front, but
rarely inthe rear. The hinds trample on the hounds 9
in their efforts to defend their fawns ; consequently it
is not easy to catch them, unless a man gets amongst
them at once ἢ and scatters them, so that one of the
fawns is isolated. The result of this strain on the
hounds is that they are left behind in the first run ;
for the absence of the hinds fills the creature with
terror, and the speed of fawns at that age is without
parallel. But they are soon caught in the second or
third run, since their bodies are still too young to
stand the work. ;
Caltrops are set for deer in the mountains, about
meadows and streams and glades, in alleys and culti-
vated lands that they frequent. The caltrops should
be made of plaited yew, stripped of the bark, so as not
to rot They should have circular crowns, and the
nails should be of iron and wood alternately, plaited
into the rim,? the iron nails being the longer, so that
the wooden ones will yield to the foot and the others
hurt it. The noose of the cord to be laid on the
crown and the cord itself should be of woven sparto,?
since this is rot-proof. The noose itself and the
cord must be strong; and the clog attached must be
of common or evergreen oak, twenty-seven inches
: ! The author has omitted to explain how this is to be
one.
5 The **rim" (an unsatisfactory rendering) is the same
thing as the ** erown."
3 Yates (Textrinum Antiquorum) considers that sparío is
the Spanish broom (genista) and not the grass (stipa tenuissima)
now called esparto.
425
10
11
12
13
14
- 15
16
17
18
XENOPHON
μέγεθος τρισπίθαμον, περίφλοιον, πάχος πα-
λαιστῆς.
Ἱστάναι δὲ τὰς ποδοστράβας διελόντα τῆς γῆς
βάθος πεντεπάλαιστον, περιφερὲς δὲ τοῦτο καὶ
ἄνωθεν ἴ ἴσον ταῖς στεφάναις τῶν ποδοστραβῶν,
eis. δὲ τὸ κάτω ἀμειβόμενον στενότητι" διελεῖν δὲ
καὶ τῇ σειρίδι. καὶ τῷ ξύλῳ τῆς γῆς ὅσον ἵξεσθαι
ἀμφοῖν. ποιήσαντα δὲ ταῦτα ἐπὶ μὲν τὸ βάθος
τὴν ποδοστράβην ἐπιθεῖναι κατωτέρω ἰσόπεδον,
περὶ δὲ τὴν στέγην τὸν βρόχον τῆς “σειρίδος,
καὶ αὐτὴν καὶ τὸ ξύλον καθέντα εἰς τὴν χῴλαν
τὴν ἑκατέρου, τῇ στέγῃ ἐπιθεῖναι δοκίδας ἀτ
κτυλίδος μὴ ὑπερτεινούσας εἰς τὸ ἔξω, ἐπὶ δὲ
τούτων πέταλα λεπτά, ὧν ἂν ἡ ὥρα ἧ. μετὰ
δὲ τοῦτο τῆς γῆς ἐπιβαλεῖν ἐπ᾽ αὐτὰ πρῶτον μὲν
τὴν ἐπιπολῆς ἐξαιρεθεῖσαν ἐκ τῶν ὀρυγμάτων,
ἄνωθεν δὲ γῆς στερεᾶς τῆς ἄποθεν, ἵνα 7$ τῇ
ἐλάφῳ ὅτι μάλιστα ἄδηλος ἡ στάσις: τὴν δὲ
περιοῦσαν τῆς γῆς ἀποφέρειν πόρρω ἀπὸ τῆς
ποδοστράβης. ἐὰν γὰρ ὀσφραίνηται νεωστὶ
κεκινημένης. δυσωπεῖται" ταχὺ δὲ ποιεῖ τοῦτο.
ἐπισκοπεῖν δὲ ἔ ἔχοντα τὰς κύνας τὰς μὲν ἐν τοῖς
ὄρεσιν ἑστώσας, μάλιστα μὲν ἕωθεν, χρὴ δὲ καὶ
τῆς ἄλλης ἡμέρας, ἐν δὲ τοῖς ἔργοις πρωί. ἐν
μὲν γὰρ τοῖς ὄρεσιν οὐ μόνον τῆς νυκτὸς ἁλίσκον-
ται, ἀλλὰ καὶ μεθ᾽ ἡμέραν διὰ τὴν ἐρημίαν: ἐν
δὲ τοῖς ἔργοις τῆς νυκτὸς διὰ τὸ μεθ᾽ ἡμέραν
πεφοβῆσθαι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους.
᾿Επειδὰν δὲ εὕρῃ ἀνεστραμμένην τὴν ποδο-
στράβην, μεταθεῖν ἐπιλύσαντα τὰς κύνας καὶ
ἐπικελεύσαντα κατὰ τὸν ὁλκὸν τοῦ ξύλου, σκο-
πούμενον ὅπου ἂν φέρηται. ἔσται δὲ οὐκ ἄδηλον
426
ON HUNTING, 1x. 13-18
1 long, not stripped of the bark, and three inches
. thick.
To set the caltrops make a round hole in the 14
ground fifteen inches deep, of the same size at the
- top as the crowns of the traps, but tapering towards
. the bottom. Μακε shallow drills in the ground for
the cord and the οἷος toliein. Having done this lay 15
- the caltrop on the hole a little below the surface, and
level, and put the noose of the cord round the top.
Having laid the cord and the clog in their places, lay
spindle-wood twigs on the top, not letting them
stick out beyond the circle, and on these any light
leaves in season. Next throw some earth on them, 16
- beginning with the surface soil taken from the holes,
and on top of this some unbroken soil from a dis-
. tance, in order that the position may be completely
concealed from the deer. Remove any earth re-
maining over to a place some distance from the cal-
trop ; for if the deer smells earth recently disturbed,
it shies ; and it is notslow to smellit. Accompanied 17
by the hounds, inspect the traps set in the mountains,
preferably at daybreak (but it should be done also at
other times during the day), in the cultivated lands
- early. For in the mountains deer may be caught
in the daytime as well as at night owing to the
solitude; but on cultivated land only at night,
because they are afraid of human beings in the
daytime.
On coming across a ealtrop upset, slip the hounds, 18
give them a hark-forward, and follow along the
track of the clog, noticing which way it runs. That
! στέγην and (presently) στέγῃ A: στεφάνην and στεφάνῃ
S. with M.
427
19
20
XENOPHON
ἐπὶ τὸ πολύ' οἵ τε γὰρ λίθοι ἔσονται κεκινημένοι
τά T' ἐπισύρματα τοῦ ξύλου καταφανῆ ἐν τοῖς
ἔργοις" ἐὰν δὲ τραχεῖς τόπους διαπερᾷ, αἱ πέτραι
ἕξουσι τὸν φλοιὸν τοῦ ξύλου ἀφηρπασμένον καὶ
κατὰ τοῦτο ῥᾷους αἱ μεταδρομαὶ ἔσοντα.
᾿Εὰν μὲν οὖν τοῦ προσθίου ποδὸς ἁλῷ, ταχὺ
ληφθήσεται' ἐν γὰρ τῷ δρόμῳ πᾶν τὸ σῶμα
τύπτει καὶ τὸ πρόσωπον: ἐὰν δὲ τοῦ ὄπισθεν,
ἐφελκόμενον. τὸ ξύλον ἐμποδὼν ὅλῳ ἐστὶ τῷ
σώματι: ἐνίοτε δὲ καὶ. εἰς δικρόας τῆς ὕλης
ἐμπίπτει φερόμενον, καὶ ἐὰν μὴ ἀπορρήξῃ τὴν
σειρίδα, καταλαμβάνεται αὐτοῦ. χρὴ δ᾽ ἐὰν
οὕτως ἕλῃ ἢ περιγενόμενος πόνῳ, μὴ προσιέναι
ἐγγύς" τοῖς γὰρ κέρασι παίει ἐὰν μὲν ἡ ἄρρην,"
καὶ τοῖν ποδοῖν: ἐὰν δὲ θήλεια τοῖν ποδοῖν.
ἄποθεν οὖν ἀκοντίζειν. :
᾿Αλίσκονται δὲ καὶ ἄνευ ποδοστράβης διωκό-
μεναι, ὅταν ἦ ἡ ὥρα θερινή: ἀπαγορεύουσι γὰρ
σφόδρα, ὥστε ἑστῶσαι ἀκοντίζονται' ῥιπτοῦσι
δὲ καὶ εἰς τὴν θάλατταν, ἐὰν κατέχωνται, καὶ εἰς
τὰ ὕδατα ἀπορούμεναι' ὁτὲ δὲ διὰ δύσπνοιαν
πίπτουσι.
X. Πρὸς δὲ τὸν ὗν τὸν ἄγριον κεκτῆσθαι κύνας
Ἰνδικάς, Κρητικάς, Λοκρίδας, Λακαίνας, ἄρκυς,
ἀκόντια, προβόλια, ποδοστράβας. πρῶτον μὲν
οὖν χρὴ εἶναι τὰς κύνας ἑκάστου ? γένους μὴ τὰς
ἐπιτυχούσας, ἵνα ἕτοιμαι ὧσι πολεμεῖν τῷ θηρίῳ.
αἱ δὲ ἄρκυς λίνων μὲν τῶν αὐτῶν ὧνπερ αἱ τῶν
λαγῶν, ἔστωσαν δὲ πεντεκαιτετταρακοντάλινοι
1 (y μὲν ἢ ἄρρην follows πόνῳ in S. and the MSS.: Diels
saw that it belongs here: M has τοῖς ποσίν and omits ἐὰν δὲ
θήλεια τοῖν ποδοῖν by oversight ; and so S.
428
ON HUNTING, ix. 18-x. 2
will be clear enough for the most part : for the stones
will be displaced and the trail of the clog will be
obvious in the cultivated ground; and if the deer
crosses rough places, there will be fragments of bark
torn from the clog on the rocks, and the pursuit will
be all the easier.
If the deer is caught by the fore-foot it will soon
be taken, as it hits every part of its body and its
face with the clog during the run; or if by the hind-
leg, the dragging ofthe clog hampers the whole body ;
and sometimes it dashes into forked branches of
trees, and unless it breaks the cord, is caught on the
spot. But, whether you catch it in this way or by
wearing it out, don't go near it; for it will butt, if
it's a stag, and kick, and if it's a hind, it will kick.
So throw javelins at it from a distance.
In the summer months they are also caught by
pursuit without the aid of a caltrop; for they get
dead beat, so that they are hit standing. When
hard pressed, they will even plunge into the sea and
into pools in their bewilderment; and occasionally
they drop from want of breath.
X. For hunting the wild boar provide yourself
with Indian, Cretan, Locrian and Laconian ! hounds,
boar nets, javelins, spears and caltrops. n the first
place the hounds of each breed must be of high quality,
that they may be qualified to fight the beast. The
nets must be made of the same flax as those used for.
hares, of forty-five threads woven in three strands,
1 i2. Laconian hounds of the Castorian variety ; see
c. iii. $ 5.
* ἑκάστου from the text as quoted by Aristides: ἐκ τούτου
τοῦ S. with the MSS. .
429
2
M
XENOPHON
ἐκ τριῶν τόνων, ἕκαστος δὲ τόνος ἐκ πεντεκαίδεκα
λίνων, ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ κορυφαίου τὸ μέγεθος δεχάμ-
ματοι, τὸ δὲ βάθος τῶν βρόχων πυγόνος" οἱ δὲ
περίδρομοι ἡμιόλιοι τοῦ τῶν ἀρκύων πάχους" ἐπ᾽
ἄκροις δὲ δακτυλίους ἐχέτωσαν, ὑφείσθωσαν δ᾽
7, ^
ὑπὸ τοὺς βρόχους, τὸ δὲ ἄκρον αὐτῶν ἐκπεράτω
y ὃ ^ ^ ὃ / "- NE δὲ | (ὃ i
ἔξω διὰ τῶν δακτυλίων'" ἱκαναὶ 1 δὲ πεντεκαίδεκα.
,
Τὰ δὲ ἀκόντια ἔστω παντοδαπά, ἔχοντα τὰς
, , ^ N , € , X
λόγχας εὐπλατεῖς καὶ ξυρήκεις, ῥάβδους δὲ
΄ 3 j , ^ j ΩΣ
στιφράς. τὰ δὲ προβόλα πρῶτον μὲν λόγχας
ἔχοντα τὸ μὲν μέγεθος πεντεπαλαίστους, κατὰ δὲ
μέσον τὸν αὐλὸν κνώδοντας ἀποκεχαλκευμένους,
στιφρούς, καὶ τὰς ῥάβδους κρανείας δορατοπαχεῖς"
αἱ δὲ ποδοστράβαι ὅμοιαι ταῖς τῶν ἐλάφων.
συχκυνηγέται δ᾽ ἔστωσαν' τὸ γὰρ θηρίον μόλις
ς ^ ^ tS. 7 [4 bi ^ ,
καὶ ὑπὸ πολχῶν ἁλίσκεται. ὅπως δὲ δεῖ τούτων
ἑκάστῳ χρῆσθαι πρὸς θήραν, διδάξω.
Πρῶτον μὲν οὖν χρὴ ἐλθόντας οὗ ἂν οἴωνται 3
ὑπάγειν τὸ κυνηγέσιον, λύσαντας μίαν τῶν
^ ^ ^ N ? ν'
κυνῶν τῶν Λακαινῶν, τὰς δ᾽ ἄλλας ἔχοντας δεδε-
μένας συμπεριιέναι τῇ κυνί. ἐπειδὰν δὲ λάβῃ
αὐτοῦ τὰ ἴχνη, ἕπεσθαι ἑξῆς τῇ ἰχνεύσει ἡγου-
μένῃ ἀκολουθοῦντας σαφῶς. ἔσται δὲ καὶ τοῖς
κυνηγέταις πολλὰ δῆλα αὐτοῦ, ἐν μὲν τοῖς μαλα-
1 ἱκανοὶ S. with A.
3 εἶναι which S. and the MSS. add after οἴωνται was
removed'by Pierleoni.
8 ἀκολουθοῦντας σαφῶς Α : ἀκολουθίᾳ S. with B: ἀκολου-
θίαν Μ.
1 This means, I believe, ten meshes, so that the net would
be about 150 inches high. Otto Manns (Über die Jagd bei den
430
ON HUNTING, x. 2-5
each strand containing fifteen threads. The height
should be ten knots, counted from the top,! and the
depths of the meshes fifteen inches. The ropes at .
top and bottom must be half as thick again as the
nets. There must be metal rings at the elbows, and
the ropes must be inserted under the meshes, and
. their ends must pass out through the rings.? Fifteen
nets are sufficient.?
The javelins must be of every variety, the blades 3
broad and keen, and the shafts strong. The spears
must have blades fifteen inches long, and stout teeth
at the middle of the socket, forged in one piece but
standing out ; and their shafts must be of cornel wood,
as thick as a military spear. The caltrops must be
similar to those used in hunting deer. There must
be several huntsmen, for the task of capturing the
beast is no light one even for a large number of men.
I will now explain how to use each portion of the
outfit in hunting.
First then, when the company reach the. place 4
where they suppose the game to lurk, let them slip
one of the Laconian hounds, and taking the others
in leash, go round the place with the hound. As5
soon as she has found his tracks, let the field follow,
one behind another, keeping exactly to the line of
the track, The huntsmen also will find many evi-
Grieschen), however, thinks that the net was five feet high only,
i.e. four meshes (cf. c. iv. 8 5) ; but (1) it is hard to see how
* four meshes" can be got out of *'ten knots," and (2) the
** bosom " (see ὃ 7) requires a considerably greater height than
five feet.
3 The ends of the upper ropes appear to have been used
for fastening the nets together.
ü It is strange that the author does not state the length of
e nets.
431
ce
-1
ιδύσορμα, ἵνα εἰς τὰς ἄρκυς ποιῆται τὸν δρόμον
XENOPHON
^ ^ / » 2 b! ^ 7 ^
κοῖς τῶν χωρίων τὰ ἴχνη, ἐν δὲ τοῖς λασίοις τῆς
[4 , v 2 E , 3 ^
ὕλης κλάσματα' ὅπου δ᾽ ἂν δένδρα 9, πληγαὶ
"n , , ς , , M ^ » ,
τῶν ὀδόντων. ἡ δὲ κύων ἐπὶ τὸ πολὺ ἀφίξεται
τόπον ὑλώδη ἰχνεύουσα. κατακλίνεται γὰρ τὸ
θηρίον ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολὺ εἰς τοιαῦτα" τοῦ μὲν γὰρ
χειμῶνός ἐστὶν ἀλεεινά, τοῦ δὲ θέρους ψυχεινά.
ἐπειδὰν δ᾽ ἀφίκηται ἐπὶ τὴν εὐνήν, ὑλακτεῖ: ὁ δ΄
οὐκ ἀνίσταται ὡς τὰ πολλά. λαβόντα οὖν τὴν —
κύνα καὶ ταύτην μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων δῆσαι ἄποθεν
, Ν ^ T. δ ' N » M [4 ; ΄
ἀπὸ τῆς εὐνῆς πολὺ καὶ εἰς τοὺς ὅρμους ἐμβάλ- —
λεσθαι τὰς ἄρκυς, ἐπιβάλλοντα τοὺς βρόχου.
ἐπὶ ἀποσχαλιδώματα τῆς ὕλης δικρᾶ' τῆς δὲ
ἄρκυος αὐτῆς μακρὸν προήκοντα κόλπον ποιεῖν,
ἀντηρίδας ἔνδοθεν ἑκατέρωθεν ὑφιστάντα κλῶνας,
ὅπως ἂν εἰς τὸν κόλπον διὰ τῶν βρόχων αἱ αὐγαὶ
τοῦ φέγγους ὡς μάλιστα ἐνέχωσιν, ἵνα mpog-
θέοντι ὡς φανότατον ἢ τὸ ἔσω" καὶ τὸν περί-
Opouov ἐξάπτειν ἀπὸ δένδρου ἰσχυροῦ καὶ μὴ ἐκ
ῥάχου: συνέχονται γὰρ ἐν τοῖς ψιλοῖς αἱ ῥᾶχοι.
ὑπὲρ δὲ ἑκάστης ἐμφράττειν τῇ ὕλῃ καὶ τὰ
μὴ ἐξαλλάττων. :
,
᾿Επειδὰν δὲ στῶσιν, ἐλθόντας πρὸς τὰς κύνας
λῦσαι ἁπάσας καὶ λαβόντας τὰ ἀκόντια καὶ τὰ
-, , , ^
προβόλια προϊέναι. ἐγκελεύειν δὲ ταῖς κυσν
ἕνα τὸν ἐμπειρότατον, τοὺς δ᾽ ἄλλους ἕπεσθαι.
, , , xz δ , Ao 1
κοσμίως ἀπολείποντας ἀπ ἀλλήλων πολύ, ὅπως |
ἂν ἦ αὐτῷ ἱκανὴ διαδρομή: ἐὰν γὰρ ὑποχωρῶν
, ^
ἐμπέσῃ eis πυκνούς, κίνδυνος πληγῆναι" ᾧ γὰρ
5
ἂν προσπέσῃ, εἰς τοῦτον τὴν ὀργὴν κατέθετο.
πα γὴν ὌΝ ας ΝΟ
1 The text is doubtful. 1 πον think συγκλῶνται probable
for συνέχονται.
432
ON HUNTING, x. 5-8
dences of the quarry, the tracks in soft ground, broken
branches where the bushes are thick, and marks of
his tusks wherever there are trees. The hound 6
following the track will, as a rule, arrive at a well-
wooded spot. For the beast usually lies in such
places, since they.are warm in winter and cool
in summer, Ás soon as the hound reaches the lair,
she will bark. But in most cases the boar will not 7
get up. So take the hound and tie her up with the
others at a good distance from the lair, and havg the
nets put up in the convenient anchorages, hanging
the meshes on forked branches of trees. Out of
the net itself make a long projecting bosom, putting
sticks inside to prop it up on both sides, so that the
light of day may penetrate as much as possible into
the bosom through the meshes, in order that the
interior may be as light as possible when the boar
rushes at it. Fasten the (lower) rope to a strong
tree, not to a bush, since the bushes give way at
the bare stem.! Wherever there is a gap between a
.net and the ground,? fill in the places that afford no
anchorage with wood, in order that the boar may
rush into the net, and not slip out.
As soon as they are in position, let the party goto 8
the hounds and loose them all, and take the javelins
and the spears and advance. Let one man, the
most experienced, urge on the hounds, while the
others follow in regular order, keeping well behind
one another, so that the boar may have a free pas-
sage between them ; for should he beat a retreat and
dash into a crowd, there is a risk of being 'gored,
since he spends his rage on anyone he encounters.
3 The text is again uncertain, but the sense is clear. I
incline to ὑπὸ δ᾽ ἑκάστην
433
9
10
11
12
XENOPHON
᾽ a e , , A ^ n^ » ^
Ἐπειδὰν δὲ αἱ κύνες ἐγγὺς ὦσι τῆς εὐνῆς,
ἐπεισίασι' θορυβούμενος δ᾽ ἐξαναστήσεται, καὶ
ἥτις ἂν τῶν κυνῶν προσφέρηται αὐτῷ πρὸς τὸ
πρόσωπον, ἀναρρίψει: θέων δ᾽ ἐμπεσεῖται" ἐὰν
δὲ μή, μεταθεῖν ἀνάγκη. καὶ ἐὰν μὲν ἡ τὸ
χωρίον καταφερές, ἐν ᾧ ἂν ἔχῃ αὐτὸν ἡ ἄρκυς,
ταχὺ ἐξαναστήσεται. ἐὰν δὲ ἄπεδον, εὐθὺς
ἑστήξει περὶ αὑτὸν ἔχων. ἐν τούτῳ δὲ τῷ
καιρῷ αἱ μὲν κύνες προσκείσονται: αὐτοὺς δὲ
χρὴ φυλαττομένους αὐτὸν ἀκοντίζειν καὶ λίθοις
βάλλειν, περιισταμένους ὄπισθεν καὶ πολὺ ἄποθεν,
ἕως ἂν κατατείνῃ προωθῶν αὑτὸν τῆς ἄρκυος τὸν
περίδρομον. εἶτα ὅστις ἂν ἦ τῶν παρόντων
ἐμπειρότατος καὶ ἐγκρατέστατος, προσελθόντα
ἐκ τοῦ πρόσθεν τῷ προβολίῳ παίειν. ἐὰν δὲ μὴ
βούληται ἀκοντιζόμενος καὶ βαλλόμενος κατα-
τεῖναι τὸν περίδρομον, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπανιεὶς ἔχῃ πρὸς
τὸν προσιόντα περιδρομὴν ποιούμενος, ἀνάγκη,
ὅταν οὕτως ἔχῃ, λαβόντα τὸ προβόλιον προσ-
, » - , , ^ ^ P1 * ^ , ,
ἰέναι, ἔχεσθαι δ᾽ αὐτοῦ τῇ μὲν χειρὶ τῇ ἀρι-
στερᾷ πρόσθεν, τῇ δ᾽ ἑτέρᾳ ὄπισθεν: κατορθοῖ
^ € * LH ^ , , ες ^ , ,
γὰρ ἡ μὲν ἀριστερὰ αὐτὸ, ἡ δὲ δεξιὰ ἐπεμβάλλει:
ἔμπροσθεν δὲ ὁ ποὺς ὁ μὲν ἀριστερὸς ἑπέσθω τῇ
χειρὶ τῇ ὁμωνύμῳ, ὁ δὲ δεξιὸς τῇ ἑτέρᾳ: προσ-
, ji L4 M , ^ ^
ἰόντα δὲ προβάλλεσθαι τὸ προβόλιον μὴ πολλῷ
μείζω διαβάντα ἢ ἐν πάλῃ, ἐπιστρέφοντα τὰς
πλευρὰς τὰς εὐωνύμους ἐπὶ τὴν χεῖρα τὴν εὐώνυ-
μον, εἶτα εἰσβλέποντα εἰς τὸ ὄμμα τοῦ θηρίου,
ἐνθυμούμενον τὴν κίνησιν τὴν ἀπὸ τῆς κεφαλῆς
^ , / , δὲ M )À. Aa E
τῆς ἐκείνου. προσφέρειν δὲ τὸ προβόλιον φυλατ
τόμενον, μὴ ἐκκρούσῃ ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν τῇ κεφαλῇ
ἐκνεύσας" τῇ γὰρ ῥύμῃ τῆς ἐκκρούσεως ἕπεται.
434
ON HUNTING, x. 9-12
As soon as the hounds are near the lair, they will 9
goforhim. The noise will cause him to get up, and
he wil toss any hound that attacks him in front.
He will run and plunge into the nets; or if not, you
must pursue him. If the ground where he is caught
in the net is sloping, he will quickly get up; if it is
level, he will immediately stand still, intent on him-
self At this moment the hounds will press their
attack, and the huntsmen must fling their javelins at
him warily, and pelt him with stones, gathering round
behind and a good way off, till he shoves hard enough
to pull the rope of the nettight. Then let the most
experienced and most powerful man in the field
approach him in front and thrust his spear into him.
If, in spite of javelins and stones, he refuses to pull
the rope tight, but draws back, wheels round and
marks his assailant, in that case the man must
approach him spear in hand, and grasp it with the
left in front and the right behind, since the left
steadies while the right drives it. The left foot
must follow the left hand forward, and the right
foot the other hand. As he advances let him hold
the spear before him, with his legs not much further
apart than in wrestling, turning the left side towards
the left hand, and then watching the beasts eye
and noting the movement of the fellow's head.
Let him present the spear, taking care that the
boar doesn't knock it out of his hand with a jerk of
his head, since he follows up the impetus of the
435
10
13
14
15
16
17
18
XENOPHON
παθόντα δὲ τοῦτο πίπτειν δεῖ ἐπὶ στόμα. καὶ
ἔχεσθαι τῆς ὕλης κάτωθεν' τὸ yàp. θηρίον ἐὰν
μὲν οὕτως ἔχοντι προσπέσῃ, διὰ τὴν σιμότητα
τῶν ὀδόντων τὸ σῶμα οὐ δύναται ὑπολαβεῖν'
ἐὰν δὲ μετεώρῳ, ἀνάγκη πληγῆναι. πειρᾶται
μὲν οὖν μετεωρίζξειν. ἐὰν δὲ μὴ δύνηται, ἀμφιβὰς
πατεῖ. ἀπαλλαγὴ δὲ τούτων μία ἐστὶ μόνη,
ὅταν ἐν τῇ ἀνάγκῃ ταύτῃ ἔχηται, προσελθόντα
ἐγγὺς τῶν ,συγκυνηγετῶν ἕνα ἔχοντα προβόλιον
ἐρεθίξειν. ὡς ἀφήσοντα' ἀφιέναι δὲ οὐ χρή, μὴ
τύχῃ τοῦ πεπτωκότας. ὅταν δὲ ἴδῃ τοῦτο, κατα-
λιπὼν ὃν à ἂν ἔχη ὑφ᾽ αὑτῷ ἐπὶ τὸν ἐρεθίζοντα ὑ ὑπ᾽
ὀργῆς καὶ θυμοῦ ἐπιστρέψει. τὸν δὲ ταχὺ ἀνα-
πηδᾶν, τὸ δὲ προβόλιον μεμνῆσθαι “ἔχοντα ἀνί-
στασθαι' οὐ γὰρ καλὴ ἡ σωτηρία ἄλλως ἢ
κρατήσαντι. προσφέρειν. δὲ πάλιν τὸν αὐτὸν
τρόπον καὶ προτεῖναι ἐντὸς τῆς ὠμοπλάτης, 3) ἡ
σφαγή, καὶ ἀντερείσαντα ἔχειν. ἐρρωμένως" ὁ δ᾽
ὑπὸ τοῦ μένους πρόεισι, καὶ εἰ μὴ κωλύοιεν οἱ
κνώδοντες τῆς λόγχης, ἀφίκοιτ᾽ ἂν διὰ τῆς
ῥάβδου προωθών αὑτὸν πρὸς τὸν τὸ προβόλιον
ἔχοντα.
Οὕτω δὲ πολλὴ ἡ δύναμίς ἐστιν αὐτοῦ, ὥστε
καὶ ἃ οὐκ ἂν οἴοιτό τις πρόσεστιν αὐτῷ" τε-
θνεῶτος γὰρ εὐθὺς ἐάν τις ἐπὶ τὸν ὀδόντα ἐπιθῇ
τρί ας, συντρέχουσιν' οὕτως εἰσὶ θερμοί: ζῶντι
δὲ διάπυροι, ὅταν ἐρεθίξηται" οὐ γὰρ ἂν τῶν
κυνῶν ἁμαρτάνων τῇ πληγῇ τοῦ σώματος ἄκρα
τὰ τριχώματα περιεπίμπρα. ; ;
μὲν οὖν ἄρρην τοσαῦτα kai ἔτι πλείω
436
ON HÜNTING, x. 12-18
sudden knock. In case this accident should happen,
the man must fall on his face and clutch the
undergrowth beneath him, for, if the beast attacks
him in this position, he is unable to lift the man's
body owing to the upward curve of his tusks; but if
his body is off the ground, the man is certain to be
gored. Consequently the boar tries to lift him up,
and, if he cannot, he stands over and tramples on
him. For a man in this critical situation there is
only one escape from these disasters. One of his
fellow huntsmen must approach with a spear and
provoke the boar by making as though he would
hurl it; but he must not hurl it, or he may hit the
man on the ground. On seeing this the boar will
leave the man under him and turn savagely and
furiously on his tormentor. The other must jump up
instantly, remembering to keep his spear in his hand as
he rises, for safety without victory is not honourable.
He must again present the spear in the same way as
before, and thrust it inside the shoulder-blade where
the throat is, and push with all his might. The
enraged beast will come on, and but for the teeth of
the blade, would shove himself forward along the
shaft far enough to reach the man holding the
spear.
His strength is so great that he has some peculiar
properties which one would never imagine him to
possess. Thus, if you lay hairs on his tusks im-
mediately after he is dead, they shrivel up, such is
the heat of the tusks. While he is alive they become
intensely hot whenever he is provoked, or the
surface of the hounds' coats would. not be singed
when he tries to gore them and misses,
All this trouble, and even more, the male animal
437
13
16
17
18
19
21
22
: ΧΕΝΟΡΗΟΝ
Fr nim παρασχὼν ἁλίσκεται. ἐὰν δὲ θήλεια
ἢ ἡ ἐμπεσοῦσα, ἐπιθέοντα παίειν φυλαττόμενον
μὴ ὠσθεὶς πέσῃ" παθόντα δὲ τοῦτο πατεῖσθαι
ἀνάγκη καὶ δάκνεσθαι. ἑκόντα οὖν οὐ χρὴ ὑποπί-
πτειν" ἐὰν δὲ ἄκων ἔλθῃ εἰς τοῦτο, διαναστάσεις
γίγνονται αἱ αὐταὶ ὥσπερ ἐπὶ τοῦ ἄρρενος"
ἐξαναστάντα δὲ δεῖ παίειν τῷ προβολίῳ, ἕως
ἂν ἀποκτείνῃ.
᾿Αλίσκονται δὲ καὶ ὧδε. ἵστανται μὲν αὐτοῖς
αἱ ἄρκυς ἐπὶ τὰς διαβάσεις τῶν ναπῶν εἰς τοὺς
δρυμούς, τὰ ἄγκη, τὰ τραχέα, ἡἧ εἰσβολαί εἰσιν
εἰς τὰς ἠὀργάδας καὶ τὰ ἕλη καὶ τὰ ὕδατα. ὁ δὲ
τεταγμένος ἔχων τὸ προβόλιον φυλάττει τὰς
ἄρκυς. οἱ δὲ τὰς κύνας ἐπάγουσι τοὺς τόπους
ζητοῦντες τοὺς καλλίστους" ἐπειδὰν δὲ εὑρεθῇ,
διώκεται. ἐὰν οὖν εἰς τὴν ἄρκυν ἐμπίπτῃ, τὸν
ἀρκυωρὸν ἀναλαβόντα τὸ προβόλιον προσιέναι
καὶ χρῆσθαι ὡς εἴρηκα" ἐὰν δὲ μὴ “ἐμπέσῃ, μετα-
θεῖν. ἁλίσκεται δὲ καὶ ὅταν ἢ πνίγη, διωκόμενος
ὑπὸ τῶν κυνῶν" τὸ yàp. θηρίον καίπερ ὑπερ-
βάλλον δυνάμει ἀπαγορεύει ὑπέρασθμον γιγνό-
μενον. ἀποθνήσκουσι δὲ κύνες πολλαὶ ἐν τῇ
τοιαύτῃ θήρᾳ καὶ αὐτοὶ οἱ κυνηγέται, κινδυνεύ-
ουσιν, ὅταν γεῖ ἐν ταῖς μεταδρομαῖς ἀπειρηκότι
ἀναγκάζωνται προσιένας τὰ προβόλια ἢ ἢ ἐν ὕδατι
ὄντι ἢ ἐφεστῶτι " πρὸς ἀποκρήμνῳ ἢ ἐκ δασέος
μὴ θέλοντι ἐξιέναι" οὐ. γὰρ κωλύει αὐτὸν οὔτε
ἄρκυς οὔτε ἄλλο οὐδὲν φέρεσθαι ὁμόσε τῷ
πλησιάζοντι" ὅμως μέντοι προσιτέον, ὅταν ἔχῃ
οὕτως, καὶ ἐπιδεικτέον τὴν εὐψυχίαν, δ ἣν
εἵλοντο ἐκπονεῖν τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν ταύτην. Xpn-
στέον δὲ τῷ προβολίῳ xal rais προβολαῖς τοῦ
438
-—A—
cttm —
τοῖο Ασα Cot Done rj
ond
ON HUNTING, x. 18-22
causes before he is caught. If the creature in the
toils is ἃ sow, run up and stick her, taking care not
to be knocked down. Such an accident is bound
to result in your being trampled and bitten. So
don't fall under her, if you can help it. If you
get into that position unintentionally, the same aids
to rise that are used to assist a man under a boar
are employed. When on your feet again, you must
ply the spear until you kill her.
Another way of capturing them is as ; follows.
The nets are set up for them at the passages from
glens into oak coppices, dells and rough places, on
the outskirts of meadows, fens and sheets of water.
The keeper, spear in hand, watches the nets. The
huntsmen take the hounds and search for the likeliest
places. As soon as the boar is found, he is pursued.
1f he falls into the net, the net-keeper must take 20
his spear, approach the boar, and use it as I have
explained. The boar is also captured, in hot weather,
when pursued by the hounds ; for in spite of his pro-
digious strength, the animal tires with hard breath-
ing. Many hounds are killed in this kind of sport, 21
and the huntsmen themselves run risks, whenever in
the course of the pursuit they are forced to approach
a boar with their spears in their hands, when he is
tired or standing in water or has posted himself by a
steep declivity or is unwilling to come out ofa thicket ;
for neither net nor anything else stops him from
rushing at anyone coming near him. Nevertheless
approach they must in these circumstances, and
show the pluck that led them to take up this
hobby. They must use the spear and the forward 22
1 ye Pierleoni: δὲ S. with the MSS.
3 ἐφεστῶτι À: ἀφεστῶτι S. with BM.
439
23
t2
XENOPHON
σώματος ὡς εἴρηται" εἰ “γάρ τι kal πάσχοι, οὐκ
ἂν διά γε τὸ μὴ" ὀρθῶς ποιεῖν πάσχοι.
Ἵστανται δὲ αἱ ποδοστράβαι αὐτοῖς ὥσπερ
ταῖς ? ἐλάφοις ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς τόποις, καὶ ἐπισκέ-
Weis αἱ αὐταὶ καὶ μεταδρομαὶ καὶ αἱ πρόσοδοι
καὶ αἱ χρεῖαι τοῦ προβολίου.
Τὰ δὲ νεογενῆ αὐτῶν ὅταν ἁλίσκηται, χαλεπῶς
τοῦτο πάσχει" οὔτε γὰρ μονοῦται, ἕως ἂν μικρὰ
ἦ, ὅταν τε αἱ κύνες εὕρωσιν ἢ προΐδῃ τι, ταχὺ
εἰς τὴν ὕλην ἀφανίζεται: ἕπονται δὲ ἐπὶ τὸ πολὺ
ὧν ἂν ὦσιν ἄμφω, χαλεποὶ ὄντες τότε καὶ μᾶλλον
μαχόμενοι ὑπὲρ ἐκείνων ἢ ὑπὲρ αὑτῶν.
Ι ΧΙ. Λέοντες δέ, παρδάλεις, λύγκες, πάνθηρες,
ἄρκτοι καὶ τἄλλα ὅσα ἐστὶ τοιαῦτα θηρία
ἁλίσκεται ἐν ξέναις χώραις περὶ τὸ Πάγγαιον
ὄρος καὶ τὸν Κιττὸν τὸν ὑπὲρ τῆς Μακεδονίας,
τὰ δ᾽ ἐν τῷ Ὀλύμπῳ τῷ Μυσίῳ καὶ ἐν Πίνδῳ,
τὰ δ᾽ ἐν τῇ Νύσῃ τῇ ὑπὲρ τῆς Συρίας καὶ πρὸς
τοῖς ἄλλοις ὄρεσιν, ὅσα οἷά T ἐστὶ τρέφειν
τοιαῦτα. ἁλίσκεται δὲ τὰ μὲν ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσι
φαρμάκῳ διὰ δυσχωρίαν ἀκονιτικῷ. παραβάλ-
λουσι δὲ τοῦτο οἱ θηρώμενοι συμμιγνύντες εἰς
τὸ αὐτό, ὅτῳ ἂν ἕκαστον χαίρῃ, περὶ τὰ ὕδατα
καὶ πρὸς ὅ τι ἂν ἄλλο προσίῃ. τὼ δὲ αὐτῶν
καταβαίνοντα εἰς τὸ πεδίον τῆς νυκτὸς ἀποκλει-
σθέντα μετὰ ἵππων καὶ ὅπλων ἁλίσκεται, εἰς
κίνδυνον καθιστάντα τοὺς αἱροῦντας. ἔστι δὲ οἷς
αὐτῶν καὶ ὀρύγματα ποιοῦσι περιφερῆ, μεγάλα,
βαθέα, ἐν μέσῳ λείποντες κίονα τῆς γῆς. ἐπὶ
δὲ τοῦτον εἰς νύκτα ἐπέθεσαν δήσαντες αἶγα καὶ
ἔφραξαν κύκλῳ τὸ ὄρυγμα ὕλῃ, ὥστε μὴ προορᾶν,
1 μὴ omitted by S.
440
———
Wes Loop cd WU, ERR
ON HUNTING, x. 22-xi. 4
position of the body as explained ; then, if a man does
come to grief, it will not be through doing things
the wrong way.
Caltrops are also set for them as for the deer and
in the same places. The routine of inspection and
pursuit, the methods of spprosch and the use of the
spear are the same.
The young pigs are not to be caught without 23
difficulty. For they are not left alone so long as they
are little, and when the hounds find them or they
see something coming, they quickly vanish into the
wood ; and they are generally accompanied by both
parents, who are fierce at such times and more
ready to fight for their young than for themselves.
ΧΙ. Lions, leopards, lynxes, panthers, bears
and all similar wild beasts are captured in foreign
countries, about Mt. Pangaeus and Cittus beyond
Macedonia, on. Mysian Olympus and Pindus, on
Nysa beyond Syria, and in other mountain ranges
eapable οἵ supporting such animals, On the 2
"mountains they are sometimes poisoned, owing to
the difficulty of the ground, with aconite. Hunters
put. it down mixed with the animals' favourite food
round pools and in other places that they frequent.
Sometimes, while they are going down to the plain 3
at night, they are cut off by parties of armed and
mounted men. This is a dangerous method of cap-
turing them. Sometimesthe hunters dig large, round, 4
deep holes, leaving a pillar of earth in the middle.
They tie up a goat and put it on the pillar in the
evening, and pile wood round the hole- without
leaving an entrance, so that the animals cannot see
3 ταῖς À: τοῖς S. with BM.
441
XENOPHON
εἴσοδον oU λείποντες. τὰ δὲ ἀκούοντα τῆς φωνῆς
ἐν τῇ νυκτὶ κύκλῳ τὸν φραγμὸν περιθέουσι
καὶ ἐπειδὰν μὴ εὑρίσκῃ δίοδον, ὑπερπηδᾷ καὶ
ἁλίσκεται.
ΧΙ. Περὶ μὲν αὐτῶν τῶν πράξεων τῶν ἐν
τοῖς κυνηγεσίοις εἴρηται. ὠφελήσονται δ᾽ οἱ
ἐπιθυμήσαντες τούτου τοῦ ἔργου πολλά" ὑγίειάν
τε γὰρ τοῖς σώμασι παρασκευάζει καὶ ὁρᾶν καὶ
ἀκούειν μᾶλλον, γηράσκειν δὲ ἧττον, τὰ δὲ πρὸς
τὸν πόλεμον μάλιστα παιδεύει. πρῶτον μὲν τὰ
ὅπλα ὅταν ἔχοντες πορεύωνται ὁδοὺς χαλεπάς,
οὐκ ἀπεροῦσιν' ἀνέξονται γὰρ τοὺς πόνους διὰ
τὸ εἰθίσθαι μετὰ τούτων αἱρεῖν τὰ θηρία. ἔπειτα
εὐνάζεσθαί τε σκληρῶς δυνατοὶ ἔσονται καὶ
φύλακες εἶναι ἀγαθοὶ τοῦ ἐπιταττομένου. ἐν δὲ
ταῖς προσόδοις ταῖς πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους ἅμα
οἷοί τε ἔσονται ἐπιέναι καὶ τὰ παραγγελλόμενα
ποιεῖν διὰ τὸ οὕτω καὶ αὐτοὶ αἱρεῖν τὰς ἄγρας.
τεταγμένοι δ᾽ ἐν τῷ πρόσθεν οὐ λείψουσι τὰς
τάξεις διὰ τὸ καρτερεῖν δύνασθαι. ἐν φυγῇ δὲ
τῶν πολεμίων ὀρθῶς καὶ ἀσφαλῶς διώξονται τοὺς
ἐναντίους ἐν παντὶ χωρίῳ διὰ συνήθειαν. δυστὺύ-
χήσαντος δὲ οἰκείου στρατοπέδου ἐν χωρίοις ὑλώ-
δεσι καὶ ἀποκρήμνοις ἢ ἄλλως 1 χαλεποῖς οἷοί T.
ἔσονται καὶ αὐτοὶ σώζεσθαι μὴ αἰσχρῶς καὶ
ἑτέρους σώζειν ἡ γὰρ συνήθεια τοῦ ἔργου παρέ-
ἕξει αὐτοῖς πλέον τι εἰδέναι. καὶ ἤδη τινὲς τῶν
τοιούτων, πολλοῦ ὄχλου συμμάχων τρεφθέντος,
τῇ αὐτῶν εὐεξίᾳ καὶ θράσει διὰ δυσχωρίαν
ἁμαρτόντας τοὺς πολεμίους νενικηκότας ἀναμα-
1 ἄλλως Stobaeus: ἄλλοις S. with the MSS.
442
ON HUNTING, xi. 4-xi. 5
what lies in front. On hearing the bleating in the
night, the beasts run round the barrier, and finding
no opening, jump over and are caught. |
XII. With the practical side of hunting I have
finished. But the advantages that those who have
been attracted by this pursuit will gain are many.
For it makes the body healthy, improves the sight
and hearing, and keeps men from growing old; and
it affords the besttraining for war. Inthe first place, 2
when marching over rough roads under arms, they will
not tire: accustomed to carry arms for capturing
wild beasts, they will bear up under their tasks.
Again, they will be capable of sleeping on a hard
bed and of guarding well the place assigned to them.
In an attack! on the enemy they will be able to go 3
for him and at the same time to carry out the orders
that are passed along, because they are used to do
the same things on their own account when captur-
ing the game. If their post is in the van they will
not desert it, because they can endure. In the rout 4
of the enemy they will make straight for the foe
without a slip over any kind of ground, through
habit. If part of their own army has met with dis-
aster in ground rendered difficult by woods and defiles
or what not, they will manage to save themselves
without loss of honour and to save others. For their
familiarity with the business will give them know-
ledge that others lack. Indeed, it has happened 5
before now, when a great host of allies has been put
to flight, that a little band of such men, through
their fitness and confidence, has renewed the battle
and routed the victorious enemy when he has
1 The word πρόσοδος in this sense is a hunters' term.
443
os
-I
oo
10
XENOPHON
χόμενοι ἐτρέψαντο" ἀεὶ γὰρ ἔστι τοῖς τὰ σώματα
καὶ τὰς ψυχὰς εὖ ἔχουσιν ἐγγὺς εἶναι τοῦ εὐτυ-
χῆσαι. εἰδότες δὲ καὶ οἱ πρόγονοι ἡμῶν, ὅτι
ἐντεῦθεν εὐτύχουν πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους, ἐπιμέλειαν
τῶν νέων ἐποιήσαντο᾽ σπανίζοντες γὰρ καρπῶν
τὸ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἐνόμισαν ὅμως τοὺς κυνηγέτας μὴ
κωλύειν διὰ μηδενὸς τῶν ἐπὶ τῇ γῇ φυομένων
ἀγρεύειν' πρὸς δὲ τούτῳ μὴ νυκτερεύειν ἐντὸς
πολλῶν σταδίων, ἵνα μὴ ἀφαιροῖντο τὰς θήρας
αὐτῶν οἱ ἔχοντες ταύτην τὴν τέχνην. ἐώρων γάρ,
ὅτι τῶν νεωτέρων ἡ ἡδονὴ μόνη αὕτη πλεῖστα
ἀγαθὰ παρασκευάζει. σώφρονάς τε γὰρ ποιεῖ καὶ
δικαίους διὰ τὸ ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ παιδεύεσθαι" τὰ
» ^ ^N ^ 2 ^ , , 3
τε ἄλλα γὰρ kai τὰ 3 τοῦ πολέμου διὰ τούτων
εὐτυχοῦντες ἠσθάνοντο' xal* τῶν ἄλλων εἴ τι
βούλονται ἐπιτηδεύειν καλῶν οὐδενὸς ἀποστερεῖ
ὥσπερ ἕτεραι κακαὶ ἡδοναί, ἃς οὐ χρὴ μανθάνειν.
ἐκ τῶν τοιούτων οὖν στρατιῶταί τε ἀγαθοὶ καὶ
στρατηγοὶ γίγνονται. ὧν γὰρ οἱ πόνοι τὰ μὲν
αἰσχρὰ καὶ ὑβριστικὰ ἐκ τῆς ψυχῆς καὶ τοῦ
σώματος ἀφαιροῦνται, ἐπιθυμίαν δ᾽ ἀρετῆς ἐν-
ηύξησαν, οὗτοι δ᾽ ἄριστοι; οὐ γὰρ ἂν περιίδοιεν
οὔτε τὴν πόλιν τὴν ἑαυτῶν ἀδικουμένην οὔτὲ τὴν
χώραν πάσχουσαν κακῶς.
Λέγουσι δέ τινες, ὡς οὐ χρὴ ἐρᾶν κυνηγεσίων,
ἵνα μὴ τῶν οἰκείων ἀμελῶσιν, οὐκ εἰδότες ὅτε οἱ
τὰς πόλεις καὶ τοὺς φίλους εὖ ποιοῦντες πάντες
1 διὰ μηδενὸς A: διὰ τὸ μηδὲν BM : τὸ μηδὲν S.
3 τὰ τε ἄλλα γὰρ καὶ τὰ ΑΒ: τά τε Μ: S. omits τά Te. .
ἠσθάνοντο with Schneider.
3 r5jrTev AB: τῶν τοιούτων S. with M.
5 kal τῶν AB: τῶν re S. with M.
444
ON HUNTING, xri. 5-10
blundered owing to difficulties in the ground. For
men who are sound in body and mind may .
always stand on the threshold of success. It was 6 -
because they knew that they owed their successes
against the enemy to such qualities that our ancestors
looked after the young men. For in spite ofthe scarcity
of corn it was their custom from the earliest times
not to prevent hunters from hunting over any growing
crops; and, in addition, not to permit hunting at
night within a radius of many furlongs from the city,
so that the masters of that art might not rob the young
men oftheirgame. [n fact they saw that this is the
only one among the pleasures of the younger men that
produces a rich crop of blessings. For it makes
sober and upright men of them, because they are
trained in the school of truth! (and they perceived 8
that to these men they owed their success in war, as
in other matters); and it does not keep them
from any other honourable occupation they wish to
follow, like other and evil pleasures that they
ought not to learn. Of such men, therefore, are
good soldiers and good generals made. For they 9
whose toils root out whatever is base and froward
from mind and body and make desire for virtue to
flourish in their place—they are the best, since they
will not brook injustice to their own city nor injury
to its soil.
Some say that it is not right to love hunting, 10
because it may lead to neglect of one's domestic
affairs, They are not aware that all who benefit
their cities and their friends are more attentive
-
! i.e. a training that really builds up the character. There
is an implied contrast with the imposture of the education
given by sophists.
445
l1
13
14
15
16
17
XENOPHON
^ , , , J , , , L4
τῶν οἰκείων ἐπιμελέστεροί εἰσιν. εἰ οὖν οἱ duXo-
κυνηγέται παρασκευάζουσιν αὑτοὺς τῇ πατρίδι
χρησίμους εἶναι εἰς τὰ μέγιστα, οὐδ᾽ ἂν τὰ ἴδια
πρόοιντο᾽ σὺν γὰρ τῇ πόλει καὶ σώζεται καὶ
ἀπόλλυται τὰ οἰκεῖα ἑκάστου" ὥστε πρὸς τοῖς
αὑτῶν καὶ τὰ τῶν ἄλλων ἰδιωτῶν οἱ τοιοῦτοι
, M ^ e N , , , m^
σώζουσι. πολλοὶ δὲ ὑπὸ φθόνου ἀλόγιστοι τῶν
ταῦτα λεγόντων αἱροῦνται διὰ τὴν αὑτῶν κακίαν
, , ^ A. t , ^ , L *
ἀπολέσθαι μᾶλλον ἢ ἑτέρων ἀρετῇ σώζεσθαι" αἱ
γὰρ ἡδοναὶ αἱ πολλαὶ κακαί: ὧν ἡττώμενοι ἢ
λέγειν ἢ πράττειν ἐπαίρονται τὰ χείρω. εἶτα ἐκ
μὲν τῶν ματαίων λόγων ἔχθρας ἀναιροῦνται, ἐκ
Ν ^ "^ » , 1 i , ,
δὲ τῶν κακῶν ἔργων νόσους kai ζημίας καὶ θανά-
τους καὶ αὐτῶν καὶ παίδων καὶ φίλων, ἀναι-
σθήτως μὲν τῶν κακῶν ἔχοντες, τῶν δὲ ἡδονῶν
πλέον τῶν ἄλλων αἰσθανόμενοι, οἷς τίς ἂν
χρήσαιτο εἰς πόλεως σωτηρίαν ; τούτων μέντοι
τῶν κακῶν οὐδεὶς ὅστις οὐκ ἀφέξεται ἐρασθεὶς
ὧν ἐγὼ παραινῶ" παίδευσις γὰρ καλὴ διδάσκει
χρῆσθαι νόμοις καὶ λέγειν περὶ τῶν δικαίων καὶ
, ΄ ε 4 , e (iU, j
QGicovUeLv. οἱ μὲν ovv παρασχόντες avTOUS ἐπὶ TO
./ ^ M 7 [3 ^ 3
ἀεί τι μοχθεῖν τε καὶ διδάσκεσθαι αὑτοῖς μὲν
, , ,
μαθήσεις καὶ μελέτας ἐπιπόνους ἔχουσι, σωτηρίαν
^ ^ ,
δὲ ταῖς ἑαυτῶν πόλεσιν" οἱ δὲ μὴ θέλοντες διὰ
cm
P
τὸ ἐπίπονον διδάσκεσθαι, ἀλλὰ ἐν ἡδοναῖς ἀκαί- —
, , . , »
ροις διάγειν, φύσει οὗτοι κάκιστοι. οὔτε γὰρ
νόμοις οὔτε λόγοις ἀγαθοῖς πείθονται" οὐ γὰρ
£d 8 Δ. «ἡ ^ ^ [ 3. ON 00 y
ευριίισκοῦυσι OLU, TO μὴ πονέειν, OLOV Xp?) TOv aryavov
^ .
elvav ὥστε οὔτε θεοσεβεῖς δύνανται εἶναι οὔτε
^ , V
σοφοί: τῷ δὲ ἀπαιδεύτῳ χρώμενοι πολλὰ ἐπι-
^ ^ M 5 £
τιμῶσι τοῖς πεπαιδευμένοις. διὰ μὲν οὖν τούτων
446
ON HUNTING, xit. 10-17
to their domestic affairs than other men. There-
fore, if keen sportsmen fit themselves to be useful
to their country in matters of vital moment,
neither will they be remiss in their private
affairs: for the state is necessarily concerned both
in the safety and in the ruin of the individual's
domestic fortunes. — Consequently such men as these
save the fortunes of every other individual as well as
their own. But many of those who talk in this
way, blinded by jealousy, choose to be ruined
through their own evil rather than be saved by
other men's virtue. For most pleasures are evil, and
by yielding to these they are encouraged either to
say or to do what is wrong. — Then by their frivolous
words they make enemies, and by their evil deeds
bring diseases and losses and death on themselves,
their children and their friends, being without per-
ception of the evils, but more perceptive than others of
the pleasures. Who would employ these to save a
state? From these evils, however, everyone who loves
that which I recommend will hold aloof, since a
good education teaches a man to observe laws,
to talk of righteousness and hear of it. Those,
then, who have given themselves up to continual
toil and learning hold for their own portion laborious
lessons and exercises, but they hold safety for their
cities. But if any decline to receive instruction be-
cause of the labour and prefer to live among un-
timely pleasures, they are by nature utterly evil.
For they obey neither laws nor good words, for
because they toil not, they do not discover what
a good man ought to be, so that they cannot be
pious or wise men; and being without education
they constantly. find fault with the educated. [ἢ
447
11
13
14
18
19
20
21
22
XENOPHON
οὐδὲν ἂν καλῶς ἔχοι' διὰ δὲ τῶν ἀμεινόνων
ἅπασαι αἱ ὠφέλειαι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις εὕρηνται"
ἀμείνους οὖν οἱ θέλοντες πονεῖν. καὶ τοῦτο ἐπι-
δέδεικται μεγάλῳ παραδείγματι" τῶν γὰρ παλαιο-
τέρων οἱ παρὰ Χείρωνι d ὧν ἐπεμνήσθην νέοι ὄντες
ἀρξάμενοι ἀπὸ τῶν κυνηγεσίων πολλὰ καὶ καλὰ
ἔμαθον' ἐξ ὧν ἐγένετο αὐτοῖς μεγάλη ἀρετή, δί
ἣν καὶ νῦν θαυμάξονται' ἧς ὅτι μὲν ἐρώσι πάντες,
εὔδηλον, ὅτι δὲ διὰ πόνων ἔστι τυχεῖν αὐτῆς, οἱ
πολλοὶ ἀφίστανται. τὸ μὲν γὰρ “κατεργάσασθαι
αὐτὴν ἄδηλον, οἱ δὲ πόνοι οἱ ἐν αὐτῇ ἐνόντες
φανεροί.
Ἴσως μὲν οὖν εἰ ἦν τὸ σῶμα αὐτῆς. δῆλον,
ἧττον ἂν ἠμέλουν οἱ, ἄνθρωποι ἀρετῆς εἰδότες
ὅτι ὥσπερ αὐτοῖς ἐκείνη ἐμφανής ἐστιν, οὕτω καὶ
αὐτοὶ ὑπ᾽ ἐκείνης ὁρῶνται. ὅταν μὲν γάρ τις ὁρᾶται
ὑπὸ τοῦ ἐρωμένου, ἅπας ἑαυτοῦ ἐστι βελτίων καὶ
οὔτε λέγει οὔτε ποιεῖ αἰσχρὰ οὐδὲ κακά, ἵνα μὴ
ὀφθῇ ὑπ᾽ ἐκείνου. ὑπὸ 06 τῆς à ετῆς οὐκ οἰόμενοι
ἐπισκοπεῖσθαι πολλὰ κακὰ rra ἐναντίον
ποιοῦσιν, ὅτι αὐτὴν ἐκεῖνοι οὐχ ὁρῶσιν" ἡ δὲ
πανταχοῦ πάρεστι διὰ τὸ εἶναι ἀθάνατος καὶ
τιμᾷ τοὺς περὶ αὐτὴν ἀγαθούς, τοὺς δὲ κακοὺς
ἀτιμάζει. εἰ οὖν εἰδεῖεν τοῦτο, ὅτι θεᾶται αὐτούς,
ἵεντο ἂν ἐπὶ τοὺς πόνους καὶ τὰς παιδεύσεις, αἷς
ἁλίσκεται μόλις, καὶ κατεργάζοιντο à ἂν αὐτήν.
XIII. Θαυμάζω 3 δὲ τῶν σοφιστῶν καλουμένων
lS, regards the whole of this chapter as ἃ spurious
addition.
! The argument, such as it is, would be better with **the
toilers," for '(the better sort," and the;next words would
448
ON HUNTING, xii. 17-xii. 1
these men's hands, therefore, nothing can prosper.
All discoveries that have benefited mankind are due
to the better sort! Now the better sort are those
who are willing to toil. Andthis has been proved
by a'great example. For among the ancients the 18
companions of Cheiron to whom I referred learnt
many noble lessons in their youth, beginning with
hunting; from these lessons there sprang in them
t virtue, for which they are admired even to-
day. That all desire Virtue is obvious, but because
they must toil if they are to gain her, the many fall
away. For the achievement of her is hidden in 19
obscurity, whereas the toils inseparable from her?
are manifest.
lt may be that, if her body were visible,
men would be less careless of virtue, knowing
that she sees them as clearly as they see her. For 20
when he is seen by his beloved every man rises
above himself and shrinks from what is ugly and
evil in word or deed, for fear of being seen by him.
But in the presence of Virtue men do many evil and 21
ugly things, supposing that they are not regarded
by her because they do not see her. Yet she is
present everywhere because she is immortal, and she
honours those who are good to her, but casts off the
bad. "Therefore, if men knew that she is watching 22
them, they would be impatient to undergo the toils
and the discipline by which she is hardly to be
captured, and would achieve her.
XIII. I am surprised at the sophists, as they
then be **those who are willing to toil, therefore, are the
better men."
5 αὐτῷ, "it," i.e. the achievement, would be an improve-
1nent,
449
VOL, II. Q
XENOPHON
ὅτε φασὶ μὲν ἐπ᾽ ἀρετὴν ἄγειν οἱ πολλοὶ τοὺς
νέους, ἄγουσι δ᾽ ἐπὶ τοὐναντίον" οὔτε γὰρ ἄνδρα
που ἑωράκαμεν, ὅντιν᾽ οἱ νῦν σοφισταὶ ἀγαθὸν
ἐποίησαν, οὔτε γράμματα παρέχονται, ἐξ ὧν χρὴ
᾽ ^ , , N ^ ^ "^ ,
ἀγαθοὺς γίγνεσθαι, ἀλλὰ περὶ μὲν τῶν ματαίων
2 πολλὰ αὐτοῖς γέγραπται, ἀφ᾽ ὧν τοῖς νέοις αἱ
μὲν ἡδοναὶ κεναί, ἀρετὴ δ᾽ οὐκ ἔνι. διατριβὴν δ᾽
» , A Seu , , δα ,
ἄλλως παρέχει τοῖς ἐλπίσασί τι ἐξ αὐτῶν μαθή-
σεσθαι μάτην καὶ ἑτέρων κωλύει χρησίμων καὶ
, , , 5 , ^ & X
3 διδάσκει κακά. μέμφομαι οὖν αὐτοῖς τὰ μὲν
LA , ἈΝ ? , v
μεγάλα μειζόνως: περὶ δὲ ὧν γράφουσιν ὅτι τὰ
b e; , ^ 07 ^ P1 , ^
μὲν ῥήματα αὐτοῖς ἐζήτηται, γνῶμαι δὲ ὀρθῶς
ἔχουσαι, αἷς ἂν παιδεύοιντο οἱ νεώτεροι ἐπ᾽
, , , ^ 3 ^ A. 3 , , , .
4 ἀρετήν, οὐδαμοῦ. ἐγὼ δὲ ἰδιώτης μέν εἰμι, οἶδα
, L4 , , , , ^ ^ Á,
δέ, ὅτι κράτιστον μέν ἐστι παρὰ αὐτῆς τῆς φύσεως.
τὸ ἀγαθὸν διδάσκεσθαι, δεύτερον δὲ παρὰ τῶν
ἀληθῶς ἀγαθόν τι ἐπισταμένων μᾶλλον ἢ ὑπὸ
ὅ τῶν ἐξαπατᾶν τέχνην ἐχόντων. ἴσως οὖν τοῖς
Ν 2 , , , , 065
μὲν ὀνόμασιν οὐ σεσοφισμένως λέγω" οὐδὲ γὰρ
ζητῶ τοῦτο' ὧν δὲ δέονται εἰς ἀρετὴν οἱ καλῶς
, , ^ , (2 ^ ,
πεπαιδευμένοι, ὀρθῶς ἐγνωσμένα ζητῶ. λέγειν"
ὀνόματα μὲν γὰρ οὐκ ἂν παιδεύσειαν, γνῶμαι δέ,
6 εἰ καλῶς ἔχοιεν. ψέγουσι δὲ καὶ ἄλλοι πολλοὶ
^ ,
τοὺς νῦν σοφιστὰς καὶ οὐ τοὺς φιλοσόφους, ὅτε ἐν
τοῖς ὀνόμασι σοφίζονται καὶ οὐκ ἐν τοῖς νοή-
μασιν.
Οὐ λανθάνει δέ με, ὅτε καλῶς καὶ ἑξῆς γεγραμ-
, , » ^ ^ , ^ ΟΣ
μένα φήσει τις ἴσως τῶν τοιοῦτων οὐ καλῶς οὐδ
50
EIC ἵχἦἦὰὺὰάυι CUR 5C. Goa md d
—' —
τον aiti tau M τῶι,
πιο — PA À — e ν΄. . οὕὄ.
ON HUNTING, xut. 1-6
are called, because, though most of them profess to
lead the young to virtue they lead them to the
very opposite. We have never seen anywhere the
man whose goodness was due to the sophists of our
generation. Neither do their contributions to liter-
ature tend to make men good : but they have written
many books on frivolous subjects, books that offer
the young empty pleasures, but put no virtue into
them. ΤῸ read them in the hope of learning some-
thing from them is mere waste of time, and they
keep one from useful occupations and teach what is
bad. "Therefore their grave faults incur my graver
censure. As for the style of their writings, I
" complain that the language is far-fetched, and there
is no trace in them of wholesome maxims by which
the young might.be trained to virtue. ] am no
professor, but I know that the best thing is to be
taught what is good by one's own nature, and the
next best thing is to get it from those who really
know something good instead of being taught by
masters of the art of deception. 1 daresay that
I do not express myself in the language of a sophist ;
in fact, that is not my object: my object is rather to
give utterance to wholesome thoughts that will meet
the needs of readers well educated in virtue. For
words will not educate, but maxims, if well found.
Many others besides myself blame the sophists of our
generation— philosophers I will not call them—
because the wisdom they profess consists of words
and not of thoughts.
I am well aware that someone, perhaps one of
this set,! will say that what is well and methodically
! ie. asophist. But the text of what follows is open to
suspicion,
A451
10
11
12
XENOPHON
ἑξῆς 1 γεγράφθαι" ῥᾷδιον γὰρ ἔσται αὐτοῖς ταχὺ
μὴ ὀρθῶς μέμψασθαι: καίτοι γέγραπταί γε οὕτως,
ἵνα ὀρθῶς ἔχῃ καὶ μὴ σοφιστικοὺς ποιῇ, ἀλλὰ
σοφοὺς καὶ ἀγαθούς" οὐ γὰρ δοκεῖν αὐτὰ βού-
λομαι μᾶλλον ἢ εἶναι χρήσιμα, ἵνα ἀνεξέλεγκτα
7 εἰς ἀεί. οἱ σοφισταὶ δ ἐπὶ τῷ ἐξαπατᾶν
λέγουσι καὶ γράφουσιν ἐπὶ τῷ ἑαυτῶν κέρδει καὶ
οὐδένα οὐδὲν ὠφελοῦσιν" οὐδὲ γὰρ σοφὸς αὐτῶν
ἐγένετο οὐδεὶς οὐδ᾽ ἔστιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀρκεῖ ἑκάστῳ
σοφιστὴν κληθῆναι, ὅ ὅ ἐστιν ὄνειδος παρά γε εὖ
φρονοῦσι. τὰ μὲν οὖν τῶν σοφιστῶν παραγγέλ-
ματα παραινῶ φυλάττεσθαι, τὰ δὲ τῶν φιλοσόφων
ἐνθυμήματα μὴ ἀτιμάξειν' οἱ μὲν γὰρ σοφισταὶ
πλουσίους καὶ νέους θηρῶνται, οἱ δὲ φιλόσοφοι
πᾶσι κοινοὴ καὶ φίλοι: τύχας δὲ ἀνδρῶν οὔτε
τιμῶσιν οὔτε ἀτιμάζουσι.
Μὴ ζηλοῦν δὲ “μηδὲ τοὺς ἐπὶ τὰς πλεονεξίας
εἰκῆ ἰόντας, μήτ᾽ ἐπὶ τὰς ἰδίας μήτ᾽ ἐπὶ τὰς
δημοσίας, ἐνθυμηθέντα, ὅτι οἱ μὲν ἄριστοι αὐτῶν 3
, N 813 ^ I4 H , 2
γιγνώσκονται μὲν ἐπὶ τὰ βελτίω ἐπίφθονοι 3 δ᾽ 4
εἰσίν, οἱ δὲ κακοὶ πάσχουσί τε κακῶς καὶ γιγνώ-
σκονται ἐπὶ τὰ χείρω. τάς τε γὰρ τῶν ἰδιωτῶν
οὐσίας ἀφαιρούμενοι καὶ τὰ τῆς πόλεως εἰς τὰς
κοινὰς σωτηρίας ἀνωφελέστεροί εἰσι τῶν ἰδιωτῶν,
τά τε σώματα πρὸς τὸν πόλεμον κάκιστα καὶ
αἴσχιστα ἔχουσι πονεῖν οὐ δυνάμενοι. οἱ δὲ κυνη-
γέται, εἰς τὸ κοινὸν τοῖς πολίταις καὶ τὰ σώματα
καὶ τὰ κτήματα καλῶς ἔ ἔχοντα, παρέχουσιν. ἔρχον-
ται δὲ οἱ μὲν ἐπὶ τὰ θηρία, οἱ δ᾽ ἐπὶ τοὺς φίλους.
1 γεγραμμένα. . . ἑξῆς is omitted by S. with M.
3 αὐτῶν MSS. : ἀνδρῶν S.
? [ have substituted ἐπίφθονοι for ἐπίπονοι,
452
4v D m d
C MINUM QUEUE σαν EE
ON HUNTING, χα. 6-12
written! is not well and methodically written—for
hasty and false censure will come easily to them.
But my aim in writing has been to produce sound
work that will make men not wiseacres, but wise
and good. For | wish my work not to seem useful,
but to be so, that it may stand for all time unrefuted.
The sophists talk to deceive and write for their
own gain, and do no good to anyone. For there is
not, and there never was, a wise man among them;
everyone of them is content to be called a sophist,
which is a term of reproach among sensible men.
So my advice is: Avoid the behests of the sophists,
and despise not the conclusions of the philosophers;
for the sophists hunt the rich and yoüng,but the
philosophers are friends to all alike : but as for men's
fortunes, they neither honour nor despise them.
Envy not those either who recklessly seek their 10
own advantage whether in private or in public life?
—bear in mind that the best of them, though they
are favourably judged, are envied, and the bad both
fare badly and are unfavourably judged. For
engaged in robbing private persons of their property,
or plundering the state, they render less service
than private persons when plans for securing the
common safety are afoot,? and in body they are dis-
gracefully unfit for war because they are incapable
of toil. But huntsmen offer their lives and their
property in sound condition for the service of the
citizens. These attack the wild beasts, those others
1 ἐγνωσμένα, ** thought," would be a great improvement on
γεγραμμένα, ** written."
3 Professional politicians.
? je, they contrive to **save their pockets."
4 δ᾽ Kaibel: ^ S with the MSS.
453
l1
12
13
14
15
16
17
XENOPHON
kai οἱ μὲν ἐπὶ τοὺς φίλους ἰόντες δύσκλεϊαν
ἔχουσι παρὰ πᾶσιν, οἱ δὲ ευνηγέταϊ ἐπὶ τὰ "θηρία
ἰόντες εὔκλειαν: ἑλόντες aii yàp “πολέμια νικῶσι,
μὴ ἑλόντες δὲ πρῶτον μὲν ὅτι πάσης τῆς. πόλεως
ἐχθροῖς ἐπιχειροῦσιν ἔπαινον ἔσχον, ἔπειτα ὅτι
οὔτ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἀνδρὸς βλάβῃ οὔτε φιλοκερδείᾳ ἔρχονται.
ἔπειτα ἐξ αὐτοῦ τοῦ ἐπιχειρήματος βελτίους γίγ-
νονται πρὸς πολλὰ καὶ σοφώτεροι δι’ οὗ διδάξομεν.
ἐὰν γὰρ μὴ πόνοις καὶ ἐνθυμήμασι καὶ ἐπιμελείαις
: πολλαῖς ὑπερβάλλωνται, οὐκ ἂν ÉXowv ἄγρας.
τὰ γὰρ ἀντίπαλα αὐτῶν ὑπὲρ τῆς ψυχῆς ἀγωνιξό-
epa καὶ ἐν τῇ αὑτῶν οἰκήσει ἐν ἰσχύι POM)
ἐστιν: ὥστε TQ κυνηγέτῃ μάτην οἱ πόνοι γίγνον-
ται, ἐὰν μὴ μείζονε φιλοπονίᾳ καὶ πολλῇ συνέσει
κρατήσῃ αὐτῶν.
Οἱ μὲν οὖν κατὰ πόλιν βουλόμενοι mens
μελετῶσι νικᾶν φίλους, οἱ δὲ κυνηγέται κοινοὺς
ἐχθρούς: καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἡ μελέτη αὕτη ποιεῖ πρὸς
τοὺς ἄλλους πολεμίους ἀμείνους, τοὺς δὲ ποχὺ
χείρους" καὶ τοῖς μὲν ἡ ἄγρα μετὰ σωφροσύνης,
τοῖς δὲ μετὰ αἰσχροῦ θράσους. κακοηθείας 8€
^ , , e M , ^
kai αἰσχροκερδείας οἱ μὲν δύνανται. καταφρονεῖν,
« , , , ^ b e td , ^ t^ L1
οἱ δ᾽ οὐ δύνανται: φωνὴν δὲ oi μὲν εὐεπῆ ἱᾶσειν, οἱ
δ᾽ αἰσχράν: πρὸς δὲ τὰ θεῖα τοῖς μὲν οὐδὲν
ἐμποδὼν ἀσεβεῖν, οἱ δ᾽ εὐσεβέστατοι. Δόγοι γὰρ
παλαιοὶ κατέχουσιν, ὡς καὶ θεοὶ τούτῳ τῷ ἔργῳ
χαίρουσι καὶ πράττοντες καὶ ὁρῶντες" ὥστε
t , , L4 ’ ^ m
ὑπάρχειν ἐνθυμουμένους τούτων θεοφιλεῖς τ᾿ εἶναι
454
—
Eu iN M lm
wo
ON HUNTING, xii. 12-17
their friends. | And whereas those who attack their
friends earn infamy by general consent, hunts-
men by attacking the wild beasts gain a good re-
port. For if they make a capture, they win victory
over enemy forces: and if they fail, they are com-
mended, in the first place, because they assail powers
hostile to the whole community; and, secondly,
because they go out neither to harm a man nor for
sordid gain. Moreover, the very attempt makes 13
them better in many ways and wiser; and we will
give the reason. Unless they abound in labours and
inventions and precautions, they cannot capture
game. Forthe forces contending with them, fighting 14
for their life and in their own home, are in great
strength; so that the huntsman's labours are in
vain, unless by greater perseverance and by much
intelligence he can overcome them.
In fine, the politician whose objects are selfish
practises for victory over friends, the huntsman for
victory over common foes. This practice makes the
one a better, the other a far worse fighter against
all other enemies. The one takes prudence with him
for companion in the chase, the other base rashness.
The one can despise malice and avarice, the other
cannot. The language of the one is gracious, of
the other ugly. As for religion, nothing checks
impiety in the one, the other is conspicuous for his
piety. In fact, an ancient story has it that the
gods delight in this business, both as followers and
spectators of the chase. Therefore, reflecting on
these things, the young who do what I exhort them
to do will put themselves in the way of being dear
! iz. kindly and pleasant; not reckless and shameless
like that of the politicians.
455
15
16
17
XENOPHON
καὶ εὐσεβεῖς τοὺς νέους τοὺς ποιοῦντας ἃ ἐγὼ
παραινῶ, οἰομένους ὑπὸ θεῶν του ὁρᾶσθαι ταῦτα.
οὗτοι δ᾽ ἂν εἶεν καὶ τοκεῦσιν ἀγαθοὶ καὶ πάσῃ τῇ
ἑαυτῶν πόλει καὶ ἑνὶ ἑκάστῳ τῶν πολιτῶν καὶ
18 φίλων. οὐ μόνον δὲ ὅσοι ἄνδρες iK
ἠράσθησαν é ἐγένοντο ἀγαθοί, ἀλλὰ καὶ αἱ γυναῖκ.
αἷς ἔδωκεν ἡ ἡ θεὸς ταῦτα," ᾿Αταλάντη καὶ Πρόκρις
καὶ εἴ τις ἄλλη, |
1 "Apreuus, which follows ταῦτα in the MSS., was —
by Weiske. dá 24
456 |
ON HUNTING, xri. 17-18
to the gods and pious men, conscious that one or
other of the gods is watching their deeds. These
will be good to parents, good to the whole city,
to every one of their friends and fellow-citizens.
For all men who have loved hunting have been 18
good: and not men only, but those women also to
whom the goddess! has given this blessing, Atalanta
and Procris and others like them.
1 Artemis.
457
“1
c»
e
1
n
INDEX
[References are to chapter and section]
Ager piston vi. 10
τ τ ter E PRCES IX. 4
Confidence, IV
Dailochus, mas of Hiero, I. i
Ἐπ G7KUÀ of, I. εν Ἂν
Pn I. 6, 9, 12; IJ. 6; Iv. l,
6; v. 1,3; VI. 5, 7, 13; vi. 5,
idvice to, 1x. 2:
Poverty, IV.
Praise and censure, I. 14; Ix. 2
Suspicio: ^
Unpopularity, IX. 1; X. 1
Wi yu Vid
AGESILAUS
A n. 20
Achaean mountains, Hi. δ
Agesilaus, descent of, I. 2; age at
accession, I. 6; at eighty years,
n. 28; age at death, X. 4; XI
with P IX 5
his sister, IX. 6; daughter, VII. 7
Agis, king,
Amyclae, VIII. 7
Arc chidamus, father of Agesilaus,
Fruit, H. 17
Aristodemus, VIII. 7
Artemis of Ephesus, I. 27
Athenian dx 1. E
Car. eq τ 2.1 - Introd cti
vHI. 7 uction, p. x
Caria, 14, 29 '
Cephisus, river, II
Choir at Hrachihla, n
Corinth, Agesilaus ed τε, 1s
battle εἶ Ἧς δ᾽: Corinthians,
LH. 6, 18, 2 uns.
Coronea, Battle c. of, 11
c : rome wt Agesilaus,
Gpreians, t pass of, 1I.
. the Greeks e; aided
Deis
Egypt, dealing of Amin with,
H. 28-31
459
Ephesus, 1. 25
Ephors, t. 36
Helicon, Mt., 1r. 11
H-ellespont, II ἘῸΝ
Heracles, I. 2:
Hyacinthus, detail of, 11. 17
Leuctra, battle of, II. 23
, 2f
Narthacium, Mt., Π. 4
Pactolus, 1. 80
Peiraeum, port of Corinth, rr. 18
Persian cms I. 6; IX. 1
Eee sun I. 23; n. 3, 5
Phleius, HU.
TThebes, II. 22: Thebans, 1t. 6, 9-16
TThessaly and "Thessalians, τ. 9
Eu. satrap of Lydia, I. 10-
7, 29,
Ti laetos, 1. 85; 1v. 6
CONSTITUTION OF THE
LACEDAEMONIANS
Aliens, expulsion of, XIV. 4
Army, XI.; levy and supplies, 2:
equipment, 3; organisation, 4 e
D gari 5-10; encampment,
.1-5; XIII. 10; exercises and
ΩΝ τ Ἃ xir. 5-7
Artemis Orthia, confused reference
to, I1. 9
Athena, ΧΙ. 2
Boys, education "T -- of, I1;
tend 3; diet, 5 8; whip-
ping,
cHldien. nis Ws of, 1. 3; control
Coinage, 1v. 5
Commissariat, XIII. 1
Constitution, permanence of
Spartan, Xy.1
Cowardice, IX. 1-5
Cowards, treatment of, IX. 4-5;
P Ai
Dephi visit of Lycurgus to, vid. 5
Discipline, π᾿ viii. 1-5
Education, I
Elders, Council of, x. 1-3
460
Ephors, 1v. 3, 6; authority and
privileges of, vilt, 3, ἀρ εν; Ὃς; 15
h the army, ΧΠΙῚ. 5
Exercise, Dhysieal Y 8; EM 5,7
DM Oed of, vL. 2
Spartan πέσαν xut.2
Li daieniuei κα erg XIV. 4 1
Gymnasia, v. 8
Hellanodicae, court of, ΧΙ. 11
Heracleidae, X. 8
Horses, ree use of, VI. 3
Hon common " of, vi. 3
Hunting, IV. 7; VI
Kings powers Meng duties of, in
fleld, xiu in peace, Xv. 5f;
oath E Xv. 7; Staff of XIII. 7;
xv. 4; burial
mea of, xin. 1;
idis between young men, Iv. 2
Men, mature, v. 7
Messes, public. y. 2-7
Modesty of Í A
Money at Sparta, VII. 3-6; XIV. 2,8
Old age, honour paid to, X. 1-2
Servants, common use of, VI
Sexes, relations of, 1. 5 f.; Ἶ do *
v. οἵ; Introduction, E
Wardens, II. 10
Youths, training of, Iv.
Zeus the Leader, ΧΙΠ. 2
"oie σῦν - "Nn
WAYS AND MEANS
— resident, a source of revenue,
1; need. of studying their
intercjla L3D: ποῦ o ERE
army, I. 8; "but in cavalry,
Π. 4
Alimony, to be provided by state,
IV. 13 f., 33,
Anaphlystus, Iv. 43
Arcadians, III. 7
Athenian empire, v. 6
INDEX
Ports of Athens, Π. 1
Poverty, E 1
Prizes to x ns nr. 3
Shipping, III.
Silver, in ΠΝ I. 5; demand for,
1v. 8,9; export of, ni. 2
Slaves, to be purchased by the
Aliens, IX
e Vi 15, 20
Aus E μον 1. 6, 22, 23
Cavalry, oo κττττε of, I. 2, St
IX. 3; recruiting for, I. 2, 9 f
^w n for, I. 5; arm-
ing, I. o expense of,
I. 19; ead cJ TÀ-
Children' δ games, v. 10
Choruses, 1. 26
T duties of, I. 8, XL RE 25;
Counell, huj in control of cavalry,
1. 8, is: πι. 9, 12, 14
Country, knowledge of, IV. 6
Couriers, I. 25
Deception, use of, V. 7-10
Dionysia, In. 2
Eleusinium, ni. 2
Emulation, encouraging, I. 26
Enemy, dealing with. I. 11-18;
ees t vir. 21.; VII. 1,9 f.
Expenses, I. 19; IX.
Extravagance, avoiding, I. 12
File-leaders, I1. 1, 6, 7; Iv. 9
Forces, strength of, vii. 10-12
M" contingents in cavalry, IX.
4.5
Formation, It. 1 f.
Galloping at review, UII. 7
Games, VIII. 5 f.
Garrisóns, VI. 3
461
INDEX
Gods, duty to, I. 10; ΙΧ. 8; sacri-
fice to, II. E dvd: 'statues
of, π|. 2; help of, V. 14; Υἱ]. 4
Bona. sagacity of, IV. 18
Herms, ΠΙ. 2
Hippodrome, review in, 11r. 1, 10, 11
Horses, care and t g of, 1. 8,
4, 13-17; vir. 4
Horsemanship in war, vii. 1, 16
Infantry, v. 1; use of, in cavalry,
v.183; vir. 8; vii. 19; IX. 7
Ingonuity, value of, in commander,
Iupootiol of cavalry, rr. 9
ica EN need of, in commander,
vi
Invasion, vit. 2 f.
Javelin tinoting, 1 I. 21
rouen ge vH. 4;
cavalry, IX
Lance, Ad of, 11. 3; V. 7
Loyalty, how to secure, VI. 1 f.
Lyceum, review at, III. 1, 6
Marching, duties of commander
when, Iv. 1 f.
Mercenaries, P 5
Mounting, I.
Navy, VII
N LA correct use of, III. 6
Obedience, I. 24; VIII. 22
Orders, how to give, IV. 9
Outposte, IV. 9, 10, 11
Pay, I.
Pm. II. 1
Pickets, enemy, vir. 13
Pirates, vni. 8
Prizes for efficiency, I. 26
Processions, ΠῚ. 1 f.
their
EEG 2 4.
Risk, avoidance of, IV. 18
Ruses, use of, v. 3 i, 15
Scouts, IV. 5
Seat, good, Ed t
Sham fights, 1 20; va 5
Spies, IV. 7, 8,
Stones, throwing down, I. 16
Straps, supply of, vii. 4
Theatre of Dionysus, ΠΙ. 7
'Traps for enemy, laying, IV. 11, 12
War, IV.
Wolves, sagacity of, IV. 18
462
HORSEMANSHIP
Age, A tm of, rr. 1
Armour ὁ ricunted man, xit 11.
pis md ἃ bitu, τῇ 7 1.; VII. 14;
* IX
Boeotian helmet, xit. 8
RA , XII. 10
E int tte. vns. 1-7
pattern XH. 1-
Bridling, IU. 11
Cloth, the, xir. 8
Colie, 1v. 2
Collecting à horse, TE 15
€ PME I. 11.; points of,
Eleusinium, the, I. 1 ;
Exercises, III. 5 ΣΝ vit. 18 f.
Floor of stable, IV. 8
Fodder, 1v. 1 f.
Galloping, Vii. 11 f.
Gauntlet, the, ΧΙ. 5
Groom, Lin of, τι. 8-5; IV. 4;
Ve 11; 11
Halter, v. 1, Ta
Helmet, xir. 3
Hoofs, care of, IV. 4, 5
Horse, for war, IH. 7; b ; III.
I4 how to show olt, Pa 11.;for
parade, XI. 11; zd to show otf,
AX 10 f5 tr . Vil. 13;
high spiritéd, e εἶ t. sluggish,
IX. 12; in art.
Horse-breaker, duties of the, 11. 2
Hunting, vitr. 10
Javelin, ΧΗ. 12 f.
Jumping, ΥἹΠ. 1 f.
Leading a horse, vI. 4-6
Leg, loose, vil. 6, 7
Manage, the, VII. 14.
oim δ 11. YL JS ΩΝ
. Muzzle, Y.
Odrysians, virt. 6
Persians, Vin. 6; m javelin,
XII. 12; sabre, XII i
Prancing, XI. 7d.
Pulling up, vit. 18
Rearing, X1. 1
Resting, VII. 18
INDEX
HuNTING
Achilles, I. 2, 4, 16; VI. 13
Aeneas, I. 2, 15
Colchian — H.4
Cretan hounds, X. 1
Crops, hunting over, V. 34; xr. 6
Cudgel, v1. 11, 17
Deer, "TX instruetions for hunting,
1
Dew, effect of, on scent, v. 3
med, I. 2, 13
Eagles, v. 16
Education, valüe of hunting in,
I. 1; XII. 7, 14
Fawns, hunting, IX. 1 f.
Flax, for nets, I1. 4
Foxes, ΥἹ. 3
Frost, effect of, on scent, v. 1
, hunting the, Ir. 21.; nets
for, H. 4f.; hounds for, ΠΙ.:
scent of, v. 11f.; description οἱ
the hare, v. 301.; species of
0 :
; fecundity, v. 13; track-
the, v. 15; VI. 8, 15 f.; vir.
6 f.
Hayes for hare hunting, IH. 4, 5, 7;
setting up, VI. 9 :
Hounds, for hunting, Hn. 1
defective, πὶ. 2f1.; the i
sort, IV. 1f.; trappings of, vI.
Pe -
11.; colour, IV. ?. naming, VII.
5; training young, vi. 6f.;
skirters, VII. 10; for deer hunt-
ing, IX. 1; for boar hunting,
Xx
Hunters, praise of, I.; Xi. 11 f.
Hunting, advantages gained from,
Ἐν απ. 1f Ἢ
: raise
p. . L;
mountains, IV. 9f.; over rough
over crops, V. 34; at night, XII.
7; opponents of, xi. 10f.;
weather for, VIII. 1 f.
Keeper, net, nr. 3; duties of, VI.
5f.; X. 19; of hounds, Ix. 2 f.
hares in. 2
,V.24
Javelins for boar hunting, X. 3
Laconian hounds, X. 1
ds, X. 1
Machaon, son of Asclepius, I. 2, 14
Meilanion, I. 2, 7
Meleager, I. 2, 10
Menestheus, son of Peleus, I. 2, 12
Mountains, in, v. 17; hunt-
ing in, virt. 2 f.
Nais, Cheiron's mother, I. 4
463
INDEX
Nestor, I. 2, 7, 12
Nets, for hare hunting, IH. 4f.;
sefting up, VI. 5; for boar hunt-
ing, X. 2f. See Keeper.
Nysa, Mt., XI. 1
Odysseus, I. 2, 13
Olympus, in Mysia, XI. 1
Outfit for hare hunting, II. 2
Palamedes, I. 2, 11
Pangaeus, Mt. (Pinari), XI. 1
Peleus, I. 2, 8
rie pone daughter of Alcathus,
I.
Phasian flax, II. 4
Pindus, Mt., XI. 1
Pleasures, mostly evil, XII. 7, 12
Podaleirius 1. 2 14
Politicians, attack on, xri. 10
Puppies, feeding, viI. 3, 4
Rain, effect of, on scent, v. 8f.
Rhea, I. 4
Sophíists, attack on, XIII. 1 f.
Spears, for boar-hunting, X. 8
Stakes, for nets, I1. 6, 7
Telamon, I. 2, 9
Thebes, 1. 8
"Theseus, I. 2, 10
Thetis, 1. 8
Toil, love of, I. 12; XII. 16, 17
Tracking the hare, VI. 8, 15 f.
Troy, I. 9, 13, 15
Virtue, personified, XII. 18-22
War, 1.1; XII. -
Weather for hunting, VIII. 1 f.
PRINTED IN GREAT BRITAIN AT
THE UNIVERSITY PRESS
ABERDEEN
"THE LOEB CLASSICAL
LIBRARY
VOLUMES ALREADY PUBLISHED
Latin Authors
irs. MARCELLINUS. Translated by J. C. Role.
2 Vols. ol. I. sth δούλας. Il. 3rd Imp)
ST. AUGUSTINE, SE λοι s TTERS. 1. H. Baxter.
AUSONIUS. H. deu White. 2 Vols.
BEDE. jJ. E. King. ols.
BOETHIUS : TRÁCIS n DE CONSOLATIONE PHILO-
SOPHIAE. Rev. H. F. Stewart and E. K. Rand. (3rd
Imp.
CARGA : CIVIL WARS. A.G. Peskett. (4th Imp.)
CAESAR: GALLIC WAR. H. J. Edwards. (8th Imp.)
CATO AND VARRO: DE RE RUSTICA. |H. B. Ash and
W. D. Borpee- qe Imp.)
CATULLUS. Cornish; TIBULLUS. 1. B. Postgate;
AND PERVIGILIUM VENERIS. J. W. Mackail. (11h
Imp.
τε S: ph MEDICINA. "W.G. Spencer. 3 Vols. (Vol.
)
CICERO: ἜΤΟΣ, AND ORATOR. G. L. Hendrickson and
H. M. Hubbell. (2nd ba
CICERO: DE FINIBUS. . Rackham. (3rd Imp. revised.)
CICERO: DE NATURA DEORUM AND ACADEMICA. H.
Rackham.
CICERO: DE OFFICIIS. Walter Miller. (4h Imp.)
CICERO: DE ORATORE. 2 Vols. E. W. Sutton and H.
Rackham.
ED: Ms REPUBLICA awp DE LEGIBUS. Clinton
Key (2nà us à
CICERO. "DE SEN E, DE AMICITIA, DE DIVI-
NATIONE. ΝΥ. A. Falconer. (4£h Im.)
CICERO: IN CATILINAM, PRO FLACCO, PRO MURENA,
PRO SULLA. Louis E. Lord. (2η Imp. revised.)
I
CICERO: LETTERS TO ATTICUS. E. O. Winstedt.
3 Vols. (Vol. I. 5£& Imf., Vol. II. 3rd Imp. and Vol. III.
2nd Imp.)
CICERO: LETTERS TO HIS FRIENDS. W. Glynn Wil-
liams. 3 Vols. (Vols. I. and II. 2nd Imp. revised.
CICERO : ? PHILI PICS. W.C. A. Ker. (2nd Im. revised.)
CICERO: PRO ARCHIA, POST REDITUM, DÉ DOMO,
DE HARUSPICUM RESPONSIS, PRO PLANCIO. N. H:
Watts. (2nd Imp.)
CICERO: PRO CAECINA, PRO LEGE MANILIA, PRO
CLUENTIO, PRO RABIRIO. H. Grose Hodge. (2nd
CICERO : PRO MILONE, IN PISONEM, PRO SCAURO,
PRO FONTEIO, PRO RABIRIO POSTUMO, PRO MAR-
CELLO, PRO LÍGARIO, PRO REGE DEIOTARO. N. H.
Watts.
CICERO : PRO QUINCTIO, PRO ROSCIO Ws PRO
ROSCIO COMOEDO, CONTRA RULLUM. ]J.H. Freese.
CICERO: TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. J.E. King. (2n4 Imp.)
i VERRINE ORATIONS. L. H. G. Greenwood.
2
CLAUDIAN. M. Platnauer. 2 Vols.
COLUMELLA: DE RE RUSTICA. H.B.Ash. 3Vols. Vol.I.
e As E. S. Forster, and CORNELIUS NEPOS. 1. d
Rolfe.
FRONTINUS: STRATAGEMS AND AQUEDUCTS. C. E
Bennett and M. B. McElwain.
FRONTO: CORRESPONDENCE. C. R. Haines. 2 Vols.
GELLIUS. di C. Rolfe. 3 Vols.
HORACE: ODES AND EPODES. Ὁ. E. Bennett. (riih Imp.
HORACE: SATIRES, EPISTLES, ARS POETICA. H. R.
Fairclough. (6th Imp. ἀνε ας ]
JEROME: SELECTED LETTERS. F. A. Wright.
JUVENAL Asp PERSIUS. G. G. Ramsay. (6/h Tw
LIVY. B. O. Foster, F. G. Moore, Evan T. Sage, e C.
Schlesinger. 13 Vols. Vols. I. -VIL, IX.-XII. (Vol. I. 3r
Vols. II., III. and IX. 2nd Im. revised.)
LUCAN. j.D. Duft (2nd Imp.)
LUCRETIUS. W.H. D. Rouse. (5h Imp. revised.)
MARTIAL. W.C. A. Ker. 2 Vols. (Vol.I. 4£5 Im., Vol. II.
ard Imp. revised.
MINOR LATIN ETS: from PusLiLIUS SvnRus to RuTILIUS
NAMATIANUS, including GmaTTIUS, CALPURNIUS SICULUS,
NEMESIANUS, ÁVIANUS, and others with ' Aetna" and the
"Phoenix." ]J. Wight 'Duff and Arnold M. Duff. (2nd Im. j
- OVID: THE ART OF LOVE asp OTHER POEMS. J.H.
Mozley. (2nd Érv
OVID: FASTI. Sir James G. Frazer.
OVID: HEROIDES ἂανρ AMORES. Grant Showerman
(3rd Imp.)
2
- κῶν, ie e:
OVID: METAMORPHOSES. F. 1. Mille. 2 Vols. (Vol
[. 7th Imp. Vol. II. 6ih Imp.)
OViD: TRISTIA AND EX PONTO. A. L. Wheeler. (25d Imp.)
PERSIUS. Cf. JUVENAL.
PETRONIUS. M. Heseltine; SENECA: APOCOLOCYN-
TOSIS. W. H. D. Rouse. (γί Imp. —
pg. Paul vc 5 Vols. (Vol. I. 4h Imfp., Vols.
Melmoth's Translation revised
W.M. I Hidbbiascu- 2 Vols. (Vol. I. 5£h Imp., enun i Imp)
PLINY: NATURAL HISTORY. H. Rackh
Jones. to Vols. Vols. L-IV. H. cere
PROPERTIUS. Η. E. Butler. (5£h Imp.)
QUINTILIAN. H. E. Butler. 4 Vols. SD Imp.)
KEMAINS OF OLD LATIN. E. H. Warmington. 4 Vols.
Vol. I. (ENNIUS AND CAECILIUS.) Vol II. (LIVIUS,
NAEVIUS, PACUVIUS, ACCIUS.) Vol. IIl. (LUCILIUS
aANp LAWS OF XII "TABLES.) Vol. IV. (ARCHAIC
INSCRIPTIONS.)
SALLUST. 1. C. Rolfe. (2nd Imp. revised.)
SCRIPTORES HISTORIAE AUGUSTAE. D. Magie. 3
Vols. (Vol. I. 2nd Imp. revised.)
SENECA: APOCOLOCYNTOSIS. Cf. PETRONIUS.
SENECA : Er laE MORALES. R. M. Gummere. 3
Vols. (Vol.I X Vols. II. — 2nd Imp. revised.)
SENECA : MORAL AYS. 7. W. Basore. 3 Vols. (Vols.
II. and III. 2nd Imp. revised.)
SENECA: TRAGEDIES. F. 11. Miller. 2 Vols. (Vol. I.
En Vol. II. 2nd Imp. revised.)
SIDONIUS: — e AND LETTERS. W. B. Anderson.
2 Vols. Vol.I
SILIUS ITALICUS. J. D. Duff. 2 Vols. (Vol. II. 2nd Imp.)
STATIUS. 1. H. Mozley. 2 Vols.
SUETONIUS. ]J. C. Rolfe. 2 Vols. (5th Imp. revised.)
TACITUS: DIALOGUS. Sir Wm. Peterson. AGRICOLA
AND GERMANIA. Maurice Hutton (5th Imp.)
TACITUS: HISTORIES ap ANNALS. H. Moore and
. Jackson. 4 Vols. (Vols. I. and II. s Imp.)
RENCE. John Sargeaunt. 2 Vols. (Vol. I. 6th Imp.,
Vol. II. 5th Imp.)
TERTULLIAN: APOLOGIA ap DE SPECTACULIS.
T. R. Glover. MINUCIUS FELIX. G. H. Rendall.
VALERIUS FLACCUS. 1. H. Mozley. me Imp. revised.)
VARRO: DE LINGUA LATINA. R.G. Kent. 2 Vols.
VELLEIUS PATERCULUS axp RES GESTAE DIVI
AUGUSTI. F. W. Shipley.
VIRGIL. H. R. Fairclough. 2 Vols. (Vol. 1. τοί Imp.,
Vol. II. 12/h Imp. revised.
VITRUVIUS: DE ARCHITECTUBRA. F.Granger. 2 Vols.
Greek ds
ACHILLES TATIUS. S. Gase
AENEAS TACTICUS ASCEEPIODOT US AND ONASANDER.,
The Illinois oe lub.
AESCHINES. DAR Adams.
Eu mri . Weir Smyth. 2 Vols. (Vol. 1. 4h Imp.,
Vol. II. d In)
ANDOCIDES, ANTIPHON. Cf. MINOR ATTIC NE
APOLLODORUS. Sir James G. Frazer. 2 Vols. (Vol. 1.
2 mp.
APOLLONIUS RHODIUS. R.C.Seaton. (4th Imp)
THE T ERA n E Kirsopp Lake. Vois.
(Vol. I. ee — Vol. II. 41
APPIAN'S HISTORY, "Horace White. 4 Vols
ME Pdl Tm Vols. II., III. and IV. 25nd Imp.)
ARATUS.' Cf. CALLIMACHUS.
ARISTOPHANES. Benjamin Bickley Rogers. 3 Vols. Verse
trans. (Vols. I. and 1l. 4t ce it Vol. ΠῚ. t. Imp.)
ARISTOTLE: ART OF RHETO IC. J.H.Freese. (2nd 1
ARISTOTLE: ATHENIAN CONSTITUTION, EUDE
ETHICS, VICES AND VIRTUES. H. Rackham. (2nd Imp.)
ARISTOTLE: GENERATION OF ANIMALS. 4A. L. Peck.
ARISTOTLE: METAPHYSICS. H. Tredennick. 2 Vols.
AKISTOTLE: MINOR WORKS. W.S.Hett. On Colours,
On ie Heard, On Physiognomies, On Plants, On Mar-
vellous ngs Heard, Mechanical Problems, On Indivisible
Lines, On Position and Names of Winds.
ARISTÓTLE: NICOMACHEAN ETHICS. H. Rackham.
(3f.
ARÍSTO LE: ODCONOMICA AND MAGNA MORALIA,
G. C. Armstrong; (with Metaphysics, Vol. II.). (ont Imp.)
ARISTOTLE : ON THE HEAVENS. W. K. C. Guthrie.
ARISTOTLE: ON THE SOUL, PARVA NATURAM, ON
BREATH. W. S. Hett. (2nd - revised.)
ARISTOTLE: ORGA "i es H. P. Cooke and H. Treden-
nick. 2 Vols. Vol.
ARISTOTLE: PARTS TOF ANIMALS. A.L.Peck; MOTION
AND PROGRESSION OF ANIMALS. E. S. Forster.
ARISTOTLE: PHYSICS. Rev. P. Wicksteed and F. M.
Cornford. 2 Vols. [e II. 2nd Imp.)
ARISTOTLE: POETICS ap LONGINUS. W. Hamilton
ἘΜ; DEMETRIUS ON STYLE. W. Rhys Roberts. (3rd
.)
ARISTOTLE c POLITICS. H.Rackham. (2nd Imp. revised.)
ARISTOTLE: PROBLEMS. W.S. Hett. 2 Vols.
ARISTOTLE: RHETORICA AD ALEXANDRUM (with.
PROBLEMS, Vol. II.). . H. Rackham.
ARRIAN: HISTORY OF ALEXANDER awNp INDICA.
Rev. E. lIliffe Robson. 2 Vols.
4
-— er
ATHENAEUS: DEIPNOSOPHISTAE. C:B.Gulick. 7 Vols.
ol. V. 2nd Imp.)
"724. BASIL : LEFIERS. R R. J. Deferrari. 4 Vols.
CALLIMACHUS A: Axp LYCOPHRON. A. W. Mair; ARA-
CLEMENT OF ALEXANDRIA. Rev. G. W. Butterworth.
DHNIS Us CHLOE. Thornley's Translation
DA tion revised by
-M. Edmonds; ANp PARTHENIUS. S.Gaselee. (j/d Imp).
OSTHENES: DE CORONA axp DE FALSA LEGA-
TIONE. C. A. Vince and J. H. Vince. (2nd Imp. revised.)
DEMOSTHENES: MEIDIAS, ANDROTION, ARISTO-
CRATES, TIMOCRAIES Awp ARISTOGEITON, |. AND
IL. Translated by J. H
DEMOSTHENES : OLVNTHIACS, PHILIPPICS Au» MINOR
ORATIONS: L-XVIIL. Ap XX. J. H. Vince
DEMOSTHENES : PRIVATE ORATIONS. A. T. Murray.
Dio CASSIUS: ROMAN HISTORY. E. Cary. 9 Vols.
(Vols. I. and II. 2nd Im.)
ΒΩ VE POSTOM E 1. W. Cohoon and. H. Lamar Crosby.
DIODORUS SICULUS. C.H. Oldíather. στ Vols. Vols.I.—III.
ei. V. LAERTIUS. R. D. Hicks. 2 Vols. (Vol. I.
os d ol. II. 2nd Imp.)
DÍONYS US OF HALICARNASSUS: ROMAN ANTI-
QUITIES. Spelman's translation revised by E. Cary. 7
Vols. Vols. I.-IV.
EPICTETUS. W. A. Oldíather. 2 Vols.
EURIPIDES. A.S. Way. 4 Vols. (Vols. I. and Il. 6th Imp.,
Vols. III. and IV. 5h Imp.) Verse trans
tm PLUR ΒΟ ΟΡΑΘΤΙΟΘΙ, HISTORY. Kirsopp Lake
mI E. L. 2 Vols. (Vol. II.
G ON HE E NATURAL FACUL ἘΜ A. J. Brock.
TÉEA Teide ANTHOLOGY. W. R. Paton. s Vols.
ols. I. and Il. 4h Imp., Vols. IIl. and IV. 25d Imp.)
gem mad AND IAMBUS wiTH THE a0 C TON MN:
M 2 Vols. ol. I. 2nd Imp.
E GREEK ] BUCOLIC ETS (THE Jurrus, BION,
. MOSCHUS). Jj. M. Edmonds. (6ih Imp. revised.)
GREEK MATHEMATICAL WORKS. vor Thomas. 2 Vols.
HERODES. Οὐ. THEOPHRASTUS: CHARACTERS.
HERODOTUS. A. D. Godley. 4 Vols. (Vols. L-III. 3rd
Imp., Vol. IV. 2nd d
HESIOD aw» THE HOMERIC HYMNS. H. G. Evelyn
White. (6th Imp. revised and enlarged.)
HIPPOCRATES AND THE FRAGMENTS OF HERACLEITUS.
W. H. S. Jones and E. T. Withington. 4 Vois. (Vois. I.
H. and IV. 2ná Imp.)
5
HOMER: ILIAD. .A. T. Murray. 2 Vols. (Voi. l. 5: Imp.,
Vol. II. 627 6.
HOMER: ODYSSEY. A. T. Murray. 2 Vols. (Vol. 1. 525
Imp., Vol. II. 6th Imp.)
ISAEUS. E. W. Forster. (2nd "E .)
DOES George Norlin. ols. Vols. I. and II.
JOHN DAMASCENE: BARLAAM AND IOASAPH.
Stier: G. R. Woodward and Harold Mattingly. (25d Imp.
revised.)
JOSEPHUS. H.St. J. Thackeray and Ralph Marcus. 9 Vols.
Vols. I.-VI. (Vol. V. 2nd Imp.)
MJ: Wilmer Cave Wright. 3 Vols. (Vols. I. and Il.
2 mp.)
LUCIAN. A. M. Harmon. 8 Vols. Vols. I.-V. (Vols. I.
and II. 3rd Imp.)
LYCOPHRON. Cf. CALLIMACHUS.
LYRA GRAECA. 1. M. Edmonds. 3 Vols. (Vol. 1. 3rd
Imp., Vol. Il. 2nd Ed. revised and ΩΣ Vol. III. ϑρά
Imp. revised.
LYSÍAS. W. R. M. Lamb. Iw
ae EE e S W.G. wWaddeu 4 TOL MY: TETRABIBLOS.
obbins
MARCUS AURELIUS. C. R. Haines. (ard Imp. revised.)
MENANDER. F.G. Allinson. (2nd Imp. revised.)
MINOR ATTIC ORATORS (ANTIPHON, ANDOCIDES,
DEMADES, DEINARCHUS, HYPEREIDES). K. J. Maid-
ment and J. O. Burtt. 2 Vols. Vol.I. K. J. Maidment.
NONNOS. W.H. D. Rouse. 3 Vols. (Vol.I I. 2nd es
OPPIAN, COLLUTHUS, TRYPHIODORUS. A. W.
PAPYRI. NON-LITERARY SELECTIONS. Α. 8. end and
C. C. Edgar. 2 Vols. LITERARY SELECTIONS. Vol. I.
ques DL. PS
PARTHENIUS. Cf. DAPHNIS AND CHLOE.
PAUSANIAS: DESCRIPTION OF GREECE. W. H. S.
ones. 5 Vols. and Companion Vol. (Vols. I. and III. 2nd
mp.
PHILO. rio Vols. Vols. I.-V.; F. H. Colson and Rev. G. H.
Whitaker. Vols. VI.-IX.; F. H. Colson. (Vol. IV. 25d Imp.)
PHILOSTRATUS: THE LIFE OF APOLLONIUS OF
TYANA. F. C. Conybeare. 2 Vols. (Vol. 1. 3rd Imp.,
Vol. II. 2nd Imp.)
PHILOSTRATUS: IMAGINES; CALLISTRATUS: DE-
SCRIPTIONS. A. Fairbanks.
PHILOSTRATUS ap EUNAPIUS: LIVES OF THE
SOPHISTS. Wilmer Cave Wright.
PINDAR. Sir J. E. Sandys. (66 Imp. revised.)
PLATO: CHARMIDES, ALCIBIADES, HIPPARCHUS,
THE LOVERS, THEAGES, MINOS AND EPINOMIS.
W. R. M. Lamb.
PLATO: '"CRATYLUS, PARMENIDES, GREATER HIP-
PIAS, LESSER HIPPIAS. H. N. Fowler. (2nd Imp.)
6
PLATO: EUTHYPHRO, APOLOGY, CRITO, PHAEDO,
PHAEDRUS. H. N. Fowler. (oth Imp.) »
PLATO: LACHES, PROTAGORAS, "MENO. EUTHYDE-
MUS. W.R. M. Lamb. ΘΗΝ Imp. revised.)
PLATO: LAWS. 2 Vols. (2nd Imp.)
PLATO: LYSIS, SYMPOSIUM. CORGIAS. . R. M. b.
(3rd Imp. revised.)
PLATO: REPUBLIC. Paul Sh . 2 Vols. (2nd Imp.)
PLATO: STATESMAN, PHILEBUS. H. N. Fowler; ION.
W. R. M. Lamb. (ard Imp.)
"em. EAETETUS awp SOPHIST. H. N. Fowler.
PiXTO. mh AUS CRITIAS, CLITOPHO, MENEXENUS,
EPISTULAE. Rev. R. G. Bury. (2nd Imp.)
PLUTARCH: MORALIA. 14 4 Vol Vols. L-V. F. C.
- cei Vol. VI. W. C. Helmbo!d; Vol X. H. N.
Ow
PLUTARCH: THE PARALLEL LIVES. B. Perrin. r1
Vols. (Vols. L., IL, III. VL, vn. , and XL. 2nd Imp.)
POLYBIUS. W. R. Paton. 6 Vols.
PROCOPIUS: HISTORY OF THE WARS. H. B. Dewing.
7 Vols. (Vol. I. 2nd Imp.
PTOLEMY: TETRABIB Ct. MANETHO.
QUINTUS SMYRNAEUS. A. S. Way. Verse trans. (2nd
sXEUs EMPIRICUS. Rev. ΒΕ. G. Bury. 3 Vols. (Vol. 1.
SOPHOCL S. F. Storr. 2 Vols. (Vol. I. δέ Imp., Vol. II.
5th 1 ) Verse trans.
ST : GEOGRAPHY. Horace L. Jones. 8 Vols. (Vols.
L, V. and VIII. 2nd CARA
THÉOPHRASTUS: i RACTERS. jJ. M. Edmonds;
HERODES, etc. A.
ocn US. ENQUIRY INTO PLANTS. Sir Arthur
THUCYDIDES. C. F. Smith. 4 Vols. (Vol IL. 3rd Imp.,
Vols. II., III. and IV. 2nd Imp. revised.)
TRYPHIODORUS. Cf. OPPIAN,.
XENOPHON: CYROPAEDIA. Walter Miller. 2 Vols.
ol. I. 2nd BAIE Il. 3rd ine)
XENOPHON : LLENICA, A APOLOGY, AND
. SYMPOS IUM. C. L. Brownson and O . J. Todd. 3 Vols.
XÉNOPHON- ME MRMA AND OECONOMICUS. E. C.
Marchant. —
XENOPHON : SCRIPTA MINORA, E. C. Marchant.
IN PREPARATION
Greek Authors
ALCIPHRON. A. R. Benner and "A Fobes.
ARISTOTLE: DE MUNDO. W. K. C. Guthrie.
ARISTOTLE: HISTORY OF ANIMALS. A. L. Peck.
ARISTOTLE: METEOROLOGICA. Η. P. Lee
DEMOSTHENES: EPISTLES,etc. N.W. eng N. J. De Witt.
Latin Authors
ST. AUGUSTINE: CITY OF GOD. ||. Η. Baxter.
[CICERO]: AD HERENNIUM. KH. Caplan.
CICERO: DE INVENTIONE, etc. H. M. Hubbell.
CICERO: PRO SESTIO, IN VATINIUM. PRO CABLIO,
DE PROVINCIIS CONSULARIBUS, PRO BALBO. ]J.H.
Freese and R. Gardn
QUISAMS CURTIUS : "HISTORY OF ALEXANDER. 1.6.
PRÜDENTIUS. J. H. Thomson.
DESCRIPTIVE PROSPECTUS ON APPLICATION
London - - ^. -. WILLIAM HEINEMANN LTD
Cambridge,Mass - - ^ HARVARD UNIVERSITY PRESS
ΩΝ
"ile
3
2n
ee
*
2 A
E πὶ
Terr 4
jos ΩΝ
»
JU O- «-
-
d τ
ze
AU
-—
PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE
CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY
PA Xenophon
449 ... Scripta minora, with
A5 an English translation
1925
COp.2
Sig. Sam.
ASIE
SL v
SENE f.
ü
Ἢ
ES
Live Music
Archive
Librivox
Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland
Museum of Art
Internet
Arcade
Console Living Room
Open Library
American
Libraries
TV News
Understanding
9/11